[Title 40 CFR ]
[Code of Federal Regulations (annual edition) - July 1, 2001 Edition]
[From the U.S. Government Printing Office]



[[Page i]]

          

                    40


          Parts 61 to 62

                         Revised as of July 1, 2001

Protection of Environment





          Containing a codification of documents of general 
          applicability and future effect
          As of July 1, 2001
          With Ancillaries
          Published by
          Office of the Federal Register
          National Archives and Records
          Administration

A Special Edition of the Federal Register



[[Page ii]]

                                      




                     U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
                            WASHINGTON : 2001



  For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing 
                                  Office
 Internet: bookstore.gpo.gov    Phone: (202) 512-1800    Fax: (202) 512-
                                   2250
                Mail: Stop SSOP, Washington, DC 20402-0001



[[Page iii]]




                            Table of Contents



                                                                    Page
  Explanation.................................................       v

  Title 40:
          Chapter I--Environmental Protection Agency 
          (Continued)                                                3
  Finding Aids:
      Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference........     431
      Table of CFR Titles and Chapters........................     435
      Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR......     453
      List of CFR Sections Affected...........................     463



[[Page iv]]


      


                     ----------------------------

                     Cite this Code:  CFR
                     To cite the regulations in 
                       this volume use title, 
                       part and section number. 
                       Thus, 40 CFR 61.01 refers 
                       to title 40, part 61, 
                       section 01.

                     ----------------------------

[[Page v]]



                               EXPLANATION

    The Code of Federal Regulations is a codification of the general and 
permanent rules published in the Federal Register by the Executive 
departments and agencies of the Federal Government. The Code is divided 
into 50 titles which represent broad areas subject to Federal 
regulation. Each title is divided into chapters which usually bear the 
name of the issuing agency. Each chapter is further subdivided into 
parts covering specific regulatory areas.
    Each volume of the Code is revised at least once each calendar year 
and issued on a quarterly basis approximately as follows:

Title 1 through Title 16.................................as of January 1
Title 17 through Title 27..................................as of April 1
Title 28 through Title 41...................................as of July 1
Title 42 through Title 50................................as of October 1

    The appropriate revision date is printed on the cover of each 
volume.

LEGAL STATUS

    The contents of the Federal Register are required to be judicially 
noticed (44 U.S.C. 1507). The Code of Federal Regulations is prima facie 
evidence of the text of the original documents (44 U.S.C. 1510).

HOW TO USE THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS

    The Code of Federal Regulations is kept up to date by the individual 
issues of the Federal Register. These two publications must be used 
together to determine the latest version of any given rule.
    To determine whether a Code volume has been amended since its 
revision date (in this case, July 1, 2001), consult the ``List of CFR 
Sections Affected (LSA),'' which is issued monthly, and the ``Cumulative 
List of Parts Affected,'' which appears in the Reader Aids section of 
the daily Federal Register. These two lists will identify the Federal 
Register page number of the latest amendment of any given rule.

EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATES

    Each volume of the Code contains amendments published in the Federal 
Register since the last revision of that volume of the Code. Source 
citations for the regulations are referred to by volume number and page 
number of the Federal Register and date of publication. Publication 
dates and effective dates are usually not the same and care must be 
exercised by the user in determining the actual effective date. In 
instances where the effective date is beyond the cut-off date for the 
Code a note has been inserted to reflect the future effective date. In 
those instances where a regulation published in the Federal Register 
states a date certain for expiration, an appropriate note will be 
inserted following the text.

OMB CONTROL NUMBERS

    The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-511) requires 
Federal agencies to display an OMB control number with their information 
collection request.

[[Page vi]]

Many agencies have begun publishing numerous OMB control numbers as 
amendments to existing regulations in the CFR. These OMB numbers are 
placed as close as possible to the applicable recordkeeping or reporting 
requirements.

OBSOLETE PROVISIONS

    Provisions that become obsolete before the revision date stated on 
the cover of each volume are not carried. Code users may find the text 
of provisions in effect on a given date in the past by using the 
appropriate numerical list of sections affected. For the period before 
January 1, 1986, consult either the List of CFR Sections Affected, 1949-
1963, 1964-1972, or 1973-1985, published in seven separate volumes. For 
the period beginning January 1, 1986, a ``List of CFR Sections 
Affected'' is published at the end of each CFR volume.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

    What is incorporation by reference? Incorporation by reference was 
established by statute and allows Federal agencies to meet the 
requirement to publish regulations in the Federal Register by referring 
to materials already published elsewhere. For an incorporation to be 
valid, the Director of the Federal Register must approve it. The legal 
effect of incorporation by reference is that the material is treated as 
if it were published in full in the Federal Register (5 U.S.C. 552(a)). 
This material, like any other properly issued regulation, has the force 
of law.
    What is a proper incorporation by reference? The Director of the 
Federal Register will approve an incorporation by reference only when 
the requirements of 1 CFR part 51 are met. Some of the elements on which 
approval is based are:
    (a) The incorporation will substantially reduce the volume of 
material published in the Federal Register.
    (b) The matter incorporated is in fact available to the extent 
necessary to afford fairness and uniformity in the administrative 
process.
    (c) The incorporating document is drafted and submitted for 
publication in accordance with 1 CFR part 51.
    Properly approved incorporations by reference in this volume are 
listed in the Finding Aids at the end of this volume.
    What if the material incorporated by reference cannot be found? If 
you have any problem locating or obtaining a copy of material listed in 
the Finding Aids of this volume as an approved incorporation by 
reference, please contact the agency that issued the regulation 
containing that incorporation. If, after contacting the agency, you find 
the material is not available, please notify the Director of the Federal 
Register, National Archives and Records Administration, Washington DC 
20408, or call (202) 523-4534.

CFR INDEXES AND TABULAR GUIDES

    A subject index to the Code of Federal Regulations is contained in a 
separate volume, revised annually as of January 1, entitled CFR Index 
and Finding Aids. This volume contains the Parallel Table of Statutory 
Authorities and Agency Rules (Table I). A list of CFR titles, chapters, 
and parts and an alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are 
also included in this volume.
    An index to the text of ``Title 3--The President'' is carried within 
that volume.
    The Federal Register Index is issued monthly in cumulative form. 
This index is based on a consolidation of the ``Contents'' entries in 
the daily Federal Register.
    A List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA) is published monthly, keyed to 
the revision dates of the 50 CFR titles.

[[Page vii]]


REPUBLICATION OF MATERIAL

    There are no restrictions on the republication of material appearing 
in the Code of Federal Regulations.

INQUIRIES

    For a legal interpretation or explanation of any regulation in this 
volume, contact the issuing agency. The issuing agency's name appears at 
the top of odd-numbered pages.
    For inquiries concerning CFR reference assistance, call 202-523-5227 
or write to the Director, Office of the Federal Register, National 
Archives and Records Administration, Washington, DC 20408 or e-mail 
[email protected].

SALES

    The Government Printing Office (GPO) processes all sales and 
distribution of the CFR. For payment by credit card, call 202-512-1800, 
M-F, 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. e.s.t. or fax your order to 202-512-2250, 24 hours 
a day. For payment by check, write to the Superintendent of Documents, 
Attn: New Orders, P.O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954. For GPO 
Customer Service call 202-512-1803.

ELECTRONIC SERVICES

    The full text of the Code of Federal Regulations, The United States 
Government Manual, the Federal Register, Public Laws, Public Papers, 
Weekly Compilation of Presidential Documents and the Privacy Act 
Compilation are available in electronic format at www.access.gpo.gov/
nara (``GPO Access''). For more information, contact Electronic 
Information Dissemination Services, U.S. Government Printing Office. 
Phone 202-512-1530, or 888-293-6498 (toll-free). E-mail, 
[email protected].
    The Office of the Federal Register also offers a free service on the 
National Archives and Records Administration's (NARA) World Wide Web 
site for public law numbers, Federal Register finding aids, and related 
information. Connect to NARA's web site at www.nara.gov/fedreg. The NARA 
site also contains links to GPO Access.

                              Raymond A. Mosley,
                                    Director,
                          Office of the Federal Register.

July 1, 2001.



[[Page ix]]



                               THIS TITLE

    Title 40--Protection of Environment is composed of twenty-eight 
volumes. The parts in these volumes are arranged in the following order: 
parts 1-49, parts 50-51, part 52 (52.01-52.1018), part 52 (52.1019-End), 
parts 53-59, part 60 (60.1-End), part 60 (Appendices), parts 61-62, part 
63 (63.1-63.599), part 63 (63.600-1-63.1199), part 63 (63.1200-End), 
parts 64-71, parts 72-80, parts 81-85, part 86 (86.1-86.599-99) part 86 
(86.600-1-End), parts 87-99, parts 100-135, parts 136-149, parts 150-
189, parts 190-259, parts 260-265, parts 266-299, parts 300-399, parts 
400-424, parts 425-699, parts 700-789, and part 790 to End. The contents 
of these volumes represent all current regulations codified under this 
title of the CFR as of July 1, 2001.

    Chapter I--Environmental Protection Agency appears in all twenty-
four volumes. A Pesticide Tolerance Commodity/Chemical Index and Crop 
Grouping Commodities Index appear in parts 150-189. A Toxic Substances 
Chemical--CAS Number Index appears in parts 700-789 and part 790 to End. 
Redesignation Tables appear in the volumes containing parts 50-51, parts 
150-189, and parts 700-789. Regulations issued by the Council on 
Environmental Quality appear in the volume containing part 790 to End. 
The OMB control numbers for title 40 appear in Sec. 9.1 of this chapter.

[[Page x]]





[[Page 1]]



                   TITLE 40--PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT




                    (This book contains parts 61-62)

  --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Part

chapter i--Environmental Protection Agency (Continued)......          61

[[Page 3]]



               CHAPTER I--ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY




  --------------------------------------------------------------------

                 SUBCHAPTER C--AIR PROGRAMS (CONTINUED)

Part                                                                Page
61              National emission standards for hazardous 
                    air pollutants..........................           5
62              Approval and promulgation of State plans for 
                    designated facilities and pollutants....         316


  Editorial Notes: 1. Subchapter C--Air Programs is contained in volumes 
40 CFR parts 50-51, part 52.01-52.1018, part 52.1019-end, parts 53-59, 
part 60 (60.1-end), part 60 (Appendices), parts 61-62, part 63 (63.1-
63.599), part 63 (63.600-63.1199), part (63.1200-End), parts 64-71, 
parts 72-80, parts 81-85, part 86 (86.1-86.599-99), part 86 (86.600 to 
end) and parts 87-99.

  2. Nomenclature changes to chapter I appear at 65 FR 47324, 37325, 
Aug. 2, 2000; 66 FR 34375, 34376, June 28, 2001.

[[Page 5]]





                 SUBCHAPTER C--AIR PROGRAMS (CONTINUED)



PART 61--NATIONAL EMISSION STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS--Table of Contents




                      Subpart A--General Provisions

Sec.
61.01  Lists of pollutants and applicability of part 61.
61.02  Definitions.
61.03  Units and abbreviations.
61.04  Address.
61.05  Prohibited activities.
61.06  Determination of construction or modification.
61.07  Application for approval of construction or modification.
61.08  Approval of construction or modification.
61.09  Notification of startup.
61.10  Source reporting and waiver request.
61.11  Waiver of compliance.
61.12  Compliance with standards and maintenance requirements.
61.13  Emission tests and waiver of emission tests.
61.14  Monitoring requirements.
61.15  Modification.
61.16  Availability of information.
61.17  State authority.
61.18  Incorporations by reference.
61.19  Circumvention.

    Subpart B--National Emission Standards for Radon Emissions From 
                        Underground Uranium Mines

61.20  Designation of facilities.
61.21  Definitions
61.22  Standard.
61.23  Determining compliance.
61.24  Annual reporting requirements.
61.25  Recordkeeping requirements.
61.26  Exemption from the reporting and testing requirements of 40 CFR 
          61.10

           Subpart C--National Emission Standard for Beryllium

61.30  Applicability.
61.31  Definitions.
61.32  Emission standard.
61.33  Stack sampling.
61.34  Air sampling.

 Subpart D--National Emission Standard for Beryllium Rocket Motor Firing

61.40  Applicability.
61.41  Definitions.
61.42  Emission standard.
61.43  Emission testing--rocket firing or propellant disposal.
61.44  Stack sampling.

            Subpart E--National Emission Standard for Mercury

61.50  Applicability.
61.51  Definitions.
61.52  Emission standard.
61.53  Stack sampling.
61.54  Sludge sampling.
61.55  Monitoring of emissions and operations.
61.56  Delegation of authority.

        Subpart F--National Emission Standard for Vinyl Chloride

61.60  Applicability.
61.61  Definitions.
61.62  Emission standard for ethylene dichloride plants.
61.63  Emission standard for vinyl chloride plants.
61.64  Emission standard for polyvinyl chloride plants.
61.65  Emission standard for ethylene dichloride, vinyl chloride and 
          polyvinyl chloride plants.
61.66  Equivalent equipment and procedures.
61.67  Emission tests.
61.68  Emission monitoring.
61.69  Initial report.
61.70  Reporting.
61.71  Recordkeeping.

Subpart G  [Reserved]

 Subpart H--National Emission Standards for Emissions of Radionuclides 
          Other Than Radon From Department of Energy Facilities

61.90  Designation of facilities.
61.91  Definitions.
61.92  Standard.
61.93  Emissions monitoring and test procedures.
61.94  Compliance and reporting.
61.95  Recordkeeping requirements.
61.96  Applications to construct or modify.
61.97  Exemption from the reporting and testing requirements of 40 CFR 
          61.10.

 Subpart I--National Emission Standards for Radionuclide Emissions From 
 Federal Facilities Other Than Nuclear Regulatory Commission Licensees 
                      and Not Covered by Subpart H

61.100  Applicability.
61.101  Definitions.
61.102  Standard.
61.103  Determining compliance.

[[Page 6]]

61.104  Reporting requirements.
61.105  Recordkeeping requirements.
61.106  Applications to construct or modify.
61.107  Emission determination.
61.108  Exemption from the reporting and testing requirements of 40 CFR 
          61.10.

  Subpart J--National Emission Standard for Equipment Leaks (Fugitive 
                      Emission Sources) of Benzene

61.110  Applicability and designation of sources.
61.111  Definitions.
61.112  Standards.

 Subpart K--National Emission Standards for Radionuclide Emissions From 
                       Elemental Phosphorus Plants

61.120  Applicability.
61.121  Definitions.
61.122  Emission standard.
61.123  Emission testing.
61.124  Recordkeeping requirements.
61.125  Test methods and procedures.
61.126  Monitoring of operations.
61.127  Exemption from the reporting and testing requirements of 40 CFR 
          61.10.

 Subpart L--National Emission Standard for Benzene Emissions from Coke 
                       By-Product Recovery Plants

61.130  Applicability, designation of sources, and delegation of 
          authority.
61.131  Definitions.
61.132  Standard: Process vessels, storage tanks, and tar-intercepting 
          sumps.
61.133  Standard: Light-oil sumps.
61.134  Standard: Naphthalene processing, final coolers, and final-
          cooler cooling towers.
61.135  Standard: Equipment leaks.
61.136  Compliance provisions and alternative means of emission 
          limitation.
61.137  Test methods and procedures.
61.138  Recordkeeping and reporting requirements.
61.139  Provisions for alternative means for process vessels, storage 
          tanks, and tar-intercepting sumps.

           Subpart M--National Emission Standard for Asbestos

61.140  Applicability.
61.141  Definitions.
61.142  Standard for asbestos mills.
61.143  Standard for roadways.
61.144  Standard for manufacturing.
61.145  Standard for demolition and renovation.
61.146  Standard for spraying.
61.147  Standard for fabricating.
61.148  Standard for insulating materials.
61.149  Standard for waste disposal for asbestos mills.
61.150  Standard for waste disposal for manufacturing, fabricating, 
          demolition, renovation, and spraying operations.
61.151  Standard for inactive waste disposal sites for asbestos mills 
          and manufacturing and fabricating operations.
61.152  Air-cleaning.
61.153  Reporting.
61.154  Standard for active waste disposal sites.
61.155  Standard for operations that convert asbestos-containing waste 
          material into nonasbestos (asbestos-free) material.
61.156  Cross-reference to other asbestos regulations.
61.157  Delegation of authority.

Appendix A to Subpart M--Interpretive Rule Governing Roof Removal 
          Operations

 Subpart N--National Emission Standard for Inorganic Arsenic Emissions 
                     From Glass Manufacturing Plants

61.160  Applicability and designation of source.
61.161  Definitions.
61.162  Emission limits.
61.163  Emission monitoring. 
61.164  Test methods and procedures.
61.165  Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

 Subpart O--National Emission Standard for Inorganic Arsenic Emissions 
                      From Primary Copper Smelters

61.170  Applicability and designation of source.
61.171  Definitions.
61.172  Standard for new and existing sources.
61.173  Compliance provisions.
61.174  Test methods and procedures.
61.175  Monitoring requirements.
61.176  Recordkeeping requirements.
61.177  Reporting requirements.

 Subpart P--National Emission Standard for Inorganic Arsenic Emissions 
    From Arsenic Trioxide and Metallic Arsenic Production Facilities

61.180  Applicability and designation of sources.
61.181  Definitions.
61.182  Standard for new and existing sources.
61.183  Emission monitoring.
61.184  Ambient air monitoring for inorganic arsenic.
61.185  Recordkeeping requirements.
61.186  Reporting requirements.

[[Page 7]]

    Subpart Q--National Emission Standards for Radon Emissions From 
                     Department of Energy Facilities

61.190  Designation of facilities.
61.191  Definitions.
61.192  Standard.
61.193  Exemption from the reporting and testing requirements of 40 CFR 
          61.10.

    Subpart R--National Emission Standards for Radon Emissions From 
                          Phosphogypsum Stacks

61.200  Designation of facilities.
61.201  Definitions.
61.202  Standard.
61.203  Radon monitoring and compliance procedures.
61.204  Distribution and use of phosphogypsum for outdoor agricultural 
          purposes.
61.205  Distribution and use of phosphogypsum for indoor research and 
          development.
61.206  Distribution and use of phosphogypsum for other purposes.
61.207  Radium-226 sampling and measurement procedures.
61.208  Certification requirements.
61.209  Required records.
61.210  Exemption from the reporting and testing requirements of 40 CFR 
          61.10.

Subpart S  [Reserved]

  Subpart T--National Emission Standards for Radon Emissions From the 
                    Disposal of Uranium Mill Tailings

61.220  Designation of facilities.
61.221  Definitions.
61.222  Standard.
61.223  Compliance procedures.
61.224  Recordkeeping requirements.
61.225  Exemption from the reporting and testing requirements of 40 CFR 
          61.10.
61.226  Reconsideration of rescission and reinstatement of this subpart.

Subpart U  [Reserved]

  Subpart V--National Emission Standard for Equipment Leaks (Fugitive 
                            Emission Sources)

61.240  Applicability and designation of sources.
61.241  Definitions.
61.242-1  Standards: General.
61.242-2  Standards: Pumps.
61.242-3  Standards: Compressors.
61.242-4  Standards: Pressure relief devices in gas/vapor service.
61.242-5  Standards: Sampling connection systems.
61.242-6  Standards: Open-ended valves or lines.
61.242-7  Standards: Valves.
61.242-8  Standards: Pressure relief services in liquid service and 
          connectors.
61.242-9  Standards: Surge control vessels and bottoms receivers.
61.242-10  Standards: Delay of repair.
61.242-11  Standards: Closed-vent systems and control devices.
61.243-1  Alternative standards for valves in VHAP Service--allowable 
          percentage of valves leaking.
61.243-2  Alternative standards for valves in VHAP service--skip period 
          leak detection and repair.
61.244  Alternative means of emission limitation.
61.245  Test methods and procedures.
61.246  Recordkeeping requirements.
61.247  Reporting requirements.

Table 1 to Part 61, Subpart V.--Surge Control Vessels and Bottoms 
          Receivers at Existing Sources
Table 2 to Part 61, Subpart V.--Surge Control Vessels and Bottoms 
          Receivers at New Sources

    Subpart W--National Emission Standards for Radon Emissions From 
                         Operating Mill Tailings

61.250  Designation of facilities.
61.251  Definitions.
61.252  Standard.
61.253  Determining compliance.
61.254  Annual reporting requirements.
61.255  Recordkeeping requirements.
61.256  Exemption from the reporting and testing requirements of 40 CFR 
          61.10.

Subpart X  [Reserved]

Subpart Y--National Emission Standard for Benzene Emissions From Benzene 
                             Storage Vessels

61.270  Applicability and designation of sources.
61.271  Emission standard.
61.272  Compliance provisions.
61.273  Alternative means of emission limitation.
61.274  Initial report.
61.275  Periodic report.
61.276  Recordkeeping.
61.277  Delegation of authority.

Subparts Z-AA  [Reserved]

   Subpart BB--National Emission Standard for Benzene Emissions From 
                       Benzene Transfer Operations

61.300  Applicability.
61.301  Definitions.
61.302  Standards.

[[Page 8]]

61.303  Monitoring requirements.
61.304  Test methods and procedures.
61.305  Reporting and recordkeeping.
61.306  Delegation of authority.

Subparts CC-EE [Reserved]

   Subpart FF--National Emission Standard for Benzene Waste Operations

61.340  Applicability.
61.341  Definitions.
61.342  Standards: General.
61.343  Standards: Tanks.
61.344  Standards: Surface impoundments.
61.345  Standards: Containers.
61.346  Standards: Individual drain systems.
61.347  Standards: Oil-water separators.
61.348  Standards: Treatment processes.
61.349  Standards: Closed-vent systems and control devices.
61.350  Standards: Delay of repair.
61.351  Alternative standards for tanks.
61.352  Alternative standards for oil-water separators.
61.353  Alternative means of emission limitation.
61.354  Monitoring of operations.
61.355  Test methods, procedures, and compliance provisions.
61.356  Recordkeeping requirements.
61.357  Reporting requirements.
61.358  Delegation of authority.
61.359  [Reserved]

Appendix A to Part 61--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air 
          Pollutants, Compliance Status Information
Appendix B to Part 61--Test Methods
Appendix C to Part 61--Quality Assurance Procedures
Appendix D to Part 61--Methods for Estimating Radionuclide Emissions
Appendix E to Part 61--Compliance Procedures Methods for Determining 
          Compliance With Subpart I

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq.

    Source: 38 FR 8826, Apr. 6, 1973, unless otherwise noted.



                      Subpart A--General Provisions



Sec. 61.01  Lists of pollutants and applicability of part 61.

    (a) The following list presents the substances that, pursuant to 
section 112 of the Act, have been designated as hazardous air 
pollutants. The Federal Register citations and dates refer to the 
publication in which the listing decision was originally published.

Asbestos (36 FR 5931; Mar. 31, 1971)
Benzene (42 FR 29332; June 8, 1977)
Beryllium (36 FR 5931; Mar. 31, 1971)
Coke Oven Emissions (49 FR 36560; Sept. 18, 1984)
Inorganic Arsenic (45 FR 37886; June 5, 1980)
Mercury (36 FR 5931; Mar. 31, 1971)
Radionuclides (44 FR 76738; Dec. 27, 1979)
Vinyl Chloride (40 FR 59532; Dec. 24, 1975)

    (b) The following list presents other substances for which a Federal 
Register notice has been published that included consideration of the 
serious health effects, including cancer, from ambient air exposure to 
the substance.

Acrylonitrile (50 FR 24319; June 10, 1985)
1,3-Butadiene (50 FR 41466; Oct. 10, 1985)
Cadmium (50 FR 42000; Oct. 16, 1985)
Carbon Tetrachloride (50 FR 32621; Aug. 13, 1985)
Chlorinated Benzenes (50 FR 32628; Aug. 13, 1985)
Chlorofluorocarbon--113 (50 FR 24313; June 10, 1985)
Chloroform (50 FR 39626; Sept. 27, 1985)
Chloroprene (50 FR 39632; Sept. 27, 1985)
Chromium (50 FR 24317; June 10, 1985)
Copper (52 FR 5496; Feb. 23, 1987)
Epichlorohydrin (50 FR 24575; June 11, 1985)
Ethylene Dichloride (50 FR 41994; Oct. 16, 1985)
Ethylene Oxide (50 FR 40286; Oct. 2, 1985)
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene (50 FR 40154; Oct. 1, 1985)
Manganese (50 FR 32627; Aug. 13, 1985)
Methyl Chloroform (50 FR 24314; June 10, 1985)
Methylene Chloride (50 FR 42037; Oct. 17, 1985)
Nickel (51 FR 34135; Sept. 25, 1986)
Perchloroethylene (50 FR 52800; Dec. 26, 1985)
Phenol (51 FR 22854; June 23, 1986)
Polycyclic Organic Matter (49 FR 31680; Aug. 8, 1984)
Toluene (49 FR 22195; May 25, 1984)
Trichloroethylene (50 FR 52422; Dec. 23, 1985)
Vinylidene Chloride (50 FR 32632; Aug. 13, 1985)
Zinc and Zinc Oxide (52 FR 32597, Aug. 28, 1987)

    (c) This part applies to the owner or operator of any stationary 
source for which a standard is prescribed under this part.
    (d) In addition to complying with the provisions of this part, the 
owner or operator of a stationary source subject to a standard in this 
part may be required to obtain an operating permit issued to stationary 
sources by an authorized State air pollution control agency or by the 
Administrator of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) pursuant 
to title V of the Clean Air Act (Act) as amended November 15,

[[Page 9]]

1990 (42 U.S.C. 7661). For more information about obtaining an operating 
permit see part 70 of this chapter.

[50 FR 46290, Nov. 7, 1985, as amended at 51 FR 7715 and 7719, Mar. 5, 
1986; 51 FR 11022, Apr. 1, 1986; 52 FR 37617, Oct. 8, 1987; 59 FR 12429, 
Mar. 16, 1994]



Sec. 61.02  Definitions.

    The terms used in this part are defined in the Act or in this 
section as follows:
    Act means the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq.).
    Administrator means the Administrator of the Environmental 
Protection Agency or his authorized representative.
    Alternative method means any method of sampling and analyzing for an 
air pollutant which is not a reference method but which has been 
demonstrated to the Administrator's satisfaction to produce results 
adequate for the Administrator's determination of compliance.
    Approved permit program means a State permit program approved by the 
Administrator as meeting the requirements of part 70 of this chapter or 
a Federal permit program established in this chapter pursuant to title V 
of the Act (42 U.S.C. 7661).
    Capital expenditure means an expenditure for a physical or 
operational change to a stationary source which exceeds the product of 
the applicable ``annual asset guideline repair allowance percentage'' 
specified in the latest edition of Internal Revenue Service (IRS) 
Publication 534 and the stationary source's basis, as defined by section 
1012 of the Internal Revenue Code. However, the total expenditure for a 
physical or operational change to a stationary source must not be 
reduced by any ``excluded additions'' as defined for stationary sources 
constructed after December 31, 1981, in IRS Publication 534, as would be 
done for tax purposes. In addition, ``annual asset guideline repair 
allowance'' may be used even though it is excluded for tax purposes in 
IRS Publication 534.
    Commenced means, with respect to the definition of ``new source'' in 
section 111(a)(2) of the Act, that an owner or operator has undertaken a 
continuous program of construction or modification or that an owner or 
operator has entered into a contractual obligation to undertake and 
complete, within a reasonable time, a continuous program of construction 
or modification.
    Compliance schedule means the date or dates by which a source or 
category of sources is required to comply with the standards of this 
part and with any steps toward such compliance which are set forth in a 
waiver of compliance under Sec. 61.11.
    Construction means fabrication, erection, or installation of an 
affected facility.
    Effective date is the date of promulgation in the Federal Register 
of an applicable standard or other regulation under this part.
    Existing source means any stationary source which is not a new 
source.
    Issuance of a part 70 permit will occur, if the State is the 
permitting authority, in accordance with the requirements of part 70 of 
this chapter and the applicable, approved State permit program. When the 
EPA is the permitting authority, issuance of a title V permit occurs 
immediately after the EPA takes final action on the final permit.
    Monitoring system means any system, required under the monitoring 
sections in applicable subparts, used to sample and condition (if 
applicable), to analyze, and to provide a record of emissions or process 
parameters.
    New source means any stationary source, the construction or 
modification of which is commenced after the publication in the Federal 
Register of proposed national emission standards for hazardous air 
pollutants which will be applicable to such source.
    Owner or operator means any person who owns, leases, operates, 
controls, or supervises a stationary source.
    Part 70 permit means any permit issued, renewed, or revised pursuant 
to part 70 of this chapter.
    Permit program means a comprehensive State operating permit system 
established pursuant to title V of the Act (42 U.S.C. 7661) and 
regulations codified in part 70 of this chapter and applicable State 
regulations, or a comprehensive Federal operating permit system 
established pursuant to title V of the Act

[[Page 10]]

and regulations codified in this chapter.
    Permitting authority means:
    (1) The State air pollution control agency, local agency, other 
State agency, or other agency authorized by the Administrator to carry 
out a permit program under part 70 of this chapter; or
    (2) The Administrator, in the case of EPA-implemented permit 
programs under title V of the Act (42 U.S.C. 7661).
    Reference method means any method of sampling and analyzing for an 
air pollutant, as described in appendix B to this part.
    Run means the net period of time during which an emission sample is 
collected. Unless otherwise specified, a run may be either intermittent 
or continuous within the limits of good engineering practice.
    Standard means a national emission standard including a design, 
equipment, work practice or operational standard for a hazardous air 
pollutant proposed or promulgated under this part.
    Startup means the setting in operation of a stationary source for 
any purpose.
    State means all non-Federal authorities, including local agencies, 
interstate associations, and State-wide programs, that have delegated 
authority to implement:
    (1) The provisions of this part; and/or
    (2) The permit program established under part 70 of this chapter. 
The term State shall have its conventional meaning where clear from the 
context.
    Stationary source means any building, structure, facility, or 
installation which emits or may emit any air pollutant which has been 
designated as hazardous by the Administrator.
    Title V permit means any permit issued, renewed, or revised pursuant 
to Federal or State regulations established to implement title V of the 
Act (42 U.S.C. 7661). A title V permit issued by a State permitting 
authority is called a part 70 permit in this part.

[44 FR 55174, Sept. 25, 1979, as amended at 50 FR 46290, Nov. 7, 1985; 
59 FR 12429, Mar. 16, 1994]



Sec. 61.03  Units and abbreviations.

    Used in this part are abbreviations and symbols of units of measure. 
These are defined as follows:
    (a) System International (SI) units of measure:

A=ampere
g=gram
Hz=hertz
J=joule
K=degree Kelvin
kg=kilogram
m=meter
m2=square meter
m\3\=cubic meter
mg=milligram=10-3gram
mm=millimeter=10-3meter
Mg=megagram=10-6gram
mol=mole
N=newton
ng=nanogram=10-9gram
nm=nanometer=10-9meter
Pa=pascal
s=second
V=volt
W=watt
=ohm
g=microgram=10-6gram

    (b) Other units of measure:

  deg.C=degree Celsius (centigrade)
cfm=cubic feet per minute
cc=cubic centimeter
Ci=curie
d=day
  deg.F=degree Fahrenheit
ft\2\=square feet
ft\3\=cubic feet
gal=gallon
in=inch
in Hg=inches of mercury
in H2 O=inches of water
l=liter
lb=pound
lpm=liter per minute
min=minute
ml=milliliter=10-3liter
mrem=millirem=10-3 rem
oz=ounces
pCi=picocurie=10-12 curie
psig=pounds per square inch gage
 deg.R=degree Rankine
l=microliter=10-6liter
v/v=volume per volume
yd\2\=square yards
yr=year

    (c) Chemical nomenclature:

Be=beryllium
Hg=mercury
H2 O=water

    (d) Miscellaneous:

act=actual

[[Page 11]]

avg=average
I.D.=inside diameter
M=molar
N=normal
O.D.=outside diameter
%=percent
std=standard

[42 FR 51574, Sept. 29, 1977, as amended at 54 FR 51704, Dec. 15, 1989]



Sec. 61.04  Address.

    (a) All requests, reports, applications, submittals, and other 
communications to the Administrator pursuant to this part shall be 
submitted in duplicate to the appropriate Regional Office of the U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency to the attention of the Director of the 
Division indicated in the following list of EPA Regional Offices.

Region I (Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode 
Island, Vermont), Director, Air Management Division, U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency, John F. Kennedy Federal Building, Boston, MA 02203.
Region II (New Jersey, New York, Puerto Rico, Virgin Islands), Director, 
Air and Waste Management Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 
Federal Office Building, 26 Federal Plaza (Foley Square), New York, NY 
10278.
Region III (Delaware, District of Columbia, Maryland, Pennsylvania, 
Virginia, West Virginia), Director, Air and Waste Management Division, 
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Curtis Building, Sixth and Walnut 
Streets, Philadelphia, PA 19106.
Region IV (Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Mississippi, North 
Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee), Director, Air and Waste Management 
Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 345 Courtland Street, 
NE., Atlanta, GA 30365.
Region V (Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Minnesota, Ohio, Wisconsin), 
Director, Air and Radiation Division, U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency, 77 West Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, IL 60604-3590.
Region VI (Arkansas, Louisiana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Texas); Director; 
Air, Pesticides, and Toxics Division; U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency, 1445 Ross Avenue, Dallas, TX 75202.
Region VII (Iowa, Kansas, Missouri, Nebraska), Director, Air and Toxics 
Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 726 Minnesota Avenue, 
Kansas City, KS 66101.
Region VIII (Colorado, Montana, North Dakota, South Dakota, Utah, 
Wyoming), Director, Air and Waste Management Division, U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency, 1860 Lincoln Street, Denver, CO 80295.
Region IX (American Samoa, Arizona, California, Guam, Hawaii, Nevada), 
Director, Air and Waste Management Division, U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency, 215 Fremont Street, San Francisco, CA 94105.
Region X (Alaska, Idaho, Oregon, Washington), Director, Office of Air 
Quality, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Sixth Avenue (OAQ-
107), Seattle, WA 98101.

    (b) Section 112(d) of the Act directs the Administrator to delegate 
to each State, when appropriate, the authority to implement and enforce 
national emission standards for hazardous air pollutants for stationary 
sources located in such State. If the authority to implement and enforce 
a standard under this part has been delegated to a State, all 
information required to be submitted to EPA under paragraph (a) of this 
section shall also be submitted to the appropriate State agency 
(provided, that each specific delegation may exempt sources from a 
certain Federal or State reporting requirement). The Administrator may 
permit all or some of the information to be submitted to the appropriate 
State agency only, instead of to EPA and the State agency. If acceptable 
to both the Administrator and the owner or operator of a source, 
notifications and reports may be submitted on electronic media. The 
appropriate mailing address for those States whose delegation request 
has been approved is as follows:

    (A) [Reserved]
    (B) State of Alabama, Air Pollution Control Division, Air Pollution 
Control Commission, 645 S. McDonough Street, Montgomery, AL 36104.
    (C) State of Alaska, Department of Environmental Conservation 
(ADEC), 410 Willoughby Avenue, Suite 105, Juneau, AK 99801-1795.

    Note: For a table listing ADEC's delegation status, see paragraph 
(c)(10) of this section.

    (D) Arizona.

Arizona Department of Health Services, 1740 West Adams Street, Phoenix, 
          AZ 85007.
Maricopa County Department of Health Services, Bureau of Air Pollution 
          Control, 1825 East Roosevelt Street, Phoenix, AZ 85006.
Pima County Health Department, Air Quality Control District, 151 West 
          Congress, Tucson, AZ 85701.

    (E) State of Arkansas: Chief, Division of Air Pollution Control, 
Arkansas Department

[[Page 12]]

of Pollution Control and Ecology, 8001 National Drive, P.O. Box 9583, 
Little Rock, AR 72209.
    (F) California.

Amador County Air Pollution Control District, P.O. Box 430, 810 Court 
Street, Jackson, CA 95642.
Bay Area Air Pollution Control District, 939 Ellis Street, San 
          Francisco, CA 94109.
Butte County Air Pollution Control District, P.O. Box 1229, 316 Nelson 
Avenue, Oroville, CA 95965.
Calaveras County Air Pollution Control District, Government Center, El 
Dorado Road, San Andreas, CA 95249.
Colusa County Air Pollution Control District, 751 Fremont Street, 
Colusa, CA 95952.
El Dorado Air Pollution Control District, 330 Fair Lane, Placerville, CA 
95667.
Fresno County Air Pollution Control District, 1221 Fulton Mall, Fresno, 
CA 93721.
Glenn County Air Pollution Control District, P.O. Box 351, 720 North 
Colusa Street, Willows, CA 95988.
Great Basin Unified Air Pollution Control District, 157 Short Street, 
suite 6, Bishop, CA 93514.
Imperial County Air Pollution Control District, County Services 
Building, 939 West Main Street, El Centro, CA 92243.
Kern County Air Pollution Control District, 1601 H Street, suite 250, 
Bakersfield, CA 93301.
Kings County Air Pollution Control District, 330 Campus Drive, Hanford, 
CA 93230.
Lake County Air Pollution Control District, 255 North Forbes Street, 
Lakeport, CA 95453.
Lassen County Air Pollution Control District, 175 Russell Avenue, 
Susanville, CA 96130.
Madera County Air Pollution Control District, 135 West Yosemite Avenue, 
          Madera, CA 93637.
Mariposa County Air Pollution Control District, Box 5, Mariposa, CA 
95338.
Mendocino County Air Pollution Control District, County Courthouse, 
          Ukiah, CA 94582.
Merced County Air Pollution Control District, P.O. Box 471, 240 East 
15th Street, Merced, CA 95340.
Modoc County Air Pollution Control District, 202 West 4th Street, 
Alturas, CA 96101.
Monterey Bay Unified Air Pollution Control, 1164 Monroe Street, Suite 
10, Salinas, CA 93906.
Nevada County Air Pollution Control District, H.E.W. Complex, Nevada 
City, CA 95959.
North Coast Unified Air Quality Management District, 5630 South 
Broadway, Eureka CA 95501.
Northern Sonoma County Air Pollution Control District, 134 ``A'' Avenue, 
Auburn, CA 95448.
Placer County Air Pollution Control District, 11491 ``B'' Avenue, 
Auburn, CA 95603.
Plumas County Air Pollution Control District, P.O. Box 480, Quincy, CA 
95971.
Sacramento County Air Pollution Control District, 3701 Branch Center 
          Road, Sacramento, CA 95827.
San Bernardino County Air Pollution Control District, 15579-8th, 
Victorville, CA 92392.
San Diego County Air Pollution Control District, 9150 Chesapeake Drive, 
          San Diego, CA 92123.
San Joaquin County Air Pollution Control District, 1601 East Hazelton 
          Street (P.O. Box 2009), Stockton, CA 95201.
San Luis Obispo County Air Pollution Control District, P.O. Box 637, San 
Luis Obispo, CA 93406.
Santa Barbara County Air Pollution Control District, 315 Camino del 
Rimedio, Santa Barbara, CA 93110.
Shasta County Air Pollution Control District, 2650 Hospital Lane, 
Redding, CA 96001.
Sierra County Air Pollution Control District, P.O. Box 286, Downieville, 
CA 95936.
Siskiyou County Air Pollution Control District, 525 South Foothill 
Drive, Yreka, CA 96097.
South Coast Air Quality Management District, 9150 Flair Drive, El Monte, 
CA 91731.
Stanislaus County Air Pollution Control District, 1030 Scenic Drive, 
Modesto, CA 95350.
Sutter County Air Pollution Control District, Sutter County Office 
Building, 142 Garden Highway, Yuba City, CA 95991.
Tehama County Air Pollution Control District, P.O. Box 38, 1760 Walnut 
Street, Red Bluff, CA 96080.
Tulare County Air Pollution Control District, County Civic Center, 
Visalia, CA 93277.
Tuolumne County Air Pollution Control District, 9 North Washington 
Street, Sonora, CA 95370.
Ventura County Air Pollution Control District, 800 South Victoria 
Avenue, Ventura, CA 93009.
Yolo-Solano Air Pollution Control District, P.O. Box 1006, 323 First 
Street, 5, Woodland, CA 95695.
    (G) State of Colorado, Department of Health, Air Pollution Control 
Division, 4210 East 11th Avenue, Denver, CO 80220.
    Note: For a table listing Region VIII's NESHAPs delegation status, 
see paragraph (c) of this section.
    (H) State of Connecticut, Bureau of Air Management, Department of 
Environmental Protection, State Office Building, 165 Capitol Avenue, 
Hartford, CT 06106.
    (I) State of Delaware:
Delaware Department of Natural Resources and Environmental Control, 
Tatnall Building, P.O. Box 1401, Dover, DE 19901.
    (J) [Reserved]

[[Page 13]]

    (K) Bureau of Air Quality Management, Department of Environmental 
Regulation, Twin Towers Office Building, 2600 Blair Stone Road, 
Tallahassee, FL 32301.
    (L) State of Georgia, Environmental Protection Division, Department 
of Natural Resources, 270 Washington Street, SW., Atlanta, GA 30334.
    (M) Hawaii Department of Health, 1250 Punchbowl Street, Honolulu, HI 
96813.
Hawaii Department of Health (mailing address), Post Office Box 3378, 
Honolulu, HI 96801.
    (N) [Reserved]
    (O) State of Illinois, Bureau of Air, Division of Air Pollution 
Control, Illinois Environmental Protection Agency, 2200 Churchill Road, 
Springfield, IL 62794-9276.
    (P) State of Indiana, Indiana Department of Environmental 
Management, 100 North Senate Avenue, P.O. Box 6015, Indianapolis, 
Indiana 46206-6015.
    (Q) State of Iowa: Iowa Department of Natural Resources, 
Environmental Protection Division, Henry A. Wallace Building, 900 East 
Grand, Des Moines, IA 50319.
    (R) State of Kansas: Kansas Department of Health and Environment, 
Bureau of Air Quality and Radiation Control, Forbes Field, Topeka, KS 
66620.
    (S) Division of Air Pollution Control, Department for Natural 
Resources and Environmental Protection, U.S. 127, Frankfort, KY 40601.
    (T) State of Louisiana: Program Administrator, Air Quality Division, 
Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality, P.O. Box 44096, Baton 
Rouge, LA 70804.
    (U) State of Maine, Bureau of Air Quality Control, Department of 
Environmental Protection, State House, Station No. 17, Augusta, ME 
04333.
    (V) State of Maryland, Bureau of Air Quality and Noise Control, 
Maryland State Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, 201 West Preston 
Street, Baltimore, MD 21201.
    (W) Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Division of Air Quality Control, 
Department of Environmental Protection, One Winter Street, 7th floor, 
Boston, MA 02108.
    (X) State of Michigan, Air Quality Division, Michigan Department of 
Environmental Quality, P.O. Box 30260, Lansing, Michigan 48909.
    (Y) Minnesota Pollution Control Agency, Division of Air Quality, 520 
Lafayette Road, St. Paul, MN 55155.
    (Z) Bureau of Pollution Control, Department of Natural Resources, 
P.O. Box 10385, Jackson, MS 39209.
    (AA) State of Missouri: Missouri Department of Natural Resources, 
Division of Environmental Quality, P.O. Box 176, Jefferson City, MO 
65102.
    (BB) State of Montana, Department of Health and Environmental 
Services, Air Quality Bureau, Cogswell Building, Helena, MT 59601.
    Note: For a table listing Region VIII's NESHAPs delegation status, 
see paragraph (c) of this section.
    (CC) State of Nebraska, Nebraska Department of Environmental 
Control, P.O. Box 94877, State House Station, Lincoln, NE 68509.
Lincoln-Lancaster County Health Department, Division of Environmental 
          Health, 2200 St. Marys Avenue, Lincoln, NE 68502.
    (DD) Nevada.
Clark County, County District Health Department, Air Pollution Control 
          Division, 625 Shadow Lane, Las Vegas, NV 89106.
Nevada Department of Conservation and Natural Resources, Division of 
          Environmental Protection, 201 South Fall Street, Carson City, 
          NV 89710.
Washoe County District Health Department, Division of Environmental 
          Protection, 10 Kirman Avenue, Reno, NV 89502.
    (EE) State of New Hampshire, Air Resources Division, Department of 
Environmental Services, 64 North Main Street, Caller Box 2033, Concord, 
NH 03302-2033.
    (FF) State of New Jersey: New Jersey Department of Environmental 
Protection, John Fitch Plaza, P.O. Box 2807, Trenton, NJ 08625.
    (GG) State of New Mexico: Director, New Mexico Environmental 
Improvement Division, Health and Environment Department, 1190 St. 
Francis Drive, Santa Fe, NM 87503.
    (i) The City of Albuquerque and Bernalillo County: Director, The 
Albuquerque Environmental Health Department, The City of Albuquerque, 
P.O. Box 1293, Albuquerque, NM 87103.
    (HH) New York: New York State Department of Environmental 
Conservation, 50 Wolf Road, Albany, NY 12233, attention: Division of Air 
Resources.
    (II) North Carolina Environmental Management Commission, Department 
of Natural and Economic Resources, Division of Environmental Management, 
P.O. Box 27687, Raleigh, NC 27611. Attention: Air Quality Section.
    (JJ) State of North Dakota, State Department of Health and 
Consolidated Laboratories, Division of Environmental Engineering, State 
Capitol, Bismarck, ND 58505.
    Note: For a table listing Region VIII's NESHAPs delegation status, 
see paragraph (c) of this section.
    (KK) State of Ohio--
    (i) Medina, Summit and Portage Counties: Director, Akron Regional 
Air Quality Management District, 177 South Broadway, Akron, OH 44308.
    (ii) Stark County: Air Pollution Control Division, 420 Market Avenue 
North, Canton, Ohio 44702-3335.

[[Page 14]]

    (iii) Butler, Clermont, Hamilton, and Warren Counties: Air Program 
Manager, Hamilton County Department of Environmental Services, 1632 
Central Parkway, Cincinnati, Ohio 45210.
    (iv) Cuyahoga County: Commissioner, Department of Public Health & 
Welfare, Division of Air Pollution Control, 1925 Saint Clair, Cleveland, 
Ohio 44114.
    (v) Belmont, Carroll, Columbiana, Harrison, Jefferson, and Monroe 
Counties: Director, North Ohio Valley Air Authority (NOVAA), 814 Adams 
Street, Steubenville, OH 43952.
    (vi) Clark, Darke, Greene, Miami, Montgomery, and Preble Counties: 
Director, Regional Air Pollution Control Agency (RAPCA), 451 West Third 
Street, Dayton, Ohio 45402.
    (vii) Lucas County and the City of Rossford (in Wood County): 
Director, Toledo Environmental Services Agency, 26 Main Street, Toledo, 
OH 43605.
    (viii) Adams, Brown, Lawrence, and Scioto Counties: Engineer-
Director, Air Division, Portsmouth City Health Department, 740 Second 
Street, Portsmouth, OH 45662.
    (ix) Allen, Ashland, Auglaize, Crawford, Defiance, Erie, Fulton, 
Hancock, Hardin, Henry, Huron, Marion, Mercer, Ottawa, Paulding, Putnam, 
Richland, Sandusky, Seneca, Van Wert, Williams, Wood (except City of 
Rossford), and Wyandot Counties: Ohio Environmental Protection Agency, 
Northwest District Office, Air Pollution Control, 347 Dunbridge Rd., 
Bowling Green, Ohio 43402.
    (x) Ashtabula, Holmes, Lorain, and Wayne Counties: Ohio 
Environmental Protection Agency, Northeast District Office, Air 
Pollution Unit, 2110 East Aurora Road, Twinsburg, OH 44087.
    (xi) Athens, Coshocton, Gallia, Guernsey, Hocking, Jackson, Meigs, 
Morgan, Muskingum, Noble, Perry, Pike, Ross, Tuscarawas, Vinton, and 
Washington Counties: Ohio Environmental Protection Agency, Southeast 
District Office, Air Pollution Unit, 2195 Front Street, Logan, OH 43138.
    (xii) Champaign, Clinton, Highland, Logan, and Shelby Counties: Ohio 
Environmental Protection Agency, Southwest District Office, Air 
Pollution Unit, 401 East Fifth Street, Dayton, Ohio 45402-2911.
    (xiii) Delaware, Fairfield, Fayette, Franklin, Knox, Licking, 
Madison, Morrow, Pickaway, and Union Counties: Ohio Environmental 
Protection Agency, Central District Office, Air Pollution Control, 3232 
Alum Creek Drive, Columbus, Ohio, 43207-3417.
    (xiv) Geauga and Lake Counties: Lake County General Health District, 
Air Pollution Control, 105 Main Street, Painesville, OH 44077.
    (xv) Mahoning and Trumbull Counties: Mahoning-Trumbull Air Pollution 
Control Agency, 9 West Front Street, Youngstown, OH 44503.
    (LL) State of Oklahoma, Oklahoma State Department of Health, Air 
Quality Service, P.O. Box 53551, Oklahoma City, OK 73152.
    (i) Oklahoma City and County: Director, Oklahoma City-County Health 
Department, 921 Northeast 23rd Street, Oklahoma City, OK 73105.
    (ii) Tulsa County: Tulsa City-County Health Department, 4616 East 
Fifteenth Street, Tulsa, OK 74112.
    (MM) State of Oregon, Department of Environmental Quality, Yeon 
Building, 522 SW. Fifth, Portland, OR 97204.
    (i)-(vii) [Reserved]
    (viii) Lane Regional Air Pollution Authority, 225 North Fifth, suite 
501, Springfield, OR 97477.
    (NN) Pennsylvania.
    (i) City of Philadelphia: Philadelphia Department of Public Health, 
Air Management Services, 500 S. Broad Street, Philadelphia, PA 19146.
    (ii) Commonwealth of Pennsylvania: Department of Environmental 
Resources, Post Office Box 2063, Harrisburg, PA 17120.
    (iii) Allegheny County: Allegheny County Health Department, Bureau 
of Air Pollution Control, 301 Thirty-ninth Street, Pittsburgh, PA 15201.
    (OO) State of Rhode Island, Division of Air and Hazardous Materials, 
Department of Environmental Management, 291 Promenade Street, 
Providence, RI 02908.
    (PP) State of South Carolina, Office of Environmental Quality 
Control, Department of Health and Environmental Control, 2600 Bull 
Street, Columbia, SC 29201.
    (QQ) State of South Dakota, Department of Water and Natural 
Resources, Office of Air Quality and Solid Waste, Joe Foss Building, 523 
East Capitol, Pierre, SD 57501-3181.
    Note: For a table listing Region VIII's NESHAPs delegation status, 
see paragraph (c) of this section.
    (RR) Division of Air Pollution Control, Tennessee Department of 
Public Health, 256 Capitol Hill Building, Nashville, TN 37219.
    Knox County Department of Air Pollution, City/County Building, room 
L222, 400 Main Avenue, Knoxville, TN 37902.
    Air Pollution Control Bureau, Metropolitan Health Department, 311 
23rd Avenue North, Nashville, TN 37203.
    (SS) State of Texas, Texas Air Control Board, 6330 Highway 290 East, 
Austin, TX 78723.
    (TT) State of Utah, Department of Health, Bureau of Air Quality, 288 
North 1460 West, P.O. Box 16690, Salt Lake City, UT 84116-0690.
    Note: For a table listing Region VIII's NESHAPs delegation status, 
see paragraph (c) of this section.
    (UU) State of Vermont, Air Pollution Control Division, Agency of 
Natural Resources,

[[Page 15]]

Building 3 South, 103 South Main Street, Waterbury, VT 05676.
    (VV) Commonwealth of Virginia, Virginia State Air Pollution Control 
Board, room 1106, Ninth Street Office Building, Richmond, VA 23219.
    (WW)(i) Washington; State of Washington, Department of Ecology, 
Olympia, WA 98504.
    (ii) Northwest Air Pollution Authority (NWAPA), 1600 South Second 
Street, Mount Vernon, WA 98273-5202.

    Note: For a table listing NWAPA's delegation status, see paragraph 
(c)(10) of this section.

    (iii) Puget Sound Clean Air Agency (Puget Sound Clean Air). 110 
Union Street, Suite 500, Seattle, WA 98101-2038.

    Note: For a table listing Puget Sound Clean Air's delegation status, 
see paragraph (c)(10) of this section.
    (iv) Spokane County Air Pollution Control Authority, North 811 
Jefferson, Spokane, WA 99201.
    (v) Yakima County Clean Air Authority, County Courthouse, Yakima, WA 
98901.
    (vi) Olympic Air Pollution Control Authority, 120 East State Avenue, 
Olympia, WA 98501.
    (vii) Southwest Air Pollution Control Authority (SWAPCA), 1308 NE 
134th Street, Vancouver, WA 98685-2747.

    Note: For a table listing SWAPCA's delegation status, see paragraph 
(c)(10) of this section.
    (XX) State of West Virginia: Air Pollution Control Commission, 1558 
Washington Street, East, Charleston, WV 25311.
    (YY) Wisconsin--Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources, P.O. Box 
7921, Madison, WI 53707.
    (ZZ)-(AAA) [Reserved]
    (BBB) Commonwealth of Puerto Rico: Commonwealth of Puerto Rico 
Environmental Quality Board, P.O. Box 11785, Santurce, PR 00910.
    (CCC) U.S. Virgin Islands: U.S. Virgin Islands Department of 
Conservation and Cultural Affairs, P.O. Box 578, Charlotte Amalie, St. 
Thomas, U.S. Virgin Islands 00801.

    (c) The following tables list, by Region, the specific Part 61, 
National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants that have been 
delegated to state and local agencies.
    (1)-(7) [Reserved]
    (8) The following is a table indicating the delegation status of 
National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants in Region VIII.

         Region VIII.--Delegation Status of National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants \1\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       Subpart                           CO      MT \2\    ND \2\    SD \2\    UT \2\      WY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A  General Provisions...............................        *         *         *         *         *
B  Radon Emissions from Underground Uranium Mines...  ........  ........  ........  ........        *
C  Beryllium........................................        *         *         *   ........        *
D  Beryllium Rocket Motor Firing....................        *         *         *   ........        *
E  Mercury..........................................        *         *         *   ........        *
F  Vinyl Chloride...................................        *         *         *   ........        *
H  Emissions of Radionuclides other than Radon from   ........  ........  ........  ........  ........
 Department of Energy Facilities....................
I  Radionuclide Emissions from Facilities Licensed
 by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission and Federal
 Facilities not covered by Subpart H................
J  Equipment Leaks (Fugitive Emission Sources) of           *         *         *   ........        *
 Benzene............................................
K  Radionuclide Emissions from Elemental Phosphorus   ........  ........  ........  ........  ........
 Plants.............................................
L  Benzene Emissions from Coke By-Product Recovery    ........        *         *   ........        *
 Plants.............................................
M  Asbestos.........................................        *         *         *         *         *      *\3\
N  Inorganic Arsenic Emissions from Glass             ........        *         *   ........        *
 Manufacturing Plants...............................
O  Inorganic Arsenic Emissions from Primary Copper    ........        *         *   ........        *
 Smelters...........................................
P  Inorganic Arsenic Emissions from Arsenic Trioxide  ........        *         *   ........        *
 and Metallic Arsenic Production Facilities.........
Q  Radon Emissions from Department of Energy          ........  ........  ........  ........        *
 Facilities.........................................
R  Radon Emission from Phosphogypsum Stacks.........  ........  ........  ........  ........        *
T  Radon Emissions from the Disposal of Uranium Mill  ........  ........  ........  ........        *
 Tailings...........................................
V  Equipment Leaks (Fugitive Emission Sources)......  ........        *         *   ........        *
W  Radon Emissions from Operating Mill Tailings.....  ........  ........  ........  ........        *
Y  Benzene Emissions from Benzene Storage Vessels...  ........        *         *   ........        *
BB  Benzene Emission from Benzene Transfer            ........        *         *   ........        *
 Operations.........................................
FF  Benzene Waste Operations........................  ........        *         *   ........       *
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Indicates approval of delegation of subpart to state.
\1\ Authorities which may not be delegated include 40 CFR 61.04(b), 61.12(d)(1), 61.13(h)(1)(ii), 61.112(c),
  61.164(a)(2), 61.164(a)(3), 61.172(b)(2)(ii)(B), 61.172(b)(2)(ii)(C), 61.174 (a)(2), 61.174(a)(3), 61.242-
  1(c)(2), 61.244, and all authorities listed as not delegable in each subpart under Delegation of Authority.
\2\ Indicates approval of National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants as part of the State
  Implementation Plan (SIP) with the exception of the radionuclide NESHAP Subparts B, Q, R, T, W which were
  approved through Section 112(l) of the Clean Air Act.

[[Page 16]]

 
\3\ Delegation only for asbestos demolition, renovation, spraying, manufacturing, and fabricating operations,
  insulating materials, waste disposal for demolition, renovation, spraying, manufacturing and fabricating
  operations, inactive waste disposal sites for manufacturing and fabricating operations, and operations that
  convert asbestos-containing waste material into nonasbestos (asbestos-free) material.

    (9) [Reserved]
    (10) The following table lists the specific Part 61 standards that 
have been delegated unchanged to state and local air pollution control 
agencies in Region X. The (X) symbol is used to indicate each subpart 
that has been delegated.

[[Page 17]]



                                                                                            Delegation Status for Part 61 Standards--Region X
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Subpart                       A D E C \1\  I D E Q \2\  O D E Q \3\  L R A P A \4\  E c o l o g y \5\  B C A A \6\  N W A P A \7\  O A P C A \8\  P S C A A \9\  S C A P C A \10\  S W A P C A \11\  Y R C A A \12\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. General Provisions \13\.......................          X    ...........  ...........  .............  .................  ...........           X     .............           X     ................             X      ..............
B. Radon from Underground Uranium Mines..........  ...........  ...........  ...........  .............  .................  ...........  .............  .............  .............  ................  ................  ..............
C. Beryllium.....................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  .............  .................  ...........           X     .............           X     ................             X      ..............
D. Beryllium Rocket Motor Firing.................  ...........  ...........  ...........  .............  .................  ...........           X     .............           X     ................             X      ..............
E. Mercury.......................................          X    ...........  ...........  .............  .................  ...........           X     .............           X     ................             X      ..............
F. Vinyl Chloride................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  .............  .................  ...........           X     .............           X     ................             X      ..............
H. Emissions of Radionuclides other than Radon     ...........  ...........  ...........  .............  .................  ...........  .............  .............  .............  ................  ................  ..............
 from Dept of Energy facilities..................
I. Radionuclides from Federal Facilities other     ...........  ...........  ...........  .............  .................  ...........  .............  .............  .............  ................  ................  ..............
 than Nuclear Regulatory Commission Licensees and
 not covered by Subpart H........................
J. Equipment Leaks of Benzene....................          X    ...........  ...........  .............  .................  ...........           X     .............           X     ................             X      ..............
K. Radionuclides from Elemental Phosphorus Plants  ...........  ...........  ...........  .............  .................  ...........  .............  .............  .............  ................  ................  ..............
L. Benzene from Coke Recovery....................  ...........  ...........  ...........  .............  .................  ...........           X     .............           X     ................             X      ..............
M. Asbestos......................................        X 1    ...........  ...........  .............  .................  ...........           X     .............           X     ................             X      ..............
N. Arsenic from Glass Plants.....................  ...........  ...........  ...........  .............  .................  ...........           X     .............           X     ................             X      ..............

[[Page 18]]

 
O. Arsenic from Primary Copper Smelters..........  ...........  ...........  ...........  .............  .................  ...........           X     .............           X     ................             X      ..............
P. Arsenic from Arsenic Production Facilities....  ...........  ...........  ...........  .............  .................  ...........           X     .............           X     ................             X      ..............
Q. Radon from Dept of Energy facilities..........  ...........  ...........  ...........  .............  .................  ...........  .............  .............  .............  ................  ................  ..............
R. Radon from Phosphogypsum Stacks...............  ...........  ...........  ...........  .............  .................  ...........  .............  .............  .............  ................  ................  ..............
T. Radon from Disposal of Uranium Mill Tailings..  ...........  ...........  ...........  .............  .................  ...........  .............  .............  .............  ................  ................  ..............
V. Equipment Leaks...............................          X    ...........  ...........  .............  .................  ...........           X     .............           X     ................             X      ..............
W. Radon from Operating Mill Tailings............  ...........  ...........  ...........  .............  .................  ...........  .............  .............  .............  ................  ................  ..............
Y. Benzene from Benzene Storage Vessels..........          X    ...........  ...........  .............  .................  ...........           X     .............           X     ................             X      ..............
BB. Benzene from Benzene Transfer Operations.....  ...........  ...........  ...........  .............  .................  ...........           X     .............           X     ................             X      ..............
FF. Benzene Waste Operations.....................          X    ...........  ...........  .............  .................  ...........           X     .............           X     ................             X      ..............
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation (1/18/97).
Note: Alaska received delegation for sections 61.145 and 61.154 of Subpart M (Asbestos), along with other sections and appendices which are referenced in 61.145, as 61.145 applies to sources required to obtain an operating permit
  under Alaska's regulations. EPA retains the authority to implement and enforce Subpart M for area source asbestos demolition and renovation activities.
\2\ Idaho Division of Environmental Quality
\3\ Oregon Department of Environmental Quality
\4\ Lane Regional Air Pollution Authority
\5\ Washington Department of Ecology
\6\ Benton Clean Air Authority
\7\ Northwest Air Pollution Authority (7/1/99)
\8\ Olympic Air Pollution Control Authority
\9\ Puget Sound Clean Air Agency (7/1/99)

[[Page 19]]

 
\10\ Spokane County Air Pollution Control Authority
\11\ Southwest Air Pollution Control Authority (8/1/98)
\12\ Yakima Regional Clean Air Authority
\13\ Authorities which are not delegated include: 40 CFR 61.04(b); 61.12(d)(1); 61.13(h)(1)(ii) for approval of major alternatives to test methods; 61.14(g)(1)(ii) for approval of major alternatives to monitoring; 61.16;
  61.53(c)(4); any sections in the subparts pertaining to approval of alternative standards (i.e., alternative means of emission limitations), or approval of major alternatives to test methods or monitoring; and all authorities
  identified in the subparts (i.e., under ``Delegation of Authority'') that cannot be delegated.


[[Page 20]]

    Note to paragraph (c)(10): Dates in parenthesis indicate the 
effective date of the federal rules that have been adopted by and 
delegated to the state or local air pollution control agency. Therefore, 
any amendments made to these delegated rules after this effective date 
are not delegated to the agency.

[40 FR 18170, Apr. 25, 1975]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations to Sec. 61.04 see the 
List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section 
of the printed volume and on GPO Access.

    Effective Date Note: At 66 FR 32555, June 15, 2001, Sec. 61.04 was 
amended by revising the names and addresses listed for the EPA Region 
VIII office in paragraph (a), the State of Colorado in paragraph (b)(G), 
the State of Montana in paragraph (b)(BB), the State of North Dakota in 
paragraph (b)(JJ) and the State of Utah in paragraph (b)(TT) and adding 
the State of Wyoming in paragraph (b)(ZZ), amending the table in 
paragraph (c) entitled ``Region VIII.--Delegation Status of National 
Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants'' and by revising the 
column heading for ``MT'', effective Aug. 14, 2001. For the convenience 
of the user, the revised and added text is set forth as follows:

Sec. 61.04   Address.

    (a) * * *
    Region VIII (Colorado, Montana, North Dakota, South Dakota, Utah, 
Wyoming) Assistant Regional Administrator, Office of Enforcement, 
Compliance and Environmental Justice, 999 18th Street, Suite 300, 
Denver, CO 80202-2466.

                                * * * * *

    (b) * * *
    (G) State of Colorado, Air Pollution Control Division, Department of 
Public Health and Environment, 4300 Cherry Creek Drive South, Denver, CO 
80246-1530.
    Note: For a table listing Region VIII's NESHAP delegation status, 
see paragraph (c) of this section.

                                * * * * *

    (BB) State of Montana, Department of Environmental Quality, 1520 E. 
6th Ave., PO Box 200901, Helena, MT 59620-0901.
    Note: For a table listing Region VIII's NESHAP delegation status, 
see paragraph (c) of this section.

                                * * * * *

    (JJ) State of North Dakota, Division of Air Quality, North Dakota 
Department of Health, PO Box 5520, Bismarck, ND 58506-5520.
    Note: For a table listing Region VIII's NESHAP delegation status, 
see paragraph (c) of this section.

                                * * * * *

    (TT) State of Utah, Division of Air Quality, Department of 
Environmental Quality, PO Box 144820, Salt Lake City, UT 84114-4820.
    Note: For a table listing Region VIII's NESHAP delegation status, 
see paragraph (c) of this section.

                                * * * * *

    (ZZ) State of Wyoming, Air Quality Division, Department of 
Environmental Quality, 122 W. 25th St., Cheyenne, WY 82002.

                                * * * * *

    (c) * * *

         Region VIII.--Delegation Status of National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants \1\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Subpart                                CO      MT    ND \2\  SD \2\  UT \2\    WY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
*                  *                  *                  *                  *                  *
                                                        *
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Indicates approval of delegation of subpart to state.
\1\ Authorities which may not be delegated include 40 CFR 61.04(b), 61.12(d)(1), 61.13(h)(1)(ii), 61.112(c),
  61.164(a)(2), 61.164(a)(3), 61.172(b)(2)(ii)(B), 61.172(b)(2)(ii)(C), 61.174(a)(2), 61.174(a)(3), 61.242-
  1(c)(2), 61.244, and all authorities listed as not delegable in each subpart under Delegation of Authority.
\2\ Indicates approval of National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants as part of the State
  Implementation Plan (SIP) with the exception of the radionuclide NESHAP subparts B, Q, R, T, W which were
  approved through section 112(l) of the Clean Air Act.
\3\ Delegation only for asbestos demolition, renovation, spraying, manufacturing, and fabricating operations,
  insulating materials, waste disposal for demolition, renovation, spraying, manufacturing and fabricating
  operations, inactive waste disposal sites for manufacturing and fabricating operations, and operations that
  convert asbestos-containing waste material into nonasbestos (asbestos-free) material.


[[Page 21]]



Sec. 61.05  Prohibited activities.

    (a) After the effective date of any standard, no owner or operator 
shall construct or modify any stationary source subject to that standard 
without first obtaining written approval from the Administrator in 
accordance with this subpart, except under an exemption granted by the 
President under section 112(c)(2) of the Act. Sources, the construction 
or modification of which commenced after the publication date of the 
standards proposed to be applicable to the sources, are subject to this 
prohibition.
    (b) After the effective date of any standard, no owner or operator 
shall operate a new stationary source subject to that standard in 
violation of the standard, except under an exemption granted by the 
President under section 112(c)(2) of the Act.
    (c) Ninety days after the effective date of any standard, no owner 
or operator shall operate any existing source subject to that standard 
in violation of the standard, except under a waiver granted by the 
Administrator under this part or under an exemption granted by the 
President under section 112(c)(2) of the Act.
    (d) No owner or operator subject to the provisions of this part 
shall fail to report, revise reports, or report source test results as 
required under this part.

[38 FR 8826, Apr. 6, 1973, as amended at 50 FR 46291, Nov. 7, 1985]



Sec. 61.06  Determination of construction or modification.

    An owner or operator may submit to the Administrator a written 
application for a determination of whether actions intended to be taken 
by the owner or operator constitute construction or modification, or 
commencement thereof, of a source subject to a standard. The 
Administrator will notify the owner or operator of his determination 
within 30 days after receiving sufficient information to evaluate the 
application.

[50 FR 46291, Nov. 7, 1985]



Sec. 61.07  Application for approval of construction or modification.

    (a) The owner or operator shall submit to the Administrator an 
application for approval of the construction of any new source or 
modification of any existing source. The application shall be submitted 
before the construction or modification is planned to commence, or 
within 30 days after the effective date if the construction or 
modification had commenced before the effective date and initial startup 
has not occurred. A separate application shall be submitted for each 
stationary source.
    (b) Each application for approval of construction shall include--
    (1) The name and address of the applicant;
    (2) The location or proposed location of the source; and
    (3) Technical information describing the proposed nature, size, 
design, operating design capacity, and method of operation of the 
source, including a description of any equipment to be used for control 
of emissions. Such technical information shall include calculations of 
emission estimates in sufficient detail to permit assessment of the 
validity of the calculations.
    (c) Each application for approval of modification shall include, in 
addition to the information required in paragraph (b) of this section--
    (1) The precise nature of the proposed changes;
    (2) The productive capacity of the source before and after the 
changes are completed; and
    (3) Calculations of estimates of emissions before and after the 
changes are completed, in sufficient detail to permit assessment of the 
validity of the calculations.

[50 FR 46291, Nov. 7, 1985]



Sec. 61.08  Approval of construction or modification.

    (a) The Administrator will notify the owner or operator of approval 
or intention to deny approval of construction or modification within 60 
days after receipt of sufficient information to evaluate an application 
under Sec. 61.07.
    (b) If the Administrator determines that a stationary source for 
which an application under Sec. 61.07 was submitted will not cause 
emissions in violation of a standard if properly operated, the 
Administrator will approve the construction or modification.

[[Page 22]]

    (c) Before denying any application for approval of construction or 
modification, the Administrator will notify the applicant of the 
Administrator's intention to issue the denial together with--
    (1) Notice of the information and findings on which the intended 
denial is based; and
    (2) Notice of opportunity for the applicant to present, within such 
time limit as the Administrator shall specify, additional information or 
arguments to the Administrator before final action on the application.
    (d) A final determination to deny any application for approval will 
be in writing and will specify the grounds on which the denial is based. 
The final determination will be made within 60 days of presentation of 
additional information or arguments, or 60 days after the final date 
specified for presentation if no presentation is made.
    (e) Neither the submission of an application for approval nor the 
Administrator's approval of construction or modification shall--
    (1) Relieve an owner or operator of legal responsibility for 
compliance with any applicable provisions of this part or of any other 
applicable Federal, State, or local requirement; or
    (2) Prevent the Administrator from implementing or enforcing this 
part or taking any other action under the Act.

[50 FR 46291, Nov. 7, 1985]



Sec. 61.09  Notification of startup.

    (a) The owner or operator of each stationary source which has an 
initial startup after the effective date of a standard shall furnish the 
Administrator with written notification as follows:
    (1) A notification of the anticipated date of initial startup of the 
source not more than 60 days nor less than 30 days before that date.
    (2) A notification of the actual date of initial startup of the 
source within 15 days after that date.
    (b) If any State or local agency requires a notice which contains 
all the information required in the notification in paragraph (a) of 
this section, sending the Administrator a copy of that notification will 
satisfy paragraph (a) of this section.

[50 FR 46291, Nov. 7, 1985]



Sec. 61.10  Source reporting and waiver request.

    (a) The owner or operator of each existing source or each new source 
which had an initial startup before the effective date shall provide the 
following information in writing to the Administrator within 90 days 
after the effective date:
    (1) Name and address of the owner or operator.
    (2) The location of the source.
    (3) The type of hazardous pollutants emitted by the stationary 
source.
    (4) A brief description of the nature, size, design, and method of 
operation of the stationary source including the operating design 
capacity of the source. Identify each point of emission for each 
hazardous pollutant.
    (5) The average weight per month of the hazardous materials being 
processed by the source, over the last 12 months preceding the date of 
the report.
    (6) A description of the existing control equipment for each 
emission point including--
    (i) Each control device for each hazardous pollutant; and
    (ii) Estimated control efficiency (percent) for each control device.
    (7) A statement by the owner or operator of the source as to whether 
the source can comply with the standards within 90 days after the 
effective date.
    (b) The owner or operator of an existing source unable to comply 
with an applicable standard may request a waiver of compliance with that 
standard for a period not exceeding 2 years after the effective date. 
Any request shall be in writing and shall include the following 
information:
    (1) A description of the controls to be installed to comply with the 
standard.
    (2) A compliance schedule, including the date each step toward 
compliance will be reached. The list shall include as a minimum the 
following dates:
    (i) Date by which contracts for emission control systems or process 
changes for emission control will be awarded, or date by which orders 
will

[[Page 23]]

be issued for the purchase of component parts to accomplish emission 
control or process changes;
    (ii) Date of initiation of onsite construction or installation of 
emission control equipment or process change;
    (iii) Date by which onsite construction or installation of emission 
control equipment or process change is to be completed; and
    (iv) Date by which final compliance is to be achieved.
    (3) A description of interim emission control steps which will be 
taken during the waiver period.
    (c) Any change in the information provided under paragraph (a) of 
this section or Sec. 61.07(b) shall be provided to the Administrator 
within 30 days after the change. However, if any change will result from 
modification of the source, Secs. 61.07(c) and 61.08 apply.
    (d) A possible format for reporting under this section is included 
as appendix A of this part. Advice on reporting the status of compliance 
may be obtained from the Administrator.
    (e) For the purposes of this part, time periods specified in days 
shall be measured in calendar days, even if the word ``calendar'' is 
absent, unless otherwise specified in an applicable requirement.
    (f) For the purposes of this part, if an explicit postmark deadline 
is not specified in an applicable requirement for the submittal of a 
notification, application, report, or other written communication to the 
Administrator, the owner or operator shall postmark the submittal on or 
before the number of days specified in the applicable requirement. For 
example, if a notification must be submitted 15 days before a particular 
event is scheduled to take place, the notification shall be postmarked 
on or before 15 days preceding the event; likewise, if a notification 
must be submitted 15 days after a particular event takes place, the 
notification shall be postmarked on or before 15 days following the end 
of the event. The use of reliable non-Government mail carriers that 
provide indications of verifiable delivery of information required to be 
submitted to the Administrator, similar to the postmark provided by the 
U.S. Postal Service, or alternative means of delivery agreed to by the 
permitting authority, is acceptable.
    (g) Notwithstanding time periods or postmark deadlines specified in 
this part for the submittal of information to the Administrator by an 
owner or operator, or the review of such information by the 
Administrator, such time periods or deadlines may be changed by mutual 
agreement between the owner or operator and the Administrator. 
Procedures governing the implementation of this provision are specified 
in paragraph (j) of this section.
    (h) If an owner or operator of a stationary source in a State with 
delegated authority is required to submit reports under this part to the 
State, and if the State has an established timeline for the submission 
of reports that is consistent with the reporting frequency(ies) 
specified for such source under this part, the owner or operator may 
change the dates by which reports under this part shall be submitted 
(without changing the frequency of reporting) to be consistent with the 
State's schedule by mutual agreement between the owner or operator and 
the State. The allowance in the previous sentence applies in each State 
beginning 1 year after the source is required to be in compliance with 
the applicable subpart in this part. Procedures governing the 
implementation of this provision are specified in paragraph (j) of this 
section.
    (i) If an owner or operator supervises one or more stationary 
sources affected by standards set under this part and standards set 
under part 60, part 63, or both such parts of this chapter, he/she may 
arrange by mutual agreement between the owner or operator and the 
Administrator (or the State with an approved permit program) a common 
schedule on which reports required by each applicable standard shall be 
submitted throughout the year. The allowance in the previous sentence 
applies in each State beginning 1 year after the source is required to 
be in compliance with the applicable subpart in this part, or 1 year 
after the source is required to be in compliance with the applicable 
part 60 or part 63 standard,

[[Page 24]]

whichever is latest. Procedures governing the implementation of this 
provision are specified in paragraph (j) of this section.
    (j)(1)(i) Until an adjustment of a time period or postmark deadline 
has been approved by the Administrator under paragraphs (j)(2) and 
(j)(3) of this section, the owner or operator of an affected source 
remains strictly subject to the requirements of this part.
    (ii) An owner or operator shall request the adjustment provided for 
in paragraphs (j)(2) and (j)(3) of this section each time he or she 
wishes to change an applicable time period or postmark deadline 
specified in this part.
    (2) Notwithstanding time periods or postmark deadlines specified in 
this part for the submittal of information to the Administrator by an 
owner or operator, or the review of such information by the 
Administrator, such time periods or deadlines may be changed by mutual 
agreement between the owner or operator and the Administrator. An owner 
or operator who wishes to request a change in a time period or postmark 
deadline for a particular requirement shall request the adjustment in 
writing as soon as practicable before the subject activity is required 
to take place. The owner or operator shall include in the request 
whatever information he or she considers useful to convince the 
Administrator that an adjustment is warranted.
    (3) If, in the Administrator's judgment, an owner or operator's 
request for an adjustment to a particular time period or postmark 
deadline is warranted, the Administrator will approve the adjustment. 
The Administrator will notify the owner or operator in writing of 
approval or disapproval of the request for an adjustment within 15 
calendar days of receiving sufficient information to evaluate the 
request.
    (4) If the Administrator is unable to meet a specified deadline, he 
or she will notify the owner or operator of any significant delay and 
inform the owner or operator of the amended schedule.

[38 FR 8826, Apr. 6, 1973, as amended at 50 FR 46292, Nov. 7, 1985; 59 
FR 12430, Mar. 16, 1994]



Sec. 61.11  Waiver of compliance.

    (a) Based on the information provided in any request under 
Sec. 61.10, or other information, the Administrator may grant a waiver 
of compliance with a standard for a period not exceeding 2 years after 
the effective date of the standard.
    (b) The waiver will be in writing and will--
    (1) Identify the stationary source covered;
    (2) Specify the termination date of the waiver;
    (3) Specify dates by which steps toward compliance are to be taken; 
and
    (4) Specify any additional conditions which the Administrator 
determines necessary to assure installation of the necessary controls 
within the waiver period and to assure protection of the health of 
persons during the waiver period.
    (c) The Administrator may terminate the waiver at an earlier date 
than specified if any specification under paragraphs (b)(3) and (b)(4) 
of this section are not met.
    (d) Before denying any request for a waiver, the Administrator will 
notify the owner or operator making the request of the Administrator's 
intention to issue the denial, together with--
    (1) Notice of the information and findings on which the intended 
denial is based; and
    (2) Notice of opportunity for the owner or operator to present, 
within the time limit the Administrator specifies, additional 
information or arguments to the Administrator before final action on the 
request.
    (e) A final determination to deny any request for a waiver will be 
in writing and will set forth the specific grounds on which the denial 
is based. The final determination will be made within 60 days after 
presentation of additional information or argument; or within 60 days 
after the final date specified for the presentation if no presentation 
is made.
    (f) The granting of a waiver under this section shall not abrogate 
the Administrator's authority under section 114 of the Act.

[50 FR 46292, Nov. 7, 1985]

[[Page 25]]



Sec. 61.12  Compliance with standards and maintenance requirements.

    (a) Compliance with numerical emission limits shall be determined in 
accordance with emission tests established in Sec. 61.13 or as otherwise 
specified in an individual subpart.
    (b) Compliance with design, equipment, work practice or operational 
standards shall be determined as specified in an individual subpart.
    (c) The owner or operator of each stationary source shall maintain 
and operate the source, including associated equipment for air pollution 
control, in a manner consistent with good air pollution control practice 
for minimizing emissions. Determination of whether acceptable operating 
and maintenance procedures are being used will be based on information 
available to the Administrator which may include, but is not limited to, 
monitoring results, review of operating and maintenance procedures, and 
inspection of the source.
    (d)(1) If, in the Administrator's judgment, an alternative means of 
emission limitation will achieve a reduction in emissions of a pollutant 
from a source at least equivalent to the reduction in emissions of that 
pollutant from that source achieved under any design, equipment, work 
practice or operational standard, the Administrator will publish in the 
Federal Register a notice permitting the use of the alternative means 
for purposes of compliance with the standard. The notice will restrict 
the permission to the source(s) or category(ies) of sources on which the 
alternative means will achieve equivalent emission reductions. The 
notice may condition permission on requirements related to the operation 
and maintenance of the alternative means.
    (2) Any notice under paragraph (d)(1) shall be published only after 
notice and an opportunity for a hearing.
    (3) Any person seeking permission under this subsection shall, 
unless otherwise specified in the applicable subpart, submit a proposed 
test plan or the results of testing and monitoring, a description of the 
procedures followed in testing or monitoring, and a description of 
pertinent conditions during testing or monitoring.
    (e) For the purpose of submitting compliance certifications or 
establishing whether or not a person has violated or is in violation of 
any standard in this part, nothing in this part shall preclude the use, 
including the exclusive use, of any credible evidence or information, 
relevant to whether a source would have been in compliance with 
applicable requirements if the appropriate performance or compliance 
test had been performed.

[50 FR 46292, Nov. 7, 1985, as amended 62 FR 8328, Feb. 24, 1997]



Sec. 61.13  Emission tests and waiver of emission tests.

    (a) If required to do emission testing by an applicable subpart and 
unless a waiver of emission testing is obtained under this section, the 
owner or operator shall test emissions from the source--
    (1) Within 90 days after the effective date, for an existing source 
or a new source which has an initial startup date before the effective 
date; or
    (2) Within 90 days after initial startup, for a new source which has 
an initial startup date after the effective date.
    (b) The Administrator may require an owner or operator to test 
emissions from the source at any other time when the action is 
authorized by section 114 of the Act.
    (c) The owner or operator shall notify the Administrator of the 
emission test at least 30 days before the emission test to allow the 
Administrator the opportunity to have an observer present during the 
test.
    (d) If required to do emission testing, the owner or operator of 
each new source and, at the request of the Administrator, the owner or 
operator of each existing source shall provide emission testing 
facilities as follows:
    (1) Sampling ports adequate for test methods applicable to each 
source.
    (2) Safe sampling platform(s).
    (3) Safe access to sampling platform(s).
    (4) Utilities for sampling and testing equipment.
    (5) Any other facilities that the Administrator needs to safely and 
properly test a source.

[[Page 26]]

    (e) Each emission test shall be conducted under such conditions as 
the Administrator shall specify based on design and operational 
characteristics of the source.
    (f) Unless otherwise specified in an applicable subpart, samples 
shall be analyzed and emissions determined within 30 days after each 
emission test has been completed. The owner or operator shall report the 
determinations of the emission test to the Administrator by a registered 
letter sent before the close of business on the 31st day following the 
completion of the emission test.
    (g) The owner or operator shall retain at the source and make 
available, upon request, for inspection by the Administrator, for a 
minimum of 2 years, records of emission test results and other data 
needed to determine emissions.
    (h)(1) Emission tests shall be conducted as set forth in this 
section, the applicable subpart and appendix B unless the 
Administrator--
    (i) Specifies or approves the use of a reference method with minor 
changes in methodology; or
    (ii) Approves the use of an alternative method; or
    (iii) Waives the requirement for emission testing because the owner 
or operator of a source has demonstrated by other means to the 
Administrator's satisfaction that the source is in compliance with the 
standard.
    (2) If the Administrator finds reasonable grounds to dispute the 
results obtained by an alternative method, he may require the use of a 
reference method. If the results of the reference and alternative 
methods do not agree, the results obtained by the reference method 
prevail.
    (3) The owner or operator may request approval for the use of an 
alternative method at any time, except--
    (i) For an existing source or a new source that had an initial 
startup before the effective date, any request for use of an alternative 
method during the initial emission test shall be submitted to the 
Administrator within 30 days after the effective date, or with the 
request for a waiver of compliance if one is submitted under 
Sec. 60.10(b); or
    (ii) For a new source that has an initial startup after the 
effective date, any request for use of an alternative method during the 
initial emission test shall be submitted to the Administrator no later 
than with the notification of anticipated startup required under 
Sec. 60.09.
    (i)(1) Emission tests may be waived upon written application to the 
Administrator if, in the Administrator's judgment, the source is meeting 
the standard, or the source is being operated under a waiver or 
compliance, or the owner or operator has requested a waiver of 
compliance and the Administrator is still considering that request.
    (2) If application for waiver of the emission test is made, the 
application shall accompany the information required by Sec. 61.10 or 
the notification of startup required by Sec. 61.09, whichever is 
applicable. A possible format is contained in appendix A to this part.
    (3) Approval of any waiver granted under this section shall not 
abrogate the Administrator's authority under the Act or in any way 
prohibit the Administrator from later cancelling the waiver. The 
cancellation will be made only after notice is given to the owner or 
operator of the source.

[50 FR 46292, Nov. 7, 1985]



Sec. 61.14  Monitoring requirements.

    (a) Unless otherwise specified, this section applies to each 
monitoring system required under each subpart which requires monitoring.
    (b) Each owner or operator shall maintain and operate each 
monitoring system as specified in the applicable subpart and in a manner 
consistent with good air pollution control practice for minimizing 
emissions. Any unavoidable breakdown or malfunction of the monitoring 
system should be repaired or adjusted as soon as practicable after its 
occurrence. The Administrator's determination of whether acceptable 
operating and maintenance procedures are being used will be based on 
information which may include, but not be limited to, review of 
operating and maintenance procedures, manufacturer recommendations and 
specifications, and inspection of the monitoring system.

[[Page 27]]

    (c) When required by the applicable subpart, and at any other time 
the Administrator may require, the owner or operator of a source being 
monitored shall conduct a performance evaluation of the monitoring 
system and furnish the Administrator with a copy of a written report of 
the results within 60 days of the evaluation. Such a performance 
evaluation shall be conducted according to the applicable specifications 
and procedures described in the applicable subpart. The owner or 
operator of the source shall furnish the Administrator with written 
notification of the date of the performance evaluation at least 30 days 
before the evaluation is to begin.
    (d) When the effluents from a single source, or from two or more 
sources subject to the same emission standards, are combined before 
being released to the atmosphere, the owner or operator shall install a 
monitoring system on each effluent or on the combined effluent. If two 
or more sources are not subject to the same emission standards, the 
owner or operator shall install a separate monitoring system on each 
effluent, unless otherwise specified. If the applicable standard is a 
mass emission standard and the effluent from one source is released to 
the atmosphere through more than one point, the owner or operator shall 
install a monitoring system at each emission point unless the 
installation of fewer systems is approved by the Administrator.
    (e) The owner or operator of each monitoring system shall reduce the 
monitoring data as specified in each applicable subpart. Monitoring data 
recorded during periods of unavoidable monitoring system breakdowns, 
repairs, calibration checks, and zero and span adjustments shall not be 
included in any data average.
    (f) The owner or operator shall maintain records of monitoring data, 
monitoring system calibration checks, and the occurrence and duration of 
any period during which the monitoring system is malfunctioning or 
inoperative. These records shall be maintained at the source for a 
minimum of 2 years and made available, upon request, for inspection by 
the Administrator.
    (g)(1) Monitoring shall be conducted as set forth in this section 
and the applicable subpart unless the Administrator--
    (i) Specifies or approves the use of the specified monitoring 
requirements and procedures with minor changes in methodology; or
    (ii) Approves the use of alternatives to any monitoring requirements 
or procedures.
    (2) If the Administrator finds reasonable grounds to dispute the 
results obtained by an alternative monitoring method, the Administrator 
may require the monitoring requirements and procedures specified in this 
part.

[50 FR 46293, Nov. 7, 1985]



Sec. 61.15  Modification.

    (a) Except as provided under paragraph (d) of this section, any 
physical or operational change to a stationary source which results in 
an increase in the rate of emission to the atmosphere of a hazardous 
pollutant to which a standard applies shall be considered a 
modification.
    (b) Upon modification, an existing source shall become a new source 
for each hazardous pollutant for which the rate of emission to the 
atmosphere increases and to which a standard applies.
    (c) Emission rate shall be expressed as kg/hr of any hazardous 
pollutant discharged into the atmosphere for which a standard is 
applicable. The Administrator shall use the following to determine the 
emission rate:
    (1) Emission factors as specified in the background information 
document (BID) for the applicable standard, or in the latest issue of 
``Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors,'' EPA Publication No. 
AP-42, or other emission factors determined by the Administrator to be 
superior to AP-42 emission factors, in cases where use of emission 
factors demonstrates that the emission rate will clearly increase or 
clearly not increase as a result of the physical or operational change.
    (2) Material balances, monitoring data, or manual emission tests in 
cases where use of emission factors, as referenced in paragraph (c)(1) 
of this section, does not demonstrate to the Administrator's 
satisfaction that the

[[Page 28]]

emission rate will clearly increase or clearly not increase as a result 
of the physical or operational change, or where an interested person 
demonstrates to the Administrator's satisfaction that there are 
reasonable grounds to dispute the result obtained by the Administrator 
using emission factors. When the emission rate is based on results from 
manual emission tests or monitoring data, the procedures specified in 
appendix C of 40 CFR part 60 shall be used to determine whether an 
increase in emission rate has occurred. Tests shall be conducted under 
such conditions as the Administrator shall specify to the owner or 
operator. At least three test runs must be conducted before and at least 
three after the physical or operational change. If the Administrator 
approves, the results of the emission tests required in Sec. 61.13(a) 
may be used for the test runs to be conducted before the physical or 
operational change. All operating parameters which may affect emissions 
must be held constant to the maximum degree feasible for all test runs.
    (d) The following shall not, by themselves, be considered 
modifications under this part:
    (1) Maintenance, repair, and replacement which the Administrator 
determines to be routine for a source category.
    (2) An increase in production rate of a stationary source, if that 
increase can be accomplished without a capital expenditure on the 
stationary source.
    (3) An increase in the hours of operation.
    (4) Any conversion to coal that meets the requirements specified in 
section 111(a)(8) of the Act.
    (5) The relocation or change in ownership of a stationary source. 
However, such activities must be reported in accordance with 
Sec. 61.10(c).

[50 FR 46294, Nov. 7, 1985]



Sec. 61.16  Availability of information.

    The availability to the public of information provided to, or 
otherwise obtained by, the Administrator under this part shall be 
governed by part 2 of this chapter.

[38 FR 8826, Apr. 6, 1973. Redesignated at 50 FR 46294, Nov. 7, 1985]



Sec. 61.17  State authority.

    (a) This part shall not be construed to preclude any State or 
political subdivision thereof from--
    (1) Adopting and enforcing any emission limiting regulation 
applicable to a stationary source, provided that such emission limiting 
regulation is not less stringent than the standards prescribed under 
this part; or
    (2) Requiring the owner or operator of a stationary source to obtain 
permits, licenses, or approvals prior to initiating construction, 
modification, or operation of the source.

[50 FR 46294, Nov. 7, 1985]



Sec. 61.18  Incorporations by reference.

    The materials listed below are incorporated by reference in the 
corresponding sections noted. These incorporations by reference were 
approved by the Director of the Federal Register on the date listed. 
These materials are incorporated as they exist on the date of the 
approval, and a notice of any change in these materials will be 
published in the Federal Register. The materials are available for 
purchase at the corresponding address noted below, and all are available 
for inspection at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol 
Street, NW., suite 700, Washington, DC and the Library (MD-35), U.S. 
EPA, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.
    (a) The following materials are available for purchase from at least 
one of the following addresses: American Society for Testing and 
Materials (ASTM), 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103; or 
University Microfilms International, 300 North Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor, MI 
48106.

    (1) ASTM D737-75, Standard Test Method for Air Permeability of 
Textile Fabrics, incorporation by reference (IBR) approved January 27, 
1983 for Sec. 61.23(a).
    (2) ASTM D835-85, Standard Specification for Refined Benzene-485, 
IBR approved September 14, 1989 for Sec. 61.270(a).
    (3) ASTM D836-84, Standard Specification for Industrial Grade 
Benzene, IBR approved September 14, 1989 for Sec. 61.270(a).

[[Page 29]]

    (4) ASTM D1193-77, 91, Standard Specification for Reagent Water, IBR 
approved for appendix B: Method 101, Section 7.1.1; Method 101A, Section 
7.1.1; and Method 104, Section 7.1; Method 108, Section 7.1.3; Method 
108A, Section 7.1.1; Method 108B, Section 7.1.1; Method 108C, Section 
7.1.1; and Method 111, Section 7.3.
    (5) ASTM D2267-68, 78, 88, Standard Test Method for Aromatics in 
Light Naphthas and Aviation Gasoline by Gas Chromatography, IBR approved 
September 30, 1986, for Sec. 61.67(h)(1).
    (6) ASTM D2359-85a, 93, Standard Specification for Refined Benzene-
535, IBR approved September 14, 1989 for Sec. 61.270(a).
    (7) ASTM D2382-76, 88, Heat of Combustion of Hydrocarbon Fuels by 
Bomb Calorimeter (High-Precision Method), IBR approved June 6, 1984 for 
Sec. 61.245(e)(3).
    (8) ASTM D2504-67, 77, 88 (Reapproved 1993), Noncondensable Gases in 
C3 and Lighter Hydrocarbon Products by Gas Chromatography, 
IBR approved June 6, 1984 for Sec. 61.245(e)(3).
    (9) ASTM D2879-83, Standard Test Method for Vapor Pressure--
Temperature Relationship and Initial Decomposition Temperature of 
Liquids by Isoteniscope, IBR approved December 14, 2000 for Sec. 61.241.
    (10) ASTM D2986-71, 78, 95a, Standard Method for Evaluation of Air, 
Assay Media by the Monodisperse DOP (Dioctyl Phthalate) Smoke Test, IBR 
approved for appendix B: Method 103, Section 6.1.3.
    (11) ASTM D4420-94, Standard Test Method for Determination of 
Aromatics in Finished Gasoline by Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for 
Sec. 61.67(h)(1).
    (12) ASTM D4734-87, 96, Standard Specification for Refined Benzene-
545, IBR approved September 14, 1989 for Sec. 61.270(a).
    (13) ASTM D4809-95, Standard Test Method for Heat of Combustion of 
Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb Calorimeter (Precision Method), IBR 
approved for Sec. 61.245(e)(3).
    (14) ASTM E50-82, 86, 90 (Reapproved 1995), Standard Practices for 
Apparatus Reagents, and Safety Precautions for Chemical Analysis of 
Metals, IBR approved for appendix B: Method 108C, Section 6.1.4.

    (b) The following material is available from the U.S. EPA 
Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio 45268.

    (1) Method 601, Test Method for Purgeable Halocarbons, July 1982, 
IBR approved September 30, 1986, for Sec. 61.67(g)(2).

    (c) The following material is available for purchase from the 
American National Standards Institute, Inc., 1430 Broadway, New York, NY 
10018.

    (1) ANSI N13.1--1969, ``Guide to Sampling Airborne Radioactive 
Materials in Nuclear Facilities.'' IBR approved for 
Secs. 61.93(b)(2)(ii); 61.107(b)(2)(ii); and Method 114, par. 2.1 of 
appendix B to part 61.

    (d) The following material is available from the Superintendent of 
Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402-9325, 
telephone (202) 783-3238.

    (1) Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical 
Methods, EPA Publication SW-846, Third Edition, November 1986, as 
amended by Revision I, December 1987, Order Number 955-001-00000-1:
    (i) Method 8020, Aromatic Volatile Organics, IBR approved March 7, 
1990, for Sec. 61.355(c)(2)(iv)(A).
    (ii) Method 8021, Volatile Organic Compounds in Water by Purge and 
Trap Capillary Column Gas Chromatography with Photoionization and 
Electrolytic Conductivity Detectors in Series, IBR approved March 7, 
1990, for Sec. 61.355(c)(2)(iv)(B).
    (iii) Method 8240, Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry for Volatile 
Organics, IBR approved March 7, 1990, for Sec. 61.355(c)(2)(iv)(C).
    (iv) Method 8260, Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry for Volatile 
Organics: Capillary Column Technique, IBR approved March 7, 1990, for 
Sec. 61.355(c)(2)(iv)(D).
    (e) The materials listed in this paragraph (e) are available for 
purchase from the American Petroleum Institute (API), 1220 L Street, 
NW., Washington, DC 20005.
    (1) API Publication 2517, Evaporative Loss from External Floating-
Roof Tanks, Third Edition. February 1989. IBR approved December 14, 2000 
for Sec. 61.241.
    (2) [Reserved]

[48 FR 3740, Jan. 27, 1983, as amended at 48 FR 55266, Dec. 9, 1983; 49 
FR 23520, June 6, 1984; 51 FR 34914, Sept. 30, 1986; 54 FR 38073, Sept. 
14, 1989; 54 FR 51704, Dec. 15, 1989; 55 FR 8341, Mar. 7, 1990; 55 FR 
18331, May 2, 1990; 55 FR 22027, May 31, 1990; 55 FR 32914, Aug. 13, 
1990; 65 FR 62150, Oct. 17, 2000; 65 FR 78280, Dec. 14, 2000]



Sec. 61.19  Circumvention.

    No owner or operator shall build, erect, install, or use any article 
machine, equipment, process, or method, the use of which conceals an 
emission which would otherwise constitute a violation of an applicable 
standard. Such concealment includes, but is not limited to, the use of 
gaseous dilutants to achieve compliance with a visible emissions 
standard, and the piecemeal carrying out of an operation to avoid

[[Page 30]]

coverage by a standard that applies only to operations larger than a 
specified size.

[40 FR 48299, Oct. 14, 1975. Redesignated at 50 FR 46294, Nov. 7, 1985]



    Subpart B--National Emission Standards for Radon Emissions From 
                        Underground Uranium Mines

    Source: 54 FR 51694, Dec. 15, 1989, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 61.20  Designation of facilities.

    The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the owner or 
operator of an active underground uranium mine which:
    (a) Has mined, will mine or is designed to mine over 90,720 
megagrams (Mg) (100,000 tons) of ore during the life of the mine; or
    (b) Has had or will have an annual ore production rate greater than 
9,072 Mg (10,000 tons), unless it can be demonstrated to EPA that the 
mine will not exceed total ore production of 90,720 Mg (100,000 tons) 
during the life of the mine.

[54 FR 51694, Dec. 15, 1989, as amended at 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.21  Definitions.

    As used in this subpart, all terms not defined here have the meaning 
given them in the Clean Air Act or subpart A of part 61. The following 
terms shall have the following specific meanings:
    (a) Active mine means an underground uranium mine which is being 
ventilated to allow workers to enter the mine for any purpose.
    (b) Effective dose equivalent means the sum of the products of the 
absorbed dose and appropriate effectiveness factors. These factors 
account for differences in biological effectiveness due to the quality 
of radiation and its distribution in the body of reference man. The unit 
of the effective dose equivalent is the rem. The method for calculating 
effective dose equivalent and the definition of reference man are 
outlined in the International Commission on Radiological Protection's 
Publication No. 26.
    (c) Underground uranium mine means a man-made underground excavation 
made for the purpose of removing material containing uranium for the 
principal purpose of recovering uranium.

[54 FR 51694, Dec. 15, 1989, as amended at 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.22  Standard.

    Emissions of radon-222 to the ambient air from an underground 
uranium mine shall not exceed those amounts that would cause any member 
of the public to receive in any year an effective dose equivalent of 10 
mrem/y.



Sec. 61.23  Determining compliance.

    (a) Compliance with the emission standard in this subpart shall be 
determined and the effective dose equivalent calculated by the U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) computer code COMPLY-R. An 
underground uranium mine owner or operator shall calculate the source 
terms to be used for input into COMPLY-R by conducting testing in 
accordance with the procedures described in appendix B, Method 115, or
    (b) Owners or operators may demonstrate compliance with the emission 
standard in this subpart through the use of computer models that are 
equivalent to COMPLY-R provided that the model has received prior 
approval from EPA headquarters. EPA may approve a model in whole or in 
part and may limit its use to specific circumstances.

[54 FR 51694, Dec. 15, 1989, as amended at 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.24  Annual reporting requirements.

    (a) The mine owner or operator shall annually calculate and report 
the results of the compliance calculations in Sec. 61.23 and the input 
parameters used in making the calculations. This report shall cover the 
emissions of a calendar year and shall be sent to EPA by March 31 of the 
following year. Each report shall also include the following 
information:
    (1) The name and location of the mine.
    (2) The name of the person responsible for the operation of the 
facility and the name of the person preparing the report (if different).

[[Page 31]]

    (3) The results of the emissions testing conducted and the dose 
calculated using the procedures in Sec. 61.23.
    (4) A list of the stacks or vents or other points where radioactive 
materials are released to the atmosphere, including their location, 
diameter, flow rate, effluent temperature and release height.
    (5) A description of the effluent controls that are used on each 
stack, vent, or other release point and the effluent controls used 
inside the mine, and an estimate of the efficiency of each control 
method or device.
    (6) Distances from the points of release to the nearest residence, 
school, business or office and the nearest farms producing vegetables, 
milk, and meat.
    (7) The values used for all other user-supplied input parameters for 
the computer models (e.g., meteorological data) and the source of these 
data.
    (8) Each report shall be signed and dated by a corporate officer in 
charge of the facility and contain the following declaration immediately 
above the signature line: ``I certify under penalty of law that I have 
personally examined and am familiar with the information submitted 
herein and based on my inquiry of those individuals immediately 
responsible for obtaining the information, I believe that the submitted 
information is true, accurate and complete. I am aware that there are 
significant penalties for submitting false information including the 
possibility of fine and imprisonment. See, 18 U.S.C. 1001.''
    (b) lf the facility is not in compliance with the emission standard 
of Sec. 61.22 in the calendar year covered by the report, the facility 
must then commence reporting to the Administrator on a monthly basis the 
information listed in paragraph (a) of this section for the preceding 
month. These reports will start the month immediately following the 
submittal of the annual report for the year in noncompliance and will be 
due 30 days following the end of each month. This increased level of 
reporting will continue until the Administrator has determined that the 
monthly reports are no longer necessary. In addition to all the 
information required in paragraph (a) of this section, monthly reports 
shall also include the following information:
    (1) All controls or other changes in operation of the facility that 
will be or are being installed to bring the facility into compliance.
    (2) If the facility is under a judicial or administrative 
enforcement decree the report will describe the facilities performance 
under the terms of the decree.
    (c) The first report will cover the emissions of calendar year 1990.

[54 FR 51694, Dec. 15, 1989, as amended at 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.25  Recordkeeping requirements.

    The owner or operator of a mine must maintain records documenting 
the source of input parameters including the results of all measurements 
upon which they are based, the calculations and/or analytical methods 
used to derive values for input parameters, and the procedure used to 
determine compliance. In addition, the documentation should be 
sufficient to allow an independent auditor to verify the accuracy of the 
determination made concerning the facility's compliance with the 
standard. These records must be kept at the mine or by the owner or 
operator for at least five years and upon request be made available for 
inspection by the Administrator, or his authorized representative.



Sec. 61.26  Exemption from the reporting and testing requirements of 40 CFR 61.10.

    All facilities designated under this subpart are exempt from the 
reporting requirements of 40 CFR 61.10.



           Subpart C--National Emission Standard for Beryllium



Sec. 61.30  Applicability.

    The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the following 
stationary sources:
    (a) Extraction plants, ceramic plants, foundries, incinerators, and 
propellant plants which process beryllium ore, beryllium, beryllium 
oxide, beryllium alloys, or beryllium-containing waste.
    (b) Machine shops which process beryllium, beryllium oxides, or any 
alloy

[[Page 32]]

when such alloy contains more than 5 percent beryllium by weight.

[38 FR 8826, Apr. 6, 1973, as amended at 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.31  Definitions.

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the act, in subpart A of 
this part, or in this section as follows:
    (a) Beryllium means the element beryllium. Where weights or 
concentrations are specified, such weights or concentrations apply to 
beryllium only, excluding the weight or concentration of any associated 
elements.
    (b) Extraction plant means a facility chemically processing 
beryllium ore to beryllium metal, alloy, or oxide, or performing any of 
the intermediate steps in these processes.
    (c) Beryllium ore means any naturally occurring material mined or 
gathered for its beryllium content.
    (d) Machine shop means a facility performing cutting, grinding, 
turning, honing, milling, deburring, lapping, electrochemical machining, 
etching, or other similar operations.
    (e) Ceramic plant means a manufacturing plant producing ceramic 
items.
    (f) Foundry means a facility engaged in the melting or casting of 
beryllium metal or alloy.
    (g) Beryllium-containing waste means material contaminated with 
beryllium and/or beryllium compounds used or generated during any 
process or operation performed by a source subject to this subpart.
    (h) Incinerator means any furnace used in the process of burning 
waste for the primary purpose of reducing the volume of the waste by 
removing combustible matter.
    (i) Propellant means a fuel and oxidizer physically or chemically 
combined which undergoes combustion to provide rocket propulsion.
    (j) Beryllium alloy means any metal to which beryllium has been 
added in order to increase its beryllium content and which contains more 
than 0.1 percent beryllium by weight.
    (k) Propellant plant means any facility engaged in the mixing, 
casting, or machining of propellant.



Sec. 61.32  Emission standard.

    (a) Emissions to the atmosphere from stationary sources subject to 
the provisions of this subpart shall not exceed 10 grams (0.022 lb) of 
beryllium over a 24-hour period, except as provided in paragraph (b) of 
this section.
    (b) Rather than meet the requirement of paragraph (a) of this 
section, an owner or operator may request approval from the 
Administrator to meet an ambient concentration limit on beryllium in the 
vicinity of the stationary source of 0.01 g/m \3\ 
(4.37x10-6 gr/ft \3\), averaged over a 30-day period.
    (1) Approval of such requests may be granted by the Administrator 
provided that:
    (i) At least 3 years of data is available which in the judgment of 
the Administrator demonstrates that the future ambient concentrations of 
beryllium in the vicinity of the stationary source will not exceed 0.01 
g/m \3\ (4.37x10-6 gr/ft \3\), averaged over a 30-
day period. Such 3-year period shall be the 3 years ending 30 days 
before the effective date of this standard.
    (ii) The owner or operator requests such approval in writing within 
30 days after the effective date of this standard.
    (iii) The owner or operator submits a report to the Administrator 
within 45 days after the effective date of this standard which report 
includes the following information:
    (a) Description of sampling method including the method and 
frequency of calibration.
    (b) Method of sample analysis.
    (c) Averaging technique for determining 30-day average 
concentrations.
    (d) Number, identity, and location (address, coordinates, or 
distance and heading from plant) of sampling sites.
    (e) Ground elevations and height above ground of sampling inlets.
    (f) Plant and sampling area plots showing emission points and 
sampling sites. Topographic features significantly affecting dispersion 
including plant building heights and locations shall be included.
    (g) Information necessary for estimating dispersion including stack 
height, inside diameter, exit gas temperature, exit velocity or flow 
rate, and beryllium concentration.

[[Page 33]]

    (h) A description of data and procedures (methods or models) used to 
design the air sampling network (i.e., number and location of sampling 
sites).
    (i) Air sampling data indicating beryllium concentrations in the 
vicinity of the stationary source for the 3-year period specified in 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section. This data shall be presented 
chronologically and include the beryllium concentration and location of 
each individual sample taken by the network and the corresponding 30-day 
average beryllium concentrations.
    (2) Within 60 days after receiving such report, the Administrator 
will notify the owner or operator in writing whether approval is granted 
or denied. Prior to denying approval to comply with the provisions of 
paragraph (b) of this section, the Administrator will consult with 
representatives of the statutory source for which the demonstration 
report was submitted.
    (c) The burning of beryllium and/or beryllium-containing waste, 
except propellants, is prohibited except in incinerators, emissions from 
which must comply with the standard.

[38 FR 8826, Apr. 6, 1973, as amended at 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.33  Stack sampling.

    (a) Unless a waiver of emission testing is obtained under 
Sec. 61.13, each owner or operator required to comply with Sec. 61.32(a) 
shall test emissions from the source according to Method 104 of appendix 
B to this part. Method 103 of appendix B to this part is approved by the 
Administrator as an alternative method for sources subject to 
Sec. 61.32(a). The emission test shall be performed--
    (1) Within 90 days of the effective date in the case of an existing 
source or a new source which has an initial startup date preceding the 
effective date; or
    (2) Within 90 days of startup in the case of a new source which did 
not have an initial startup date preceding the effective date.
    (b) The Administrator shall be notified at least 30 days prior to an 
emission test so that he may at his option observe the test.
    (c) Samples shall be taken over such a period or periods as are 
necessary to accurately determine the maximum emissions which will occur 
in any 24-hour period. Where emissions depend upon the relative 
frequency of operation of different types of processes, operating hours, 
operating capacities, or other factors, the calculation of maximum 24-
hour-period emissions will be based on that combination of factors which 
is likely to occur during the subject period and which result in the 
maximum emissions. No changes in the operation shall be made, which 
would potentially increase emissions above that determined by the most 
recent source test, until a new emission level has been estimated by 
calculation and the results reported to the Administrator.
    (d) All samples shall be analyzed and beryllium emissions shall be 
determined within 30 days after the source test. All determinations 
shall be reported to the Administrator by a registered letter dispatched 
before the close of the next business day following such determination.
    (e) Records of emission test results and other data needed to 
determine total emissions shall be retained at the source and made 
available, for inspection by the Administrator, for a minimum of 2 
years.

[38 FR 8826, Apr. 6, 1973, as amended at 50 FR 46294, Nov. 7, 1985]



Sec. 61.34  Air sampling.

    (a) Stationary sources subject to Sec. 61.32(b) shall locate air 
sampling sites in accordance with a plan approved by the Administrator. 
Such sites shall be located in such a manner as is calculated to detect 
maximum concentrations of beryllium in the ambient air.
    (b) All monitoring sites shall be operated continuously except for a 
reasonable time allowance for instrument maintenance and calibration, 
for changing filters, or for replacement of equipment needing major 
repair.
    (c) Filters shall be analyzed and concentrations calculated within 
30 days after filters are collected. Records of concentrations at all 
sampling sites and other data needed to determine such concentrations 
shall be retained at the source and made available, for inspection by 
the Administrator, for a minimum of 2 years.

[[Page 34]]

    (d) Concentrations measured at all sampling sites shall be reported 
to the Administrator every 30 days by a registered letter.
    (e) The Administrator may at any time require changes in, or 
expansion of, the sampling network.



 Subpart D--National Emission Standard for Beryllium Rocket Motor Firing



Sec. 61.40  Applicability.

    The provisions of this subpart are applicable to rocket motor test 
sites.



Sec. 61.41  Definitions.

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Act, in subpart A of 
this part, or in this section as follows:
    (a) Rocket motor test site means any building, structure, facility, 
or installation where the static test firing of a beryllium rocket motor 
and/or the disposal of beryllium propellant is conducted.
    (b) Beryllium propellant means any propellant incorporating 
beryllium.



Sec. 61.42  Emission standard.

    (a) Emissions to the atmosphere from rocket-motor test sites shall 
not cause time-weighted atmospheric concentrations of beryllium to 
exceed 75 microgram minutes per cubic meter (g-min/m \3\) (4.68 
pound minutes per cubic foot (lb-min/ft \3\)) of air within the limits 
of 10 to 60 minutes, accumulated during any 2 consecutive weeks, in any 
area in which an effect adverse to public health could occur.
    (b) If combustion products from the firing of beryllium propellant 
are collected in a closed tank, emissions from such tank shall not 
exceed 2.0 g/hr (0.0044 lb/hr) and a maximum of 10 g/day (0.022 lb/day).

[38 FR 8826, Apr. 6, 1973, as amended at 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.43  Emission testing--rocket firing or propellant disposal.

    (a) Ambient air concentrations shall be measured during and after 
firing of a rocket motor or propellant disposal and in such a manner 
that the effect of these emissions can be compared with the standard. 
Such sampling techniques shall be approved by the Administrator.
    (b) All samples shall be analyzed and results shall be calculated 
within 30 days after samples are taken and before any subsequent rocket 
motor firing or propellant disposal at the given site. All results shall 
be reported to the Administrator by a registered letter dispatched 
before the close of the next business day following determination of 
such results.
    (c) Records of air sampling test results and other data needed to 
determine integrated intermittent concentrations shall be retained at 
the source and made available, for inspection by the Administrator, for 
a minimum of 2 years.
    (d) The Administrator shall be notified at least 30 days prior to an 
air sampling test, so that he may at his option observe the test.



Sec. 61.44  Stack sampling.

    (a) Sources subject to Sec. 61.42(b) shall be continuously sampled, 
during release of combustion products from the tank, according to Method 
104 of appendix B to this part. Method 103 of appendix B to this part is 
approved by the Administrator as an alternative method for sources 
subject to Sec. 61.42(b).
    (b) All samples shall be analyzed, and beryllium emissions shall be 
determined within 30 days after samples are taken and before any 
subsequent rocket motor firing or propellant disposal at the given site. 
All determinations shall be reported to the Administrator by a 
registered letter dispatched before the close of the next business day 
following such determinations.
    (c) Records of emission test results and other data needed to 
determine total emissions shall be retained at the source and made 
available, for inspection by the Administrator, for a minimum of 2 
years.
    (d) The Administrator shall be notified at least 30 days prior to an 
emission test, so that he may at his option observe the test.

[38 FR 8826, Apr. 6, 1973, as amended at 50 FR 46294, Nov. 7, 1985]

[[Page 35]]



            Subpart E--National Emission Standard for Mercury



Sec. 61.50  Applicability.

    The provisions of this subpart are applicable to those stationary 
sources which process mercury ore to recover mercury, use mercury chlor-
alkali cells to produce chlorine gas and alkali metal hydroxide, and 
incinerate or dry wastewater treatment plant sludge.

[40 FR 48302, Oct. 14, 1975]



Sec. 61.51  Definitions.

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the act, in subpart A of 
this part, or in this section as follows:
    (a) Mercury means the element mercury, excluding any associated 
elements, and includes mercury in particulates, vapors, aerosols, and 
compounds.
    (b) Mercury ore means a mineral mined specifically for its mercury 
content.
    (c) Mercury ore processing facility means a facility processing 
mercury ore to obtain mercury.
    (d) Condenser stack gases mean the gaseous effluent evolved from the 
stack of processes utilizing heat to extract mercury metal from mercury 
ore.
    (e) Mercury chlor-alkali cell means a device which is basically 
composed of an electrolyzer section and a denuder (decomposer) section 
and utilizes mercury to produce chlorine gas, hydrogen gas, and alkali 
metal hydroxide.
    (f) Mercury chlor-alkali electrolyzer means an electrolytic device 
which is part of a mercury chlor-alkali cell and utilizes a flowing 
mercury cathode to produce chlorine gas and alkali metal amalgam.
    (g) Denuder means a horizontal or vertical container which is part 
of a mercury chlor-alkali cell and in which water and alkali metal 
amalgam are converted to alkali metal hydroxide, mercury, and hydrogen 
gas in a short-circuited, electrolytic reaction.
    (h) Hydrogen gas stream means a hydrogen stream formed in the chlor-
alkali cell denuder.
    (i) End box means a container(s) located on one or both ends of a 
mercury chlor-alkali electrolyzer which serves as a connection between 
the electrolyzer and denuder for rich and stripped amalgam.
    (j) End box ventilation system means a ventilation system which 
collects mercury emissions from the end-boxes, the mercury pump sumps, 
and their water collection systems.
    (k) Cell room means a structure(s) housing one or more mercury 
electrolytic chlor-alkali cells.
    (l) Sludge means sludge produced by a treatment plant that processes 
municipal or industrial waste waters.
    (m) Sludge dryer means a device used to reduce the moisture content 
of sludge by heating to temperatures above 65  deg.C (ca. 150  deg.F) 
directly with combustion gases.

[38 FR 8826, Apr. 6, 1973, as amended at 40 FR 48302, Oct. 14, 1975]



Sec. 61.52  Emission standard.

    (a) Emissions to the atmosphere from mercury ore processing 
facilities and mercury cell chlor-alkali plants shall not exceed 2.3 kg 
(5.1 lb) of mercury per 24-hour period.
    (b) Emissions to the atmosphere from sludge incineration plants, 
sludge drying plants, or a combination of these that process wastewater 
treatment plant sludges shall not exceed 3.2 kg (7.1 lb) of mercury per 
24-hour period.

[40 FR 48302, Oct. 14, 1975, as amended at 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.53  Stack sampling.

    (a) Mercury ore processing facility. (1) Unless a waiver of emission 
testing is obtained under Sec. 61.13, each owner or operator processing 
mercury ore shall test emissions from the source according to Method 101 
of appendix B to this part. The emission test shall be performed--
    (i) Within 90 days of the effective date in the case of an existing 
source or a new source which has an initial start-up date preceding the 
effective date; or
    (ii) Within 90 days of startup in the case of a new source which did 
not have an initial startup date preceding the effective date.
    (2) The Administrator shall be notified at least 30 days prior to an 
emission test, so that he may at his option observe the test.

[[Page 36]]

    (3) Samples shall be taken over such a period or periods as are 
necessary to accurately determine the maximum emissions which will occur 
in a 24-hour period. No changes in the operation shall be made, which 
would potentially increase emissions above that determined by the most 
recent source test, until the new emission level has been estimated by 
calculation and the results reported to the Administrator.
    (4) All samples shall be analyzed and mercury emissions shall be 
determined within 30 days after the stack test. Each determination shall 
be reported to the Administrator by a registered letter dispatched 
within 15 calendar days following the date such determination is 
completed.
    (5) Records of emission test results and other data needed to 
determine total emissions shall be retained at the source and made 
available, for inspection by the Administrator, for a minimum of 2 
years.
    (b) Mercury chlor-alkali plant--hydrogen and end-box ventilation gas 
streams. (1) Unless a waiver of emission testing is obtained under 
Sec. 61.13, each owner or operator employing mercury chlor-alkali 
cell(s) shall test emissions from hydrogen streams according to Method 
102 and from end-box ventilation gas streams according to Method 101 of 
appendix B to this part. The emission test shall be performed--
    (i) Within 90 days of the effective date in the case of an existing 
source or a new source which has an initial startup date preceding the 
effective date; or
    (ii) Within 90 days of startup in the case of a new source which did 
not have an initial startup date preceding the effective date.
    (2) The Administrator shall be notified at least 30 days prior to an 
emission test, so that he may at his option observe the test.
    (3) Samples shall be taken over such a period or periods as are 
necessary to accurately determine the maximum emissions which will occur 
in a 24-hour period. No changes in the operation shall be made, which 
would potentially increase emissions above that determined by the most 
recent source test, until the new emission has been estimated by 
calculation and the results reported to the Administrator.
    (4) All samples shall be analyzed and mercury emissions shall be 
determined within 30 days after the stack test. Each determination shall 
be reported to the Administrator by a registered letter dispatched 
within 15 calendar days following the date such determination is 
completed.
    (5) Records of emission test results and other data needed to 
determine total emissions shall be retained at the source and made 
available, for inspection by the Administrator, for a minimum of 2 
years.
    (c) Mercury chlor-alkali plants--cell room ventilation system. (1) 
Stationary sources using mercury chlor-alkali cells may test cell room 
emissions in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section or 
demonstrate compliance with paragraph (c)(4) of this section and assume 
ventilation emissions of 1.3 kg/day (2.9 lb/day) of mercury.
    (2) Unless a waiver of emission testing is obtained under 
Sec. 61.13, each owner or operator shall pass all cell room air in force 
gas streams through stacks suitable for testing and shall test emissions 
from the source according to Method 101 in appendix B to this part. The 
emission test shall be performed--
    (i) Within 90 days of the effective date in the case of an existing 
source or a new source which has an initial startup date preceding the 
effective date; or
    (ii) Within 90 days of startup in the case of a new source which did 
not have an initial startup date preceding the effective date.
    (3) The Administrator shall be notified at least 30 days prior to an 
emission test, so that he may at his option observe the test.
    (4) An owner or operator may carry out approved design, maintenance, 
and housekeeping practices. A list of approved practices is provided in 
appendix A of ``Review of National Emission Standards for Mercury,'' 
EPA-450/3-84-014a, December 1984. Copies are available from EPA's 
Central Docket Section, Docket item number A-84-41, III-B-1.
    (d) Sludge incineration and drying plants. (1) Unless a waiver of 
emission

[[Page 37]]

testing is obtained under Sec. 61.13, each owner or operator of a source 
subject to the standard in Sec. 61.52(b) shall test emissions from that 
source. Such tests shall be conducted in accordance with the procedures 
set forth either in paragraph (d) of this section or in Sec. 61.54.
    (2) Method 101A in appendix B to this part shall be used to test 
emissions as follows:
    (i) The test shall be performed within 90 days of the effective date 
of these regulations in the case of an existing source or a new source 
which has an initial startup date preceding the effective date.
    (ii) The test shall be performed within 90 days of startup in the 
case of a new source which did not have an initial startup date 
preceding the effective date.
    (3) The Administrator shall be notified at least 30 days prior to an 
emission test, so that he may at his option observe the test.
    (4) Samples shall be taken over such a period or periods as are 
necessary to determine accurately the maximum emissions which will occur 
in a 24-hour period. No changes shall be made in the operation which 
would potentially increase emissions above the level determined by the 
most recent stack test, until the new emission level has been estimated 
by calculation and the results reported to the Administrator.
    (5) All samples shall be analyzed and mercury emissions shall be 
determined within 30 days after the stack test. Each determination shall 
be reported to the Administrator by a registered letter dispatched 
within 15 calendar days following the date such determination is 
completed.
    (6) Records of emission test results and other data needed to 
determine total emissions shall be retained at the source and shall be 
made available, for inspection by the Administrator, for a minimum of 2 
years.

[38 FR 8826, Apr. 6, 1973, as amended at 40 FR 48302, Oct. 14, 1975; 47 
FR 24704, June 8, 1982; 50 FR 46294, Nov. 7, 1985; 52 FR 8726, Mar. 19, 
1987; 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.54  Sludge sampling.

    (a) As an alternative means for demonstrating compliance with 
Sec. 61.52(b), an owner or operator may use Method 105 of appendix B and 
the procedures specified in this section.
    (1) A sludge test shall be conducted within 90 days of the effective 
date of these regulations in the case of an existing source or a new 
source which has an initial startup date preceding the effective date; 
or
    (2) A sludge test shall be conducted within 90 days of startup in 
the case of a new source which did not have an initial startup date 
preceding the effective date.
    (b) The Administrator shall be notified at least 30 days prior to a 
sludge sampling test, so that he may at his option observe the test.
    (c) Sludge shall be sampled according to paragraph (c)(1) of this 
section, sludge charging rate for the plant shall be determined 
according to paragraph (c)(2) of this section, and the sludge analysis 
shall be performed according to paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
    (1) The sludge shall be sampled according to Method 105--
Determination of Mercury in Wastewater Treatment Plant Sewage Sludges. A 
total of three composite samples shall be obtained within an operating 
period of 24 hours. When the 24-hour operating period is not continuous, 
the total sampling period shall not exceed 72 hours after the first grab 
sample is obtained. Samples shall not be exposed to any condition that 
may result in mercury contamination or loss.
    (2) The maximum 24-hour period sludge incineration or drying rate 
shall be determined by use of a flow rate measurement device that can 
measure the mass rate of sludge charged to the incinerator or dryer with 
an accuracy of plus-minus5 percent over its operating range. 
Other methods of measuring sludge mass charging rates may be used if 
they have received prior approval by the Administrator.
    (3) The sampling, handling, preparation, and analysis of sludge 
samples shall be accomplished according to Method 105 in appendix B of 
this part.
    (d) The mercury emissions shall be determined by use of the 
following equation.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.047

where:

[[Page 38]]

EHg=Mercury emissions, g/day.
M=Mercury concentration of sludge on a dry solids basis, g/g.
Q=Sludge changing rate, kg/day.
Fsm=Weight fraction of solids in the collected sludge after 
          mixing.
1000=Conversion factor, kg g/g\2\.

    (e) No changes in the operation of a plant shall be made after a 
sludge test has been conducted which would potentially increase 
emissions above the level determined by the most recent sludge test, 
until the new emission level has been estimated by calculation and the 
results reported to the Administrator.
    (f) All sludge samples shall be analyzed for mercury content within 
30 days after the sludge sample is collected. Each determination shall 
be reported to the Administrator by a registered letter dispatched 
within 15 calendar days following the date such determination is 
completed.
    (g) Records of sludge sampling, charging rate determination and 
other data needed to determine mercury content of wastewater treatment 
plant sludges shall be retained at the source and made available, for 
inspection by the Administrator, for a minimum of 2 years.

[40 FR 48303, Oct. 14, 1975, as amended at 49 FR 35770, Sept. 12, 1984; 
52 FR 8727, Mar. 19, 1987; 53 FR 36972, Sept. 23, 1988]



Sec. 61.55  Monitoring of emissions and operations.

    (a) Wastewater treatment plant sludge incineration and drying 
plants. All the sources for which mercury emissions exceed 1.6 kg (3.5 
lb) per 24-hour period, demonstrated either by stack sampling according 
to Sec. 61.53 or sludge sampling according to Sec. 61.54, shall monitor 
mercury emissions at intervals of at least once per year by use of 
Method 105 of appendix B or the procedures specified in Sec. 61.53 (d) 
(2) and (4). The results of monitoring shall be reported and retained 
according to Sec. 61.53(d) (5) and (6) or Sec. 61.54 (f) and (g).
    (b) Mercury cell chlor-alkali plants--hydrogen and end-box 
ventilation gas streams. (1) The owner or operator of each mercury cell 
chlor-alkali plant shall, within 1 year of the date of publication of 
these amendments or within 1 year of startup for a plant with initial 
startup after the date of publication, perform a mercury emission test 
that demonstrates compliance with the emission limits in Sec. 61.52, on 
the hydrogen stream by Method 102 and on the end-box stream by Method 
101 for the purpose of establishing limits for parameters to be 
monitored.
    (2) During tests specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the 
following control device parameters shall be monitored, except as 
provided in paragraph (c) of this section, and recorded manually or 
automatically at least once every 15 minutes:
    (i) The exit gas temperature from uncontrolled streams;
    (ii) The outlet temperature of the gas stream for the final (i.e., 
the farthest downstream) cooling system when no control devices other 
than coolers and demisters are used;
    (iii) The outlet temperature of the gas stream from the final 
cooling system when the cooling system is followed by a molecular sieve 
or carbon adsorber;
    (iv) Outlet concentration of available chlorine, pH, liquid flow 
rate, and inlet gas temperature of chlorinated brine scrubbers and 
hypochlorite scrubbers;
    (v) The liquid flow rate and exit gas temperature for water 
scrubbers;
    (vi) The inlet gas temperature of carbon adsorption systems; and
    (vii) The temperature during the heating phase of the regeneration 
cycle for carbon adsorbers or molecular sieves.
    (3) The recorded parameters in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through 
(b)(2)(vi) of this section shall be averaged over the test period (a 
minimum of 6 hours) to provide an average number. The highest 
temperature reading that is measured in paragraph (b)(2)(vii) of this 
section is to be identified as the reference temperature for use in 
paragraph (b)(6)(ii) of this section.
    (4)(i) Immediately following completion of the emission tests 
specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the owner or operator of 
a mercury cell chlor-alkali plant shall monitor and record manually or 
automatically at least once per hour the same parameters specified in 
paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (b)(2)(vi) of this section.

[[Page 39]]

    (ii) Immediately following completion of the emission tests 
specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the owner or operator 
shall monitor and record manually or automatically, during each heating 
phase of the regeneration cycle, the temperature specified in paragraph 
(b)(2)(vii) of this section.
    (5) Monitoring devices used in accordance with paragraphs (b)(2) and 
(b)(4) of this section shall be certified by their manufacturer to be 
accurate to within 10 percent, and shall be operated, maintained, and 
calibrated according to the manufacturer's instructions. Records of the 
certifications and calibrations shall be retained at the chlor-alkali 
plant and made available for inspection by the Administrator as follows: 
Certification, for as long as the device is used for this purpose; 
calibration for a minimum of 2 years.
    (6)(i) When the hourly value of a parameter monitored in accordance 
with paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section exceeds, or in the case of 
liquid flow rate and available chlorine falls below the value of that 
same parameter determined in paragraph (b)(2) of this section for 24 
consecutive hours, the Administrator is to be notified within the next 
10 days.
    (ii) When the maximum hourly value of the temperature measured in 
accordance with paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section is below the 
reference temperature recorded according to paragraph (b)(3) of this 
section for three consecutive regeneration cycles, the Administrator is 
to be notified within the next 10 days.
    (7) Semiannual reports shall be submitted to the Administrator 
indicating the time and date on which the hourly value of each parameter 
monitored according to paragraphs (b)(4)(i) and (b)(4)(ii) of this 
section fell outside the value of that same parameter determined under 
paragraph (b)(3) of this section; and corrective action taken, and the 
time and date of the corrective action. Parameter excursions will be 
considered unacceptable operation and maintenance of the emission 
control system. In addition, while compliance with the emission limits 
is determined primarily by conducting a performance test according to 
the procedures in Sec. 61.53(b), reports of parameter excursions may be 
used as evidence in judging the duration of a violation that is 
determined by a performance test.
    (8) Semiannual reports required in paragraph (b)(7) of this section 
shall be submitted to the Administrator on September 15 and March 15 of 
each year. The first semiannual report is to be submitted following the 
first full 6 month reporting period. The semiannual report due on 
September 15 (March 15) shall include all excursions monitored through 
August 31 (February 28) of the same calendar year.
    (c) As an alternative to the monitoring, recordkeeping, and 
reporting requirements in paragraphs (b)(2) through (8) of this section, 
an owner or operator may develop and submit for the Administrator's 
review and approval a plant-specific monitoring plan. To be approved, 
such a plan must ensure not only compliance with the emission limits of 
Sec. 61.52(a) but also proper operation and maintenance of emissions 
control systems. Any site-specific monitoring plan submitted must, at a 
minimum, include the following:
    (1) Identification of the critical parameter or parameters for the 
hydrogen stream and for the end-box ventilation stream that are to be 
monitored and an explanation of why the critical parameter(s) selected 
is the best indicator of proper control system performance and of 
mercury emission rates.
    (2) Identification of the maximum or minimum value of each parameter 
(e.g., degrees temperature, concentration of mercury) that is not to be 
exceeded. The level(s) is to be directly correlated to the results of a 
performance test, conducted no more than 180 days prior to submittal of 
the plan, when the facility was in compliance with the emission limits 
of Sec. 61.52(a).
    (3) Designation of the frequency for recording the parameter 
measurements, with justification if the frequency is less than hourly. A 
longer recording frequency must be justified on the basis of the amount 
of time that could elapse during periods of process or control system 
upsets before the emission limits would be exceeded, and consideration 
is to be given to the time

[[Page 40]]

that would be necessary to repair the failure.
    (4) Designation of the immediate actions to be taken in the event of 
an excursion beyond the value of the parameter established in paragraph 
(c)(2) of this section.
    (5) Provisions for reporting, semiannually, parameter excursions and 
the corrective actions taken, and provisions for reporting within 10 
days any significant excursion.
    (6) Identification of the accuracy of the monitoring device(s) or of 
the readings obtained.
    (7) Recordkeeping requirements for certifications and calibrations.
    (d) Mercury cell chlor-alkali plants--cell room ventilation system. 
(1) Stationary sources determining cell room emissions in accordance 
with Sec. 61.53(c)(4) shall maintain daily records of all leaks or 
spills of mercury. The records shall indicate the amount, location, 
time, and date the leaks or spills occurred, identify the cause of the 
leak or spill, state the immediate steps taken to minimize mercury 
emissions and steps taken to prevent future occurrences, and provide the 
time and date on which corrective steps were taken.
    (2) The results of monitoring shall be recorded, retained at the 
source, and made available for inspection by the Administrator for a 
minimum of 2 years.

[52 FR 8727, Mar. 19, 1987, as amended at 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.56  Delegation of authority.

    (a) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority to a 
State under section 112(d) of the Act, the authorities contained in 
paragraph (b) of this section shall be retained by the Administrator and 
not transferred to a State.
    (b) Authorities which will not be delegated to States: Sections 
61.53(c)(4) and 61.55(d). The authorities not delegated to States listed 
are in addition to the authorities in the General Provisions, subpart A 
of 40 CFR part 61, that will not be delegated to States (Secs. 61.04(b), 
61.12(d)(1), and 61.13(h)(1)(ii)).

[52 FR 8728, Mar. 19, 1987]



        Subpart F--National Emission Standard for Vinyl Chloride

    Source: 41 FR 46564, Oct. 21, 1976, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 61.60  Applicability.

    (a) This subpart applies to plants which produce:
    (1) Ethylene dichloride by reaction of oxygen and hydrogen chloride 
with ethylene,
    (2) Vinyl chloride by any process, and/or
    (3) One or more polymers containing any fraction of polymerized 
vinyl chloride.
    (b) This subpart does not apply to equipment used in research and 
development if the reactor used to polymerize the vinyl chloride 
processed in the equipment has a capacity of no more than 0.19 m \3\ (50 
gal).
    (c) Sections of this subpart other than Secs. 61.61; 61.64 (a)(1), 
(b), (c), and (d); 61.67; 61.68; 61.69; 61.70; and 61.71 do not apply to 
equipment used in research and development if the reactor used to 
polymerize the vinyl chloride processed in the equipment has a capacity 
of greater than 0.19 m\3\(50 gal) and no more than 4.17 m\3\(1100 gal).

[41 FR 46564, Oct. 21, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 29006, June 7, 1977; 53 
FR 36972, Sept. 23, 1988; 57 FR 60999, Dec. 23, 1992]



Sec. 61.61  Definitions.

    Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Act, in subpart A of 
this part, or in this section as follows:
    (a) Ethylene dichloride plant includes any plant which produces 
ethylene dichloride by reaction of oxygen and hydrogen chloride with 
ethylene.
    (b) Vinyl chloride plant includes any plant which produces vinyl 
chloride by any process.
    (c) Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plant includes any plant where vinyl 
chloride alone or in combination with other materials is polymerized.
    (d) Slip gauge means a gauge which has a probe that moves through 
the gas/liquid interface in a storage or transfer vessel and indicates 
the level of vinyl chloride in the vessel by the physical state of the 
material the gauge discharges.

[[Page 41]]

    (e) Type of resin means the broad classification of resin referring 
to the basic manufacturing process for producing that resin, including, 
but not limited to, the suspension, dispersion, latex, bulk, and 
solution processes.
    (f) Grade of resin means the subdivision of resin classification 
which describes it as a unique resin, i.e., the most exact description 
of a resin with no further subdivision.
    (g) Dispersion resin means a resin manufactured in such a way as to 
form fluid dispersions when dispersed in a plasticizer or plasticizer/
diluent mixtures.
    (h) Latex resin means a resin which is produced by a polymerization 
process which initiates from free radical catalyst sites and is sold 
undried.
    (i) Bulk resin means a resin which is produced by a polymerization 
process in which no water is used.
    (j) Inprocess wastewater means any water which, during manufacturing 
or processing, comes into direct contact with vinyl chloride or 
polyvinyl chloride or results from the production or use of any raw 
material, intermediate product, finished product, by-product, or waste 
product containing vinyl chloride or polyvinyl chloride but which has 
not been discharged to a wastewater treatment process or discharged 
untreated as wastewater. Gasholder seal water is not inprocess 
wastewater until it is removed from the gasholder.
    (k) Wastewater treatment process includes any process which modifies 
characteristics such as BOD, COD, TSS, and pH, usually for the purpose 
of meeting effluent guidelines and standards; it does not include any 
process the purpose of which is to remove vinyl chloride from water to 
meet requirements of this subpart.
    (l) In vinyl chloride service means that a piece of equipment either 
contains or contacts a liquid that is at least 10 percent vinyl chloride 
by weight or a gas that is at least 10 percent by volume vinyl chloride 
as determined according to the provisions of Sec. 61.67(h). The 
provisions of Sec. 61.67(h) also specify how to determine that a piece 
of equipment is not in vinyl chloride service. For the purposes of this 
subpart, this definition must be used in place of the definition of ``in 
VHAP service'' in subpart V of this part.
    (m) Standard operating procedure means a formal written procedure 
officially adopted by the plant owner or operator and available on a 
routine basis to those persons responsible for carrying out the 
procedure.
    (n) Run means the net period of time during which an emission sample 
is collected.
    (o) Ethylene dichloride purification includes any part of the 
process of ethylene dichloride purification following ethylene 
dichloride formation, but excludes crude, intermediate, and final 
ethylene dichloride storage tanks.
    (p) Vinyl chloride purification incudes any part of the process of 
vinyl chloride production which follows vinyl chloride formation.
    (q) Reactor includes any vessel in which vinyl chloride is partially 
or totally polymerized into polyvinyl chloride.
    (r) Reactor opening loss means the emissions of vinyl chloride 
occurring when a reactor is vented to the atmosphere for any purpose 
other than an emergency relief discharge as defined in Sec. 61.65(a).
    (s) Stripper includes any vessel in which residual vinyl chloride is 
removed from polyvinyl chloride resin, except bulk resin, in the slurry 
form by the use of heat and/or vacuum. In the case of bulk resin, 
stripper includes any vessel which is used to remove residual vinyl 
chloride from polyvinyl chloride resin immediately following the 
polymerization step in the plant process flow.
    (t) Standard temperature means a temperature of 20  deg.C (69 
deg.F).
    (u) Standard pressure means a pressure of 760 mm of Hg (29.92 in. of 
Hg).
    (v) Relief valve means each pressure relief device including 
pressure relief valves, rupture disks and other pressure relief systems 
used to protect process components from overpressure conditions. 
``Relief valve'' does not include polymerization shortstop systems, 
referigerated water systems or control valves or other devices used to 
control flow to an incinerator or other air pollution control device.

[[Page 42]]

    (w) Leak means any of several events that indicate interruption of 
confinement of vinyl chloride within process equipment. Leaks include 
events regulated under subpart V of this part such as:
    (1) An instrument reading of 10,000 ppm or greater measured 
according to Method 21 (see appendix A of 40 CFR part 60);
    (2) A sensor detection of failure of a seal system, failure of a 
barrier fluid system, or both;
    (3) Detectable emissions as indicated by an instrument reading of 
greater than 500 ppm above background for equipment designated for no 
detectable emissions measured according to Method 21 (see appendix A of 
40 CFR part 60); and
    (4) In the case of pump seals regulated under Sec. 61.242-2, 
indications of liquid dripping constituting a leak under Sec. 61.242-2.

Leaks also include events regulated under Sec. 61.65(b)(8)(i) for 
detection of ambient concentrations in excess of background 
concentrations. A relief valve discharge is not a leak.
    (x) Exhaust gas means any offgas (the constituents of which may 
consist of any fluids, either as a liquid and/or gas) discharged 
directly or ultimately to the atmosphere that was initially contained in 
or was in direct contact with the equipment for which gas limits are 
prescribed in Secs. 61.62(a) and (b); 61.63(a); 61.64 (a)(1), (b), (c), 
and (d); 61.65 (b)(1)(ii), (b)(2), (b)(3), (b)(5), (b)(6)(ii), (b)(7), 
and (b)(9)(ii); and 61.65(d). A leak as defined in paragraph (w) of this 
section is not an exhaust gas. Equipment which contains exhaust gas is 
subject to Sec. 61.65(b)(8), whether or not that equipment contains 10 
percent by volume vinyl chloride.
    (y) Relief valve discharge means any nonleak discharge through a 
relief valve.
    (z) 3-hour period means any three consecutive 1-hour periods (each 
commencing on the hour), provided that the number of 3-hour periods 
during which the vinyl chloride concentration exceeds 10 ppm does not 
exceed the number of 1-hour periods during which the vinyl chloride 
concentration exceeds 10 ppm.

[41 FR 46564, Oct. 21, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 29006, June 7, 1977; 51 
FR 34908, Sept. 30, 1986; 55 FR 28348, July 10, 1990; 65 FR 62151, Oct. 
17, 2000]



Sec. 61.62  Emission standard for ethylene dichloride plants.

    (a) Ethylene dichloride purification. The concentration of vinyl 
chloride in each exhaust gas stream from any equipment used in ethylene 
dichloride purification is not to exceed 10 ppm (average for 3-hour 
period), except as provided in Sec. 61.65(a). This requirement does not 
preclude combining of exhaust gas streams provided the combined steam is 
ducted through a control system from which the concentration of vinyl 
chloride in the exhaust gases does not exceed 10 ppm, or equivalent as 
provided in Sec. 61.66. This requirement does not apply to equipment 
that has been opened, is out of operation, and met the requirement in 
Sec. 61.65(b)(6)(i) before being opened.
    (b) Oxychlorination reactor. Except as provided in Sec. 61.65(a), 
emissions of vinyl chloride to the atmosphere from each oxychlorination 
reactor are not to exceed 0.2 g/kg (0.4 lb/ton) (average for 3-hour 
period) of the 100 percent ethylene dichloride product from the 
oxychlorination process.

[51 FR 34909, Sept. 30, 1986, as amended at 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.63  Emission standard for vinyl chloride plants.

    An owner or operator of a vinyl chloride plant shall comply with the 
requirements of this section and Sec. 61.65.
    (a) Vinyl chloride formation and purification: The concentration of 
vinyl chloride in each exhaust gas stream from any equipment used in 
vinyl chloride formation and/or purification is not to exceed 10 ppm 
(average for 3-hour period), except as provided in Sec. 61.65(a). This 
requirement does not preclude combining of exhaust gas streams provided 
the combined steam is ducted through a control system from which the 
concentration of vinyl chloride in the exhaust gases does not exceed 10 
ppm, or equivalent as provided in Sec. 61.66. This requirement does not 
apply to equipment that has been

[[Page 43]]

opened, is out of operation, and met the requirement in 
Sec. 61.65(b)(6)(i) before being opened.

[51 FR 34909, Sept. 30, 1986]



Sec. 61.64  Emission standard for polyvinyl chloride plants.

    An owner or operator of a polyvinyl chloride plant shall comply with 
the requirements of this section and Sec. 61.65.
    (a) Reactor. The following requirements apply to reactors:
    (1) The concentration of vinyl chloride in each exhaust gas stream 
from each reactor is not to exceed 10 ppm (average for 3-hour period), 
except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section and 
Sec. 61.65(a).
    (2) The reactor opening loss from each reactor is not to exceed 0.02 
g vinyl chloride/kg (0.04 lb vinyl chloride/ton) of polyvinyl chloride 
product, except as provided in paragraph (f)(1) of this section, with 
the product determined on a dry solids basis. This requirement does not 
apply to prepolymerization reactors in the bulk process. This 
requirement does apply to postpolymerization reactors in the bulk 
process, where the product means the gross product of prepolymerization 
and postpolymerization.
    (3) Manual vent valve discharge. Except for an emergency manual vent 
valve discharge, there is to be no discharge to the atmosphere from any 
manual vent valve on a polyvinyl chloride reactor in vinyl chloride 
service. An emergency manual vent valve discharge means a discharge to 
the atmosphere which could not have been avoided by taking measures to 
prevent the discharge. Within 10 days of any discharge to the atmosphere 
from any manual vent valve, the owner or operator of the source from 
which the discharge occurs shall submit to the Administrator a report in 
writing containing information on the source, nature and cause of the 
discharge, the date and time of the discharge, the approximate total 
vinyl chloride loss during the discharge, the method used for 
determining the vinyl chloride loss (the calculation of the vinyl 
chloride loss), the action that was taken to prevent the discharge, and 
measures adopted to prevent future discharges.
    (b) Stripper. The concentration of vinly chloride in each exhaust 
gas stream from each stripper is not to exceed 10 ppm (average for 3-
hour period), except as provided in Sec. 61.65(a). This requirement does 
not apply to equipment that has been opened, is out of operation, and 
met the requiremention Sec. 61.65(b)(6)(i) before being opened.
    (c) Mixing, weighing, and holding containers. The concentration of 
vinyl chloride in each exhaust gas stream from each mixing, weighing, or 
holding container in vinyl chloride service which precedes the stripper 
(or the reactor if the plant has no stripper) in the plant process flow 
is not to exceed 10 ppm (average for 3-hour period), except as provided 
in Sec. 61.65(a). This requirement does not apply to equipment that has 
been opened, is out of operation, and met the requirement in 
Sec. 61.65(b)(6)(i) before being opened.
    (d) Monomer recovery system. The concentration of vinyl chloride in 
each exhaust gas stream from each monomer recovery system is not to 
exceed 10 ppm (average for 3-hour period), except as provided in 
Sec. 61.65(a). This requirement does not apply to equipment that has 
been opened, is out of operation, and met the requirement in 
Sec. 61.65(b)(6)(i) before being opened.
    (e) Sources following the stripper(s). The following requirements 
apply to emissions of vinyl chloride to the atmosphere from the 
combination of all sources following the stripper(s) [or the reactor(s) 
if the plant has no stripper(s)] in the plant process flow including but 
not limited to, centrifuges, concentrators, blend tanks, filters, 
dryers, conveyor air discharges, baggers, storage containers, and 
inprocess wastewater, except as provided in paragraph (f) of this 
section:
    (1) In polyvinyl chloride plants using stripping technology to 
control vinyl chloride emissions, the weighted average residual vinyl 
chloride concentration in all grades of polyvinyl chloride resin 
processed through the stripping operation on each calendar day, measured 
immediately after the stripping operation is completed, may not exceed:
    (i) 2000 ppm for polyvinyl chloride dispersion resins, excluding 
latex resins;

[[Page 44]]

    (ii) 400 ppm for all other polyvinyl chloride resins, including 
latex resins, averaged separately for each type of resin; or
    (2) In polyvinyl chloride plants controlling vinyl chloride 
emissions with technology other than stripping or in addition to 
stripping, emissions of vinyl chloride to the atmosphere may not exceed:
    (i) 2 g/kg (4 lb/ton) product from the stripper(s) [or reactor(s) if 
the plant has no stripper(s)] for dispersion polyvinyl chloride resins, 
excluding latex resins, with the product determined on a dry solids 
basis;
    (ii) 0.4 g/kg (0.8 lb/ton) product from the strippers [or reactor(s) 
if the plant has no stripper(s)] for all other polyvinyl chloride 
resins, including latex resins, with the product determined on a dry 
solids basis.
    (3) The provisions of this paragraph apply at all times including 
when off-specification or other types of resins are made.
    (f) Reactor used as stripper. When a nonbulk resin reactor is used 
as a stripper this paragraph may be applied in lieu of Sec. 61.64 (a)(2) 
and (e)(1):
    (1) The weighted average emissions of vinyl chloride from reactor 
opening loss and all sources following the reactor used as a stripper 
from all grades of polyvinyl chloride resin stripped in the reactor on 
each calendar day may not exceed:
    (i) 2.02 g/kg (0.00202 lb/lb) of polyvinyl chloride product for 
dispersion polyvinyl chloride resins, excluding latex resins, with the 
product determined on a dry solids basis.
    (ii) 0.42 g/kg (0.00042 lb/lb) of polyvinyl chloride product for all 
other polyvinyl chloride resins, including latex resins, with the 
product determined on a dry solids basis.

[41 FR 46564, Oct. 21, 1976, as amended at 51 FR 34909, Sept. 30, 1986; 
53 FR 36972, Sept. 23, 1988; 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000]

    Editorial Note: At 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000, Sec. 61.64 was 
amended in paragraph (f)(2)(i) by revising the words ``2.02 g/kg 
(0.00202 lb/lb)'' to read ``2.02 g/kg (4.04 lb/ton), and in (f)(2)(ii) 
by revising the words ``0.42 g/kg (0.00042 lb/lb)'' to read ``0.42 g/kg 
(0.84 lb/ton). However, these paragraphs do not exist.



Sec. 61.65  Emission standard for ethylene dichloride, vinyl chloride and polyvinyl chloride plants.

    An owner or operator of an ethylene dichloride, vinyl chloride, and/
or polyvinyl chloride plant shall comply with the requirements of this 
section.
    (a) Relief valve discharge (RVD). Except for an emergency relief 
discharge, and except as provided in Sec. 61.65(d), there is to be no 
discharge to the atmosphere from any relief valve on any equipment in 
vinyl chloride service. An emergency relief discharge means a discharge 
which could not have been avoided by taking measures to prevent the 
discharge. Within 10 days of any relief valve discharge, except for 
those subject to Sec. 61.65(d), the owner or operator of the source from 
which the relief valve discharge occurs shall submit to the 
Administrator a report in writing containing information on the source, 
nature and cause of the discharge, the date and time of the discharge, 
the approximate total vinyl chloride loss during the discharge, the 
method used for determining the vinyl chloride loss (the calculation of 
the vinyl chloride loss), the action that was taken to prevent the 
discharge, and measures adopted to prevent future discharges.
    (b) Fugitive emission sources--(1) Loading and unloading lines. 
Vinyl chloride emissions from loading and unloading lines in vinyl 
chloride service which are opened to the atmosphere after each loading 
or unloading operation are to be minimized as follows:
    (i) After each loading or unloading operation and before opening a 
loading or unloading line to the atmosphere, the quantity of vinyl 
chloride in all parts of each loading or unloading line that are to be 
opened to the atmosphere is to be reduced so that the parts combined 
contain no greater than 0.0038 m \3\ (0.13 ft \3\) of vinyl chloride, at 
standard temperature and pressure; and
    (ii) Any vinyl chloride removed from a loading or unloading line in 
accordance with paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section is to be ducted 
through a control system from which the concentration of vinyl chloride 
in the exhaust gases does not exceed 10 ppm (average for 3-hour period), 
or equivalent as provided in Sec. 61.66.

[[Page 45]]

    (2) Slip gauges. During loading or unloading operations, the vinyl 
chloride emissions from each slip gauge in vinyl chloride service are to 
be minimized by ducting any vinyl chloride discharged from the slip 
gauge through a control system from which the concentration of vinyl 
chloride in the exhaust gases does not exceed 10 ppm (average for 3-hour 
period), or equivalent as provided in Sec. 61.66.
    (3) Leakage from pump, compressor, and agitator seals:
    (i) Rotating pumps. Vinyl chloride emissions from seals on all 
rotating pumps in vinyl chloride service are to be minimized by 
installing sealless pumps, pumps with double mechanical seals or 
equivalent as provided in Sec. 61.66. If double mechanical seals are 
used, vinyl chloride emissions from the seals are to be minimized by 
maintaining the pressure between the two seals so that any leak that 
occurs is into the pump; by ducting any vinyl chloride between the two 
seals through a control system from which the concentration of vinyl 
chloride in the exhaust gases does not exceed 10 ppm; or equivalent as 
provided in Sec. 61.66. Compliance with the provisions of 40 CFR part 61 
subpart V demonstrates compliance with the provisions of this paragraph.
    (ii) Reciprocating pumps. Vinyl chloride emissions from seals on all 
reciprocating pumps in vinyl chloride service are to be minimized by 
installing double outboard seals, or equivalent as provided in 
Sec. 61.66. If double outboard seals are used, vinyl chloride emissions 
from the seals are to be minimized by maintaining the pressure between 
the two seals so that any leak that occurs is into the pump; by ducting 
any vinyl chloride between the two seals through a control system from 
which the concentration of vinyl chloride in the exhaust gases does not 
exceed 10 ppm; or equivalent as provided in Sec. 61.66. Compliance with 
the provisions of 40 CFR part 61 subpart V demonstrates compliance with 
the provisions of this paragraph.
    (iii) Rotating compressor. Vinyl chloride emissions from seals on 
all rotating compressors in vinyl chloride service are to be minimized 
by installing compressors with double mechanical seals, or equivalent as 
provided in Sec. 61.66. If double mechanical seals are used, vinyl 
chloride emissions from the seals are to be minimized by maintaining the 
pressure between the two seals so that any leak that occurs is into the 
compressor; by ducting any vinyl chloride between the two seals through 
a control system from which the concentration of vinyl chloride in the 
exhaust gases does not exceed 10 ppm; or equivalent as provided in 
Sec. 61.66. Compliance with the provisions of 40 CFR part 61 subpart V 
demonstrates compliance with the provisions of this paragraph.
    (iv) Reciprocating compressors. Vinyl chloride emissions from seals 
on all reciprocating compressors in vinyl chloride service are to be 
minimized by installing double outboard seals, or equivalent as provided 
in Sec. 61.66. If double outboard seals are used, vinyl chloride 
emissions from the seals are to be minimized by maintaining the pressure 
between the two seals so that any leak that occurs is into the 
compressor; by ducting any vinyl chloride between the two seals through 
a control system from which concentration of vinyl chloride in the 
exhaust gases does not exceed 10 ppm; or equivalent as provided in 
Sec. 61.66. Compliance with the provisions of 40 CFR part 61 subpart V 
demonstrates compliance with the provisions of this paragraph.
    (v) Agitator. Vinyl chloride emissions from seals on all agitators 
in vinyl chloride service are to be minimized by installing agitators 
with double mechanical seals, or equivalent as provided in Sec. 61.66. 
If double mechanical seals are used, vinyl chloride emissions from the 
seals are to be minimized by maintaining the pressure between the two 
seals so that any leak that occurs is into the agitated vessel; by 
ducting any vinyl chloride between the two seals through a control 
system from which the concentration of vinyl chloride in the exhaust 
gases does not exceed 10 ppm; or equivalent as provided in Sec. 61.66.
    (4) Leaks from relief valves. Vinyl chloride emissions due to leaks 
from each relief valve on equipment in vinyl chloride service shall 
comply with Sec. 61.242-4 of subpart V of this part.
    (5) Manual venting of gases. Except as provided in Sec. 61.64(a)(3), 
all gases which

[[Page 46]]

are manually vented from equipment in vinly chloride service are to be 
ducted through a control system from which the concentration of vinyl 
chloride in the exhaust gases does not exceed 10 ppm (average for 3-hour 
period); or equivalent as provided in Sec. 61.66.
    (6) Opening of equipment. Vinyl chloride emissions from opening of 
equipment (excluding crude, intermediate, and final EDC storage tanks, 
but including prepolymerization reactors used in the manufacture of bulk 
resins and loading or unloading lines that are not opened to the 
atmosphere after each loading or unloading operation) are to be 
minimized follows:
    (i) Before opening any equipment for any reason, the quantity of 
vinyl chloride which is contained therein is to be reduced to an amount 
which occupies a volume of no more than 2.0 percent of the equipment's 
containment volume or 0.0950 cubic meters (25 gallons), whichever is 
larger, at standard temperature and pressure.
    (ii) Any vinyl chloride removed from the equipment in accordance 
with paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this section is to be ducted through a 
control system from which the concentration of vinyl chloride in the 
exhaust gases does not exceed 10 ppm (average for 3-hour period); or 
equivalent as provided in Sec. 61.66.
    (7) Samples. Unused portions of samples containing at least 10 
percent by weight vinyl chloride are to be returned to the process or 
destroyed in a control device from which concentration of vinyl chloride 
in the exhaust gas does not exceed 10 ppm (average for 3-hour period) or 
equivalent as provided in Sec. 61.66. Sampling techniques are to be such 
that sample containers in vinyl chloride service are purged into a 
closed process system. Compliance with the provisions of 40 CFR part 61 
subpart V demonstrates compliance with the provisions of this paragraph.
    (8) Leak detection and elimination. Vinyl chloride emissions due to 
leaks from equipment in vinyl chloride service are to be minimized as 
follows:
    (i) A reliable and accurate vinyl chloride monitoring system shall 
be operated for detection of major leaks and identification of the 
general area of the plant where a leak is located. A vinyl chloride 
monitoring system means a device which obtains air samples from one or 
more points on a continuous sequential basis and analyzes the samples 
with gas chromatography or, if the owner or operator assumes that all 
hydrocarbons measured are vinyl chloride, with infrared 
spectrophotometry, flame ion detection, or an equivalent or alternative 
method. The vinyl chloride monitoring system shall be operated according 
to a program developed by the plant owner or operator. The owner or 
operator shall submit a description of the program to the Administrator 
within 45 days of the effective date of these regulations, unless a 
waiver of compliance is granted under Sec. 61.11, or the program has 
been approved and the Administrator does not request a review of the 
program. Approval of a program will be granted by the Administrator 
provided he finds:
    (A) The location and number of points to be monitored and the 
frequency of monitoring provided for in the program are acceptable when 
they are compared with the number of pieces of equipment in vinyl 
chloride service and size and physical layout of the plant.
    (B) It contains a definition of leak which is acceptable when 
compared with the background concentrations of vinyl chloride in the 
areas of the plant to be monitored by the vinyl chloride monitoring 
system. Measurements of background concentrations of vinyl chloride in 
the areas of the plant to be monitored by the vinyl chloride monitoring 
system are to be included with the description of the program. The 
definition of leak for a given plant may vary among the different areas 
within the plant and is also to change over time as background 
concentrations in the plant are reduced.
    (C) It contains an acceptable plan of action to be taken when a leak 
is detected.
    (D) It provides for an acceptable calibration and maintenance 
schedule for the vinyl chloride monitoring system and portable 
hydrocarbon detector. For the vinyl chloride monitoring system, a daily 
span check is to be conducted with a concentration of vinyl chloride 
equal to the concentration defined as a leak according to paragraph 
(b)(8)(i)(B)

[[Page 47]]

of this section. The calibration is to be done with either:
    (1) A calibration gas mixture prepared from the gases specified in 
sections 7.2.1 and 7.2.2 of Method 106 and in accordance with section 
10.1 of Method 106, or
    (2) A calibration gas cylinder standard containing the appropriate 
concentration of vinyl chloride. The gas composition of the calibration 
gas cylinder standard is to have been certified by the manufacturer. The 
manufacturer must have recommended a maximum shelf life for each 
cylinder so that the concentration does not change greater than 
5 percent from the certified value. The date of gas cylinder 
preparation, certified vinyl chloride concentration, and recommended 
maximum shelf life must have been affixed to the cylinder before 
shipment from the manufacturer to the buyer. If a gas chromatograph is 
used as the vinyl chloride monitoring system, these gas mixtures may be 
directly used to prepare a chromatograph calibration curve as described 
in Sections 8.1 and 9.2 of Method 106. The requirements in Sections 
7.2.3.1 and 7.2.3.2 of Method 106 for certification of cylinder 
standards and for establishment and verification of calibration 
standards are to be followed.
    (ii) For each process unit subject to this subpart, a formal leak 
detection and repair program shall be implemented consistent with 
subpart V of this part, except as provided in paragraph (b)(8)(iii) of 
this section. This program is to be implemented within 90 days of the 
effective date of these regulations, unless a waiver of compliance is 
granted under Sec. 61.11. Except as provided in paragraph (b)(8)(ii)(E) 
of this section, an owner or operator shall be exempt from Sec. 61.242-
1(d), Sec. 61.242-7 (a), (b), and (c), Sec. 61.246, and Sec. 61.247 of 
subpart V of this part for any process unit in which the percentage of 
leaking valves is demonstrated to be less than 2.0 percent, as 
determined in accordance with the following:
    (A) A performance test as specified in paragraph (b)(8)(ii)(B) of 
this section shall be conducted initially within 90 days of the 
effective date of these regulations, annually, and at times requested by 
the Administrator.
    (B) For each performance test, a minimum of 200 or 90 percent, 
whichever is less, of the total valves in VOC service (as defined in 
Sec. 60.481 of subpart VV of part 60) within the process unit shall be 
randomly selected and monitored within 1 week by the methods specified 
in Sec. 61.245(b) of this part. If an instrument reading of 10,000 ppm 
or greater is measured, a leak is detected. The leak percentage shall be 
determined by dividing the number of valves in VOC service for which 
leaks are detected by the number of tested valves in VOC service.
    (C) If a leak is detected, it shall be repaired in accordance with 
Sec. 61.242-7 (d) and (e) of subpart V of this part.
    (D) The results of the performance test shall be submitted in 
writing to the Administrator in the first quarterly report following the 
performance test as part of the reporting requirements of Sec. 61.70.
    (E) Any process unit in which the percentage of leaking valves is 
found to be greater than 2.0 percent according to the performance test 
prescribed in paragraph (b)(8)(ii)(B) of this section must comply with 
all provisions of subpart V of this part within 90 days.
    (iii) Open-ended valves or lines located on multiple service process 
lines which operate in vinyl chloride service less than 10 percent of 
the time are exempt from the requirements of Sec. 61.242-6 of subpart V, 
provided the open-ended valves or lines are addressed in the monitoring 
system required by paragraph (b)(8)(i) of this section. The 
Administrator may apply this exemption to other existing open-ended 
valves or lines that are demonstrated to require significant retrofit 
cost to comply with the requirements of Sec. 61.242-6 of subpart V.
    (9) Inprocess wastewater. Vinyl chloride emissions to the atmosphere 
from inprocess wastewater are to be reduced as follows:
    (i) The concentration of vinyl chloride in each inprocess wastewater 
stream containing greater than 10 ppm vinyl chloride measured 
immediately as it leaves a piece of equipment and before being mixed 
with any other inprocess wastewater stream is to be reduced to no more 
than 10 ppm by weight before being mixed with any

[[Page 48]]

other inprocess wastewater stream which contains less than 10 ppm vinyl 
chloride; before being exposed to the atmosphere; before being 
discharged to a wastewater treatment process; or before being discharged 
untreated as a wastewater. This paragraph does apply to water which is 
used to displace vinyl chloride from equipment before it is opened to 
the atmosphere in accordance with Sec. 61.64(a)(2) or paragraph (b)(6) 
of this section, but does not apply to water which is used to wash out 
equipment after the equipment has already been opened to the atmosphere 
in accordance with Sec. 61.64(a)(2) or paragraph (b)(6) of this section.
    (ii) Any vinyl chloride removed from the inprocess wastewater in 
accordance with paragraph (b)(9)(i) of this section is to be ducted 
through a control system from which the concentration of vinyl chloride 
in the exhaust gases does not exceed 10 ppm (average for 3-hour period); 
or equivalent as provided in Sec. 61.66.
    (c) The requirements in paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(5), (b)(6), 
(b)(7) and (b)(8) of this section are to be incorporated into a standard 
operating procedure, and made available upon request for inspection by 
the Administrator. The standard operating procedure is to include 
provisions for measuring the vinyl chloride in equipment 4.75 m\3\ (1255 
gal) in volume for which an emission limit is prescribed in 
Sec. 61.65(b)(6)(i) after opening the equipment and using Method 106, a 
portable hydrocarbon detector, or an alternative method. The method of 
measurement is to meet the requirements in Sec. 61.67(g)(5)(i)(A) or 
(g)(5)(i)(B).
    (d) A RVD that is ducted to a control device that is continually 
operating while emissions from the release are present at the device is 
subject to the following requirements:
    (1) A discharge from a control device other than a flare shall not 
exceed 10 ppm (average over a 3-hour period) as determined by the 
continuous emission monitor system required under Sec. 61.68. Such a 
discharge is subject to the requirements of Sec. 61.70.
    (2) For a discharge routed to a flare, the flare shall comply with 
the requirements of Sec. 60.18.
    (i) Flare operations shall be monitored in accordance with the 
requirements of Secs. 60.18(d) and 60.18(f)(2). For the purposes of 
Sec. 60.18(d), the volume and component concentration of each relief 
valve discharge shall be estimated and calculation shall be made to 
verify ongoing compliance with the design and operating requirements of 
Secs. 60.18 (c)(3) through (c)(6). If more than one relief valve is 
discharged simultaneously to a single flare, these calculations shall 
account for the cumulative effect of all such relief valve discharges. 
These calculations shall be made and reported quarterly for all 
discharges within the quarter. Failure to comply with any of the 
requirements of this paragraph will be a violation of Sec. 61.65(d)(2). 
Monitoring for the presence of a flare pilot flame shall be conducted in 
accordance with Sec. 60.18(f)(2). If the results of this monitoring or 
any other information shows that the pilot flame is not present 100 
percent of the time during which a relief valve discharge is routed to 
the flare, the relief valve discharge is subject to the provisions of 
Sec. 61.65(a).
    (ii) A report describing the flare design shall be provided to the 
Administrator not later than 90 days after the adoption of this 
provision or within 30 days of the installation of a flare system for 
control of relief valve discharge whichever is later. The flare design 
report shall include calculations based upon expected relief valve 
discharge component concentrations and net heating values (for PVC this 
calculation shall be based on values expected if a release occurred at 
the instant the polymerization starts); and estimated maximum exit 
velocities based upon the design throat capacity of the gas in the 
relief valve.

[41 FR 46564, Oct. 21, 1976; 41 FR 53017, Dec. 3, 1976, as amended at 42 
FR 29006, June 7, 1977; 51 FR 34910, Sept. 30, 1986; 53 FR 36972, Sept. 
23, 1988; 55 FR 28348, July 10, 1990; 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.66  Equivalent equipment and procedures.

    Upon written application from an owner or operator, the 
Administrator may approve use of equipment or procedures which have been 
demonstrated to his satisfaction to be equivalent in

[[Page 49]]

terms of reducing vinyl chloride emissions to the atmosphere to those 
prescribed for compliance with a specific paragraph of this subpart.

[51 FR 34912, Sept. 30, 1986]



Sec. 61.67  Emission tests.

    (a) Unless a waiver of emission testing is obtained under 
Sec. 61.13, the owner or operator of a source to which this subpart 
applies shall test emissions from the source,
    (1) Within 90 days of the effective date in the case of an existing 
source or a new source which has an initial startup date preceding the 
effective date, or
    (2) Within 90 days of startup in the case of a new source, initial 
startup of which occurs after the effective date.
    (b) The owner or operator shall provide the Administrator at least 
30 days prior notice of an emission test to afford the Administrator the 
opportunity to have an observer present during the test.
    (c) Any emission test is to be conducted while the equipment being 
tested is operating at the maximum production rate at which the 
equipment will be operated and under other relevant conditions as may be 
specified by the Administrator based on representative performance of 
the source.
    (d) [Reserved]
    (e) When at all possible, each sample is to be analyzed within 24 
hours, but in no case in excess of 72 hours of sample collection. Vinyl 
chloride emissions are to be determined within 30 days after the 
emission test. The owner or operator shall report the determinations to 
the Administrator by a registered letter dispatched before the close of 
the next business day following the determination.
    (f) The owner or operator shall retain at the plant and make 
available, upon request, for inspection by the Administrator, for a 
minimum of 3 years, records of emission test results and other data 
needed to determine emissions.
    (g) Unless otherwise specified, the owner or operator shall use the 
test methods in appendix B to this part for each test as required by 
paragraphs (g)(1), (g)(2), (g)(3), (g)(4), and (g)(5) of this section, 
unless an alternative method has been approved by the Administrator. If 
the Administrator finds reasonable grounds to dispute the results 
obtained by an alternative method, he may require the use of a reference 
method. If the results of the reference and alternative methods do not 
agree, the results obtained by the reference method prevail, and the 
Administrator may notify the owner or operator that approval of the 
method previously considered to be alternative is withdrawn. Whenever 
Method 107 is specified, and the conditions in Section 1.2, 
``Applicability'' of Method 107A are met, Method 107A may be used.
    (1) Method 106 is to be used to determine the vinyl chloride 
emissions from any source for which an emission limit is prescribed in 
Sec. 61.62(a) or (b), Sec. 61.63(a), or Sec. 61.64(a)(1), (b), (c), or 
(d), or from any control system to which reactor emissions are required 
to be ducted in Sec. 61.64(a)(2) or to which fugitive emissions are 
required to be ducted in Sec. 61.65(b)(1)(ii), (b)(2), (b)(5), 
(b)(6)(ii), or (b)(9)(ii).
    (i) For each run, one sample is to be collected. The sampling site 
is to be at least two stack or duct diameters downstream and one half 
diameter upstream from any flow disturbance such as a bend, expansion, 
contraction, or visible flame. For a rectangular cross section, an 
equivalent diameter is to be determined from the following equation:

Equivalent diameter = 2(length)(width)/(length + width)


The sampling point in the duct is to be at the centroid of the cross 
section. The sample is to be extracted at a rate proportional to the gas 
velocity at the sampling point. The sample is to contain a minimum 
volume of 50 liters (1.8 ft3) corrected to standard 
conditions and is to be taken over a period as close to 1 hour as 
practicable.
    (ii) Each emission test is to consist of three runs. For the purpose 
of determining emissions, the average of results of all runs is to 
apply. The average is to be computed on a time weighted basis.
    (iii) For gas streams containing more that 10 percent oxygen, the 
concentration of vinyl chloride as determined by

[[Page 50]]

Method 106 is to be corrected to 10 percent oxygen (dry basis) for 
determination of emissions by using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.474


Where:

Cb(corrected) = The concentration of vinyl chloride in the 
exhaust gases, corrected to 10 percent oxygen.
Cb = The concentration of vinyl chloride as measured by 
Method 106.
20.9 = Percent oxygen in the ambient air at standard conditions.
10.9 = Percent oxygen in the ambient air at standard conditions, minus 
the 10.0 percent oxygen to which the correction is being made.
Percent O2 = Percent oxygen in the exhaust gas as measured by 
Method 3 of appendix A of part 60 of this chapter.

    (iv) For those emission sources where the emission limit is 
prescribed in terms of mass rather than concentration, mass emissions 
are to be determined using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.475


Where:

CBX = Vinyl chloride emissions, g/kg (lb/lb) product.
Cb = Concentration of vinyl chloride as measured by Test 
Method 106, ppmv.
DVC = Density of vinyl chloride at standard conditions, 2.60 
kg/m3 (0.162 lb/ft3).
Q = Volumetric flow rate as determined by Method 2 of appendix A to part 
60 of this chapter, m3/hr (ft3/hr).
K = Unit conversion factor, 1,000 g/kg (1 lb/lb).
10-6 = Conversion factor for ppm.
Z = Production rate, kg/hr (lb/hr).

    (2) Method 107 or Method 601 (incorporated by reference as specified 
in Sec. 61.18) is to be used to determine the concentration of vinyl 
chloride in each inprocess wastewater stream for which an emission limit 
is prescribed in Sec. 61.65(b)(9)(i).
    (3) When a stripping operation is used to attain the emission limits 
in Sec. 61.64(e) and (f), emissions are to be determined using Method 
107 as follows:
    (i) The number of strippers (or reactors used as strippers) and 
samples and the types and grades of resin to be sampled are to be 
determined by the Administrator for each individual plant at the time of 
the test based on the plant's operation.
    (ii) Each sample is to be taken immediately following the stripping 
operation.
    (iii) The corresponding quantity of material processed by each 
stripper (or reactor used as a stripper) is to be determined on a dry 
solids basis and by a method submitted to and approved by the 
Administrator.
    (iv) At the prior request of the Administrator, the owner or 
operator shall provide duplicates of the samples required in paragraph 
(g)(3)(i) of this section.
    (4) Where control technology other than or in addition to a 
stripping operation is used to attain the emission limit in 
Sec. 61.64(e), emissions are to be determined as follows:
    (i) Method 106 is to be used to determine atmospheric emissions from 
all of the process equipment simultaneously. The requirements of 
paragraph (g)(1) of this section are to be met.
    (ii) Method 107 is to be used to determine the concentration of 
vinyl chloride in each inprocess wastewater stream subject to the 
emission limit prescribed in Sec. 61.64(e). Vinyl chloride mass 
emissions are to be determined using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.476


Where:

CBX = Vinyl chloride emissions, g/kg (lb/lb) product in each 
inprocess wastewater stream.
Crvc = Concentration of vinyl chloride in wastewater, as 
measured by Method 107, ppmw.
Dwater = Density of wastewater, 1.0 kg/m3 (0.0624 
lb/ft3).
Qwater = Wastewater flow rate, determined in accordance with 
a method which has been submitted to and approved by the Administrator, 
m3/hr (ft3/hr).
K = Unit conversion factor, 1,000 g/kg (1 lb/lb).
10-6 = Conversion factor for ppm.
Z = Production rate, kg/hr (lb/hr), determined in accordance with a 
method which has been submitted to and approved by the Administrator.

    (5) The reactor opening loss for which an emission limit is 
prescribed in Sec. 61.64(a)(2) is to be determined. The

[[Page 51]]

number of reactors for which the determination is to be made is to be 
specified by the Administrator for each individual plant at the time of 
the determination based on the plant's operation.
    (i) Except as provided in paragraph (g)(5)(ii) of this section, the 
reactor opening loss is to be determined using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.477


Where:

CBX = Vinyl chloride emissions, g/kg (lb/lb) product.
Cb = Concentration of vinyl chloride, in ppmv, as determined 
by Method 106 or a portable hydrocarbon detector which measures 
hydrocarbons with a sensitivity of at least 10 ppmv.
VR = Capacity of the reactor, m\3\ (ft\3\).
DVC = Density of vinyl chloride at standard conditions, 2.60 
kg/m\3\ (0.162 lb/ft\3\).
K = Unit conversion factor, 1,000 g/kg (1 lb/lb).
10-\6\ = Conversion factor for ppm.
Z = Production rate, kg/hr (lb/hr).

    (A) If Method 106 is used to determine the concentration of vinyl 
chloride (Cb), the sample is to be withdrawn at a constant 
rate with a probe of sufficient length to reach the vessel bottom from 
the manhole. Samples are to be taken for 5 minutes within 6 inches of 
the vessel bottom, 5 minutes near the vessel center, and 5 minutes near 
the vessel top.
    (B) If a portable hydrocarbon detector is used to determine the 
concentration of vinyl chloride (Cb), a probe of sufficient 
length to reach the vessel bottom from the manhole is to be used to make 
the measurements. One measurement will be made within 6 inches of the 
vessel bottom, one near the vessel center and one near the vessel top. 
Measurements are to be made at each location until the reading is 
stabilized. All hydrocarbons measured are to be assumed to be vinyl 
chloride.
    (C) The production rate of polyvinyl chloride (Z), which is the 
product of the average batch weight and the number of batches produced 
since the reactor was last opened to the atmosphere, is to be determined 
by a method submitted to and approved by the Administrator.
    (ii) A calculation based on the number of evacuations, the vacuum 
involved, and the volume of gas in the reactor is hereby approved by the 
Administrator as an alternative method for determining reactor opening 
loss for postpolymerization reactors in the manufacture of bulk resins. 
Calculation methods based on techniques other than repeated evacuation 
of the reactor may be approved by the Administrator for determining 
reactor opening loss for postpolymerization reactors in the manufacture 
of bulk resins.
    (6) For a reactor that is used as a stripper, the emissions of vinyl 
chloride from reactor opening loss and all sources following the reactor 
used as a stripper for which an emission limit is prescribed in 
Sec. 61.64(f) are to be determined. The number of reactors for which the 
determination is to be made is to be specified by the Administrator for 
each individual plant at the time of the determination based on the 
plant's operation.
    (i) For each batch stripped in the reactor, the following 
measurements are to be made:
    (A) The concentration of vinyl chloride in resin after stripping, 
measured according to paragraph (g)(3) of this section;
    (B) The reactor vacuum at end of strip from plant instrument; and
    (C) The reactor temperature at the end of strip from plant 
instrument.
    (ii) For each batch stripped in the reactor, the following 
information is to be determined:
    (A) The vapor pressure of water in the reactor at the end of strip 
from the following table:

                                                  Metric Units
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Reactor  vapor                         Reactor  vapor                        Reactor  vapor      H2O  vapor
  temperature  (        H2O vapor        temperature  (   H2O vapor pressure   temperature  (     pressure  (mm
      deg.C)        pressure  (mm Hg)        deg.C)             (mm Hg)            deg.C)              Hg)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              40               55.3                  62              163.8                 84             416.8
              41               58.3                  63              171.4                 85             433.6

[[Page 52]]

 
              42               61.5                  64              179.3                 86             450.9
              43               64.8                  65              187.5                 87             468.7
              44               68.3                  66              196.1                 88             487.1
              45               71.9                  67              205.0                 89             506.1
              46               75.6                  68              214.2                 90             525.8
              47               79.6                  69              223.7                 91             546.0
              48               83.7                  70              233.7                 92             567.0
              49               88.0                  71              243.9                 93             588.6
              50               92.5                  72              254.6                 94             610.9
              51               97.2                  73              265.7                 95             633.9
              52              102.1                  74              277.2                 96             657.6
              53              107.2                  75              289.1                 97             682.1
              54              112.5                  76              301.4                 98             707.3
              55              118.0                  77              314.1                 99             733.2
              56              123.8                  78              327.3                100             760.0
              57              129.8                  79              341.0
              58              136.1                  80              355.1
              59              142.6                  81              369.7
              60              149.4                  82              384.9
              61              156.4                  83              400.6
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                  English Units
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Reactor  vapor      H2O vapor      Reactor vapor                           Reactor  vapor
  temperature  (      pressure      temperature  (    H2O vapor  pressure    temperature  (        H2O vapor
      deg.F)           (psia)           deg.F)               (psia)              deg.F)         pressure  (psia)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             104        1.07                   144               3.167                  183               8.060
             106        1.13                   145               3.314                  185               8.384
             108        1.19                   147               3.467                  187               8.719
             109        1.25                   149               3.626                  189               9.063
             111        1.32                   151               3.792                  190               9.419
             113        1.39                   153               3.964                  192               9.786
             115        1.46                   154               4.142                  194              10.17
             117        1.54                   156               4.326                  196              10.56
             118        1.62                   158               4.519                  198              10.96
             120        1.70                   160               4.716                  199              11.38
             122        1.79                   162               4.923                  201              11.81
             124        1.88                   163               5.138                  203              12.26
             126       1.974                   165               5.360                  205              12.72
             127       2.073                   167               5.590                  207              13.19
             129       2.175                   169               5.828                  208              13.68
             131       2.282                   170               6.074                  210              14.18
             133       2.394                   172               6.329                  212              14.70
             135       2.510                   174               6.594
             136       2.632                   176               6.866
             138       2.757                   178               7.149
             140       2.889                   180               7.443
             142       3.024                   181               7.746
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (B) The partial pressure of vinyl chloride in reactor at end of 
strip from the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.478


Where:

PPVC = Partial pressure of vinyl chloride, mm Hg (psia)
PATM = Atmospheric pressure at 0  deg.C (32  deg.F), 760 mm 
Hg (14.7 psia)
PRV = Absolute pressure of reactor vacuum, mm Hg (psia)
PW = Vapor pressure of water, mm Hg (psia)

    (C) The reactor vapor space volume at the end of the strip from the 
following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.479


Where:

VRVS = Reactor vapor space volume, m\3\ (ft\3\)
VR = Reactor capacity, m\3\ (ft\3\)

[[Page 53]]

VW = Volume of water in reactor from recipe, m\3\ (ft\3\)
WPVC = Dry weight of polyvinyl chloride in reactor from 
recipe, kg (lb)
DPVC = Typical density of polyvinyl chloride, 1,400 kg/m\3\ 
(87.4 lb/ft\3\)

    (iii) For each batch stripped in the reactor, the combined reactor 
opening loss and emissions from all sources following the reactor used 
as a stripper is to be determined using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.480


Where:

CBX = Vinyl chloride emissions, g/kg (lb/lb) product.
PPMVC = Concentration of vinyl chloride in resin after 
stripping, ppmw
K1 = Conversion factor from ppmw to units of emission 
standard, 0.001 (metric units) = 0.002 (English units)
PPVC = Partial pressure of vinyl chloride determined 
according to paragraph (g)(6)(ii)(B) of this section, mm Hg (psia)
VRVS = Reactor vapor space volume determined according to 
paragraph (g)(6)(ii)(C) of this section, m\3\ (ft\3\)
RVC = Ideal gas constant for vinyl chloride, 1,002 g- deg.K/
(mm Hg-m\3\) [5.825 lb- deg.R/(psia-ft\3\)]
MPVC = Dry weight of polyvinyl chloride in reactor from 
recipe, kg (lb)
TR = Reactor temperature,  deg.C (  deg.F)
KT = Temperature conversion factor for  deg.C to  deg.K, 273 
(  deg.F to  deg.R, 460)

    (h)(1) Each piece of equipment within a process unit that can 
reasonably contain equipment in vinyl chloride service is presumed to be 
in vinyl chloride service unless an owner or operator demonstrates that 
the piece of equipment is not in vinyl chloride service. For a piece of 
equipment to be considered not in vinyl chloride service, it must be 
determined that the percent vinyl chloride content can be reasonably 
expected not to exceed 10 percent by weight for liquid streams or 
contained liquid volumes and 10 percent by volume for gas streams or 
contained gas volumes, which also includes gas volumes above liquid 
streams or contained liquid volumes. For purposes of determining the 
percent vinyl chloride content of the process fluid that is contained in 
or contacts equipment, procedures that conform to the methods described 
in ASTM D2267-68, 78, or 88 or D4420-94 (incorporated by reference as 
specified in Sec. 61.18) shall be used.
    (2)(i) An owner or operator may use engineering judgment rather than 
the procedures in paragraph (h)(1) of this section to demonstrate that 
the percent vinyl chloride content does not exceed 10 percent by weight 
for liquid streams and 10 percent by volume for gas streams, provided 
that the engineering judgment demonstrates that the vinyl chloride 
content clearly does not exceed 10 percent. When an owner or operator 
and the Administrator do not agree on whether a piece of equipment is 
not in vinyl chloride service, however, the procedures in paragraph 
(h)(1) of this section shall be used to resolve the disagreement.
    (ii) If an owner or operator determines that a piece of equipment is 
in vinyl chloride service, the determination can be revised only after 
following the procedures in paragraph (h)(1) of this section.
    (3) Samples used in determining the percent vinyl chloride content 
shall be representative of the process fluid that is contained in or 
contacts the equipment.

[41 FR 46564, Oct. 21, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 29007, June 7, 1977; 47 
FR 39486, Sept. 8, 1982; 50 FR 46295, Nov. 7, 1985; 51 FR 34912, Sept. 
30, 1986; 65 FR 62152, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.68  Emission monitoring.

    (a) A vinyl chloride monitoring system is to be used to monitor on a 
continuous basis the emissions from the sources for which emission 
limits are prescribed in Secs. 61.62 (a) and (b), 61.63(a), and 61.64 
(a)(1), (b), (c), and (d), and for any control system to which reactor 
emissions are required to be ducted in Sec. 61.64(a)(2) or to which 
fugitive emissions are required to be ducted in Sec. 61.65

[[Page 54]]

(b)(1)(ii), and (b)(2), (b)(5), (b)(6) (ii), and (b)(9)(ii).
    (b) The vinyl chloride monitoring system(s) used to meet the 
requirement in paragraph (a) of this section is to be a device which 
obtains representative samples from one or more applicable emission 
points on a continuous sequential basis and analyzes the samples with 
gas chromatography or, if the owner or operator assumes that all 
hydrocarbons measured are vinyl chloride, with infrared 
spectrophotometry, flame ion detection, or an alternative method. The 
vinyl chloride monitoring system used to meet the requirements in 
Sec. 61.65(b)(8)(i) may be used to meet the requirements of this 
section.
    (c) A daily span check is to be conducted for each vinyl chloride 
monitoring system used. For all of the emission sources listed in 
paragraph (a) of this section, except the one for which an emission 
limit is prescribed in Sec. 61.62(b), the daily span check is to be 
conducted with a concentration of vinyl chloride equal to 10 ppm. For 
the emission source for which an emission limit is prescribed in 
Sec. 61.62(b), the daily span check is to be conducted with a 
concentration of vinyl chloride which is determined to be equivalent to 
the emission limit for that source based on the emission test required 
by Sec. 61.67. The calibration is to be done with either:
    (1) A calibration gas mixture prepared from the gases specified in 
Sections 7.2.1 and 7.2.2 of Method 106 and in accordance with Section 
10.1 of Method 106, or
    (2) A calibration gas cylinder standard containing the appropriate 
concentration of vinyl chloride. The gas composition of the calibration 
gas cylinder standard is to have been certified by the manufacturer. The 
manufacturer must have recommended a maximum shelf life for each 
cylinder so that the concentration does not change greater than 
plus-minus5 percent from the certified value. The date of gas 
cylinder preparation, certified vinyl chloride concentration and 
recommended maximum shelf life must have been affixed to the cylinder 
before shipment from the manufacturer to the buyer. If a gas 
chromatograph is used as the vinyl chloride monitoring system, these gas 
mixtures may be directly used to prepare a chromatograph calibration 
curve as described in Sections 8.1 and 9.2 of Method 106. The 
requirements in Sections 7.2.3.1 and 7.2.3.2 of Method 106 for 
certification of cylinder standards and for establishment and 
verification of calibration standards are to be followed.
    (d) When exhaust gas(es), having emission limits that are subject to 
the requirement of paragraph (a) of this section, are emitted to the 
atmosphere without passing through the control system and required vinyl 
chloride monitoring system, the vinyl chloride content of the emission 
shall be calculated (in units of each applicable emission limit) by best 
practical engineering judgment based on the discharge duration and known 
VC concentrations in the affected equipment as determined in accordance 
with Sec. 61.67(h) or other acceptable method.
    (e) For each 3-hour period, the vinyl chloride content of emissions 
subject to the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (d) of this section 
shall be averaged (weighted according to the proportion of time that 
emissions were continuously monitored and that emissions bypassed the 
continuous monitor) for purposes of reporting excess emissions under 
Sec. 61.70(c)(1).
    (f) For each vinyl chloride emission to the atmosphere determined in 
accordance with paragraph (e) of this section to be in excess of the 
applicable emission limits, the owner or operator shall record the 
identity of the source(s), the date, time, and duration of the excess 
emission, the cause of the excess emission, and the approximate total 
vinyl chloride loss during the excess emission, and the method used for 
determining the vinyl chloride loss. This information shall be retained 
and made available for inspection by the Administrator as required by 
Sec. 61.71(a).

[41 FR 46564, Oct. 21, 1976; 41 FR 53017, Dec. 3, 1976, as amended at 42 
FR 29007, June 7, 1977; 50 FR 46295, Nov. 7, 1985; 51 FR 34913, Sept. 
30, 1986; 55 FR 28349, July 10, 1990; 65 FR 62155, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.69  Initial report.

    (a) An owner or operator of any source to which this subpart applies

[[Page 55]]

shall submit a statement in writing notifying the Administrator that the 
equipment and procedural specifications in Sec. 61.65 (b)(1), (b)(2), 
(b)(3), (b)(4), (b)(5), (b)(6), (b)(7), and (b)(8) are being 
implemented.
    (b)(1) In the case of an existing source or a new source which has 
an initial startup date preceding the effective date, the statement is 
to be submitted within 90 days of the effective date, unless a waiver of 
compliance is granted under Sec. 61.11, along with the information 
required under Sec. 61.10. If a waiver of compliance is granted, the 
statement is to be submitted on a date scheduled by the Administrator.
    (2) In the case of a new source which did not have an initial 
startup date preceding the effective date, the statement is to be 
submitted within 90 days of the initial startup date.
    (c) The statement is to contain the following information:
    (1) A list of the equipment installed for compliance,
    (2) A description of the physical and functional characteristics of 
each piece of equipment,
    (3) A description of the methods which have been incorporated into 
the standard operating procedures for measuring or calculating the 
emissions for which emission limits are prescribed in Sec. 61.65 
(b)(1)(i) and (b)(6)(i),
    (4) A statement that each piece of equipment is installed and that 
each piece of equipment and each procedure is being used.



Sec. 61.70  Reporting.

    (a)(1) The owner or operator of any source to which this subpart 
applies shall submit to the Administrator on March 15, June 15, 
September 15, and December 15 of each year a report in writing 
containing the information required by this section. The first report is 
to be submitted following the first full 3-month reporting period after 
the initial report is submitted.
    (2) In the case of an existing source, the approved reporting 
schedule shall be used. In addition, quarterly reports shall be 
submitted exactly 3 months following the current reporting dates.
    (b)(1) In the case of an existing source or a new source which has 
an initial startup date preceding the effective date, the first report 
is to be submitted within 180 days of the effective date, unless a 
waiver of compliance is granted under Sec. 61.11. If a waiver of 
compliance is granted, the first report is to be submitted on a date 
scheduled by the Administrator.
    (2) In the case of a new source which did not have an initial 
startup date preceding the effective date, the first report is to be 
submitted within 180 days of the initial startup date.
    (c) Unless otherwise specified, the owner or operator shall use the 
test methods in appendix B to this part to conduct emission tests as 
required by paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this section, unless an 
alternative method has been approved by the Administrator. If the 
Administrator finds reasonable grounds to dispute the results obtained 
by an alternative method, he may require the use of a reference method. 
If the results of the reference and alternative methods do not agree, 
the results obtained by the reference method prevail, and the 
Administrator may notify the owner or operator that approval of the 
method previously considered to be alternative is withdrawn.
    (1) The owner or operator shall include in the report a record of 
the vinyl chloride content of emissions for each 3-hour period during 
which average emissions are in excess of the emission limits in 
Sec. 61.62(a) or (b), Sec. 61.63(a), or Sec. 61.64(a)(1), (b), (c), or 
(d), or during which average emissions are in excess of the emission 
limits specified for any control system to which reactor emissions are 
required to be ducted in Sec. 61.64(a)(2) or to which fugitive emissions 
are required to be ducted in Sec. 61.65(b)(I)(ii), (b)(2), (b)(5), 
(b)(6)(ii), or (b)(9)(ii). The number of 3-hour periods for which 
average emissions were determined during the reporting period shall be 
reported. If emissions in excess of the emission limits are not 
detected, the report shall contain a statement that no excess emissions 
have been detected. The emissions are to be determined in accordance 
with Sec. 61.68(e).
    (2) In polyvinyl chloride plants for which a stripping operation is 
used to attain the emission level prescribed in Sec. 61.64(e), the owner 
or operator shall include in the report a record of the

[[Page 56]]

vinyl chloride content in the polyvinyl chloride resin.
    (i) If batch stripping is used, one representative sample of 
polyvinyl chloride resin is to be taken from each batch of each grade of 
resin immediately following the completion of the stripping operation, 
and identified by resin type and grade and the date and time the batch 
is completed. The corresponding quantity of material processed in each 
stripper batch is to be recorded and identified by resin type and grade 
and the date and time the batch is completed.
    (ii) If continuous stripping is used, one representative sample of 
polyvinyl chloride resin is to be taken for each grade of resin 
processed or at intervals of 8 hours for each grade of resin which is 
being processed, whichever is more frequent. The sample is to be taken 
as the resin flows out of the stripper and identified by resin type and 
grade and the date and time the sample was taken. The corresponding 
quantity of material processed by each stripper over the time period 
represented by the sample during the 8-hour period, is to be recorded 
and identified by resin type and grade and the date and time it 
represents.
    (iii) The vinyl chloride content in each sample is to be determined 
by Method 107 as prescribed in Sec. 61.67(g)(3).
    (iv) [Reserved]
    (v) The report to the Administrator by the owner or operator is to 
include a record of any 24-hour average resin vinyl chloride 
concentration, as determined in this paragraph, in excess of the limits 
prescribed in Sec. 61.64(e). The vinyl chloride content found in each 
sample required by paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (c)(2)(ii) of this section 
shall be averaged separately for each type of resin, over each calendar 
day and weighted according to the quantity of each grade of resin 
processed by the stripper(s) that calendar day, according to the 
following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.481


Where:

AT = 24-hour average concentration of type T resin in ppm 
(dry weight basis).
QT = Total production of type T resin over the 24-hour 
period, in kg (ton).
T = Type of resin.
MGi = Concentration of vinyl chloride in one sample of grade 
Gi resin in ppm.
PGi = Production of grade Gi resin represented by 
the sample, in kg (ton).
Gi = Grade of resin: e.g., G1, G2, 
G3.
n = Total number of grades of resin produced during the 24-hour period.

    The number of 24-hour average concentrations for each resin type 
determined during the reporting period shall be reported. If no 24-hour 
average resin vinyl chloride concentrations in excess of the limits 
prescribed in Sec. 61.64(e) are measured, the report shall state that no 
excess resin vinyl chloride concentrations were measured.
    (vi) The owner or operator shall retain at the source and make 
available for inspection by the Administrator for a minimum of 3 years 
records of all data needed to furnish the information required by 
paragraph (c)(2)(v) of this section. The records are to contain the 
following information:
    (A) The vinyl chloride content found in all the samples required in 
paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (c)(2)(ii) of this section, identified by the 
resin type and grade and the time and date of the sample, and
    (B) The corresponding quantity of polyvinyl chloride resin processed 
by the stripper(s), identified by the resin type and grade and the time 
and date it represents.
    (3) The owner or operator shall include in the report a record of 
any emissions from each reactor opening in excess of the emission limits 
prescribed in Sec. 61.64(a)(2). Emissions are to be determined in 
accordance with Sec. 61.67(g)(5), except that emissions for each reactor 
are to be determined. The

[[Page 57]]

number of reactor openings during the reporting period shall be 
reported. If emissions in excess of the emission limits are not 
detected, the report shall include a statement that excess emissions 
have not been detected.
    (4) In polyvinyl chloride plants for which stripping in the reactor 
is used to attain the emission level prescribed in Sec. 61.64(f), the 
owner or operator shall include in the report a record of the vinyl 
chloride emissions from reactor opening loss and all sources following 
the reactor used as a stripper.
    (i) One representative sample of polyvinyl chloride resin is to be 
taken from each batch of each grade of resin immediately following the 
completion of the stripping operation, and identified by resin type and 
grade and the date and time the batch is completed. The corresponding 
quantity of material processed in each stripper batch is to be recorded 
and identified by resin type and grade and the date and time the batch 
is completed.
    (ii) The vinyl chloride content in each sample is to be determined 
by Method 107 as prescribed in Sec. 61.67(g)(3).
    (iii) The combined emissions from reactor opening loss and all 
sources following the reactor used as a stripper are to be determined 
for each batch stripped in a reactor according to the procedure 
prescribed in Sec. 61.67(g)(6).
    (iv) The report to the Administrator by the owner or operator is to 
include a record of any 24-hour average combined reactor opening loss 
and emissions from all sources following the reactor used as a stripper 
as determined in this paragraph, in excess of the limits prescribed in 
Sec. 61.64(f). The combined reactor opening loss and emissions from all 
sources following the reactor used as a stripper associated with each 
batch are to be averaged separately for each type of resin, over each 
calendar day and weighted according to the quantity of each grade of 
resin stripped in reactors that calendar day as follows:
    For each type of resin (suspension, dispersion, latex, bulk, other), 
the following calculation is to be performed:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.482


Where:

AT = 24-hour average combined reactor opening loss and 
emissions from all sources following the reactor used as a stripper, in 
g vinyl chloride/kg (lb/ton) product (dry weight basis).
QT = Total production of resin in batches for which stripping 
is completed during the 24-hour period, in kg (ton).
T = Type of resin.
CGi = Average combined reactor opening loss and emissions 
from all sources following the reactor used as a stripper of all batches 
of grade Gi resin for which stripping is completed during the 
24-hour period, in g vinyl chloride/kg (lb/ton) product (dry weight 
basis) (determined according to procedure prescribed in 
Sec. 61.67(g)(6)).
PGi = Production of grade Gi resin in the batches 
for which C is determined, in kg (ton).
Gi = Grade of resin: e.g., G1, G2, 
G3.
n = Total number of grades of resin in batches for which stripping is 
completed during the 24-hour period.

    The number of 24-hour average emissions determined during the 
reporting period shall be reported. If no 24-hour average combined 
reactor opening loss and emissions from all sources following the 
reactor used as a stripper in excess of the limits prescribed in 
Sec. 61.64(f) are determined, the report shall state that no excess 
vinyl chloride emissions were determined.

[41 FR 46564, Oct. 21, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 29007, June 7, 1977; 50 
FR 46295, Nov. 7, 1985; 51 FR 34914, Sept. 30, 1986; 53 FR 36972, Sept. 
23, 1988; 53 FR 46976, Nov. 21, 1988; 65 FR 62155, Oct. 17, 2000]

[[Page 58]]



Sec. 61.71  Recordkeeping.

    (a) The owner or operator of any source to which this subpart 
applies shall retain the following information at the source and make it 
available for inspection to the Administrator for a minimum of 3 years:
    (1) A record of the leaks detected by the vinyl chloride monitoring 
system, as required by Sec. 61.65(b)(8), including the concentrations of 
vinyl chloride measured, analyzed, and recorded by the vinyl chloride 
detector, the location of each measurement and the date and approximate 
time of each measurement.
    (2) A record of the leaks detected during routine monitoring with 
the portable hydrocarbon detector and the action taken to repair the 
leaks, as required by Sec. 61.65(b)(8), including a brief statement 
explaining the location and cause of each leak detected with the 
portable hydrocarbon detector, the date and time of the leak, and any 
action taken to eliminate that leak.
    (3) A record of emissions measured in accordance with Sec. 61.68.
    (4) A daily operating record for each polyvinyl chloride reactor, 
including pressures and temperatures.

[41 FR 46594, Oct. 21, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 29007, June 7, 1977; 51 
FR 34914, Sept. 30, 1986]

Subpart G [Reserved]



 Subpart H--National Emission Standards for Emissions of Radionuclides 
          Other Than Radon From Department of Energy Facilities

    Source: 54 FR 51695, Dec. 15, 1989, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 61.90  Designation of facilities.

    The provisions of this subpart apply to operations at any facility 
owned or operated by the Department of Energy that emits any 
radionuclide other than radon-222 and radon-220 into the air, except 
that this subpart does not apply to disposal at facilities subject to 40 
CFR part 191, subpart B or 40 CFR part 192.



Sec. 61.91  Definitions.

    As used in this subpart, all terms not defined here have the meaning 
given them in the Clean Air Act or 40 CFR part 61, subpart A. The 
following terms shall have the following specific meanings:
    (a) Effective dose equivalent means the sum of the products of 
absorbed dose and appropriate factors to account for differences in 
biological effectiveness due to the quality of radiation and its 
distribution in the body of reference man. The unit of the effective 
dose equivalent is the rem. For purposes of this subpart, doses caused 
by radon-222 and its respective decay products formed after the radon is 
released from the facility are not included. The method for calculating 
effective dose equivalent and the definition of reference man are 
outlined in the International Commission on Radiological Protection's 
Publication No. 26.
    (b) Facility means all buildings, structures and operations on one 
contiguous site.
    (c) Radionuclide means a type of atom which spontaneously undergoes 
radioactive decay.
    (d) Residence means any home, house, apartment building, or other 
place of dwelling which is occupied during any portion of the relevant 
year.



Sec. 61.92  Standard.

    Emissions of radionuclides to the ambient air from Department of 
Energy facilities shall not exceed those amounts that would cause any 
member of the public to receive in any year an effective dose equivalent 
of 10 mrem/yr.



Sec. 61.93  Emission monitoring and test procedures.

    (a) To determine compliance with the standard, radionuclide 
emissions shall be determined and effective dose equivalent values to 
members of the public calculated using EPA approved sampling procedures, 
computer models CAP-88 or AIRDOS-PC, or other procedures for which EPA 
has granted prior approval. DOE facilities for which the maximally 
exposed individual lives within 3 kilometers of all sources of emissions 
in the facility, may use EPA's COMPLY model and associated

[[Page 59]]

procedures for determining dose for purposes of compliance.
    (b) Radionuclide emission rates from point sources (stacks or vents) 
shall be measured in accordance with the following requirements or other 
procedures for which EPA has granted prior approval:
    (1) Effluent flow rate measurements shall be made using the 
following methods:
    (i) Method 2 of appendix A to part 60 shall be used to determine 
velocity and volumetric flow rates for stacks and large vents.
    (ii) Method 2A of appendix A to part 60 shall be used to measure 
flow rates through pipes and small vents.
    (iii) The frequency of the flow rate measurements shall depend upon 
the variability of the effluent flow rate. For variable flow rates, 
continuous or frequent flow rate measurements shall be made. For 
relatively constant flow rates only periodic measurements are necessary.
    (2) Radionuclides shall be directly monitored or extracted, 
collected and measured using the following methods:
    (i) Method 1 of appendix A part 60 shall be used to select 
monitoring or sampling sites.
    (ii) The effluent stream shall be directly monitored continuously 
with an in-line detector or representative samples of the effluent 
stream shall be withdrawn continuously from the sampling site following 
the guidance presented in ANSIN13.1-1969 ``Guide to Sampling Airborne 
Radioactive Materials in Nuclear Facilities'' (including the guidance 
presented in appendix A of ANSIN13.1) (incorporated by reference--see 
Sec. 61.18). The requirements for continuous sampling are applicable to 
batch processes when the unit is in operation. Periodic sampling (grab 
samples) may be used only with EPA's prior approval. Such approval may 
be granted in cases where continuous sampling is not practical and 
radionuclide emission rates are relatively constant. In such cases, grab 
samples shall be collected with sufficient frequency so as to provide a 
representative sample of the emissions.
    (iii) Radionuclides shall be collected and measured using procedures 
based on the principles of measurement described in appendix B, Method 
114. Use of methods based on principles of measurement different from 
those described in appendix B, Method 114 must have prior approval from 
the Administrator. EPA reserves the right to approve measurement 
procedures.
    (iv) A quality assurance program shall be conducted that meets the 
performance requirements described in appendix B, Method 114.
    (3) When it is impractical to measure the effluent flow rate at an 
existing source in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) 
of this section or to monitor or sample an effluent stream at an 
existing source in accordance with the site selection and sample 
extraction requirements of paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the 
facility owner or operator may use alternative effluent flow rate 
measurement procedures or site selection and sample extraction 
procedures provided that:
    (i) It can be shown that the requirements of paragraph (b) (1) or 
(2) of this section are impractical for the effluent stream.
    (ii) The alternative procedure will not significantly underestimate 
the emissions.
    (iii) The alternative procedure is fully documented.
    (iv) The owner or operator has received prior approval from EPA.
    (4)(i) Radionuclide emission measurements in conformance with the 
requirements of paragraph (b) of this section shall be made at all 
release points which have a potential to discharge radionuclides into 
the air in quantities which could cause an effective dose equivalent in 
excess of 1% of the standard. All radionuclides which could contribute 
greater than 10% of the potential effective dose equivalent for a 
release point shall be measured. With prior EPA approval, DOE may 
determine these emissions through alternative procedures. For other 
release points which have a potential to release radionuclides into the 
air, periodic confirmatory measurements shall be made to verify the low 
emissions.
    (ii) To determine whether a release point is subject to the emission 
measurement requirements of paragraph (b)

[[Page 60]]

of this section, it is necessary to evaluate the potential for 
radionuclide emissions for that release point. In evaluating the 
potential of a release point to discharge radionuclides into the air for 
the purposes of this section, the estimated radionuclide release rates 
shall be based on the discharge of the effluent stream that would result 
if all pollution control equipment did not exist, but the facilities 
operations were otherwise normal.
    (5) Environmental measurements of radionuclide air concentrations at 
critical receptor locations may be used as an alternative to air 
dispersion calculations in demonstrating compliance with the standard if 
the owner or operator meets the following criteria:
    (i) The air at the point of measurement shall be continuously 
sampled for collection of radionuclides.
    (ii) Those radionuclides released from the facility, which are the 
major contributors to the effective dose equivalent must be collected 
and measured as part of the environmental measurement program.
    (iii) Radionuclide concentrations which would cause an effective 
dose equivalent of 10% of the standard shall be readily detectable and 
distinguishable from background.
    (iv) Net measured radionuclide concentrations shall be compared to 
the concentration levels in Table 2 of appendix E to determine 
compliance with the standard. In the case of multiple radionuclides 
being released from a facility, compliance shall be demonstrated if the 
value for all radionuclides is less than the concentration level in 
Table 2, and the sum of the fractions that result when each measured 
concentration value is divided by the value in Table 2 for each 
radionuclide is less than 1.
    (v) A quality assurance program shall be conducted that meets the 
performance requirements described in appendix B, Method 114.
    (vi) Use of environmental measurements to demonstrate compliance 
with the standard is subject to prior approval of EPA. Applications for 
approval shall include a detailed description of the sampling and 
analytical methodology and show how the above criteria will be met.

[54 FR 51695, Dec. 15, 1989, as amended at 65 FR 62156, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.94  Compliance and reporting.

    (a) Compliance with this standard shall be determined by calculating 
the highest effective dose equivalent to any member of the public at any 
offsite point where there is a residence, school, business or office. 
The owners or operators of each facility shall submit an annual report 
to both EPA headquarters and the appropriate regional office by June 30 
which includes the results of the monitoring as recorded in DOE's 
Effluent Information System and the dose calculations required by 
Sec. 61.93(a) for the previous calendar year.
    (b) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this 
section, an annual report shall include the following information:
    (1) The name and location of the facility.
    (2) A list of the radioactive materials used at the facility.
    (3) A description of the handling and processing that the 
radioactive materials undergo at the facility.
    (4) A list of the stacks or vents or other points where radioactive 
materials are released to the atmosphere.
    (5) A description of the effluent controls that are used on each 
stack, vent, or other release point and an estimate of the efficiency of 
each control device.
    (6) Distances from the points of release to the nearest residence, 
school, business or office and the nearest farms producing vegetables, 
milk, and meat.
    (7) The values used for all other user-supplied input parameters for 
the computer models (e.g., meteorological data) and the source of these 
data.
    (8) A brief description of all construction and modifications which 
were completed in the calendar year for which the report is prepared, 
but for which the requirement to apply for approval to construct or 
modify was waived under Sec. 61.96 and associated documentation 
developed by DOE to support the waiver. EPA reserves the right to 
require that DOE send to EPA all the information that normally would

[[Page 61]]

be required in an application to construct or modify, following receipt 
of the description and supporting documentation.
    (9) Each report shall be signed and dated by a corporate officer or 
public official in charge of the facility and contain the following 
declaration immediately above the signature line: ``I certify under 
penalty of law that I have personally examined and am familiar with the 
information submitted herein and based on my inquiry of those 
individuals immediately responsible for obtaining the information, I 
believe that the submitted information is true, accurate and complete. I 
am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false 
information including the possibility of fine and imprisonment. See, 18 
U.S.C. 1001.''
    (c) If the facility is not in compliance with the emission limits of 
Sec. 61.92 in the calendar year covered by the report, then the facility 
must commence reporting to the Administrator on a monthly basis the 
information listed in paragraph (b) of this section, for the preceding 
month. These reports will start the month immediately following the 
submittal of the annual report for the year in noncompliance and will be 
due 30 days following the end of each month. This increased level of 
reporting will continue until the Administrator has determined that the 
monthly reports are no longer necessary. In addition to all the 
information required in paragraph (b) of this section, monthly reports 
shall also include the following information:
    (1) All controls or other changes in operation of the facility that 
will be or are being installed to bring the facility into compliance.
    (2) If the facility is under a judicial or administrative 
enforcement decree, the report will describe the facilities performance 
under the terms of the decree.
    (d) In those instances where the information requested is 
classified, such information will be made available to EPA separate from 
the report and will be handled and controlled according to applicable 
security and classification regulations and requirements.



Sec. 61.95  Recordkeeping requirements.

    All facilities must maintain records documenting the source of input 
parameters including the results of all measurements upon which they are 
based, the calculations and/or analytical methods used to derive values 
for input parameters, and the procedure used to determine effective dose 
equivalent. This documentation should be sufficient to allow an 
independent auditor to verify the accuracy of the determination made 
concerning the facility's compliance with the standard. These records 
must be kept at the site of the facility for at least five years and, 
upon request, be made available for inspection by the Administrator, or 
his authorized representative.



Sec. 61.96  Applications to construct or modify.

    (a) In addition to any activity that is defined as construction 
under 40 CFR part 61, subpart A, any fabrication, erection or 
installation of a new building or structure within a facility that emits 
radionuclides is also defined as new construction for purposes of 40 CFR 
part 61, subpart A.
    (b) An application for approval under Sec. 61.07 or notification of 
startup under Sec. 61.09 does not need to be filed for any new 
construction of or modification within an existing facility if the 
effective dose equivalent, caused by all emissions from the new 
construction or modification, is less than 1% of the standard prescribed 
in Sec. 61.92. For purposes of this paragraph the effective dose 
equivalent shall be calculated using the source term derived using 
appendix D as input to the dispersion and other computer models 
described in Sec. 61.93. DOE may, with prior approval from EPA, use 
another procedure for estimating the source term for use in this 
paragraph. A facility is eligible for this exemption only if, based on 
its last annual report, the facility is in compliance with this subpart.
    (c) Conditions to approvals granted under Sec. 61.08 will not 
contain requirements for post approval reporting on operating conditions 
beyond those specified in Sec. 61.94.

[[Page 62]]



Sec. 61.97  Exemption from the reporting and testing requirements of 40 CFR 61.10.

    All facilities designated under this subpart are exempt from the 
reporting requirements of 40 CFR 61.10.



 Subpart I--National Emission Standards for Radionuclide Emissions From 
 Federal Facilities Other Than Nuclear Regulatory Commission Licensees 
                      and Not Covered by Subpart H

    Source: 54 FR 51697, Dec. 15, 1989, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 61.100  Applicability.

    The provisions of this subpart apply to facilities owned or operated 
by any Federal agency other than the Department of Energy and not 
licensed by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, except that this subpart 
does not apply to disposal at facilities regulated under 40 CFR part 
191, subpart B, or to any uranium mill tailings pile after it has been 
disposed of under 40 CFR part 192, or to low energy accelerators.

[61 FR 68981, Dec. 30, 1996]



Sec. 61.101  Definitions.

    As used in this subpart, all terms not defined here have the meaning 
given them in the Clean Air Act or subpart A of part 61. The following 
terms shall have the following specific meanings:
    (a) Effective dose equivalent means the sum of the products of 
absorbed dose and appropriate factors to account for differences in 
biological effectiveness due to the quality of radiation and its 
distribution in the body of reference man. The unit of the effective 
dose equivalent is the rem. For purposes of this subpart doses caused by 
radon-222 and its decay products formed after the radon is released from 
the facility are not included. The method for calculating effective dose 
equivalent and the definition of reference man are outlined in the 
International Commission on Radiological Protection's Publication No. 
26.
    (b) Facility means all buildings, structures and operations on one 
contiguous site.
    (c) Federal facility means any facility owned or operated by any 
department, commission, agency, office, bureau or other unit of the 
government of the United States of America except for facilities owned 
or operated by the Department of Energy.
    (d) Radionuclide means a type of atom which spontaneously undergoes 
radioactive decay.

[54 FR 51697, Dec. 15, 1989, as amended at 61 FR 68981, Dec. 30, 1996]



Sec. 61.102  Standard.

    (a) Emissions of radionuclides, including iodine, to the ambient air 
from a facility regulated under this subpart shall not exceed those 
amounts that would cause any member of the public to receive in any year 
an effective dose equivalent of 10 mrem/yr.
    (b) Emissions of iodine to the ambient air from a facility regulated 
under this subpart shall not exceed those amounts that would cause any 
member of the public to receive in any year an effective dose equivalent 
of 3 mrem/yr.



Sec. 61.103  Determining compliance.

    (a) Compliance with the emission standard in this subpart shall be 
determined through the use of either the EPA computer code COMPLY or the 
alternative requirements of appendix E. Facilities emitting 
radionuclides not listed in COMPLY or appendix E shall contact EPA to 
receive the information needed to determine dose. The source terms to be 
used for input into COMPLY shall be determined through the use of the 
measurement procedures listed in Sec. 61.107 or the emission factors in 
appendix D or through alternative procedures for which EPA has granted 
prior approval; or,
    (b) Facilities may demonstrate compliance with the emission standard 
in this subpart through the use of computer models that are equivalent 
to COMPLY, provided that the model has received prior approval from EPA 
headquarters. Any facility using a model other than COMPLY must file an 
annual report. EPA may approve an alternative model in whole or in part

[[Page 63]]

and may limit its use to specific circumstances.



Sec. 61.104  Reporting requirements.

    (a) The owner or operator of a facility subject to this subpart must 
submit an annual report to the EPA covering the emissions of a calendar 
year by March 31 of the following year.
    (1) The report or application for approval to construct or modify as 
required by 40 CFR part 61, subpart A and Sec. 61.106, must provide the 
following information:
    (i) The name of the facility.
    (ii) The name of the person responsible for the operation of the 
facility and the name of the person preparing the report (if different).
    (iii) The location of the facility, including suite and/or building 
number, street, city, county, state, and zip code.
    (iv) The mailing address of the facility, if different from item 
(iii).
    (v) A list of the radioactive materials used at the facility.
    (vi) A description of the handling and processing that the 
radioactive materials undergo at the facility.
    (vii) A list of the stacks or vents or other points where 
radioactive materials are released to the atmosphere.
    (viii) A description of the effluent controls that are used on each 
stack, vent, or other release point and an estimate of the efficiency of 
each device.
    (ix) Distances from the point of release to the nearest residence, 
school, business or office and the nearest farms producing vegetables, 
milk, and meat.
    (x) The effective dose equivalent calculated using the compliance 
procedures in Sec. 61.103.
    (xi) The physical form and quantity of each radionuclide emitted 
from each stack, vent or other release point, and the method(s) by which 
these quantities were determined.
    (xii) The volumetric flow, diameter, effluent temperature, and 
release height for each stack, vent or other release point where 
radioactive materials are emitted, the method(s) by which these were 
determined.
    (xiii) The height and width of each building from which 
radionuclides are emitted.
    (xiv) The values used for all other user-supplied input parameters 
(e.g., meteorological data) and the source of these data.
    (xv) A brief description of all construction and modifications which 
were completed in the calendar year for which the report is prepared, 
but for which the requirement to apply for approval to construct or 
modify was waived under Sec. 61.106, and associated documentation 
developed by the licensee to support the waiver. EPA reserves the right 
to require that the licensee send to EPA all the information that 
normally would be required in an application to construct or modify, 
following receipt of the description and supporting documentation.
    (xvi) Each report shall be signed and dated by a corporate officer 
or public official in charge of the facility and contain the following 
declaration immediately above the signature line: ``I certify under 
penalty of law that I have personally examined and am familiar with the 
information submitted herein and based on my inquiry of those 
individuals immediately responsible for obtaining the information, I 
believe that the submitted information is true, accurate and complete. I 
am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false 
information including the possibility of fine and imprisonment. See, 18 
U.S.C. 1001.''
    (b) Facilities emitting radionuclides in an amount that would cause 
less than 10% of the dose standard in Sec. 61.102, as determined by the 
compliance procedures from Sec. 61.103(a), are exempt from the reporting 
requirements of Sec. 61.104(a). Facilities shall annually make a new 
determination whether they are exempt from reporting.
    (c) If the facility is not in compliance with the emission limits of 
Sec. 61.102 in the calendar year covered by the report, the facility 
must report to the Administrator on a monthly basis the information 
listed in paragraph (a) of this section, for the preceding month. These 
reports will start the month immediately following the submittal of the 
annual report for the year in noncompliance and will be due 30 days 
following the end of each month. This increased level of reporting will 
continue

[[Page 64]]

until the Administrator has determined that the monthly reports are no 
longer necessary. In addition to all the information required in 
paragraph (a) of this section, monthly reports shall also include the 
following information:
    (1) All controls or other changes in operation of the facility that 
will be or are being installed to bring the facility into compliance.
    (2) If the facility is under a judicial or administrative 
enforcement decree the report will describe the facilities performance 
under the terms of the decree.
    (d) The first report will cover the emissions of calendar year 1990.



Sec. 61.105  Recordkeeping requirements.

    The owner or operator of any facility must maintain records 
documenting the source of input parameters including the results of all 
measurements upon which they are based, the calculations and/or 
analytical methods used to derive values for input parameters, and the 
procedure used to determine compliance. This documentation should be 
sufficient to allow an independent auditor to verify the accuracy of the 
determination made concerning the facility's compliance with the 
standard, and, if claimed, qualification for exemption from reporting. 
These records must be kept at the site of the facility for at least five 
years and upon request be made available for inspection by the 
Administrator, or his authorized representative.



Sec. 61.106  Applications to construct or modify.

    (a) In addition to any activity that is defined as construction 
under 40 CFR part 61, subpart A, any fabrication, erection or 
installation of a new building or structure within a facility is also 
defined as new construction for purposes of 40 CFR part 61, subpart A.
    (b) An application under Sec. 61.07 does not need to be filed for 
any new construction of or modification within an existing facility if 
one of the following conditions is met:
    (1) The effective dose equivalent calculated by using methods 
described in Sec. 61.103, that is caused by all emissions from the 
facility including those potentially emitted by the proposed new 
construction or modification, is less than 10% of the standard 
prescribed in Sec. 61.102.
    (2) The effective dose equivalent calculated by using methods 
described in Sec. 61.103, that is caused by all emissions from the new 
construction or modification, is less than 1% of the limit prescribed in 
Sec. 61.102. A facility is eligible for this exemption only if the 
facility, based on its last annual report, is in compliance with this 
subpart.



Sec. 61.107  Emission determination.

    (a) Facility owners or operators may, in lieu of monitoring, 
estimate radionuclide emissions in accordance with appendix D, or other 
procedure for which EPA has granted prior approval.
    (b) Radionuclide emission rates from point sources (e.g. stacks or 
vents) shall be measured in accordance with the following requirements:
    (1) Effluent flow rate measurements shall be made using the 
following methods:
    (i) Method 2 of appendix A to part 60 shall be used to determine 
velocity and volumetric flow rates for stacks and large vents.
    (ii) Method 2A of appendix A to part 60 shall be used to measure 
flow rates through pipes and small vents.
    (iii) The frequency of the flow rate measurements shall depend upon 
the variability of the effluent flow rate. For variable flow rates, 
continuous or frequent flow rate measurements shall be made. For 
relatively constant flow rates only periodic measurements are necessary.
    (2) Radionuclides shall be directly monitored or extracted, 
collected, and measured using the following methods:
    (i) Method 1 of appendix A part 60 shall be used to select 
monitoring or sampling sites.
    (ii) The effluent stream shall be directly monitored continuously 
using an in-line detector or representative samples of the effluent 
stream shall be withdrawn continuously from the sampling site following 
the guidance presented in ANSIN13.1-1969 ``Guide to Sampling Airborne 
Radioactive Materials in Nuclear Facilities'' (including the guidance 
presented in appendix A of ANSIN13.1) (incorporated by reference--see 
Sec. 61.18). The requirements

[[Page 65]]

for continuous sampling are applicable to batch processes when the unit 
is in operation. Periodic sampling (grab samples) may be used only with 
EPA's prior approval. Such approval may be granted in cases where 
continuous sampling is not practical and radionuclide emission rates are 
relatively constant. In such cases, grab samples shall be collected with 
sufficient frequency so as to provide a representative sample of the 
emissions.
    (iii) Radionuclides shall be collected and measured using procedures 
based on the principles of measurement described in appendix B, Method 
114. Use of methods based on principles of measurement different from 
those described in appendix B, Method 114 must have prior approval from 
the Administrator. EPA reserves the right to approve alternative 
measurement procedures in whole or in part.
    (iv) A quality assurance program shall be conducted that meets the 
performance requirements described in appendix B, Method 114.
    (3) When it is impractical to measure the effluent flow rate at an 
existing source in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) 
of this section or to monitor or sample an effluent stream at an 
existing source in accordance with the site selection and sample 
extraction requirements of paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the 
facility owner or operator may use alternative effluent flow rate 
measurement procedures or site selection and sample extraction 
procedures provided that:
    (i) It can be shown that the requirements of paragraphs (b) (1) and 
(2) of this section are impractical for the effluent stream.
    (ii) The alternative procedure will not significantly underestimate 
the emissions.
    (iii) The alternative procedure is fully documented.
    (iv) The owner or operator has received prior approval from EPA.
    (4)(i) Radionuclide emission measurements in conformance with the 
requirements of paragraph (b) of this section shall be made at all 
release points which have a potential to discharge radionuclides into 
the air in quantities which could cause an effective dose equivalent in 
excess of 1% of the standard. All radionuclides which could contribute 
greater than 10% of the potential effective dose equivalent for a 
release point shall be measured. For other release points which have a 
potential to release radionuclides into the air, periodic confirmatory 
measurements should be made to verify the low emissions.
    (ii) To determine whether a release point is subject to the emission 
measurement requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, it is 
necessary to evaluate the potential for radionuclide emissions for that 
release point. In evaluating the potential of a release point to 
discharge radionuclides into the air, the estimated radionuclide release 
rates shall be based on the discharge of the uncontrolled effluent 
stream into the air.
    (5) Environmental measurements of radionuclide air concentrations at 
critical receptor locations may be used as an alternative to air 
dispersion calculations in demonstrating compliance with the standards 
if the owner or operator meets the following criteria:
    (i) The air at the point of measurement shall be continuously 
sampled for collection of radionuclides.
    (ii) Those radionuclides released from the facility, which are the 
major contributors to the effective dose equivalent must be collected 
and measured as part of the environmental measurements program.
    (iii) Radionuclide concentrations which would cause an effective 
dose equivalent greater than or equal to 10% of the standard shall be 
readily detectable and distinguishable from background.
    (iv) Net measured radionuclide concentrations shall be compared to 
the concentration levels in Table 2 of appendix E to determine 
compliance with the standard. In the case of multiple radionuclides 
being released from a facility, compliance shall be demonstrated if the 
value for all radionuclides is less than the concentration level in 
Table 2 and the sum of the fractions that result when each measured 
concentration value is divided by the value in Table 2 for each 
radionuclide is less than 1.

[[Page 66]]

    (v) A quality assurance program shall be conducted that meets the 
performance requirements described in appendix B, Method 114.
    (vi) Use of environmental measurements to demonstrate compliance 
with the standard is subject to prior approval of EPA. Applications for 
approval shall include a detailed description of the sampling and 
analytical methodology and show how the above criteria will be met.
    (c) The following facilities may use either the methodologies and 
quality assurance programs described in paragraph (b) of this section or 
may use the following:
    (1) [Reserved]
    (2) Uranium mills may determine their emissions in conformance with 
the Nuclear Regulatory Commission's Regulatory Guide 4.14 dated April 
1980. In addition, they may conduct a quality assurance program as 
described in the Nuclear Regulatory Commission's Regulatory Guide 4.15 
dated February 1979.

[54 FR 51697, Dec. 15, 1989, as amended at 61 FR 46212, Sept. 5, 1995; 
61 FR 68981, Dec. 30, 1996; 65 FR 62156, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.108  Exemption from the reporting and testing requirements of 40 CFR 61.10.

    All facilities designated under this subpart are exempt from the 
reporting requirements of 40 CFR 61.10.



  Subpart J--National Emission Standard for Equipment Leaks (Fugitive 
                      Emission Sources) of Benzene

    Source: 49 FR 23513, June 6, 1984, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 61.110  Applicability and designation of sources.

    (a) The provisions of this subpart apply to each of the following 
sources that are intended to operate in benzene service: pumps, 
compressors, pressure relief devices, sampling connection systems, open-
ended valves or lines, valves, connectors, surge control vessels, 
bottoms receivers, and control devices or systems required by this 
subpart.
    (b) The provisions of this subpart do not apply to sources located 
in coke by-product plants.
    (c)(1) If an owner or operator applies for one of the exemptions in 
this paragraph, then the owner or operator shall maintain records as 
required in Sec. 61.246(i).
    (2) Any equipment in benzene service that is located at a plant site 
designed to produce or use less than 1,000 megagrams (1,102 tons) of 
benzene per year is exempt from the requirements of Sec. 61.112.
    (3) Any process unit (defined in Sec. 61.241) that has no equipment 
in benzene service is exempt from the requirements of Sec. 61.112.
    (d) While the provisions of this subpart are effective, a source to 
which this subpart applies that is also subject to the provisions of 40 
CFR part 60 only will be required to comply with the provisions of this 
subpart.

[49 FR 23513, June 6, 1984, as amended at 65 FR 62156, Oct. 17, 2000; 65 
FR 78280, Dec. 14, 2000]



Sec. 61.111  Definitions.

    As used in this subpart, all terms not defined herein shall have the 
meaning given them in the Act, in subpart A of part 61, or in subpart V 
of part 61, and the following terms shall have the specific meanings 
given them:
    In benzene service means that a piece of equipment either contains 
or contacts a fluid (Liquid or gas) that is at least 10 percent benzene 
by weight as determined according to the provisions of Sec. 61.245(d). 
The provisions of Sec. 61.245(d) also specify how to determine that a 
piece of equipment is not in benzene service.
    Semiannual means a 6-month period; the first semiannual period 
concludes on the last day of the last month during the 180 days 
following initial startup for new sources; and the first semiannual 
period concludes on the last day of the last full month during the 180 
days after June 6, 1984 for existing sources.



Sec. 61.112  Standards.

    (a) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart 
shall comply with the requirements of subpart V of this part.

[[Page 67]]

    (b) An owner or operator may elect to comply with the requirements 
of Secs. 61.243-1 and 61.243-2.
    (c) An owner or operator may apply to the Administrator for a 
determination of an alternative means of emission limitation that 
achieves a reduction in emissions of benzene at least equivalent to the 
reduction in emissions of benzene achieved by the controls required in 
this subpart. In doing so, the owner or operator shall comply with 
requirements of Sec. 61.244.



 Subpart K--National Emission Standards for Radionuclide Emissions From 
                       Elemental Phosphorus Plants

    Source: 54 FR 51699, Dec. 15, 1989, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 61.120  Applicability.

    The provisions of this subpart are applicable to owners or operators 
of calciners and nodulizing kilns at elemental phosphorus plants.



Sec. 61.121  Definitions.

    (a) Elemental phosphorus plant or plant means any facility that 
processes phosphate rock to produce elemental phosphorus. A plant 
includes all buildings, structures, operations, calciners and nodulizing 
kilns on one contiguous site.
    (b) Calciner or Nodulizing kiln means a unit in which phosphate rock 
is heated to high temperatures to remove organic material and/or to 
convert it to a nodular form. For the purpose of this subpart, calciners 
and nodulizing kilns are considered to be similar units.



Sec. 61.122  Emission standard.

    Emissions of polonium-210 to the ambient air from all calciners and 
nodulizing kilns at an elemental phosphorus plant shall not exceed a 
total of 2 curies a year; except that compliance with this standard may 
be conclusively shown if the elemental phosphorus plant:
    (a) Installs a Hydro-Sonic Tandem Nozzle Fixed Throat 
Free-Jet Scrubber System including four scrubber units,
    (b) All four scrubber units are operated continuously with a minimum 
average over any 6-hour period of 40 inches (water column) of pressure 
drop across each scrubber during calcining of phosphate shale,
    (c) The system is used to scrub emissions from all calciners and/or 
nodulizing kilns at the plant, and
    (d) Total emissions of polonium-210 from the plant do not exceed 4.5 
curies per year.

Alternative operating conditions, which can be shown to achieve an 
overall removal efficiency for emissions of polonium-210 which is equal 
to or greater than the efficiency which would be achieved under the 
operating conditions described in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this 
section, may be used with prior approval of the Administrator. A 
facility shall apply for such approval in writing, and the Administrator 
shall act upon the request within 30 days after receipt of a complete 
and technically sufficient application.

[56 FR 65943, Dec. 19, 1991]



Sec. 61.123  Emission testing.

    (a) Each owner or operator of an elemental phosphorus plant shall 
test emissions from the plant within 90 days of the effective date of 
this standard and annually thereafter. The Administrator may temporarily 
or permanently waive the annual testing requirement or increase the 
frequency of testing, if the Administrator determines that more testing 
is required.
    (b) The Administrator shall be notified at least 30 days prior to an 
emission test so that EPA may, at its option, observe the test.
    (c) An emission test shall be conducted at each operational calciner 
or nodulizing kiln. If emissions from a calciner or nodulizing kiln are 
discharged through more than one stack, then an emission test shall be 
conducted at each stack and the total emission rate from the calciner or 
kiln shall be the sum of the emission rates from each of the stacks.
    (d) Each emission test shall consist of three sampling runs that 
meet the requirements of Sec. 61.125. The phosphate rock processing rate 
during each run shall be recorded. An emission rate in curies per Mg or 
curies per ton of phosphate rock processed shall be calculated for each 
run. The average of all

[[Page 68]]

three runs shall apply in computing the emission rate for the test. The 
annual polonium-210 emission rate from a calciner or nodulizing kiln 
shall be determined by multiplying the measured polonium-210 emission 
rate in curies per Mg or curies per ton of phosphate rock processed by 
the annual phosphate rock processing rate in Mg (tons). In determining 
the annual phosphate rock processing rate, the values used for operating 
hours and operating capacity shall be values that will maximize the 
expected processing rate. For determining compliance with the emission 
standard of Sec. 61.122, the total annual emission rate is the sum of 
the annual emission rates for all operating calciners and nodulizing 
kilns.
    (e) If the owner or operator changes his operation in such a way as 
to increase his emissions of polonium-210, such as changing the type of 
rock processed, the temperature of the calciners or kilns, or increasing 
the annual phosphate rock processing rate, then a new emission test, 
meeting the requirements of this section, shall be conducted within 45 
days under these conditions.
    (f) Each owner or operator of an elemental phosphorus plant shall 
furnish the Administrator with a written report of the results of the 
emission test within 60 days of conducting the test. The report must 
provide the following information:
    (1) The name and location of the facility.
    (2) The name of the person responsible for the operation of the 
facility and the name of the person preparing the report (if different).
    (3) A description of the effluent controls that are used on each 
stack, vent, or other release point and an estimate of the efficiency of 
each device.
    (4) The results of the testing, including the results of each 
sampling run completed.
    (5) The values used in calculating the emissions and the source of 
these data.
    (6) Each report shall be signed and dated by a corporate officer in 
charge of the facility and contain the following declaration immediately 
above the signature line: ``I certify under penalty of law that I have 
personally examined and am familiar with the information submitted 
herein and based on my inquiry of those individuals immediately 
responsible for obtaining the information, I believe that the submitted 
information is true, accurate and complete. I am aware that there are 
significant penalties for submitting false information including the 
possibility of fine and imprisonment. See, 18 U.S.C. 1001.''

[54 FR 51699, Dec. 15, 1989, as amended at 65 FR 62156, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.124  Recordkeeping requirements.

    The owner or operator of any plant must maintain records documenting 
the source of input parameters including the results of all measurements 
upon which they are based, the calculations and/or analytical methods 
used to derive values for input parameters, and the procedure used in 
emission testing. This documentation should be sufficient to allow an 
independent auditor to verify the accuracy of the results of the 
emission testing. These records must be kept at the site of the plant 
for at least five years and, upon request, be made available for 
inspection by the Administrator, or his authorized representative.



Sec. 61.125  Test methods and procedures.

    (a) Each owner or operator of a source required to test emissions 
under Sec. 61.123, unless an equivalent or alternate method has been 
approved by the Administrator, shall use the following test methods:
    (1) Method 1 of appendix A to 40 CFR part 60 shall be used to 
determine sample and velocity traverses;
    (2) Method 2 of appendix A to 40 CFR part 60 shall be used to 
determine velocity and volumetric flow rate;
    (3) Method 3 of appendix A to 40 CFR part 60 shall be used for gas 
analysis;
    (4) Method 5 of appendix A to 40 CFR part 60 shall be used to 
collect particulate matter containing the polonium-210; and
    (5) Method 111 of appendix B to 40 CFR part 61 shall be used to 
determine the polonium-210 emissions.

[54 FR 51699, Dec. 15, 1989, as amended at 65 FR 62156, Oct. 17, 2000]

[[Page 69]]



Sec. 61.126  Monitoring of operations.

    (a) The owner or operator of any source subject to this subpart 
using a wet-scrubbing emission control device shall install, calibrate, 
maintain, and operate a monitoring device for the continuous measurement 
and recording of the pressure drop of the gas stream across each 
scrubber. The monitoring device must be certified by the manufacturer to 
be accurate within 250 pascal (1 inch of water). 
The owner or operator of any source subject to this subpart using a wet-
scrubbing emission control device shall also install, calibrate, 
maintain, and operate a monitoring device for the continuous measurement 
and recording of the scrubber fluid flow rate. These continuous 
measurement recordings shall be maintained at the source and made 
available for inspection by the Administrator, or his authorized 
representative, for a minimum of 5 years.
    (b) The owner or operator of any source subject to this subpart 
using an electrostatic precipitator control device shall install, 
calibrate, maintain, and operate a monitoring device for the continuous 
measurement and recording of the primary and secondary current and the 
voltage in each electric field. These continuous measurement recordings 
shall be maintained at the source and made available for inspection by 
the Administrator, or his authorized representative, for a minimum of 5 
years.

[56 FR 65943, Dec. 19, 1991]



Sec. 61.127  Exemption from the reporting and testing requirements of 40 CFR 61.10.

    All facilities designated under this subpart are exempt from the 
reporting requirements of 40 CFR 61.10.



 Subpart L--National Emission Standard for Benzene Emissions from Coke 
                       By-Product Recovery Plants

    Source: 54 FR 38073, Sept. 14, 1989, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 61.130  Applicability, designation of sources, and delegation of authority.

    (a) The provisions of this subpart apply to each of the following 
sources at furnace and foundry coke by-product recovery plants: tar 
decanters, tar storage tanks, tar-intercepting sumps, flushing-liquor 
circulation tanks, light-oil sumps, light-oil condensers, light-oil 
decanters, wash-oil decanters, wash-oil circulation tanks, naphthalene 
processing, final coolers, final-cooler cooling towers, and the 
following equipment that are intended to operate in benzene service: 
pumps, valves, exhausters, pressure relief devices, sampling connection 
systems, open-ended valves or lines, flanges or other connectors, and 
control devices or systems required by Sec. 61.135.
    (b) The provisions of this subpart also apply to benzene storage 
tanks, BTX storage tanks, light-oil storage tanks, and excess ammonia-
liquor storage tanks at furnace coke by-product recovery plants.
    (c) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority to a 
State under section 112 of the Act, the authorities contained in 
paragraph (d) of this section shall be retained by the Administrator and 
not transferred to a State.
    (d) Authorities that will not be delegated to States: 
Sec. 61.136(d).

[54 FR 51699, Dec. 15, 1989, as amended at 56 FR 47406, Sept. 19, 1991]



Sec. 61.131  Definitions.

    As used in this subpart, all terms not defined herein shall have the 
meaning given them in the Act, in subpart A of part 61, and in subpart V 
of part 61. The following terms shall have the specific meanings given 
them:
    Annual coke production means the coke produced in the batteries 
connected to the coke by-product recovery plant over a 12-month period. 
The first 12-month period concludes on the first December 31 that comes 
at least 12 months after the effective date or after the date of initial 
startup if initial startup is after the effective date.
    Benzene storage tank means any tank, reservoir, or container used to 
collect or store refined benzene.

[[Page 70]]

    BTX storage tank means any tank, reservoir, or container used to 
collect or store benzene-toluene-xylene or other light-oil fractions.
    Car seal means a seal that is placed on the device used to change 
the position of a valve (e.g., from open to closed) such that the 
position of the valve cannot be changed without breaking the seal and 
requiring the replacement of the old seal, once broken, with a new seal.
    Coke by-product recovery plant means any plant designed and operated 
for the separation and recovery of coal tar derivatives (by-products) 
evolved from coal during the coking process of a coke oven battery.
    Equipment means each pump, valve, exhauster, pressure relief device, 
sampling connection system, open-ended valve or line, and flange or 
other connector in benzene service.
    Excess ammonia-liquor storage tank means any tank, reservoir, or 
container used to collect or store a flushing liquor solution prior to 
ammonia or phenol recovery.
    Exhauster means a fan located between the inlet gas flange and 
outlet gas flange of the coke oven gas line that provides motive power 
for coke oven gases.
    Foundry coke means coke that is produced from raw materials with 
less than 26 percent volatile material by weight and that is subject to 
a coking period of 24 hours or more. Percent volatile material of the 
raw materials (by weight) is the weighted average percent volatile 
material of all raw materials (by weight) charged to the coke oven per 
coking cycle.
    Foundry coke by-product recovery plant means a coke by-product 
recovery plant connected to coke batteries whose annual coke production 
is at least 75 percent foundry coke.
    Flushing-liquor circulation tank means any vessel that functions to 
store or contain flushing liquor that is separated from the tar in the 
tar decanter and is recirculated as the cooled liquor to the gas 
collection system.
    Furnace coke means coke produced in by-product ovens that is not 
foundry coke.
    Furnace coke by-product recovery plant means a coke by-product 
recovery plant that is not a foundry coke by-product recovery plant.
    In benzene service means a piece of equipment, other than an 
exhauster, that either contains or contacts a fluid (liquid or gas) that 
is at least 10 percent benzene by weight or any exhauster that either 
contains or contacts a fluid (liquid or gas) at least 1 percent benzene 
by weight as determined by the provisions of Sec. 61.137(b). The 
provisions of Sec. 61.137(b) also specify how to determine that a piece 
of equipment is not in benzene service.
    Light-oil condenser means any unit in the light-oil recovery 
operation that functions to condense benzene-containing vapors.
    Light-oil decanter means any vessel, tank, or other type of device 
in the light-oil recovery operation that functions to separate light oil 
from water downstream of the light-oil condenser. A light-oil decanter 
also may be known as a light-oil separator.
    Light-oil storage tank means any tank, reservoir, or container used 
to collect or store crude or refined light-oil.
    Light-oil sump means any tank, pit, enclosure, or slop tank in 
light-oil recovery operations that functions as a wastewater separation 
device for hydrocarbon liquids on the surface of the water.
    Naphthalene processing means any operations required to recover 
naphthalene including the separation, refining, and drying of crude or 
refined naphthalene.
    Non-regenerative carbon adsorber means a series, over time, of non-
regenerative carbon beds applied to a single source or group of sources, 
where non-regenerative carbon beds are carbon beds that are either never 
regenerated or are moved from their location for regeneration.
    Process vessel means each tar decanter, flushing-liquor circulation 
tank, light-oil condenser, light-oil decanter, wash-oil decanter, or 
wash-oil circulation tank.
    Regenerative carbon adsorber means a carbon adsorber applied to a 
single source or group of sources, in which the carbon beds are 
regenerated without being moved from their location.
    Semiannual means a 6-month period; the first semiannual period 
concludes

[[Page 71]]

on the last day of the last full month during the 180 days following 
initial startup for new sources; the first semiannual period concludes 
on the last day of the last full month during the 180 days after the 
effective date of the regulation for existing sources.
    Tar decanter means any vessel, tank, or container that functions to 
separate heavy tar and sludge from flushing liquor by means of gravity, 
heat, or chemical emulsion breakers. A tar decanter also may be known as 
a flushing-liquor decanter.
    Tar storage tank means any vessel, tank, reservoir, or other type of 
container used to collect or store crude tar or tar-entrained 
naphthalene, except for tar products obtained by distillation, such as 
coal tar pitch, creosotes, or carbolic oil. This definition also 
includes any vessel, tank, reservoir, or container used to reduce the 
water content of the tar by means of heat, residence time, chemical 
emulsion breakers, or centrifugal separation. A tar storage tank also 
may be known as a tar-dewatering tank.
    Tar-intercepting sump means any tank, pit, or enclosure that serves 
to receive or separate tars and aqueous condensate discharged from the 
primary cooler. A tar-intercepting sump also may be known as a primary-
cooler decanter.
    Vapor incinerator means any enclosed combustion device that is used 
for destroying organic compounds and does not necessarily extract energy 
in the form of steam or process heat.
    Wash-oil circulation tank means any vessel that functions to hold 
the wash oil used in light-oil recovery operations or the wash oil used 
in the wash-oil final cooler.
    Wash-oil decanter means any vessel that functions to separate, by 
gravity, the condensed water from the wash oil received from a wash-oil 
final cooler or from a light-oil scrubber.

[54 FR 38073, Sept. 14, 1989, as amended at 56 FR 47406, Sept. 19, 1991]



Sec. 61.132  Standard: Process vessels, storage tanks, and tar-intercepting sumps.

    (a)(1) Each owner or operator of a furnace or a foundry coke 
byproduct recovery plant shall enclose and seal all openings on each 
process vessel, tar storage tank, and tar-intercepting sump.
    (2) The owner or operator shall duct gases from each process vessel, 
tar storage tank, and tar-intercepting sump to the gas collection 
system, gas distribution system, or other enclosed point in the by-
product recovery process where the benzene in the gas will be recovered 
or destroyed. This control system shall be designed and operated for no 
detectable emissions, as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 
500 ppm above background and visual inspections, as determined by the 
methods specified in Sec. 61.245(c). This system can be designed as a 
closed, positive pressure, gas blanketing system.
    (i) Except, the owner or operator may elect to install, operate, and 
maintain a pressure relief device, vacuum relief device, an access 
hatch, and a sampling port on each process vessel, tar storage tank, and 
tar-intercepting sump. Each access hatch and sampling port must be 
equipped with a gasket and a cover, seal, or lid that must be kept in a 
closed position at all times, unless in actual use.
    (ii) The owner or operator may elect to leave open to the atmosphere 
the portion of the liquid surface in each tar decanter necessary to 
permit operation of a sludge conveyor. If the owner or operator elects 
to maintain an opening on part of the liquid surface of the tar 
decanter, the owner or operator shall install, operate, and maintain a 
water leg seal on the tar decanter roof near the sludge discharge chute 
to ensure enclosure of the major portion of liquid surface not necessary 
for the operation of the sludge conveyor.
    (b) Following the installation of any control equipment used to meet 
the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, the owner or operator 
shall monitor the connections and seals on each control system to 
determine if it is operating with no detectable emissions, using Method 
21 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) and procedures specified in 
Sec. 61.245(c), and shall visually inspect each source (including 
sealing materials) and the ductwork of the control system for evidence 
of visible defects such as gaps or tears. This monitoring

[[Page 72]]

and inspection shall be conducted on a semiannual basis and at any other 
time after the control system is repressurized with blanketing gas 
following removal of the cover or opening of the access hatch.
    (1) If an instrument reading indicates an organic chemical 
concentration more than 500 ppm above a background concentration, as 
measured by Method 21, a leak is detected.
    (2) If visible defects such as gaps in sealing materials are 
observed during a visual inspection, a leak is detected.
    (3) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as 
practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after it is detected.
    (4) A first attempt at repair of any leak or visible defect shall be 
made no later than 5 calendar days after each leak is detected.
    (c) Following the installation of any control system used to meet 
the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, the owner or operator 
shall conduct a maintenance inspection of the control system on an 
annual basis for evidence of system abnormalities, such as blocked or 
plugged lines, sticking valves, plugged condensate traps, and other 
maintenance defects that could result in abnormal system operation. The 
owner or operator shall make a first attempt at repair within 5 days, 
with repair within 15 days of detection.
    (d) Each owner or operator of a furnace coke by-product recovery 
plant also shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs (a)-(c) of 
this section for each benzene storage tank, BTX storage tank, light-oil 
storage tank, and excess ammonia-liquor storage tank.

[54 FR 38073, Sept. 14, 1989, as amended at 65 FR 62157, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.133  Standard: Light-oil sumps.

    (a) Each owner or operator of a light-oil sump shall enclose and 
seal the liquid surface in the sump to form a closed system to contain 
the emissions.
    (1) Except, the owner or operator may elect to install, operate, and 
maintain a vent on the light-oil sump cover. Each vent pipe must be 
equipped with a water leg seal, a pressure relief device, or vacuum 
relief device.
    (2) Except, the owner or operator may elect to install, operate, and 
maintain an access hatch on each light-oil sump cover. Each access hatch 
must be equipped with a gasket and a cover, seal, or lid that must be 
kept in a closed position at all times, unless in actual use.
    (3) The light-oil sump cover may be removed for periodic maintenance 
but must be replaced (with seal) at completion of the maintenance 
operation.
    (b) The venting of steam or other gases from the by-product process 
to the light-oil sump is not permitted.
    (c) Following the installation of any control equipment used to meet 
the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, the owner or operator 
shall monitor the connections and seals on each control system to 
determine if it is operating with no detectable emissions, using Method 
21 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) and the procedures specified in 
Sec. 61.245(c), and shall visually inspect each source (including 
sealing materials) for evidence of visible defects such as gaps or 
tears. This monitoring and inspection shall be conducted semiannually 
and at any other time the cover is removed.
    (1) If an instrument reading indicates an organic chemical 
concentration more than 500 ppm above a background concentration, as 
measured by Method 21, a leak is detected.
    (2) If visible defects such as gaps in sealing materials are 
observed during a visual inspection, a leak is detected.
    (3) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as 
practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after it is detected.
    (4) A first attempt at repair of any leak or visible defect shall be 
made no later than 5 calendar days after each leak is detected.

[54 FR 38073, Sept. 14, 1989, as amended at 65 FR 62157, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.134  Standard: Naphthalene processing, final coolers, and final-cooler cooling towers.

    (a) No (``zero'') emissions are allowed from naphthalene processing, 
final coolers and final-cooler cooling towers at coke by-product 
recovery plants.

[[Page 73]]



Sec. 61.135  Standard: Equipment leaks.

    (a) Each owner or operator of equipment in benzene service shall 
comply with the requirements of 40 CFR part 61, subpart V, except as 
provided in this section.
    (b) The provisions of Sec. 61.242-3 and Sec. 61.242-9 of subpart V 
do not apply to this subpart.
    (c) Each piece of equipment in benzene service to which this subpart 
applies shall be marked in such a manner that it can be distinguished 
readily from other pieces of equipment in benzene service.
    (d) Each exhauster shall be monitored quarterly to detect leaks by 
the methods specified in Sec. 61.245(b) except as provided in 
Sec. 61.136(d) and paragraphs (e)-(g) of this section.
    (1) If an instrument reading of 10,000 ppm or greater is measured, a 
leak is detected.
    (2) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as 
practicable, but no later than 15 calendar days after it is detected, 
except as provided in Sec. 61.242-10 (a) and (b). A first attempt at 
repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar days after each leak is 
detected.
    (e) Each exhauster equipped with a seal system that includes a 
barrier fluid system and that prevents leakage of process fluids to the 
atmosphere is exempt from the requirements of paragraph (d) of this 
section provided the following requirements are met:
    (1) Each exhauster seal system is:
    (i) Operated with the barrier fluid at a pressure that is greater 
than the exhauster stuffing box pressure; or
    (ii) Equipped with a barrier fluid system that is connected by a 
closed vent system to a control device that complies with the 
requirements of Sec. 61.242-11; or
    (iii) Equipped with a system that purges the barrier fluid into a 
process stream with zero benzene emissions to the atmosphere.
    (2) The barrier fluid is not in benzene service.
    (3) Each barrier fluid system shall be equipped with a sensor that 
will detect failure of the seal system, barrier fluid system, or both.
    (4)(i) Each sensor as described in paragraph (e)(3) of this section 
shall be checked daily or shall be equipped with an audible alarm.
    (ii) The owner or operator shall determine, based on design 
considerations and operating experience, a criterion that indicates 
failure of the seal system, the barrier fluid system, or both.
    (5) If the sensor indicates failure of the seal system, the barrier 
system, or both (based on the criterion determined under paragraph 
(e)(4)(ii) of this section), a leak is detected.
    (6)(i) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as 
practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after it is detected, 
except as provided in Sec. 61.242-10.
    (ii) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 
calendar days after each leak is detected.
    (f) An exhauster is exempt from the requirements of paragraph (d) of 
this section if it is equipped with a closed vent system capable of 
capturing and transporting any leakage from the seal or seals to a 
control device that complies with the requirements of Sec. 61.242-11 
except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section.
    (g) Any exhauster that is designated, as described in Sec. 61.246(e) 
for no detectable emissions, as indicated by an instrument reading of 
less than 500 ppm above background, is exempt from the requirements of 
paragraph (d) of this section if the exhauster:
    (1) Is demonstrated to be operating with no detectable emissions, as 
indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppm above 
background, as measured by the methods specified in Sec. 61.245(c); and
    (2) Is tested for compliance with paragraph (g)(1) of this section 
initially upon designation, annually, and at other times requested by 
the Administrator.
    (h) Any exhauster that is in vacuum service is excluded from the 
requirements of this subpart if it is identified as required in 
Sec. 61.246(e)(5).



Sec. 61.136  Compliance provisions and alternative means of emission limitation.

    (a) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart 
shall

[[Page 74]]

demonstrate compliance with the requirements of Secs. 61.132 through 
61.135 for each new and existing source, except as provided under 
Secs. 61.243-1 and 61.243-2.
    (b) Compliance with this subpart shall be determined by a review of 
records, review of performance test results, inspections, or any 
combination thereof, using the methods and procedures specified in 
Sec. 61.137.
    (c) On the first January 1 after the first year that a plant's 
annual coke production is less than 75 percent foundry coke, the coke 
by-product recovery plant becomes a furnace coke by-product recovery 
plant and shall comply with 61.132(d). Once a plant becomes a furnace 
coke by-product recovery plant, it will continue to be considered a 
furnace coke by-product recovery plant, regardless of the coke 
production in subsequent years.
    (d)(1) An owner or operator may request permission to use an 
alternative means of emission limitation to meet the requirements in 
Secs. 61.132, 61.133, and 61.135 of this subpart and Secs. 61.242-2,  -
5, -6, -7, -8, and -11 of subpart V. Permission to use an alternative 
means of emission limitation shall be requested as specified in 
Sec. 61.12(d).
    (2) When the Administrator evaluates requests for permission to use 
alternative means of emission limitation for sources subject to 
Secs. 61.132 and 61.133 (except tar decanters) the Administrator shall 
compare test data for the means of emission limitation to a benzene 
control efficiency of 98 percent. For tar decanters, the Administrator 
shall compare test data for the means of emission limitation to a 
benzene control efficiency of 95 percent.
    (3) For any requests for permission to use an alternative to the 
work practices required under Sec. 61.135, the provisions of 
Sec. 61.244(c) shall apply.



Sec. 61.137  Test methods and procedures.

    (a) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart 
shall comply with the requirements in Sec. 61.245 of 40 CFR part 61, 
subpart V.
    (b) To determine whether or not a piece of equipment is in benzene 
service, the methods in Sec. 61.245(d) shall be used, except that, for 
exhausters, the percent benzene shall be 1 percent by weight, rather 
than the 10 percent by weight described in Sec. 61.245(d).



Sec. 61.138  Recordkeeping and reporting requirements.

    (a) The following information pertaining to the design of control 
equipment installed to comply with Secs. 61.132 through 61.134 shall be 
recorded and kept in a readily accessible location:
    (1) Detailed schematics, design specifications, and piping and 
instrumentation diagrams.
    (2) The dates and descriptions of any changes in the design 
specifications.
    (b) The following information pertaining to sources subject to 
Sec. 61.132 and sources subject to Sec. 61.133 shall be recorded and 
maintained for 2 years following each semiannual (and other) inspection 
and each annual maintenance inspection:
    (1) The date of the inspection and the name of the inspector.
    (2) A brief description of each visible defect in the source or 
control equipment and the method and date of repair of the defect.
    (3) The presence of a leak, as measured using the method described 
in Sec. 61.245(c). The record shall include the date of attempted and 
actual repair and method of repair of the leak.
    (4) A brief description of any system abnormalities found during the 
annual maintenance inspection, the repairs made, the date of attempted 
repair, and the date of actual repair.
    (c) Each owner or operator of a source subject to Sec. 61.135 shall 
comply with Sec. 61.246.
    (d) For foundry coke by-product recovery plants, the annual coke 
production of both furnace and foundry coke shall be recorded and 
maintained for 2 years following each determination.
    (e)(1) An owner or operator of any source to which this subpart 
applies shall submit a statement in writing notifying the Administrator 
that the requirements of this subpart and 40 CFR 61, subpart V, have 
been implemented.
    (2) In the case of an existing source or a new source that has an 
initial startup date preceding the effective date, the statement is to 
be submitted within 90 days of the effective date, unless a waiver of 
compliance is granted

[[Page 75]]

under Sec. 61.11, along with the information required under Sec. 61.10. 
If a waiver of compliance is granted, the statement is to be submitted 
on a date scheduled by the Administrator.
    (3) In the case of a new source that did not have an initial startup 
date preceding the effective date, the statement shall be submitted with 
the application for approval of construction, as described under 
Sec. 61.07.
    (4) The statement is to contain the following information for each 
source:
    (i) Type of source (e.g., a light-oil sump or pump).
    (ii) For equipment in benzene service, equipment identification 
number and process unit identification: percent by weight benzene in the 
fluid at the equipment; and process fluid state in the equipment (gas/
vapor or liquid).
    (iii) Method of compliance with the standard (e.g., ``gas 
blanketing,'' ``monthly leak detection and repair,'' or ``equipped with 
dual mechanical seals''). This includes whether the plant plans to be a 
furnace or foundry coke by-product recovery plant for the purposes of 
Sec. 61.132(d).
    (f) A report shall be submitted to the Administrator semiannually 
starting 6 months after the initial reports required in Sec. 61.138(e) 
and Sec. 61.10, which includes the following information:
    (1) For sources subject to Sec. 61.132 and sources subject to 
Sec. 61.133,
    (i) A brief description of any visible defect in the source or 
ductwork,
    (ii) The number of leaks detected and repaired, and
    (iii) A brief description of any system abnormalities found during 
each annual maintenance inspection that occurred in the reporting period 
and the repairs made.
    (2) For equipment in benzene service subject to Sec. 61.135(a), 
information required by Sec. 61.247(b).
    (3) For each exhauster subject to Sec. 61.135 for each quarter 
during the semiannual reporting period,
    (i) The number of exhausters for which leaks were detected as 
described in Sec. 61.135 (d) and (e)(5),
    (ii) The number of exhausters for which leaks were repaired as 
required in Sec. 61.135 (d) and (e)(6),
    (iii) The results of performance tests to determine compliance with 
Sec. 61.135(g) conducted within the semiannual reporting period.
    (4) A statement signed by the owner or operator stating whether all 
provisions of 40 CFR part 61, subpart L, have been fulfilled during the 
semiannual reporting period.
    (5) For foundry coke by-product recovery plants, the annual coke 
production of both furnace and foundry coke, if determined during the 
reporting period.
    (6) Revisions to items reported according to paragraph (e) of this 
section if changes have occurred since the initial report or subsequent 
revisions to the initial report.
    Note: Compliance with the requirements of Sec. 61.10(c) is not 
required for revisions documented under this paragraph.
    (g) In the first report submitted as required in Sec. 61.138(e), the 
report shall include a reporting schedule stating the months that 
semiannual reports shall be submitted. Subsequent reports shall be 
submitted according to that schedule unless a revised schedule has been 
submitted in a previous semiannual report.
    (h) An owner or operator electing to comply with the provisions of 
Secs. 61.243-1 and 61.243-2 shall notify the Administrator of the 
alternative standard selected 90 days before implementing either of the 
provisions.
    (i) An application for approval of construction or modification, as 
required under Secs. 61.05(a) and 61.07, will not be required for 
sources subject to 61.135 if:
    (1) The new source complies with Sec. 61.135, and
    (2) In the next semiannual report required by Sec. 61.138(f), the 
information described in Sec. 61.138(e)(4) is reported.

[55 FR 38073, Sept. 14, 1990; 55 FR 14037, Apr. 13, 1990]



Sec. 61.139  Provisions for alternative means for process vessels, storage tanks, and tar-intercepting sumps.

    (a) As an alternative means of emission limitation for a source 
subject to Sec. 61.132(a)(2) or Sec. 61.132(d), the owner or operator 
may route gases from the source through a closed vent system to a carbon 
adsorber or vapor incinerator that is at least 98 percent efficient at 
removing benzene from the gas stream.

[[Page 76]]

    (1) The provisions of Sec. 61.132(a)(1) and Sec. 61.132(a) (2)(i) 
and (ii) shall apply to the source.
    (2) The seals on the source and closed vent system shall be designed 
and operated for no detectable emissions, as indicated by an instrument 
reading of less than 500 ppm above background and visual inspections, as 
determined by the methods specified in Sec. 61.245(c).
    (3) The provisions of Sec. 61.132(b) shall apply to the seals and 
closed vent system.
    (b) For each carbon adsorber, the owner or operator shall adhere to 
the following practices:
    (1) Benzene captured by each carbon adsorber shall be recycled or 
destroyed in a manner that prevents benzene from being emitted to the 
atmosphere.
    (2) Carbon removed from each carbon adsorber shall be regenerated or 
destroyed in a manner that prevents benzene from being emitted to the 
atmosphere.
    (3) For each regenerative carbon adsorber, the owner or operator 
shall initiate regeneration of the spent carbon bed and vent the 
emissions from the source to a regenerated carbon bed no later than when 
the benzene concentration or organic vapor concentration level in the 
adsorber outlet vent reaches the maximum concentration point, as 
determined in Sec. 61.139(h).
    (4) For each non-regenerative carbon adsorber, the owner or operator 
shall replace the carbon at the scheduled replacement time, or as soon 
as practicable (but not later than 16 hours) after an exceedance of the 
maximum concentration point is detected, whichever is sooner.
    (i) For each non-regenerative carbon adsorber, the scheduled 
replacement time means the day that is estimated to be 90 percent of the 
demonstrated bed life, as defined in Sec. 61.139(h)(5).
    (ii) For each non-regenerative carbon adsorber, an exceedance of the 
maximum concentration point shall mean any concentration greater than or 
equal to the maximum concentration point as determined in 
Sec. 61.139(h).
    (c) Compliance with the provisions of this section shall be 
determined as follows:

    (1) For each carbon adsorber and vapor incinerator, the owner or 
operator shall demonstrate compliance with the efficiency limit by a 
compliance test as specified in Sec. 61.13 and Sec. 61.139(g). If a 
waiver of compliance has been granted under Sec. 61.11, the deadline for 
conducting the initial compliance test shall be incorporated into the 
terms of the waiver. The benzene removal efficiency rate for each carbon 
adsorber and vapor incinerator shall be calculated as in the following 
equation:


Where:
E=percent removal of benzene.
Caj=concentration of benzene in vents after the control 
          device, parts per million (ppm).
Cbi=concentration of benzene in vents before the control 
          device, ppm.
Qaj = volumetric flow rate in vents after the control device, 
          standard cubic meters/minute (scm/min) [standard cubic feet/
          minute (scf/min)].
Qbi = volumetric flow rate in vents before the control 
          device, scm/min (scf/min).
m=number of vents after the control device.
n=number of vents after the control device.

    (2) Compliance with all other provisions in this section shall be 
determined by inspections or the review of records and reports.
    (d) For each regenerative carbon adsorber, the owner or operator 
shall install and operate a monitoring device that continuously 
indicates and records either the concentration of benzene or the 
concentration level of organic compounds in the outlet vent of the 
carbon adsorber. The monitoring device shall be installed, calibrated, 
maintained and operated in accordance with the manufacturer's 
specifications.
    (1) Measurement of benzene concentration shall be made according to 
Sec. 61.139(g)(2).
    (2) All measurements of organic compound concentration levels shall 
be reasonable indicators of benzene concentration.
    (i) The monitoring device for measuring organic compound 
concentration levels shall be based on one of the following detection 
principles: Infrared absorption, flame ionization, catalytic

[[Page 77]]

oxidation, photoionization, or thermal conductivity.
    (ii) The monitoring device shall meet the requirements of part 60, 
appendix A, Method 21, sections 2, 3, 4.1, 4.2, and 4.4. For the purpose 
of the application of Method 21 to this section, the words ``leak 
definition'' shall be the maximum concentration point, which would be 
estimated until it is established under Sec. 61.139(h). The calibration 
gas shall either be benzene or methane and shall be at a concentration 
associated with 125 percent of the expected organic compound 
concentration level for the carbon adsorber outlet vent.
    (e) For each non-regenerative carbon adsorber, the owner or operator 
shall monitor either the concentration of benzene or the concentration 
level of organic compounds at the outlet vent of the adsorber. The 
monitoring device shall be calibrated, operated and maintained in 
accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.
    (1) Measurements of benzene concentration shall be made according to 
Sec. 61.139(g)(2). The measurement shall be conducted over at least one 
5-minute interval during which flow into the carbon adsorber is expected 
to occur.
    (2) All measurements of organic compound concentration levels shall 
be reasonable indicators of benzene concentration.
    (i) The monitoring device for measuring organic compound 
concentration levels shall meet the requirements of paragraphs 
Sec. 61.139(d)(2) (i) and (ii).
    (ii) The probe inlet of the monitoring device shall be placed at 
approximately the center of the carbon adsorber outlet vent. The probe 
shall be held there for at least 5 minutes during which flow into the 
carbon adsorber is expected to occur. The maximum reading during that 
period shall be used as the measurement.
    (3) Monitoring shall be performed at least once within the first 7 
days after replacement of the carbon bed occurs, and monthly thereafter 
until 10 days before the scheduled replacement time, at which point 
monitoring shall be done daily, except as specified in paragraphs (e)(4) 
and (e)(5) of this section.
    (4) If an owner or operator detects an exceedance of the maximum 
concentration point during the monthly monitoring or on the first day of 
daily monitoring as prescribed in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, 
then, after replacing the bed, the owner or operator shall begin the 
daily monitoring of the replacement carbon bed on the day after the last 
scheduled monthly monitoring before the exceedance was detected, or 10 
days before the exceedance was detected, whichever is longer.
    (5) If an owner or operator detects an exceedance of the maximum 
concentration point during the daily monitoring as prescribed in 
paragraph (e)(3) of this section, except on the first day, then, after 
replacing the bed, the owner or operator shall begin the daily 
monitoring of the replacement carbon bed 10 days before the exceedance 
was detected.
    (6) If the owner or operator is monitoring on the schedule required 
in paragraph (e)(4) or paragraph (e)(5) of this section, and the 
scheduled replacement time is reached without exceeding the maximum 
concentration point, the owner or operator may return to the monitoring 
schedule in paragraph (e)(3) of this section for subsequent carbon beds.
    Note: This note provides an example of the monitoring schedules in 
paragraphs (e)(3), (e)(4) and (e)(5) of this section. Assume that the 
scheduled replacement time for a non-regenerative carbon adsorber is the 
105th day after installation. According to the monitoring schedule in 
paragraph (e)(3) of this section, initial monitoring would be done 
within 7 days after installation, monthly monitoring would be done on 
the 30th, 60th and 90th days, and daily monitoring would begin on the 
95th day after installation. Now assume that an exceedance of the 
maximum concentration point is detected on the 90th day after 
installation. On the replacement carbon bed, the owner or operator would 
begin daily monitoring on the 61st day after installation (i.e., the day 
after the last scheduled monthly monitoring before the exceedance was 
detected), according to the requirements in paragraph (e)(4) of this 
section. If, instead, the exceedance were detected on the first bed on 
the 95th day, the daily monitoring of the replacement bed would begin on 
the 85th day after installation (i.e., 10 days before the point in the 
cycle where the exceedance was detected); this is a second example of 
the requirements in paragraph (e)(4) of this section. Finally, assume 
that an exceedance of the maximum concentration point is detected on the 
100th day after the first carbon adsorber was installed. According to 
paragraph (e)(5) of this

[[Page 78]]

section, daily monitoring of the replacement bed would begin on the 90th 
day after installation (i.e., 10 days earlier than when the exceedance 
was detected on the previous bed). In all of these examples, the initial 
monitoring of the replacement bed within 7 days of installation and the 
monthly monitoring would proceed as set out in paragraph (e)(3) of this 
section until daily monitoring was required.
    (f) For each vapor incinerator, the owner or operator shall comply 
with the monitoring requirements specified below:
    (1) Install, calibrate, maintain, and operate according to the 
manufacturer's specifications a temperature monitoring device equipped 
with a continuous recorder and having an accuracy of 1 
percent of the temperature being monitored expressed in degrees Celsius 
or 0.5  deg.C, whichever is greater.
    (i) Where a vapor incinerator other than a catalytic incinerator is 
used, the temperature monitoring device shall be installed in the 
firebox.
    (ii) Where a catalytic incinerator is used, temperature monitoring 
devices shall be installed in the gas stream immediately before and 
after the catalyst bed.
    (2) Comply with paragraph (f)(2)(i), paragraph (f)(2)(ii), or 
paragraph (f)(3)(iii) of this section.
    (i) Install, calibrate, maintain and operate according to the 
manufacturer's specifications a flow indicator that provides a record of 
vent stream flow to the incinerator at least once every hour for each 
source. The flow indicator shall be installed in the vent stream from 
each source at a point closest to the inlet of each vapor incinerator 
and before being joined with any other vent stream.
    (ii) Install, calibrate, maintain and operate according to the 
manufacturer's specifications a flow indicator that provides a record of 
vent stream flow away from the vapor incinerator at least once every 15 
minutes. The flow indicator shall be installed in each bypass line, 
immediately downstream of the valve that, if opened, would divert the 
vent stream away from the vapor incinerator.
    (iii) Where a valve that opens a bypass line is secured in the 
closed position with a car seal or a lock-and-key configuration, a flow 
indicator is not required. The owner or operator shall perform a visual 
inspection at least once every month to check the position of the valve 
and the condition of the car seal or lock-and-key configuration. The 
owner or operator shall also record the date and duration of each time 
that the valve was opened and the vent stream diverted away from the 
vapor incinerator.
    (g) In conducting the compliance tests required in Sec. 61.139(c), 
and measurements specified in Sec. 61.139(d)(1), (e)(1) and (h)(3)(ii), 
the owner or operator shall use as reference methods the test methods 
and procedures in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60, or other methods as 
specified in this paragraph, except as specified in Sec. 61.13.
    (1) For compliance tests, as described in Sec. 61.139(c)(1), the 
following provisions apply.
    (i) All tests shall be run under representative emission 
concentration and vent flow rate conditions. For sources with 
intermittent flow rates, representative conditions shall include typical 
emission surges (for example, during the loading of a storage tank).
    (ii) Each test shall consist of three separate runs. These runs will 
be averaged to yield the volumetric flow rates and benzene 
concentrations in the equation in Sec. 61.139(c)(1). Each run shall be a 
minimum of 1 hour.
    (A) For each regenerative carbon adsorber, each run shall take place 
in one adsorption cycle, to include a minimum of 1 hour of sampling 
immediately preceding the initiation of carbon bed regeneration.
    (B) For each non-regenerative carbon adsorber, all runs can occur 
during one adsorption cycle.
    (iii) The measurements during the runs shall be paired so that the 
inlet and outlet to the control device are measured simultaneously.
    (iv) Method 1 or 1A shall be used as applicable for locating 
measurement sites.
    (v) Method 2, 2A, or 2D shall be used as applicable for measuring 
vent flow rates.
    (vi) Method 18 shall be used for determining the benzene 
concentrations (Caj and Cbi). Either the 
integrated bag sampling and analysis procedure or the direct interface 
procedure may be used.

[[Page 79]]

A separation column constructed of stainless steel, 1.83 m by 3.2 mm, 
containing 10 percent 1,2,3-tris (2-cyanoethoxy) propane (TECP) on 80/
100 mesh Chromosorb P AW, with a column temperature of 80  deg.C, a 
detector temperature of 225  deg.C, and a flow rate of approximately 20 
ml/min, may produce adequate separations. The analyst can use other 
columns, provided that the precision and accuracy of the analysis of 
benzene standards is not impaired. The analyst shall have available for 
review information confirming that there is adequate resolution of the 
benzene peak.
    (A) If the integrated bag sampling and analysis procedure is used, 
the sample rate shall be adjusted to maintain a constant proportion to 
vent flow rate.
    (B) If the direct interface sampling and analysis procedure is used, 
then each performance test run shall be conducted in intervals of 5 
minutes. For each interval ``t,'' readings from each measurement shall 
be recorded, and the flow rate (Qaj or Qbi) and 
the corresponding benzene concentration (Caj or 
Cbi) shall be determined. The sampling system shall be 
constructed to include a mixing chamber of a volume equal to 5 times the 
sampling flow rate per minute. Each analysis performed by the 
chromatograph will then represent an averaged emission value for a 5-
minute time period. The vent flow rate readings shall be timed to 
account for the total sample system residence time. A dual column, dual 
detector chromatograph can be used to achieve an analysis interval of 5 
minutes. The individual benzene concentrations shall be vent flow rate 
weighted to determine sample run average concentrations. The individual 
vent flow rates shall be time averaged to determine sample run average 
flow rates.
    (2) For testing the benzene concentration at the outlet vent of the 
carbon adsorber as specified under Secs. 61.139(d)(1), (e)(1) and 
(h)(3)(ii), the following provisions apply.
    (i) The measurement shall be conducted over one 5-minute period.
    (ii) The requirements in Sec. 61.139(g)(1)(i) shall apply to the 
extent practicable.
    (iii) The requirements in Sec. 61.139(g)(1)(vi) shall apply. Section 
7.2 of method 18 shall be used as described in Sec. 61.139(g)(1)(vi)(B) 
for benzene concentration measurements.
    (h) For each carbon adsorber, the maximum concentration point shall 
be expressed either as a benzene concentration or organic compound 
concentration level, whichever is to be indicated by the monitoring 
device chosen under Sec. 61.139 (d) or (e).
    (1) For each regenerative carbon adsorber, the owner or operator 
shall determine the maximum concentration point at the following times:
    (i) No later than the deadline for the initial compliance test as 
specified in Sec. 61.139(c)(1);
    (ii) At the request of the Administrator; and
    (iii) At any time chosen by the owner or operator.
    (2) For each non-regenerative carbon adsorber, the owner or operator 
shall determine the maximum concentration point at the following times:
    (i) On the first carbon bed to be installed in the adsorber;
    (ii) At the request of the Administrator;
    (iii) On the next carbon bed after the maximum concentration point 
has been exceeded (before the scheduled replacement time) for each of 
three previous carbon beds in the adsorber since the most recent 
determination; and
    (iv) At any other time chosen by the owner or operator.
    (3) The maximum concentration point for each carbon adsorber shall 
be determined through the simultaneous measurement of the outlet of the 
carbon adsorber with the monitoring device and Method 18, except as 
allowed in paragraph (h)(4) of this section.
    (i) Several data points shall be collected according to a schedule 
determined by the owner or operator. The schedule shall be designed to 
take frequent samples near the expected maximum concentration point.
    (ii) Each data point shall consist of one 5-minute benzene 
concentration measurement using Method 18 as specified in 
Sec. 61.139(g)(2), and of a simultaneous measurement by the monitoring 
device. The monitoring device measurement shall be conducted according

[[Page 80]]

to Sec. 61.139 (d) or (e), whichever is applicable.
    (iii) The maximum concentration point shall be the concentration 
level, as indicated by the monitoring device, for the last data point at 
which the benzene concentration is less than 2 percent of the average 
value of the benzene concentration at the inlet to the carbon adsorber 
during the most recent compliance test.
    (4) If the maximum concentration point is expressed as a benzene 
concentration, the owner or operator may determine it by calibrating the 
monitoring device with benzene at a concentration that is 2 percent of 
the average benzene concentration measured at the inlet to the carbon 
adsorber during the most recent compliance test. The reading on the 
monitoring device corresponding to the calibration concentration shall 
be the maximum concentration point. This method of determination would 
affect the owner or operator as follows:
    (i) For a regenerative carbon adsorber, the owner or operator is 
exempt from the provisions in paragraph (h)(3) of this section.
    (ii) For a non-regenerative carbon adsorber, the owner or operator 
is required to collect the data points in paragraph (h)(3) of this 
section with only the monitoring device, and is exempt from the 
simultaneous Method 18 measurement.
    (5) For each non-regenerative carbon adsorber, the demonstrated bed 
life shall be the carbon bed life, measured in days from the time the 
bed is installed until the maximum concentration point is reached, for 
the carbon bed that is used to determine the maximum concentration 
point.
    (i) The following recordkeeping requirements are applicable to 
owners and operators of control devices subject to Sec. 61.139. All 
records shall be kept updated and in a readily accessible location.
    (1) The following information shall be recorded for each control 
device for the life of the control device:
    (i) The design characteristics of the control device and a list of 
the source or sources vented to it.
    (ii) For each carbon absorber, a plan for the method for handling 
captured benzene and removed carbon to comply with paragraphs (b)(1) and 
(2) of this section.
    (iii) The dates and descriptions of any changes in the design 
specifications or plan.
    (iv) For each carbon adsorber for which organic compounds are 
monitored as provided under Sec. 61.139 (d) and (e), documentation to 
show that the measurements of organic compound concentrations are 
reasonable indicators of benzene concentrations.
    (2) For each compliance test as specified in Sec. 61.139(c)(1), the 
date of the test, the results of the test, and other data needed to 
determine emissions shall be recorded as specified in Sec. 61.13(g) for 
at least 2 years or until the next compliance test on the control 
device, whichever is longer.
    (3) For each vapor incinerator, the average firebox temperature of 
the incinerator (or the average temperature upstream and downstream of 
the catalyst bed for a catalytic incinerator), measured and averaged 
over the most recent compliance test shall be recorded for at least 2 
years or until the next compliance test on the incinerator, whichever is 
longer.
    (4) For each carbon adsorber, for each determination of a maximum 
concentration point as specified in Sec. 61.139(h), the date of the 
determination, the maximum concentration point, and data needed to make 
the determination shall be recorded for at least 2 years or until the 
next maximum concentration point determination on the carbon adsorber, 
whichever is longer.
    (5) For each carbon absorber, the dates of and data from the 
monitoring required in Sec. 61.139(d) and (e), the date and time of 
replacement of each carbon bed, the date of each exceedance of the 
maximum concentration point, and a brief description of the corrective 
action taken shall be recorded for at least 2 years. Also, the 
occurrences when the captured benzene or spent carbon are not handled as 
required in Sec. 61.139(b)(1) and (2) shall be recorded for at least 2 
years.
    (6) For each vapor incinerator, the data from the monitoring 
required in Sec. 61.139(f)(1), the dates of all periods of operation 
during which the parameter

[[Page 81]]

boundaries established during the most recent compliance test are 
exceeded, and a brief description of the corrective action taken shall 
be recorded for at least 2 years. A period of operation during which the 
parameter boundaries are exceeded is a 3-hour period of operation during 
which:
    (i) For each vapor incinerator other than a catalytic incinerator, 
the average combustion temperature is more than 28  deg.C (50  deg.F) 
below the average combustion temperature during the most recent 
performance test.
    (ii) For each catalytic incinerator, the average temperature of the 
vent stream immediately before the catalyst bed is more than 28  deg.C 
(50  deg.F) below the average temperature of the vent stream during the 
most recent performance test, or the average temperature difference 
across the catalyst bed is less than 80 percent of the average 
temperature difference across the catalyst bed during the most recent 
performance test.
    (7) For each vapor incinerator, the following shall be recorded for 
at least 2 years:
    (i) If subject to Sec. 61.139(f)(2)(i), records of the flow 
indication, and of all periods when the vent stream is diverted from the 
vapor incinerator or has no flow rate.
    (ii) If subject to Sec. 61.139(f)(2)(ii), records of the flow 
indication, and of all periods when the vent stream is diverted from the 
vapor incinerator.
    (iii) If subject to Sec. 61.139(f)(2)(iii), records of the 
conditions found during each monthly inspection, and of each period when 
the car seal is broken, when the valve position is changed, or when 
maintenance on the bypass line valve is performed.
    (j) The following reporting requirements are applicable to owners or 
operators of control devices subject to Sec. 61.139:
    (1) Compliance tests shall be reported as specified in 
Sec. 61.13(f).
    (2) The following information shall be reported as part of the 
semiannual reports required in Sec. 61.138(f).
    (i) For each carbon adsorber:
    (A) The date and time of detection of each exceedance of the maximum 
concentration point and a brief description of the time and nature of 
the corrective action taken.
    (B) The date of each time that the captured benzene or removed 
carbon was not handled as required in Sec. 61.139 (b)(1) and (2), and a 
brief description of the corrective action taken.
    (C) The date of each determination of the maximum concentration 
point, as described in Sec. 61.139(h), and a brief reason for the 
determination.
    (ii) For each vapor incinerator, the date and duration of each 
exceedance of the boundary parameters recorded under Sec. 61.139(i)(6) 
and a brief description of the corrective action taken.
    (iii) For each vapor incinerator, the date and duration of each 
period specified as follows:
    (A) Each period recorded under Sec. 61.139(i)(7)(i) when the vent 
stream is diverted from the control device or has no flow rate;
    (B) Each period recorded under Sec. 61.139(i)(7)(ii) when the vent 
stream is diverted from the control device; and
    (C) Each period recorded under Sec. 61.139(i)(7)(iii) when the vent 
stream is diverted from the control device, when the car seal is broken, 
when the valve is unlocked, or when the valve position has changed.
    (iv) For each vapor incinerator, the owner or operator shall specify 
the method of monitoring chosen under paragraph (f)(2) of this section 
in the first semiannual report. Any time the owner or operator changes 
that choice, he shall specify the change in the first semiannual report 
following the change.

[56 FR 47407, Sept. 19, 1991, as amended at 64 FR 7467, Feb. 12, 1999; 
65 FR 62157, Oct. 17, 2000]



           Subpart M--National Emission Standard for Asbestos

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401, 7412, 7414, 7416, 7601.

    Source: 49 FR 13661, Apr. 5, 1984, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 61.140  Applicability.

    The provisions of this subpart are applicable to those sources 
specified in

[[Page 82]]

Sec. Sec. 61.142 through 61.151, 61.154, and 61.155.

[55 FR 48414, Nov. 20, 1990]



Sec. 61.141  Definitions.

    All terms that are used in this subpart and are not defined below 
are given the same meaning as in the Act and in subpart A of this part.
    Active waste disposal site means any disposal site other than an 
inactive site.
    Adequately wet means sufficiently mix or penetrate with liquid to 
prevent the release of particulates. If visible emissions are observed 
coming from asbestos-containing material, then that material has not 
been adequately wetted. However, the absence of visible emissions is not 
sufficient evidence of being adequately wet.
    Asbestos means the asbestiform varieties of serpentinite 
(chrysotile), riebeckite (crocidolite), cummingtonite-grunerite, 
anthophyllite, and actinolite-tremolite.
    Asbestos-containing waste materials means mill tailings or any waste 
that contains commercial asbestos and is generated by a source subject 
to the provisions of this subpart. This term includes filters from 
control devices, friable asbestos waste material, and bags or other 
similar packaging contaminated with commercial asbestos. As applied to 
demolition and renovation operations, this term also includes regulated 
asbestos-containing material waste and materials contaminated with 
asbestos including disposable equipment and clothing.
    Asbestos mill means any facility engaged in converting, or in any 
intermediate step in converting, asbestos ore into commercial asbestos. 
Outside storage of asbestos material is not considered a part of the 
asbestos mill.
    Asbestos tailings means any solid waste that contains asbestos and 
is a product of asbestos mining or milling operations.
    Asbestos waste from control devices means any waste material that 
contains asbestos and is collected by a pollution control device.
    Category I nonfriable asbestos-containing material (ACM) means 
asbestos-containing packings, gaskets, resilient floor covering, and 
asphalt roofing products containing more than 1 percent asbestos as 
determined using the method specified in appendix E, subpart E, 40 CFR 
part 763, section 1, Polarized Light Microscopy.
    Category II nonfriable ACM means any material, excluding Category I 
nonfriable ACM, containing more than 1 percent asbestos as determined 
using the methods specified in appendix E, subpart E, 40 CFR part 763, 
section 1, Polarized Light Microscopy that, when dry, cannot be 
crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by hand pressure.
    Commercial asbestos means any material containing asbestos that is 
extracted from ore and has value because of its asbestos content.
    Cutting means to penetrate with a sharp-edged instrument and 
includes sawing, but does not include shearing, slicing, or punching.
    Demolition means the wrecking or taking out of any load-supporting 
structural member of a facility together with any related handling 
operations or the intentional burning of any facility.
    Emergency renovation operation means a renovation operation that was 
not planned but results from a sudden, unexpected event that, if not 
immediately attended to, presents a safety or public health hazard, is 
necessary to protect equipment from damage, or is necessary to avoid 
imposing an unreasonable financial burden. This term includes operations 
necessitated by nonroutine failures of equipment.
    Fabricating means any processing (e.g., cutting, sawing, drilling) 
of a manufactured product that contains commercial asbestos, with the 
exception of processing at temporary sites (field fabricating) for the 
construction or restoration of facilities. In the case of friction 
products, fabricating includes bonding, debonding, grinding, sawing, 
drilling, or other similar operations performed as part of fabricating.
    Facility means any institutional, commercial, public, industrial, or 
residential structure, installation, or building (including any 
structure, installation, or building containing condominiums or 
individual dwelling units operated as a residential cooperative, but 
excluding residential buildings having four or fewer dwelling units);

[[Page 83]]

any ship; and any active or inactive waste disposal site. For purposes 
of this definition, any building, structure, or installation that 
contains a loft used as a dwelling is not considered a residential 
structure, installation, or building. Any structure, installation or 
building that was previously subject to this subpart is not excluded, 
regardless of its current use or function.
    Facility component means any part of a facility including equipment.
    Friable asbestos material means any material containing more than 1 
percent asbestos as determined using the method specified in appendix E, 
subpart E, 40 CFR part 763, section 1, Polarized Light Microscopy, that, 
when dry, can be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by hand 
pressure. If the asbestos content is less than 10 percent as determined 
by a method other than point counting by polarized light microscopy 
(PLM), verify the asbestos content by point counting using PLM.
    Fugitive source means any source of emissions not controlled by an 
air pollution control device.
    Glove bag means a sealed compartment with attached inner gloves used 
for the handling of asbestos-containing materials. Properly installed 
and used, glove bags provide a small work area enclosure typically used 
for small-scale asbestos stripping operations. Information on glove-bag 
installation, equipment and supplies, and work practices is contained in 
the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA's) final rule 
on occupational exposure to asbestos (appendix G to 29 CFR 1926.58).
    Grinding means to reduce to powder or small fragments and includes 
mechanical chipping or drilling.
    In poor condition means the binding of the material is losing its 
integrity as indicated by peeling, cracking, or crumbling of the 
material.
    Inactive waste disposal site means any disposal site or portion of 
it where additional asbestos-containing waste material has not been 
deposited within the past year.
    Installation means any building or structure or any group of 
buildings or structures at a single demolition or renovation site that 
are under the control of the same owner or operator (or owner or 
operator under common control).
    Leak-tight means that solids or liquids cannot escape or spill out. 
It also means dust-tight.
    Malfunction means any sudden and unavoidable failure of air 
pollution control equipment or process equipment or of a process to 
operate in a normal or usual manner so that emissions of asbestos are 
increased. Failures of equipment shall not be considered malfunctions if 
they are caused in any way by poor maintenance, careless operation, or 
any other preventable upset conditions, equipment breakdown, or process 
failure.
    Manufacturing means the combining of commercial asbestos--or, in the 
case of woven friction products, the combining of textiles containing 
commercial asbestos--with any other material(s), including commercial 
asbestos, and the processing of this combination into a product. 
Chlorine production is considered a part of manufacturing.
    Natural barrier means a natural object that effectively precludes or 
deters access. Natural barriers include physical obstacles such as 
cliffs, lakes or other large bodies of water, deep and wide ravines, and 
mountains. Remoteness by itself is not a natural barrier.
    Nonfriable asbestos-containing material means any material 
containing more than 1 percent asbestos as determined using the method 
specified in appendix E, subpart E, 40 CFR part 763, section 1, 
Polarized Light Microscopy, that, when dry, cannot be crumbled, 
pulverized, or reduced to powder by hand pressure.
    Nonscheduled renovation operation means a renovation operation 
necessitated by the routine failure of equipment, which is expected to 
occur within a given period based on past operating experience, but for 
which an exact date cannot be predicted.
    Outside air means the air outside buildings and structures, 
including, but not limited to, the air under a bridge or in an open air 
ferry dock.
    Owner or operator of a demolition or renovation activity means any 
person who owns, leases, operates, controls, or supervises the facility 
being demolished or renovated or any person who

[[Page 84]]

owns, leases, operates, controls, or supervises the demolition or 
renovation operation, or both.
    Particulate asbestos material means finely divided particles of 
asbestos or material containing asbestos.
    Planned renovation operations means a renovation operation, or a 
number of such operations, in which some RACM will be removed or 
stripped within a given period of time and that can be predicted. 
Individual nonscheduled operations are included if a number of such 
operations can be predicted to occur during a given period of time based 
on operating experience.
    Regulated asbestos-containing material (RACM) means (a) Friable 
asbestos material, (b) Category I nonfriable ACM that has become 
friable, (c) Category I nonfriable ACM that will be or has been 
subjected to sanding, grinding, cutting, or abrading, or (d) Category II 
nonfriable ACM that has a high probability of becoming or has become 
crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by the forces expected to act 
on the material in the course of demolition or renovation operations 
regulated by this subpart.
    Remove means to take out RACM or facility components that contain or 
are covered with RACM from any facility.
    Renovation means altering a facility or one or more facility 
components in any way, including the stripping or removal of RACM from a 
facility component. Operations in which load-supporting structural 
members are wrecked or taken out are demolitions.
    Resilient floor covering means asbestos-containing floor tile, 
including asphalt and vinyl floor tile, and sheet vinyl floor covering 
containing more than 1 percent asbestos as determined using polarized 
light microscopy according to the method specified in appendix E, 
subpart E, 40 CFR part 763, section 1, Polarized Light Microscopy.
    Roadways means surfaces on which vehicles travel. This term includes 
public and private highways, roads, streets, parking areas, and 
driveways.
    Strip means to take off RACM from any part of a facility or facility 
components.
    Structural member means any load-supporting member of a facility, 
such as beams and load supporting walls; or any nonload-supporting 
member, such as ceilings and nonload-supporting walls.
    Visible emissions means any emissions, which are visually detectable 
without the aid of instruments, coming from RACM or asbestos-containing 
waste material, or from any asbestos milling, manufacturing, or 
fabricating operation. This does not include condensed, uncombined water 
vapor.
    Waste generator means any owner or operator of a source covered by 
this subpart whose act or process produces asbestos-containing waste 
material.
    Waste shipment record means the shipping document, required to be 
originated and signed by the waste generator, used to track and 
substantiate the disposition of asbestos-containing waste material.
    Working day means Monday through Friday and includes holidays that 
fall on any of the days Monday through Friday.

[49 FR 13661, Apr. 5, 1984; 49 FR 25453, June 21, 1984, as amended by 55 
FR 48414, Nov. 20, 1990; 56 FR 1669, Jan. 16, 1991; 60 FR 31920, June 
19, 1995]



Sec. 61.142  Standard for asbestos mills.

    (a) Each owner or operator of an asbestos mill shall either 
discharge no visible emissions to the outside air from that asbestos 
mill, including fugitive sources, or use the methods specified by 
Sec. 61.152 to clean emissions containing particulate asbestos material 
before they escape to, or are vented to, the outside air.
    (b) Each owner or operator of an asbestos mill shall meet the 
following requirements:
    (1) Monitor each potential source of asbestos emissions from any 
part of the mill facility, including air cleaning devices, process 
equipment, and buildings that house equipment for material processing 
and handling, at least once each day, during daylight hours, for visible 
emissions to the outside air during periods of operation. The monitoring 
shall be by visual observation of at least 15 seconds duration per 
source of emissions.
    (2) Inspect each air cleaning device at least once each week for 
proper operation and for changes that signal the potential for 
malfunction, including, to

[[Page 85]]

the maximum extent possible without dismantling other than opening the 
device, the presence of tears, holes, and abrasions in filter bags and 
for dust deposits on the clean side of bags. For air cleaning devices 
that cannot be inspected on a weekly basis according to this paragraph, 
submit to the Administrator, and revise as necessary, a written 
maintenance plan to include, at a minimum, the following:
    (i) Maintenance schedule.
    (ii) Recordkeeping plan.
    (3) Maintain records of the results of visible emissions monitoring 
and air cleaning device inspections using a format similar to that shown 
in Figures 1 and 2 and include the following:
    (i) Date and time of each inspection.
    (ii) Presence or absence of visible emissions.
    (iii) Condition of fabric filters, including presence of any tears, 
holes, and abrasions.
    (iv) Presence of dust deposits on clean side of fabric filters.
    (v) Brief description of corrective actions taken, including date 
and time.
    (vi) Daily hours of operation for each air cleaning device.
    (4) Furnish upon request, and make available at the affected 
facility during normal business hours for inspection by the 
Administrator, all records required under this section.
    (5) Retain a copy of all monitoring and inspection records for at 
least 2 years.
    (6) Submit semiannually a copy of visible emission monitoring 
records to the Administrator if visible emissions occurred during the 
report period. Semiannual reports shall be postmarked by the 30th day 
following the end of the six-month period.

[[Page 86]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.000


[[Page 87]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.001


[55 FR 48416, Nov. 20, 1990, as amended at 64 FR 7467, Feb. 12, 1999]



Sec. 61.143  Standard for roadways.

    No person may construct or maintain a roadway with asbestos tailings 
or asbestos-containing waste material on that roadway, unless, for 
asbestos tailings.

[[Page 88]]

    (a) It is a temporary roadway on an area of asbestos ore deposits 
(asbestos mine): or
    (b) It is a temporary roadway at an active asbestos mill site and is 
encapsulated with a resinous or bituminous binder. The encapsulated road 
surface must be maintained at a minimum frequency of once per year to 
prevent dust emissions; or
    (c) It is encapsulated in asphalt concrete meeting the 
specifications contained in section 401 of Standard Specifications for 
Construction of Roads and Bridges on Federal Highway Projects, FP-85, 
1985, or their equivalent.

[55 FR 48419, Nov. 20, 1990; 56 FR 1669, Jan. 16, 1991]



Sec. 61.144  Standard for manufacturing.

    (a) Applicability. This section applies to the following 
manufacturing operations using commercial asbestos.
    (1) The manufacture of cloth, cord, wicks, tubing, tape, twine, 
rope, thread, yarn, roving, lap, or other textile materials.
    (2) The manufacture of cement products.
    (3) The manufacture of fireproofing and insulating materials.
    (4) The manufacture of friction products.
    (5) The manufacture of paper, millboard, and felt.
    (6) The manufacture of floor tile.
    (7) The manufacture of paints, coatings, caulks, adhesives, and 
sealants.
    (8) The manufacture of plastics and rubber materials.
    (9) The manufacture of chlorine utilizing asbestos diaphragm 
technology.
    (10) The manufacture of shotgun shell wads.
    (11) The manufacture of asphalt concrete.
    (b) Standard. Each owner or operator of any of the manufacturing 
operations to which this section applies shall either:
    (1) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air from these 
operations or from any building or structure in which they are conducted 
or from any other fugitive sources; or
    (2) Use the methods specified by Sec. 61.152 to clean emissions from 
these operations containing particulate asbestos material before they 
escape to, or are vented to, the outside air.
    (3) Monitor each potential source of asbestos emissions from any 
part of the manufacturing facility, including air cleaning devices, 
process equipment, and buildings housing material processing and 
handling equipment, at least once each day during daylight hours for 
visible emissions to the outside air during periods of operation. The 
monitoring shall be by visual observation of at least 15 seconds 
duration per source of emissions.
    (4) Inspect each air cleaning device at least once each week for 
proper operation and for changes that signal the potential for 
malfunctions, including, to the maximum extent possible without 
dismantling other than opening the device, the presence of tears, holes, 
and abrasions in filter bags and for dust deposits on the clean side of 
bags. For air cleaning devices that cannot be inspected on a weekly 
basis according to this paragraph, submit to the Administrator, and 
revise as necessary, a written maintenance plan to include, at a 
minimum, the following:
    (i) Maintenance schedule.
    (ii) Recordkeeping plan.
    (5) Maintain records of the results of visible emission monitoring 
and air cleaning device inspections using a format similar to that shown 
in Figures 1 and 2 and include the following.
    (i) Date and time of each inspection.
    (ii) Presence or absence of visible emissions.
    (iii) Condition of fabric filters, including presence of any tears, 
holes and abrasions.
    (iv) Presence of dust deposits on clean side of fabric filters.
    (v) Brief description of corrective actions taken, including date 
and time.
    (vi) Daily hours of operation for each air cleaning device.
    (6) Furnish upon request, and make available at the affected 
facility during normal business hours for inspection by the 
Administrator, all records required under this section.
    (7) Retain a copy of all monitoring and inspection records for at 
least 2 years.
    (8) Submit semiannually a copy of the visible emission monitoring 
records to the Administrator if visible

[[Page 89]]

emission occurred during the report period. Semiannual reports shall be 
postmarked by the 30th day following the end of the six-month period.

[49 FR 13661, Apr. 5, 1984, as amended at 55 FR 48419, Nov. 20, 1990; 56 
FR 1669, Jan. 16, 1991; 64 FR 7467, Feb. 12, 1999]



Sec. 61.145  Standard for demolition and renovation.

    (a) Applicability. To determine which requirements of paragraphs 
(a), (b), and (c) of this section apply to the owner or operator of a 
demolition or renovation activity and prior to the commencement of the 
demolition or renovation, thoroughly inspect the affected facility or 
part of the facility where the demolition or renovation operation will 
occur for the presence of asbestos, including Category I and Category II 
nonfriable ACM. The requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this 
section apply to each owner or operator of a demolition or renovation 
activity, including the removal of RACM as follows:
    (1) In a facility being demolished, all the requirements of 
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section apply, except as provided in 
paragraph (a)(3) of this section, if the combined amount of RACM is
    (i) At least 80 linear meters (260 linear feet) on pipes or at least 
15 square meters (160 square feet) on other facility components, or
    (ii) At least 1 cubic meter (35 cubic feet) off facility components 
where the length or area could not be measured previously.
    (2) In a facility being demolished, only the notification 
requirements of paragraphs (b)(1), (2), (3)(i) and (iv), and (4)(i) 
through (vii) and (4)(ix) and (xvi) of this section apply, if the 
combined amount of RACM is
    (i) Less than 80 linear meters (260 linear feet) on pipes and less 
than 15 square meters (160 square feet) on other facility components, 
and
    (ii) Less than one cubic meter (35 cubic feet) off facility 
components where the length or area could not be measured previously or 
there is no asbestos.
    (3) If the facility is being demolished under an order of a State or 
local government agency, issued because the facility is structurally 
unsound and in danger of imminent collapse, only the requirements of 
paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(3)(iii), (b)(4) (except (b)(4)(viii)), 
(b)(5), and (c)(4) through (c)(9) of this section apply.
    (4) In a facility being renovated, including any individual 
nonscheduled renovation operation, all the requirements of paragraphs 
(b) and (c) of this section apply if the combined amount of RACM to be 
stripped, removed, dislodged, cut, drilled, or similarly disturbed is
    (i) At least 80 linear meters (260 linear feet) on pipes or at least 
15 square meters (160 square feet) on other facility components, or
    (ii) At least 1 cubic meter (35 cubic feet) off facility components 
where the length or area could not be measured previously.
    (iii) To determine whether paragraph (a)(4) of this section applies 
to planned renovation operations involving individual nonscheduled 
operations, predict the combined additive amount of RACM to be removed 
or stripped during a calendar year of January 1 through December 31.
    (iv) To determine whether paragraph (a)(4) of this section applies 
to emergency renovation operations, estimate the combined amount of RACM 
to be removed or stripped as a result of the sudden, unexpected event 
that necessitated the renovation.
    (5) Owners or operators of demolition and renovation operations are 
exempt from the requirements of Secs. 61.05(a), 61.07, and 61.09.
    (b) Notification requirements. Each owner or operator of a 
demolition or renovation activity to which this section applies shall:
    (1) Provide the Administrator with written notice of intention to 
demolish or renovate. Delivery of the notice by U.S. Postal Service, 
commercial delivery service, or hand delivery is acceptable.
    (2) Update notice, as necessary, including when the amount of 
asbestos affected changes by at least 20 percent.
    (3) Postmark or deliver the notice as follows:
    (i) At least 10 working days before asbestos stripping or removal 
work or any other activity begins (such as site

[[Page 90]]

preparation that would break up, dislodge or similarly disturb asbestos 
material), if the operation is described in paragraphs (a) (1) and (4) 
(except (a)(4)(iii) and (a)(4)(iv)) of this section. If the operation is 
as described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, notification is 
required 10 working days before demolition begins.
    (ii) At least 10 working days before the end of the calendar year 
preceding the year for which notice is being given for renovations 
described in paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this section.
    (iii) As early as possible before, but not later than, the following 
working day if the operation is a demolition ordered according to 
paragraph (a)(3) of this section or, if the operation is a renovation 
described in paragraph (a)(4)(iv) of this section.
    (iv) For asbestos stripping or removal work in a demolition or 
renovation operation, described in paragraphs (a) (1) and (4) (except 
(a)(4)(iii) and (a)(4)(iv)) of this section, and for a demolition 
described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, that will begin on a date 
other than the one contained in the original notice, notice of the new 
start date must be provided to the Administrator as follows:
    (A) When the asbestos stripping or removal operation or demolition 
operation covered by this paragraph will begin after the date contained 
in the notice,
    (1) Notify the Administrator of the new start date by telephone as 
soon as possible before the original start date, and
    (2) Provide the Administrator with a written notice of the new start 
date as soon as possible before, and no later than, the original start 
date. Delivery of the updated notice by the U.S. Postal Service, 
commercial delivery service, or hand delivery is acceptable.
    (B) When the asbestos stripping or removal operation or demolition 
operation covered by this paragraph will begin on a date earlier than 
the original start date,
    (1) Provide the Administrator with a written notice of the new start 
date at least 10 working days before asbestos stripping or removal work 
begins.
    (2) For demolitions covered by paragraph (a)(2) of this section, 
provide the Administrator written notice of a new start date at least 10 
working days before commencement of demolition. Delivery of updated 
notice by U.S. Postal Service, commercial delivery service, or hand 
delivery is acceptable.
    (C) In no event shall an operation covered by this paragraph begin 
on a date other than the date contained in the written notice of the new 
start date.
    (4) Include the following in the notice:
    (i) An indication of whether the notice is the original or a revised 
notification.
    (ii) Name, address, and telephone number of both the facility owner 
and operator and the asbestos removal contractor owner or operator.
    (iii) Type of operation: demolition or renovation.
    (iv) Description of the facility or affected part of the facility 
including the size (square meters [square feet] and number of floors), 
age, and present and prior use of the facility.
    (v) Procedure, including analytical methods, employed to detect the 
presence of RACM and Category I and Category II nonfriable ACM.
    (vi) Estimate of the approximate amount of RACM to be removed from 
the facility in terms of length of pipe in linear meters (linear feet), 
surface area in square meters (square feet) on other facility 
components, or volume in cubic meters (cubic feet) if off the facility 
components. Also, estimate the approximate amount of Category I and 
Category II nonfriable ACM in the affected part of the facility that 
will not be removed before demolition.
    (vii) Location and street address (including building number or name 
and floor or room number, if appropriate), city, county, and state, of 
the facility being demolished or renovated.
    (viii) Scheduled starting and completion dates of asbestos removal 
work (or any other activity, such as site preparation that would break 
up, dislodge, or similarly disturb asbestos material) in a demolition or 
renovation; planned renovation operations involving individual 
nonscheduled operations shall only include the beginning and ending 
dates of the report period as described in paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this 
section.

[[Page 91]]

    (ix) Scheduled starting and completion dates of demolition or 
renovation.
    (x) Description of planned demolition or renovation work to be 
performed and method(s) to be employed, including demolition or 
renovation techniques to be used and description of affected facility 
components.
    (xi) Description of work practices and engineering controls to be 
used to comply with the requirements of this subpart, including asbestos 
removal and waste-handling emission control procedures.
    (xii) Name and location of the waste disposal site where the 
asbestos-containing waste material will be deposited.
    (xiii) A certification that at least one person trained as required 
by paragraph (c)(8) of this section will supervise the stripping and 
removal described by this notification. This requirement shall become 
effective 1 year after promulgation of this regulation.
    (xiv) For facilities described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, 
the name, title, and authority of the State or local government 
representative who has ordered the demolition, the date that the order 
was issued, and the date on which the demolition was ordered to begin. A 
copy of the order shall be attached to the notification.
    (xv) For emergency renovations described in paragraph (a)(4)(iv) of 
this section, the date and hour that the emergency occurred, a 
description of the sudden, unexpected event, and an explanation of how 
the event caused an unsafe condition, or would cause equipment damage or 
an unreasonable financial burden.
    (xvi) Description of procedures to be followed in the event that 
unexpected RACM is found or Category II nonfriable ACM becomes crumbled, 
pulverized, or reduced to powder.
    (xvii) Name, address, and telephone number of the waste transporter.
    (5) The information required in paragraph (b)(4) of this section 
must be reported using a form similiar to that shown in Figure 3.
    (c) Procedures for asbestos emission control. Each owner or operator 
of a demolition or renovation activity to whom this paragraph applies, 
according to paragraph (a) of this section, shall comply with the 
following procedures:
    (1) Remove all RACM from a facility being demolished or renovated 
before any activity begins that would break up, dislodge, or similarly 
disturb the material or preclude access to the material for subsequent 
removal. RACM need not be removed before demolition if:
    (i) It is Category I nonfriable ACM that is not in poor condition 
and is not friable.
    (ii) It is on a facility component that is encased in concrete or 
other similarly hard material and is adequately wet whenever exposed 
during demolition; or
    (iii) It was not accessible for testing and was, therefore, not 
discovered until after demolition began and, as a result of the 
demolition, the material cannot be safely removed. If not removed for 
safety reasons, the exposed RACM and any asbestos-contaminated debris 
must be treated as asbestos-containing waste material and adequately wet 
at all times until disposed of.
    (iv) They are Category II nonfriable ACM and the probability is low 
that the materials will become crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to 
powder during demolition.
    (2) When a facility component that contains, is covered with, or is 
coated with RACM is being taken out of the facility as a unit or in 
sections:
    (i) Adequately wet all RACM exposed during cutting or disjoining 
operations; and
    (ii) Carefully lower each unit or section to the floor and to ground 
level, not dropping, throwing, sliding, or otherwise damaging or 
disturbing the RACM.
    (3) When RACM is stripped from a facility component while it remains 
in place in the facility, adequately wet the RACM during the stripping 
operation.
    (i) In renovation operations, wetting is not required if:
    (A) The owner or operator has obtained prior written approval from 
the Administrator based on a written application that wetting to comply 
with

[[Page 92]]

this paragraph would unavoidably damage equipment or present a safety 
hazard; and
    (B) The owner or operator uses of the following emission control 
methods:
    (1) A local exhaust ventilation and collection system designed and 
operated to capture the particulate asbestos material produced by the 
stripping and removal of the asbestos materials. The system must exhibit 
no visible emissions to the outside air or be designed and operated in 
accordance with the requirements in Sec. 61.152.
    (2) A glove-bag system designed and operated to contain the 
particulate asbestos material produced by the stripping of the asbestos 
materials.
    (3) Leak-tight wrapping to contain all RACM prior to dismantlement.
    (ii) In renovation operations where wetting would result in 
equipment damage or a safety hazard, and the methods allowed in 
paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section cannot be used, another method may 
be used after obtaining written approval from the Administrator based 
upon a determination that it is equivalent to wetting in controlling 
emissions or to the methods allowed in paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this 
section.
    (iii) A copy of the Administrator's written approval shall be kept 
at the worksite and made available for inspection.
    (4) After a facility component covered with, coated with, or 
containing RACM has been taken out of the facility as a unit or in 
sections pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) of this section, it shall be 
stripped or contained in leak-tight wrapping, except as described in 
paragraph (c)(5) of this section. If stripped, either:
    (i) Adequately wet the RACM during stripping; or
    (ii) Use a local exhaust ventilation and collection system designed 
and operated to capture the particulate asbestos material produced by 
the stripping. The system must exhibit no visible emissions to the 
outside air or be designed and operated in accordance with the 
requirements in Sec. 61.152.
    (5) For large facility components such as reactor vessels, large 
tanks, and steam generators, but not beams (which must be handled in 
accordance with paragraphs (c)(2), (3), and (4) of this section), the 
RACM is not required to be stripped if the following requirements are 
met:
    (i) The component is removed, transported, stored, disposed of, or 
reused without disturbing or damaging the RACM.
    (ii) The component is encased in a leak-tight wrapping.
    (iii) The leak-tight wrapping is labeled according to 
Sec. 61.149(d)(1)(i), (ii), and (iii) during all loading and unloading 
operations and during storage.
    (6) For all RACM, including material that has been removed or 
stripped:
    (i) Adequately wet the material and ensure that it remains wet until 
collected and contained or treated in preparation for disposal in 
accordance with Sec. 61.150; and
    (ii) Carefully lower the material to the ground and floor, not 
dropping, throwing, sliding, or otherwise damaging or disturbing the 
material.
    (iii) Transport the material to the ground via leak-tight chutes or 
containers if it has been removed or stripped more than 50 feet above 
ground level and was not removed as units or in sections.
    (iv) RACM contained in leak-tight wrapping that has been removed in 
accordance with paragraphs (c)(4) and (c)(3)(i)(B)(3) of this section 
need not be wetted.
    (7) When the temperature at the point of wetting is below 0  deg.C 
(32  deg.F):
    (i) The owner or operator need not comply with paragraph (c)(2)(i) 
and the wetting provisions of paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
    (ii) The owner or operator shall remove facility components 
containing, coated with, or covered with RACM as units or in sections to 
the maximum extent possible.
    (iii) During periods when wetting operations are suspended due to 
freezing temperatures, the owner or operator must record the temperature 
in the area containing the facility components at the beginning, middle, 
and end of each workday and keep daily temperature records available for 
inspection by the Administrator during normal business hours at the 
demolition

[[Page 93]]

or renovation site. The owner or operator shall retain the temperature 
records for at least 2 years.
    (8) Effective 1 year after promulgation of this regulation, no RACM 
shall be stripped, removed, or otherwise handled or disturbed at a 
facility regulated by this section unless at least one on-site 
representative, such as a foreman or management-level person or other 
authorized representative, trained in the provisions of this regulation 
and the means of complying with them, is present. Every 2 years, the 
trained on-site individual shall receive refresher training in the 
provisions of this regulation. The required training shall include as a 
minimum: applicability; notifications; material identification; control 
procedures for removals including, at least, wetting, local exhaust 
ventilation, negative pressure enclosures, glove-bag procedures, and 
High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filters; waste disposal work 
practices; reporting and recordkeeping; and asbestos hazards and worker 
protection. Evidence that the required training has been completed shall 
be posted and made available for inspection by the Administrator at the 
demolition or renovation site.
    (9) For facilities described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, 
adequately wet the portion of the facility that contains RACM during the 
wrecking operation.
    (10) If a facility is demolished by intentional burning, all RACM 
including Category I and Category II nonfriable ACM must be removed in 
accordance with the NESHAP before burning.

[[Page 94]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.002


[[Page 95]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.003


[55 FR 48419, Nov. 20, 1990; 56 FR 1669, Jan. 16, 1991]



Sec. 61.146  Standard for spraying.

    The owner or operator of an operation in which asbestos-containing 
materials are spray applied shall comply with the following 
requirements:
    (a) For spray-on application on buildings, structures, pipes, and 
conduits, do

[[Page 96]]

not use material containing more than 1 percent asbestos as determined 
using the method specified in appendix E, subpart E, 40 CFR part 763, 
section 1, Polarized Light Microscopy, except as provided in paragraph 
(c) of this section.
    (b) For spray-on application of materials that contain more than 1 
percent asbestos as determined using the method specified in appendix E, 
subpart E, 40 CFR part 763, section 1, Polarized Light Microscopy, on 
equipment and machinery, except as provided in paragraph (c) of this 
section:
    (1) Notify the Administrator at least 20 days before beginning the 
spraying operation. Include the following information in the notice:
    (i) Name and address of owner or operator.
    (ii) Location of spraying operation.
    (iii) Procedures to be followed to meet the requirements of this 
paragraph.
    (2) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air from spray-on 
application of the asbestos-containing material or use the methods 
specified by Sec. 61.152 to clean emissions containing particulate 
asbestos material before they escape to, or are vented to, the outside 
air.
    (c) The requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section do 
not apply to the spray-on application of materials where the asbestos 
fibers in the materials are encapsulated with a bituminous or resinous 
binder during spraying and the materials are not friable after drying.
    (d) Owners or operators of sources subject to this paragraph are 
exempt from the requirements of Secs. 61.05(a), 61.07 and 61.09.

[49 FR 13661, Apr. 5, 1984. Redesignated and amended at 55 FR 48424, 
Nov. 20, 1990; 60 FR 31920, June 19, 1995]



Sec. 61.147  Standard for fabricating.

    (a) Applicability. This section applies to the following fabricating 
operations using commercial asbestos:
    (1) The fabrication of cement building products.
    (2) The fabrication of friction products, except those operations 
that primarily install asbestos friction materials on motor vehicles.
    (3) The fabrication of cement or silicate board for ventilation 
hoods; ovens; electrical panels; laboratory furniture, bulkheads, 
partitions, and ceilings for marine construction; and flow control 
devices for the molten metal industry.
    (b) Standard. Each owner or operator of any of the fabricating 
operations to which this section applies shall either:
    (1) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air from any of 
the operations or from any building or structure in which they are 
conducted or from any other fugitive sources; or
    (2) Use the methods specified by Sec. 61.152 to clean emissions 
containing particulate asbestos material before they escape to, or are 
vented to, the outside air.
    (3) Monitor each potential source of asbestos emissions from any 
part of the fabricating facility, including air cleaning devices, 
process equipment, and buildings that house equipment for material 
processing and handling, at least once each day, during daylight hours, 
for visible emissions to the outside air during periods of operation. 
The monitoring shall be by visual observation of at least 15 seconds 
duration per source of emissions.
    (4) Inspect each air cleaning device at least once each week for 
proper operation and for changes that signal the potential for 
malfunctions, including, to the maximum extent possible without 
dismantling other than opening the device, the presence of tears, holes, 
and abrasions in filter bags and for dust deposits on the clean side of 
bags. For air cleaning devices that cannot be inspected on a weekly 
basis according to this paragraph, submit to the Administrator, and 
revise as necessary, a written maintenance plan to include, at a 
minimum, the following:
    (i) Maintenance schedule.
    (ii) Recordkeeping plan.
    (5) Maintain records of the results of visible emission monitoring 
and air cleaning device inspections using a format similar to that shown 
in Figures 1 and 2 and include the following:
    (i) Date and time of each inspection.
    (ii) Presence or absence of visible emissions.
    (iii) Condition of fabric filters, including presence of any tears, 
holes, and abrasions.

[[Page 97]]

    (iv) Presence of dust deposits on clean side of fabric filters.
    (v) Brief description of corrective actions taken, including date 
and time.
    (vi) Daily hours of operation for each air cleaning device.
    (6) Furnish upon request and make available at the affected facility 
during normal business hours for inspection by the Administrator, all 
records required under this section.
    (7) Retain a copy of all monitoring and inspection records for at 
least 2 years.
    (8) Submit semiannually a copy of the visible emission monitoring 
records to the Administrator if visible emission occurred during the 
report period. Semiannual reports shall be postmarked by the 30th day 
following the end of the six-month period.

[49 FR 13661, Apr. 5, 1984. Redesignated and amended at 55 FR 48424, 
Nov. 20, 1991; 64 FR 7467, Feb. 12, 1999]



Sec. 61.148  Standard for insulating materials.

    No owner or operator of a facility may install or reinstall on a 
facility component any insulating materials that contain commercial 
asbestos if the materials are either molded and friable or wet-applied 
and friable after drying. The provisions of this section do not apply to 
spray-applied insulating materials regulated under Sec. 61.146.

[55 FR 48424, Nov. 20, 1990]



Sec. 61.149  Standard for waste disposal for asbestos mills.

    Each owner or operator of any source covered under the provisions of 
Sec. 61.142 shall:
    (a) Deposit all asbestos-containing waste material at a waste 
disposal site operated in accordance with the provisions of Sec. 61.154; 
and
    (b) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air from the 
transfer of control device asbestos waste to the tailings conveyor, or 
use the methods specified by Sec. 61.152 to clean emissions containing 
particulate asbestos material before they escape to, or are vented to, 
the outside air. Dispose of the asbestos waste from control devices in 
accordance with Sec. 61.150(a) or paragraph (c) of this section; and
    (c) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air during the 
collection, processing, packaging, or on-site transporting of any 
asbestos-containing waste material, or use one of the disposal methods 
specified in paragraphs (c) (1) or (2) of this section, as follows:
    (1) Use a wetting agent as follows:
    (i) Adequately mix all asbestos-containing waste material with a 
wetting agent recommended by the manufacturer of the agent to 
effectively wet dust and tailings, before depositing the material at a 
waste disposal site. Use the agent as recommended for the particular 
dust by the manufacturer of the agent.
    (ii) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air from the 
wetting operation or use the methods specified by Sec. 61.152 to clean 
emissions containing particulate asbestos material before they escape 
to, or are vented to, the outside air.
    (iii) Wetting may be suspended when the ambient temperature at the 
waste disposal site is less than -9.5  deg.C (15  deg.F), as determined 
by an appropriate measurement method with an accuracy of 1 
deg.C (2  deg.F). During periods when wetting operations are 
suspended, the temperature must be recorded at least at hourly 
intervals, and records must be retained for at least 2 years in a form 
suitable for inspection.
    (2) Use an alternative emission control and waste treatment method 
that has received prior written approval by the Administrator. To obtain 
approval for an alternative method, a written application must be 
submitted to the Administrator demonstrating that the following criteria 
are met:
    (i) The alternative method will control asbestos emissions 
equivalent to currently required methods.
    (ii) The suitability of the alternative method for the intended 
application.
    (iii) The alternative method will not violate other regulations.
    (iv) The alternative method will not result in increased water 
pollution, land pollution, or occupational hazards.
    (d) When waste is transported by vehicle to a disposal site:
    (1) Mark vehicles used to transport asbestos-containing waste 
material during the loading and unloading of the

[[Page 98]]

waste so that the signs are visible. The markings must:
    (i) Be displayed in such a manner and location that a person can 
easily read the legend.
    (ii) Conform to the requirements for 51 cm  x  36 cm (20 in  x  14 
in) upright format signs specified in 29 CFR 1910.145(d)(4) and this 
paragraph; and
    (iii) Display the following legend in the lower panel with letter 
sizes and styles of a visibility at least equal to those specified in 
this paragraph.

                                 Legend
                                 DANGER
                          ASBESTOS DUST HAZARD
                     CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD
                        Authorized Personnel Only
                                Notation
               2.5 cm (1 inch) Sans Serif, Gothic or Block
               2.5 cm (1 inch) Sans Serif, Gothic or Block
             1.9 cm (\3/4\ inch) Sans Serif, Gothic or Block
                             14 Point Gothic
 


Spacing between any two lines must be a least equal to the height of the 
upper of the two lines.

    (2) For off-site disposal, provide a copy of the waste shipment 
record, described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section, to the disposal 
site owner or operator at the same time as the asbestos-containing waste 
material is delivered to the disposal site.
    (e) For all asbestos-containing waste material transported off the 
facility site:
    (1) Maintain asbestos waste shipment records, using a form similar 
to that shown in Figure 4, and include the following information:
    (i) The name, address, and telephone number of the waste generator.
    (ii) The name and address of the local, State, or EPA Regional 
agency responsible for administering the asbestos NESHAP program.
    (iii) The quantity of the asbestos-containing waste material in 
cubic meters (cubic yards).
    (iv) The name and telephone number of the disposal site operator.
    (v) The name and physical site location of the disposal site.
    (vi) The date transported.
    (vii) The name, address, and telephone number of the transporter(s).
    (viii) A certification that the contents of this consignment are 
fully and accurately described by proper shipping name and are 
classified, packed, marked, and labeled, and are in all respects in 
proper condition for transport by highway according to applicable 
international and government regulations.
    (2) For waste shipments where a copy of the waste shipment record, 
signed by the owner or operator of the designated disposal site, is not 
received by the waste generator within 35 days of the date the waste was 
accepted by the initial transporter, contact the transporter and/or the 
owner or operator of the designated disposal site to determine the 
status of the waste shipment.
    (3) Report in writing to the local, State, or EPA Regional office 
responsible for administering the asbestos NESHAP program for the waste 
generator if a copy of the waste shipment record, signed by the owner or 
operator of the designated waste disposal site, is not received by the 
waste generator within 45 days of the date the waste was accepted by the 
initial transporter. Include in the report the following information:
    (i) A copy of the waste shipment record for which a confirmation of 
delivery was not received, and
    (ii) A cover letter signed by the waste generator explaining the 
efforts taken to locate the asbestos waste shipment and the results of 
those efforts.
    (4) Retain a copy of all waste shipment records, including a copy of 
the waste shipment record signed by the owner or operator of the 
designated waste disposal site, for at least 2 years.
    (f) Furnish upon request, and make available for inspection by the 
Administrator, all records required under this section.

[[Page 99]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.004


[[Page 100]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.005


[[Page 101]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.006



Sec. 61.150  Standard for waste disposal for manufacturing, fabricating, demolition, renovation, and spraying operations.

    Each owner or operator of any source covered under the provisions of 
Secs. 61.144, 61.145, 61.146, and 61.147 shall comply with the following 
provisions:
    (a) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air during the 
collection, processing (including incineration), packaging, or 
transporting of any asbestos-containing waste material generated by the 
source, or use one of the emission control and waste treatment methods 
specified in paragraphs (a) (1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) Adequately wet asbestos-containing waste material as follows:
    (i) Mix control device asbestos waste to form a slurry; adequately 
wet other asbestos-containing waste material; and
    (ii) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air from 
collection, mixing, wetting, and handling operations, or use the methods 
specified by Sec. 61.152 to clean emissions containing particulate 
asbestos material before they escape to, or are vented to, the outside 
air; and
    (iii) After wetting, seal all asbestos-containing waste material in 
leak-tight containers while wet; or, for materials that will not fit 
into containers without additional breaking, put materials into leak-
tight wrapping; and
    (iv) Label the containers or wrapped materials specified in 
paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section using warning labels specified by 
Occupational Safety and Health Standards of the Department of Labor, 
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) under 29 CFR 
1910.1001(j)(2) or 1926.58(k)(2)(iii). The labels shall be printed in 
letters of sufficient size and contrast so as to be readily visible and 
legible.
    (v) For asbestos-containing waste material to be transported off the 
facility site, label containers or wrapped materials with the name of 
the waste generator and the location at which the waste was generated.

[[Page 102]]

    (2) Process asbestos-containing waste material into nonfriable forms 
as follows:
    (i) Form all asbestos-containing waste material into nonfriable 
pellets or other shapes;
    (ii) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air from 
collection and processing operations, including incineration, or use the 
method specified by Sec. 61.152 to clean emissions containing 
particulate asbestos material before they escape to, or are vented to, 
the outside air.
    (3) For facilities demolished where the RACM is not removed prior to 
demolition according to Secs. 61.145(c)(1) (i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) or 
for facilities demolished according to Sec. 61.145(c)(9), adequately wet 
asbestos-containing waste material at all times after demolition and 
keep wet during handling and loading for transport to a disposal site. 
Asbestos-containing waste materials covered by this paragraph do not 
have to be sealed in leak-tight containers or wrapping but may be 
transported and disposed of in bulk.
    (4) Use an alternative emission control and waste treatment method 
that has received prior approval by the Administrator according to the 
procedure described in Sec. 61.149(c)(2).
    (5) As applied to demolition and renovation, the requirements of 
paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to Category I nonfriable ACM 
waste and Category II nonfriable ACM waste that did not become crumbled, 
pulverized, or reduced to powder.
    (b) All asbestos-containing waste material shall be deposited as 
soon as is practical by the waste generator at:
    (1) A waste disposal site operated in accordance with the provisions 
of Sec. 61.154, or
    (2) An EPA-approved site that converts RACM and asbestos-containing 
waste material into nonasbestos (asbestos-free) material according to 
the provisions of Sec. 61.155.
    (3) The requirements of paragraph (b) of this section do not apply 
to Category I nonfriable ACM that is not RACM.
    (c) Mark vehicles used to transport asbestos-containing waste 
material during the loading and unloading of waste so that the signs are 
visible. The markings must conform to the requirements of 
Secs. 61.149(d)(1) (i), (ii), and (iii).
    (d) For all asbestos-containing waste material transported off the 
facility site:
    (1) Maintain waste shipment records, using a form similar to that 
shown in Figure 4, and include the following information:
    (i) The name, address, and telephone number of the waste generator.
    (ii) The name and address of the local, State, or EPA Regional 
office responsible for administering the asbestos NESHAP program.
    (iii) The approximate quantity in cubic meters (cubic yards).
    (iv) The name and telephone number of the disposal site operator.
    (v) The name and physical site location of the disposal site.
    (vi) The date transported.
    (vii) The name, address, and telephone number of the transporter(s).
    (viii) A certification that the contents of this consignment are 
fully and accurately described by proper shipping name and are 
classified, packed, marked, and labeled, and are in all respects in 
proper condition for transport by highway according to applicable 
international and government regulations.
    (2) Provide a copy of the waste shipment record, described in 
paragraph (d)(1) of this section, to the disposal site owners or 
operators at the same time as the asbestos-containing waste material is 
delivered to the disposal site.
    (3) For waste shipments where a copy of the waste shipment record, 
signed by the owner or operator of the designated disposal site, is not 
received by the waste generator within 35 days of the date the waste was 
accepted by the initial transporter, contact the transporter and/or the 
owner or operator of the designated disposal site to determine the 
status of the waste shipment.
    (4) Report in writing to the local, State, or EPA Regional office 
responsible for administering the asbestos NESHAP program for the waste 
generator if a copy of the waste shipment record, signed by the owner or 
operator of the designated waste disposal site, is not received by the 
waste generator within 45 days of the date the waste

[[Page 103]]

was accepted by the initial transporter. Include in the report the 
following information:
    (i) A copy of the waste shipment record for which a confirmation of 
delivery was not received, and
    (ii) A cover letter signed by the waste generator explaining the 
efforts taken to locate the asbestos waste shipment and the results of 
those efforts.
    (5) Retain a copy of all waste shipment records, including a copy of 
the waste shipment record signed by the owner or operator of the 
designated waste disposal site, for at least 2 years.
    (e) Furnish upon request, and make available for inspection by the 
Administrator, all records required under this section.

[55 FR 48429, Nov. 20, 1990; 56 FR 1669, Jan. 16, 1991]



Sec. 61.151  Standard for inactive waste disposal sites for asbestos mills and manufacturing and fabricating operations.

    Each owner or operator of any inactive waste disposal site that was 
operated by sources covered under Sec. 61.142, 61.144, or 61.147 and 
received deposits of asbestos-containing waste material generated by the 
sources, shall:
    (a) Comply with one of the following:
    (1) Either discharge no visible emissions to the outside air from an 
inactive waste disposal site subject to this paragraph; or
    (2) Cover the asbestos-containing waste material with at least 15 
centimeters (6 inches) of compacted nonasbestos-containing material, and 
grow and maintain a cover of vegetation on the area adequate to prevent 
exposure of the asbestos-containing waste material. In desert areas 
where vegetation would be difficult to maintain, at least 8 additional 
centimeters (3 inches) of well-graded, nonasbestos crushed rock may be 
placed on top of the final cover instead of vegetation and maintained to 
prevent emissions; or
    (3) Cover the asbestos-containing waste material with at least 60 
centimeters (2 feet) of compacted nonasbestos-containing material, and 
maintain it to prevent exposure of the asbestos-containing waste; or
    (4) For inactive waste disposal sites for asbestos tailings, a 
resinous or petroleum-based dust suppression agent that effectively 
binds dust to control surface air emissions may be used instead of the 
methods in paragraphs (a) (1), (2), and (3) of this section. Use the 
agent in the manner and frequency recommended for the particular 
asbestos tailings by the manufacturer of the dust suppression agent to 
achieve and maintain dust control. Obtain prior written approval of the 
Administrator to use other equally effective dust suppression agents. 
For purposes of this paragraph, any used, spent, or other waste oil is 
not considered a dust suppression agent.
    (b) Unless a natural barrier adequately deters access by the general 
public, install and maintain warning signs and fencing as follows, or 
comply with paragraph (a)(2) or (a)(3) of this section.
    (1) Display warning signs at all entrances and at intervals of 100 m 
(328 ft) or less along the property line of the site or along the 
perimeter of the sections of the site where asbestos-containing waste 
material was deposited. The warning signs must:
    (i) Be posted in such a manner and location that a person can easily 
read the legend; and
    (ii) Conform to the requirements for 51 cm x 36 cm (20" x 14") 
upright format signs specified in 29 CFR 1910.145(d)(4) and this 
paragraph; and
    (iii) Display the following legend in the lower panel with letter 
sizes and styles of a visibility at least equal to those specified in 
this paragraph.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Legend                              Notation
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Asbestos Waste Disposal Site..............  2.5 cm (1 inch) Sans Serif,
                                             Gothic or Block
Do Not Create Dust........................  1.9 cm (\3/4\ inch) Sans
                                             Serif, Gothic or Block
Breathing Asbestos is Hazardous to Your     14 Point Gothic.
 Health.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


Spacing between any two lines must be at least equal to the height of 
the upper of the two lines.
    (2) Fence the perimeter of the site in a manner adequate to deter 
access by the general public.
    (3) When requesting a determination on whether a natural barrier 
adequately deters public access, supply information enabling the 
Administrator

[[Page 104]]

to determine whether a fence or a natural barrier adequately deters 
access by the general public.
    (c) The owner or operator may use an alternative control method that 
has received prior approval of the Administrator rather than comply with 
the requirements of paragraph (a) or (b) of this section.
    (d) Notify the Administrator in writing at least 45 days prior to 
excavating or otherwise disturbing any asbestos-containing waste 
material that has been deposited at a waste disposal site under this 
section, and follow the procedures specified in the notification. If the 
excavation will begin on a date other than the one contained in the 
original notice, notice of the new start date must be provided to the 
Administrator at least 10 working days before excavation begins and in 
no event shall excavation begin earlier than the date specified in the 
original notification. Include the following information in the notice:
    (1) Scheduled starting and completion dates.
    (2) Reason for disturbing the waste.
    (3) Procedures to be used to control emissions during the 
excavation, storage, transport, and ultimate disposal of the excavated 
asbestos-containing waste material. If deemed necessary, the 
Administrator may require changes in the emission control procedures to 
be used.
    (4) Location of any temporary storage site and the final disposal 
site.
    (e) Within 60 days of a site becoming inactive and after the 
effective date of this subpart, record, in accordance with State law, a 
notation on the deed to the facility property and on any other 
instrument that would normally be examined during a title search; this 
notation will in perpetuity notify any potential purchaser of the 
property that:
    (1) The land has been used for the disposal of asbestos-containing 
waste material;
    (2) The survey plot and record of the location and quantity of 
asbestos-containing waste disposed of within the disposal site required 
in Sec. 61.154(f) have been filed with the Administrator; and
    (3) The site is subject to 40 CFR part 61, subpart M.

[49 FR 13661, Apr. 5, 1984, as amended at 53 FR 36972, Sept. 23, 1988. 
Redesignated and amended at 55 FR 48429, Nov. 20, 1990]



Sec. 61.152  Air-cleaning.

    (a) The owner or operator who uses air cleaning, as specified in 
Secs. 61.142(a), 61.144(b)(2), 61.145(c)(3)(i)(B)(1), 61.145(c)(4)(ii), 
61.145(c)(11)(i), 61.146(b)(2), 61.147(b)(2), 61.149(b), 
61.149(c)(1)(ii), 61.150(a)(1)(ii), 61.150(a)(2)(ii), and 61.155(e) 
shall:
    (1) Use fabric filter collection devices, except as noted in 
paragraph (b) of this section, doing all of the following:
    (i) Ensuring that the airflow permeability, as determined by ASTM 
Method D737-75, does not exceed 9 m\3\/min/m\2\ (30 ft\3\/min/ft\2\) for 
woven fabrics or 11\3\/min/m\2\(35 ft\3\/min/ft\2\) for felted fabrics, 
except that 12 m\3\/min/m\2\ (40 ft\3\min/ft\2\) for woven and 14 m\3\/
min/m\2\ (45 ft \3\min/ft\2\) for felted fabrics is allowed for 
filtering air from asbestos ore dryers; and
    (ii) Ensuring that felted fabric weighs at least 475 grams per 
square meter (14 ounces per square yard) and is at least 1.6 millimeters 
(one-sixteenth inch) thick throughout; and
    (iii) Avoiding the use of synthetic fabrics that contain fill yarn 
other than that which is spun.
    (2) Properly install, use, operate, and maintain all air-cleaning 
equipment authorized by this section. Bypass devices may be used only 
during upset or emergency conditions and then only for so long as it 
takes to shut down the operation generating the particulate asbestos 
material.
    (3) For fabric filter collection devices installed after January 10, 
1989, provide for easy inspection for faulty bags.
    (b) There are the following exceptions to paragraph (a)(1):
    (1) After January 10, 1989, if the use of fabric creates a fire or 
explosion hazard, or the Administrator determines that a fabric filter 
is not feasible, the Administrator may authorize as a substitute the use 
of wet collectors designed to operate with a unit contacting energy of 
at least 9.95 kilopascals (40 inches water gage pressure).

[[Page 105]]

    (2) Use a HEPA filter that is certified to be at least 99.97 percent 
efficient for 0.3 micron particles.
    (3) The Administrator may authorize the use of filtering equipment 
other than described in paragraphs (a)(1) and (b)(1) and (2) of this 
section if the owner or operator demonstrates to the Administrator's 
satisfaction that it is equivalent to the described equipment in 
filtering particulate asbestos material.

[49 FR 13661, Apr. 5, 1984; 49 FR 25453, June 21, 1984, as amended at 51 
FR 8199, Mar. 10, 1986. Redesignated and amended at 55 FR 48430, Nov. 
20, 1990]



Sec. 61.153  Reporting.

    (a) Any new source to which this subpart applies (with the exception 
of sources subject to Secs. 61.143, 61.145, 61.146, and 61.148), which 
has an initial startup date preceding the effective date of this 
revision, shall provide the following information to the Administrator 
postmarked or delivered within 90 days of the effective date. In the 
case of a new source that does not have an initial startup date 
preceding the effective date, the information shall be provided, 
postmarked or delivered, within 90 days of the initial startup date. Any 
owner or operator of an existing source shall provide the following 
information to the Administrator within 90 days of the effective date of 
this subpart unless the owner or operator of the existing source has 
previously provided this information to the Administrator. Any changes 
in the information provided by any existing source shall be provided to 
the Administrator, postmarked or delivered, within 30 days after the 
change.
    (1) A description of the emission control equipment used for each 
process; and
    (i) If the fabric device uses a woven fabric, the airflow 
permeability in m\3\/min/m\2\ and; if the fabric is synthetic, whether 
the fill yarn is spun or not spun; and
    (ii) If the fabric filter device uses a felted fabric, the density 
in g/m\2\, the minimum thickness in inches, and the airflow permeability 
in m\3\/min/m\2\.
    (2) If a fabric filter device is used to control emissions,
    (i) The airflow permeability in m\3\/min/m\2\ (ft\3\/min/ft\2\) if 
the fabric filter device uses a woven fabric, and, if the fabric is 
synthetic, whether the fill yarn is spun or not spun; and
    (ii) If the fabric filter device uses a felted fabric, the density 
in g/m\2\ (oz/yd\2\), the minimum thickness in millimeters (inches), and 
the airflow permeability in m\3\/min/m\2\ (ft\3\/min/ft\2\).
    (3) If a HEPA filter is used to control emissions, the certified 
efficiency.
    (4) For sources subject to Secs. 61.149 and 61.150:
    (i) A brief description of each process that generates asbestos-
containing waste material; and
    (ii) The average volume of asbestos-containing waste material 
disposed of, measured in m\3\/day (yd\3\/day); and
    (iii) The emission control methods used in all stages of waste 
disposal; and
    (iv) The type of disposal site or incineration site used for 
ultimate disposal, the name of the site operator, and the name and 
location of the disposal site.
    (5) For sources subject to Secs. 61.151 and 61.154:
    (i) A brief description of the site; and
    (ii) The method or methods used to comply with the standard, or 
alternative procedures to be used.
    (b) The information required by paragraph (a) of this section must 
accompany the information required by Sec. 61.10. Active waste disposal 
sites subject to Sec. 61.154 shall also comply with this provision. 
Roadways, demolition and renovation, spraying, and insulating materials 
are exempted from the requirements of Sec. 61.10(a). The information 
described in this section must be reported using the format of appendix 
A of this part as a guide.

(Sec. 114. Clean Air Act as amended (42 U.S.C. 7414))

[49 FR 13661, Apr. 5, 1984. Redesignated and amended at 55 FR 48430, 
Nov. 20, 1990; 56 FR 1669, Jan. 16, 1991]



Sec. 61.154  Standard for active waste disposal sites.

    Each owner or operator of an active waste disposal site that 
receives asbestos-containing waste material from a source covered under 
Sec. 61.149, 61.150, or 61.155 shall meet the requirements of this 
section:

[[Page 106]]

    (a) Either there must be no visible emissions to the outside air 
from any active waste disposal site where asbestos-containing waste 
material has been deposited, or the requirements of paragraph (c) or (d) 
of this section must be met.
    (b) Unless a natural barrier adequately deters access by the general 
public, either warning signs and fencing must be installed and 
maintained as follows, or the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this 
section must be met.
    (1) Warning signs must be displayed at all entrances and at 
intervals of 100 m (330 ft) or less along the property line of the site 
or along the perimeter of the sections of the site where asbestos-
containing waste material is deposited. The warning signs must:
    (i) Be posted in such a manner and location that a person can easily 
read the legend; and
    (ii) Conform to the requirements of 51 cm  x  36 cm (20" x 14") 
upright format signs specified in 29 CFR 1910.145(d)(4) and this 
paragraph; and
    (iii) Display the following legend in the lower panel with letter 
sizes and styles of a visibility at least equal to those specified in 
this paragraph.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Legend                              Notation
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Asbestos Waste Disposal Site..............  2.5 cm (1 inch) Sans Serif,
                                             Gothic or Block.
Do Not Create Dust........................  1.9 cm (\3/4\ inch) Sans
                                             Serif, Gothic or Block.
Breathing Asbestos is Hazardous to Your     14 Point Gothic.
 Health.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


Spacing between any two lines must be at least equal to the height of 
the upper of the two lines.
    (2) The perimeter of the disposal site must be fenced in a manner 
adequate to deter access by the general public.
    (3) Upon request and supply of appropriate information, the 
Administrator will determine whether a fence or a natural barrier 
adequately deters access by the general public.
    (c) Rather than meet the no visible emission requirement of 
paragraph (a) of this section, at the end of each operating day, or at 
least once every 24-hour period while the site is in continuous 
operation, the asbestos-containing waste material that has been 
deposited at the site during the operating day or previous 24-hour 
period shall:
    (1) Be covered with at least 15 centimeters (6 inches) of compacted 
nonasbestos-containing material, or
    (2) Be covered with a resinous or petroleum-based dust suppression 
agent that effectively binds dust and controls wind erosion. Such an 
agent shall be used in the manner and frequency recommended for the 
particular dust by the dust suppression agent manufacturer to achieve 
and maintain dust control. Other equally effective dust suppression 
agents may be used upon prior approval by the Administrator. For 
purposes of this paragraph, any used, spent, or other waste oil is not 
considered a dust suppression agent.
    (d) Rather than meet the no visible emission requirement of 
paragraph (a) of this section, use an alternative emissions control 
method that has received prior written approval by the Administrator 
according to the procedures described in Sec. 61.149(c)(2).
    (e) For all asbestos-containing waste material received, the owner 
or operator of the active waste disposal site shall:
    (1) Maintain waste shipment records, using a form similar to that 
shown in Figure 4, and include the following information:
    (i) The name, address, and telephone number of the waste generator.
    (ii) The name, address, and telephone number of the transporter(s).
    (iii) The quantity of the asbestos-containing waste material in 
cubic meters (cubic yards).
    (iv) The presence of improperly enclosed or uncovered waste, or any 
asbestos-containing waste material not sealed in leak-tight containers. 
Report in writing to the local, State, or EPA Regional office 
responsible for administering the asbestos NESHAP program for the waste 
generator (identified in the waste shipment record), and, if different, 
the local, State, or EPA Regional office responsible for administering 
the asbestos NESHAP program for the disposal site, by the following 
working day, the presence of a significant amount of improperly enclosed 
or uncovered waste. Submit a copy of the waste shipment record along 
with the report.

[[Page 107]]

    (v) The date of the receipt.
    (2) As soon as possible and no longer than 30 days after receipt of 
the waste, send a copy of the signed waste shipment record to the waste 
generator.
    (3) Upon discovering a discrepancy between the quantity of waste 
designated on the waste shipment records and the quantity actually 
received, attempt to reconcile the discrepancy with the waste generator. 
If the discrepancy is not resolved within 15 days after receiving the 
waste, immediately report in writing to the local, State, or EPA 
Regional office responsible for administering the asbestos NESHAP 
program for the waste generator (identified in the waste shipment 
record), and, if different, the local, State, or EPA Regional office 
responsible for administering the asbestos NESHAP program for the 
disposal site. Describe the discrepancy and attempts to reconcile it, 
and submit a copy of the waste shipment record along with the report.
    (4) Retain a copy of all records and reports required by this 
paragraph for at least 2 years.
    (f) Maintain, until closure, records of the location, depth and 
area, and quantity in cubic meters (cubic yards) of asbestos-containing 
waste material within the disposal site on a map or diagram of the 
disposal area.
    (g) Upon closure, comply with all the provisions of Sec. 61.151.
    (h) Submit to the Administrator, upon closure of the facility, a 
copy of records of asbestos waste disposal locations and quantities.
    (i) Furnish upon request, and make available during normal business 
hours for inspection by the Administrator, all records required under 
this section.
    (j) Notify the Administrator in writing at least 45 days prior to 
excavating or otherwise disturbing any asbestos-containing waste 
material that has been deposited at a waste disposal site and is 
covered. If the excavation will begin on a date other than the one 
contained in the original notice, notice of the new start date must be 
provided to the Administrator at least 10 working days before excavation 
begins and in no event shall excavation begin earlier than the date 
specified in the original notification. Include the following 
information in the notice:
    (1) Scheduled starting and completion dates.
    (2) Reason for disturbing the waste.
    (3) Procedures to be used to control emissions during the 
excavation, storage, transport, and ultimate disposal of the excavated 
asbestos-containing waste material. If deemed necessary, the 
Administrator may require changes in the emission control procedures to 
be used.
    (4) Location of any temporary storage site and the final disposal 
site.

(Secs. 112 and 301(a) of the Clean Air Act as amended (42 U.S.C. 7412, 
7601(a))

[49 FR 13661, Apr. 5, 1990. Redesignated and amended at 55 FR 48431, 
Nov. 20, 1990; 56 FR 1669, Jan. 16, 1991]



Sec. 61.155  Standard for operations that convert asbestos-containing waste material into nonasbestos (asbestos-free) material.

    Each owner or operator of an operation that converts RACM and 
asbestos-containing waste material into nonasbestos (asbestos-free) 
material shall:
    (a) Obtain the prior written approval of the Administrator to 
construct the facility. To obtain approval, the owner or operator shall 
provide the Administrator with the following information:
    (1) Application to construct pursuant to Sec. 61.07.
    (2) In addition to the information requirements of Sec. 61.07(b)(3), 
a
    (i) Description of waste feed handling and temporary storage.
    (ii) Description of process operating conditions.
    (iii) Description of the handling and temporary storage of the end 
product.
    (iv) Description of the protocol to be followed when analyzing 
output materials by transmission electron microscopy.
    (3) Performance test protocol, including provisions for obtaining 
information required under paragraph (b) of this section.
    (4) The Administrator may require that a demonstration of the 
process be performed prior to approval of the application to construct.
    (b) Conduct a start-up performance test. Test results shall include:
    (1) A detailed description of the types and quantities of 
nonasbestos material,

[[Page 108]]

RACM, and asbestos-containing waste material processed, e.g., asbestos 
cement products, friable asbestos insulation, plaster, wood, plastic, 
wire, etc. Test feed is to include the full range of materials that will 
be encountered in actual operation of the process.
    (2) Results of analyses, using polarized light microscopy, that 
document the asbestos content of the wastes processed.
    (3) Results of analyses, using transmission electron microscopy, 
that document that the output materials are free of asbestos. Samples 
for analysis are to be collected as 8-hour composite samples (one 200-
gram (7-ounce) sample per hour), beginning with the initial introduction 
of RACM or asbestos-containing waste material and continuing until the 
end of the performance test.
    (4) A description of operating parameters, such as temperature and 
residence time, defining the full range over which the process is 
expected to operate to produce nonasbestos (asbestos-free) materials. 
Specify the limits for each operating parameter within which the process 
will produce nonasbestos (asbestos-free) materials.
    (5) The length of the test.
    (c) During the initial 90 days of operation,
    (1) Continuously monitor and log the operating parameters identified 
during start-up performance tests that are intended to ensure the 
production of nonasbestos (asbestos-free) output material.
    (2) Monitor input materials to ensure that they are consistent with 
the test feed materials described during start-up performance tests in 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
    (3) Collect and analyze samples, taken as 10-day composite samples 
(one 200-gram (7-ounce) sample collected every 8 hours of operation) of 
all output material for the presence of asbestos. Composite samples may 
be for fewer than 10 days. Transmission electron microscopy (TEM) shall 
be used to analyze the output material for the presence of asbestos. 
During the initial 90-day period, all output materials must be stored 
on-site until analysis shows the material to be asbestos-free or 
disposed of as asbestos-containing waste material according to 
Sec. 61.150.
    (d) After the initial 90 days of operation,
    (1) Continuously monitor and record the operating parameters 
identified during start-up performance testing and any subsequent 
performance testing. Any output produced during a period of deviation 
from the range of operating conditions established to ensure the 
production of nonasbestos (asbestos-free) output materials shall be:
    (i) Disposed of as asbestos-containing waste material according to 
Sec. 61.150, or
    (ii) Recycled as waste feed during process operation within the 
established range of operating conditions, or
    (iii) Stored temporarily on-site in a leak-tight container until 
analyzed for asbestos content. Any product material that is not 
asbestos-free shall be either disposed of as asbestos-containing waste 
material or recycled as waste feed to the process.
    (2) Collect and analyze monthly composite samples (one 200-gram (7-
ounce) sample collected every 8 hours of operation) of the output 
material. Transmission electron microscopy shall be used to analyze the 
output material for the presence of asbestos.
    (e) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air from any part 
of the operation, or use the methods specified by Sec. 61.152 to clean 
emissions containing particulate asbestos material before they escape 
to, or are vented to, the outside air.
    (f) Maintain records on-site and include the following information:
    (1) Results of start-up performance testing and all subsequent 
performance testing, including operating parameters, feed 
characteristic, and analyses of output materials.
    (2) Results of the composite analyses required during the initial 90 
days of operation under Sec. 61.155(c).
    (3) Results of the monthly composite analyses required under 
Sec. 61.155(d).
    (4) Results of continuous monitoring and logs of process operating 
parameters required under Sec. 61.155 (c) and (d).
    (5) The information on waste shipments received as required in 
Sec. 61.154(e).
    (6) For output materials where no analyses were performed to 
determine the presence of asbestos, record the name and location of the 
purchaser or

[[Page 109]]

disposal site to which the output materials were sold or deposited, and 
the date of sale or disposal.
    (7) Retain records required by paragraph (f) of this section for at 
least 2 years.
    (g) Submit the following reports to the Administrator:
    (1) A report for each analysis of product composite samples 
performed during the initial 90 days of operation.
    (2) A quarterly report, including the following information 
concerning activities during each consecutive 3-month period:
    (i) Results of analyses of monthly product composite samples.
    (ii) A description of any deviation from the operating parameters 
established during performance testing, the duration of the deviation, 
and steps taken to correct the deviation.
    (iii) Disposition of any product produced during a period of 
deviation, including whether it was recycled, disposed of as asbestos-
containing waste material, or stored temporarily on-site until analyzed 
for asbestos content.
    (iv) The information on waste disposal activities as required in 
Sec. 61.154(f).
    (h) Nonasbestos (asbestos-free) output material is not subject to 
any of the provisions of this subpart. Output materials in which 
asbestos is detected, or output materials produced when the operating 
parameters deviated from those established during the start-up 
performance testing, unless shown by TEM analysis to be asbestos-free, 
shall be considered to be asbestos-containing waste and shall be handled 
and disposed of according to Secs. 61.150 and 61.154 or reprocessed 
while all of the established operating parameters are being met.

[55 FR 48431, Nov. 20, 1990]



Sec. 61.156  Cross-reference to other asbestos regulations.

    In addition to this subpart, the regulations referenced in Table 1 
also apply to asbestos and may be applicable to those sources specified 
in Secs. 61.142 through 61.151, 61.154, and 61.155 of this subpart. 
These cross-references are presented for the reader's information and to 
promote compliance with the cited regulations.

         Table 1--Cross-reference to Other Asbestos Regulations
------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Agency              CFR citation                 Comment
------------------------------------------------------------------------
EPA                 40 CFR part 763,         Requires schools to inspect
                     subpart E.               for asbestos and implement
                                              response actions and
                                              submit asbestos management
                                              plans to States. Specifies
                                              use of accredited
                                              inspectors, air sampling
                                              methods, and waste
                                              disposal procedures.
                    40 CFR part 427........  Effluent standards for
                                              asbestos manufacturing
                                              source categories.
                    40 CFR part 763,         Protects public employees
                     subpart G.               performing asbestos
                                              abatement work in States
                                              not covered by OSHA
                                              asbestos standard.
OSHA                29 CFR 1910.1001.......  Worker protection measures--
                                              engineering controls,
                                              worker training, labeling,
                                              respiratory protection,
                                              bagging of waste, 0.2 f/cc
                                              permissible exposure
                                              level.
                    29 CFR 1926.58.........  Worker protection measures
                                              for all construction work
                                              involving asbestos,
                                              including demolition and
                                              renovation--work
                                              practices, worker
                                              training, bagging of
                                              waste, 0.2 f/cc
                                              permissible exposure
                                              level.
MSHA                30 part CFR 56, subpart  Specifies exposures limits,
                     D.                       engineering controls, and
                                              respiratory protection
                                              measures for workers in
                                              surface mines.
                    30 CFR part 57, subpart  Specifies exposure limits,
                     D.                       engineering controls, and
                                              respiratory protection
                                              measures for workers in
                                              underground mines.
DOT                 49 CFR parts 171 and     Regulates the
                     172.                     transportation of asbestos-
                                              containing waste material.
                                              Requires waste containment
                                              and shipping papers.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

[55 FR 48432, Nov. 20, 1990, as amended at 60 FR 31920, June 19, 1995]



Sec. 61.157  Delegation of authority.

    (a) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority to a 
State under section 112(d) of the Act, the authorities contained in 
paragraph (b) of this section shall be retained by the Administrator and 
not transferred to a State.
    (b) Authorities that will not be delegated to States:
    (1) Section 61.149(c)(2)
    (2) Section 61.150(a)(4)
    (3) Section 61.151(c)

[[Page 110]]

    (4) Section 61.152(b)(3)
    (5) Section 61.154(d)
    (6) Section 61.155(a).

[55 FR 48433, Nov. 20, 1990]

   Appendix A to Subpart M--Interpretive Rule Governing Roof Removal 
                               Operations

                 I. Applicability of the Asbestos NESHAP

    1.1. Asbestos-containing material (ACM) is material containing more 
than one percent asbestos as determined using the methods specified in 
appendix E, subpart E, 40 CFR part 763, section 1, Polarized Light 
Microscopy. The NESHAP classifies ACM as either ``friable'' or 
``nonfriable''. Friable ACM is ACM that, when dry, can be crumbled, 
pulverized or reduced to powder by hand pressure. Nonfriable ACM is ACM 
that, when dry, cannot be crumbled, pulverized or reduced to powder by 
hand pressure.
    1.2. Nonfriable ACM is further classified as either Category I ACM 
or Category II ACM. Category I ACM and Category II ACM are distinguished 
from each other by their potential to release fibers when damaged. 
Category I ACM includes asbestos-containing gaskets, packings, resilient 
floor coverings, resilient floor covering mastic, and asphalt roofing 
products containing more than one percent asbestos. Asphalt roofing 
products which may contain asbestos include built-up roofing; asphalt-
containing single ply membrane systems; asphalt shingles; asphalt-
containing underlayment felts; asphalt-containing roof coatings and 
mastics; and asphalt-containing base flashings. ACM roofing products 
that use other bituminous or resinous binders (such as coal tars or 
pitches) are also considered to be Category I ACM. Category II ACM 
includes all other nonfriable ACM, for example, asbestos-cement (A/C) 
shingles, A/C tiles, and transite boards or panels containing more than 
one percent asbestos. Generally speaking, Category II ACM is more likely 
to become friable when damaged than is Category I ACM. The applicability 
of the NESHAP to Category I and II ACM depends on: (1) the condition of 
the material at the time of demolition or renovation, (2) the nature of 
the operation to which the material will be subjected, (3) the amount of 
ACM involved.
    1.3. Asbestos-containing material regulated under the NESHAP is 
referred to as ``regulated asbestos-containing material'' (RACM). RACM 
is defined in Sec. 61.141 of the NESHAP and includes: (1) friable 
asbestos-containing material; (2) Category I nonfriable ACM that has 
become friable; (3) Category I nonfriable ACM that has been or will be 
sanded, ground, cut, or abraded; or (4) Category II nonfriable ACM that 
has already been or is likely to become crumbled, pulverized, or reduced 
to powder. If the coverage threshold for RACM is met or exceeded in a 
renovation or demolition operation, then all friable ACM in the 
operation, and in certain situations, nonfriable ACM in the operation, 
are subject to the NESHAP.

      A. Threshold Amounts of Asbestos-Containing Roofing Material

    1.A.1. The NESHAP does not cover roofing projects on single family 
homes or on residential buildings containing four or fewer dwelling 
units. 40 CFR 61.141. For other roofing renovation projects, if the 
total asbestos-containing roof area undergoing renovation is less than 
160 ft 2, the NESHAP does not apply, regardless of the 
removal method to be used, the type of material (Category I or II), or 
its condition (friable versus nonfriable). 40 CFR 61.145(a)(4). However, 
EPA would recommend the use of methods that damage asbestos-containing 
roofing material as little as possible. EPA has determined that where a 
rotating blade (RB) roof cutter or equipment that similarly damages the 
roofing material is used to remove Category I nonfriable asbestos-
containing roofing material, the removal of 5580 ft 2 of that 
material will create 160 ft 2 of RACM. For the purposes of 
this interpretive rule, ``RB roof cutter'' means an engine-powered roof 
cutting machine with one or more rotating cutting blades the edges of 
which are blunt. (Equipment with blades having sharp or tapered edges, 
and/or which does not use a rotating blade, is used for ``slicing'' 
rather than ``cutting'' the roofing material; such equipment is not 
included in the term ``RB roof cutter''.) Therefore, it is EPA's 
interpretation that when an RB roof cutter or equipment that similarly 
damages the roofing material is used to remove Category I nonfriable 
asbestos-containing roofing material, any project that is 5580 ft 
2 or greater is subject to the NESHAP; conversely, it is 
EPA's interpretation that when an RB roof cutter or equipment that 
similarly damages the roofing material is used to remove Category I 
nonfriable asbestos-containing roofing material in a roof removal 
project that is less than 5580 ft 2, the project is not 
subject to the NESHAP, except that notification is always required for 
demolitions. EPA further construes the NESHAP to mean that if slicing or 
other methods that do not sand, grind, cut or abrade will be used on 
Category I nonfriable ACM, the NESHAP does not apply, regardless of the 
area of roof to be removed.
    1.A.2. For asbestos cement (A/C) shingles (or other Category II 
roofing material), if the area of the roofing material to be removed is 
at least 160 ft 2 and the removal methods will crumble, 
pulverize, reduce to powder, or contaminate with RACM (from other ACM 
that has been crumbled, pulverized or reduced to

[[Page 111]]

powder) 160 ft 2 or more of such roofing material, the 
removal is subject to the NESHAP. Conversely, if the area of the A/C 
shingles (or other Category II roofing materials) to be removed is less 
than 160 ft 2, the removal is not subject to the NESHAP 
regardless of the removal method used, except that notification is 
always required for demolitions. 40 CFR 61.145(a). However, EPA would 
recommend the use of methods that damage asbestos-containing roofing 
material as little as possible. If A/C shingles (or other Category II 
roofing materials) are removed without 160 ft 2 or more of 
such roofing material being crumbled, pulverized, reduced to powder, or 
contaminated with RACM (from other ACM that has been crumbled, 
pulverized or reduced to powder), the operation is not subject to the 
NESHAP, even where the total area of the roofing material to be removed 
exceeds 160 ft 2; provided, however, that if the renovation 
includes other operations involving RACM, the roof removal operation is 
covered if the total area of RACM from all renovation activities exceeds 
160 ft 2. See the definition of regulated asbestos-containing 
material (RACM), 40 CFR 61.141.
    1.A.3. Only roofing material that meets the definition of ACM can 
qualify as RACM subject to the NESHAP. Therefore, to determine if a 
removal operation that meets or exceeds the coverage threshold is 
subject to the NESHAP, any suspect roofing material (i.e. roofing 
material that may be ACM) should be tested for asbestos. If any such 
roofing material contains more than one percent asbestos and if the 
removal operation is covered by the NESHAP, then EPA must be notified 
and the work practices in Sec. 61.145(c) must be followed. In EPA's 
view, if a removal operation involves at least the threshold level of 
suspect material, a roofing contractor may choose not to test for 
asbestos if the contractor follows the notification and work practice 
requirements of the NESHAP.

            B. A/C Shingle Removal (Category II ACM Removal)

    1.B.1. A/C shingles, which are Category II nonfriable ACM, become 
regulated ACM if the material has a high probability of becoming or has 
become crumbled, pulverized or reduced to powder by the forces expected 
to act on the material in the course of demolition or renovation 
operations. 40 CFR 61.141. However, merely breaking an A/C shingle (or 
any other category II ACM) that is not friable may not necessarily cause 
the material to become RACM. A/C shingles are typically nailed to 
buildings on which they are attached. EPA believes that the extent of 
breakage that will normally result from carefully removing A/C shingles 
and lowering the shingles to the ground will not result in crumbling, 
pulverizing or reducing the shingles to powder. Conversely, the extent 
of breakage that will normally occur if the A/C shingles are dropped 
from a building or scraped off of a building with heavy machinery would 
cause the shingles to become RACM. EPA therefore construes the NESHAP to 
mean that the removal of A/C shingles that are not friable, using 
methods that do not crumble, pulverize, or reduce the A/C shingles to 
powder (such as pry bars, spud bars and shovels to carefully pry the 
material), is not subject to the NESHAP provided that the A/C shingles 
are properly handled during and after removal, as discussed in this 
paragraph and the asbestos NESHAP. This interpretation also applies to 
other Category II nonfriable asbestos-containing roofing materials.

 C. Cutting vs. Slicing and Manual Methods for Removal of Category I ACM

    1.C.1. Because of damage to the roofing material, and the potential 
for fiber release, roof removal operations using rotating blade (RB) 
roof cutters or other equipment that sand, grind, cut or abrade the roof 
material are subject to the NESHAP. As EPA interprets the NESHAP, the 
use of certain manual methods (using equipment such as axes, hatchets, 
or knives, spud bars, pry bars, and shovels, but not saws) or methods 
that slice, shear, or punch (using equipment such as a power slicer or 
power plow) does not constitute ``cutting, sanding, grinding or 
abrading.'' This is because these methods do not destroy the structural 
matrix or integrity of the material such that the material is crumbled, 
pulverized or reduced to powder. Hence, it is EPA's interpretation that 
when such methods are used, assuming the roof material is not friable, 
the removal operation is not subject to the regulation.
    1.C.2. Power removers or power tear-off machines are typically used 
to pry the roofing material up from the deck after the roof membrane has 
been cut. It is EPA's interpretation that when these machines are used 
to pry roofing material up, their use is not regulated by the NESHAP.
    1.C.3. As noted previously, the NESHAP only applies to the removal 
of asbestos-containing roofing materials. Thus, the NESHAP does not 
apply to the use of RB cutters to remove non-asbestos built up roofing 
(BUR). On roofs containing some asbestos-containing and some non-
asbestos-containing materials, coverage under the NESHAP depends on the 
methods used to remove each type of material in addition to other 
coverage thresholds specified above. For example, it is not uncommon for 
existing roofs to be made of non-asbestos BUR and base flashings that do 
contain asbestos. In that situation, EPA construes the NESHAP to be 
inapplicable to the removal of the non-asbestos BUR using an RB cutter 
so long as the RB cutter is not used to cut 5580

[[Page 112]]

ft\2\ or more of the asbestos-containing base flashing or other 
asbestos-containing material into sections. In addition, the use of 
methods that slice, shear, punch or pry could then be used to remove the 
asbestos flashings and not trigger coverage under the NESHAP.

                            II. Notification

    2.1. Notification for a demolition is always required under the 
NESHAP. However, EPA believes that few roof removal jobs constitute 
``demolitions'' as defined in the NESHAP (Sec. 61.141). In particular, 
it is EPA's view that the removal of roofing systems (i.e., the roof 
membrane, insulation, surfacing, coatings, flashings, mastic, shingles, 
and felt underlayment), when such removal is not a part of a demolition 
project, constitutes a ``renovation'' under the NESHAP. If the operation 
is a renovation, and Category I roofing material is being removed using 
either manual methods or slicing, notification is not required by the 
NESHAP. If Category II material is not friable and will be removed 
without crumbling, pulverizing, or reducing it to powder, no 
notification is required. Also, if the renovation involves less than the 
threshold area for applicability as discussed above, then no 
notification is required. However, if a roof removal meets the 
applicability and threshold requirements under the NESHAP, then EPA (or 
the delegated agency) must be notified in advance of the removal in 
accordance with the requirements of Sec. 61.145(b), as follows:
     Notification must be given in writing at least 10 working 
days in advance and must include the information in Sec. 61.145(b)(4), 
except for emergency renovations as discussed below.
     The notice must be updated as necessary, including, for 
example, when the amount of asbestos-containing roofing material 
reported changes by 20 percent or more.
     EPA must be notified if the start date of the roof removal 
changes. If the start date of a roof removal project is changed to an 
earlier date, EPA must be provided with a written notice of the new 
start date at least 10 working days in advance. If the start date 
changes to a later date, EPA must be notified by telephone as soon as 
possible before the original start date and a written notice must be 
sent as soon as possible.
     For emergency renovations (as defined in Sec. 61.141), 
where work must begin immediately to avoid safety or public health 
hazards, equipment damage, or unreasonable financial burden, the 
notification must be postmarked or delivered to EPA as soon as possible, 
but no later than the following work day.

                     III. Emission Control Practices

   A. Requirements to Adequately Wet and Discharge No Visible Emission

    3.A.1. The principal controls contained in the NESHAP for removal 
operations include requirements that the affected material be adequately 
wetted, and that asbestos waste be handled, collected, and disposed of 
properly. The requirements for disposal of waste materials are discussed 
separately in section IV below. The emission control requirements 
discussed in this section III apply only to roof removal operations that 
are covered by the NESHAP as set forth in Section I above.
    3.A.2. For any operation subject to the NESHAP, the regulation 
(Secs. 61.145(c)(2)(i), (3), (6)(i)) requires that RACM be adequately 
wet (as defined in Sec. 61.141) during the operation that damages or 
disturbs the asbestos material until collected for disposal.
    3.A.3. When using an RB roof cutter (or any other method that sands, 
grinds, cuts or abrades the roofing material) to remove Category I 
asbestos-containing roofing material, the emission control requirements 
of Sec. 61.145(c) apply as discussed in Section I above. EPA will 
consider a roof removal project to be in compliance with the 
``adequately wet'' and ``discharge no visible emission'' requirements of 
the NESHAP if the RB roof cutter is equipped and operated with the 
following: (1) a blade guard that completely encloses the blade and 
extends down close to the roof surface; and (2) a device for spraying a 
fine mist of water inside the blade guard, and which device is in 
operation during the cutting of the roof.

                 B. Exemptions From Wetting Requirements

    3.B.1. The NESHAP provides that, in certain instances, wetting may 
not be required during the cutting of Category I asbestos roofing 
material with an RB roof cutter. If EPA determines in accordance with 
Sec. 61.145(c)(3)(i), that wetting will unavoidably damage the building, 
equipment inside the building, or will present a safety hazard while 
stripping the ACM from a facility component that remains in place, the 
roof removal operation will be exempted from the requirement to wet 
during cutting. EPA must have sufficient written information on which to 
base such a decision. Before proceeding with a dry removal, the 
contractor must have received EPA's written approval. Such exemptions 
will be made on a case-by-case basis.
    3.B.2. It is EPA's view that, in most instances, exemptions from the 
wetting requirements are not necessary. Where EPA grants an exemption 
from wetting because of the potential for damage to the building, damage 
to equipment within the building or a safety hazard, the NESHAP 
specifies alternative control methods (Sec. 61.145(c)(3)(i)(B)).

[[Page 113]]

Alternative control methods include (a) the use of local exhaust 
ventilation systems that capture the dust, and do not produce visible 
emissions, or (b) methods that are designed and operated in accordance 
with the requirements of Sec. 61.152, or (c) other methods that have 
received the written approval of EPA. EPA will consider an alternative 
emission control method in compliance with the NESHAP if the method has 
received written approval from EPA and the method is being implemented 
consistent with the approved procedures (Sec. 61.145(c)(3)(ii) or 
Sec. 61.152(b)(3)).
    3.B.3. An exemption from wetting is also allowed when the air or 
roof surface temperature at the point of wetting is below freezing, as 
specified in Sec. 61.145(c)(7). If freezing temperatures are indicated 
as the reason for not wetting, records must be kept of the temperature 
at the beginning, middle and end of the day on which wetting is not 
performed and the records of temperature must be retained for at least 2 
years. 42 CFR Sec. 61.145(c)(7)(iii). It is EPA's interpretation that in 
such cases, no written application to, or written approval by the 
Administrator is needed for using emission control methods listed in 
Sec. 61.145(c)(3)(i)(B), or alternative emission control methods that 
have been previously approved by the Administrator. However, such 
written application or approval is required for alternative emission 
control methods that have not been previously approved. Any dust and 
debris collected from cutting must still be kept wet and placed in 
containers. All of the other requirements for notification and waste 
disposal would continue to apply as described elsewhere in this notice 
and the Asbestos NESHAP.

                    C. Waste Collection and Handling

    3.C.1. It is EPA's interpretation that waste resulting from slicing 
and other methods that do not cut, grind, sand or abrade Category I 
nonfriable asbestos-containing roofing material is not subject to the 
NESHAP and can be disposed of as nonasbestos waste. EPA further 
construes the NESHAP to provide that if Category II roofing material 
(such as A/C shingles) is removed and disposed of without crumbling, 
pulverizing, or reducing it to powder, the waste from the removal is not 
subject to the NESHAP waste disposal requirements. EPA also interprets 
the NESHAP to be inapplicable to waste resulting from roof removal 
operations that do not meet or exceed the coverage thresholds described 
in section I above. Of course, other State, local, or Federal 
regulations may apply.
    3.C.2. It is EPA's interpretation that when an RB roof cutter, or 
other method that similarly damages the roofing material, is used to cut 
Category I asbestos containing roofing material, the damaged material 
from the cut (the sawdust or debris) is considered asbestos containing 
waste subject to Sec. 61.150 of the NESHAP, provided the coverage 
thresholds discussed above in section 1 are met or exceeded. This 
sawdust or debris must be disposed of at a disposal site operated in 
accordance with the NESHAP. It is also EPA's interpretation of the 
NESHAP that if the remainder of the roof is free of the sawdust and 
debris generated by the cutting, or if such sawdust or debris is 
collected as discussed below in paragraphs 3.C.3, 3.C.4, 3.C.5 and 
3.C.6, the remainder of the roof can be disposed of as nonasbestos waste 
because it is considered to be Category I nonfriable material (as long 
as the remainder of the roof is in fact nonasbestos material or if it is 
Category I asbestos material and the removal methods do not further 
sand, grind, cut or abrade the roof material). EPA further believes that 
if the roof is not cleaned of such sawdust or debris, i.e., it is 
contaminated, then it must be treated as asbestos-containing waste 
material and be handled in accordance with Sec. 61.150.
    3.C.3. In order to be in compliance with the NESHAP while using an 
RB roof cutter (or device that similarly damages the roofing material) 
to cut Category I asbestos containing roofing material, the dust and 
debris resulting from the cutting of the roof should be collected as 
soon as possible after the cutting operation, and kept wet until 
collected and placed in leak-tight containers. EPA believes that where 
the blade guard completely encloses the blade and extends down close to 
the roof surface and is equipped with a device for spraying a fine mist 
of water inside the blade guard, and the spraying device is in operation 
during the cutting, most of the dust and debris from cutting will be 
confined along the cut. The most efficient methods to collect the dust 
and debris from cutting are to immediately collect or vacuum up the 
damaged material where it lies along the cut using a filtered vacuum 
cleaner or debris collector that meets the requirements of 40 CFR 61.152 
to clean up as much of the debris as possible, or to gently sweep up the 
bulk of the debris, and then use a filtered vacuum cleaner that meets 
the requirements of 40 CFR 61.152 to clean up as much of the remainder 
of the debris as possible. On smooth surfaced roofs (nonaggregate 
roofs), sweeping up the debris and then wet wiping the surface may be 
done in place of using a filtered vacuum cleaner. It is EPA's view that 
if these decontamination procedures are followed, the remaining roofing 
material does not have to be collected and disposed of as asbestos 
waste. Additionally, it is EPA's view that where such decontamination 
procedures are followed, if the remaining portions of the roof are non-
asbestos or Category I nonfriable asbestos material, and if the 
remaining portions are removed using removal methods that slice, shear, 
punch or

[[Page 114]]

pry, as discussed in section 1.C above, then the remaining portions do 
not have to be collected and disposed of as asbestos waste and the 
NESHAP's no visible emissions and adequately wet requirements are not 
applicable to the removal of the remaining portions. In EPA's 
interpretation, the failure of a filtered vacuum cleaner or debris 
collector to collect larger chunks or pieces of damaged roofing material 
created by the RB roof cutter does not require the remaining roofing 
material to be handled and disposed of as asbestos waste, provided that 
such visible chunks or pieces of roofing material are collected (e.g. by 
gentle sweeping) and disposed of as asbestos waste. Other methods of 
decontamination may not be adequate, and should be approved by the local 
delegated agency.
    3.C.4. In EPA's interpretation, if the debris from the cutting is 
not collected immediately, it will be necessary to lightly mist the dust 
or debris, until it is collected, as discussed above, and placed in 
containers. The dust or debris should be lightly misted frequently 
enough to prevent the material from drying, and to prevent airborne 
emissions, prior to collection as described above. It is EPA's 
interpretation of the NESHAP that if these procedures are followed, the 
remaining roofing material does not have to be collected and disposed of 
as asbestos waste, as long as the remaining roof material is in fact 
nonasbestos material or if it is Category I asbestos material and the 
removal methods do not further sand, grind, cut or abrade the roof 
material.
    3.C.5. It is EPA's interpretation that, provided the roofing 
material is not friable prior to the cutting operation, and provided the 
roofing material has not been made friable by the cutting operation, the 
appearance of rough, jagged or damaged edges on the remaining roofing 
material, due to the use of an RB roof cutter, does not require that 
such remaining roofing material be handled and disposed of as asbestos 
waste. In addition, it is also EPA's interpretation that if the sawdust 
or debris generated by the use of an RB roof cutter has been collected 
as discussed in paragraphs 3.C.3, 3.C.4 and 3.C.6, the presence of dust 
along the edge of the remaining roof material does not render such 
material ``friable'' for purposes of this interpretive rule or the 
NESHAP, provided the roofing material is not friable prior to the 
cutting operation, and provided that the remaining roofing material near 
the cutline has not been made friable by the cutting operation. Where 
roofing material near the cutline has been made friable by the use of 
the RB cutter (i.e. where such remaining roofing material near the 
cutline can be crumbled, pulverized or reduced to powder using hand 
pressure), it is EPA's interpretation that the use of an encapsulant 
will ensure that such friable material need not be treated or disposed 
of as asbestos containing waste material. The encapsulant may be applied 
to the friable material after the roofing material has been collected 
into stacks for subsequent disposal as nonasbestos waste. It is EPA's 
view that if the encapsulation procedure set forth in this paragraph is 
followed in operations where roofing material near the cutline has been 
rendered friable by the use of an RB roof cutter, and if the 
decontamination procedures set forth in paragraph 3.C.3 have been 
followed, the NESHAP's no visible emissions and adequately wet 
requirements would be met for the removal, handling and disposal of the 
remaining roofing material.
    3.C.6. As one way to comply with the NESHAP, the dust and debris 
from cutting can be placed in leak-tight containers, such as plastic 
bags, and the containers labeled using warning labels required by OSHA 
(29 CFR 1926.58). In addition, the containers must have labels that 
identify the waste generator (such as the name of the roofing 
contractor, abatement contractor, and/or building owner or operator) and 
the location of the site at which the waste was generated.

                           IV. Waste Disposal

                        A. Disposal Requirements

    4.A.1. Section 61.150(b) requires that, as soon as is practical, all 
collected dust and debris from cutting as well as any contaminated 
roofing squares, must be taken to a landfill that is operated in 
accordance with Sec. 61.154 or to an EPA-approved site that converts 
asbestos waste to nonasbestos material in accordance with Sec. 61.155. 
During the loading and unloading of affected waste, asbestos warning 
signs must be affixed to the vehicles.

                        B. Waste Shipment Record

    4.B.1. For each load of asbestos waste that is regulated under the 
NESHAP, a waste shipment record (WSR) must be maintained in accordance 
with Sec. 61.150(d). Information that must be maintained for each waste 
load includes the following:
     Name, address, and telephone number of the waste generator
     Name and address of the local, State, or EPA regional 
office responsible for administering the asbestos NESHAP program
     Quantity of waste in cubic meters (or cubic yards)
     Name and telephone number of the disposal site operator
     Name and physical site location of the disposal site
     Date transported
     Name, address, and telephone number of the transporter(s)
     Certification that the contents meet all government 
regulations for transport by highways.

[[Page 115]]

    4.B.2. The waste generator is responsible for ensuring that a copy 
of the WSR is delivered to the disposal site along with the waste 
shipment. If a copy of the WSR signed by the disposal site operator is 
not returned to the waste generator within 35 days, the waste generator 
must contact the transporter and/or the disposal site to determine the 
status of the waste shipment. 40 CFR 61.150(d)(3). If the signed WSR is 
not received within 45 days, the waste generator must report, in 
writing, to the responsible NESHAP program agency and send along a copy 
of the WSR. 40 CFR 61.150(d)(4). Copies of WSRs, including those signed 
by the disposal site operator, must be retained for at least 2 years. 40 
CFR 61.150(d)(5).

                               V. Training

    5.1. For those roof removals that are subject to the NESHAP, at 
least one on-site supervisor trained in the provisions of the NESHAP 
must be present during the removal of the asbestos roofing material. 40 
CFR 61.145(c)(8). In EPA's view, this person can be a job foreman, a 
hired consultant, or someone who can represent the building owner or 
contractor responsible for the removal. In addition to the initial 
training requirement, a refresher training course is required every 2 
years. The NESHAP training requirements became effective on November 20, 
1991.
    5.2. Asbestos training courses developed specifically to address 
compliance with the NESHAP in roofing work, as well as courses developed 
for other purposes can satisfy this requirement of the NESHAP, as long 
as the course covers the areas specified in the regulation. EPA believes 
that Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA) training courses 
will, for example, satisfy the NESHAP training requirements. However, 
nothing in this interpretive rule or in the NESHAP shall be deemed to 
require that roofing contractors or roofing workers performing 
operations covered by the NESHAP must be trained or accredited under 
AHERA, as amended by the Asbestos School Hazard Abatement 
Reauthorization Act (ASHARA). Likewise, state or local authorities may 
independently impose additional training, licensing, or accreditation 
requirements on roofing contractors performing operations covered by the 
NESHAP, but such additional training, licensing or accreditation is not 
called for by this interpretive rule or the federal NESHAP.
    5.3. For removal of Category I asbestos containing roofing material 
where RB roof cutters or equipment that similarly damages the asbestos-
containing roofing material are used, the NESHAP training requirements 
(Sec. 61.145(c)(8)) apply as discussed in Section I above. It is EPA's 
intention that removal of Category I asbestos-containing roofing 
material using hatchets, axes, knives, and/or the use of spud bars, pry 
bars and shovels to lift the roofing material, or similar removal 
methods that slice, punch, or shear the roof membrane are not subject to 
the training requirements, since these methods do not cause the roof 
removal to be subject to the NESHAP. Likewise, it is EPA's intention 
that roof removal operations involving Category II nonfriable ACM are 
not subject to the training requirements where such operations are not 
subject to the NESHAP as discussed in section I above.

[59 FR 31158, June 17, 1994, as amended at 60 FR 31920, June 19, 1995]



 Subpart N--National Emission Standard for Inorganic Arsenic Emissions 
                     From Glass Manufacturing Plants

    Source: 51 FR 28025, Aug. 4, 1986, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 61.160  Applicability and designation of source.

    (a) The source to which this subpart applies is each glass melting 
furnace that uses commercial arsenic as a raw material. This subpart 
does not apply to pot furnaces.
    (b) Rebricking is not considered construction or modification for 
the purposes of Sec. 61.05(a).



Sec. 61.161  Definitions.

    The terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act, in 
Sec. 61.02, or in this section as follows:
    Arsenic-containing glass type means any glass that is distinguished 
from other glass solely by the weight percent of arsenic added as a raw 
material and by the weight percent of arsenic in the glass produced. Any 
two or more glasses that have the same weight percent of arsenic in the 
raw materials as well as in the glass produced shall be considered to 
belong to one arsenic-containing glass type, without regard to the 
recipe used or any other characteristics of the glass or the method of 
production.
    By-pass the control device means to operate the glass melting 
furnace without operating the control device to which that furnace's 
emissions are directed routinely.
    Commercial arsenic means any form of arsenic that is produced by 
extraction

[[Page 116]]

from any arsenic-containing substance and is intended for sale or for 
intentional use in a manufacturing process. Arsenic that is a naturally 
occurring trace constituent of another substance is not considered 
``commercial arsenic.''
    Cullet means waste glass recycled to a glass melting furnace.
    Glass melting furnace means a unit comprising a refractory vessel in 
which raw materials are charged, melted at high temperature, refined, 
and conditioned to produce molten glass. The unit includes foundations, 
superstructure and retaining walls, raw material charger systems, heat 
exchangers, melter cooling system, exhaust system, refractory brick 
work, fuel supply and electrical boosting equipment, integral control 
systems and instrumentation, and appendages for conditioning and 
distributing molten glass to forming apparatuses. The forming 
apparatuses, including the float bath used in flat glass manufacturing, 
are not considered part of the glass melting furnace.
    Glass produced means the glass pulled from the glass melting 
furnace.
    Inorganic arsenic means the oxides and other noncarbon compounds of 
the element arsenic included in particulate matter, vapors, and 
aerosols.
    Malfunction means any sudden failure of air pollution control 
equipment or process equipment or of a process to operate in a normal or 
usual manner so that emissions of arsenic are increased.
    Pot furnace means a glass melting furnace that contains one or more 
refractory vessels in which glass is melted by indirect heating. The 
openings of the vessels are in the outside wall of the furnace and are 
covered with refractory stoppers during melting.
    Rebricking means cold replacement of damaged or worn refractory 
parts of the glass melting furnace. Rebricking includes replacement of 
the refractories comprising the bottom, sidewalls, or roof of the 
melting vessel; replacement of refractory work in the heat exchanger; 
and replacement of refractory portions of the glass conditioning and 
distribution system.
    Shutdown means the cessation of operation of an affected source for 
any purpose.
    Theoretical arsenic emissions factor means the amount of inorganic 
arsenic, expressed in grams per kilogram of glass produced, as 
determined based on a material balance.
    Uncontrolled total arsenic emissions means the total inorganic 
arsenic in the glass melting furnace exhaust gas preceding any add-on 
emission control device.

[51 FR 28025, Aug. 4, 1986; 51 FR 35355, Oct. 3, 1986]



Sec. 61.162  Emission limits.

    (a) The owner or operator of an existing glass melting furnace 
subject to the provisions of this subpart shall comply with either 
paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section; except as provided in 
paragraph (c) of this section.
    (1) Uncontrolled total arsenic emissions from the glass melting 
furnace shall be less than 2.5 Mg (2.7 ton) per year, or
    (2) Total arsenic emissions from the glass melting furnace shall be 
conveyed to a control device and reduced by at least 85 percent.
    (b) The owner or operator of a new or modified glass melting furnace 
subject to the provisions of this subpart shall comply with either 
paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section, except as provided in 
paragraph (c) of this section.
    (1) Uncontrolled total arsenic emissions from the glass melting 
furnace shall be less than 0.4 Mg (0.44 ton) per year, or
    (2) Total arsenic emissions from the glass melting furnace shall be 
conveyed to a control device and reduced by at least 85 percent.
    (c) An owner or operator of a source subject to the requirements of 
this section may, after approval by the Administrator, bypass the 
control device to which arsenic emissions from the furnace are directed 
for a limited period of time for designated purposes such as maintenance 
of the control device, as specified in Sec. 61.165(e).
    (d) At all times, including periods of startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction, the owner or operator of a glass melting furnace subject to 
the provisions of this subpart shall operate and maintain the furnace 
and associated air pollution control equipment in a manner

[[Page 117]]

consistent with good air pollution control practice for minimizing 
emissions of inorganic arsenic to the atmosphere to the maximum extent 
practicable. Determination of whether acceptable operating and 
maintenance procedures are being used will be based on information 
available to the Administrator, which may include, but is not limited 
to, monitoring results, review of operating and maintenance procedures, 
inspection of the source, and review of other records.

[51 FR 28025, Aug. 4, 1986, as amended at 65 FR 62157, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.163  Emission monitoring.

    (a) An owner or operator of a glass melting furnace subject to the 
emission limit in Sec. 61.162(a)(2) or Sec. 61.162(b)(2) shall:
    (1) Install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a continuous 
monitoring system for the measurement of the opacity of emissions 
discharged into the atmosphere from the control device; and
    (2) Install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a monitoring device 
for the continuous measurement of the temperature of the gas entering 
the control device.
    (b) All continuous monitoring systems and monitoring devices shall 
be installed and operational prior to performance of an emission test 
required by Sec. 61.164(a). Verification of operational status shall, at 
a minimum, consist of an evaluation of the monitoring system in 
accordance with the requirements and procedures contained in Performance 
Specification 1 of appendix B of 40 CFR part 60.
    (c) During the emission test required in Sec. 61.164(a) each owner 
or operator subject to paragraph (a) of this section shall:
    (1) Conduct continuous opacity monitoring from the beginning of the 
first test run until the completion of the third test run. Process and 
control equipment shall be operated in a manner that will minimize 
opacity of emissions, subject to the Administrator's approval.
    (2) Calculate 6-minute opacity averages from 24 or more data points 
equally spaced over each 6-minute period during the test runs.
    (3) Determine, based on the 6-minute opacity averages, the opacity 
value corresponding to the 99 percent upper confidence level of a normal 
or log-normal (whichever the owner or operator determines is more 
representative) distribution of the average opacity values.
    (4) Conduct continuous monitoring of the temperature of the gas 
entering the control device from the beginning of the first test run 
until completion of the third test run.
    (5) Calculate 15-minute averages of the temperature of the gas 
entering the control device during each test run.
    (d) An owner or operator may redetermine the values described in 
paragraph (c) of this section during any emission test that demonstrates 
compliance with the emission limits in Sec. 61.162(a)(2) or 
Sec. 61.162(b)(2).
    (e) The requirements of Sec. 60.13(d) and Sec. 60.13(f) shall apply 
to an owner or operator subject to paragraph (a) of this section.
    (f) Except for system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and 
zero and span adjustments required under Sec. 60.13(d), all continuous 
monitoring systems shall be in continuous operation and shall meet 
minimum frequency of operation requirements by completing a minimum of 
one cycle of sampling and analyzing for each successive 10-second period 
and one cycle of data recording for each successive 6-minute period.
    (g) An owner or operator subject to paragraph (a) of this section 
shall:
    (1) Reduce all opacity data to 6-minute averages. Six-minute 
averages shall be calculated from 24 or more data points equally spaced 
over each 6-minute period. Data recorded during periods of monitoring 
system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and zero and span 
adjustments shall not be included in the data averages calculated under 
this paragraph, and
    (2) Calculate 15-minute averages of the temperature of the gas 
entering the control device for each 15-minute operating period.
    (h) After receipt and consideration of written application, the 
Administrator may approve alternative monitoring systems for the 
measurement of one or more process or operating parameters that is or 
are demonstrated to enable

[[Page 118]]

accurate and representative monitoring of a properly operating control 
device. Upon approval of an alternative monitoring system for an 
affected source, the Administrator will specify requirements to replace 
the requirements of paragraphs (a)--(g) of this section for that system.

[51 FR 28025, Aug. 4, 1986, as amended at 64 FR 7467, Feb. 12, 1999]



Sec. 61.164  Test methods and procedures.

    (a) To demonstrate compliance with Sec. 61.162, the owner or 
operator shall conduct emission tests, reduce test data, and follow the 
procedures specified in this section unless the Administrator:
    (1) Specifies or approves, in specific cases, the use of a reference 
method with minor changes in methodology;
    (2) Approves the use of an equivalent method;
    (3) Approves the use of an alternative method the results of which 
he has determined to be adequate for indicating whether a specific 
source is in compliance; or
    (4) Waives the requirement for emission tests as provided under 
Sec. 61.13.
    (b) Unless a waiver of emission testing is obtained, the owner or 
operator shall conduct emission tests required by this section:
    (1) No later than 90 days after the effective date of this subpart 
for a source that has an initial startup date preceding the effective 
date; or
    (2) No later than 90 days after startup for a source that has an 
initial startup date after the effective date.
    (3) At such other times as may be required by the Administrator 
under section 114 of the Act.
    (4) While the source is operating under such conditions as the 
Administrator may specify, based on representative performance of the 
source.
    (c) To demonstrate compliance with Sec. 61.162(a)(1) when less than 
8.0 Mg (8.8 ton) per year of elemental arsenic is added to any existing 
glass melting furnace, or to demonstrate compliance with 
Sec. 61.162(b)(1) when less than 1.0 Mg (1.1 ton) per year of elemental 
arsenic is added to any new or modified glass melting furnace, an owner 
or operator shall:
    (1) Derive a theoretical uncontrolled arsenic emission factor (T), 
based on material balance calculations for each arsenic-containing glass 
type (i) produced during the 12-month period, as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.483


Where:

Ti = The theoretical uncontrolled arsenic emission factor for 
          each glass type (i), g/kg (lb/ton).
Abi = Fraction by weight of elemental arsenic in the fresh 
          batch for each glass type (I).
Wbi = Weight of fresh batch melted per unit weight of glass 
          produced for each glass type (i), g/kg (lb/ton).
Aci = Fraction by weight of elemental arsenic in cullet for 
          each glass type (i).
Wci = Weight of cullet melted per unit weight of glass 
          produced for each glass type (i), g/kg (lb/ton).
Bgi = Weight of elemental arsenic per unit weight of glass 
          produced for each glass type (i), g/kg (lb/ton).

    (2) Estimate theoretical uncontrolled arsenic emissions for the 12-
month period for each arsenic-containing glass type as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.484


Where:

Yi = Theoretical uncontrolled arsenic emission estimate for 
          the 12-month period for each glass type, Mg/year (ton/year).

[[Page 119]]

Ti = Theoretical uncontrolled arsenic emission factor for 
          each type of glass (i) produced during the 12-month period as 
          calculated in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, g/kg (lb/ton).
Gi = Quantity of each arsenic-containing glass type (i) 
          produced during the 12-month period, kg/yr (ton/yr).
K = conversion factor for unit consistency, 106 g/Mg (2,000 
          lb/ton).

    (3) Estimate the total theoretical uncontrolled arsenic emissions 
for the 12-month period by finding the sum of the values calculated for 
Yi in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
    (4) If the value determined in paragraph (c)(3) of this section is 
equal to or greater than the applicable limit in Sec. 61.162(a)(1) or 
(b)(1), conduct the emission testing and calculations described in 
paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(5) of this section. If the value is less 
than the applicable limit, the source is in compliance and no emission 
testing or additional calculations are required.
    (d) To demonstrate compliance with Sec. 61.162(a)(1) when 8.0 Mg 
(8.8 ton) per year or more of elemental arsenic are added to any 
existing glass melting furnace, or to demonstrate compliance with 
Sec. 61.162(b)(1) when 1.0 Mg (1.1 ton) per year or more of elemental 
arsenic is added to any new or modified glass melting furnace, an owner 
or operator shall:
    (1) Estimate the theoretical uncontrolled arsenic emissions for each 
glass type for the 12-month period by performing the calculations 
described in paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section.
    (2) Conduct emission testing to determine the actual uncontrolled 
arsenic emission rate during production of the arsenic-containing glass 
type with the highest theoretical uncontrolled arsenic emissions as 
calculated under paragraph (d)(1) of this section. The owner or operator 
shall use the following test methods and procedures:
    (i) Use Method 108 in appendix B to this part for determinig the 
arsenic emission rate, g/hr (lb/hr). The emission rate shall equal the 
arithmetic mean of the results of three 60-minute test runs.
    (ii) Use the following methods in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60:
    (A) Method 1 for sample and velocity traverse.
    (B) Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flowrate.
    (C) Method 3 for gas analysis.
    (D) For sources equipped with positive pressure fabric filters, use 
Section 8.0 of Method 5D to determine a suitable sampling location and 
procedure.
    (3) Determine the actual uncontrolled arsenic emission factor 
(Ra) as follows:

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.485


Where:

Ra = Actual uncontrolled arsenic emission factor, g/kg (lb/
          ton).
Ea = Actual uncontrolled arsenic emission rate from paragraph 
          (d)(2) of this section, g/hr (lb/hr).
P = Rate of glass production, kg/hr (ton/hr), determined by dividing the 
          weight of glass pulled from the furnace during the emission 
          test by the number of hours taken to perform the test under 
          paragraph (d)(2) of this section.

    (4) Calculate a correction factor to relate the theoretical and the 
actual uncontrolled arsenic emission factors as follows:

F = Ra  Ti

Where:
F=the correction factor.
Ra = Actual uncontrolled arsenic emission factor, determined 
          in paragraph (d)(3) of this section, g/kg (lb/ton).
Ti = Theoretical uncontrolled arsenic emission factor, g/kg 
          (lb/ton), determined in paragraph (c)(1) of this section for 
          the same glass type for which Ra was determined.

    (5) Determine the uncontrolled arsenic emission rate for the 12-
month period, as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.486


Where:

U = Uncontrolled arsenic emission rate for the 12-month period, Mg/yr 
          (ton/yr).
Ti = Theoretical uncontrolled arsenic emission factor for 
          each type of glass (i) produced during the 12-month period as 
          calculated in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, g/kg (lb/ton).
F = The correction factor calculated in paragraph (d)(4) of this 
          section.

[[Page 120]]

Gi = Quantity of each arsenic-containing glass type (i) 
          produced during the 12-month period, kg/yr (ton/yr).
n = Number of arsenic-containing glass types produced during the 12-
          month period.
K = Conversion factor for unit consistency, 10\6\ g/Mg (2,000 lb/ton).

    (6) If the value determined in paragraph (d)(5) of this section is 
less than the applicable limit in Sec. 61.162(a)(1) or (b)(1), the 
source is in compliance.
    (e) To demonstrate compliance with Sec. 61.162(a)(2) or (b)(2), an 
owner or operator shall:
    (1) Conduct emission testing to determine the percent reduction of 
inorganic arsenic emissions being achieved by the control device, using 
the following test methods and procedures:
    (i) Use Method 108 in appendix B to this part to determine the 
concentration of arsenic in the gas streams entering and exiting the 
control device. Conduct three 60-minute test runs, each consisting of 
simultaneous testing of the inlet and outlet gas streams. The gas 
streams shall contain all the gas exhausted from the glass melting 
furnace.
    (ii) Use the following methods in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60:
    (A) Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses.
    (B) Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flowrate.
    (C) Method 3 for gas analysis.
    (D) For sources equipped with positive pressure fabric filters, use 
Section 8.0 of Method 5D to determine a suitable sampling location and 
procedure.
    (2) Calculate the percent emission reduction for each run as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.052

Where:
D= the percent emission reduction.
Cb= the arsenic concentration of the stack gas entering the 
          control device, as measured by Method 108.
Ca= the arsenic concentration of the stack gas exiting the 
          control device, as measured by Method 108.

    (3) Determine the average percent reduction of arsenic by 
calculating the arithmetic mean of the results for the three runs. If it 
is at least 85 percent, the source is in compliance.

[51 FR 28025, Aug. 4, 1986; 51 FR 35355, Oct. 3, 1986, as amended at 55 
FR 22027, May 31, 1990; 65 FR 62157, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.165  Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

    (a) Each owner or operator of a source subject to the requirements 
of Sec. 61.162 shall maintain at the source for a period of at least 2 
years and make available to the Administrator upon request a file of the 
following records:
    (1) All measurements, including continuous monitoring for 
measurement of opacity, and temperature of gas entering a control 
device;
    (2) Records of emission test data and all calculations used to 
produce the required reports of emission estimates to demonstrate 
compliance with Sec. 61.162;
    (3) All continous monitoring system performance evaluations, 
including calibration checks and adjustments;
    (4) The occurrence and duration of all startups, shutdowns, and 
malfunctions of the furnace;
    (5) All malfunctions of the air pollution control system;
    (6) All periods during which any continuous monitoring system or 
monitoring device is inoperative;
    (7) All maintenance and repairs for each air pollution control 
system, continuous monitoring system, or monitoring device;
    (b) Each owner or operator who is given approval by the 
Administrator to bypass a control device under paragraph (e) of this 
section shall maintain at the source for a period of at least 2 years 
and make available to the Administrator upon request a file of the 
following records:
    (1) The dates the control device is bypassed; and
    (2) Steps taken to minimize arsenic emissions during the period the 
control device was bypassed.
    (c) Each owner or operator of a source subject to the emission limit 
in Sec. 61.162(a)(1) or (b)(1) shall determine and record at the end of 
every 6 months the uncontrolled arsenic emission rate for the preceding 
and forthcoming 12-month periods. The determinations shall:

[[Page 121]]

    (1) Be made by following the procedures in Sec. 61.164(c)(1), 
(c)(2), and (c)(3); or in Sec. 61.164(d)(5), whichever is applicable; 
and
    (2) Take into account changes in production rates, types of glass 
produced, and other factors that would affect the uncontrolled arsenic 
emission rate.
    (d) Each owner or operator of a source subject to the provisions of 
this subpart shall:
    (1) Provide the Administrator 30 days prior notice of any emission 
test required in Sec. 61.164 to afford the Administrator the opportunity 
to have an observer present; and
    (2) Submit to the Administrator a written report of the results of 
the emission test and associated calculations required in Sec. 61.164(d) 
or (e), as applicable, within 60 days after conducting the test.
    (3) Submit to the Administrator a written report of the arsenic 
emission estimates calculated under Sec. 61.164(c):
    (i) Within 45 days after the effective date of this subpart for a 
source that has an initial startup date preceding the effective date; or
    (ii) Within 45 days after startup for a source that has an initial 
startup date after the effective date.
    (4) Submit to the Adminstrator a written report of the uncontrolled 
arsenic emission rates determined in accordance with paragraph (c) of 
this section, if:
    (i) The emission rate for the preceding 12-month period (or 
preceding 6-month period for the first 6-month determination) exceeded 
the applicable limit in Sec. 61.162(a)(1) or (b)(1).
    (ii) The emission rate for the forthcoming 12-month period will 
exceed the applicable limit in Sec. 61.162(a)(1) or (b)(1). In this 
case, the owner or operator shall also notify the Administrator of the 
anticipated date of the emission test to demonstrate compliance with the 
applicable limit in Sec. 61.162(a)(2) or (b)(2).
    (5) Ensure that the reports required in paragraph (d)(4) of this 
section are postmarked by the tenth day following the end of the 6-month 
reporting period.
    (e) To obtain approval to bypass a control device, as provided in 
Sec. 61.162(c), an owner or operator of a source subject to this subpart 
may make written application to the Administrator. Each application for 
such a waiver shall be submitted to the Administrator no later than 60 
days before the bypass period would begin and shall include:
    (1) Name and address of the owner or operator;
    (2) Location of the source;
    (3) A brief description of the nature, size, design, and method of 
operation of the source;
    (4) The reason it is necessary to by-pass the control device;
    (5) The length of time it will be necessary to by-pass the control 
device;
    (6) Steps that will be taken to minimize arsenic emissions during 
the period the control device will be by-passed.
    (7) The quantity of emissions that would be released while the 
control device is by-passed if no steps were taken to minimize 
emissions;
    (8) The expected reduction in emissions during the by-pass period 
due to the steps taken to minimize emissions during this period; and
    (9) The type of glass to be produced during the bypass period, and, 
if applicable, an explanation of why non-arsenic or lower-arsenic-
containing glass cannot be melted in the furnace during the bypass 
period.
    (f) Each owner or operator required to install and operate a 
continuous opacity monitoring system under Sec. 61.163 shall:
    (1) Submit a written report to the Administrator of the results of 
the continuous monitoring system evaluation required under 
Sec. 61.163(b) within 60 days after conducting the evaluation.
    (2) Submit a written report to the Administrator every 6 months if 
excess opacity occurred during the preceding 6-month period. For 
purposes of this paragraph, an occurrence of excess opacity is any 6-
minute period during which the average opacity, as measured by the 
continuous monitoring system, exceeds the opacity level determined under 
Sec. 61.163(c)(3) or the opacity level redetermined under 
Sec. 61.163(d).
    (3) Ensure that any semiannual report of excess opacity required by 
paragraph (f)(2) of this section is postmarked by the thirtieth day 
following

[[Page 122]]

the end of the 6-month period and includes the following information:
    (i) The magnitude of excess opacity, any conversion factor(s) used, 
and the date and time of commencement and completion of each occurrence 
of excess opacity.
    (ii) Specific identification of each occurrence of excess opacity 
that occurs during startups, shutdowns, and malfunctions of the source.
    (iii) The date and time identifying each period during which the 
continuous monitoring system was inoperative, except for zero and span 
checks, and the nature of the system repairs or adjustments.

[51 FR 28025, Aug. 4, 1986, as amended at 65 FR 62158, Oct. 17, 2000]



 Subpart O--National Emission Standard for Inorganic Arsenic Emissions 
                      From Primary Copper Smelters

    Source: 51 FR 28029, Aug. 4, 1986, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 61.170  Applicability and designation of source.

    The provisions of this subpart are applicable to each copper 
converter at any new or existing primary copper smelter, except as noted 
in Sec. 61.172(a).



Sec. 61.171  Definitions.

    All terms used in this subpart shall have the meanings given to them 
in the Act, in subpart A of part 61, and in this section as follows:
    Blowing means the injection of air or oxygen-enriched air into a 
molten converter bath.
    Charging means the addition of a molten or solid material to a 
copper converter.
    Control device means the air pollution control equipment used to 
collect particulate matter emissions.
    Converter arsenic charging rate means the hourly rate at which 
arsenic is charged to the copper converters in the copper converter 
department based on the arsenic content of the copper matte and of any 
lead matte that is charged to the copper converters.
    Copper converter means any vessel in which copper matte is charged 
and is oxidized to copper.
    Copper converter department means all copper converters at a primary 
copper smelter.
    Copper matte means any molten solution of copper and iron sulfides 
produced by smelting copper sulfide ore concentrates or calcines.
    Holding of a copper converter means suspending blowing operations 
while maintaining in a heated state the molten bath in the copper 
converter.
    Inorganic arsenic means the oxides and other noncarbon compounds of 
the element arsenic included in particulate matter, vapors, and 
aerosols.
    Lead matte means any molten solution of copper and other metal 
sulfides produced by reduction of sinter product from the oxidation of 
lead sulfide ore concentrates.
    Malfunction means any sudden failure of air pollution control 
equipment or process equipment or of a process to operate in a normal or 
usual manner so that emissions of inorganic arsenic are increased.
    Opacity means the degree to which emissions reduce the transmission 
of light.
    Particulate matter means any finely divided solid or liquid 
material, other than uncombined water, as measured by the specified 
reference method.
    Pouring means the removal of blister copper from the copper 
converter bath.
    Primary copper smelter means any installation or intermediate 
process engaged in the production of copper from copper-bearing 
materials through the use of pyrometallurgical techniques.
    Primary emission control system means the hoods, ducts, and control 
devices used to capture, convey, and collect process emissions.
    Process emissions means inorganic arsenic emissions from copper 
converters that are captured directly at the source of generation.
    Secondary emissions means inorganic arsenic emissions that escape 
capture by a primary emission control system.
    Secondary hood system means the equipment (including hoods, ducts, 
fans, and dampers) used to capture and transport secondary inorganic 
arsenic emissions.

[[Page 123]]

    Shutdown means the cessation of operation of a stationary source for 
any reason.
    Skimming means the removal of slag from the molten converter bath.



Sec. 61.172  Standard for new and existing sources.

    (a) The provisions of paragraphs (b)-(f) of this section do not 
apply to any copper converter at a facility where the total arsenic 
charging rate for the copper converter department averaged over a 1-year 
period is less than 75 kg/hr (165 lb/hr), as determined under 
Sec. 61.174(f).
    (b) The owner or operator of each copper converter subject to the 
provisions of this subpart shall reduce inorganic arsenic emissions to 
the atmosphere by meeting the following design, equipment, work 
practice, and operational requirements:
    (1) Install, operate, and maintain a secondary hood system on each 
copper converter. Each secondary hood system shall consist of a hood 
enclosure, air curtain fan(s), exhaust system fan(s), and ductwork that 
conveys the captured emissions to a control device, and shall meet the 
following specifications:
    (i) The configuration and dimensions of the hood enclosure shall be 
such that the copper converter mouth, charging ladles, skimming ladles, 
and any other material transfer vessels used will be housed within the 
confines or influence of the hood enclosure during each mode of copper 
converter operation.
    (ii) The back of the hood enclosure shall be fully enclosed and 
sealed against the primary hood. Portions of the side-walls in contact 
with the copper converter shall be sealed against the converter.
    (iii) Openings in the top and front of the hood enclosure to allow 
for the entry and egress of ladles and crane appartus shall be minimized 
to the fullest extent practicable.
    (iv) The hood enclosure shall be fabricated in such a manner and of 
materials of sufficient strength to withstand incidental contact with 
ladles and crane apparatus with no significant damage.
    (v) One side-wall of the hood enclosure shall be equipped with a 
horizontal-slotted plenum along the top, and the opposite side-wall 
shall be equipped with an exhaust hood. The horizontal-slotted plenum 
shall be designed to allow the distance from the base to the top of the 
horizontal slot to be adjustable up to a dimension of 76 mm.
    (vi) The horizontal-slotted plenum shall be connected to a fan. When 
activated, the fan shall push air through the horizontal slot, producing 
a horizontal air curtain above the copper converter that is directed to 
the exhaust hood. The fan power output installed shall be sufficient to 
overcome static pressure losses through the ductwork upstream of the 
horizontal-slotted plenum and across the plenum, and to deliver at least 
22,370 watts (30 air horsepower) at the horizontal-slotted plenum 
discharge.
    (vii) The exhaust hood shall be sized to completely intercept the 
airstream from the horizontal-slotted plenum combined with the 
additional airflow resulting from entrainment of the surrounding air. 
The exhaust hood shall be connected to a fan. When activated, the fan 
shall pull the combined airstream into the exhaust hood.
    (viii) The entire secondary hood system shall be equipped with 
dampers and instrumentation, as appropriate, so that the desired air 
curtain and exhaust flow are maintained during each mode of copper 
converter operation.
    (2) Optimize the capture of secondary inorganic arsenic emissions by 
operating the copper converter and secondary hood system at all times as 
follows:
    (i) Copper converter. (A) Increase the air curtain and exhaust flow 
rates to their optimum conditions prior to raising the primary hood and 
rolling the copper converter out for charging, skimming, or pouring.
    (B) Once rolled out, prior to the commencement of skimming or 
pouring, hold the copper converter in an idle position until fuming from 
the molten bath has been minimized.
    (C) During skimming, raise the receiving ladle off the ground and 
position the ladle as close to the copper

[[Page 124]]

converter mouth as possible to minimize the drop distance between the 
converter mouth and the receiving ladle.
    (D) Control the rate of flow into the receiving ladle to the extent 
practicable to minimize fuming.
    (E) Upon the completion of each charge, withdraw the charging ladle 
or vessel used from the confines of the secondary hood in a slow, 
deliberate manner.
    (F) During charging, skimming, or pouring, ensure that the crane 
block does not disturb the air flow between the horizontal-slotted 
plenum and the exhaust hood.
    (ii) Secondary hood system. (A) Operate the secondary hood system 
under conditions that will result in the maximum capture of inorganic 
arsenic emissions.
    (B) Within 30 days after the effective date of this subpart, or 
within 30 days after the initial operation of each secondary hood 
system, whichever comes later, provide to the Administrator a list of 
operating conditions for the secondary hood system that will result in 
the maximum capture of inorganic arsenic emissions. This list shall 
specify the operating parameters for the following:
    (1) The dimensions of the horizontal slot.
    (2) The velocity of air through the horizontal slot during each mode 
of converter operation.
    (3) The distance from the horizontal slot to the exhaust hood.
    (4) The face velocity at the opening of the exhaust hood during each 
mode of converter operation.
    (C) Operate the secondary hood system under the conditions listed in 
paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, unless otherwise specified by 
the Administrator.
    (D) Notify the Administrator in writing within 30 days if there is 
any change in the operating conditions submitted pursuant to the 
requirements of paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B) that will result in any 
reduction in the maximum capture of inorganic arsenic emissions.
    (3) Comply with the following inspection and maintenance 
requirements after installing the secondary hood system required in 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section:
    (i) At least once every month, visually inspect the components of 
the secondary hood system that are exposed to potential damage from 
crane and ladle operation, including the hood enclosure, side- and back-
wall hood seals, and the horizontal slot.
    (ii) Replace or repair any defective or damaged components of the 
secondary hood system within 30 days after discovering the defective or 
damaged components.
    (c) No owner or operator of a copper converter subject to the 
provisions of this subpart shall cause or allow to be discharged into 
the atmosphere any copper converter secondary emissions that exit from a 
control device and contain particulate matter in excess of 11.6 mg/dscm 
(0.0051 gr/dscf).
    (d) The owner or operator of a copper converter subject to the 
provisions of this subpart shall submit a description of a plan for 
control of inorganic arsenic emissions from the copper converter and 
associated air pollution control equipment. This plan shall be submitted 
within 90 days after the effective date of this subpart, unless a waiver 
of compliance is granted under Sec. 61.11. If a waiver of compliance is 
granted, the plan shall be submitted on a date set by the Administrator. 
Approval of the plan will be granted by the Administrator provided he 
finds that:
    (1) It includes a systematic procedure for identifying malfunctions 
and for reporting them immediately to smelter supervisory personnel.
    (2) It specifies the procedures that will be followed to ensure that 
equipment or process breakdowns due entirely or in part to poor 
maintenance or other preventable conditions do not occur.
    (3) It specifies the measures that will be taken to ensure 
compliance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
    (e) The owner or operator shall implement the plan required under 
paragraph (d) of this section unless otherwise specified by the 
Administrator.
    (f) At all times, including periods of startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction, the owner or operator of a copper converter subject to the 
provisions of this

[[Page 125]]

subpart shall operate and maintain the converter and associated air 
pollution control equipment in a manner consistent with good air 
pollution control practice for minimizing emissions of inorganic arsenic 
to the atmosphere to the maximum extent practicable. Determination of 
whether acceptable operating and maintenance procedures are being used 
will be based on information available to the Administrator, which may 
include, but is not limited to, monitoring results, review of operating 
and maintenance procedures, inspection of the source, and review of 
other records.

[51 FR 28029, Aug. 4, 1986, as amended at 65 FR 62158, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.173  Compliance provisions.

    (a) The owner or operator of each copper converter to which 
Sec. 61.172(b)--(f) applies shall demonstrate compliance with the 
requirements of Sec. 61.172(b)(1) as follows:
    (1) The owner or operator of each existing copper converter shall 
install a secondary hood system to meet the requirements of 
Sec. 61.172(b)(1) no later than 90 days after the effective date, unless 
a waiver of compliance has been approved by the Administrator in 
accordance with Sec. 61.11.
    (2) The owner or operator of each new copper converter shall install 
a secondary hood system to meet the requirements of Sec. 61.172(b)(1) 
prior to the initial startup of the converter, except that if startup 
occurs prior to the effective date, the owner or operator shall meet the 
requirements of Sec. 61.172(b)(1) on the effective date.



Sec. 61.174  Test methods and procedures.

    (a) To determine compliance with Sec. 61.172(c), the owner or 
operator shall conduct emission tests and reduce the test data in 
accordance with the test methods and procedures contained in this 
section unless the Administrator:
    (1) Specifies or approves, in specific cases, the use of a reference 
method with minor changes in methodology,
    (2) Approves the use of an equivalent method,
    (3) Approves the use of an alternative method, the results of which 
he has determined to be adequate for indicating whether a specific 
source is in compliance, or
    (4) Waives the requirement for emission tests as provided in 
Sec. 61.13.
    (b) The owner or operator shall conduct the emission tests required 
in paragraph (a) of this section:
    (1) After achieving the optimum operating conditions submitted under 
Sec. 60.172(b)(2)(ii)(B) for the equipment required in 
Sec. 61.172(b)(1), but no later than 90 days after the effective date of 
this subpart in the case of an existing copper converter or a copper 
converter that has an initial startup date preceding the effective date, 
or
    (2) After achieving the optimum operating conditions submitted under 
Sec. 60.172(b)(2)(ii)(B) for the equipment required in 
Sec. 61.172(b)(1), but no later than 90 days after startup in the case 
of a new copper converter, initial startup of which occurs after the 
effective date, or
    (3) At such other times as may be required by the Administrator 
under section 114 of the Act.
    (c) The owner or operator shall conduct each emission test under 
representative operating conditions and at sample locations subject to 
the Administrator's approval, and shall make available to the 
Administrator such records as may be necessary to determine the 
conditions of the emission test.
    (d) For the purpose of determining compliance with Sec. 61.172(c), 
the owner or operator shall use reference methods in 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A, as follows:
    (1) Method 5 for the measurement of particulate matter,
    (2) Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses,
    (3) Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flow rate,
    (4) Method 3 for gas analysis, and
    (5) Method 4 for stack gas moisture.
    (e) For Method 5, the sampling time for each run shall be at least 
60 minutes and the minimum sampling volume shall be 0.85 dscm (30 dscf) 
except that smaller times or volumes when necessitated by process 
variables or other factors may be approved by the Administrator.
    (f) For the purpose of determining applicability under 
Sec. 61.172(a), the owner

[[Page 126]]

or operator shall determine the converter arsenic charging rate as 
follows:
    (1) Collect daily grab samples of copper matte and any lead matte 
charged to the copper converters.
    (2) Each calendar month, from the daily grab samples collected under 
paragraph (f)(1) of this section, put together a composite copper matte 
sample and a composite lead matte sample. Analyze the composite samples 
individually using Method 108A, 108B, or 108C to determine the weight 
percent of inorganic arsenic contained in each sample.
    (3) Calculate the converter arsenic charging rate once per month 
using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.053


Where:
Rc is the converter arsenic charging rate, kg/hr (lb/hr).
Ac is the monthly average weight percent of arsenic in the 
          copper matte charged during the month(%) as determined under 
          paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
Al is the monthly average weight percent of arsenic in the 
          lead matte charged during the month(%) as determined under 
          paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
Wci is the total rate of copper matte charged to a copper 
          converter during the month, kg (lb).
Wli is the total rate of lead matte charged to a copper 
          converter during the month, kg (lb).
Hc is the total number of hours the copper converter 
          department was in operation during the month (hr).
n is the number of copper converters in operation during the month.

    (4) Determine an annual arsenic charging rate for the copper 
converter department once per month by computing the arithmetic average 
of the 12 monthly converter arsenic charging rate values (Rc) 
for the preceding 12-month period.
    (g) An owner or operator may petition the Administrator for a 
modified sampling and analysis schedule if analyses performed for the 
first 12-month period after the effective date show the source to be 
considerably below the applicability limit prescribed in Sec. 61.172(a).

[51 FR 28029, Aug. 4, 1986, as amended at 55 FR 22027, May 31, 1990; 65 
FR 62158, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.175  Monitoring requirements.

    (a) Each owner or operator of a source that is subject to the 
emission limit specified in Sec. 61.172(c) shall install, calibrate, 
maintain, and operate a continuous monitoring system for the measurement 
of the opacity of emissions discharged from the control device according 
to the following procedures:
    (1) Ensure that each system is installed and operational no later 
than 90 days after the effective date of this subpart for a source that 
has an initial startup date preceding the effective date; and no later 
than 90 days after startup for other sources. Verification of the 
operational status shall, as a minimum, consist of an evaluation of the 
monitoring system in accordance with the requirements and procedures 
contained in Performance Specification 1 of appendix B of 40 CFR part 
60.
    (2) Comply with the provisions of Sec. 60.13(d) of 40 CFR part 60.
    (3) Except for system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and 
zero span adjustments, ensure that each continuous monitoring system is 
in continuous operation and meets frequency of operation requirements by 
completing a minimum of one cycle of sampling and analysis for each 
successive 10-second period and one cycle of data recording for each 
successive 6-minute period. Each data point shall represent the opacity 
measured for one cycle of sampling and analysis and shall be expressed 
as percent opacity.
    (b) Except as required in paragraph (c) of this section, calculate 
1-hour opacity averages from 360 or more consecutive data points equally 
spaced over each 1-hour period. Data recorded during periods of 
monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and zero and 
span adjustments shall not be included in the data averages computed 
under this paragraph.
    (c) No later than 60 days after each continuous opacity monitoring 
system required in paragraph (a) of this section becomes operational, 
the owner or

[[Page 127]]

operator shall establish a reference opacity level for each monitored 
emission stream according to the following procedures:
    (1) Conduct continuous opacity monitoring over a preplanned period 
of not less than 36 hours during which the processes and emission 
control equipment upstream of the monitoring system are operating under 
representative operating conditions subject to the Administrator's 
approval. This period shall include the time during which the emission 
test required by Sec. 61.13 is conducted.
    (2) Calculate 6-minute averages of the opacity readings using 36 or 
more consecutive data points equally spaced over each 6-minute period.
    (3) Calculate 1-hour average opacity values using 10 successive 6-
minute average opacity values (i.e., calculate a new 1-hour average 
opacity value every 6 minutes). Determine the highest 1-hour average 
opacity value observed during the 36-hour preplanned test period.
    (4) Calculate the reference opacity level by adding 5 percent 
opacity to the highest 1-hour average opacity calculated in paragraph 
(c)(3) of this section.
    (d) The owner or operator may redetermine the reference opacity 
level for the copper converter secondary emission stream at the time of 
each emission test that demonstrates compliance with the emission limit 
required in Sec. 61.172(c) according to the provisions of paragraphs 
(c)(1) through (c)(4) of this section.
    (e) With a minimum of 30 days prior notice, the Administrator may 
require the owner or operator to redetermine the reference opacity level 
for any monitored emission stream.
    (f) Each owner or operator who is required to install the equipment 
specified in Sec. 61.172(b)(1) for the capture of secondary copper 
converter emissions shall install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a 
continuous monitoring device on each secondary hood system for the 
measurement of the air flow through the horizontal-slotted plenum and 
through the exhaust hood. Each device shall be installed and operational 
no later than 90 days after the effective date of this subpart for a 
source that has an initial startup preceding the effective date; and no 
later than 90 days after startup for other sources.
    (g) Each owner or operator subject to the requirements in paragraph 
(f) of this section shall establish for each secondary hood system 
reference air flow rates for the horizontal-slotted plenum and exhaust 
hood for each mode of converter operation. The reference flow rates 
shall be established when the equipment is operating under the optimum 
operating conditions required in Sec. 61.172(b)(2)(ii).
    (h) Each owner or operator shall install the continuous monitoring 
systems and monitoring devices required in paragraphs (a) and (f) of 
this section in such a manner that representative measurements of 
emissions and process parameters are obtained.



Sec. 61.176  Recordkeeping requirements.

    (a) Each owner or operator subject to the requirements of 
Sec. 61.172(b)(1) shall maintain at the source for a period of at least 
2 years records of the visual inspections, maintenance, and repairs 
performed on each secondary hood system as required in 
Sec. 61.172(b)(3).
    (b) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of 
Sec. 61.172(c) shall maintain at the source for a period of at least 2 
years and make available to the Administrator upon request a file of the 
following records:
    (1) All measurements, including continuous monitoring for 
measurement of opacity;
    (2) Records of emission test data and all calculations used to 
produce the required reports of emission estimates to demonstrate 
complaince with Sec. 61.172(c);
    (3) All continuous monitoring system performance evaluations, 
including calibration checks and adjustments;
    (4) The occurrence and duration of all startups, shutdowns, and 
malfunctions of the copper converters;
    (5) All malfunctions of the air pollution control system;
    (6) All periods during which any continuous monitoring system or 
device is inoperative;
    (7) All maintenance and repairs performed on each air pollution 
control

[[Page 128]]

system, continuous monitoring system, or monitoring device;
    (8) All records of 1-hour average opacity levels for each separate 
control device; and
    (9) For each secondary hood system:
    (i) The reference flow rates for the horizontal-slotted plenum and 
exhaust hood for each converter operating mode estabilshed under 
Sec. 61.175(g);
    (ii) The actual flow rates; and
    (iii) A daily log of the start time and duration of each converter 
operating mode.
    (c) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart 
shall maintain at the source for a period of at least 2 years and make 
available to the Administrator upon request the following records:
    (1) For each copper converter, a daily record of the amount of 
copper matte and lead matte charged to the copper converter and the 
total hours of operation.
    (2) For each copper converter department, a monthly record of the 
weight percent of arsenic contained in the copper matte and lead matte 
as determined under Sec. 61.174(f).
    (3) For each copper converter department, the monthly calculations 
of the average annual arsenic charging rate for the preceding 12-month 
period as determined under Sec. 61.174(f).



Sec. 61.177  Reporting requirements.

    (a) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of 
Sec. 61.172(c) shall:
    (1) Provide the Administrator 30 days prior notice of the emission 
test required in Sec. 61.174(a) to afford the Administrator the 
opportunity to have an observer present; and
    (2) Submit to the Administrator a written report of the results of 
the emission test required in Sec. 61.174(a) within 60 days after 
conducting the test.
    (b) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of 
Sec. 61.175(a) shall provide the Administrator at least 30 days prior 
notice of each reference opacity level determination required in 
Sec. 61.175(c) to afford the Administrator the opportunity to have an 
observer present.
    (c) Each owner or opertor subject to the provisions of 
Sec. 61.175(a) shall submit to the Administrator:
    (1) Within 60 days after conducting the evaluation required in 
Sec. 61.175(a)(1), a written report of the continuous monitoring system 
evaluation;
    (2) Within 30 days after establishing the reference opacity level 
required in Sec. 61.175(c), a written report of the reference opacity 
level. The report shall also include the opacity data used and the 
calculations performed to determine the reference opacity level, and 
sufficient documentation to show that process and emission control 
equipment were operating normally during the reference opacity level 
determination; and
    (3) A written report each quarter of each occurrence of excess 
opacity during the quarter. For purposes of this paragraph, an 
occurrence of excess opacity is any 1-hour period during which the 
average opacity, as measured by the continuous monitoring system, 
exceeds the reference opacity level established under Sec. 61.175(c).
    (d) The owner or operator subject to the provisions of 
Sec. 61.175(g) shall submit to the Administrator:
    (1) A written report of the reference air flow rate within 30 days 
after establishing the reference air flow rates required in 
Sec. 61.175(g);
    (2) A written report each quarter of all air flow rates monitored 
during the preceding 3-month period that are less than 80 percent of the 
corresponding reference flow rate established for each converter 
operating mode; and
    (3) A written report each quarter of any changes in the operating 
conditions of the emission capture system, emission control device, or 
the building housing the converters that might increase fugitive 
emissions.
    (e) All quarterly reports shall be postmarked by the 30th day 
following the end of each 3-month period and shall include the following 
information:
    (1) The magnitude of each occurrence of excess opacity, any 
conversion factor(s) used, and the dates and times of commencement and 
completion of each occurrence of excess opacity, the cause of each 
exceedance of the reference

[[Page 129]]

opacity level, and the measures taken to minimize emissions.
    (2) The magnitude of each occurrence of reduced flow rate and the 
date and time of commencement and completion of each occurrence of 
reduced flow rate, the cause of the reduced flow rate, and the 
associated converter operating mode.
    (3) Specific identification of each occurrence of excess opacity or 
reduced flow rate that occurs during startups, shutdowns, and 
malfunctions of the source.
    (4) The date and time identifying each period during which the 
continuous monitoring system or monitoring device was inoperative, 
except for zero and span checks, and the nature of the system repairs or 
adjustments.
    (5) Specific identification of each change in operating conditions 
of the emission capture system or control device, or in the condition of 
the building housing the converters.
    (f) Each owner or operator of a source subject to the provisions of 
this subpart shall submit annually a written report to the Administrator 
that includes the monthly computations of the average annual converter 
arsenic charging rate as calculated under Sec. 61.174(f)(4). The annual 
report shall be postmarked by the 30th day following the end of each 
calendar year.



 Subpart P--National Emission Standard for Inorganic Arsenic Emissions 
    From Arsenic Trioxide and Metallic Arsenic Production Facilities

    Source: 51 FR 28033, Aug. 4, 1986, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 61.180  Applicability and designation of sources.

    The provisions of this subpart are applicable to each metallic 
arsenic production plant and to each arsenic trioxide plant that 
processes low-grade arsenic bearing materials by a roasting condensation 
process.



Sec. 61.181  Definitions.

    All terms used in this subpart shall have the meanings given them in 
the Act, in subpart A of part 61, and in this section as follows:
    Arsenic kitchen means a baffled brick chamber where inorganic 
arsenic vapors are cooled, condensed, and removed in a solid form.
    Control device means the air pollution control equipment used to 
collect particulate matter emissions.
    Curtail means to cease operations to the extent technically feasible 
to reduce emissions.
    Inorganic arsenic means the oxides and other noncarbon compounds of 
the element arsenic included in particulate matter, vapors, and 
aerosols.
    Malfunction means any sudden failure of air pollution control 
equipment or process equipment or of a process to operate in a normal or 
usual manner so that emissions of inorganic arsenic are increased.
    Opacity means the degree to which emissions reduce the transmission 
of light.
    Primary emission control system means the hoods, enclosures, ducts, 
and control devices used to capture, convey, and remove particulate 
matter from exhaust gases which are captured directly at the source of 
generation.
    Process emissions means inorganic arsenic emissions that are 
captured and collected in a primary emission control system.
    Roasting means the use of a furnace to heat arsenic plant feed 
material for the purpose of eliminating a significant portion of the 
volatile materials contained in the feed.
    Secondary emissions means inorganic arsenic emissions that escape 
capture by a primary emission control system.
    Shutdown means the cessation of operation of a stationary source for 
any purpose.

[51 FR 28033, Aug. 4, 1986; 51 FR 35355, Oct. 3, 1986]



Sec. 61.182  Standard for new and existing sources.

    (a) Within 30 days after the effective date of this subpart, the 
owner or operator of each source to which this subpart applies shall 
identify and submit to the Administrator a list of potential sources 
(equipment and operations) of inorganic arsenic emissions.

[[Page 130]]

    (b) The owner or operator shall submit a description of an 
inspection, maintenance, and housekeeping plan for control of inorganic 
arsenic emissions from the potential sources identified under paragraph 
(a) of this section. This plan shall be submitted within 90 days after 
the effective date of this subpart, unless a waiver of compliance is 
granted under Sec. 61.11. If a waiver of compliance is granted, the plan 
shall be submitted on a date set by the Administrator. Approval of the 
plan will be granted by the Administrator provided he finds that:
    (1) It achieves the following objectives in a manner that does not 
cause adverse impacts in other environmental media:
    (i) Clean-up and proper disposal, wet-down, or chemical 
stabilization to the extent practicable (considering access and safety) 
of any dry, dusty material having an inorganic arsenic content greater 
than 2 percent that accumulates on any surface within the plant 
boundaries outside of a dust-tight enclosure.
    (ii) Immediate clean-up and proper disposal, wet-down, or chemical 
stabilization of spills of all dry, dusty material having an inorganic 
arsenic content greater than 2 percent.
    (iii) Minimization of emissions of inorganic arsenic to the 
atmosphere during removal of inorganic arsenic from the arsenic kitchen 
and from flue pulling operations by properly handling, wetting down, or 
chemically stabilizing all dusts and materials handled in these 
operations.
    (2) It includes an inspection program that requires all process, 
conveying, and air pollution control equipment to be inspected at least 
once per shift to ensure that the equipment is being properly operated 
and maintained. The program will specify the evaluation criteria and 
will use a standardized checklist, which will be included as part of the 
plan required in paragraph (b) of this section, to document the 
inspection, maintenance, and housekeeping status of the equipment and 
that the objectives of paragraph (b)(1) of this section are being 
achieved.
    (3) It includes a systematic procedure for identifying malfunctions 
and for reporting them immediately to supervisory personnel.
    (4) It specifies the procedures that will be followed to ensure that 
equipment or process malfunctions due entirely or in part to poor 
maintenance or other preventable conditions do not occur.
    (5) It includes a program for curtailing all operations necessary to 
minimize any increase in emissions of inorganic arsenic to the 
atmosphere resulting from a malfunction. The program will describe:
    (i) The specific steps that will be taken to curtail each operation 
as soon as technically feasible after the malfunction is discovered.
    (ii) The minimum time required to curtail each operation.
    (iii) The procedures that will be used to ensure that the 
curtailment continues until after the malfunction is corrected.
    (c) The owner or operator shall implement the plan required in 
paragraph (b) of this section until otherwise specified by the 
Administrator.
    (d) At all times, including periods of startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction, the owner or operator of each source to which this subpart 
applies shall operate and maintain the source including associated air 
pollution control equipment in a manner consistent with good air 
pollution control practice for minimizing emissions of inorganic arsenic 
to the atmosphere to the maximum extent practicable. Determination of 
whether acceptable operating and maintenance procedures are being used 
will be based on information available to the Administrator, which may 
include, but is not limited to, monitoring results, review of operating 
and maintenance procedures, inspection of the source, and review of 
other records.



Sec. 61.183  Emission monitoring.

    (a) The owner or operator of each source subject to the provisions 
of this subpart shall install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a 
continuous monitoring system for the measurement of the opacity of each 
arsenic trioxide and metallic arsenic process emission stream that exits 
from a control device.

[[Page 131]]

    (b) The owner or operator shall install, operate, and maintain each 
continuous monitoring system for the measurement of opacity required in 
paragraph (a) of this section according to the following procedures:
    (1) Ensure that each system is installed and operational no later 
than 90 days after the effective date of this subpart for an existing 
source or a new source that has an initial startup date preceding the 
effective date. For a new source whose initial startup occurs after the 
effective date of this subpart, ensure that the system is installed and 
operational no later than 90 days after startup. Verification of the 
operational status shall, as a minimum, consist of an evaluation of the 
monitoring system in accordance with the requirements and procedures 
contained in Performance Specification 1 of appendix B of 40 CFR part 
60.
    (2) Comply with the provisions of Sec. 60.13(d) of 40 CFR part 60.
    (3) Except for system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and 
zero and span adjustments required under Sec. 60.13(d), ensure that each 
continuous monitoring system is in continuous operation and meets 
frequency of operation requirements by completing a minimum of one cycle 
of sampling and analysis for each successive 10-second period and one 
cycle of data recording for each successive 6-minute period. Each data 
point shall represent the opacity measured for one cycle of sampling and 
analysis and shall be expressed as percent opacity.
    (c) The owner or operator shall calculate 6-minute opacity averages 
from 36 or more consecutive data points equally spaced over each 6-
minute period. Data recorded during periods of monitoring system 
breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and zero and span adjustments 
shall not be included in the data averages computed under this 
paragraph.
    (d) No later than 60 days after each continuous opacity monitoring 
system required in paragraph (a) of this section becomes operational, 
the owner or operator shall establish a reference opacity level for each 
monitored emission stream according to the following procedures:
    (1) Conduct continuous opacity monitoring over a preplanned period 
of not less than 36 hours during which the processes and emission 
control equipment upstream of the monitoring system are operating in a 
manner that will minimize opacity under representative operating 
conditions subject to the Administrator's approval.
    (2) Calculate 6-minute averages of the opacity readings using 36 or 
more consecutive data points equally spaced over each 6-minute period.
    (3) Establish the reference opacity level by determining the highest 
6-minute average opacity calculated under paragraph (d)(2) of this 
section.
    (e) With a minimum of 30 days prior notice, the Administrator may 
require an owner or operator to redetermine the reference opacity level 
for any monitored emission stream.
    (f) Each owner or operator shall install all continuous monitoring 
systems or monitoring devices required in paragraph (a) of this section 
in such a manner that representative measurements of emissions or 
process parameters are obtained.



Sec. 61.184  Ambient air monitoring for inorganic arsenic.

    (a) The owner or operator of each source to which this subpart 
applies shall operate a continuous monitoring system for the measurement 
of inorganic arsenic concentrations in the ambient air.
    (b) The ambient air monitors shall be located at sites to detect 
maximum concentrations of inorganic arsenic in the ambient air in 
accordance with a plan approved by the Administrator that shall include 
the sampling and analytical method used.
    (c) The owner or operator shall submit a written plan describing, 
and explaining the basis for, the design and adequacy of the monitoring 
network, sampling and analytical procedures, and quality assurance 
within 45 days after the effective date of this subpart.
    (d) Each monitor shall be operated continuously except for a 
reasonable time allowance for instrument maintenance and calibration, 
for changing filters, or for replacement of equipment needing major 
repair.

[[Page 132]]

    (e) Filters shall be changed daily and shall be analyzed and 
concentrations calculated within 30 days after filters are collected.
    (f) The Administrator at any time may require changes in, or 
expansion of, the sampling program, including sampling and analytical 
protocols and network design.



Sec. 61.185  Recordkeeping requirements.

    (a) Each owner or operator of a source subject to the provisions of 
this subpart shall maintain at the source for a period of at least 2 
years the following records: All measurements, including continuous 
monitoring for measurement of opacity; all continuous monitoring system 
performance evaluations, including calibration checks and adjustments; 
all periods during which the continuous monitoring system or monitoring 
device is inoperative; and all maintenance and repairs made to the 
continuous monitoring system or monitoring device.
    (b) Each owner or operator shall maintain at the source for a period 
of at least 2 years a log for each plant department in which the 
operating status of process, conveying, and emission control equipment 
is described for each shift. For malfunctions and upsets, the following 
information shall be recorded in the log:
    (1) The time of discovery.
    (2) A description of the malfunction or upset.
    (3) The time corrective action was initiated.
    (4) A description of corrective action taken.
    (5) The time corrective action was completed.
    (6) A description of steps taken to reduce emissions of inorganic 
arsenic to the atmosphere between the time of discovery and the time 
corrective action was taken.
    (c) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart 
shall maintain for a period of a least 2 years records of 6-minute 
average opacity levels for each separate control device.
    (d) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of Sec. 61.186 
shall maintain for a period of at least 2 years records of ambient 
inorganic arsenic concentrations at all sampling sites and other data 
needed to determine such concentrations.



Sec. 61.186  Reporting requirements.

    (a) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of 
Sec. 61.183(a) shall provide the Administrator at least 30 days prior 
notice of each reference opacity level determination required in 
Sec. 61.183(a) to afford the Administrator the opportunity to have an 
observer present.
    (b) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of 
Sec. 61.183(a) shall submit to the Administrator:
    (1) Within 60 days of conducting the evaluation required in 
Sec. 61.183(b)(1), a written report of the continuous monitoring system 
evaluation;
    (2) Within 30 days of establishing the reference opacity level 
required in Sec. 61.183(d), a written report of the reference opacity 
level. The report shall also include the opacity data used and the 
calculations performed to determine the reference opacity level, and 
sufficient documentation to show that process and emission control 
equipment were operating normally during the reference opacity level 
determination; and
    (3) A written report each quarter of each occurrence of excess 
opacity during the quarter. For the purposes of this paragraph, an 
occurrence of excess opacity is any 6-minute period during which the 
average opacity, as measured by the continuous monitoring system, 
exceeds the reference opacity level established under Sec. 61.183(d).
    (c) All quarterly reports of excess opacity shall be postmarked by 
the 30th day following the end of each quarter and shall include the 
following information:
    (1) The magnitude of excess opacity, any conversion factor(s) used, 
and the dates and times of commencement and completion of each 
occurrence of excess opacity, the cause of each exceedance of the 
reference opacity level, and the measures taken to minimize emissions.
    (2) Specific identification of each period of excess opacity that 
occurred during startups, shutdowns, and malfunctions of the source.

[[Page 133]]

    (3) The date and time identifying each period during which the 
continuous monitoring system or monitoring device was inoperative, 
except for zero and span checks, and the nature of the system repairs or 
adjustments.
    (d) Each owner or operator subject to this subpart shall submit a 
written report semiannually to the Administrator that describes the 
status and results, for the reporting period, of any pilot plant studies 
on alternative arsenic trioxide production processes. Conclusions and 
recommendations of the studies shall also be reported.
    (e) All semiannual progress reports required in paragraph (d) of 
this section shall be postmarked by the 30th day following the end of 
each 6-month period.
    (f) Each owner or operator of a source to which this subpart applies 
shall submit a written report each quarter to the Administrator that 
includes the following information:
    (1) All ambient inorganic arsenic concentrations measured at all 
monitoring sites in accordance with Sec. 61.184.
    (2) A description of any modifications to the sampling network, 
during the reporting period, including any major maintenance, site 
changes, calibrations, and quality assurance information including 
sampling and analytical precision and accuracy estimates.
    (g) All quarterly reports required in paragraph (f) of this section 
shall be postmarked by the 30th day following the end of each quarter.



    Subpart Q--National Emission Standards for Radon Emissions From 
                     Department of Energy Facilities

    Source: 54 FR 51701, Dec. 15, 1989, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 61.190  Designation of facilities.

    The provisions of this subpart apply to the design and operation of 
all storage and disposal facilities for radium-containing material 
(i.e., byproduct material as defined under section 11.e(2) of the Atomic 
Energy Act of 1954 (as amended)) that are owned or operated by the 
Department of Energy that emit radon-222 into air, including these 
facilities: The Feed Materials Production Center, Fernald, Ohio; the 
Niagara Falls Storage Site, Lewiston, New York; the Weldon Spring Site, 
Weldon Spring, Missouri; the Middlesex Sampling Plant, Middlesex, New 
Jersey; the Monticello Uranium Mill Tailings Pile, Monticello, Utah. 
This subpart does not apply to facilities listed in, or designated by 
the Secretary of Energy under title I of the Uranium Mill Tailings 
Control Act of 1978.



Sec. 61.191  Definitions.

    As used in this subpart, all terms not defined here have the meaning 
given them in the Clean Air Act or subpart A of part 61. The following 
terms shall have the following specific meanings:
    (a) Facility means all buildings, structures and operations on one 
contiguous site.
    (b) Source means any building, structure, pile, impoundment or area 
used for interim storage or disposal that is or contains waste material 
containing radium in sufficient concentration to emit radon-222 in 
excess of this standard prior to remedial action.



Sec. 61.192  Standard.

    No source at a Department of Energy facility shall emit more than 20 
picocuries per square meter per second (pCi/(m\2\-sec)) (1.9 pCi/(ft\2\-
sec)) of radon-222 as an average for the entire source, into the air. 
This requirement will be part of any Federal Facilities Agreement 
reached between Environmental Protection Agency and Department of 
Energy.

[54 FR 51701, Dec. 15, 1989, as amended at 65 FR 62158, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.193  Exemption from the reporting and testing requirements of 40 CFR 61.10.

    All facilities designated under this subpart are exempt from the 
reporting requirements of 40 CFR 61.10.



    Subpart R--National Emission Standards for Radon Emissions From 
                          Phosphogypsum Stacks

    Source: 57 FR 23317, June 3, 1992, unless otherwise noted.

[[Page 134]]



Sec. 61.200  Designation of facilities.

    The provisions of this subpart apply to each owner or operator of a 
phosphogypsum stack, and to each person who owns, sells, distributes, or 
otherwise uses any quantity of phosphogypsum which is produced as a 
result of wet acid phosphorus production or is removed from any existing 
phosphogypsum stack.



Sec. 61.201  Definitions.

    As used in this subpart, all terms not defined here have the meaning 
given them in the Clean Air Act or subpart A of part 61. The following 
terms shall have the following specific meanings:
    (a) Inactive stack means a stack to which no further routine 
additions of phosphogypsum will be made and which is no longer used for 
water management associated with the production of phosphogypsum. If a 
stack has not been used for either purpose for two years, it is presumed 
to be inactive.
    (b) Phosphogypsum is the solid waste byproduct which results from 
the process of wet acid phosphorus production.
    (c) Phosphogypsum stacks or stacks are piles of waste resulting from 
wet acid phosphorus production, including phosphate mines or other sites 
that are used for the disposal of phosphogypsum.



Sec. 61.202  Standard.

    Each person who generates phosphogypsum shall place all 
phosphogypsum in stacks. Phosphogypsum may be removed from a 
phosphogypsum stack only as expressly provided by this subpart. After a 
phosphogypsum stack has become an inactive stack, the owner or operator 
shall assure that the stack does not emit more than 20 pCi/(m\2\-sec) 
(1.9 pCi/(ft\2\-sec)) of radon-222 into the air.

[57 FR 23317, June 3, 1992, as amended at 65 FR 62158, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.203  Radon monitoring and compliance procedures.

    (a) Within sixty days following the date on which a stack becomes an 
inactive stack, or within ninety days after the date on which this 
subpart first took effect if a stack was already inactive on that date, 
each owner or operator of an inactive phosphogypsum stack shall test the 
stack for radon-222 flux in accordance with the procedures described in 
40 CFR part 61, appendix B, Method 115. EPA shall be notified at least 
30 days prior to each such emissions test so that EPA may, at its 
option, observe the test. If meteorological conditions are such that a 
test cannot be properly conducted, then the owner or operator shall 
notify EPA and test as soon as conditions permit.
    (b)(1) Within ninety days after the testing is required, the owner 
or operator shall provide EPA with a report detailing the actions taken 
and the results of the radon-222 flux testing. Each report shall also 
include the following information:
    (i) The name and location of the facility;
    (ii) A list of the stacks at the facility including the size and 
dimensions of each stack;
    (iii) The name of the person responsible for the operation of the 
facility and the name of the person preparing the report (if different);
    (iv) A description of the control measures taken to decrease the 
radon flux from the source and any actions taken to insure the long term 
effectiveness of the control measures; and
    (v) The results of the testing conducted, including the results of 
each measurement.
    (2) Each report shall be signed and dated by a corporate officer in 
charge of the facility and contain the following declaration immediately 
above the signature line: ``I certify under penalty of law that I have 
personally examined and am familiar with the information submitted 
herein and based on may inquiry of those individuals immediately 
responsible for obtaining the information, I believe that the submitted 
information is true, accurate and complete. I am aware that there are 
significant penalties for submitting false information including the 
possibility of fine and imprisonment. See, 18 U.S.C. 1001.''
    (c) If the owner or operator of an inactive stack chooses to conduct 
measurements over a one year period as permitted by Method 115 in 
appendix B to part 61, within ninety days after the

[[Page 135]]

testing commences the owner or operator shall provide EPA with an 
initial report, including the results of the first measurement period 
and a schedule for all subsequent measurements. An additional report 
containing all the information in Sec. 61.203(b) shall be submitted 
within ninety days after completion of the final measurements.
    (d) If at any point an owner or operator of a stack once again uses 
an inactive stack for the disposal of phosphogypsum or for water 
management, the stack ceases to be in inactive status and the owner or 
operator must notify EPA in writing within 45 days. When the owner or 
operator ceases to use the stack for disposal of phosphogypsum or water 
management, the stack will once again become inactive and the owner or 
operator must satisfy again all testing and reporting requirements for 
inactive stacks.
    (e) If an owner or operator removes phosphogypsum from an inactive 
stack, the owner shall test the stack in accordance with the procedures 
described in 40 CFR part 61, appendix B, Method 115. The stack shall be 
tested within ninety days of the date that the owner or operator first 
removes phosphogypsum from the stack, and the test shall be repeated at 
least once during each calendar year that the owner or operator removes 
additional phosphogypsum from the stack. EPA shall be notified at least 
30 days prior to an emissions test so that EPA may, at its option, 
observe the test. If meteorological conditions are such that a test 
cannot be properly conducted, then the owner shall notify EPA and test 
as soon as conditions permit. Within ninety days after completion of a 
test, the owner or operator shall provide EPA with a report detailing 
the actions taken and the results of the radon-222 flux testing. Each 
such report shall include all of the information specified by 
Sec. 61.203(b).



Sec. 61.204  Distribution and use of phosphogypsum for outdoor agricultural purposes.

    Phosphogypsum may be lawfully removed from a stack and distributed 
in commerce for use in outdoor agricultural research and development and 
agricultural field use if each of the following requirements is 
satisfied:
    (a) The owner or operator of the stack from which the phosphogypsum 
is removed shall determine annually the average radium-226 concentration 
at the location in the stack from which the phosphogypsum will be 
removed, as provided by Sec. 61.207.
    (b) The average radium-226 concentration at the location in the 
stack from which the phosphogypsum will be removed, as determined 
pursuant to Sec. 61.207, shall not exceed 10 pCi/g (4500 pCi/lb).
    (c) All phosphogypsum distributed in commerce for use pursuant to 
this section by the owner or operator of a phosphogypsum stack shall be 
accompanied by a certification document which conforms to the 
requirements of Sec. 61.208(a).
    (d) Each distributor, retailer, or reseller who distributes 
phosphogypsum for use pursuant to this section shall prepare 
certification documents which conform to the requirements of 
Sec. 61.208(b).
    (e) Use of phosphogypsum for indoor research and development in a 
laboratory must comply with Sec. 61.205.

[57 FR 23317, June 3, 1992, as amended at 64 FR 5579, Feb. 3, 1999; 65 
FR 62158, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.205  Distribution and use of phosphogypsum for indoor research and development.

    (a) Phosphogypsum may be lawfully removed from a stack and 
distributed in commerce for use in indoor research and development 
activities, provided that it is accompanied at all times by 
certification documents which conform to the requirements of 
Sec. 61.208. In addition, before distributing phosphogypsum to any 
person for use in indoor research and development activities, the owner 
or operator of a phosphogypsum stack shall obtain from that person 
written confirmation that the research facility will comply with all of 
the limitations set forth in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (b) Any person who purchases and uses phosphogypsum for indoor 
research and development purposes shall comply with all of the following 
limitations. Any use of phosphogypsum for

[[Page 136]]

indoor research and development purposes not consistent with the 
limitations set forth in this section shall be construed as unauthorized 
distribution of phosphogypsum.
    (1) Each quantity of phosphogypsum purchased by a facility for a 
particular research and development activity shall be accompanied by 
certification documents which conform to the requirements of 
Sec. 61.208.
    (2) No facility shall purchase or possess more than 3182 kg (7,000 
lb) of phosphogypsum for a particular indoor research and development 
activity. The total quantity of all phosphogypsum at a facility, as 
determined by summing the individual quantities purchased or possessed 
for each individual research and development activity conducted by that 
facility, may exceed 3182 kg (7,000 lb), provided that no single room in 
which research and development activities are conducted shall contain 
more than 3182 kg (7,000 lb).
    (3) Containers of phosphogypsum used in indoor research and 
development activities shall be labeled with the following warning: 
Caution: Phosphogypsum Contains Elevated Levels of Naturally Occurring 
Radioactivity.
    (4) For each indoor research and development activity in which 
phosphogypsum is used, the facility shall maintain records which conform 
to the requirements of Sec. 61.209(c).
    (5) Indoor research and development activities must be performed in 
a controlled laboratory setting which the general public cannot enter 
except on an infrequent basis for tours of the facility. Uses of 
phosphogypsum for outdoor agricultural research and development and 
agricultural field use must comply with Sec. 61.204.
    (c) Phosphogypsum not intended for distribution in commerce may be 
lawfully removed from a stack by an owner or operator to perform 
laboratory analyses required by this subpart or any other quality 
control or quality assurance analyses associated with wet acid 
phosphorus production.

[57 FR 23317, June 3, 1992, as amended at 64 FR 5579, Feb. 3, 1999; 64 
FR 53213, Oct. 1, 1999; 65 FR 62158, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.206  Distribution and use of phosphogypsum for other purposes.

    (a) Phosphogypsum may not be lawfully removed from a stack and 
distributed or used for any purpose not expressly specified in 
Sec. 61.204 or Sec. 61.205 without prior EPA approval.
    (b) A request that EPA approve distribution and/or use of 
phosphogypsum for any other purpose must be submitted in writing and 
must contain the following information:
    (1) The name and address of the person(s) making the request.
    (2) A description of the proposed use, including any handling and 
processing that the phosphogypsum will undergo.
    (3) The location of each facility, including suite and/or building 
number, street, city, county, state, and zip code, where any use, 
handling, or processing of the phosphogypsum will take place.
    (4) The mailing address of each facility where any use, handling, or 
processing of the phosphogypsum will take place, if different from 
paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
    (5) The quantity of phosphogypsum to be used by each facility.
    (6) The average concentration of radium-226 in the phosphogypsum to 
be used.
    (7) A description of any measures which will be taken to prevent the 
uncontrolled release of phosphogypsum into the environment.
    (8) An estimate of the maximum individual risk, risk distribution, 
and incidence associated with the proposed use, including the ultimate 
disposition of the phosphogypsum or any product in which the 
phosphogypsum is incorporated.
    (9) A description of the intended disposition of any unused 
phosphogypsum.
    (10) Each request shall be signed and dated by a corporate officer 
or public official in charge of the facility.
    (c) The Assistant Administrator for Air and Radiation may decide to 
grant a request that EPA approve distribution and/or use of 
phosphogypsum if he determines that the proposed distribution and/or use 
is at lease as protective of public health, in both the short term and 
the long term, as disposal of phosphogypsum in a stack or a mine.

[[Page 137]]

    (d) If the Assistant Administrator for Air and Radiation decides to 
grant a request that EPA approve distribution and/or use of 
phosphogypsum for a specified purpose, each of the following 
requirements shall be satisfied:
    (1) The owner or operator of the stack from which the phosphogypsum 
is removed shall determine annually the average radium-226 concentration 
at the location in the stack from which the phosphogypsum will be 
removed, as provided by Sec. 61.207.
    (2) All phosphogypsum distributed in commerce by the owner or 
operator of a phosphogypsum stack, or by a distributor, retailer, or 
reseller, or purchased by the end-user, shall be accompanied at all 
times by certification documents which conform to the requirements 
Sec. 61.208.
    (3) The end-user of the phosphogypsum shall maintain records which 
conform to the requirements of Sec. 61.209(c).
    (e) If the Assistant Administrator for Air and Radiation decides to 
grant a request that EPA approve distribution and/or use of 
phosphogypsum for a specified purpose, the Assistant Administrator may 
decide to impose additional terms or conditions governing such 
distribution or use. In appropriate circumstances, the Assistant 
Administrator may also decide to waive or modify the recordkeeping 
requirements established by Sec. 61.209(c).



Sec. 61.207  Radium-226 sampling and measurement procedures.

    (a) Before removing phosphogypsum from a stack for distribution in 
commerce pursuant to Sec. 61.204, or Sec. 61.206, the owner or operator 
of a phosphogypsum stack shall measure the average radium-226 
concentration at the location in the stack from which phosphogypsum will 
be removed. Measurements shall be performed for each such location prior 
to the initial distribution in commerce of phosphogypsum removed from 
that location and at least once during each calendar year while 
distribution of phosphogypsum removed from the location continues.
    (1) A minimum of 30 phosphogypsum samples shall be taken at 
regularly spaced intervals across the surface of the location on the 
stack from which the phosphogypsum will be removed. Let n1 
represent the number of samples taken.
    (2) Measure the radium-226 concentration of each of the 
n1 samples in accordance with the analytical procedures 
described in 40 CFR part 61, appendix B, Method 114.
    (3) Calculate the mean, x1, and the standard deviation, 
s1, of the n1 radium-226 concentrations:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR03FE99.054

Where x1 and s1 are expressed in pCi/g.

    (4) Calculate the 95th percentile for the distribution, 
x*, using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR03FE99.055

Where x* is expressed in pCi/g.

    (5) If the purpose for removing phosphogypsum from a stack is for 
distribution to commerce pursuant to Sec. 61.206, the owner or operator 
of a phosphogypsum stack shall report the mean, standard deviation, 95th 
percentile and sample size. If the purpose for removing phosphogypsum 
from a stack is for distribution to commerce pursuant to Sec. 61.204, 
the additional sampling procedures set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) 
of this section shall apply.
    (b) Based on the values for x1 and x* 
calculated in paragraphs paragraphs (a)(3) and (4) of this section, 
determine which of the following conditions will be met:
    (1) If x1  10 pCi/g and x*  10 pCi/g; 
phosphogypsum may be removed from this area of the stack for 
distribution in commerce pursuant to Sec. 61.204.

[[Page 138]]

    (2) If x1,  10 pCi/g and x* > 10 pCi/g, the owner or 
operator may elect to follow the procedures for further sampling set 
forth in paragraph (c) of this section:
    (3) If x1  10 pCi/g; phosphogypsum shall not 
be removed from this area of the stack for distribution in commerce 
pursuant to Sec. 61.204.
    (c) If the owner or operator elects to conduct further sampling to 
determine if phosphogypsum can be removed from this area of the stack, 
the following procedure shall apply. The objective of the following 
procedure is to demonstrate, with a 95% probability, that the 
phosphogypsum from this area of the stack has a radium-226 concentration 
no greater than 10 pCi/g. The procedure is iterative, the sample size 
may have to be increased more than one time; otherwise the phosphogypsum 
cannot be removed from this area of the stack for distribution to 
commerce pursuant to Sec. 61.204.
    (1)(i) Solve the following equation for the total number of samples 
required:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR03FE99.056

    (ii) The sample size n2 shall be rounded upwards to the 
next whole number. The number of additional samples needed is 
nA = n2-n1.
    (2) Obtain the necessary number of additional samples, 
nA, which shall also be taken at regularly spaced intervals 
across the surface of the location on the stack from which phosphogypsum 
will be removed.
    (3) Measure the radium-226 concentration of each of the 
nA additional samples in accordance with the analytical 
procedures described in 40 CFR part 61, appendix B, Method 114.
    (4) Recalculate the mean and standard deviation of the entire set of 
n2 radium-226 concentrations by joining this set of 
nA concentrations with the n1 concentrations 
previously measured. Use the formulas in paragraph (a)(3) of this 
section, substituting the entire set of n2 samples in place 
of the n1 samples called for in paragraph (a)(3) of this 
section, thereby determining the mean, x2, and standard 
deviation, s2, for the entire set of n2 
concentrations.
    (5) Repeat the procedure described in paragraph (a)(4) of this 
section, substituting the recalculated mean, x2, for 
x1, the recalculated standard deviation, s2, for 
s1, and total sample size, n2, for n1.
    (6) Repeat the procedure described in paragraph (b) of this section, 
substituting the recalculated mean, x2 for x1.

[64 FR 5579, Feb. 3, 1999]



Sec. 61.208  Certification requirements.

    (a)(1) The owner or operator of a stack from which phosphogypsum 
will be removed and distributed in commerce pursuant to Sec. 61.204, 
Sec. 61.205, or Sec. 61.206 shall prepare a certification document for 
each quantity of phosphogypsum which is distributed in commerce which 
includes:
    (i) The name and address of the owner or operator;
    (ii) The name and address of the purchaser or recipient of the 
phosphogypsum;
    (iii) The quantity of phosphogypsum, in kilograms or pounds sold or 
transferred;
    (iv) The date of sale or transfer;
    (v) A description of the intended end-use for the phosphogypsum;
    (vi) The average radium-226 concentration, in pCi/g (pCi/lb), of the 
phosphogypsum, as determined pursuant to Sec. 61.207; and
    (vii) The signature of the person who prepared the certification.
    (2) The owner or operator shall retain the certification document 
for five years from the date of sale or transfer, and shall produce the 
document for inspection upon request by the Administrator, or his 
authorized representative. The owner or operator shall also provide a 
copy of the certification document to the purchaser or recipient.
    (b)(1) Each distributor, retailer, or reseller who purchases or 
receives phosphogypsum for subsequent resale or transfer shall prepare a 
certification document for each quantity of phosphogypsum which is 
resold or transferred which includes:
    (i) The name and address of the distributor, retailer, or reseller;
    (ii) The name and address of the purchaser or recipient of the 
phosphogypsum;

[[Page 139]]

    (iii) The quantity (in pounds) of phosphogypsum resold or 
transferred;
    (iv) The date of resale or transfer;
    (v) A description of the intended end-use for the phosphogypsum;
    (vi) A copy of each certification document which accompanied the 
phosphogypsum at the time it was purchased or received by the 
distributor, retailer, or reseller; and
    (vii) The signature of the person who prepared the certification.
    (2) The distributor, retailer, or reseller shall retain the 
certification document for five years from the date of resale or 
transfer, and shall produce the document for inspection upon request by 
the Administrator, or his authorized representative. For every resale or 
transfer of phosphogypsum to a person other than an agricultural end-
user, the distributor, retailer, or reseller shall also provide a copy 
of the certification document to the purchaser or transferee.

[57 FR 23317, June 3, 1992, as amended at 65 FR 62158, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.209  Required records.

    (a) Each owner or operator of a phosphogypsum stack must maintain 
records for each stack documenting the procedure used to verify 
compliance with the flux standard in Sec. 61.202, including all 
measurements, calculations, and analytical methods on which input 
parameters were based. The required documentation shall be sufficient to 
allow an independent auditor to verify the correctness of the 
determination made concerning compliance of the stack with flux 
standard.
    (b) Each owner or operator of a phosphogypsum stack must maintain 
records documenting the procedure used to determine average radium-226 
concentration pursuant to Sec. 61.207, including all measurements, 
calculations, and analytical methods on which input parameters were 
based. The required documentation shall be sufficient to allow an 
independent auditor to verify the accuracy of the radium-226 
concentration.
    (c) Each facility which uses phosphogypsum pursuant to Sec. 61.205 
or Sec. 61.206 shall prepare records which include the following 
information:
    (1) The name and address of the person in charge of the activity 
involving use of phosphogypsum.
    (2) A description of each use of phosphogypsum, including the 
handling and processing that the phosphogypsum underwent.
    (3) The location of each site where each use of phosphogypsum 
occurred, including the suite and/or building number, street, city, 
county, state, and zip code.
    (4) The mailing address of each facility using phosphogypsum, if 
different from paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
    (5) The date of each use of phosphogypsum.
    (6) The quantity of phosphogypsum used.
    (7) The certified average concentration of radium-226 for the 
phosphogypsum which was used.
    (8) A description of all measures taken to prevent the uncontrolled 
release of phosphogypsum into the environment.
    (9) A description of the disposition of any unused phosphogypsum.
    (d) These records shall be retained by the facility for at least 
five years from the date of use of the phosphogypsum and shall be 
produced for inspection upon request by the Administrator, or his 
authorized representative.



Sec. 61.210  Exemption from the reporting and testing requirements of 40 CFR 61.10.

    All facilities designated under this subpart are exempt from the 
reporting requirements of 40 CFR 61.10.

Subpart S [Reserved]



  Subpart T--National Emission Standards for Radon Emissions From the 
                    Disposal of Uranium Mill Tailings

    Source: 54 FR 51702, Dec. 15, 1989, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 61.220  Designation of facilities.

    (a) The provisions of this subpart apply to owners and operators of 
all sites that are used for the disposal of

[[Page 140]]

tailings, and that managed residual radioactive material during and 
following the processing of uranium ores, commonly referred to as 
uranium mills and their associated tailings, that are listed in, or 
designated by the Secretary of Energy under title I of the Uranium Mill 
Tailings Radiation Control Act of 1978, except Sec. 61.226 of this 
subpart which applies to owners and operators of all sites that are 
regulated under title II of the Uranium Mill Tailings Radiation Control 
Act of 1978.
    (b) [Reserved]

[59 FR 36301, July 15, 1994]



Sec. 61.221  Definitions.

    As used in this subpart, all terms not defined here have the 
meanings given them in the Clean Air Act or subpart A of part 61. The 
following terms shall have the following specific meanings:
    (a) Long term stabilization means the addition of material on a 
uranium mill tailings pile for the purpose of ensuring compliance with 
the requirements of 40 CFR 192.02(a). These actions shall be considered 
complete when the Nuclear Regulatory Commission determines that the 
requirements of 40 CFR 192.02(a) have been met.
    (b) Operational means a uranium mill tailings pile that is licensed 
to accept additional tailings, and those tailings can be added without 
violating subpart W or any other Federal, state or local rule or law. A 
pile cannot be considered operational if it is filled to capacity or the 
mill it accepts tailings from has been dismantled or otherwise 
decommissioned.
    (c) Residual radioactive materials shall have the same meaning as in 
section 101(7) of the Uranium Mill Tailings Radiation Control Act of 
1978, 42 U.S.C. 7911(7).
    (d) Tailings shall have the same meaning as in section 101(8) of the 
Uranium Mill Tailings Radiation Control Act of 1978, 42 U.S.C. 7911(8).
    (e) In significant part means in a manner that is not reasonably 
expected to materially (i.e., more than de minimis) interfere with 
compliance with the 20 pCi/m\2\-s flux standard as expeditiously as 
practicable considering technological feasibility (including factors 
beyond the control of the licensee).

[54 FR 51702, Dec. 15, 1989, as amended at 59 FR 36301, July 15, 1994]



Sec. 61.222  Standard.

    (a) Radon-222 emissions to the ambient air from uranium mill 
tailings pile that are no longer operational shall not exceed 20 pCi/
(m\2\-sec) (1.9 pCi/(ft\2\-sec)) of radon-222.
    (b) Once a uranium mill tailings pile or impoundment ceases to be 
operational it must be disposed of and brought into compliance with this 
standard within two years of the effective date of the standard. If it 
is not physically possible for an owner or operator to complete disposal 
within that time, EPA shall, after consultation with the owner or 
operator, establish a compliance agreement which will assure that 
disposal will be completed as quickly as possible.

[54 FR 51702, Dec. 15, 1989, as amended at 59 FR 36301, July 15, 1994; 
65 FR 62158, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.223  Compliance procedures.

    (a) Sixty days following the completion of covering the pile to 
limit radon emissions but prior to the long term stabilization of the 
pile, the owners or operators of uranium mill tailings shall conduct 
testing for all piles within the facility in accordance with the 
procedures described in 40 CFR part 61, appendix B, Method 115, or other 
procedures for which EPA has granted prior approval.
    (b) Ninety days after the testing is required, each facility shall 
provide EPA with a report detailing the actions taken and the results of 
the radon-222 flux testing. EPA shall be notified at least 30 days prior 
to an emission test so that EPA may, at its option, observe the test. If 
meteorological conditions are such that a test cannot be properly 
conducted, then the owner or operator shall notify EPA and test as soon 
as conditions permit. Each report shall also include the following 
information:
    (1) The name and location of the facility.
    (2) A list of the piles at the facility.

[[Page 141]]

    (3) A description of the control measures taken to decrease the 
radon flux from the source and any actions taken to insure the long term 
effectiveness of the control measures.
    (4) The results of the testing conducted, including the results of 
each measurement.
    (5) Each report shall be signed and dated by a public official in 
charge of the facility and contain the following declaration immediately 
above the signature line:

    I certify under penalty of law that I have personally examined and 
am familiar with the information submitted herein and based on my 
inquiry of those individuals immediately responsible for obtaining the 
information. I believe that the submitted information is true, accurate 
and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for 
submitting false information including the possibility of fine and 
imprisonment. See 18 U.S.C. 1001.

    (c) If year long measurements are made in accordance with Method 115 
of appendix B of part 61, this report shall include the results of the 
first measurement period and provide a schedule for the measurement 
frequency to be used. An additional report shall be submitted ninety 
days after completion of the final measurements.
    (d) If long term stabilization has begun before the effective date 
of the rule then testing may be conducted at any time, up to 60 days 
after the long term stabilization is completed.
    (e) If the testing demonstrates that the pile meets the requirement 
of Sec. 61.222(a) and long term stabilization has been completed then 
the pile is considered disposed for purposes of this rule.

[54 FR 51702, Dec. 15, 1989, as amended at 59 FR 36302, July 15, 1994]



Sec. 61.224  Recordkeeping requirements.

    The owner or operator must maintain records documenting the source 
of input parameters including the results of all measurements upon which 
they are based, the calculations and/or analytical methods used to 
derive values for input parameters, and the procedure used to determine 
compliance. This documentation should be sufficient to allow an 
independent auditor to verify the accuracy of the determination made 
concerning the facility's compliance with the standard. The 
Administrator shall be kept apprised of the location of these records 
and the records must be kept for at least five years and upon request be 
made available for inspection by the Administrator, or his authorized 
representative.



Sec. 61.225  Exemption from the reporting and testing requirements of 40 CFR 61.10.

    All facilities designated under this subpart are exempt from the 
reporting requirements of 40 CFR 61.10.



Sec. 61.226  Reconsideration of rescission and reinstatement of this subpart.

    (a) Reinstatement of this subpart upon completion of reconsideration 
of rescission. (1) The Administrator shall reinstate 40 CFR part 61, 
subpart T as applied to owners and operators of non-operational uranium 
mill tailings disposal sites that are licensed by the NRC or an affected 
Agreement State if the Administrator determines by rulemaking, based on 
the record, that NRC or an affected Agreement State has:
    (i) Failed on a programmatic basis to implement and enforce, in 
significant part, the regulations governing the disposal of uranium mill 
tailings promulgated by EPA and NRC or the tailings closure plan (radon) 
(i.e., contained in the license) requirements establishing milestones 
for the purpose of emplacing a permanent radon barrier that will achieve 
compliance with the 20 pCi/m \2\-s flux standard; and
    (ii) Those failures may reasonably be anticipated to significantly 
interfere (i.e., more than de minimis) with the timely emplacement of a 
permanent radon barrier constructed to achieve compliance with the 20 
pCi/m \2\-s flux standard at the uranium mill tailings disposal site.
    (2) The Administrator shall reinstate 40 CFR part 61, subpart T on a 
site-specific basis as applied to owners and operators of non-
operational uranium mill tailings disposal sites that are licensed by 
the NRC or an affected Agreement State if the Administrator determines 
by rulemaking, based on the record:

[[Page 142]]

    (i) That NRC or an affected Agreement State has failed in 
significant part on a site-specific basis to achieve compliance by the 
operator of the site or sites with applicable license requirements, 
regulations, or standards implemented by NRC and the affected Agreement 
States; and
    (ii) Those failures may reasonably be anticipated to significantly 
interfere (i.e., more than de minimis) with the timely emplacement of a 
permanent radon barrier constructed to achieve compliance with the 20 
pCi/m \2\-s flux standard at the uranium mill tailings disposal site.
    (3) Upon completion of the reconsideration of rescission pursuant to 
Sec. 61.226(c) the Administrator may issue a finding that reinstatement 
of this subpart is not appropriate if the Administrator finds:
    (i) NRC and the affected Agreement States are on a programmatic 
basis implementing and enforcing, in significant part, the regulations 
governing the disposal of uranium mill tailings promulgated by EPA and 
NRC or the tailings closure plan (radon) (i.e., contained in the 
license) requirements establishing milestones for the purpose of 
emplacing a permanent radon barrier that will achieve compliance with 
the 20 pCi/m \2\-s flux standard; or
    (ii) NRC or an affected Agreement State are on a site-specific 
basis, in significant part, achieving compliance by the operator of the 
site or sites with applicable license requirements, regulations, or 
standards implemented by NRC and the affected Agreement States.
    (b) Procedures to petition for reconsideration of rescission of this 
subpart. (1) A person may petition the Administrator to reconsider the 
rescission and seek reinstatement of this subpart under Sec. 61.226(a).
    (2) EPA shall summarily dismiss a petition to reconsider rescission 
and seek reinstatement of this subpart under Sec. 61.226(a)(1) 
(programmatic basis), without prejudice, unless the petitioner 
demonstrates that written notice of the alleged failure(s) was provided 
to NRC at least 60 days before filing the petition with EPA. This 
notification shall include a statement of the grounds for such a 
petition and this notice requirement may be satisfied by, but is not 
limited to, submissions or pleadings submitted to NRC during a 
proceeding conducted by NRC.
    (3) EPA shall summarily dismiss a petition to reconsider rescission 
and seek reinstatement of this subpart under Sec. 61.226(a)(2) (site-
specific basis), without prejudice, unless the petitioner demonstrates 
that a written request was made to NRC or an affected Agreement State 
for enforcement or other relief at least 60 days before filing its 
petition with EPA, and unless the petitioner alleges that NRC or the 
affected Agreement State failed to respond to such request by taking 
action, as necessary, to assure timely implementation and enforcement of 
the 20 pCi/m \2\-s flux standard.
    (4) Upon receipt of a petition under Sec. 61.226(b)(1) that is not 
dismissed under Sec. 61.226(b)(2) or (b)(3), EPA will propose to grant 
or deny an authorized petition to reconsider, take comments on the 
Agency's proposed action, and take final action granting or denying such 
petition to reconsider within 300 days of receipt.
    (c) Reconsideration of rescission of this subpart initiated by the 
Administrator. (1) The Administrator may initiate reconsideration of the 
rescission and reinstatement of this subpart as applied to owners and 
operators of non-operational uranium mill tailings disposal sites if EPA 
has reason to believe that NRC or an affected Agreement State has failed 
to implement and enforce, in significant part, the regulations governing 
the disposal of uranium mill tailings promulgated by EPA and NRC or the 
tailings closure plan (radon) requirements establishing milestones for 
the purpose of emplacing a permanent radon barrier that will achieve 
compliance with the 20 pCi/m \2\-s flux standard.
    (2) Before the Administrator initiates reconsideration of the 
rescission and reinstatement of this subpart under Sec. 61.226(c)(1), 
EPA shall consult with NRC to address EPA's concerns and if the 
consultation does not resolve the concerns, EPA shall provide NRC with 
60 days notice of the Agency's intent to initiate rulemaking to 
reinstate this subpart.

[59 FR 36302, July 15, 1994]

[[Page 143]]

Subpart U [Reserved]



  Subpart V--National Emission Standard for Equipment Leaks (Fugitive 
                            Emission Sources)

    Source: 49 FR 23513, June 6, 1984, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 61.240  Applicability and designation of sources.

    (a) The provisions of this subpart apply to each of the following 
sources that are intended to operate in volatile hazardous air pollutant 
(VHAP) service: pumps, compressors, pressure relief devices, sampling 
connection systems, open-ended valves or lines, valves, connectors, 
surge control vessels, bottoms receivers, and control devices or systems 
required by this subpart.
    (b) The provisions of this subpart apply to the sources listed in 
paragraph (a) after the date of promulgation of a specific subpart in 
part 61.
    (c) While the provisions of this subpart are effective, a source to 
which this subpart applies that is also subject to the provisions of 40 
CFR part 60 only will be required to comply with the provisions of this 
subpart.
    (d) Alternative means of compliance. (1) Option to comply with part 
65. Owners or operators may choose to comply with 40 CFR part 65 to 
satisfy the requirements of Secs. 61.242-1 through 61.247 for equipment 
that is subject to this subpart and that is part of the same process 
unit. When choosing to comply with 40 CFR part 65, the requirements of 
Secs. 61.245(d) and 61.246(i) and (j) still apply. Other provisions 
applying to owners or operators who choose to comply with 40 CFR part 65 
are provided in 40 CFR 65.1.
    (2) Part 65, subpart C or F. For owners or operators choosing to 
comply with 40 CFR part 65, each surge control vessel and bottoms 
receiver subject to this subpart that meets the conditions specified in 
table 1 or table 2 of this subpart shall meet the requirements for 
storage vessels in 40 CFR part 65, subpart C; all other equipment 
subject to this subpart shall meet the requirements in 40 CFR part 65, 
subpart F.
    (3) Part 61, subpart A. Owners or operators who choose to comply 
with 40 CFR part 65, subpart C or F, must also comply with Secs. 61.01, 
61.02, 61.05 through 61.08, 61.10(b) through (d), 61.11, and 61.15 for 
that equipment. All sections and paragraphs of subpart A of this part 
that are not mentioned in this paragraph (d)(3) do not apply to owners 
or operators of equipment subject to this subpart complying with 40 CFR 
part 65, subpart C or F, except that provisions required to be met prior 
to implementing 40 CFR part 65 still apply. Owners and operators who 
choose to comply with 40 CFR part 65, subpart C or F, must comply with 
40 CFR part 65, subpart A.
    (4) Rules referencing this subpart. Owners or operators referenced 
to this subpart from subpart F or J of this part may choose to comply 
with 40 CFR part 65 for all equipment listed in paragraph (a) of this 
section.

[49 FR 23513, June 6, 1984, as amended at 65 FR 78280, Dec. 14, 2000]



Sec. 61.241  Definitions.

    As used in this subpart, all terms not defined herein shall have the 
meaning given them in the Act, in subpart A of part 61, or in specific 
subparts of part 61; and the following terms shall have specific meaning 
given them:
    Bottoms receiver means a tank that collects distillation bottoms 
before the stream is sent for storage or for further downstream 
processing.
    Closed-vent system means a system that is not open to atmosphere and 
that is composed of hard-piping, ductwork, connections, and, if 
necessary, flow-inducing devices that transport gas or vapor from a 
piece or pieces of equipment to a control device or back to a process.
    Connector means flanged, screwed, welded, or other joined fittings 
used to connect two pipe lines or a pipe line and a piece of equipment. 
For the purpose of reporting and recordkeeping, connector means flanged 
fittings that are not covered by insulation or other materials that 
prevent location of the fittings.
    Control device means an enclosed combustion device, vapor recovery 
system, or flare.
    Double block and bleed system means two block valves connected in 
series

[[Page 144]]

with a bleed valve or line that can vent the line between the two block 
valves.
    Duct work means a conveyance system such as those commonly used for 
heating and ventilation systems. It is often made of sheet metal and 
often has sections connected by screws or crimping. Hard-piping is not 
ductwork.
    Equipment means each pump, compressor, pressure relief device, 
sampling connection system, open-ended valve or line, valve, connector, 
surge control vessel, bottoms receiver in VHAP service, and any control 
devices or systems required by this subpart.
    First attempt at repair means to take rapid action for the purpose 
of stopping or reducing leakage of organic material to atmosphere using 
best practices.
    In gas/vapor service means that a piece of equipment contains 
process fluid that is in the gaseous state at operating conditions.
    Fuel gas means gases that are combusted to derive useful work or 
heat.
    Fuel gas system means the offsite and onsite piping and flow and 
pressure control system that gathers gaseous stream(s) generated by 
onsite operations, may blend them with other sources of gas, and 
transports the gaseous stream for use as fuel gas in combustion devices 
or in-process combustion equipment, such as furnaces and gas turbines, 
either singly or in combination.
    Hard-piping means pipe or tubing that is manufactured and properly 
installed using good engineering judgement and standards such as ASME 
B31.3, Process Piping (available from the American Society of Mechanical 
Engineers, PO Box 2900, Fairfield, NJ 07007-2900).
    In liquid service means that a piece of equipment is not in gas/
vapor service.
    In-situ sampling systems means nonextractive samplers or in-line 
samplers.
    In vacuum service means that equipment is operating at an internal 
pressure which is at least 5 kilopascals (kPa) (0.7 psia) below ambient 
pressure.
    In VHAP service means that a piece of equipment either contains or 
contacts a fluid (liquid or gas) that is at least 10 percent by weight a 
volatile hazardous air pollutant (VHAP) as determined according to the 
provisions of Sec. 61.245(d). The provisions of Sec. 61.245(d) also 
specify how to determine that a piece of equipment is not in VHAP 
service.
    In VOC service means, for the purposes of this subpart, that (a) the 
piece of equipment contains or contacts a process fluid that is at least 
10 percent VOC by weight (see 40 CFR 60.2 for the definition of volatile 
organic compound or VOC and 40 CFR 60.485(d) to determine whether a 
piece of equipment is not in VOC service) and (b) the piece of equipment 
is not in heavy liquid service as defined in 40 CFR 60.481.
    Maximum true vapor pressure means the equilibrium partial pressure 
exerted by the total VHAP in the stored or transferred liquid at the 
temperature equal to the highest calendar-month average of the liquid 
storage or transfer temperature for liquids stored or transferred above 
or below the ambient temperature or at the local maximum monthly average 
temperature as reported by the National Weather Service for liquids 
stored or transferred at the ambient temperature, as determined:
    (1) In accordance with methods described in American Petroleum 
Institute Publication 2517, Evaporative Loss From External Floating-Roof 
Tanks (incorporated by reference as specified in Sec. 61.18); or
    (2) As obtained from standard reference texts; or
    (3) As determined by the American Society for Testing and Materials 
Method D2879-83, Standard Test Method for Vapor Pressure-Temperature 
Relationship and Initial Decomposition Temperature of Liquids by 
Isoteniscope (incorporated by reference as specified in Sec. 61.18); or
    (4) Any other method approved by the Administrator.
    Open-ended valve or line means any valve, except pressure relief 
valves, having one side of the valve seat in contact with process fluid 
and one side open to atmosphere, either directly or through open piping.
    Pressure release means the emission of materials resulting from the 
system pressure being greater than the set pressure of the pressure 
relief device.

[[Page 145]]

    Process unit means equipment assembled to produce a VHAP or its 
derivatives as intermediates or final products, or equipment assembled 
to use a VHAP in the production of a product. A process unit can operate 
independently if supplied with sufficient feed or raw materials and 
sufficient product storage facilities.
    Process unit shutdown means a work practice or operational procedure 
that stops production from a process unit or part of a process unit. An 
unscheduled work practice or operational procedure that stops production 
from a process unit or part of a process unit for less than 24 hours is 
not a process unit shutdown. The use of spare equipment and technically 
feasible bypassing of equipment without stopping production are not 
process unit shutdowns.
    Repaired means that equipment is adjusted, or otherwise altered, to 
eliminate a leak.
    Sampling connection system means an assembly of equipment within a 
process unit used during periods of representative operation to take 
samples of the process fluid. Equipment used to take non-routine grab 
samples is not considered a sampling connection system.
    Semiannual means a 6-month period; the first semiannual period 
concludes on the last day of the last month during the 180 days 
following initial startup for new sources; and the first semiannual 
period concludes on the last day of the last full month during the 180 
days after the effective date of a specific subpart that references this 
subpart for existing sources.
    Sensor means a device that measures a physical quantity or the 
change in a physical quantity, such as temperature, pressure, flow rate, 
pH, or liquid level.
    Stuffing box pressure means the fluid (liquid or gas) pressure 
inside the casing or housing of a piece of equipment, on the process 
side of the inboard seal.
    Surge control vessel means feed drums, recycle drums, and 
intermediate vessels. Surge control vessels are used within a process 
unit when in-process storage, mixing, or management of flow rates of 
volumes is needed on a recurring or ongoing basis to assist in 
production of a product.
    Volatile hazardous air pollutant or VHAP means a substance regulated 
under this part for which a standard for equipment leaks of the 
substance has been proposed and promulgated. Benzene is a VHAP. Vinyl 
chloride is a VHAP.

[49 FR 23513, June 6, 1984; 49 FR 38946, Oct. 2, 1984, as amended at 51 
FR 34915, Sept. 30, 1986; 54 FR 38076, Sept. 14, 1989; 65 FR 62158, Oct. 
17, 2000; 65 FR 78280, Dec. 14, 2000]



Sec. 61.242-1  Standards: General.

    (a) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart 
shall demonstrate compliance with the requirements of Secs. 61.242-1 to 
61.242-11 for each new and existing source as required in 40 CFR 61.05, 
except as provided in Secs. 61.243 and 61.244.
    (b) Compliance with this subpart will be detemined by review of 
records, review of performance test results, and inspection using the 
methods and procedures specified in Sec. 61.245.
    (c)(1) An owner or operator may request a determination of 
alternative means of emission limitation to the requirements of 
Secs. 61.242-2, 61.242-3, 61.242-5, 61.242-6, 61.242-7, 61.242-8, 
61.242-9 and 61.242-11 as provided in Sec. 61.244.
    (2) If the Administrator makes a determination that a means of 
emission limitation is at least a permissible alternative to the 
requirements of Sec. 61.242-2, 61.242-3, 61.242-5, 61.242-6, 61.242-7, 
61.242-8, 61.242-9 or 61.242-11, an owner or operator shall comply with 
the requirements of that determination.
    (d) Each piece of equipment to which this subpart applies shall be 
marked in such a manner that it can be distinquished readily from other 
pieces of equipment.
    (e) Equipment that is in vacuum service is excluded from the 
requirements of Sec. 61.242-2, to Sec. 61.242-11 if it is identified as 
required in Sec. 61.246(e)(5).

[49 FR 23513, June 6, 1984; 49 FR 38946, Oct. 2, 1984]



Sec. 61.242-2  Standards: Pumps.

    (a)(1) Each pump shall be monitored monthly to detect leaks by the 
methods specified in Sec. 61.245(b), except as provided in Sec. 61.242-
1(c) and paragraphs (d), (e), (f) and (g) of this section.

[[Page 146]]

    (2) Each pump shall be checked by visual inspection each calendar 
week for indications of liquids dripping from the pump seal.
    (b)(1) If an instrument reading of 10,000 ppm or greater is 
measured, a leak is detected.
    (2) If there are indications of liquids dripping from the pump seal, 
a leak is detected.
    (c)(1) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as 
practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after it is detected, 
except as provided in Sec. 61.242-10.
    (2) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar 
days after each leak is detected.
    (d) Each pump equipped with a dual mechanical seal system that 
includes a barrier fluid system is exempt from the requirements of 
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, provided the following 
requirements are met:
    (1) Each dual mechanical seal system is:
    (i) Operated with the barrier fluid at a pressure that is at all 
times greater than the pump stuffing box pressure; or
    (ii) Equipped with a barrier fluid degassing reservoir that is 
routed to a process or fuel gas system or connected by a closed-vent 
system to a control device that complies with the requirements of 
Sec. 61.242-11; or
    (iii) Equipped with a system that purges the barrier fluid into a 
process stream with zero VHAP emissions to atmosphere.
    (2) The barrier fluid is not in VHAP service and, if the pump is 
covered by standards under 40 CFR part 60, is not in VOC service.
    (3) Each barrier fluid system is equipped with a sensor that will 
detect failure of the seal system, the barrier fluid system, or both.
    (4) Each pump is checked by visual inspection each calendar week for 
indications of liquids dripping from the pump seal.
    (i) If there are indications of liquid dripping from the pump seal 
at the time of the weekly inspection, the pump shall be monitored as 
specified in Sec. 61.245 to determine the presence of VOC and VHAP in 
the barrier fluid.
    (ii) If the monitor reading (taking into account any background 
readings) indicates the presence of VHAP, a leak is detected. For the 
purpose of this paragraph, the monitor may be calibrated with VHAP, or 
may employ a gas chromatography column to limit the response of the 
monitor to VHAP, at the option of the owner or operator.
    (iii) If an instrument reading of 10,000 ppm or greater (total VOC) 
is measured, a leak is detected.
    (5) Each sensor as described in paragraph (d)(3) of this section is 
checked daily or is equipped with an audible alarm.
    (6)(i) The owner or operator determines, based on design 
considerations and operating experience, criteria applicable to the 
presence and frequency of drips and to the sensor that indicates failure 
of the seal system, the barrier fluid system, or both.
    (ii) If indications of liquids dripping from the pump seal exceed 
the criteria established in paragraph (d)(6)(i) of this section, or if, 
based on the criteria established in paragraph (d)(6)(i) of this 
section, the sensor indicates failure of the seal system, the barrier 
fluid system, or both, a leak is detected.
    (iii) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as 
practicable, but no later than 15 calendar days after it is detected, 
except as provided in Sec. 61.242-10.
    (iv) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than five 
calendar days after each leak is detected.
    (e) Any pump that is designated, as described in Sec. 61.246(e)(2), 
for no detectable emissions, as indicated by an instrument reading of 
less than 500 ppm above background, is exempt from the requirements of 
paragraphs (a), (c), and (d) if the pump:
    (1) Has no externally actuated shaft penetrating the pump housing,
    (2) Is demonstrated to be operating with no detectable emissions, as 
indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppm above 
background, as measured by the method specified in Sec. 61.245(c), and
    (3) Is tested for compliance with paragraph (e)(2) initially upon 
designation, annually, and at other times requested by the 
Administrator.
    (f) If any pump is equipped with a closed-vent system capable of 
capturing and transporting any leakage

[[Page 147]]

from the seal or seals to a process or fuel gas system or to a control 
device that complies with the requirements of Sec. 61.242-11, it is 
exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (a) through (e) of this 
section.
    (g) Any pump that is designated, as described in Sec. 61.246(f)(1), 
as an unsafe-to-monitor pump is exempt from the monitoring and 
inspection requirements of paragraphs (a) and (d)(4) through (6) of this 
section if:
    (1) The owner or operator of the pump demonstrates that the pump is 
unsafe-to-monitor because monitoring personnel would be exposed to an 
immediate danger as a consequence of complying with paragraph (a) of 
this section; and
    (2) The owner or operator of the pump has a written plan that 
requires monitoring of the pump as frequently as practicable during 
safe-to-monitor times but not more frequently than the periodic 
monitoring schedule otherwise applicable, and repair of the equipment 
according to the procedures in paragraph (c) of this section if a leak 
is detected.
    (h) Any pump that is located within the boundary of an unmanned 
plant site is exempt from the weekly visual inspection requirement of 
paragraphs (a)(2) and (d)(4) of this section, and the daily requirements 
of paragraph (d)(5) of this section, provided that each pump is visually 
inspected as often as practicable and at least monthly.

[49 FR 23513, June 6, 1984, as amended at 49 FR 38946, Oct. 2, 1984; 55 
FR 28349, July 10, 1990; 65 FR 78281, Dec. 14, 2000]



Sec. 61.242-3  Standards: Compressors.

    (a) Each compressor shall be equipped with a seal system that 
includes a barrier fluid system and that prevents leakage of process 
fluid to atmosphere, except as provided in Sec. 61.242-1(c) and 
paragraphs (h) and (i) of this section.
    (b) Each compressor seal system as required in paragraph (a) shall 
be:
    (1) Operated with the barrier fluid at a pressure that is greater 
than the compressor stuffing box pressure; or
    (2) Equipped with a barrier fluid system degassing reservoir that is 
routed to a process or fuel gas system or connected by a closed-vent 
system to a control device that complies with the requirements of 
Sec. 61.242-11; or
    (3) Equipped with a system that purges the barrier fluid into a 
process stream with zero VHAP emissions to atmosphere.
    (c) The barrier fluid shall not be in VHAP service and, if the 
compressor is covered by standards under 40 CFR part 60, shall not be in 
VOC service.
    (d) Each barrier fluid system as described in paragraphs (a)-(c) of 
this section shall be equipped with a sensor that will detect failure of 
the seal system, barrier fluid system, or both.
    (e)(1) Each sensor as required in paragraph (d) of this section 
shall be checked daily or shall be equipped with an audible alarm unless 
the compressor is located within the boundary of an unmanned plant site.
    (2) The owner or operator shall determine, based on design 
considerations and operating experience, a criterion that indicates 
failure of the seal system, the barrier fluid system, or both.
    (f) If the sensor indicates failure of the seal system, the barrier 
fluid system, or both based on the criterion determined under paragraph 
(e)(2) of this section, a leak is detected.
    (g)(1) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as 
practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after it is detected, 
except as provided in Sec. 61.242-10.
    (2) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar 
days after eack leak is detected.
    (h) A compressor is exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (a) 
and (b) of this section if it is equipped with a closed-vent system to 
capture and transport leakage from the compressor drive shaft back to a 
process or fuel gas system or to a control device that complies with the 
requirements of Sec. 61.242-11, except as provided in paragraph (i) of 
this section.
    (i) Any Compressor that is designated, as described in 
Sec. 61.246(e)(2), for no detectable emission as indicated by an 
instrument reading of less than 500 ppm above background is exempt from 
the requirements of paragraphs (a)-(h) if the compressor:
    (1) Is demonstrated to be operating with no detectable emissions, as 
indicated by an instrument reading of less

[[Page 148]]

than 500 ppm above background, as measured by the method specified in 
Sec. 61.245(c); and
    (2) Is tested for compliance with paragraph (i)(1) initially upon 
designation, annually, and at other times requested by the 
Administrator.

[49 FR 23513, June 6, 1984; 49 FR 38946, Oct. 2, 1984, as amended at 65 
FR 78281, Dec. 14, 2000]



Sec. 61.242-4  Standards: Pressure relief devices in gas/vapor service.

    (a) Except during pressure releases, each pressure relief device in 
gas/vapor service shall be operated with no detectable emissions, as 
indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppm above 
background, as measured by the method specified in Sec. 61.245(c).
    (b)(1) After each pressure release, the pressure relief device shall 
be returned to a condition of no detectable emissions, as indicated by 
an instrument reading of less than 500 ppm above background, as soon as 
practicable, but no later than 5 calendar days after each pressure 
release, except as provided in Sec. 61.242-10.
    (2) No later than 5 calendar days after the pressure release, the 
pressure relief device shall be monitored to confirm the condition of no 
detectable emissions, as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 
500 ppm above background, as measured by the method specified in 
Sec. 61.245(c).
    (c) Any pressure relief device that is routed to a process or fuel 
gas system or equipped with a closed-vent system capable of capturing 
and transporting leakage from the pressure relief device to a control 
device as described in Sec. 61.242-11 is exempt from the requirements of 
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
    (d)(1) Any pressure relief device that is equipped with a rupture 
disk upstream of the pressure relief device is exempt from the 
requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, provided the 
owner or operator complies with the requirements in paragraph (d)(2) of 
this section.
    (2) After each pressure release, a new rupture disk shall be 
installed upstream of the pressure relief device as soon as practicable, 
but no later than 5 calendar days after each pressure release, except as 
provided in Sec. 61.242-10.

[49 FR 23513, June 6, 1984; 49 FR 38946, Oct. 2, 1984, as amended at 65 
FR 78281, Dec. 14, 2000]



Sec. 61.242-5  Standards: Sampling connecting systems.

    (a) Each sampling connection system shall be equipped with a closed-
purge, closed-loop, or closed vent system, except as provided in 
Sec. 61.242-1(c). Gases displaced during filling of the sample container 
are not required to be collected or captured.
    (b) Each closed-purge, closed-loop, or closed vent system as 
required in paragraph (a) of this section shall comply with the 
requirements specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section:
    (1) Return the purged process fluid directly to the process line; or
    (2) Collect and recycle the purged process fluid; or
    (3) Be designed and operated to capture and transport all the purged 
process fluid to a control device that complies with the requirements of 
Sec. 61.242-11; or
    (4) Collect, store, and transport the purged process fluid to any of 
the following systems or facilities:
    (i) A waste management unit as defined in 40 CFR 63.111 if the waste 
management unit is subject to and operated in compliance with the 
provisions of 40 CFR part 63, subpart G, applicable to Group 1 
wastewater streams; or
    (ii) A treatment, storage, or disposal facility subject to 
regulation under 40 CFR part 262, 264, 265, or 266; or
    (iii) A facility permitted, licensed, or registered by a State to 
manage municipal or industrial solid waste, if the process fluids are 
not hazardous waste as defined in 40 CFR part 261.
    (c) In-situ sampling systems and sampling systems without purges are 
exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.

[65 FR 78281, Dec. 14, 2000]



Sec. 61.242-6  Standards: Open-ended valves or lines.

    (a)(1) Each open-ended valve or line shall be equipped with a cap, 
blind flange, plug, or a second valve, except as provided in 
Sec. 61.242-1(c).

[[Page 149]]

    (2) The cap, blind flange, plug, or second valve shall seal the open 
end at all times except during operations requiring process fluid flow 
through the open-ended valve or line.
    (b) Each open-ended valve or line equipped with a second valve shall 
be operated in a manner such that the valve on the process fluid end is 
closed before the second valve is closed.
    (c) When a double block and bleed system is being used, the bleed 
valve or line may remain open during operations that require venting the 
line between the block valves but shall comply with paragraph (a) at all 
other times.
    (d) Open-ended valves or lines in an emergency shutdown system which 
are designed to open automatically in the event of a process upset are 
exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this 
section.
    (e) Open-ended valves or lines containing materials which would 
autocatalytically polymerize or would present an explosion, serious 
overpressure, or other safety hazard if capped or equipped with a double 
block and bleed system as specified in paragraphs (a) through (c) of 
this section are exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (a) through 
(c) of this section.

[49 FR 23513, June 6, 1984, as amended at 65 FR 78282, Dec. 14, 2000]



Sec. 61.242-7  Standards: Valves.

    (a) Each valve shall be monitored monthly to detect leaks by the 
method specified in Sec. 61.245(b) and shall comply with paragraphs (b)-
(e), except as provided in paragraphs (f), (g), and (h) of this section, 
Sec. 61.243-1 or Sec. 61.243-2, and Sec. 61.242-1(c).
    (b) If an instrument reading of 10,000 ppm or greater is measured, a 
leak is detected.
    (c)(1) Any valve for which a leak is not detected for 2 successive 
months may be monitored the first month of every quarter, beginning with 
the next quarter, until a leak is detected.
    (2) If a leak is detected, the valve shall be monitored monthly 
until a leak is not detected for 2 successive months.
    (d)(1) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as 
practicable, but no later than 15 calendar days after the leak is 
detected, except as provided in Sec. 61.242-10.
    (2) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar 
days after each leak is detected.
    (e) First attempts at repair include, but are not limited to, the 
following best practices where practicable:
    (1) Tightening of bonnet bolts;
    (2) Replacement of bonnet bolts;
    (3) Tightening of packing gland nuts; and
    (4) Injection of lubricant into lubricated packing.
    (f) Any valve that is designated, as described in Sec. 61.246(e)(2), 
for no detectable emissions, as indicated by an instrument reading of 
less than 500 ppm above background, is exempt from the requirements of 
paragraph (a) if the valve:
    (1) Has no external actuating mechanism in contact with the process 
fluid;
    (2) Is operated with emissions less than 500 ppm above background, 
as measured by the method specified in Sec. 61.245(c); and
    (3) Is tested for compliance with paragraph (f)(2) initially upon 
designation, annually, and at other times requested by the 
Administrator.
    (g) Any valve that is designated, as described in Sec. 61.246(f)(1), 
as an unsafe-to-monitor valve is exempt from the requirements of 
paragraph (a) if:
    (1) The owner or operator of the valve demonstrates that the valve 
is unsafe to monitor because monitoring personnel would be exposed to an 
immediate danger as a consequence of complying with paragraph (a); and
    (2) The owner or operator of the valve has a written plan that 
requires monitoring of the valve as frequent as practicable during safe-
to-monitor times.
    (h) Any valve that is designated, as described in Sec. 61.246(f)(2), 
as a difficult-to-monitor valve is exempt from the requirements of 
paragraph (a) if:
    (1) The owner or operator of the valve demonstrates that the valve 
cannot be monitored without elevating the monitoring personnel more than 
2 meters above a support surface;
    (2) The process unit within which the valve is located is an 
existing process unit; and

[[Page 150]]

    (3) The owner or operator of the valve follows a written plan that 
requires monitoring of the valve at least once per calendar year.



Sec. 61.242-8  Standards: Pressure relief services in liquid service and connectors.

    (a) If evidence of a potential leak is found by visual, audible, 
olfactory, or any other detection method at pressure relief devices in 
liquid service and connectors, the owner or operator shall follow either 
one of the following procedures, except as provided in Sec. 61.242-1(c):
    (1) The owner or operator shall monitor the equipment within 5 days 
by the method specified in Sec. 61.245(b) and shall comply with the 
requirements of paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section.
    (2) The owner or operator shall eliminate the visual, audible, 
olfactory, or other indication of a potential leak.
    (b) If an instrument reading of 10,000 ppm or greater is measured, a 
leak is detected.
    (c)(1) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as 
practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after it is detected, 
except as provided in Sec. 61.242-10.
    (2) The first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 
calendar days after each leak is detected.
    (d) First attempts at repair include, but are not limited to, the 
best practices described under Sec. 61.242-7(e).

[49 FR 23513, June 6, 1984; 49 FR 38946, Oct. 2, 1984, as amended at 65 
FR 78282, Dec. 14, 2000]



Sec. 61.242-9  Standards: Surge control vessels and bottoms receivers.

    Each surge control vessel or bottoms receiver that is not routed 
back to the process and that meets the conditions specified in table 1 
or table 2 of this subpart shall be equipped with a closed-vent system 
capable of capturing and transporting any leakage from the vessel back 
to the process or to a control device as described in Sec. 61.242-11, 
except as provided in Sec. 61.242-1(c); or comply with the requirements 
of 40 CFR 63.119(b) or (c).

[65 FR 78282, Dec. 14, 2000]



Sec. 61.242-10  Standards: Delay of repair.

    (a) Delay of repair of equipment for which leaks have been detected 
will be allowed if repair within 15 days is technically infeasible 
without a process unit shutdown. Repair of this equipment shall occur 
before the end of the next process unit shutdown.
    (b) Delay of repair of equipment for which leaks have been detected 
will be allowed for equipment that is isolated from the process and that 
does not remain in VHAP service.
    (c) Delay of repair for valves will be allowed if:
    (1) The owner or operator demonstrates that emissions of purged 
material resulting from immediate repair are greater than the fugitive 
emissions likely to result from delay of repair, and
    (2) When repair procedures are effected, the purged material is 
collected and destroyed or recovered in a control device complying with 
Sec. 61.242-11.
    (d) Delay of repair for pumps will be allowed if:
    (1) Repair requires the use of a dual mechanical seal system that 
includes a barrier fluid system, and
    (2) Repair is completed as soon as practicable, but not later than 6 
months after the leak was detected.
    (e) Delay of repair beyond a process unit shutdown will be allowed 
for a valve if valve assembly replacement is necessary during the 
process unit shutdown, valve assembly supplies have been depleted, and 
valve assembly supplies had been sufficiently stocked before the 
supplies were depleted. Delay of repair beyond the next process unit 
shutdown will not be allowed unless the next process unit shutdown 
occurs sooner than 6 months after the first process unit shutdown.

[49 FR 23513, June 6, 1984, as amended at 65 FR 78282, Dec. 14, 2000]



Sec. 61.242-11  Standards: Closed-vent systems and control devices.

    (a) Owners or operators of closed-vent systems and control devices 
used to comply with provisions of this subpart shall comply with the 
provisions of this section, except as provided in Sec. 61.242-1(c).
    (b) Vapor recovery systems (for example, condensers and absorbers) 
shall

[[Page 151]]

be designed and operated to recover the organic vapors vented to them 
with an efficiency of 95 percent or greater, or to an exit concentration 
of 20 parts per million by volume, whichever is less stringent.
    (c) Enclosed combustion devices shall be designed and operated to 
reduce the VHAP emissions vented to them with an efficiency of 95 
percent or greater, or to an exit concentration of 20 parts per million 
by volume, on a dry basis, corrected to 3 percent oxygen, whichever is 
less stringent, or to provide a minimum residence time of 0.50 seconds 
at a minimum temperature of 760  deg.C.
    (d) Flares shall used to comply with this subpart shall comply with 
the requirements of Sec. 60.18.
    (e) Owners or operators of control devices that are used to comply 
with the provisions of this supbart shall monitor these control devices 
to ensure that they are operated and maintained in conformance with 
their design.
    (f) Except as provided in paragraphs (i) through (k) of this 
section, each closed vent system shall be inspected according to the 
procedures and schedule specified in paragraph (f)(1) or (2) of this 
section, as applicable.
    (1) If the vapor collection system or closed vent system is 
constructed of hard-piping, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
following requirements:
    (i) Conduct an initial inspection according to the procedures in 
Sec. 61.245(b); and
    (ii) Conduct annual visual inspections for visible, audible, or 
olfactory indications of leaks.
    (2) If the vapor collection system or closed vent system is 
constructed of ductwork, the owner or operator shall:
    (i) Conduct an initial inspection according to the procedures in 
Sec. 61.245(b); and
    (ii) Conduct annual inspections according to the procedures in 
Sec. 61.245(b).
    (g) Leaks, as indicated by an instrument reading greater than 500 
parts per million by volume above background or by visual inspections, 
shall be repaired as soon as practicable except as provided in paragraph 
(h) of this section.
    (1) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar 
days after the leak is detected.
    (2) Repair shall be completed no later than 15 calendar days after 
the leak is detected.
    (h) Delay of repair of a closed vent system for which leaks have 
been detected is allowed if the repair is technically infeasible without 
a process unit shutdown, or if the owner or operator determines that 
emissions resulting from immediate repair would be greater than the 
fugitive emissions likely to result from delay of repair. Repair of such 
equipment shall be complete by the end of the next process unit 
shutdown.
    (i) If a vapor collection system or closed vent system is operated 
under a vacuum, it is exempt from the inspection requirements of 
paragraphs (f)(1)(i) and (2) of this section.
    (j) Any parts of the closed vent system that are designated, as 
described in paragraph (l)(1) of this section, as unsafe-to-inspect are 
exempt from the inspection requirements of paragraphs (f)(1)(i) and (2) 
of this section if they comply with the following requirements:
    (1) The owner or operator determines that the equipment is unsafe-
to-inspect because inspecting personnel would be exposed to an imminent 
or potential danger as a consequence of complying with paragraph 
(f)(1)(i) or (2) of this section; and
    (2) The owner or operator has a written plan that requires 
inspection of the equipment as frequently as practicable during safe-to-
inspect times.
    (k) Any parts of the closed vent system that are designated, as 
described in paragraph (l)(2) of this section, as difficult-to-inspect 
are exempt from the inspection requirements of paragraphs (f)(1)(i) and 
(2) of this section if they comply with the following requirements:
    (1) The owner or operator determines that the equipment cannot be 
inspected without elevating the inspecting personnel more than 2 meters 
above a support surface; and
    (2) The owner or operator has a written plan that requires 
inspection of the equipment at least once every 5 years. A closed vent 
system is exempt from

[[Page 152]]

inspection if it is operated under a vacuum.
    (l) The owner or operator shall record the following information:
    (1) Identification of all parts of the closed vent system that are 
designated as unsafe-to-inspect, an explanation of why the equipment is 
unsafe-to-inspect, and the plan for inspecting the equipment.
    (2) Identification of all parts of the closed vent system that are 
designated as difficult-to-inspect, an explanation of why the equipment 
is difficult-to-inspect, and the plan for inspecting the equipment.
    (3) For each inspection during which a leak is detected, a record of 
the information specified in Sec. 61.246(c).
    (4) For each inspection conducted in accordance with Sec. 61.245(b) 
during which no leaks are detected, a record that the inspection was 
performed, the date of the inspection, and a statement that no leaks 
were detected.
    (5) For each visual inspection conducted in accordance with 
paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section during which no leaks are detected, 
a record that the inspection was performed, the date of the inspection, 
and a statement that no leaks were detected.
    (m) Closed vent systems and control devices used to comply with 
provisions of this subpart shall be operated at all times when emissions 
may be vented to them.

[49 FR 23513, June 6, 1984; 49 FR 38946, Oct. 2, 1984, as amended at 51 
FR 2702, Jan. 21, 1986; 65 FR 62158, Oct. 17, 2000; 65 FR 78282, Dec. 
14, 2000]



Sec. 61.243-1  Alternative standards for valves in VHAP service--allowable percentage of valves leaking.

    (a) An owner or operator may elect to have all valves within a 
process unit to comply with an allowable percentage of valves leaking of 
equal to or less than 2.0 percent.
    (b) The following requirements shall be met if an owner or operator 
decides to comply with an allowable percentage of valves leaking:
    (1) An owner or operator must notify the Administrator that the 
owner or operator has elected to have all valves within a process unit 
to comply with the allowable percentage of valves leaking before 
implementing this alternative standard, as specified in Sec. 61.247(d).
    (2) A performance test as specified in paragraph (c) of this section 
shall be conducted initially upon designation, annually, and at other 
times requested by the Administrator.
    (3) If a valve leak is detected, it shall be repaired in accordance 
with Sec. 61.242-7(d) and (e).
    (c) Performance tests shall be conducted in the following manner:
    (1) All valves in VHAP service within the process unit shall be 
monitored within 1 week by the methods specified in Sec. 61.245(b).
    (2) If an instrument reading of 10,000 ppm or greater is measured, a 
leak is detected.
    (3) The leak percentage shall be determined by dividing the number 
of valves in VHAP service for which leaks are detected by the number of 
valves in VHAP service within the process unit.
    (d) Owner or operators who elect to have all valves comply with this 
alternative standard shall not have a process unit with a leak 
percentage greater than 2.0 percent.
    (e) If an owner or operator decides no longer to comply with 
Sec. 61.243-1, the owner or operator must notify the Administrator in 
writing that the work practice standard described in Sec. 61.242-7(a)-
(e) will be followed.



Sec. 61.243-2  Alternative standards for valves in VHAP service--skip period leak detection and repair.

    (a)(1) An owner or operator may elect for all valves within a 
process unit to comply with one of the alternative work practices 
specified in paragraphs (b)(2) and (3) of this section.
    (2) An owner or operator must notify the Administrator before 
implementing one of the alternative work practices, as specified in 
Sec. 61.247(d).
    (b)(1) An owner or operator shall comply initially with the 
requirements for valves, as described in Sec. 61.242-7.
    (2) After 2 consecutive quarterly leak detection periods with the 
percentage of valves leaking equal to or less than 2.0, an owner or 
operator may begin to skip one of the quarterly leak detection periods 
for the valves in VHAP service.

[[Page 153]]

    (3) After five consecutive quarterly leak detection periods with the 
percentage of valves leaking equal to or less than 2.0, an owner or 
operator may begin to skip three of the quarterly leak detection periods 
for the valves in VHAP service.
    (4) If the percentage of valves leaking is greater than 2.0, the 
owner or operator shall comply with the requirements as described in 
Sec. 61.242-7 but may again elect to use this section.

[49 FR 23513, June 6, 1984, as amended at 65 FR 62158, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.244  Alternative means of emission limitation.

    (a) Permission to use an alternative means of emission limitation 
under section 112(e)(3) of the Clean Air Act shall be governed by the 
following procedures:
    (b) Where the standard is an equipment, design, or operational 
requirement:
    (1) Each owner or operator applying for permission shall be 
responsible for collecting and verifying test data for an alternative 
means of emission limitation to test data for the equipment, design, and 
operational requirements.
    (2) The Administrator may condition the permission on requirements 
that may be necessary to assure operation and maintenance to achieve the 
same emission reduction as the equipment, design, and operational 
requirements.
    (c) Where the standard is a work practice:
    (1) Each owner or operator applying for permission shall be 
responsible for collecting and verifying test data for an alternative 
means of emission limitation.
    (2) For each source for which permission is requested, the emission 
reduction achieved by the required work practices shall be demonstrated 
for a minimum period of 12 months.
    (3) For each source for which permission is requested, the emission 
reduction achieved by the alternative means of emission limitation shall 
be demonstrated.
    (4) Each owner or operator applying for permission shall commit in 
writing each source to work practices that provide for emission 
reductions equal to or greater than the emission reductions achieved by 
the required work practices.
    (5) The Administrator will compare the demonstrated emission 
reduction for the alternative means of emission limitation to the 
demonstrated emission reduction for the required work practices and will 
consider the commitment in paragraph (c)(4).
    (6) The Administrator may condition the permission on requirements 
that may be necessary to assure operation and maintenance to achieve the 
same emission reduction as the required work practices of this subpart.
    (d) An owner or operator may offer a unique approach to demonstrate 
the alternative means of emission limitation.
    (e)(1) Manufacturers of equipment used to control equipment leaks of 
a VHAP may apply to the Administrator for permission for an alternative 
means of emission limitation that achieves a reduction in emissions of 
the VHAP achieved by the equipment, design, and operational requirements 
of this subpart.
    (2) The Administrator will grant permission according to the 
provisions of paragraphs (b), (c), and (d).

[49 FR 23513, June 6, 1984, as amended at 65 FR 62158, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.245  Test methods and procedures.

    (a) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart 
shall comply with the test methods and procedures requirements provided 
in this section.
    (b) Monitoring, as required in Secs. 61.242, 61.243, 61.244, and 
61.135, shall comply with the following requirements:
    (1) Monitoring shall comply with Method 21 of appendix A of 40 CFR 
part 60.
    (2) The detection instrument shall meet the performance criteria of 
Method 21.
    (3) The instrument shall be calibrated before use on each day of its 
use by the procedures specified in Method 21.
    (4) Calibration gases shall be:
    (i) Zero air (less than 10 ppm of hydrocarbon in air); and
    (ii) A mixture of methane or n-hexane and air at a concentration of

[[Page 154]]

approximately, but less than, 10,000 ppm methane or n-hexane.
    (5) The instrument probe shall be traversed around all potential 
leak interfaces as close to the interface as possible as described in 
Method 21.
    (c) When equipment is tested for compliance with or monitored for no 
detectable emissions, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
following requirements:
    (1) The requirements of paragraphs (b) (1) through (4) shall apply.
    (2) The background level shall be determined, as set forth in Method 
21.
    (3) The instrument probe shall be traversed around all potential 
leak interfaces as close to the interface as possible as described in 
Method 21.
    (4) The arithmetic difference between the maximum concentration 
indicated by the instrument and the background level is compared with 
500 ppm for determining compliance.
    (d)(1) Each piece of equipment within a process unit that can 
conceivably contain equipment in VHAP service is presumed to be in VHAP 
service unless an owner or operator demonstrates that the piece of 
equipment is not in VHAP service. For a piece of equipment to be 
considered not in VHAP service, it must be determined that the percent 
VHAP content can be reasonably expected never to exceed 10 percent by 
weight. For purposes of determining the percent VHAP content of the 
process fluid that is contained in or contacts equipment, procedures 
that conform to the methods described in ASTM Method D-2267 
(incorporated by the reference as specified in Sec. 61.18) shall be 
used.
    (2)(i) An owner or operator may use engineering judgment rather than 
the procedures in paragraph (d)(1) of this section to demonstrate that 
the percent VHAP content does not exceed 10 percent by weight, provided 
that the engineering judgment demonstrates that the VHAP content clearly 
does not exceed 10 percent by weight. When an owner or operator and the 
Administrator do not agree on whether a piece of equipment is not in 
VHAP service, however, the procedures in paragraph (d)(1) of this 
section shall be used to resolve the disagreement.
    (ii) If an owner or operator determines that a piece of equipment is 
in VHAP service, the determination can be revised only after following 
the procedures in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
    (3) Samples used in determining the percent VHAP content shall be 
representative of the process fluid that is contained in or contacts the 
equipment or the gas being combusted in the flare.
    (e)(1) Method 22 of appendix A of 40 CFR part 60 shall be used to 
determine compliance of flares with the visible emission provisions of 
this subpart.
    (2) The presence of a flare pilot flame shall be monitored using a 
thermocouple or any other equivalent device to detect the presence of a 
flame.
    (3) The net heating value of the gas being combusted in a flare 
shall be calculated using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.055

Where:
HT = Net heating value of the sample, MJ/scm (BTU/scf); where 
          the net enthalpy per mole of offgas is based on combustion at 
          25  deg.C and 760 mm Hg (77  deg.F and 14.7 psi), but the 
          standard temperature for determining the volume corresponding 
          to one mole is 20  deg.C (68  deg.F).
K = conversion constant, 1.740  x  10 \7\ (g-mole) (MJ)/(ppm-scm-kcal) 
          (metric units); or 4.674  x  10\8\ ((g-mole) (Btu)/(ppm-scf-
          kcal)) (English units)
Ci = Concentration of sample component ``i'' in ppm, as measured by 
          Method 18 of appendix A to 40 CFR part 60 and ASTM D2504-67, 
          77, or 88 (Reapproved 1993) (incorporated by reference as 
          specified in Sec. 61.18).
Hi = net heat of combustion of sample component ``i'' at 25 
          deg.C and 760 mm Hg (77  deg.F and 14.7 psi), kcal/g-mole. The 
          heats of combustion may be determined using ASTM D2382-76 or 
          88 or D4809-95 (incorporated by reference as specified in 
          Sec. 61.18) if published values are not available or cannot be 
          calculated.

    (4) The actual exit velocity of a flare shall be determined by 
dividing the volumetric flowrate (in units of standard temperature and 
pressure), as determined by Method 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D, as appropriate, by 
the unobstructed (free) cross section area of the flare tip.

[[Page 155]]

    (5) The maximum permitted velocity, Vmax, for air-
assisted flares shall be determined by the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.487


Where:

Vmax = Maximum permitted velocity, m/sec (ft/sec).
HT = Net heating value of the gas being combusted, as 
          determined in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, MJ/scm (Btu/
          scf).
K1 = 8.706 m/sec (metric units)
    = 28.56 ft/sec (English units)
K2 = 0.7084 m4/(MJ-sec) (metric units)
    = 0.087 ft4/(Btu-sec) (English units)

[49 FR 23513, June 6, 1984, as amended at 49 FR 38946, Oct. 2, 1984; 49 
FR 43647, Oct. 31, 1984; 53 FR 36972, Sept. 23, 1988; 54 FR 38077, Sept. 
14, 1989; 65 FR 62158, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.246  Recordkeeping requirements.

    (a)(1) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of this 
subpart shall comply with the recordkeeping requirements of this 
section.
    (2) An owner or operator of more than one process unit subject to 
the provisions of this subpart may comply with the recordkeeping 
requirements for these process units in one recordkeeping system if the 
system identifies each record by each process unit.
    (b) When each leak is detected as specified in Secs. 61.242-2, 
61.242-3, 61.242-7, 61.242-8, and 61.135, the following requirements 
apply:
    (1) A weatherproof and readily visible identification, marked with 
the equipment identification number, shall be attached to the leaking 
equipment.
    (2) The identification on a valve may be removed after it has been 
monitored for 2 successive months as specified in Sec. 61.242-7(c) and 
no leak has been detected during those 2 months.
    (3) The identification on equipment, except on a valve, may be 
removed after it has been repaired.
    (c) When each leak is detected as specified in Secs. 61.242-2, 
61.242-3. 61.242-7, 61.242-8, and 61.135, the following information 
shall be recorded in a log and shall be kept for 2 years in a readily 
accessible location:
    (1) The instrument and operator identification numbers and the 
equipment identification number.
    (2) The date the leak was detected and the dates of each attempt to 
repair the leak.
    (3) Repair methods applied in each attempt to repair the leak.
    (4) ``Above 10,000'' if the maximum instrument reading measured by 
the methods specified in Sec. 61.245(a) after each repair attempt is 
equal to or greater than 10,000 ppm.
    (5) ``Repair delayed'' and the reason for the delay if a leak is not 
repaired within 15 calendar days after discovery of the leak.
    (6) The signature of the owner or operator (or designate) whose 
decision it was that repair could not be effected without a process 
shutdown.
    (7) The expected date of successful repair of the leak if a leak is 
not repaired within 15 calendar days.
    (8) Dates of process unit shutdowns that occur while the equipment 
is unrepaired.
    (9) The date of successful repair of the leak.
    (d) The following information pertaining to the design requirements 
for closed-vent systems and control devices described in Sec. 61.242-11 
shall be recorded and kept in a readily accessible location:
    (1) Detailed schematics, design specifications, and piping and 
instrumentation diagrams.
    (2) The dates and descriptions of any changes in the design 
specifications.
    (3) A description of the parameter or parameters monitored, as 
required in Sec. 61.242-11(e), to ensure that control devices are 
operated and maintained in conformance with their design and an 
explanation of why that parameter (or parameters) was selected for the 
monitoring.
    (4) Periods when the closed-vent systems and control devices 
required in Secs. 61.242-2, 61.242-3, 61.242-4, 61.242-5 and 61.242-9 
are not operated as designed, including periods when a flare pilot light 
does not have a flame.
    (5) Dates of startups and shutdowns of the closed-vent systems and 
control devices required in Secs. 61.242-2, 61.242-3, 61.242-4, 61.242-5 
and 61.242-9.
    (e) The following information pertaining to all equipment to which a 
standard applies shall be recorded in a

[[Page 156]]

log that is kept in a readily accessible location:
    (1) A list of identification numbers for equipment (except welded 
fittings) subject to the requirements of this subpart.
    (2)(i) A list of identification numbers for equipment that the owner 
or operator elects to designate for no detectable emissions as indicated 
by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppm above background.
    (ii) The designation of this equipment for no detectable emissions 
shall be signed by the owner or operator.
    (3) A list of equipment identification numbers for pressure relief 
devices required to comply with Sec. 61.242-4(a).
    (4)(i) The dates of each compliance test required in Secs. 61.242-
2(e), 61.242-3(i), 61.242-4, 61.242-7(f), and 61.135(g).
    (ii) The background level measured during each compliance test.
    (iii) The maximum instrument reading measured at the equipment 
during each compliance test.
    (5) A list of identification numbers for equipment in vacuum 
service.
    (f) The following information pertaining to all valves subject to 
the requirements of Sec. 61.242-7(g) and (h) and to all pumps subject to 
the requirements of Sec. 61.242-2(g) shall be recorded in a log that is 
kept in a readily accessible location:
    (1) A list of identification numbers for valves and pumps that are 
designated as unsafe to monitor, an explanation for each valve or pump 
stating why the valve or pump is unsafe to monitor, and the plan for 
monitoring each valve or pump.
    (2) A list of identification numbers for valves that are designated 
as difficult to monitor, an explanation for each valve stating why the 
valve is difficult to monitor, and the planned schedule for monitoring 
each valve.
    (g) The following information shall be recorded for valves complying 
with Sec. 61.243-2:
    (1) A schedule of monitoring.
    (2) The percent of valves found leaking during each monitoring 
period.
    (h) The following information shall be recorded in a log that is 
kept in a readily accessible location:
    (1) Design criterion required in Secs. 61.242-2(d)(5), 61.242-
3(e)(2), and 61.135(e)(4) and an explanation of the design criterion; 
and
    (2) Any changes to this criterion and the reasons for the changes.
    (i) The following information shall be recorded in a log that is 
kept in a readily accessible location for use in determining exemptions 
as provided in the applicability section of this subpart and other 
specific subparts:
    (1) An analysis demonstrating the design capacity of the process 
unit, and
    (2) An analysis demonstrating that equipment is not in VHAP service.
    (j) Information and data used to demonstrate that a piece of 
equipment is not in VHAP service shall be recorded in a log that is kept 
in a readily accessible location.

[49 FR 23513, June 6, 1984, as amended at 49 FR 38946, Oct. 2, 1984; 54 
FR 38077, Sept. 14, 1989; 65 FR 78283, Dec. 14, 2000]



Sec. 61.247  Reporting requirements.

    (a)(1) An owner or operator of any piece of equipment to which this 
subpart applies shall submit a statement in writing notifying the 
Administrator that the requirements of Secs. 61.242, 61.245, 61.246, and 
61.247 are being implemented.
    (2) In the case of an existing source or a new source which has an 
initial startup date preceding the effective date, the statement is to 
be submitted within 90 days of the effective date, unless a waiver of 
compliance is granted under Sec. 61.11, along with the information 
required under Sec. 61.10. If a waiver of compliance is granted, the 
statement is to be submitted on a date scheduled by the Administrator.
    (3) In the case of new sources which did not have an initial startup 
date preceding December 14, 2000, the statement required under paragraph 
(a)(1) of this section shall be submitted with the application for 
approval of construction, as described in Sec. 61.07.
    (4) For owners and operators complying with 40 CFR part 65, subpart 
C or F, the statement required under paragraph (a)(1) of this section 
shall notify the Administrator that the requirements of 40 CFR part 65, 
subpart C or F, are being implemented.
    (5) The statement is to contain the following information for each 
source:

[[Page 157]]

    (i) Equipment identification number and process unit identification.
    (ii) Type of equipment (for example, a pump or pipeline valve).
    (iii) Percent by weight VHAP in the fluid at the equipment.
    (iv) Process fluid state at the equipment (gas/vapor or liquid).
    (v) Method of compliance with the standard (for example, ``monthly 
leak detection and repair'' or ``equipped with dual mechanical seals'').
    (b) A report shall be submitted to the Administrator semiannually 
starting 6 months after the initial report required in paragraph (a) of 
this section, that includes the following information:
    (1) Process unit identification.
    (2) For each month during the semiannual reporting period,
    (i) Number of valves for which leaks were detected as described in 
Sec. 61.242-7(b) of Sec. 61.243-2.
    (ii) Number of valves for which leaks were not repaired as required 
in Sec. 61.242-7(d).
    (iii) Number of pumps for which leaks were detected as described in 
Sec. 61.242-2 (b) and (d)(6).
    (iv) Number of pumps for which leaks were not repaired as required 
in Sec. 61.242-2 (c) and (d)(6).
    (v) Number of compressors for which leaks were detected as described 
in Sec. 61.242-3(f).
    (vi) Number of compressors for which leaks were not repaired as 
required in Sec. 61.242-3(g).
    (vii) The facts that explain any delay of repairs and, where 
appropriate, why a process unit shutdown was technically infeasible.
    (3) Dates of process unit shutdowns which occurred within the 
semiannual reporting period.
    (4) Revisions to items reported according to paragraph (a) if 
changes have occurred since the initial report or subsequent revisions 
to the initial report.
    Note: Compliance with the requirements of Sec. 61.10(c) is not 
required for revisions documented under this paragraph.
    (5) The results of all performance tests and monitoring to determine 
compliance with no detectable emissions and with Secs. 61.243--1 and 
61.243--2 conducted within the semiannual reporting period.
    (c) In the first report submitted as required in paragraph (a) of 
this section, the report shall include a reporting schedule stating the 
months that semiannual reports shall be submitted. Subsequent reports 
shall be submitted according to that schedule, unless a revised schedule 
has been submitted in a previous semiannual report.
    (d) An owner or operator electing to comply with the provisions of 
Secs. 61.243-1 and 61.243-2 shall notify the Administrator of the 
alternative standard selected 90 days before implementing either of the 
provisions.
    (e) An application for approval of construction or modification, 
Secs. 61.05(a) and 61.07, will not be required if--
    (1) The new source complies with the standard, Sec. 61.242;
    (2) The new source is not part of the construction of a process 
unit; and
    (3) In the next semiannual report required by paragraph (b) of this 
section, the information in paragraph (a)(5) of this section is 
reported.
    (f) For owners or operators choosing to comply with 40 CFR part 65, 
subpart C or F, an application for approval of construction or 
modification, as required under Secs. 61.05 and 61.07 will not be 
required if:
    (1) The new source complies with 40 CFR 65.106 through 65.115 and 
with 40 CFR part 65, subpart C, for surge control vessels and bottoms 
receivers;
    (2) The new source is not part of the construction of a process 
unit; and
    (3) In the next semiannual report required by 40 CFR 65.120(b) and 
65.48(b), the information in paragraph (a)(5) of this section is 
reported.

[49 FR 23513, June 6, 1984, as amended at 49 FR 38947, Oct. 2, 1984; 54 
FR 38077, Sept. 14, 1989; 65 FR 78283, Dec. 14, 2000]

    Table 1 to Part 61, Subpart V.--Surge Control Vessels and Bottoms
                      Receivers at Existing Sources
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                Vapor  pressure \1\
     Vessel capacity  (cubic meters)               (kilopascals)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
75  capacity  151.............   13.1
151  capacity.................   5.2
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Maximum true vapor pressure as defined in Sec.  61.241.


[65 FR 78283, Dec. 14, 2000]

[[Page 158]]


    Table 2 to Part 61, Subpart V.--Surge Control Vessels and Bottoms
                        Receivers at New Sources
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                Vapor  pressure \1\
     Vessel capacity  (cubic meters)               (kilopascals)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
38  capacity  151.............   13.1
151  capacity.................   0.7
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Maximum true vapor pressure as defined in Sec.  61.241.


[65 FR 78283, Dec. 14, 2000]



    Subpart W--National Emission Standards for Radon Emissions From 
                         Operating Mill Tailings

    Source: 54 FR 51703, Dec. 15, 1989, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 61.250  Designation of facilities.

    The provisions of this subpart apply to owners or operators of 
facilities licensed to manage uranium byproduct materials during and 
following the processing of uranium ores, commonly referred to as 
uranium mills and their associated tailings. This subpart does not apply 
to the disposal of tailings.



Sec. 61.251  Definitions.

    As used in this subpart, all terms not defined here have the meaning 
given them in the Clean Air Act or 40 CFR part 61, subpart A. The 
following terms shall have the following specific meanings:
    (a) Area means the vertical projection of the pile upon the earth's 
surface.
    (b) Continuous disposal means a method of tailings management and 
disposal in which tailings are dewatered by mechanical methods 
immediately after generation. The dried tailings are then placed in 
trenches or other disposal areas and immediately covered to limit 
emissions consistent with applicable Federal standards.
    (c) Dewatered means to remove the water from recently produced 
tailings by mechanical or evaporative methods such that the water 
content of the tailings does not exceed 30 percent by weight.
    (d) Existing impoundment means any uranium mill tailings impoundment 
which is licensed to accept additional tailings and is in existence as 
of December 15, 1989.
    (e) Operation means that an impoundment is being used for the 
continued placement of new tailings or is in standby status for such 
placement. An impoundment is in operation from the day that tailings are 
first placed in the impoundment until the day that final closure begins.
    (f) Phased disposal means a method of tailings management and 
disposal which uses lined impoundments which are filled and then 
immediately dried and covered to meet all applicable Federal standards.
    (g) Uranium byproduct material or tailings means the waste produced 
by the extraction or concentration of uranium from any ore processed 
primarily for its source material content. Ore bodies depleted by 
uranium solution extraction and which remain underground do not 
constitute byproduct material for the purposes of this subpart.



Sec. 61.252  Standard.

    (a) Radon-222 emissions to the ambient air from an existing uranium 
mill tailings pile shall not exceed 20 pCi/(m2-sec) (1.9 pCi/
(ft2-sec)) of radon-222.
    (b) After December 15, 1989, no new tailings impoundment can be 
built unless it is designed, constructed and operated to meet one of the 
two following work practices:
    (1) Phased disposal in lined tailings impoundments that are no more 
than 40 acres in area and meet the requirements of 40 CFR 192.32(a) as 
determined by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. The owner or operator 
shall have no more than two impoundments, including existing 
impoundments, in operation at any one time.
    (2) Continuous disposal of tailings such that tailings are dewatered 
and immediately disposed with no more than 10 acres uncovered at any 
time and operated in accordance with Sec. 192.32(a) as determined by the 
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
    (c) All mill owners or operators shall comply with the provisions of 
40 CFR 192.32(a) in the operation of tailings

[[Page 159]]

piles, the exemption for existing piles in 40 CFR 192.32(a) 
notwithstanding.

[54 FR 51703, Dec. 15, 1989, as amended at 65 FR 62159, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.253  Determining compliance.

    Compliance with the emission standard in this subpart shall be 
determined annually through the use of Method 115 of appendix B. When 
measurements are to be made over a one year period, EPA shall be 
provided with a schedule of the measurement frequency to be used. The 
schedule may be submitted to EPA prior to or after the first measurement 
period. EPA shall be notified 30 days prior to any emissions test so 
that EPA may, at its option, observe the test.



Sec. 61.254  Annual reporting requirements.

    (a) The owners or operators of operating existing mill impoundments 
shall report the results of the compliance calculations required in 
Sec. 61.253 and the input parameters used in making the calculation for 
each calendar year shall be sent to EPA by March 31 of the following 
year. Each report shall also include the following information:
    (1) The name and location of the mill.
    (2) The name of the person responsible for the operation of the 
facility and the name of the person preparing the report (if different).
    (3) The results of the testing conducted, including the results of 
each measurement.
    (4) Each report shall be signed and dated by a corporate officer in 
charge of the facility and contain the following declaration immediately 
above the signature line: ``I certify under penalty of law that I have 
personally examined and am familiar with the information submitted 
herein and based on my inquiry of those individuals immediately 
responsible for obtaining the information, I believe that the submitted 
information is true, accurate and complete. I am aware that there are 
significant penalties for submitting false information including the 
possibility of fine and imprisonment. See, 18 U.S.C. 1001.''
    (b) If the facility is not in compliance with the emission limits of 
Sec. 61.252 in the calendar year covered by the report, then the 
facility must commence reporting to the Administrator on a monthly basis 
the information listed in paragraph (a) of this section, for the 
preceding month. These reports will start the month immediately 
following the submittal of the annual report for the year in 
noncompliance and will be due 30 days following the end of each month. 
This increased level of reporting will continue until the Administrator 
has determined that the monthly reports are no longer necessary. In 
addition to all the information required in paragraph (a) of this 
section, monthly reports shall also include the following information:
    (1) All controls or other changes in operation of the facility that 
will be or are being installed to bring the facility into compliance.
    (2) If the facility is under a judicial or administrative 
enforcement decree, the report will describe the facilities performance 
under the terms of the decree.
    (c) The first report will cover the emissions of calendar year 1990.



Sec. 61.255  Recordkeeping requirements.

    The owner or operator of the mill must maintain records documenting 
the source of input parameters including the results of all measurements 
upon which they are based, the calculations and/or analytical methods 
used to derive values for input parameters, and the procedure used to 
determine compliance. In addition, the documentation should be 
sufficient to allow an independent auditor to verify the accuracy of the 
determination made concerning the facility's compliance with the 
standard. These records must be kept at the mill for at least five years 
and upon request be made available for inspection by the Administrator, 
or his authorized representative.



Sec. 61.256  Exemption from the reporting and testing requirements of 40 CFR 61.10.

    All facilities designated under this subpart are exempt from the 
reporting requirements of 40 CFR 61.10.

Subpart X [Reserved]

[[Page 160]]



Subpart Y--National Emission Standard for Benzene Emissions From Benzene 
                             Storage Vessels

    Source: 54 FR 38077, Sept. 14, 1989, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 61.270  Applicability and designation of sources.

    (a) The source to which this subpart applies is each storage vessel 
that is storing benzene having a specific gravity within the range of 
specific gravities specified in ASTM D836-84 for Industrial Grade 
Benzene, ASTM D835-85 for Refined Benzene-485, ASTM D2359-85a or 93 for 
Refined Benzene-535, and ASTM D4734-87 or 96 for Refined Benzene-545. 
These specifications are incorporated by reference as specified in 
Sec. 61.18. See Sec. 61.18 for acceptable versions of these methods.
    (b) Except for paragraph (b) in Sec. 61.276, storage vessels with a 
design storage capacity less than 38 cubic meters (10,000 gallons) are 
exempt from the provisions of this subpart.
    (c) This subpart does not apply to storage vessels used for storing 
benzene at coke by-product facilities.
    (d) This subpart does not apply to vessels permanently attached to 
motor vehicles such as trucks, rail cars, barges, or ships.
    (e) This subpart does not apply to pressure vessels designed to 
operate in excess of 204.9 kPa (29.72 psia) and without emissions to the 
atmosphere.
    (f) A designated source subject to the provisions of this subpart 
that is also subject to applicable provisions of 40 CFR part 60 subparts 
K, Ka, and Kb shall be required to comply only with the subpart that 
contains the most stringent requirements for that source.
    (g) Alternative means of compliance--(1) Option to comply with part 
65. Owners or operators may choose to comply with 40 CFR part 65, 
subpart C, to satisfy the requirements of Secs. 61.271 through 61.277, 
except for Secs. 61.271(d)(2) and 61.274(a) for storage vessels that are 
subject to this subpart. Other provisions applying to owners or 
operators who choose to comply with 40 CFR part 65 are provided in 40 
CFR 65.1.
    (2) Part 61, subpart A. Owners or operators who choose to comply 
with 40 CFR part 65, subpart C, must also comply with Secs. 61.01, 
61.02, 61.05 through 61.08, 61.10(b) through (d), 61.11, and 61.15 for 
those storage vessels. All sections and paragraphs of subpart A of this 
part that are not mentioned in this paragraph (g)(2) do not apply for 
storage vessels complying with 40 CFR part 65, subpart C, except that 
provisions required to be met prior to implementing 40 CFR part 65 still 
apply. Owners and operators who choose to comply with 40 CFR part 65, 
subpart C, must comply with 40 CFR part 65, subpart A.

[54 FR 38077, Sept. 14, 1989, as amended at 65 FR 62159, Oct. 17, 2000; 
65 FR 78283, Dec. 14, 2000]



Sec. 61.271  Emission standard.

    The owner or operator of each storage vessel with a design storage 
capacity greater than or equal to 38 cubic meters (10,000 gallons) to 
which this subpart applies shall comply with the requirements in 
paragraph (d) of this section and with the requirements either in 
paragraph (a), (b), or (c) of this section, or equivalent as provided in 
Sec. 61.273.
    (a) The storage vessel shall be equipped with a fixed roof and an 
internal floating roof.
    (1) An internal floating roof means a cover that rests on the liquid 
surface (but not necessarily in complete contact with it) inside a 
storage vessel that has a permanently affixed roof. The internal 
floating roof shall be floating on the liquid surface at all times, 
except during initial fill and during those intervals when the storage 
vessel is completely emptied or subsequently emptied and refilled. When 
the roof is resting on the leg supports, the process of filling, 
emptying, or refilling shall be continuous and shall be accomplished as 
rapidly as possible.
    (2) Each internal floating roof shall be equipped with one of the 
closure devices listed in paragraphs (a)(2) (i), (ii), or (iii) of this 
section between the wall of the storage vessel and the edge of the 
internal floating roof. This requirement does not apply to each existing 
storage vessel for which construction of an internal floating roof 
equipped with a continuous seal commenced on

[[Page 161]]

or before July 28, 1988. A continuous seal means a seal that forms a 
continuous closure that completely covers the space between the wall of 
the storage vessel and the edge of the internal floating roof.
    (i) A foam- or liquid-filled seal mounted in contact with the liquid 
(liquid-mounted seal). A liquid-mounted seal means a foam- or liquid-
filled seal mounted in contact with the liquid between the wall of the 
storage vessel and the floating roof continuously around the 
circumference of the vessel.
    (ii) Two seals mounted one above the other so that each forms a 
continuous closure that completely covers the space between the wall of 
the storage vessel and the edge of the internal floating roof. The lower 
seal may be vapor-mounted, but both must be continuous.
    (iii) A metallic shoe seal. A metallic shoe seal (also referred to 
as a mechanical shoe seal) is, but is not limited to, a metal sheet held 
vertically against the wall of the storage vessel by springs or weighted 
levers and is connected by braces to the floating roof. A flexible 
coated fabric (envelope) spans the annular space between the metal sheet 
and the floating roof.
    (3) Automatic bleeder vents are to be closed at all times when the 
roof is floating, except when the roof is being floated off or is being 
landed on the roof leg supports.
    (4) Each opening in a noncontact internal floating roof except for 
automatic bleeder vents (vacuum breaker vents) and the rim space vents 
is to provide a projection below the liquid surface.
    (5) Each internal floating roof shall meet the specifications listed 
below. If an existing storage vessel had an internal floating roof with 
a continuous seal as of July 28, 1988, the requirements listed below do 
not have to be met until the first time after September 14, 1989, the 
vessel is emptied and degassed or September 14, 1999, whichever occurs 
first,
    (i) Each opening in the internal floating roof except for leg 
sleeves, automatic bleeder vents, rim space vents, column wells, ladder 
wells, sample wells, and stub drains is to be equipped with a cover or 
lid. The cover or lid shall be equipped with a gasket. Covers on each 
access hatch and automatic gauge float well shall be bolted.
    (ii) Each penetration of the internal floating roof for the purposes 
of sampling shall be a sample well. Each sample well shall have a slit 
fabric cover that covers at least 90 percent of the opening.
    (iii) Each automatic bleeder vent shall be gasketed.
    (iv) Rim space vents shall be equipped with a gasket.
    (v) Each penetration of the internal floating roof that allows for 
passage of a ladder shall have a gasketed sliding cover.
    (vi) Each penetration of the internal floating roof that allows for 
passage of a column supporting the fixed roof shall have a flexible 
fabric sleeve seal or a gasketed sliding cover.
    (6) Each cover or lid on any opening in the internal floating roof 
shall be closed (i.e., no visible gaps), except when a device is in 
actual use Covers on each access hatch and each automatic gauge float 
well which are equipped with bolts shall be bolted when they are not in 
use. Rim space vents are to be set to open only when the internal 
floating roof is not floating or at the manufacturer's recommended 
setting.
    (b) The storage vessel shall have an external floating roof.
    (1) An external floating roof means a pontoon-type or double-deck-
type cover that rests on the liquid surface in a vessel with no fixed 
roof.
    (2) Each external floating roof shall be equipped with a closure 
device between the wall of the storage vessel and the roof edge. Except 
as provided in paragraph (b)(5) of this section, the closure device is 
to consist of two seals, one above the other. The lower seal is referred 
to as the primary seal and the upper seal is referred to as the 
secondary seal.
    (i) The primary seal shall be either a metallic shoe seal or a 
liquid-mounted seal. A liquid-mounted seal means a foam- or liquid-
filled seal mounted in contact with the liquid between the wall of the 
storage vessel and the floating roof continuously around the 
circumference of the vessel. A metallic shoe seal (which can also be 
referred to

[[Page 162]]

as a mechanical shoe seal) is, but is not limited to, a metal sheet held 
vertically against the wall of the storage vessel by springs or weighted 
levers and is connected by braces to the floating roof. A flexible 
coated fabric (envelope) spans the annular space between the metal sheet 
and the floating roof. Except as provided in Sec. 61.272(b)(4), the 
primary seal shall completely cover the annular space between the edge 
of the floating roof and the vessel wall.
    (ii) The secondary seal shall completely cover the annular space 
between the external floating roof and the wall of the storage vessel in 
a continuous fashion except as allowed in Sec. 61.272(b)(4).
    (3) Except for automatic bleeder vents and rim space vents, each 
opening in the noncontact external floating roof shall provide a 
projection below the liquid surface. Except for automatic bleeder vents, 
rim space vents, roof drains, and leg sleeves, each opening in the roof 
is to be equipped with a gasketed cover, seal or lid which is to be 
maintained in a closed position at all times (i.e., no visible gap) 
except when the device is in actual use. Automatic bleeder vents are to 
be closed at all times when the roof is floating, except when the roof 
is being floated off or is being landed on the roof leg supports. Rim 
vents are to be set to open when the roof is being floated off the roof 
leg supports or at the manufacturer's recommended setting. Automatic 
bleeder vents and rim space vents are to be gasketed. Each emergency 
roof drain is to be provided with a slotted membrane fabric cover that 
covers at least 90 percent of the area of the opening.
    (4) The roof shall be floating on the liquid at all times (i.e., off 
the roof leg supports) except during initial fill until the roof is 
lifted off leg supports and when the vessel is completely emptied and 
subsequently refilled. The process of emptying and refilling when the 
roof is resting on the leg supports shall be continuous and shall be 
accomplished as rapidly as possible.
    (5) The requirement for a secondary seal does not apply to each 
existing storage vessel that was equipped with a liquid-mounted primary 
seal as of July 28, 1988, until after the first time after September 14, 
1989, when the vessel is emptied and degassed or 10 years from September 
14, 1989, whichever occurs first.
    (c) The storage vessel shall be equipped with a closed vent system 
and a control device.
    (1) The closed vent system shall be designed to collect all benzene 
vapors and gases discharged from the storage vessel and operated with no 
detectable emissions, as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 
500 ppm above background and visual inspections, as determined in 
Sec. 61.242-11 (subpart V).
    (2) The control device shall be designed and operated to reduce 
inlet benzene emissions by 95 percent or greater. If a flare is used as 
the control device, it shall meet the specifications described in the 
general control device requirements of 40 CFR 60.18.
    (3) The specifications and requirements listed in paragraphs (c)(1) 
and (c)(2) of this section for closed vent systems and control devices 
do not apply during periods of routine maintenance. During periods of 
routine maintenance, the benzene level in the storage vessel(s) serviced 
by the control device subject to the provisions of Sec. 61.271(c) may be 
lowered but not raised. Periods of routine maintenance shall not exceed 
72 hours as outlined in the maintenance plan required by 
Sec. 61.272(c)(1)(iii).
    (4) The specifications and requirements listed in paragraphs (c)(1) 
and (c)(2) of this section for closed vents and control devices do not 
apply during a control system malfunction. A control system malfunction 
means any sudden and unavoidable failure of air pollution control 
equipment. A failure caused entirely or in part by design deficiencies, 
poor maintenance, careless operation, or other preventable upset 
condition or equipment breakdown is not considered a malfunction.
    (d) The owner or operator of each affected storage vessel shall meet 
the requirements of paragraph (a), (b), or (c) of this section or 
Sec. 61.270(g) as follows:
    (1) The owner or operator of each existing benzene storage vessel 
shall meet the requirements of paragraph (a), (b), or (c) of this 
section no later than 90 days after September 14, 1989,

[[Page 163]]

with the exceptions noted in paragraphs (a)(5) and (b)(5), unless a 
waiver of compliance has been approved by the Administrator in 
accordance with Sec. 61.11.
    (2) The owner or operator of each benzene storage vessel upon which 
construction commenced after September 14, 1989 shall meet the 
requirements of paragraph (a), (b), or (c) of this section or 
Sec. 61.270(g) prior to filling (i.e., roof is lifted off leg supports) 
the storage vessel with benzene.
    (3) The owner or operator of each benzene storage vessel upon which 
construction commenced on or after July 28, 1988, and before September 
14, 1989, shall meet the requirements of paragraph (a), (b), or (c) of 
this section on September 14, 1989.

[54 FR 38077, Sept. 14, 1989; 54 FR 50887, Dec. 11, 1989, as amended at 
65 FR 78284, Dec. 14, 2000]



Sec. 61.272  Compliance provisions.

    (a) For each vessel complying with Sec. 61.271(a) (fixed roof and 
internal floating roof) each owner or operator shall:
    (1) After installing the control equipment required to comply with 
Sec. 61.271(a), visually inspect the internal floating roof, the primary 
seal, and the secondary seal (if one is in service), prior to filling 
the storage vessel with benzene. If there are holes, tears or other 
openings in the primary seal, the secondary seal, or the seal fabric, or 
defects in the internal floating roof, the owner or operator shall 
repair the items before filling the storage vessel.
    (2) Visually inspect the internal floating roof and the primary seal 
or the secondary seal (if one is in service) through manholes and roof 
hatches on the fixed roof at least once every 12 months after initial 
fill, or at least once every 12 months after September 14, 1989, except 
as provided in paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this section. If the internal 
floating roof is not resting on the surface of the benzene liquid inside 
the storage vessel, or there is liquid on the roof, or the seal is 
detached, or there are holes or tears in the seal fabric, the owner or 
operator shall repair the items or empty and remove the storage vessel 
from service within 45 days. If a failure that is detected during 
inspections required in this paragraph cannot be repaired within 45 days 
and if the vessel cannot be emptied within 45 days, an extension of up 
to 30 additional days may be requested from the Administrator in the 
inspection report required in Sec. 61.275(a). Such a request for an 
extension must document that alternate storage capacity is unavailable 
and specify a schedule of actions the company will take that will ensure 
that the control equipment will be repaired or the vessel will be 
emptied as soon as possible.
    (3) Visually inspect the internal floating roof, the primary seal, 
the secondary seal (if one is in service), gaskets, slotted membranes 
and sleeve seals (if any) each time the storage vessel is emptied and 
degassed. In no event shall inspections conducted in accordance with 
this provision occur at intervals greater than 10 years in the case of 
vessels conducting the annual visual inspections as specified in 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section and at intervals greater than 5 years 
in the case of vessels specified in paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this section.
    (i) For all the inspections required by paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(3) 
of this section, the owner or operator shall notify the Administrator in 
writing at least 30 days prior to the refilling of each storage vessel 
to afford the Administrator the opportunity to have an observer present. 
If the inspection required by paragraph (a)(3) of this section is not 
planned and the owner or operator could not have known about the 
inspection 30 days in advance of refilling the vessel, the owner or 
operator shall notify the Administrator at least 7 days prior to the 
refilling of the storage vessel. Notification shall be made by telephone 
immediately followed by written documentation demonstrating why the 
inspection was unplanned. Alternatively, the notification including the 
written documentation may be made in writing and sent by express mail so 
that it is received by the Administrator at least 7 days prior to 
refilling.
    (ii) If the internal floating roof has defects, the primary seal has 
holes, tears, or other openings in the seal or the seal fabric, or the 
secondary seal has holes, tears, or other openings in

[[Page 164]]

the seal or the seal fabric, or the gaskets no longer close off the 
liquid surfaces from the atmosphere, or the slotted membrane has more 
than 10 percent open area, the owner or operator shall repair the items 
as necessary so that none of the conditions specified in this paragraph 
exist before refilling the storage vessel with benzene.
    (4) For vessels equipped with a double-seal system as specified in 
Sec. 61.271(a)(2)(ii):
    (i) Visually inspect the vessel as specified in paragraph (a)(3) of 
this section at least every 5 years; or
    (ii) Visually inspect the vessel annually as specified in paragraph 
(a)(2) of this section, and at least every 10 years as specified in 
paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
    (b) For each vessel complying with Sec. 61.271(b) (external floating 
roof) the owner or operator shall:
    (1) Determine the gap areas and maximum gap widths between the 
primary seal and the wall of the storage vessel, and the secondary seal 
and the wall of the storage vessel according to the following frequency.
    (i) For an external floating roof vessel equipped with primary and 
secondary seals, measurements of gaps between the vessel wall and the 
primary seal (seal gaps) shall be performed during the hydrostatic 
testing of the vessel or within 90 days of the initial fill with benzene 
or within 90 days of September 14, 1989, whichever occurs last, and at 
least once every 5 years thereafter, except as provided in paragraph 
(b)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (ii) For an external floating roof vessel equipped with a liquid-
mounted primary seal and without a secondary seal as provided for in 
Sec. 61.271(b)(5), measurement of gaps between the vessel wall and the 
primary seal (seal gaps) shall be performed within 90 days of September 
14, 1989, and at least once per year thereafter. When a secondary seal 
is installed over the primary seal, measurement of primary seal gaps 
shall be performed within 90 days of installation and at least once 
every 5 years thereafter.
    (iii) For an external floating roof vessel equipped with primary and 
secondary seals, measurements of gaps between the vessel wall and the 
secondary seal shall be performed within 90 days of the initial fill 
with benzene, within 90 days of installation of the secondary seal, or 
within 90 days after September 14, 1989, whichever occurs last, and at 
least once per year thereafter.
    (iv) If any source ceases to store benzene for a period of 1 year or 
more, subsequent introduction of benzene into the vessel shall be 
considered an initial fill for the purposes of paragraphs (b)(1)(i), 
(b)(1)(ii), and (b)(1)(iii) of this section.
    (2) Determine gap widths and areas in the primary and secondary 
seals individually by the following procedures:
    (i) Measure seal gaps, if any, at one or more floating roof levels 
when the roof is floating off the roof leg supports.
    (ii) Measure seal gaps around the entire circumference of the vessel 
in each place where a 0.32 centimeter (cm) (1/8 in) diameter uniform 
probe passes freely (without forcing or binding against the seal) 
between the seal and the wall of the storage vessel and measure the 
circumferential distance of each such location.
    (iii) The total surface area of each gap described in paragraph 
(b)(2)(ii) of this section shall be determined by using probes of 
various widths to measure accurately the actual distance from the vessel 
wall to the seal and multiplying each such width by its respective 
circumferential distance.
    (3) Add the gap surface area of each gap location for the primary 
seal and the secondary seal individually. Divide the sum for each seal 
by the nominal diameter of the vessel and compare each ratio to the 
respective standards in Sec. 61.272(b)(4) and Sec. 61.272(b)(5).
    (4) Repair conditions that do not meet requirements listed in 
paragraph (b)(4) (i) and (ii) within 45 days of identification in any 
inspection or empty and remove the storage vessel from service within 45 
days.
    (i) The accumulated area of gaps between the vessel wall and the 
metallic shoe seal or the liquid-mounted primary seal shall not exceed 
212 cm\2\ per meter of vessel diameter (10.0 in\2\ per foot of vessel 
diameter) and the width of any portion of any gap shall not exceed 3.81 
cm (1\1/2\ in).

[[Page 165]]

    (A) One end of the metallic shoe is to extend into the stored liquid 
and the other end is to extend a minimum vertical distance of 61 cm (24 
in) above the stored liquid surface.
    (B) There are to be no holes, tears, or other openings in the shoe, 
seal fabric, or seal envelope.
    (ii) The secondary seal is to meet the following requirements:
    (A) The secondary seal is to be installed above the primary seal so 
that it completely covers the space between the roof edge and the vessel 
wall except as provided in paragraph (b)(4)(ii)(B) of this section.
    (B) The accumulated area of gaps between the vessel wall and the 
secondary seal shall not exceed 21.2 cm\2\ per meter of vessel diameter 
(1.0 in\2\ per foot of vessel diameter) or the width of any portion of 
any gap shall not exceed 1.27 cm (\1/2\ in). These seal gap requirements 
may be exceeded during the measurement of primary seal gaps as required 
by paragraph (b)(1)(i) or (b)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (C) There are to be no holes, tears, or other openings in the seal 
or seal fabric.
    (iii) If a failure that is detected during inspections required in 
this paragraph cannot be repaired within 45 days and if the vessel 
cannot be emptied within 45 days, an extension of up to 30 additional 
days may be requested from the Administrator in the inspection report 
required in Sec. 61.275(d). Such extension request must include a 
demonstration of unavailability of alternate storage capacity and a 
specification of a schedule that will assure that the control equipment 
will be repaired or the vessel will be emptied as soon as possible.
    (5) The owner or operator shall notify the Administrator 30 days in 
advance of any gap measurements required by paragraph (b)(1) of this 
section to afford the Administrator the opportunity to have an observer 
present.
    (6) Visually inspect the external floating roof, the primary seal, 
secondary seal, and fittings each time the vessel is emptied and 
degassed.
    (i) If the external floating roof has defects, the primary seal has 
holes, tears, or other openings in the seal or the seal fabric, or the 
secondary seal has holes, tears, or other openings in the seal or the 
seal fabric, the owner or operator shall repair the items as necessary 
so that none of the conditions specified in this paragraph exist before 
filling or refilling the storage vessel with benzene.
    (ii) For all the inspections required by paragraph (b)(6) of this 
section, the owner or operator shall notify the Administrator in writing 
at least 30 days prior to filling or refilling of each storage vessel to 
afford the Administrator the opportunity to inspect the storage vessel 
prior to refilling. If the inspection required by paragraph (b)(6) of 
this section is not planned and the owner or operator could not have 
known about the inspection 30 days in advance of refilling the vessel, 
the owner or operator shall notify the Administrator at least 7 days 
prior to refilling of the storage vessel. Notification shall be made by 
telephone immediately followed by written documentation demonstrating 
why the inspection was unplanned. Alternatively, this notification 
including the written documentation may be made in writing and sent by 
express mail so that it is received by the Administrator at least 7 days 
prior to the refilling.
    (c) The owner or operator of each source that is equipped with a 
closed vent system and control device as required in Sec. 60.271(c), 
other than a flare, shall meet the following requirements.
    (1) Within 90 days after initial fill or after September 14, 1989, 
whichever comes last, submit for approval by the Administrator, an 
operating plan containing the information listed below.
    (i) Documentation demonstrating that the control device being used 
achieves the required control efficiency during reasonably expected 
maximum loading conditions. This documentation is to include a 
description of the gas stream which enters the control device, including 
flow and benzene content under varying liquid level conditions (dynamic 
and static) and manufacturer's design specifications for the control 
device. If the control device or the closed vent capture system receives 
vapors, gases or liquids, other than fuels, from sources that are not 
designated sources under this subpart, the efficiency demonstration is 
to include

[[Page 166]]

consideration of all vapors, gases and liquids received by the closed 
vent capture system and control device. If an enclosed combustion device 
with a minimum residence time of 0.75 seconds and a minimum temperature 
of 816  deg.C (1,500  deg.F) is used to meet the 95 percent requirement, 
documentation that those conditions exist is sufficient to meet the 
requirements of this paragraph.
    (ii) A description of the parameter or parameters to be monitored to 
ensure that the control device is operated and maintained in conformance 
with its design and an explanation of the criteria used for selection of 
that parameter (or parameters).
    (iii) A maintenance plan for the system including the type of 
maintenance necessary, planned frequency of maintenance, and lengths of 
maintenance periods for those operations that would require the closed 
vent system or the control device to be out of compliance with 
Sec. 61.271(c). The maintenance plan shall require that the system be 
out of compliance with Sec. 61.271(c) for no more than 72 hours per 
year.
    (2) Operate, monitor the parameters, and maintain the closed vent 
system and control device in accordance with the operating plan 
submitted to the Administrator in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of 
this section, unless the plan was modified by the Administrator during 
the approval process. In this case, the modified plan applies.
    (d) The owner or operator of each source that is equipped with a 
closed vent system and a flare to meet the requirements in 
Sec. 61.271(c) shall meet the requirements as specified in the general 
control device requirements in 40 CFR 60.18 (e) and (f).

[54 FR 38077, Sept. 14, 1989, as amended at 65 FR 62159, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.273  Alternative means of emission limitation.

    (a) Upon written application from any person, the Administrator may 
approve the use of alternative means of emission limitation which have 
been demonstrated to his satisfaction to achieve a reduction in benzene 
emissions at least equivalent to the reduction in emissions achieved by 
any requirement in Sec. 61.271 (a), (b), or (c) of this subpart.
    (b) Determination of equivalence to the reduction in emissions 
achieved by the requirements of Sec. 61.271 (a), (b), or (c) will be 
evaluated using the following information to be included in the written 
application to the Administrator:
    (1) Actual emissions tests that use full-size or scale-model storage 
vessels that accurately collect and measure all benzene emissions from a 
given control device, and that accurately simulate wind and account for 
other emission variables such as temperature and barometric pressure.
    (2) An engineering evaluation that the Administrator determines is 
an accurate method of determining equivalence.
    (c) The Administrator may condition approval of equivalency on 
requirements that may be necessary to ensure operation and maintenance 
to achieve the same emission reduction as the requirements of 
Sec. 61.271 (a), (b), or (c).
    (d) If, in the Administrator's judgment, an application for 
equivalence may be approvable, the Administrator will publish a notice 
of preliminary determination in the Federal Register and provide the 
opportunity for public hearing. After notice and opportunity for public 
hearing, the Administrator will determine the equivalence of the 
alternative means of emission limitation and will publish the final 
determination in the Federal Register.



Sec. 61.274  Initial report.

    (a) The owner or operator of each storage vessel to which this 
subpart applies and which has a design capacity greater than or equal to 
38 cubic meters (10,000 gallons) shall submit an initial report 
describing the controls which will be applied to meet the equipment 
requirements of Sec. 61.271 or Sec. 61.270(g). For an existing storage 
vessel or a new storage vessel for which construction and operation 
commenced prior to September 14, 1989, this report shall be submitted 
within 90 days of September 14, 1989 and can be combined with the report 
required by Sec. 61.10. For a new storage vessel for which construction 
or operation commenced on or after September 14, 1989, the report

[[Page 167]]

shall be combined with the report required by Sec. 61.07 or 40 CFR 
65.5(b). In the case where the owner or operator seeks to comply with 
Sec. 61.271(c), with a control device other than a flare, this 
information may consist of the information required by 
Sec. 61.272(c)(1).
    (b) The owner or operator of each storage vessel seeking to comply 
with Sec. 61.271(c) with a flare, shall submit a report containing the 
measurements required by 40 CFR 60.18(f) (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), and 
(6). For the owner or operator of an existing storage vessel not seeking 
to obtain a waiver or a new storage vessel for which construction and 
operation commenced prior to September 14, 1989, this report shall be 
combined with the report required by paragraph (a) of this section. For 
the owner or operator of an existing storage vessel seeking to obtain a 
waiver, the reporting date will be established in the response to the 
waiver request. For the owner or operator of a new storage vessel for 
which construction or operation commenced after September 14, 1989, the 
report shall be submitted within 9O days of the date the vessel is 
initially filled (or partially filled) with benzene.

[54 FR 38077, Sept. 14, 1989, as amended at 65 FR 78284, Dec. 14, 2000]



Sec. 61.275  Periodic report.

    (a) The owner or operator of each storage vessel to which this 
subpart applies after installing control equipment in accordance with 
Sec. 61.271(a) (fixed roof and internal floating roof) shall submit a 
report describing the results of each inspection conducted in accordance 
with Sec. 61.272(a). For vessels for which annual inspections are 
required under Sec. 61.272(a)(2), the first report is to be submitted no 
more than 12 months after the initial report submitted in accordance 
with Sec. 61.274, and each report is to be submitted within 60 days of 
each annual inspection.
    (1) Each report shall include the date of the inspection of each 
storage vessel and identify each storage vessel in which:
    (i) The internal floating roof is not resting on the surface of the 
benzene liquid inside the storage vessel, or there is liquid on the 
roof, or the seal is detached from the internal floating roof, or there 
are holes, tears or other openings in the seal or seal fabric; or
    (ii) There are visible gaps between the seal and the wall of the 
storage vessel.
    (2) Where an annual report identifies any condition in paragraph 
(a)(1) of this section the annual report shall describe the nature of 
the defect, the date the storage vessel was emptied, and the nature of 
an date the repair was made, except as provided in paragraph (a)(3) of 
this section.
    (3) If an extension is requested in an annual periodic report in 
accordance with Sec. 61.272(a)(2), a supplemental periodic report shall 
be submitted within 15 days of repair. The supplemental periodic report 
shall identify the vessel and describe the date the storage vessel was 
emptied and the nature of and date the repair was made.
    (b) The owner or operator of each storage vessel to which this 
subpart applies after installing control equipment in accordance with 
Sec. 61.271(a) (fixed roof and internal floating roof) shall submit a 
report describing the results of each inspection conducted in accordance 
with Sec. 61.272(a) (3) or (4).
    (1) The report is to be submitted within 60 days of conducting each 
inspection required by Sec. 61.272(a) (3) or (4).
    (2) Each report shall identify each storage vessel in which the 
owner or operator finds that the internal floating roof has defects, the 
primary seal has holes, tears, or other openings in the seal or the seal 
fabric, or the secondary seal (if one has been installed) has holes, 
tears, or other openings in the seal or the seal fabric, or the gaskets 
no longer close off the liquid surfaces from the atmosphere, or the 
slotted membrane has more than 10 percent open area. The report shall 
also describe the nature of the defect, the date the storage vessel was 
emptied, and the nature of and date the repair was made.
    (c) Any owner or operator of an existing storage vessel which had an 
internal floating roof with a continuous seal as of July 28, 1988, and 
which seeks to comply with the requirements of Sec. 61.271(a)(5) during 
the first time after September 14, 1989, when the vessel is emptied and 
degassed but no later than 10 years from September 14, 1989, shall

[[Page 168]]

notify the Administrator 30 days prior to the completion of the 
installation of such controls and the date of refilling of the vessel so 
the Administrator has an opportunity to have an observer present to 
inspect the storage vessel before it is refilled. This report can be 
combined with the one required by Sec. 61.275(b).
    (d) The owner or operator of each storage vessel to which this 
subpart applies after installing control equipment in accordance with 
Sec. 61.271(b) (external floating roof) shall submit a report describing 
the results of each seal gap measurement made in accordance with 
Sec. 61.272(b). The first report is to be submitted no more than 12 
months after the initial report submitted in accordance with 
Sec. 61.274(a), and each annual periodic report is to be submitted 
within 60 days of each annual inspection.
    (1) Each report shall include the date of the measurement, the raw 
data obtained in the measurement, and the calculations described in 
Sec. 61.272(b) (2) and (3), and shall identify each storage vessel which 
does not meet the gap specifications of Sec. 61.272(b). Where an annual 
report identifies any vessel not meeting the seal gap specifications of 
Sec. 61.272(b) the report shall describe the date the storage vessel was 
emptied, the measures used to correct the condition and the date the 
storage vessel was brought into compliance.
    (2) If an extension is requested in an annual periodic report in 
accordance with Sec. 61.272(b)(4)(iii), a supplemental periodic report 
shall be submitted within 15 days of repair. The supplemental periodic 
report shall identify the vessel and describe the date the vessel was 
emptied and the nature of and date the repair was made.
    (e) Excess emission report.
    (1) The owner or operator of each source seeking to comply with 
Sec. 61.271(c) (vessels equipped with closed vent systems with control 
devices) shall submit a quarterly report informing the Administrator of 
each occurrence that results in excess emissions. Excess emissions are 
emissions that occur at any time when compliance with the specifications 
and requirements of Sec. 61.271(c) are not achieved, as evidenced by the 
parameters being measured in accordance with Sec. 61.272(c)(1)(ii) if a 
control device other than a flare is used, or by the measurements 
required in Sec. 61.272(d) and the general control device requirements 
in 40 CFR 60.18(f) (1) and (2) if a flare is used.
    (2) The owner or operator shall submit the following information as 
a minimum in the report required by (e)(1) of this section:
    (i) Identify the stack and other emission points where the excess 
emissions occurred;
    (ii) A statement of whether or not the owner or operator believes a 
control system malfunction has occurred.
    (3) If the owner or operator states that a control system 
malfunction has occurred, the following information as a minimum is also 
to be included in the report required under paragraph (e)(1) of this 
section:
    (i) Time and duration of the control system malfunction as 
determined by continuous monitoring data (if any), or the inspections or 
monitoring done in accordance with the operating plan required by 
Sec. 61.272(c).
    (ii) Cause of excess emissions.



Sec. 61.276  Recordkeeping.

    (a) Each owner or operator with a storage vessel subject to this 
subpart shall keep copies of all the reports and records required by 
this subpart for at least 2 years, except as specified in paragraphs (b) 
and (c)(1) of this section.
    (b) Each owner or operator with a storage vessel, including any 
vessel which has a design storage capacity less than 38 cubic meters 
(10,000 gallons), shall keep readily accessible records showing the 
dimensions of the storage vessel and an analysis showing the capacity of 
the storage vessel. This record shall be kept as long as the storage 
vessel is in operation. Each storage vessel with a design capacity of 
less than 38 cubic meters (10,000 gallons) is subject to no provisions 
of this subpart other than those required by this paragraph.
    (c) The following information pertaining to closed vent system and 
control devices shall be kept in a readily accessible location.
    (1) A copy of the operating plan. This record shall be kept as long 
as the

[[Page 169]]

closed vent system and control device is in use.
    (2) A record of the measured values of the parameters monitored in 
accordance with Sec. 61.272(c)(1)(ii) and Sec. 61.272(c)(2).
    (3) A record of the maintenance performed in accordance with 
Sec. 61.272(c)(1)(iii) of the operating plan, including the following:
    (i) The duration of each time the closed vent system and control 
device does not meet the specifications of Sec. 61.271(c) due to 
maintenance, including the following:
    (A) The first time of day and date the requirements of 61.271(c) 
were not met at the beginning of maintenance.
    (B) The first time of day and date the requirements of 
Sec. 61.271(c) were met at the conclusion of maintenance.
    (C) A continuous record of the liquid level in each storage vessel 
that the closed vent system and control device receive vapors from 
during the interval between the times specified by (c)(3)(i)(A) and 
(c)(3)(i)(B). Pumping records (simultaneous input and output) may be 
substituted for records of the liquid level.



Sec. 61.277  Delegation of authority.

    (a) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority to a 
State under section 112(d) of the Act, the authorities contained in 
paragraph (b) of this section shall be retained by the Administrator and 
not transferred to a State.
    (b) Authorities which will not be delegated to States: Sec. 61.273.

Subparts Z-AA [Reserved]



   Subpart BB--National Emission Standard for Benzene Emissions From 
                       Benzene Transfer Operations

    Source: 55 FR 8341, Mar. 7, 1990, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 61.300  Applicability.

    (a) The affected facility to which this subpart applies is the total 
of all loading racks at which benzene is loaded into tank trucks, 
railcars, or marine vessels at each benzene production facility and each 
bulk terminal. However, specifically exempted from this regulation are 
loading racks at which only the following are loaded: Benzene-laden 
waste (covered under subpart FF of this part), gasoline, crude oil, 
natural gas liquids, petroleum distillates (e.g., fuel oil, diesel, or 
kerosene), or benzene-laden liquid from coke by-product recovery plants.
    (b) Any affected facility under paragraph (a) of this section which 
loads only liquid containing less than 70 weight-percent benzene is 
exempt from the requirements of this subpart, except for the 
recordkeeping and reporting requirements in Sec. 61.305(i).
    (c) Comply with standards at each loading rack. Any affected 
facility under paragraph (a) of this section shall comply with the 
standards in Sec. 61.302 or as specified in paragraph (f) of this 
section, if applicable, at each loading rack that is handling a liquid 
containing 70 weight-percent or more benzene.
    (d) Any affected facility under paragraph (a) of this section whose 
annual benzene loading is less than 1.3 million liters of 70 weight-
percent or more benzene is exempt from the requirements of this subpart, 
except for the recordkeeping and reporting requirements in 
Sec. 61.305(i).
    (e) The owner or operator of an affected facility, as defined in 
Sec. 61.300(a) that loads a marine vessel shall be in compliance with 
the provisions of this subpart on and after July 23, 1991. If an 
affected facility that loads a marine vessel also loads a tank truck or 
railcar, the marine vessel loading racks shall be in compliance with the 
provisions of this subpart on and after July 23, 1991, while the tank 
truck loading racks and the railcar loading racks shall be in compliance 
as required by Sec. 61.12.
    (f) Alternative means of compliance. (1) Option to comply with part 
65. Owners or operators may choose to comply with 40 CFR part 65, 
subpart E, to satisfy the requirements of Secs. 61.302 through 61.306 
for all tank truck or railcar loading racks that are subject to this 
subpart. Loading racks are referred to as transfer racks in 40 CFR part 
65, subpart E. Other provisions applying to owners or operators who 
choose to

[[Page 170]]

comply with 40 CFR part 65 are provided in 40 CFR 65.1. All marine 
vessel loading racks shall comply with the provisions in Secs. 61.302 
through 61.306.
    (2) Part 61, subpart A. Owners or operators who choose to comply 
with 40 CFR part 65, subpart E, must also comply with Secs. 61.01, 
61.02, 61.05 through 61.08, 61.10(b) through (d), 61.11, and 61.15 for 
those loading racks. All sections and paragraphs of subpart A of this 
part that are not mentioned in this paragraph (f)(2) do not apply to 
owners or operators of loading racks complying with 40 CFR part 65, 
subpart E, except that provisions required to be met prior to 
implementing 40 CFR part 65 still apply. Owners and operators who choose 
to comply with 40 CFR part 65, subpart E, must comply with 40 CFR part 
65, subpart A.

[55 FR 8341, Mar. 7, 1990, as amended at 55 FR 45804, Oct. 31, 1990; 65 
FR 78284, Dec. 14, 2000]



Sec. 61.301  Definitions.

    As used in this subpart, all terms not defined herein shall have the 
meaning given them in the Act, or in subpart A or subpart V of part 61.
    Bulk terminal means any facility which receives liquid product 
containing benzene by pipelines, marine vessels, tank trucks, or 
railcars, and loads the product for further distribution into tank 
trucks, railcars, or marine vessels.
    Car-sealed means having a seal that is placed on the device used to 
change the position of a valve (e.g., from open to closed) such that the 
position of the valve cannot be changed without breaking the seal and 
requiring the replacement of the old seal, once broken, with a new seal.
    Control device means all equipment used for recovering or oxidizing 
benzene vapors displaced from the affected facility.
    Incinerator means any enclosed combustion device that is used for 
destroying organic compounds and that does not extract energy in the 
form of steam or process heat. These devices do not rely on the heating 
value of the waste gas to sustain efficient combustion. Auxiliary fuel 
is burned in the device and the heat from the fuel flame heats the waste 
gas to combustion temperature. Temperature is controlled by controlling 
combustion air or fuel.
    Leak means any instrument reading of 10,000 ppmv or greater using 
Method 21 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
    Loading cycle means the time period from the beginning of filling a 
tank truck, railcar, or marine vessel until flow to the control device 
ceases, as measured by the flow indicator.
    Loading rack means the loading arms, pumps, meters, shutoff valves, 
relief valves, and other piping and valves necessary to fill tank 
trucks, railcars, or marine vessels.
    Marine vessel means any tank ship or tank barge which transports 
liquid product such as benzene.
    Nonvapor tight means any tank truck, railcar, or marine vessel that 
does not pass the required vapor-tightness test.
    Process heater means a device that transfers heat liberated by 
burning fuel to fluids contained in tubes, except water that is heated 
to produce steam.
    Steam generating unit means any enclosed combustion device that uses 
fuel energy in the form of steam.
    Vapor collection system means any equipment located at the affected 
facility used for containing benzene vapors displaced during the loading 
of tank trucks, railcars, or marine vessels. This does not include the 
vapor collection system that is part of any tank truck, railcar, or 
marine vessel vapor collection manifold system.
    Vapor-tight marine vessel means a marine vessel with a benzene 
product tank that has been demonstrated within the preceding 12 months 
to have no leaks. This demonstration shall be made using Method 21 of 
part 60, appendix A, during the last 20 percent of loading and during a 
period when the vessel is being loaded at its maximum loading rate. A 
reading of greater than 10,000 ppm as methane shall constitute a leak. 
As an alternative, a marine vessel owner or operator may use the vapor-
tightness test described in Sec. 61.304(f) to demonstrate vapor 
tightness. A marine vessel operated at negative pressure is assumed to 
be vapor-tight for the purpose of this standard.
    Vapor-tight tank truck or vapor-tight railcar means a tank truck or 
railcar for which it has been demonstrated within the preceding 12 
months that its

[[Page 171]]

product tank will sustain a pressure change of not more than 750 pascals 
within 5 minutes after it is pressurized to a minimum of 4,500 pascals. 
This capability is to be demonstrated using the pressure test procedure 
specified in Method 27 of appendix A to 40 CFR part 60, and a pressure 
measurement device which has a precision of 2.5 mm water and 
which is capable of measuring above the pressure at which the tank truck 
or railcar is to be tested for vapor tightness.

[55 FR 8341, Mar. 7, 1990, as amended at 65 FR 62159, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.302  Standards.

    (a) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall equip each 
loading rack with a vapor collection system that is:
    (1) Designed to collect all benzene vapors displaced from tank 
trucks, railcars, or marine vessels during loading, and
    (2) Designed to prevent any benzene vapors collected at one loading 
rack from passing through another loading rack to the atmosphere.
    (b) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall install a 
control device and reduce benzene emissions routed to the atmosphere 
through the control device by 98 weight percent. If a boiler or process 
heater is used to comply with the percent reduction requirement, then 
the vent stream shall be introduced into the flame zone of such a 
device.
    (c) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall operate any 
flare used to comply with paragraph (b) of this section in accordance 
with the requirements of Sec. 60.18 (b) through (f).
    (d) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall limit 
loading of benzene into vapor-tight tank trucks and vapor-tight railcars 
using the following procedures:
    (1) The owner or operator shall obtain the vapor-tightness 
documentation described in Sec. 61.305(h) for each tank truck or railcar 
loaded at the affected facility. The test date in the documentation must 
be within the preceding 12 months. The vapor-tightness test to be used 
for tank trucks and railcars is Method 27 of appendix A to 40 CFR part 
60.
    (2) The owner or operator shall cross-check the identification 
number for each tank truck or railcar to be loaded with the file of 
vapor-tightness documentation before the corresponding tank truck or 
railcar is loaded. If no documentation is on file, the owner or operator 
shall obtain a copy of the information from the tank truck or railcar 
operator before the tank truck or railcar is loaded.
    (3) Alternate procedures to those described in paragraphs (d)(1) and 
(d)(2) of this section may be used upon application to, and approval by, 
the Administrator.
    (e) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall limit the 
loading of marine vessels to those vessels that are vapor tight as 
determined by either paragraph (e)(1), (e)(2), (e)(3), or (e)(4) of this 
section.
    (1) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall ensure that 
each marine vessel is loaded with the benzene product tank below 
atmospheric pressure (i.e., at negative pressure). If the pressure is 
measured at the interface between the shoreside vapor collection pipe 
and the marine vessel vapor line, the pressure measured according to the 
procedures in Sec. 61.303(f) must be below atmospheric pressure.
    (2) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall use the 
following procedure to obtain the vapor-tightness documentation 
described in Sec. 61.305(h). The vapor-tightness test for marine vessels 
is Method 21 of appendix A to 40 CFR part 60, and shall be applied to 
any potential sources of vapor leaks. A reading of 10,000 ppmv or 
greater as methane shall constitute a leak.
    (i) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall obtain the 
leak test documentation described in Sec. 61.305(h) for each marine 
vessel prior to loading, if available. The date of the test listed in 
the documentation must be within the 12 preceding months.
    (ii) If there is no documentation of a successful leak test 
conducted on the marine vessel in the preceding 12 months, the owner or 
operator of an affected facility shall require that a leak test of the 
marine vessel be conducted during the final 20 percent of loading of the 
marine vessel or shall not load the

[[Page 172]]

vessel. The test shall be conducted when the marine vessel is being 
loaded at the maximum allowable loading rate.
    (A) If no leak is detected, the owner or operator of an affected 
facility shall require that the documentation described in 
Sec. 61.305(h) is completed prior to departure of the vessel. The owner 
or operator of the affected facility shall retain a copy of the vapor-
tightness documentation on file.
    (B) If any leak is detected, the owner or operator of an affected 
facility shall require that the vapor-tightness failure be documented 
for the marine vessel owner or operator prior to departure of the 
vessel. The owner or operator of the affected facility shall retain a 
copy of the vapor-tightness documentation on file. Delay of repair of 
equipment for which leaks have been detected will be allowed if the 
repair is technically infeasible without dry-docking the vessel. This 
equipment will be excluded from future Method 21 of appendix A to 40 CFR 
part 60 tests until repairs are effected. Repair of this equipment shall 
occur the next time the vessel is dry-docked.
    (iii) If the marine vessel has failed its most recent vapor-
tightness test as described in Sec. 61.302(e)(2)(ii), the owner or 
operator of the affected facility shall require that the owner or 
operator of the nonvapor-tight marine vessel provide documentation that 
the leaks detected during the previous vapor-tightness test have been 
repaired, or proof that repair is technically infeasible without dry-
docking the vessel. Once the repair documentation has been provided, the 
owner or operator may load the marine vessel. The owner or operator 
shall require that the vapor-tightness test described in 
Sec. 61.302(e)(2)(ii) be conducted during loading, and shall retain a 
copy of the vapor-tightness documentation on file.
    (3) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall obtain a 
copy of the marine vessel's vapor-tightness documentation described in 
Sec. 61.305(h) for a test conducted within the preceding 12 months in 
accordance with Sec. 61.304(f).
    (4) Alternate procedures to those described in paragraphs (e)(1), 
(e)(2) and (e)(3) of this section may be used upon application to, and 
approval by, the Administrator.
    (f) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall limit 
loading of benzene to tank trucks, railcars, and marine vessels equipped 
with vapor collection equipment that is compatible with the affected 
facility's vapor collection system.
    (g) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall limit 
loading of tank trucks, railcars, and marine vessels to tank trucks, 
railcars, and marine vessels whose collection systems are connected to 
the affected facility's vapor collection systems.
    (h) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall ensure that 
the vapor collection and benzene loading equipment of tank trucks and 
railcars shall be designed and operated to prevent gauge pressure in the 
tank truck or railcar tank from exceeding, during loading, the initial 
pressure the tank was pressured up to and shown to be vapor tight at 
during the most recent vapor-tightness test using Method 27 of appendix 
A to 40 CFR part 60. This vapor-tightness test pressure is not to be 
exceeded when measured by the procedures specified in Sec. 61.304(c).
    (i) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall ensure that 
no pressure-vacuum vent in the affected facility's vapor collection 
system for tank trucks and railcars shall begin to open at a system 
pressure less than the maximum pressure at which the tank truck or 
railcar is operated.
    (j) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall ensure that 
the maximum normal operating pressure of the marine vessel's vapor 
collection equipment shall not exceed 0.8 times the relief set pressure 
of the pressure-vacuum vents. This level is not to be exceeded when 
measured by the procedures specified in Sec. 61.304(d).
    (k) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall inspect the 
vapor collection system and the control device for detectable emissions, 
and shall repair any leaks detected, in accordance with Sec. 61.242-11 
(e) and (f). This inspection of the vapor collection system and control 
device shall be done during the loading of tank trucks, railcars, or 
marine vessels.

[[Page 173]]

    (l) Vent systems that contain valves that could divert a vent stream 
from a control device shall have car-sealed opened all valves in the 
vent system from the emission source to the control device, and car-
sealed closed all valves in the vent system that would lead the vent 
stream to the atmosphere, either directly or indirectly, bypassing the 
control device.

[55 FR 8341, Mar. 7, 1990, as amended at 65 FR 62159, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.303  Monitoring requirements.

    (a) Each owner or operator of an affected facility that uses an 
incinerator to comply with the percent reduction requirement specified 
under Sec. 61.302(b) shall install, calibrate, maintain, and operate 
according to manufacturer's specifications a temperature monitoring 
device equipped with a continuous recorder and having an accuracy of 
1 percent of the combustion temperature being measured 
expressed in degrees Celsius or 0.5 deg. C, whichever is 
greater.
    (1) Where an incinerator other than a catalytic incinerator is used, 
the owner or operator of the affected facility shall install a 
temperature monitoring device in the firebox.
    (2) Where a catalytic incinerator is used, the owner or operator 
shall install temperature monitoring devices in the gas stream 
immediately before and after the catalyst bed.
    (b) Each owner or operator of an affected facility that uses a flare 
to comply with Sec. 61.302(b) shall install, calibrate, maintain, and 
operate according to manufacturer's specifications a heat sensing 
device, such as an ultraviolet beam sensor or thermocouple, at the pilot 
light to indicate the presence of a flame during the entire loading 
cycle.
    (c) Each owner or operator of an affected facility that uses a steam 
generating unit or process heater to comply with Sec. 61.302(b) shall 
comply with the following requirements. Where a steam generating unit 
with a design heat input capacity of less than 44 MW (150  x  
106 BTU/hr) is used to comply with Sec. 61.302(b), the owner 
or operator of an affected facility shall comply with paragraph (c)(1) 
of this section. Where a steam generating unit or process heater with a 
design heat input capacity of 44 MW (150  x  106 BTU/hr) or 
greater is used to comply with Sec. 61.302(b), the owner or operator of 
an affected facility shall comply with paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
    (1) Install in the firebox, calibrate, maintain, and operate 
according to manufacturer's specifications a temperature monitoring 
device equipped with a continuous recorder and having an accuracy of 
1 percent of the temperature being measured expressed in 
degrees Celsius or 0.5 deg. C, whichever is greater, for 
steam generating units or process heaters of less than 44 MW (150  x  
106 BTU/hr) design heat input capacity.
    (2) Monitor and record the periods of operation of the steam 
generating units or process heater if the design heat input capacity of 
the steam generating unit or process heater is 44 MW (150  x  
106 BTU/hr) or greater. The records must be readily available 
for inspection.
    (d) Each owner or operator of an affected facility that uses a 
carbon adsorption system to comply with the percent reduction 
requirement specified under Sec. 61.302(b) shall install, calibrate, 
maintain, and operate according to manufacturer's specifications a 
device that continuously indicates and records the concentration or 
reading of organic compounds in the outlet gas stream of each carbon 
adsorber bed.
    (e) The owner or operator of an affected facility who wishes to 
demonstrate compliance with the standards specified under Sec. 61.302(b) 
using control devices other than an incinerator, steam generating unit, 
process heater, carbon adsorber, or flare shall provide the 
Administrator with information describing the operation of the control 
device and the process parameter(s) that would indicate proper operation 
and maintenance of the device. The Administrator may request further 
information and will specify appropriate monitoring procedures or 
requirements.
    (f) Each owner or operator of an affected facility complying with 
Sec. 61.302(e)(1) shall install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a 
recording pressure measurement device (magnehelic gauge or equivalent 
device) and an audible and visible alarm system that is

[[Page 174]]

activated when the pressure vacuum specified in Sec. 61.302(e)(1) is not 
attained. The owner or operator shall place the alarm system so that it 
can be seen and heard where cargo transfer is controlled and on the open 
deck.
    (g) Owners or operators using a vent system that contains valves 
that could divert a vent stream from a control device used to comply 
with the provisions of this subpart shall do one or a combination of the 
following:
    (1) Install a flow indicator immediately downstream of each valve 
that if opened would allow a vent stream to bypass the control device 
and be emitted, either directly or indirectly, to the atmosphere. The 
flow indicator shall be capable of recording flow at least once every 15 
minutes.
    (2) Monitor the valves once a month, checking the position of the 
valves and the condition of the car seal, and identify all times when 
the car seals have been broken and the valve position has been changed 
(i.e., from opened to closed for valves in the vent piping to the 
control device and from closed to open for valves that allow the stream 
to be vented directly or indirectly to the atmosphere).

[55 FR 8341, Mar. 7, 1990, as amended at 65 FR 62159, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.304  Test methods and procedures.

    (a) The procedures for determining compliance with Sec. 61.302(b) 
for all control devices other than flares is as follows:
    (1) All testing equipment shall be prepared and installed as 
specified in the appropriate test methods.
    (2) The time period for a performance test shall be not less than 6 
hours, during which at least 300,000 liters of benzene are loaded. If 
the throughput criterion is not met during the initial 6 hours, the test 
may be either continued until the throughput criterion is met, or 
resumed the next day with at least another 6 complete hours of testing.
    (3) For intermittent control devices:
    (i) The vapor holder level of the intermittent control device shall 
be recorded at the start of the performance test. The end of the 
performance test shall coincide with the time when the vapor holder is 
at its original level.
    (ii) At least two startups and shutdowns of the control device shall 
occur during the performance test. If this does not occur under an 
automatically controlled operation, the system shall be manually 
controlled.
    (4) An emission testing interval shall consist of each 5-minute 
period during the performance test. For each interval:
    (i) The reading from each measurement instrument shall be recorded.
    (ii) Method 1 or 1A of part 60, appendix A, as appropriate, shall be 
used for selection of the sampling site,
    (iii) The volume exhausted shall be determined using Method 2, 2A, 
2C, or 2D of part 60, appendix A, as appropriate.
    (iv) The average benzene concentration upstream and downstream of 
the control device in the vent shall be determined using Method 25A or 
Method 25B of appendix A of this part, using benzene as the calibration 
gas. The average benzene concentration shall correspond to the volume 
measurement by taking into account the sampling system response time.
    (5) The mass emitted during each testing interval shall be 
calculated as follows:

Mi=FKVS C
where:
Mi=Mass of benzene emitted during testing interval i, kg.
Vs=Volume of air-vapor mixture exhausted, m\3\ at standard 
          conditions.
C=Benzene concentration (as measured) at the exhaust vent, ppmv.
K=Density, (kg/m\3\ benzene), standard conditions.
K=3.25 for benzene.
F=Conversion factor, (m\3\ benzene/m\3\ air)(1/ppmv).
F=10/-6/.
s=Standard conditions, 20  deg.C and 760 mm Hg.

    (6) The benzene mass emission rates before and after the control 
device shall be calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.056

where:
E=Mass flow rate of benzene emitted, kg/hr.
Mi=Mass of benzene emitted during testing interval i, kg.
T=Total time of all testing intervals, hr.

[[Page 175]]

n=Number of testing intervals.

    (7) The percent reduction across the control device shall be 
calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.057

where:
R=Control efficiency of control device, %.
Eb=Mass flow rate of benzene prior to control device, kg/hr.
Ea=Mass flow rate of benzene after control device, kg/hr.

    (b) When a flare is used to comply with Sec. 61.302(b), a 
performance test according to Method 22 of appendix A of 40 CFR part 60 
shall be performed to determine visible emissions. The observation 
period shall be at least 2 hours. Performance testing shall be conducted 
during at least three complete loading cycles with a separate test run 
for each loading cycle. The observation period for detecting visible 
emissions shall encompass each loading cycle. Integrated sampling to 
measure process vent stream flow rate shall be performed continuously 
during each loading cycle.
    (c) For the purpose of determining compliance with Sec. 61.302(h), 
the following procedures shall be used:
    (1) Calibrate and install a pressure measurement device (liquid 
manometer, magnehelic gauge, or equivalent instrument), which has a 
precision of 2.5 mm H20 in the range that the 
tank truck or railcar was initially pressured to during the most recent 
vapor-tightness test.
    (2) Connect the pressure measurement device to a pressure tap in the 
affected facility's vapor collection system, located as close as 
possible to the connection with the tank truck or railcar.
    (3) During the performance test, record the pressure every 5 minutes 
while a tank truck or railcar is being loaded, and record the highest 
instantaneous pressure that occurs during each loading cycle. Every 
loading rack shall be tested at least once during the performance test.
    (4) If more than one loading rack is used simultaneously, then the 
performance test shall be conducted simultaneously to represent the 
maximum capacity.
    (d) For the purpose of determining compliance with Sec. 61.302(j), 
the following procedures shall be used:
    (1) Calibrate and install a pressure measurement device (liquid 
manometer, magnehelic gauge, or equivalent instrument), capable of 
measuring up to the relief set pressure of the pressure-vacuum vents.
    (2) Connect the pressure measurement device to a pressure tap in the 
affected facility's vapor collection system, located as close as 
possible to the connection with the marine vessel.
    (3) During the performance test, record the pressure every 5 minutes 
while a marine vessel is being loaded, and record the highest 
instantaneous pressure that occurs during each loading cycle.
    (e) Immediately prior to a performance test required for 
determination of compliance with Sec. 61.302(b), all potential sources 
of vapor leakage in the affected facility's vapor collection system 
equipment shall be inspected for detectable emissions as required in 
Sec. 61.302(k). The monitoring shall be conducted only while a vapor-
tight tank truck, railcar, or marine vessel is being loaded. All 
identified leaks in the terminal's vapor collection system shall be 
repaired prior to conducting the performance test.
    (f) The following test method shall be used to comply with the 
marine vessel vapor-tightness requirements of Sec. 61.302(e)(3):
    (1) Each benzene product tank shall be pressurized with dry air or 
inert gas to not less than 1.0 psig and not more than the pressure of 
the lowest relief valve setting.
    (2) Once the pressure is obtained, the dry air or inert gas source 
shall be shut off.
    (3) At the end of one-half hour, the pressure in the benzene product 
tank and piping shall be measured. The change in pressure shall be 
calculated using the following formula:

 P=Pi--Pf
where:
 P=Change in pressure, inches of water.
Pi=Pressure in tank when air/gas source is shut off, inches 
          of water.

[[Page 176]]

Pf=Pressure in tank at the end of one-half hour after air/gas 
          source is shut off, inches of water.

    (4) The change in pressure,  P, shall be compared to the 
pressure drop calculated using the following formula:

 PM=0.861 Pia L/V
where:
 PM=Maximum allowable pressure change, inches of water.
Pia=Pressure in tank when air/gas source is shut off, pounds 
          per square inch, absolute (psia).
L=Maximum permitted loading rate of vessel, barrels per hour.
V=Total volume of product tank, barrels.

    (5) If PPM, the vessel is vapor tight.
    (6) If P>PM, the vessel is not vapor tight and the 
source of the leak must be identified and repaired prior to retesting.

[55 FR 8341, Mar. 7, 1990; 55 FR 12444, Apr. 3, 1990, as amended at 65 
FR 62159, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.305  Reporting and recordkeeping.

    (a) Each owner or operator of an affected facility subject to the 
provisions of this subpart shall keep an up-to-date, readily accessible 
record of the following data measured during each performance test, and 
also include the following data in the report of the initial performance 
test required under Sec. 61.13. Where a steam generating unit or process 
heater with a design heat input capacity of 44 MW (150  x  
106 BTU/hr) or greater is used to comply with Sec. 61.302(b), 
a report containing performance test data need not be submitted, but a 
report containing the information in Sec. 61.305(a)(3)(i) is required.
    (1) Where an owner or operator subject to the provisions of this 
subpart is complying with Sec. 61.302(b) through use of an incinerator:
    (i) The average firebox temperature of the incinerator (or the 
average temperature upstream and downstream of the catalyst bed), 
measured at least every 2 minutes during a loading cycle if the total 
time period of the loading cycle is less than 3 hours and every 15 
minutes if the total time period of the loading cycle is equal to or 
greater than 3 hours. The measured temperature shall be averaged over 
the loading cycle.
    (ii) The percent reduction of benzene determined as specified in 
Sec. 61.304(a) achieved by the incinerator.
    (iii) The duration of the loading cycle.
    (2) Where an owner or operator subject to the provisions of this 
subpart is complying with Sec. 61.302 (b) and (c) through use of a 
smokeless flare or other flare design (i.e., steam-assisted, air-
assisted or nonassisted), all visible emission readings, heat content 
determination, flow rate measurements, maximum permitted velocity 
calculations, and exit velocity determinations made during the 
performance test, continuous records of the flare pilot flame monitoring 
measured continuously during the loading cycle, duration of all loading 
cycles and records of all loading cycles during which the pilot flame is 
absent for each vent stream.
    (3) Where an owner or operator subject to the provisions of this 
subpart is complying with Sec. 61.302(b) through the use of a steam 
generating unit or process heater:
    (i) A description of the location at which the vent stream is 
introduced into the steam generating unit or process heater.
    (ii) The average combustion temperature of the steam generating unit 
or process heater with a design heat input capacity of less than 44 MW 
(150  x  106 BTU/hr), measured with the following frequency: 
at least every 2 minutes during a loading cycle if the total time period 
of the loading cycle is less than 3 hours, and every 15 minutes if the 
total time period of the loading cycle is equal to or greater than 3 
hours. The measured temperature shall be averaged over the loading 
cycle.
    (iii) The duration of the loading cycle.
    (4) Where an owner or operator subject to the provisions of this 
subpart is complying with Sec. 61.302(b) through the use of a carbon 
adsorption system, the control efficiency, R, of the carbon adsorption 
system, and all supporting performance test data and calculations used 
to determine that value.
    (5) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart 
shall submit with the initial performance test an engineering report 
describing in detail the vent system used to vent each

[[Page 177]]

affected vent stream to a control device. This report shall include all 
valves and vent pipes that could vent the stream to the atmosphere, 
thereby bypassing the control device, and identify which valves are car-
sealed opened and which valves are car-sealed closed.
    (b) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart 
shall keep up-to-date, readily accessible continuous records of the 
equipment operating parameters specified to be monitored under 
Sec. 61.303 (a), (c), and (d) as well as up-to-date, readily accessible 
records of periods of operation during which the parameter boundaries 
established during the most recent performance test are exceeded. The 
Administrator may at any time require a report of these data. Periods of 
operation during which the parameter boundaries established during the 
most recent performance tests are exceeded are defined as follows:
    (1) For thermal incinerators, all loading cycles during which the 
average combustion temperature was more than 28  deg.C (50  deg.F) below 
the average loading cycle combustion temperature during the most recent 
performance test at which compliance with Sec. 61.302(b) was determined.
    (2) For catalytic incinerators, all loading cycles during which the 
average temperature of the vent stream immediately before the catalyst 
bed is more than 28  deg.C (50  deg.F) below the average temperature of 
the process vent stream during loading cycles during the most recent 
performance test at which compliance with Sec. 61.302(b) was determined.
    (3) All loading cycles during which the average combustion 
temperature was more than 28  deg.C (50  deg.F) below the average 
combustion temperature during the most recent performance test at which 
compliance with Sec. 61.302(b) was determined for steam generating units 
or process heaters with a design heat input capacity of less than 44 MW 
(150  x  106 BTU/hr).
    (4) For steam generating units or process heaters, whenever there is 
a change in the location at which the vent stream is introduced into the 
flame zone as required under Sec. 61.302(b).
    (5) For carbon adsorbers, all 3-hour periods of operation during 
which the average VOC concentration or reading of organics in the 
exhaust gases is more than 20 percent greater than the average exhaust 
gas concentration or reading measured by the organics monitoring device 
during the most recent determination of the recovery efficiency of the 
carbon adsorber that demonstrated that the facility was in compliance.
    (c) If a vent system containing valves that could divert the 
emission stream away from the control device is used, each owner or 
operator subject to the provisions of this subpart shall keep for at 
least 2 years up-to-date, readily accessible continuous records of:
    (1) All periods when flow is indicated if flow indicators are 
installed under Sec. 61.303(g)(1).
    (2) All times when maintenance is performed on car-sealed valves, 
when the car seal is broken, and when the valve position is changed 
(i.e., from open to closed for valves in the vent piping to the control 
device and from closed to open for valves that vent the stream directly 
or indirectly to the atmosphere bypassing the control device) if valves 
are monitored under Sec. 60.303(g)(2).
    (d) Each owner or operator of an affected facility subject to the 
provisions of this subpart who uses a steam generating unit or process 
heater with a design heat input capacity of 44 MW (150  x  
106 BTU/hr) or greater to comply with Sec. 61.302(b) shall 
keep an up-to-date, readily accessible record of all periods of 
operation of the steam generating unit or process heater. Examples of 
such records could include records of steam use, fuel use, or monitoring 
data collected pursuant to other State or Federal regulatory 
requirements.
    (e) Each owner or operator of an affected facility subject to the 
provisions of this subpart shall keep up-to-date, readily accessible 
records of the flare pilot flame monitoring specified under 
Sec. 61.303(b), as well as up-to-date, readily accessible records of any 
absence of the pilot flame during a loading cycle.
    (f) Each owner or operator of an affected facility subject to the 
requirements of Sec. 61.302 shall submit to the Administrator quarterly 
reports of the following information. The owner or operator shall submit 
the initial report

[[Page 178]]

within 90 days after the effective date of this subpart or 90 days after 
startup for a source that has an initial startup date after the 
effective date.
    (1) Periods of operation where there were exceedances of monitored 
parameters recorded under Sec. 61.305(b).
    (2) All periods recorded under Sec. 61.305(c)(1) when the vent 
stream is diverted from the control device.
    (3) All periods recorded under Sec. 61.305(d) when the steam 
generating unit or process heater was not operating.
    (4) All periods recorded under Sec. 61.305(e) in which the pilot 
flame of the flare was absent.
    (5) All times recorded under Sec. 61.305(c)(2) when maintenance is 
performed on car-sealed valves, when the car seal is broken, and when 
the valve position is changed.
    (g) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall keep the 
vapor-tightness documentation required under Sec. 61.302 (d) and (e) on 
file at the affected facility in a permanent form available for 
inspection.
    (h) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall update the 
documentation file required under Sec. 61.302 (d) and (e) for each tank 
truck, railcar, or marine vessel at least once per year to reflect 
current test results as determined by the appropriate method. The owner 
or operator shall include, as a minimum, the following information in 
this documentation:
    (1) Test title;
    (2) Tank truck, railcar, or marine vessel owner and address;
    (3) Tank truck, railcar, or marine vessel identification number;
    (4) Testing location;
    (5) Date of test;
    (6) Tester name and signature;
    (7) Witnessing inspector: name, signature, and affiliation; and
    (8) Test results, including, for railcars and tank trucks, the 
initial pressure up to which the tank was pressured at the start of the 
test.
    (i) Each owner or operator of an affected facility complying with 
Sec. 61.300(b) or Sec. 61.300(d) shall record the following information. 
The first year after promulgation the owner or operator shall submit a 
report containing the requested information to the Director of the 
Emission Standards Division, (MD-13), U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711. After the first 
year, the owner or operator shall continue to record; however, no 
reporting is required. The information shall be made available if 
requested. The information shall include, as a minimum:
    (1) The affected facility's name and address;
    (2) The weight percent of the benzene loaded;
    (3) The type of vessel loaded (i.e., tank truck, railcar, or marine 
vessel); and
    (4) The annual amount of benzene loaded into each type of vessel.

[55 FR 8341, Mar. 7, 1990, as amended at 65 FR 62159, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.306  Delegation of authority.

    (a) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority to a 
State under section 112(d) of the Act, the authorities contained in 
paragraph (b) of this section shall be retained by the Administrator and 
not transferred to a State.
    (b) Authorities which will not be delegated to States: No 
restrictions.

Subparts CC-EE [Reserved]



   Subpart FF--National Emission Standard for Benzene Waste Operations

    Source: 55 FR 8346, Mar. 7, 1990, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 61.340  Applicability.

    (a) The provisions of this subpart apply to owners and operators of 
chemical manufacturing plants, coke by-product recovery plants, and 
petroleum refineries.
    (b) The provisions of this subpart apply to owners and operators of 
hazardous waste treatment, storage, and disposal facilities that treat, 
store, or dispose of hazardous waste generated by any facility listed in 
paragraph (a) of this section. The waste streams at hazardous waste 
treatment, storage, and disposal facilities subject to the provisions of 
this subpart are the benzene-containing hazardous waste from

[[Page 179]]

any facility listed in paragraph (a) of this section. A hazardous waste 
treatment, storage, and disposal facility is a facility that must obtain 
a hazardous waste management permit under subtitle C of the Solid Waste 
Disposal Act.
    (c) At each facility identified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this 
section, the following waste is exempt from the requirements of this 
subpart:
    (1) Waste in the form of gases or vapors that is emitted from 
process fluids:
    (2) Waste that is contained in a segregated stormwater sewer system.

[55 FR 8346, Mar. 7, 1990, as amended at 55 FR 37231, Sept. 10, 1990; 58 
FR 3095, Jan. 7, 1993]



Sec. 61.341  Definitions.

    Benzene concentration means the fraction by weight of benzene in a 
waste as determined in accordance with the procedures specified in 
Sec. 61.355 of this subpart.
    Car-seal means a seal that is placed on a device that is used to 
change the position of a valve (e.g., from opened to closed) in such a 
way that the position of the valve cannot be changed without breaking 
the seal.
    Chemical manufacturing plant means any facility engaged in the 
production of chemicals by chemical, thermal, physical, or biological 
processes for use as a product, co-product, by-product, or intermediate 
including but not limited to industrial organic chemicals, organic 
pesticide products, pharmaceutical preparations, paint and allied 
products, fertilizers, and agricultural chemicals. Examples of chemical 
manufacturing plants include facilities at which process units are 
operated to produce one or more of the following chemicals: 
benzenesulfonic acid, benzene, chlorobenzene, cumene, cyclohexane, 
ethylene, ethylbenzene, hydroquinone, linear alklylbenzene, 
nitrobenzene, resorcinol, sulfolane, or styrene.
    Closed-vent system means a system that is not open to the atmosphere 
and is composed of piping, ductwork, connections, and, if necessary, 
flow inducing devices that transport gas or vapor from an emission 
source to a control device.
    Coke by-product recovery plant means any facility designed and 
operated for the separation and recovery of coal tar derivatives (by-
products) evolved from coal during the coking process of a coke oven 
battery.
    Container means any portable waste management unit in which a 
material is stored, transported, treated, or otherwise handled. Examples 
of containers are drums, barrels, tank trucks, barges, dumpsters, tank 
cars, dump trucks, and ships.
    Control device means an enclosed combustion device, vapor recovery 
system, or flare.
    Cover means a device or system which is placed on or over a waste 
placed in a waste management unit so that the entire waste surface area 
is enclosed and sealed to minimize air emissions. A cover may have 
openings necessary for operation, inspection, and maintenance of the 
waste management unit such as access hatches, sampling ports, and gauge 
wells provided that each opening is closed and sealed when not in use. 
Example of covers include a fixed roof installed on a tank, a lid 
installed on a container, and an air-supported enclosure installed over 
a waste management unit.
    External floating roof means a pontoon-type or double-deck type 
cover with certain rim sealing mechanisms that rests on the liquid 
surface in a waste management unit with no fixed roof.
    Facility means all process units and product tanks that generate 
waste within a stationary source, and all waste management units that 
are used for waste treatment, storage, or disposal within a stationary 
source.
    Fixed roof means a cover that is mounted on a waste management unit 
in a stationary manner and that does not move with fluctuations in 
liquid level.
    Floating roof means a cover with certain rim sealing mechanisms 
consisting of a double deck, pontoon single deck, internal floating 
cover or covered floating roof, which rests upon and is supported by the 
liquid being contained, and is equipped with a closure seal or seals to 
close the space between the roof edge and unit wall.
    Flow indicator means a device which indicates whether gas flow is 
present in a line or vent system.

[[Page 180]]

    Individual drain system means the system used to convey waste from a 
process unit, product storage tank, or waste management unit to a waste 
management unit. The term includes all process drains and common 
junction boxes, together with their associated sewer lines and other 
junction boxes, down to the receiving waste management unit.
    Internal floating roof means a cover that rests or floats on the 
liquid surface inside a waste management unit that has a fixed roof.
    Liquid-mounted seal means a foam or liquid-filled primary seal 
mounted in contact with the liquid between the waste management unit 
wall and the floating roof continuously around the circumference.
    Loading means the introduction of waste into a waste management unit 
but not necessarily to complete capacity (also referred to as filling).
    Maximum organic vapor pressure means the equilibrium partial 
pressure exerted by the waste at the temperature equal to the highest 
calendar-month average of the waste storage temperature for waste stored 
above or below the ambient temperature or at the local maximum monthly 
average temperature as reported by the National Weather Service for 
waste stored at the ambient temperature, as determined:
    (1) In accordance with Sec. 60.17(c); or
    (2) As obtained from standard reference texts; or
    (3) In accordance with Sec. 60.17(a)(37); or
    (4) Any other method approved by the Administrator.
    No detectable emissions means less than 500 parts per million by 
volume (ppmv) above background levels, as measured by a detection 
instrument reading in accordance with the procedures specified in 
Sec. 61.355(h) of this subpart.
    Oil-water separator means a waste management unit, generally a tank 
or surface impoundment, used to separate oil from water. An oil-water 
separator consists of not only the separation unit but also the forebay 
and other separator basins, skimmers, weirs, grit chambers, sludge 
hoppers, and bar screens that are located directly after the individual 
drain system and prior to additional treatment units such as an air 
flotation unit, clarifier, or biological treatment unit. Examples of an 
oil-water separator incude an API separator, parallel-plate interceptor, 
and corrugated-plate interceptor with the associated ancillary 
equipment.
    Petroleum refinery means any facility engaged in producing gasoline, 
kerosene, distillate fuel oils, residual fuel oils, lubricants, or other 
products through the distillation of petroleum, or through the 
redistillation, cracking, or reforming of unfinished petroleum 
derivatives.
    Petroleum means the crude oil removed from the earth and the oils 
derived from tar sands, shale, and coal.
    Point of waste generation means the location where the waste stream 
exits the process unit component or storage tank prior to handling or 
treatment in an operation that is not an integral part of the production 
process, or in the case of waste management units that generate new 
wastes after treatment, the location where the waste stream exits the 
waste management unit component.
    Process unit means equipment assembled and connected by pipes or 
ducts to produce intermediate or final products. A process unit can be 
operated independently if supplied with sufficient fuel or raw materials 
and sufficient product storage facilities.
    Process unit turnaround means the shutting down of the operations of 
a process unit, the purging of the contents of the process unit, the 
maintenance or repair work, followed by restarting of the process.
    Process unit turnaround waste means a waste that is generated as a 
result of a process unit turnaround.
    Process wastewater means water which comes in contact with benzene 
during manufacturing or processing operations conducted within a process 
unit. Process wastewater is not organic wastes, process fluids, product 
tank drawdown, cooling tower blowdown, steam trap condensate, or 
landfill leachate.
    Process wastewater stream means a waste stream that contains only 
process wastewater.

[[Page 181]]

    Product tank means a stationary unit that is designed to contain an 
accumulation of materials that are fed to or produced by a process unit, 
and is constructed primarily of non-earthen materials (e.g., wood, 
concrete, steel, plastic) which provide structural support.
    Product tank drawdown means any material or mixture of materials 
discharged from a product tank for the purpose of removing water or 
other contaminants from the product tank.
    Segregated stormwater sewer system means a drain and collection 
system designed and operated for the sole purpose of collecting rainfall 
runoff at a facility, and which is segregated from all other individual 
drain systems.
    Sewer line means a lateral, trunk line, branch line, or other 
enclosed conduit used to convey waste to a downstream waste management 
unit.
    Slop oil means the floating oil and solids that accumulate on the 
surface of an oil-water separator.
    Sour water stream means a stream that:
    (1) Contains ammonia or sulfur compounds (usually hydrogen sulfide) 
at concentrations of 10 ppm by weight or more;
    (2) Is generated from separation of water from a feed stock, 
intermediate, or product that contained ammonia or sulfur compounds; and
    (3) Requires treatment to remove the ammonia or sulfur compounds.
    Sour water stripper means a unit that:
    (1) Is designed and operated to remove ammonia or sulfur compounds 
(usually hydrogen sulfide) from sour water streams;
    (2) Has the sour water streams transferred to the stripper through 
hard piping or other enclosed system; and
    (3) Is operated in such a manner that the offgases are sent to a 
sulfur recovery unit, processing unit, incinerator, flare, or other 
combustion device.
    Surface impoundment means a waste management unit which is a natural 
topographic depression, man-made excavation, or diked area formed 
primarily of earthen materials (although it may be lined with man-made 
materials), which is designed to hold an accumulation of liquid wastes 
or waste containing free liquids, and which is not an injection well. 
Examples of surface impoundments are holding, storage, settling, and 
aeration pits, ponds, and lagoons.
    Tank means a stationary waste management unit that is designed to 
contain an accumulation of waste and is constructed primarily of 
nonearthen materials (e.g., wood, concrete, steel, plastic) which 
provide structural support.
    Treatment process means a stream stripping unit, thin-film 
evaporation unit, waste incinerator, or any other process used to comply 
with Sec. 61.348 of this subpart.
    Vapor-mounted seal means a foam-filled primary seal mounted 
continuously around the perimeter of a waste management unit so there is 
an annular vapor space underneath the seal. The annular vapor space is 
bounded by the bottom of the primary seal, the unit wall, the liquid 
surface, and the floating roof.
    Waste means any material resulting from industrial, commercial, 
mining or agricultural operations, or from community activities that is 
discarded or is being accumulated, stored, or physically, chemically, 
thermally, or biologically treated prior to being discarded, recycled, 
or discharged.
    Waste management unit means a piece of equipment, structure, or 
transport mechanism used in handling, storage, treatment, or disposal of 
waste. Examples of a waste management unit include a tank, surface 
impoundment, container, oil-water separator, individual drain system, 
steam stripping unit, thin-film evaporation unit, waste incinerator, and 
landfill.
    Waste stream means the waste generated by a particular process unit, 
product tank, or waste management unit. The characteristics of the waste 
stream (e.g., flow rate, benzene concentration, water content) are 
determined at the point of waste generation. Examples of a waste stream 
include process wastewater, product tank drawdown, sludge and slop oil 
removed from waste management units, and landfill leachate.
    Wastewater treatment system means any component, piece of equipment, 
or installation that receives, manages, or treats process wastewater, 
product tank drawdown, or landfill leachate

[[Page 182]]

prior to direct or indirect discharge in accordance with the National 
Pollutant Discharge Elimination System permit regulations under 40 CFR 
part 122. These systems typically include individual drain systems, oil-
water separators, air flotation units, equalization tanks, and 
biological treatment units.
    Water seal controls means a seal pot, p-leg trap, or other type of 
trap filled with water (e.g., flooded sewers that maintain water levels 
adequate to prevent air flow through the system) that creates a water 
barrier between the sewer line and the atmosphere. The water level of 
the seal must be maintained in the vertical leg of a drain in order to 
be considered a water seal.

[55 FR 8346, Mar. 7, 1990; 55 FR 12444, Apr. 3, 1990, as amended at 58 
FR 3095, Jan. 7, 1993]



Sec. 61.342  Standards: General.

    (a) An owner or operator of a facility at which the total annual 
benzene quantity from facility waste is less than 10 megagrams per year 
(Mg/yr) (11 ton/yr) shall be exempt from the requirements of paragraphs 
(b) and (c) of this section. The total annual benzene quantity from 
facility waste is the sum of the annual benzene quantity for each waste 
stream at the facility that has a flow-weighted annual average water 
content greater than 10 percent or that is mixed with water, or other 
wastes, at any time and the mixture has an annual average water content 
greater than 10 percent. The benzene quantity in a waste stream is to be 
counted only once without multiple counting if other waste streams are 
mixed with or generated from the original waste stream. Other specific 
requirements for calculating the total annual benzene waste quantity are 
as follows:
    (1) Wastes that are exempted from control under Secs. 61.342(c)(2) 
and 61.342(c)(3) are included in the calculation of the total annual 
benzene quantity if they have an annual average water content greater 
than 10 percent, or if they are mixed with water or other wastes at any 
time and the mixture has an annual average water content greater than 10 
percent.
    (2) The benzene in a material subject to this subpart that is sold 
is included in the calculation of the total annual benzene quantity if 
the material has an annual average water content greater than 10 
percent.
    (3) Benzene in wastes generated by remediation activities conducted 
at the facility, such as the excavation of contaminated soil, pumping 
and treatment of groundwater, and the recovery of product from soil or 
groundwater, are not included in the calculation of total annual benzene 
quantity for that facility. If the facility's total annual benzene 
quantity is 10 Mg/yr (11 ton/yr) or more, wastes generated by 
remediation activities are subject to the requirements of paragraphs (c) 
through (h) of this section. If the facility is managing remediation 
waste generated offsite, the benzene in this waste shall be included in 
the calculation of total annual benzene quantity in facility waste, if 
the waste streams have an annual average water content greater than 10 
percent, or if they are mixed with water or other wastes at any time and 
the mixture has an annual average water content greater than 10 percent.
    (4) The total annual benzene quantity is determined based upon the 
quantity of benzene in the waste before any waste treatment occurs to 
remove the benzene except as specified in Sec. 61.355(c)(1)(i) (A) 
through (C).
    (b) Each owner or operator of a facility at which the total annual 
benzene quantity from facility waste is equal to or greater than 10 Mg/
yr (11 ton/yr) as determined in paragraph (a) of this section shall be 
in compliance with the requirements of paragraphs (c) through (h) of 
this section no later than 90 days following the effective date, unless 
a waiver of compliance has been obtained under Sec. 61.11, or by the 
initial startup for a new source with an initial startup after the 
effective date.
    (1) The owner or operator of an existing source unable to comply 
with the rule within the required time may request a waiver of 
compliance under Sec. 61.10.
    (2) As part of the waiver application, the owner or operator shall 
submit to the Administrator a plan under Sec. 61.10(b)(3) that is an 
enforceable commitment to obtain environmental benefits to mitigate the 
benzene emissions

[[Page 183]]

that result from extending the compliance date. The plan shall include 
the following information:
    (i) A description of the method of compliance, including the control 
approach, schedule for installing controls, and quantity of the benzene 
emissions that result from extending the compliance date;
    (ii) If the control approach involves a compliance strategy designed 
to obtain integrated compliance with multiple regulatory requirements, a 
description of the other regulations involved and their effective dates; 
and
    (iii) A description of the actions to be taken at the facility to 
obtain mitigating environmental benefits, including how the benefits 
will be obtained, the schedule for these actions, and an estimate of the 
quantifiable benefits that directly result from these actions.
    (c) Each owner or operator of a facility at which the total annual 
benzene quantity from facility waste is equal to or greater than 10 Mg/
yr (11 ton/yr) as determined in paragraph (a) of this section shall 
manage and treat the facility waste as follows:
    (1) For each waste stream that contains benzene, including (but not 
limited to) organic waste streams that contain less than 10 percent 
water and aqueous waste streams, even if the wastes are not discharged 
to an individual drain system, the owner or operator shall:
    (i) Remove or destroy the benzene contained in the waste using a 
treatment process or wastewater treatment system that complies with the 
standards specified in Sec. 61.348 of this subpart.
    (ii) Comply with the standards specified in Secs. 61.343 through 
61.347 of this subpart for each waste management unit that receives or 
manages the waste stream prior to and during treatment of the waste 
stream in accordance with paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section.
    (iii) Each waste management unit used to manage or treat waste 
streams that will be recycled to a process shall comply with the 
standards specified in Secs. 61.343 through 61.347. Once the waste 
stream is recycled to a process, including to a tank used for the 
storage of production process feed, product, or product intermediates, 
unless this tank is used primarily for the storage of wastes, the 
material is no longer subject to paragraph (c) of this section.
    (2) A waste stream is exempt from paragraph (c)(1) of this section 
provided that the owner or operator demonstrates initially and, 
thereafter, at least once per year that the flow-weighted annual average 
benzene concentration for the waste stream is less than 10 ppmw as 
determined by the procedures specified in Sec. 61.355(c)(2) or 
Sec. 61.355(c)(3).
    (3) A waste stream is exempt from paragraph (c)(1) of this section 
provided that the owner or operator demonstrates initially and, 
thereafter, at least once per year that the conditions specified in 
either paragraph (c)(3)(i) or (c)(3)(ii) of this section are met.
    (i) The waste stream is process wastewater that has a flow rate less 
than 0.02 liters per minute (0.005 gallons per minute) or an annual 
wastewater quantity of less than 10 Mg/yr (11 ton/yr); or
    (ii) All of the following conditions are met:
    (A) The owner or operator does not choose to exempt process 
wastewater under paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section,
    (B) The total annual benzene quantity in all waste streams chosen 
for exemption in paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section does not exceed 
2.0 Mg/yr (2.2 ton/yr) as determined in the procedures in 
Sec. 61.355(j), and
    (C) The total annual benzene quantity in a waste stream chosen for 
exemption, including process unit turnaround waste, is determined for 
the year in which the waste is generated.
    (d) As an alternative to the requirements specified in paragraphs 
(c) and (e) of this section, an owner or operator of a facility at which 
the total annual benzene quantity from facility waste is equal to or 
greater than 10 Mg/yr (11 ton/yr) as determined in paragraph (a) of this 
section may elect to manage and treat the facility waste as follows:
    (1) The owner or operator shall manage and treat facility waste 
other than process wastewater in accordance with the requirements of 
paragraph (c)(1) of this section.

[[Page 184]]

    (2) The owner or operator shall manage and treat process wastewater 
in accordance with the following requirements:
    (i) Process wastewater shall be treated to achieve a total annual 
benzene quantity from facility process wastewater less than 1 Mg/yr (1.1 
ton/yr). Total annual benzene from facility process wastewater shall be 
determined by adding together the annual benzene quantity at the point 
of waste generation for each untreated process wastewater stream plus 
the annual benzene quantity exiting the treatment process for each 
process wastewater stream treated in accordance with the requirements of 
paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section.
    (ii) Each treated process wastewater stream identified in paragraph 
(d)(2)(i) of this section shall be managed and treated in accordance 
with paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
    (iii) Each untreated process wastewater stream identified in 
paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section is exempt from the requirements of 
paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
    (e) As an alternative to the requirements specified in paragraphs 
(c) and (d) of this section, an owner or operator of a facility at which 
the total annual benzene quantity from facility waste is equal to or 
greater than 10 Mg/yr (11 ton/yr) as determined in paragraph (a) of this 
section may elect to manage and treat the facility waste as follows:
    (1) The owner or operator shall manage and treat facility waste with 
a flow-weighted annual average water content of less than 10 percent in 
accordance with the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section; 
and
    (2) The owner or operator shall manage and treat facility waste 
(including remediation and process unit turnaround waste) with a flow-
weighted annual average water content of 10 percent or greater, on a 
volume basis as total water, and each waste stream that is mixed with 
water or wastes at any time such that the resulting mixture has an 
annual water content greater than 10 percent, in accordance with the 
following:
    (i) The benzene quantity for the wastes described in paragraph 
(e)(2) of this section must be equal to or less than 6.0 Mg/yr (6.6 ton/
yr), as determined in Sec. 61.355(k). Wastes as described in paragraph 
(e)(2) of this section that are transferred offsite shall be included in 
the determination of benzene quantity as provided in Sec. 61.355(k). The 
provisions of paragraph (f) of this section shall not apply to any owner 
or operator who elects to comply with the provisions of paragraph (e) of 
this section.
    (ii) The determination of benzene quantity for each waste stream 
defined in paragraph (e)(2) of this section shall be made in accordance 
with Sec. 61.355(k).
    (f) Rather than treating the waste onsite, an owner or operator may 
elect to comply with paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section by transferring 
the waste offsite to another facility where the waste is treated in 
accordance with the requirements of paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section. 
The owner or operator transferring the waste shall:
    (1) Comply with the standards specified in Secs. 61.343 through 
61.347 of this subpart for each waste management unit that receives or 
manages the waste prior to shipment of the waste offsite.
    (2) Include with each offsite waste shipment a notice stating that 
the waste contains benzene which is required to be managed and treated 
in accordance with the provisions of this subpart.
    (g) Compliance with this subpart will be determined by review of 
facility records and results from tests and inspections using methods 
and procedures specified in Sec. 61.355 of this subpart.
    (h) Permission to use an alternative means of compliance to meet the 
requirements of Secs. 61.342 through 61.352 of this subpart may be 
granted by the Administrator as provided in Sec. 61.353 of this subpart.

[55 FR 8346, Mar. 7, 1990, as amended at 58 FR 3095, Jan. 7, 1993; 65 FR 
62159, 62160, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.343  Standards: Tanks.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section and in 
Sec. 61.351, the owner or operator shall meet the following standards 
for each tank in which the waste stream is placed in accordance with 
Sec. 61.342 (c)(1)(ii). The

[[Page 185]]

standards in this section apply to the treatment of the waste stream in 
a tank, including dewatering.
    (1) The owner or operator shall install, operate, and maintain a 
fixed-roof and closed-vent system that routes all organic vapors vented 
from the tank to a control device.
    (i) The fixed-roof shall meet the following requirements:
    (A) The cover and all openings (e.g., access hatches, sampling 
ports, and gauge wells) shall be designed to operate with no detectable 
emissions as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppmv 
above background, as determined initially and thereafter at least once 
per year by the methods specified in Sec. 61.355(h) of this subpart.
    (B) Each opening shall be maintained in a closed, sealed position 
(e.g., covered by a lid that is gasketed and latched) at all times that 
waste is in the tank except when it is necessary to use the opening for 
waste sampling or removal, or for equipment inspection, maintenance, or 
repair.
    (C) If the cover and closed-vent system operate such that the tank 
is maintained at a pressure less than atmospheric pressure, then 
paragraph (a)(1)(i)(B) of this section does not apply to any opening 
that meets all of thefollowing conditions:
    (1) The purpose of the opening is to provide dilution air to reduce 
the explosion hazard;
    (2) The opening is designed to operate with no detectable emissions 
as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppmv above 
background, as determined initially and thereafter at least once per 
year by the methods specified in Sec. 61.355(h); and
    (3) The pressure is monitored continuously to ensure that the 
pressure in the tank remains below atmospheric pressure.
    (ii) The closed-vent system and control device shall be designed and 
operated in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 61.349 of this 
subpart.
    (b) For a tank that meets all the conditions specified in paragraph 
(b)(1) of this section, the owner or operator may elect to comply with 
paragraph (b)(2) of this section as an alternative to the requirements 
specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
    (1) The waste managed in the tank complying with paragraph (b)(2) of 
this section shall meet all of the following conditions:
    (i) Each waste stream managed in the tank must have a flow-weighted 
annual average water content less than or equal to 10 percent water, on 
a volume basis as total water.
    (ii) The waste managed in the tank either:
    (A) Has a maximum organic vapor pressure less than 5.2 kilopascals 
(kPa) (0.75 pounds per square inch (psi));
    (B) Has a maximum organic vapor pressure less than 27.6 kPa (4.0 
psi) and is managed in a tank having design capacity less than 151 m\3\ 
(40,000 gal); or
    (C) Has a maximum organic vapor pressure less than 76.6 kPa (11.1 
psi) and is managed in a tank having a design capacity less than 75 m\3\ 
(20,000 gal).
    (2) The owner or operator shall install, operate, and maintain a 
fixed roof as specified in paragraph (a)(1)(i).
    (3) For each tank complying with paragraph (b) of this section, one 
or more devices which vent directly to the atmosphere may be used on the 
tank provided each device remains in a closed, sealed position during 
normal operations except when the device needs to open to prevent 
physical damage or permanent deformation of the tank or cover resulting 
from filling or emptying the tank, diurnal temperature changes, 
atmospheric pressure changes or malfunction of the unit in accordance 
with good engineering and safety practices for handling flammable, 
explosive, or other hazardous materials.
    (c) Each fixed-roof, seal, access door, and all other openings shall 
be checked by visual inspection initially and quarterly thereafter to 
ensure that no cracks or gaps occur and that access doors and other 
openings are closed and gasketed properly.
    (d) Except as provided in Sec. 61.350 of this subpart, when a broken 
seal or gasket or other problem is identified, or when detectable 
emissions are measured, first efforts at repair shall be made as soon as 
practicable, but not

[[Page 186]]

later than 45 calendar days after identification.

[55 FR 8346, Mar. 7, 1990, as amended at 55 FR 18331, May 2, 1990; 58 FR 
3096, Jan. 7, 1993]



Sec. 61.344  Standards: Surface impoundments.

    (a) The owner or operator shall meet the following standards for 
each surface impoundment in which waste is placed in accordance with 
Sec. 61.342(c)(1)(ii) of this subpart:
    (1) The owner or operator shall install, operate, and maintain on 
each surface impoundment a cover (e.g., air-supported structure or rigid 
cover) and closed-vent system that routes all organic vapors vented from 
the surface impoundment to a control device.
    (i) The cover shall meet the following requirements:
    (A) The cover and all openings (e.g., access hatches, sampling 
ports, and gauge wells) shall be designed to operate with no detectable 
emissions as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppmv 
above background, initially and thereafter at least once per year by the 
methods specified in Sec. 61.355(h) of this subpart.
    (B) Each opening shall be maintained in a closed, sealed position 
(e.g., covered by a lid that is gasketed and latched) at all times that 
waste is in the surface impoundment except when it is necessary to use 
the opening for waste sampling or removal, or for equipment inspection, 
maintenance, or repair.
    (C) If the cover and closed-vent system operate such that the 
enclosure of the surface impoundment is maintained at a pressure less 
than atmospheric pressure, then paragraph (a)(1)(i)(B) of this section 
does not apply to any opening that meets all of the following 
conditions:
    (1) The purpose of the opening is to provide dilution air to reduce 
the explosion hazard;
    (2) The opening is designed to operate with no detectable emissions 
as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppmv above 
background, as determined initially and thereafter at least once per 
year by the methods specified in Sec. 61.355(h) of this subpart; and
    (3) The pressure is monitored continuously to ensure that the 
pressure in the enclosure of the surface impoundment remains below 
atmospheric pressure.
    (D) The cover shall be used at all times that waste is placed in the 
surface impoundment except during removal of treatment residuals in 
accordance with 40 CFR 268.4 or closure of the surface impoundment in 
accordance with 40 CFR 264.228. (Note: the treatment residuals generated 
by these activities may be subject to the requirements of this part.)
    (ii) The closed-vent system and control device shall be designed and 
operated in accordance with Sec. 61.349 of this subpart.
    (b) Each cover seal, access hatch, and all other openings shall be 
checked by visual inspection initially and quarterly thereafter to 
ensure that no cracks or gaps occur and that access hatches and other 
openings are closed and gasketed properly.
    (c) Except as provided in Sec. 61.350 of this subpart, when a broken 
seal or gasket or other problem is identified, or when detectable 
emissions are measured, first efforts at repair shall be made as soon as 
practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after identification.

[55 FR 8346, Mar. 7, 1990, as amended at 58 FR 3097, Jan. 7, 1993]



Sec. 61.345  Standards: Containers.

    (a) The owner or operator shall meet the following standards for 
each container in which waste is placed in accordance with 
Sec. 61.342(c)(1)(ii) of this subpart:
    (1) The owner or operator shall install, operate, and maintain a 
cover on each container used to handle, transfer, or store waste in 
accordance with the following requirements:
    (i) The cover and all openings (e.g., bungs, hatches, and sampling 
ports) shall be designed to operate with no detectable emissions as 
indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppmv above 
background, initially and thereafter at least once per year by the 
methods specified in Sec. 61.355(h) of this subpart.
    (ii) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, each 
opening

[[Page 187]]

shall be maintained in a closed, sealed position (e.g., covered by a lid 
that is gasketed and latched) at all times that waste is in the 
container except when it is necessary to use the opening for waste 
loading, removal, inspection, or sampling.
    (2) When a waste is transferred into a container by pumping, the 
owner or operator shall perform the transfer using a submerged fill 
pipe. The submerged fill pipe outlet shall extend to within two fill 
pipe diameters of the bottom of the container while the container is 
being loaded. During loading of the waste, the cover shall remain in 
place and all openings shall be maintained in a closed, sealed position 
except for those openings required for the submerged fill pipe, those 
openings required for venting of the container to prevent physical 
damage or permanent deformation of the container or cover, and any 
openings complying with paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
    (3) Treatment of a waste in a container, including aeration, thermal 
or other treatment, shall be performed by the owner or operator in a 
manner such that whenever it is necessary for the container to be open 
while the waste is being treated, the container is located under a cover 
(e.g. enclosure) with a closed-vent system that routes all organic 
vapors vented from the container to a control device, except for cover 
and closed-vent systems that meet the requirements in paragraph (a)(4) 
of this section.
    (i) The cover and all openings (e.g., doors, hatches) shall be 
designed to operate with no detectable emissions as indicated by an 
instrument reading of less than 500 ppmv above background, initially and 
thereafter at least once per year by the methods specified in 
Sec. 61.355(h) of this subpart.
    (ii) The closed-vent system and control device shall be designed and 
operated in accordance with Sec. 61.349 of this subpart.
    (4) If the cover and closed-vent system operate such that the 
container is maintained at a pressure less than atmospheric pressure, 
the owner or operator may operate the system with an opening that is not 
sealed and kept closed at all times if the following conditions are met:
    (i) The purpose of the opening is to provide dilution air to reduce 
the explosion hazard;
    (ii) The opening is designed to operate with no detectable emissions 
as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppmv above 
background, as determined initially and thereafter at least once per 
year by methods specified in Sec. 61.355(h); and
    (iii) The pressure is monitored continuously to ensure that the 
pressure in the container remains below atmospheric pressure.
    (b) Each cover and all openings shall be visually inspected 
initially and quarterly thereafter to ensure that they are closed and 
gasketed properly.
    (c) Except as provided in Sec. 61.350 of this subpart, when a broken 
seal or gasket or other problem is identified, first efforts at repair 
shall be made as soon as practicable, but not later than 15 calendar 
days after identification.

[55 FR 8346, Mar. 7, 1990, as amended at 58 FR 3097, Jan. 7, 1993]



Sec. 61.346  Standards: Individual    drain systems.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the owner 
or operator shall meet the following standards for each individual drain 
system in which waste is placed in accordance with Sec. 61.342(c)(1)(ii) 
of this subpart:
    (1) The owner or operator shall install, operate, and maintain on 
each drain system opening a cover and closed-vent system that routes all 
organic vapors vented from the drain system to a control device.
    (i) The cover shall meet the following requirements:
    (A) The cover and all openings (e.g., access hatches, sampling 
ports) shall be designed to operate with no detactable emissions as 
indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppmv above 
background, initially and thereafter at least once per year by the 
methods specified in Sec. 61.355(h) of this subpart.
    (B) Each opening shall be maintained in a closed, sealed position 
(e.g., covered by a lid that is gasketed and latched) at all times that 
waste is in the drain system except when it is necessary to use the 
opening for waste

[[Page 188]]

sampling or removal, or for equipment inspection, maintenance, or 
repair.
    (C) If the cover and closed-vent system operate such that the 
individual drain system is maintained at a pressure less than 
atmospheric pressure, then paragraph (a)(1)(i)(B) of this section does 
not apply to any opening that meets all of the following conditions:
    (1) The purpose of the opening is to provide dilution air to reduce 
the explosion hazard;
    (2) The opening is designed to operate with no detectable emissions 
as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppmv above 
background, as determined initially and thereafter at least once per 
year by the methods specified in Sec. 61.355(h); and
    (3) The pressure is monitored continuously to ensure that the 
pressure in the individual drain system remains below atmospheric 
pressure.
    (ii) The closed-vent system and control device shall be designed and 
operated in accordance with Sec. 61.349 of this subpart.
    (2) Each cover seal, access hatch, and all other openings shall be 
checked by visual inspection initially and quarterly thereafter to 
ensure that no cracks or gaps occur and that access hatches and other 
openings are closed and gasketed properly.
    (3) Except as provided in Sec. 61.350 of this subpart, when a broken 
seal or gasket or other problem is identified, or when detectable 
emissions are measured, first efforts at repair shall be made as soon as 
practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after identification.
    (b) As an alternative to complying with paragraph (a) of this 
section, an owner or operator may elect to comply with the following 
requirements:
    (1) Each drain shall be equipped with water seal controls or a 
tightly sealed cap or plug.
    (2) Each junction box shall be equipped with a cover and may have a 
vent pipe. The vent pipe shall be at least 90 cm (3 ft) in length and 
shall not exceed 10.2 cm (4 in) in diameter.
    (i) Junction box covers shall have a tight seal around the edge and 
shall be kept in place at all times, except during inspection and 
maintenance.
    (ii) One of the following methods shall be used to control emissions 
from the junction box vent pipe to the atmosphere:
    (A) Equip the junction box with a system to prevent the flow of 
organic vapors from the junction box vent pipe to the atmosphere during 
normal operation. An example of such a system includes use of water seal 
controls on the junction box. A flow indicator shall be installed, 
operated, and maintained on each junction box vent pipe to ensure that 
organic vapors are not vented from the junction box to the atmosphere 
during normal operation.
    (B) Connect the junction box vent pipe to a closed-vent system and 
control device in accordance with Sec. 61.349 of this subpart.
    (3) Each sewer line shall not be open to the atmosphere and shall be 
covered or enclosed in a manner so as to have no visual gaps or cracks 
in joints, seals, or other emission interfaces.
    (4) Equipment installed in accordance with paragraphs (b)(1), 
(b)(2), or (b)(3) of this section shall be inspected as follows:
    (i) Each drain using water seal controls shall be checked by visual 
or physical inspection initially and thereafter quarterly for 
indications of low water levels or other conditions that would reduce 
the effectiveness of water seal controls.
    (ii) Each drain using a tightly sealed cap or plug shall be visually 
inspected initially and thereafter quarterly to ensure caps or plugs are 
in place and properly installed.
    (iii) Each junction box shall be visually inspected initially and 
thereafter quarterly to ensure that the cover is in place and to ensure 
that the cover has a tight seal around the edge.
    (iv) The unburied portion of each sewer line shall be visually 
inspected initially and thereafter quarterly for indication of cracks, 
gaps, or other problems that could result in benzene emissions.
    (5) Except as provided in Sec. 61.350 of this subpart, when a broken 
seal, gap, crack or other problem is identified, first efforts at repair 
shall be made as

[[Page 189]]

soon as practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after 
identification.

[55 FR 8346, Mar. 7, 1990, as amended at 55 FR 37231, Sept. 10, 1990; 58 
FR 3097, Jan. 7, 1993]



Sec. 61.347  Standards: Oil-water separators.

    (a) Except as provided in Sec. 61.352 of this subpart, the owner or 
operator shall meet the following standards for each oil-water separator 
in which waste is placed in accordance with Sec. 61.342(c)(1)(ii) of 
this subpart:
    (1) The owner or operator shall install, operate, and maintain a 
fixed-roof and closed-vent system that routes all organic vapors vented 
from the oil-water separator to a control device.
    (i) The fixed-roof shall meet the following requirements:
    (A) The cover and all openings (e.g., access hatches, sampling 
ports, and gauge wells) shall be designed to operate with no detectable 
emissions as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppmv 
above background, as determined initially and thereafter at least once 
per year by the methods specified in Sec. 61.355(h) of this subpart.
    (B) Each opening shall be maintained in a closed, sealed position 
(e.g., covered by a lid that is gasketed and latched) at all times that 
waste is in the oil-water separator except when it is necessary to use 
the opening for waste sampling or removal, or for equipment inspection, 
maintenance, or repair.
    (C) If the cover and closed-vent system operate such that the oil-
water separator is maintained at a pressure less than atmospheric 
pressure, then paragraph (a)(1)(i)(B) of this section does not apply to 
any opening that meets all of the following conditions:
    (1) The purpose of the opening is to provide dilution air to reduce 
the explosion hazard;
    (2) The opening is designed to operate with no detectable emissions 
as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppmv above 
background, as determined initially and thereafter at least once per 
year by the methods specified in Sec. 61.355(h); and
    (3) The pressure is monitored continuously to ensure that the 
pressure in the oil-water separator remains below atmospheric pressure.
    (ii) The closed-vent system and control device shall be designed and 
operated in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 61.349 of this 
subpart.
    (b) Each cover seal, access hatch, and all other openings shall be 
checked by visual inspection initially and quarterly thereafter to 
ensure that no cracks or gaps occur between the cover and oil-water 
separator wall and that access hatches and other openings are closed and 
gasketed properly.
    (c) Except as provided in Sec. 61.350 of this subpart, when a broken 
seal or gasket or other problem is identified, or when detectable 
emissions are measured, first efforts at repair shall be made as soon as 
practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after identification.

[55 FR 8346, Mar. 7, 1990, as amended at 58 FR 3098, Jan. 7, 1993]



Sec. 61.348  Standards: Treatment   processes.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(5) of this section, the 
owner or operator shall treat the waste stream in accordance with the 
following requirements:
    (1) The owner or operator shall design, install, operate, and 
maintain a treatment process that either:
    (i) Removes benzene from the waste stream to a level less than 10 
parts per million by weight (ppmw) on a flow-weighted annual average 
basis,
    (ii) Removes benzene from the waste stream by 99 percent or more on 
a mass basis, or
    (iii) Destroys benzene in the waste stream by incinerating the waste 
in a combustion unit that achieves a destruction efficiency of 99 
percent or greater for benzene.
    (2) Each treatment process complying with paragraphs (a)(1)(i) or 
(a)(1)(ii) of this section shall be designed and operated in accordance 
with the appropriate waste management unit standards specified in 
Secs. 61.343 through 61.347 of this subpart. For example, if a treatment 
process is a tank, then the owner or operator shall comply with 
Sec. 61.343 of this subpart.

[[Page 190]]

    (3) For the purpose of complying with the requirements specified in 
paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section, the intentional or unintentional 
reduction in the benzene concentration of a waste stream by dilution of 
the waste stream with other wastes or materials is not allowed.
    (4) An owner or operator may aggregate or mix together individual 
waste streams to create a combined waste stream for the purpose of 
facilitating treatment of waste to comply with the requirements of 
paragraph (a)(1) of this section except as provided in paragraph (a)(5) 
of this section.
    (5) If an owner or operator aggregates or mixes any combination of 
process wastewater, product tank drawdown, or landfill leachate subject 
to Sec. 61.342(c)(1) of this subpart together with other waste streams 
to create a combined waste stream for the purpose of facilitating 
management or treatment of waste in a wastewater treatment system, then 
the wastewater treatment system shall be operated in accordance with 
paragraph (b) of this section. These provisions apply to above-ground 
wastewater treatment systems as well as those that are at or below 
ground level.
    (b) Except for facilities complying with Sec. 61.342(e), the owner 
or operator that aggregates or mixes individual waste streams as defined 
in paragraph (a)(5) of this section for management and treatment in a 
wastewater treatment system shall comply with the following 
requirements:
    (1) The owner or operator shall design and operate each waste 
management unit that comprises the wastewater treatment system in 
accordance with the appropriate standards specified in Secs. 61.343 
through 61.347 of this subpart.
    (2) The provisions of paragraph (b)(1) of this section do not apply 
to any waste management unit that the owner or operator demonstrates to 
meet the following conditions initially and, thereafter, at least once 
per year:
    (i) The benzene content of each waste stream entering the waste 
management unit is less than 10 ppmw on a flow-weighted annual average 
basis as determined by the procedures specified in Sec. 61.355(c) of 
this subpart; and
    (ii) The total annual benzene quantity contained in all waste 
streams managed or treated in exempt waste management units comprising 
the facility wastewater treatment systems is less than 1 Mg/yr (1.1 ton/
yr). For this determination, total annual benzene quantity shall be 
calculated as follows:
    (A) The total annual benzene quantity shall be calculated as the sum 
of the individual benzene quantities determined at each location where a 
waste stream first enters an exempt waste management unit. The benzene 
quantity discharged from an exempt waste management unit shall not be 
included in this calculation.
    (B) The annual benzene quantity in a waste stream managed or treated 
in an enhanced biodegradation unit shall not be included in the 
calculation of the total annual benzene quantity, if the enhanced 
biodegradation unit is the first exempt unit in which the waste is 
managed or treated. A unit shall be considered enhanced biodegradation 
if it is a suspended-growth process that generates biomass, uses 
recycled biomass, and periodically removes biomass from the process. An 
enhanced biodegradation unit typically operates at a food-to-
microorganism ratio in the range of 0.05 to 1.0 kg of biological oxygen 
demand per kg of biomass per day, a mixed liquor suspended solids ratio 
in the range of 1 to 8 grams per liter (0.008 to 0.7 pounds per liter), 
and a residence time in the range of 3 to 36 hours.
    (c) The owner and operator shall demonstrate that each treatment 
process or wastewater treatment system unit, except as provided in 
paragraph (d) of this section, achieves the appropriate conditions 
specified in paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section in accordance with 
the following requirements:
    (1) Engineering calculations in accordance with requirements 
specified in Sec. 61.356(e) of this subpart; or
    (2) Performance tests conducted using the test methods and 
procedures that meet the requirements specified in Sec. 61.355 of this 
subpart.
    (d) A treatment process or waste stream is in compliance with the 
requirements of this subpart and exempt from the requirements of 
paragraph (c) of this section provided that the owner

[[Page 191]]

or operator documents that the treatment process or waste stream is in 
compliance with other regulatory requirements as follows:
    (1) The treatment process is a hazardous waste incinerator for which 
the owner or operator has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 
270 and complies with the requirements of 40 CFR part 264, subpart O;
    (2) The treatment process is an industrial furnace or boiler burning 
hazardous waste for energy recovery for which the owner or operator has 
been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 and complies with the 
requirements of 40 CFR part 266, subpart D;
    (3) The waste stream is treated by a means or to a level that meets 
benzene-specific treatment standards in accordance with the Land 
Disposal Restrictions under 40 CFR part 268, and the treatment process 
is designed and operated with a closed-vent system and control device 
meeting the requirements of Sec. 61.349 of this subpart;
    (4) The waste stream is treated by a means or to a level that meets 
benzene-specific effluent limitations or performance standards in 
accordance with the Effluent Guidelines and Standards under 40 CFR parts 
401-464, and the treatment process is designed and operated with a 
closed-vent system and control device meeting the requirements of 
Sec. 61.349 of this subpart; or
    (5) The waste stream is discharged to an underground injection well 
for which the owner or operator has been issued a final permit under 40 
CFR part 270 and complies with the requirements of 40 CFR part 122.
    (e) Except as specified in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, if the 
treatment process or wastewater treatment system unit has any openings 
(e.g., access doors, hatches, etc.), all such openings shall be sealed 
(e.g., gasketed, latched, etc.) and kept closed at all times when waste 
is being treated, except during inspection and maintenance.
    (1) Each seal, access door, and all other openings shall be checked 
by visual inspections initially and quarterly thereafter to ensure that 
no cracks or gaps occur and that openings are closed and gasketed 
properly.
    (2) Except as provided in Sec. 61.350 of this subpart, when a broken 
seal or gasket or other problem is identified, first efforts at repair 
shall be made as soon as practicable, but not later than 15 calendar 
days after identification.
    (3) If the cover and closed-vent system operate such that the 
treatment process and wastewater treatment system unit are maintained at 
a pressure less than atmospheric pressure, the owner or operator may 
operate the system with an opening that is not sealed and kept closed at 
all times if the following conditions are met:
    (i) The purpose of the opening is to provide dilution air to reduce 
the explosion hazard;
    (ii) The opening is designed to operate with no detectable emissions 
as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppmv above 
background, as determined initially and thereafter at least once per 
year by the methods specified in Sec. 61.355(h); and
    (iii) The pressure is monitored continuously to ensure that the 
pressure in the treatment process and wastewater treatment system unit 
remain below atmospheric pressure.
    (f) Except for treatment processes complying with paragraph (d) of 
this section, the Administrator may request at any time an owner or 
operator demonstrate that a treatment process or wastewater treatment 
system unit meets the applicable requirements specified in paragraphs 
(a) or (b) of this section by conducting a performance test using the 
test methods and procedures as required in Sec. 61.355 of this subpart.
    (g) The owner or operator of a treatment process or wastewater 
treatment system unit that is used to comply with the provisions of this 
section shall monitor the unit in accordance with the applicable 
requirements in Sec. 61.354 of this subpart.

[55 FR 8346, Mar. 7, 1990, as amended at 55 FR 37231, Sept. 10, 1990; 58 
FR 3098, Jan. 7, 1993; 65 FR 62160, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.349  Standards: Closed-vent systems and control devices.

    (a) For each closed-vent system and control device used to comply 
with standards in accordance with Secs. 61.343 through 61.348 of this 
subpart, the owner or operator shall properly design, install, operate, 
and maintain the

[[Page 192]]

closed-vent system and control device in accordance with the following 
requirements:
    (1) The closed-vent system shall:
    (i) Be designed to operate with no detectable emissions as indicated 
by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppmv above background, as 
determined initially and thereafter at least once per year by the 
methods specified in Sec. 61.355(h) of this subpart.
    (ii) Vent systems that contain any bypass line that could divert the 
vent stream away from a control device used to comply with the 
provisions of this subpart shall install, maintain, and operate 
according to the manufacturer's specifications a flow indicator that 
provides a record of vent stream flow away from the control device at 
least once every 15 minutes, except as provided in paragraph 
(a)(1)(ii)(B) of this section.
    (A) The flow indicator shall be installed at the entrance to any 
bypass line that could divert the vent stream away from the control 
device to the atmosphere.
    (B) Where the bypass line valve is secured in the closed position 
with a car-seal or a lock-and-key type configuration, a flow indicator 
is not required.
    (iii) All gauging and sampling devices shall be gas-tight except 
when gauging or sampling is taking place.
    (iv) For each closed-vent system complying with paragraph (a) of 
this section, one or more devices which vent directly to the atmosphere 
may be used on the closed-vent system provided each device remains in a 
closed, sealed position during normal operations except when the device 
needs to open to prevent physical damage or permanent deformation of the 
closed-vent system resulting from malfunction of the unit in accordance 
with good engineering and safety practices for handling flammable, 
explosive, or other hazardous materials.
    (2) The control device shall be designed and operated in accordance 
with the following conditions:
    (i) An enclosed combustion device (e.g., a vapor incinerator, 
boiler, or process heater) shall meet one of the following conditions:
    (A) Reduce the organic emissions vented to it by 95 weight percent 
or greater;
    (B) Achieve a total organic compound concentration of 20 ppmv (as 
the sum of the concentrations for individual compounds using Method 18) 
on a dry basis corrected to 3 percent oxygen; or
    (C) Provide a minimum residence time of 0.5 seconds at a minimum 
temperature of 760  deg.C (1,400  deg.F). If a boiler or process heater 
issued as the control device, then the vent stream shall be introduced 
into the flame zone of the boiler or process heater.
    (ii) A vapor recovery system (e.g., a carbon adsorption system or a 
condenser) shall recover or control the organic emissions vented to it 
with an efficiency of 95 weight percent or greater, or shall recover or 
control the benzene emissions vented to it with an efficiency of 98 
weight percent or greater.
    (iii) A flare shall comply with the requirements of 40 CFR 60.18.
    (iv) A control device other than those described in paragraphs 
(a)(2) (i) through (iii) of this section may be used provided that the 
following conditions are met:
    (A) The device shall recover or control the organic emissions vented 
to it with an efficiency of 95 weight percent or greater, or shall 
recover or control the benzene emissions vented to it with an efficiency 
of 98 weight percent or greater.
    (B) The owner or operator shall develop test data and design 
information that documents the control device will achieve an emission 
control efficiency of either 95 percent or greater for organic compounds 
or 98 percent or greater for benzene.
    (C) The owner or operator shall identify:
    (1) The critical operating parameters that affect the emission 
control performance of the device;
    (2) The range of values of these operating parameters that ensure 
the emission control efficiency specified in paragraph (a)(2)(iv)(A) of 
this section is maintained during operation of the device; and
    (3) How these operating parameters will be monitored to ensure the 
proper

[[Page 193]]

operation and maintenance of the device.
    (D) The owner or operator shall submit the information and data 
specified in paragraphs (a)(2)(iv) (B) and (C) of this section to the 
Administrator prior to operation of the alternative control device.
    (E) The Administrator will determine, based on the information 
submitted under paragraph (a)(2)(iv)(D) of this section, if the control 
device subiect to paragraph (a)(2)(iv) of this section meets the 
requirements of Sec. 61.349. The control device subject to paragraph 
(a)(2)(iv) of this section may be operated prior to receiving approval 
from the Administrator. However, if the Administrator determines that 
the control device does not meet the requirements of Sec. 61.349, the 
facility may be subject to enforcement action beginning from the time 
the control device began operation.
    (b) Each closed-vent system and control device used to comply with 
this subpart shall be operated at all times when waste is placed in the 
waste management unit vented to the control device except when 
maintenance or repair of the waste management unit cannot be completed 
without a shutdown of the control device.
    (c) An owner and operator shall demonstrate that each control 
device, except for a flare, achieves the appropriate conditions 
specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section by using one of the 
following methods:
    (1) Engineering calculations in accordance with requirements 
specified in Sec. 61.356(f) of this subpart; or
    (2) Performance tests conducted using the test methods and 
procedures that meet the requirements specified in Sec. 61.355 of this 
subpart.
    (d) An owner or operator shall demonstrate compliance of each flare 
in accordance with paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section.
    (e) The Administrator may request at any time an owner or operator 
demonstrate that a control device meets the applicable conditions 
specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section by conducting a 
performance test using the test methods and procedures as required in 
Sec. 61.355, and for control devices subject to paragraph (a)(2)(iv) of 
this section, the Administrator may specify alternative test methods and 
procedures, as appropriate.
    (f) Each closed-vent system and control device shall be visually 
inspected initially and quarterly thereafter. The visual inspection 
shall include inspection of ductwork and piping and connections to 
covers and control devices for evidence of visable defects such as holes 
in ductwork or piping and loose connections.
    (g) Except as provided in Sec. 61.350 of this subpart, if visible 
defects are observed during an inspection, or if other problems are 
identified, or if detectable emissions are measured, a first effort to 
repair the closed-vent system and control device shall be made as soon 
as practicable but no later than 5 calendar days after detection. Repair 
shall be completed no later than 15 calendar days after the emissions 
are detected or the visible defect is observed.
    (h) The owner or operator of a control device that is used to comply 
with the provisions of this section shall monitor the control device in 
accordance with Sec. 61.354(c) of this subpart.

[55 FR 8346, Mar. 7, 1990; 55 FR 12444, Apr. 3, 1990, as amended at 55 
FR 37231, Sept. 10, 1990; 58 FR 3098, Jan. 7, 1993; 65 FR 62160, Oct. 
17, 2000]



Sec. 61.350  Standards: Delay of repair.

    (a) Delay of repair of facilities or units that are subject to the 
provisions of this subpart will be allowed if the repair is technically 
impossible without a complete or partial facility or unit shutdown.
    (b) Repair of such equipment shall occur before the end of the next 
facility or unit shutdown.



Sec. 61.351  Alternative standards for tanks.

    (a) As an alternative to the standards for tanks specified in 
Sec. 61.343 of this subpart, an owner or operator may elect to comply 
with one of the following:
    (1) A fixed roof and internal floating roof meeting the requirements 
in 40 CFR 60.112b(a)(1);
    (2) An external floating roof meeting the requirements of 40 CFR 
60.112b (a)(2); or

[[Page 194]]

    (3) An alternative means of emission limitation as described in 40 
CFR 60.114b.
    (b) If an owner or operator elects to comply with the provisions of 
this section, then the owner or operator is exempt from the provisions 
of Sec. 61.343 of this subpart applicable to the same facilities.

[55 FR 8346, Mar. 7, 1990, as amended at 55 FR 37231, Sept. 10, 1990]



Sec. 61.352  Alternative standards for oil-water separators.

    (a) As an alternative to the standards for oil-water separators 
specified in Sec. 61.347 of this subpart, an owner or operator may elect 
to comply with one of the following:
    (1) A floating roof meeting the requirements in 40 CFR 60.693-2(a); 
or
    (2) An alternative means of emission limitation as described in 40 
CFR 60.694.
    (b) For portions of the oil-water separator where it is infeasible 
to construct and operate a floating roof, such as over the weir 
mechanism, a fixed roof vented to a vapor control device that meets the 
requirements in Secs. 61.347 and 61.349 of this subpart shall be 
installed and operated.
    (c) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, if an owner 
or operator elects to comply with the provisions of this section, then 
the owner or operator is exempt from the provisions in Sec. 61.347 of 
this subpart applicable to the same facilities.



Sec. 61.353  Alternative means of emission limitation.

    (a) If, in the Administrator's judgment, an alternative means of 
emission limitation will achieve a reduction in benzene emissions at 
least equivalent to the reduction in benzene emissions from the source 
achieved by the applicable design, equipment, work practice, or 
operational requirements in Secs. 61.342 through 61.349, the 
Administrator will publish in the Federal Register a notice permitting 
the use of the alternative means for purposes of compliance with that 
requirement. The notice may condition the permission on requirements 
related to the operation and maintenance of the alternative means.
    (b) Any notice under paragraph (a) of this section shall be 
published only after public notice and an opportunity for a hearing.
    (c) Any person seeking permission under this section shall collect, 
verify, and submit to the Administrator information showing that the 
alternative means achieves equivalent emission reductions.

[55 FR 8346, Mar. 7, 1990, as amended at 58 FR 3099, Jan. 7, 1993]



Sec. 61.354  Monitoring of operations.

    (a) Except for a treatment process or waste stream complying with 
Sec. 61.348(d), the owner or operator shall monitor each treatment 
process or wastewater treatment system unit to ensure the unit is 
properly operated and maintained by one of the following monitoring 
procedures:
    (1) Measure the benzene concentration of the waste stream exiting 
the treatment process complying with Sec. 61.348(a)(1)(i) at least once 
per month by collecting and analyzing one or more samples using the 
procedures specified in Sec. 61.355(c)(3).
    (2) Install, calibrate, operate, and maintain according to 
manufacturer's specifications equipment to continuously monitor and 
record a process parameter (or parameters) for the treatment process or 
wastewater treatment system unit that indicates proper system operation. 
The owner or operator shall inspect at least once each operating day the 
data recorded by the monitoring equipment (e.g., temperature monitor or 
flow indicator) to ensure that the unit is operating properly.
    (b) If an owner or operator complies with the requirements of 
Sec. 61.348(b), then the owner or operator shall monitor each wastewater 
treatment system to ensure the unit is properly operated and maintained 
by the appropriate monitoring procedure as follows:
    (1) For the first exempt waste management unit in each waste 
treatment train, other than an enhanced biodegradation unit, measure the 
flow rate, using the procedures of Sec. 61.355(b), and the benzene 
concentration of each waste stream entering the unit at least

[[Page 195]]

once per month by collecting and analyzing one or more samples using the 
procedures specified in Sec. 61.355(c)(3).
    (2) For each enhanced biodegradation unit that is the first exempt 
waste management unit in a treatment train, measure the benzene 
concentration of each waste stream entering the unit at least once per 
month by collecting and analyzing one or more samples using the 
procedures specified in Sec. 61.355(c)(3).
    (c) An owner or operator subject to the requirements in Sec. 61.349 
of this subpart shall install, calibrate, maintain, and operate 
according to the manufacturer's specifications a device to continuously 
monitor the control device operation as specified in the following 
paragraphs, unless alternative monitoring procedures or requirements are 
approved for that facility by the Administrator. The owner or operator 
shall inspect at least once each operating day the data recorded by the 
monitoring equipment (e.g., temperature monitor or flow indicator) to 
ensure that the control device is operating properly.
    (1) For a thermal vapor incinerator, a temperature monitoring device 
equipped with a continuous recorder. The device shall have an accuracy 
of 1 percent of the temperature being monitored in  deg.C or 
0.5  deg.C, whichever is greater. The temperature sensor 
shall be installed at a representative location in the combustion 
chamber.
    (2) For a catalytic vapor incinerator, a temperature monitoring 
device equipped with a continuous recorder. The device shall be capable 
of monitoring temperature at two locations, and have an accuracy of 
1 percent of the temperature being monitored in  deg.C or 
0.5  deg.C, whichever is greater. One temperature sensor 
shall be installed in the vent stream at the nearest feasible point to 
the catalyst bed inlet and a second temperature sensor shall be 
installed in the vent stream at the nearest feasible point to the 
catalyst bed outlet.
    (3) For a flare, a monitoring device in accordance with 40 CFR 
60.18(f)(2) equipped with a continuous recorder.
    (4) For a boiler or process heater having a design heat input 
capacity less than 44 MW (150  x  106 BTU/hr), a temperature 
monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder. The device shall 
have an accuracy of 1 percent of the temperature being 
monitored in  deg.C or 0.5  deg.C, whichever is greater. The 
temperature sensor shall be installed at a representative location in 
the combustion chamber.
    (5) For a boiler or process heater having a design heat input 
capacity greater than or equal to 44 MW (150  x  106 BTU/hr), 
a monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder to measure a 
parameter(s) that indicates good combustion operating practices are 
being used.
    (6) For a condenser, either:
    (i) A monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder to 
measure either the concentration level of the organic compounds or the 
concentration level of benzene in the exhaust vent stream from the 
condenser; or
    (ii) A temperature monitoring device equipped with a continuous 
recorder. The device shall be capable of monitoring temperature at two 
locations, and have an accuracy of 1 percent of the 
temperature being monitored in  deg.C or 0.5  deg.C, 
whichever is greater. One temperature sensor shall be installed at a 
location in the exhaust stream from the condenser, and a second 
temperature sensor shall be installed at a location in the coolant fluid 
exiting the condenser.
    (7) For a carbon adsorption system that regenerates the carbon bed 
directly in the control device such as a fixed-bed carbon adsorber, 
either:
    (i) A monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder to 
measure either the concentration level of the organic compounds or the 
benzene concentration level in the exhaust vent stream from the carbon 
bed; or
    (ii) A monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder to 
measure a parameter that indicates the carbon bed is regenerated on a 
regular, predetermined time cycle.
    (8) For a vapor recovery system other than a condenser or carbon 
adsorption system, a monitoring device equipped with a continuous 
recorder to measure either the concentration level of the organic 
compounds or the benzene concentration level in the exhaust vent stream 
from the control device.

[[Page 196]]

    (9) For a control device subject to the requirements of 
Sec. 61.349(a)(2)(iv), devices to monitor the parameters as specified in 
Sec. 61.349(a)(2)(iv)(C).
    (d) For a carbon adsorption system that does not regenerate the 
carbon bed directly on site in the control device (e.g., a carbon 
canister), either the concentration level of the organic compounds or 
the concentration level of benzene in the exhaust vent stream from the 
carbon adsorption system shall be monitored on a regular schedule, and 
the existing carbon shall be replaced with fresh carbon immediately when 
carbon breakthrough is indicated. The device shall be monitored on a 
daily basis or at intervals no greater than 20 percent of the design 
carbon replacement interval, whichever is greater. As an alternative to 
conducting this monitoring, an owner or operator may replace the carbon 
in the carbon adsorption system with fresh carbon at a regular 
predetermined time interval that is less than the carbon replacement 
interval that is determined by the maximum design flow rate and either 
the organic concentration or the benzene concentration in the gas stream 
vented to the carbon adsorption system.
    (e) An alternative operation or process parameter may be monitored 
if it can be demonstrated that another parameter will ensure that the 
control device is operated in conformance with these standards and the 
control device's design specifications.
    (f) Owners or operators using a closed-vent system that contains any 
bypass line that could divert a vent stream from a control device used 
to comply with the provisions of this subpart shall do the following:
    (1) Visually inspect the bypass line valve at least once every 
month, checking the position of the valve and the condition of the car-
seal or closure mechanism required under Sec. 61.349(a)(1)(ii) to ensure 
that the valve is maintained in the closed position and the vent stream 
is not diverted through the bypass line.
    (2) Visually inspect the readings from each flow monitoring device 
required by Sec. 61.349(a)(1)(ii) at least once each operating day to 
check that vapors are being routed to the control device as required.
    (g) Each owner or operator who uses a system for emission control 
that is maintained at a pressure less than atmospheric pressure with 
openings to provide dilution air shall install, calibrate, maintain, and 
operate according to the manufacturer's specifications a device equipped 
with a continuous recorder to monitor the pressure in the unit to ensure 
that it is less than atmospheric pressure.

[55 FR 8346, Mar. 7, 1990, as amended at 58 FR 3099, Jan. 7, 1993; 65 FR 
62160, Oct. 17, 2000]



Sec. 61.355  Test methods, procedures, and compliance provisions.

    (a) An owner or operator shall determine the total annual benzene 
quantity from facility waste by the following procedure:
    (1) For each waste stream subject to this subpart having a flow-
weighted annual average water content greater than 10 percent water, on 
a volume basis as total water, or is mixed with water or other wastes at 
any time and the resulting mixture has an annual average water content 
greater than 10 percent as specified in Sec. 61.342(a), the owner or 
operator shall:
    (i) Determine the annual waste quantity for each waste stream using 
the procedures specified in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (ii) Determine the flow-weighted annual average benzene 
concentration for each waste stream using the procedures specified in 
paragraph (c) of this section.
    (iii) Calculate the annual benzene quantity for each waste stream by 
multiplying the annual waste quantity of the waste stream times the 
flow-weighted annual average benzene concentration.
    (2) Total annual benzene quantity from facility waste is calculated 
by adding together the annual benzene quantity for each waste stream 
generated during the year and the annual benzene quantity for each 
process unit turnaround waste annualized according to paragraph (b)(4) 
of this section.
    (3) If the total annual benzene quantity from facility waste is 
equal to or greater than 10 Mg/yr (11 ton/yr), then the owner or 
operator shall comply

[[Page 197]]

with the requirements of Sec. 61.342 (c), (d), or (e).
    (4) If the total annual benzene quantity from facility waste is less 
than 10 Mg/yr (11 ton/yr) but is equal to or greater than 1 Mg/yr (1.1 
ton/yr), then the owner or operator shall:
    (i) Comply with the recordkeeping requirements of Sec. 61.356 and 
reporting requirements of Sec. 61.357 of this subpart; and
    (ii) Repeat the determination of total annual benzene quantity from 
facility waste at least once per year and whenever there is a change in 
the process generating the waste that could cause the total annual 
benzene quantity from facility waste to increase to 10 Mg/yr (11 ton/yr) 
or more.
    (5) If the total annual benzene quantity from facility waste is less 
than 1 Mg/yr (1.1 ton/yr), then the owner or operator shall:
    (i) Comply with the recordkeeping requirements of Sec. 61.356 and 
reporting requirements of Sec. 61.357 of this subpart; and
    (ii) Repeat the determination of total annual benzene quantity from 
facility waste whenever there is a change in the process generating the 
waste that could cause the total annual benzene quantity from facility 
waste to increase to 1 Mg/yr (1.1 ton/yr) or more.
    (6) The benzene quantity in a waste stream that is generated less 
than one time per year, except as provided for process unit turnaround 
waste in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, shall be included in the 
determination of total annual benzene quantity from facility waste for 
the year in which the waste is generated unless the waste stream is 
otherwise excluded from the determination of total annual benzene 
quantity from facility waste in accordance with paragraphs (a) through 
(c) of this section. The benzene quantity in this waste stream shall not 
be annualized or averaged over the time interval between the activities 
that resulted in generation of the waste, for purposes of determining 
the total annual benzene quantity from facility waste.
    (b) For purposes of the calculation required by paragraph (a) of 
this section, an owner or operator shall determine the annual waste 
quantity at the point of waste generation, unless otherwise provided in 
paragraphs (b) (1), (2), (3), and (4) of this section, by one of the 
methods given in paragraphs (b) (5) through (7) of this section.
    (1) The determination of annual waste quantity for sour water 
streams that are processed in sour water strippers shall be made at the 
point that the water exits the sour water stripper.
    (2) The determination of annual waste quantity for wastes at coke 
by-product plants subject to and complying with the control requirements 
of Sec. 61.132, 61.133, 61.134, or 61.139 of subpart L of this part 
shall be made at the location that the waste stream exits the process 
unit component or waste management unit controlled by that subpart or at 
the exit of the ammonia still, provided that the following conditions 
are met:
    (i) The transfer of wastes between units complying with the control 
requirements of subpart L of this part, process units, and the ammonia 
still is made through hard piping or other enclosed system.
    (ii) The ammonia still meets the definition of a sour water stripper 
in Sec. 61.341.
    (3) The determination of annual waste quantity for wastes that are 
received at hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facilities 
from offsite shall be made at the point where the waste enters the 
hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility.
    (4) The determination of annual waste quantity for each process unit 
turnaround waste generated only at 2 year or greater intervals, may be 
made by dividing the total quantity of waste generated during the most 
recent process unit turnaround by the time period (in the nearest tenth 
of a year) between the turnaround resulting in generation of the waste 
and the most recent preceding process turnaround for the unit. The 
resulting annual waste quantity shall be included in the calculation of 
the annual benzene quantity as provided in paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this 
section for the year in which the turnaround occurs and for each 
subsequent year until the unit undergoes the next process turnaround. 
For estimates of total annual benzene quantity as specified in the 90-
day report, required

[[Page 198]]

under Sec. 61.357(a)(1), the owner or operator shall estimate the waste 
quantity generated during the most recent turnaround, and the time 
period between turnarounds in accordance with good engineering 
practices. If the owner or operator chooses not to annualize process 
unit turnaround waste, as specified in this paragraph, then the process 
unit turnaround waste quantity shall be included in the calculation of 
the annual benzene quantity for the year in which the turnaround occurs.
    (5) Select the highest annual quantity of waste managed from 
historical records representing the most recent 5 years of operation or, 
if the facility has been in service for less than 5 years but at least 1 
year, from historical records representing the total operating life of 
the facility;
    (6) Use the maximum design capacity of the waste management unit; or
    (7) Use measurements that are representative of maximum waste 
generation rates.
    (c) For the purposes of the calculation required by Secs. 61.355(a) 
of this subpart, an owner or operator shall determine the flow-weighted 
annual average ben- zene concentration in a manner that meets the 
requirements given in paragraph (c)(1) of this section using either of 
the methods given in paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this section.
    (1) The determination of flow-weighted annual average benzene 
concentration shall meet all of the following criteria:
    (i) The determination shall be made at the point of waste generation 
except for the specific cases given in paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(A) through 
(D) of this section.
    (A) The determination for sour water streams that are processed in 
sour water strippers shall be made at the point that the water exits the 
sour water stripper.
    (B) The determination for wastes at coke by-product plants subject 
to and complying with the control requirements of Sec. 61.132, 61.133, 
61.134, or 61.139 of subpart L of this part shall be made at the 
location that the waste stream exits the process unit component or waste 
management unit controlled by that subpart or at the exit of the ammonia 
still, provided that the following conditions are met:
    (1) The transfer of wastes between units complying with the control 
requirements of subpart L of this part, process units, and the ammonia 
still is made through hard piping or other enclosed system.
    (2) The ammonia still meets the definition of a sour water stripper 
in Sec. 61.341.
    (C) The determination for wastes that are received from offsite 
shall be made at the point where the waste enters the hazardous waste 
treatment, storage, or disposal facility.
    (D) The determination of flow-weighted annual average benzene 
concentration for process unit turnaround waste shall be made using 
either of the methods given in paragraph (c)(2) or (c)(3) of this 
section. The resulting flow-weighted annual average benzene 
concentration shall be included in the calculation of annual benzene 
quantity as provided in paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section for the 
year in which the turnaround occurs and for each subsequent year until 
the unit undergoes the next process unit turnaround.
    (ii) Volatilization of the benzene by exposure to air shall not be 
used in the determination to reduce the benzene concentration.
    (iii) Mixing or diluting the waste stream with other wastes or other 
materials shall not be used in the determination--to reduce the benzene 
concentration.
    (iv) The determination shall be made prior to any treatment of the 
waste that removes benzene, except as specified in paragraphs 
(c)(1)(i)(A) through (D) of this section.
    (v) For wastes with multiple phases, the determination shall provide 
the weighted-average benzene concentration based on the benzene 
concentration in each phase of the waste and the relative proportion of 
the phases.
    (2) Knowledge of the waste. The owner or operator shall provide 
sufficient information to document the flow-weighted annual average 
benzene concentration of each waste stream. Examples of information that 
could constitute knowledge include material

[[Page 199]]

balances, records of chemicals purchases, or previous test results 
provided the results are still relevant to the current waste stream 
conditions. If test data are used, then the owner or operator shall 
provide documentation describing the testing protocol and the means by 
which sampling variability and analytical variability were accounted for 
in the determination of the flow-weighted annual average benzene 
concentration for the waste stream. When an owner or operator and the 
Administrator do not agree on determinations of the flow-weighted annual 
average benzene concentration based on knowledge of the waste, the 
procedures under paragraph (c)(3) of this section shall be used to 
resolve the disagreement.
    (3) Measurements of the benzene concentration in the waste stream in 
accordance with the following procedures:
    (i) Collect a minimum of three representative samples from each 
waste stream. Where feasible, samples shall be taken from an enclosed 
pipe prior to the waste being exposed to the atmosphere.
    (ii) For waste in enclosed pipes, the following procedures shall be 
used:
    (A) Samples shall be collected prior to the waste being exposed to 
the atmosphere in order to minimize the loss of benzene prior to 
sampling.
    (B) A static mixer shall be installed in the process line or in a 
by-pass line unless the owner or operator demonstrates that installation 
of a static mixer in the line is not necessary to accurately determine 
the benzene concentration of the waste stream.
    (C) The sampling tap shall be located within two pipe diameters of 
the static mixer outlet.
    (D) Prior to the initiation of sampling, sample lines and cooling 
coil shall be purged with at least four volumes of waste.
    (E) After purging, the sample flow shall be directed to a sample 
container and the tip of the sampling tube shall be kept below the 
surface of the waste during sampling to minimize contact with the 
atmosphere.
    (F) Samples shall be collected at a flow rate such that the cooling 
coil is able to maintain a waste temperature less than 10  deg.C (50 
deg.F).
    (G) After filling, the sample container shall be capped immediately 
(within 5 seconds) to leave a minimum headspace in the container.
    (H) The sample containers shall immediately be cooled and maintained 
at a temperature below 10  deg.C (50  deg.F) for transfer to the 
laboratory.
    (iii) When sampling from an enclosed pipe is not feasible, a minimum 
of three representative samples shall be collected in a manner to 
minimize exposure of the sample to the atmosphere and loss of benzene 
prior to sampling.
    (iv) Each waste sample shall be analyzed using one of the following 
test methods for determining the benzene concentration in a waste 
stream:
    (A) Method 8020, Aromatic Volatile Organics, in ``Test Methods for 
Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods,'' EPA Publication No. 
SW-846 (incorporation by reference as specified in Sec. 61.18 of this 
part);
    (B) Method 8021, Volatile Organic Compounds in Water by Purge and 
Trap Capillary Column Gas Chromatography with Photoionization and 
Electrolytic Conductivity Detectors in Series in ``Test Methods for 
Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods,'' EPA Publication No. 
SW-846 (incorporation by reference as specified in Sec. 61.18 of this 
part);
    (C) Method 8240, Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry for Volatile 
Organics in ``Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical 
Methods,'' EPA Publication No. SW-846 (incorporation by reference as 
specified in Sec. 61.18 of this part);
    (D) Method 8260, Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry for Volatile 
Organics: Capillary Column Technique in ``Test Methods for Evaluating 
Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods,'' EPA Publication No. SW-846 
(incorporation by reference as specified in Sec. 61.18 of this part);
    (E) Method 602, Purgeable Aromatics, as described in 40 CFR part 
136, appendix A, Test Procedures for Analysis of Organic Pollutants, for 
wastewaters for which this is an approved EPA methods; or
    (F) Method 624, Purgeables, as described in 40 CFR part 136, 
appendix A,

[[Page 200]]

Test Procedures for Analysis of Organic Pollutants, for wastewaters for 
which this is an approved EPA method.
    (v) The flow-weighted annual average benzene concentration shall be 
calculated by averaging the results of the sample analyses as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.058

Where:

C=Flow-weighted annual average benzene concentration for waste stream, 
          ppmw.
Qt=Total annual waste quantity for waste stream, kg/yr (lb/
          yr).
n=Number of waste samples (at least 3).

Qi=Annual waste quantity for waste stream represented by 
          Ci, kg/yr (lb/yr).
Ci=Measured concentration of benzene in waste sample i, ppmw.

    (d) An owner or operator using performance tests to demonstrate 
compliance of a treatment process with Sec. 61.348 (a)(1)(i) shall 
measure the flow-weighted annual average benzene concentration of the 
waste stream exiting the treatment process by collecting and analyzing a 
minimum of three representative samples of the waste stream using the 
procedures in paragraph (c)(3) of this section. The test shall be 
conducted under conditions that exist when the treatment process is 
operating at the highest inlet waste stream flow rate and benzene 
content expected to occur. Operations during periods of startup, 
shutdown, and malfunction shall not constitute representative conditions 
for the purpose of a test. The owner or operator shall record all 
process information as is necessary to document the operating conditions 
during the test.
    (e) An owner or operator using performance tests to demonstrate 
compliance of a treatment process with Sec. 61.348(a)(1)(ii) of this 
subpart shall determine the percent reduction of benzene in the waste 
stream on a mass basis by the following procedure:
    (1) The test shall be conducted under conditions that exist when the 
treatment process is operating at the highest inlet waste stream flow 
rate and benzene content expected to occur. Operations during periods of 
startup, shutdown, and malfunction shall not constitute representative 
conditions for the purpose of a test. The owner or operator shall record 
all process information as is necessary to document the operating 
conditions during the test.
    (2) All testing equipment shall be prepared and installed as 
specified in the appropriate test methods.
    (3) The mass flow rate of benzene entering the treatment process 
(Eb) shall be determined by computing the product of the flow 
rate of the waste stream entering the treatment process, as determined 
by the inlet flow meter, and the benzene concentration of the waste 
stream, as determined using the sampling and analytical procedures 
specified in paragraph (c)(2) or (c)(3) of this section. Three grab 
samples of the waste shall be taken at equally spaced time intervals 
over a 1-hour period. Each 1-hour period constitutes a run, and the 
performance test shall consist of a minimum of 3 runs conducted over a 
3-hour period. The mass flow rate of benzene entering the treatment 
process is calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.007

Where:
Eb = Mass flow rate of benzene entering the treatment 
          process, kg/hr (lb/hr).
K = Density of the waste stream, kg/m\3\ (lb/ft\3\).
Vi = Average volume flow rate of waste entering the treatment 
          process during each run i, m\3\/hr (ft\3\/hr).
Ci = Average concentration of benzene in the waste stream 
          entering the treatment process during each run i, ppmw.
n = Number of runs.
106 = Conversion factor for ppmw.

    (4) The mass flow rate of benzene exiting the treatment process 
(Ea) shall be determined by computing the product of the flow 
rate of the waste stream exiting the treatment process, as determined by 
the outlet flow meter or the inlet flow meter, and the benzene 
concentration of the waste stream, as determined using the sampling and 
analytical procedures specified in paragraph (c)(2) or (c)(3) of this 
section. Three grab samples of the waste shall be taken at equally 
spaced time intervals over a 1-hour period. Each 1-hour

[[Page 201]]

period constitutes a run, and the performance test shall consist of a 
minimum of 3 runs conducted over the same 3-hour period at which the 
mass flow rate of benzene entering the treatment process is determined. 
The mass flow rate of benzene exiting the treatment process is 
calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.008

Where:
Ea = Mass flow rate of benzene exiting the treatment process, 
          kg/hr (lb/hr).
K = Density of the waste stream, kg/m3 (lb/ft3).
Vi = Average volume flow rate of waste exiting the treatment 
          process during each run i, m3/hr (ft3/
          hr).
Ci = Average concentration of benzene in the waste stream 
          exiting the treatment process during each run i, ppmw.
n = Number of runs.
106 = Conversion factor for ppmw.

    (f) An owner or operator using performance tests to demonstrate 
compliance of a treatment process with Sec. 61.348(a)(1)(iii) of this 
subpart shall determine the benzene destruction efficiency for the 
combustion unit by the following procedure:
    (1) The test shall be conducted under conditions that exist when the 
combustion unit is operating at the highest inlet waste stream flow rate 
and benzene content expected to occur. Operations during periods of 
startup, shutdown, and malfunction shall not constitute representative 
conditions for the purpose of a test. The owner or operator shall record 
all process information necessary to document the operating conditions 
during the test.
    (2) All testing equipment shall be prepared and installed as 
specified in the appropriate test methods.
    (3) The mass flow rate of benzene entering the combustion unit shall 
be determined by computing the product of the flow rate of the waste 
stream entering the combustion unit, as determined by the inlet flow 
meter, and the benzene concentration of the waste stream, as determined 
using the sampling procedures in paragraph (c)(2) or (c)(3) of this 
section. Three grab samples of the waste shall be taken at equally 
spaced time intervals over a 1-hour period. Each 1-hour period 
constitutes a run, and the performance test shall consist of a minimum 
of 3 runs conducted over a 3-hour period. The mass flow rate of benzene 
into the combustion unit is calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.009

Where:
Eb = Mass flow rate of benzene entering the combustion unit, 
          kg/hr (lb/hr).
K = Density of the waste stream, kg/m3 (lb/ft3).
Vi = Average volume flow rate of waste entering the 
          combustion unit during each run i, m3/hr 
          (ft3/hr).
Ci = Average concentration of benzene in the waste stream 
          entering the combustion unit during each run i, ppmw.
n = Number of runs.
106 = Conversion factor for ppmw.

    (4) The mass flow rate of benzene exiting the combustion unit 
exhaust stack shall be determined as follows:
    (i) The time period for the test shall not be less than 3 hours 
during which at least 3 stack gas samples are collected and be the same 
time period at which the mass flow rate of benzene entering the 
treatment process is determined. Each sample shall be collected over a 
1-hour period (e.g., in a tedlar bag) to represent a time-integrated 
composite sample and each 1-hour period shall correspond to the periods 
when the waste feed is sampled.
    (ii) A run shall consist of a 1-hour period during the test. For 
each run:
    (A) The reading from each measurement shall be recorded;
    (B) The volume exhausted shall be determined using Method 2, 2A, 2C, 
or 2D from appendix A of 40 CFR part 60, as appropriate.
    (C) The average benzene concentration in the exhaust downstream of 
the combustion unit shall be determined using Method 18 from appendix A 
of 40 CFR part 60.
    (iii) The mass of benzene emitted during each run shall be 
calculated as follows:

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.488

Where:


[[Page 202]]


Mi = Mass of benzene emitted during run i, kg (lb).
V = Volume of air-vapor mixture exhausted at standard conditions, 
          m3 (ft3).
C = Concentration of benzene measured in the exhaust, ppmv.
Db = Density of benzene, 3.24 kg/m3 (0.202 lb/
          ft3).
106 = Conversion factor for ppmv.

    (iv) The benzene mass emission rate in the exhaust shall be 
calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.010

Where:

Ea = Mass flow rate of benzene emitted from the combustion 
          unit, kg/hr (lb/hr).
Mi = Mass of benzene emitted from the combustion unit during 
          run i, kg (lb).
T = Total time of all runs, hr.
n = Number of runs.

    (5) The benzene destruction efficiency for the combustion unit shall 
be calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.011

Where:

R = Benzene destruction efficiency for the combustion unit, percent.
Eb = Mass flow rate of benzene entering the combustion unit, 
          kg/hr (lb/hr).
Ea = Mass flow rate of benzene emitted from the combustion 
          unit, kg/hr (lb/hr).

    (g) An owner or operator using performance tests to demonstrate 
compliance of a wastewater treatment system unit with Sec. 61.348(b) 
shall measure the flow-weighted annual average benzene concentration of 
the wastewater stream where the waste stream enters an exempt waste 
management unit by collecting and analyzing a minimum of three 
representative samples of the waste stream using the procedures in 
paragraph (c)(3) of this section. The test shall be conducted under 
conditions that exist when the wastewater treatment system is operating 
at the highest inlet wastewater stream flow rate and benzene content 
expected to occur. Operations during periods of startup, shutdown, and 
malfunction shall not constitute representative conditions for the 
purpose of a test. The owner or operator shall record all process 
information as is necessary to document the operating conditions during 
the test.
    (h) An owner or operator shall test equipment for compliance with no 
detectable emissions as required in Secs. 61.343 through 61.347, and 
Sec. 61.349 of this subpart in accordance with the following 
requirements:
    (1) Monitoring shall comply with Method 21 from appendix A of 40 CFR 
part 60.
    (2) The detection instrument shall meet the performance criteria of 
Method 21.
    (3) The instrument shall be calibrated before use on each day of its 
use by the procedures specified in Method 21.
    (4) Calibration gases shall be:
    (i) Zero air (less than 10 ppm of hydrocarbon in air); and
    (ii) A mixture of methane or n-hexane and air at a concentration of 
approximately, but less than, 10,000 ppm methane or n-hexane.
    (5) The background level shall be determined as set forth in Method 
21.
    (6) The instrument probe shall be traversed around all potential 
leak interfaces as close as possible to the interface as described in 
Method 21.
    (7) The arithmetic difference between the maximum concentration 
indicated by the instrument and the background level is compared to 500 
ppm for determining compliance.
    (i) An owner or operator using a performance test to demonstrate 
compliance of a control device with either the organic reduction 
efficiency requirement or the benzene reduction efficiency requirement 
specified under Sec. 61.349(a)(2) shall use the following procedures:
    (1) The test shall be conducted under conditions that exist when the 
waste management unit vented to the control device is operating at the 
highest load or capacity level expected to occur. Operations during 
periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction shall not constitute 
representative conditions for the purpose of a test. The owner or 
operator shall record all process information necessary to document the 
operating conditions during the test.

[[Page 203]]

    (2) Sampling sites shall be selected using Method 1 or 1A from 
appendix A of 40 CFR part 60, as appropriate.
    (3) The mass flow rate of either the organics or benzene entering 
and exiting the control device shall be determined as follows:
    (i) The time period for the test shall not be less than 3 hours 
during which at least 3 stack gas samples are collected. Samples of the 
vent stream entering and exiting the control device shall be collected 
during the same time period. Each sample shall be collected over a 1-
hour period (e.g., in a tedlar bag) to represent a time-integrated 
composite sample.
    (ii) A run shall consist of a 1-hour period during the test. For 
each run:
    (A) The reading from each measurement shall be recorded;
    (B) The volume exhausted shall be determined using Method 2, 2A, 2C, 
or 2D from appendix A of 40 CFR part 60, as appropriate;
    (C) The organic concentration or the benzene concentration, as 
appropriate, in the vent stream entering and exiting the control shall 
be determined using Method 18 from appendix A of 40 CFR part 60.
    (iii) The mass of organics or benzene entering and exiting the 
control device during each run shall be calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.489

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.490

Maj = Mass of organics or benzene in the vent stream entering 
the control device during run j, kg (lb).
Mbj = Mass of organics or benzene in the vent stream exiting 
the control device during run j, kg (lb).
Vaj = Volume of vent stream entering the control device 
during run j, at standard conditions, m3 (ft3).
Vbj = Volume of vent stream exiting the control device during 
run j, at standard conditions, m3 (ft3).
Cai = Organic concentration of compound i or the benzene 
concentration measured in the vent stream entering the control device as 
determined by Method 18, ppm by volume on a dry basis.
Cbi = Organic concentration of compound i or the benzene 
concentration measured in the vent stream exiting the control device as 
determined by Method 18, ppm by volume on a dry basis.
MWi = Molecular weight of organic compound i in the vent 
stream, or the molecular weight of benzene, kg/kg-mol (lb/lb-mole).
n = Number of organic compounds in the vent stream; if benzene reduction 
efficiency is being demonstrated, then n=1.
K1 = Conversion factor for molar volume at standard 
conditions (293 K and 760 mm Hg (527 R and 14.7 psia))
    = 0.0416 kg-mol/m3 (0.00118 lb-mol/ft3)
10-6=Conversion factor for ppmv.

    (iv) The mass flow rate of organics or benzene entering and exiting 
the control device shall be calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.013

Where:

Ea = Mass flow rate of organics or benzene entering the 
          control device, kg/hr (lb/hr).
Eb = Mass flow rate of organics or benzene exiting the 
          control device, kg/hr (lb/hr).
Maj = Mass of organics or benzene in the vent stream entering 
          the control device during run j, kg (lb).
M bj = Mass of organics or benzene in the vent stream exiting 
          the control device during run j, kg (lb).
T = Total time of all runs, hr.
n = Number of runs.

    (4) The organic reduction efficiency or the benzene reduction 
efficiency for the control device shall be calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.014

Where:


[[Page 204]]


R = Total organic reduction of efficiency or benzene reduction 
          efficiency for the control device, percent.
Eb = Mass flow rate of organics or benzene entering the 
          control device, kg/hr (lb/hr).
Ea = Mass flow rate of organic or benzene emitted from the 
          control device, kg/hr (lb/hr).
    (j) An owner or operator shall determine the benzene quantity for 
the purposes of the calculation required by Sec. 61.342 (c)(3)(ii)(B) 
according to the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, except 
that the procedures in paragraph (a) of this section shall also apply to 
wastes with a water content of 10 percent or less.
    (k) An owner or operator shall determine the benzene quantity for 
the purposes of the calculation required by Sec. 61.342(e)(2) by the 
following procedure:
    (1) For each waste stream that is not controlled for air emissions 
in accordance with Sec. 61.343. 61.344, 61.345, 61.346, 61.347, or 
61.348(a), as applicable to the waste management unit that manages the 
waste, the benzene quantity shall be determined as specified in 
paragraph (a) of this section, except that paragraph (b)(4) of this 
section shall not apply, i.e., the waste quantity for process unit 
turnaround waste is not annualized but shall be included in the 
determination of benzene quantity for the year in which the waste is 
generated for the purposes of the calculation required by 
Sec. 61.342(e)(2).
    (2) For each waste stream that is controlled for air emissions in 
accordance with Sec. 61.343. 61.344, 61.345, 61.346, 61.347, or 
61.348(a), as applicable to the waste management unit that manages the 
waste, the determination of annual waste quantity and flow-weighted 
annual average benzene concentration shall be made at the first 
applicable location as described in paragraphs (k)(2)(i), (k)(2)(ii), 
and (k)(2)(iii) of this section and prior to any reduction of benzene 
concentration through volatilization of the benzene, using the methods 
given in (k)(2)(iv) and (k)(2)(v) of this section.
    (i) Where the waste stream enters the first waste management unit 
not complying with Secs. 61.343, 61.344, 61.345, 61.346, 61.347, and 
61.348(a) that are applicable to the waste management unit,
    (ii) For each waste stream that is managed or treated only in 
compliance with Secs. 61.343 through 61.348(a) up to the point of final 
direct discharge from the facility, the determination of benzene 
quantity shall be prior to any reduction of benzene concentration 
through volatilization of the benzene, or
    (iii) For wastes managed in units controlled for air emissions in 
accordance with Secs. 61.343, 61.344, 61.345, 61.346, 61.347, and 
61.348(a), and then transferred offsite, facilities shall use the first 
applicable offsite location as described in paragraphs (k)(2)(i) and 
(k)(2)(ii) of this section if they have documentation from the offsite 
facility of the benzene quantity at this location. Facilities without 
this documentation for offsite wastes shall use the benzene quantity 
determined at the point where the transferred waste leaves the facility.
    (iv) Annual waste quantity shall be determined using the procedures 
in paragraphs (b)(5), (6), or (7) of this section, and
    (v) The flow-weighted annual average benzene concentration shall be 
determined using the procedures in paragraphs (c)(2) or (3) of this 
section.
    (3) The benzene quantity in a waste stream that is generated less 
than one time per year, including process unit turnaround waste, shall 
be included in the determination of benzene quantity as determined in 
paragraph (k)(6) of this section for the year in which the waste is 
generated. The benzene quantity in this waste stream shall not be 
annualized or averaged over the time interval between the activities 
that resulted in generation of the waste for purposes of determining 
benzene quantity as determined in paragraph (k)(6) of this section.
    (4) The benzene in waste entering an enhanced biodegradation unit, 
as defined in Sec. 61.348(b)(2)(ii)(B), shall not be included in the 
determination of benzene quantity, determined in paragraph (k)(6) of 
this section, if the following conditions are met:
    (i) The benzene concentration for each waste stream entering the 
enhanced biodegradation unit is less than 10 ppmw on a flow-weighted 
annual average basis, and

[[Page 205]]

    (ii) All prior waste management units managing the waste comply with 
Secs. 61.343, 61.344, 61.345, 61.346, 61.347 and 61.348(a).
    (5) The benzene quantity for each waste stream in paragraph (k)(2) 
of this section shall be determined by multiplying the annual waste 
quantity of each waste stream times its flow-weighted annual average 
benzene concentration.
    (6) The total benzene quantity for the purposes of the calculation 
required by Sec. 61.342(e)(2) shall be determined by adding together the 
benzene quantities determined in paragraphs (k)(1) and (k)(5) of this 
section for each applicable waste stream.
    (7) If the benzene quantity determined in paragraph (6) of this 
section exceeds 6.0 Mg/yr (6.6 ton/yr) only because of multiple counting 
of the benzene quantity for a waste stream, the owner or operator may 
use the following procedures for the purposes of the calculation 
required by Sec. 61.342(e)(2):
    (i) Determine which waste management units are involved in the 
multiple counting of benzene;
    (ii) Determine the quantity of benzene that is emitted, recovered, 
or removed from the affected units identified in paragraph (k)(7)(i) of 
this section, or destroyed in the units if applicable, using either 
direct measurements or the best available estimation techniques 
developed or approved by the Administrator.
    (iii) Adjust the benzene quantity to eliminate the multiple counting 
of benzene based on the results from paragraph (k)(7)(ii) of this 
section and determine the total benzene quantity for the purposes of the 
calculation required by Sec. 61.342(e)(2).
    (iv) Submit in the annual report required under Sec. 61.357(a) a 
description of the methods used and the resulting calculations for the 
alternative procedure under paragraph (k)(7) of this section, the 
benzene quantity determination from paragraph (k)(6) of this section, 
and the adjusted benzene quantity determination from paragraph 
(k)(7)(iii) of this section.

[55 FR 8346, Mar. 7, 1990; 55 FR 12444, Apr. 3, 1990, as amended at 55 
FR 37231, Sept. 10, 1990; 58 FR 3099, Jan. 7, 1993; 65 FR 62160, Oct. 
17, 2000]



Sec. 61.356  Recordkeeping requirements.

    (a) Each owner or operator of a facility subject to the provisions 
of this subpart shall comply with the recordkeeping requirements of this 
section. Each record shall be maintained in a readily accessible 
location at the facility site for a period not less than two years from 
the date the information is recorded unless otherwise specified.
    (b) Each owner or operator shall maintain records that identify each 
waste stream at the facility subject to this subpart, and indicate 
whether or not the waste stream is controlled for benzene emissions in 
accordance with this subpart. In addition the owner or operator shall 
maintain the following records:
    (1) For each waste stream not controlled for benzene emissions in 
accordance with this subpart, the records shall include all test 
results, measurements, calculations, and other documentation used to 
determine the following information for the waste stream: waste stream 
identification, water content, whether or not the waste stream is a 
process wastewater stream, annual waste quantity, range of benzene 
concentrations, annual average flow-weighted benzene concentration, and 
annual benzene quantity.
    (2) For each waste stream exempt from Sec. 61.342(c)(1) in 
accordance with Sec. 61.342(c)(3), the records shall include:
    (i) All measurements, calculations, and other documentation used to 
determine that the continuous flow of process wastewater is less than 
0.02 liters (0.005 gallons) per minute or the annual waste quantity of 
process wastewater is less than 10 Mg/yr (11 ton/yr) in accordance with 
Sec. 61.342(c)(3)(i), or
    (ii) All measurements, calculations, and other documentation used to 
determine that the sum of the total annual benzene quantity in all 
exempt waste streams does not exceed 2.0 Mg/yr (2.2

[[Page 206]]

ton/yr) in accordance with Sec. 61.342(c)(3)(ii).
    (3) For each facility where process wastewater streams are 
controlled for benzene emissions in accordance with Sec. 61.342(d) of 
this subpart, the records shall include for each treated process 
wastewater stream all measurements, calculations, and other 
documentation used to determine the annual benzene quantity in the 
process wastewater stream exiting the treatment process.
    (4) For each facility where waste streams are controlled for benzene 
emissions in accordance with Sec. 61.342(e), the records shall include 
for each waste stream all measurements, including the locations of the 
measurements, calculations, and other documentation used to determine 
that the total benzene quantity does not exceed 6.0 Mg/yr (6.6 ton/yr).
    (5) For each facility where the annual waste quantity for process 
unit turnaround waste is determined in accordance with 
Sec. 61.355(b)(5), the records shall include all test results, 
measurements, calculations, and other documentation used to determine 
the following information: identification of each process unit at the 
facility that undergoes turnarounds, the date of the most recent 
turnaround for each process unit, identification of each process unit 
turnaround waste, the water content of each process unit turnaround 
waste, the annual waste quantity determined in accordance with 
Sec. 61.355(b)(5), the range of benzene concentrations in the waste, the 
annual average flow-weighted benzene concentration of the waste, and the 
annual benzene quantity calculated in accordance with 
Sec. 61.355(a)(1)(iii) of this section.
    (6) For each facility where wastewater streams are controlled for 
benzene emissions in accordance with Sec. 61.348(b)(2), the records 
shall include all measurements, calculations, and other documentation 
used to determine the annual benzene content of the waste streams and 
the total annual benzene quantity contained in all waste streams managed 
or treated in exempt waste management units.
    (c) An owner or operator transferring waste off-site to another 
facility for treatment in accordance with Sec. 61.342(f) shall maintain 
documentation for each offsite waste shipment that includes the 
following information: Date waste is shipped offsite, quantity of waste 
shipped offsite, name and address of the facility receiving the waste, 
and a copy of the notice sent with the waste shipment.
    (d) An owner or operator using control equipment in accordance with 
Secs. 61.343 through 61.347 shall maintain engineering design 
documentation for all control equipment that is installed on the waste 
management unit. The documentation shall be retained for the life of the 
control equipment. If a control device is used, then the owner or 
operator shall maintain the control device records required by paragraph 
(f) of this section.
    (e) An owner or operator using a treatment process or wastewater 
treatment system unit in accordance with Sec. 61.348 of this subpart 
shall maintain the following records. The documentation shall be 
retained for the life of the unit.
    (1) A statement signed and dated by the owner or operator certifying 
that the unit is designed to operate at the documented performance level 
when the waste stream entering the unit is at the highest waste stream 
flow rate and benzene content expected to occur.
    (2) If engineering calculations are used to determine treatment 
process or wastewater treatment system unit performance, then the owner 
or operator shall maintain the complete design analysis for the unit. 
The design analysis shall include for example the following information: 
Design specifications, drawings, schematics, piping and instrumentation 
diagrams, and other documentation necessary to demonstrate the unit 
performance.
    (3) If performance tests are used to determine treatment process or 
wastewater treatment system unit performance, then the owner or operator 
shall maintain all test information necessary to demonstrate the unit 
performance.
    (i) A description of the unit including the following information: 
type of treatment process; manufacturer name and model number; and for 
each waste stream entering and exiting the unit, the waste stream type 
(e.g., process

[[Page 207]]

wastewater, sludge, slurry, etc.), and the design flow rate and benzene 
content.
    (ii) Documentation describing the test protocol and the means by 
which sampling variability and analytical variability were accounted for 
in the determination of the unit performance. The description of the 
test protocol shall include the following information: sampling 
locations, sampling method, sampling frequency, and analytical 
procedures used for sample analysis.
    (iii) Records of unit operating conditions during each test run 
including all key process parameters.
    (iv) All test results.
    (4) If a control device is used, then the owner or operator shall 
maintain the control device records required by paragraph (f) of this 
section.
    (f) An owner or operator using a closed-vent system and control 
device in accordance with Sec. 61.349 of this subpart shall maintain the 
following records. The documentation shall be retained for the life of 
the control device.
    (1) A statement signed and dated by the owner or operator certifying 
that the closed-vent system and control device is designed to operate at 
the documented performance level when the waste management unit vented 
to the control device is or would be operating at the highest load or 
capacity expected to occur.
    (2) If engineering calculations are used to determine control device 
performance in accordance with Sec. 61.349(c), then a design analysis 
for the control device that includes for example:
    (i) Specifications, drawings, schematics, and piping and 
instrumentation diagrams prepared by the owner or operator, or the 
control device manufacturer or vendor that describe the control device 
design based on acceptable engineering texts. The design analysis shall 
address the following vent stream characteristics and control device 
operating parameters:
    (A) For a thermal vapor incinerator, the design analysis shall 
consider the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, and 
flow rate. The design analysis shall also establish the design minimum 
and average temperature in the combustion zone and the combustion zone 
residence time.
    (B) For a catalytic vapor incinerator, the design analysis shall 
consider the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, and 
flow rate. The design analysis shall also establish the design minimum 
and average temperatures across the catalyst bed inlet and outlet.
    (C) For a boiler or process heater, the design analysis shall 
consider the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, and 
flow rate. The design analysis shall also establish the design minimum 
and average flame zone temperatures, combustion zone residence time, and 
description of method and location where the vent stream is introduced 
into the flame zone.
    (D) For a flare, the design analysis shall consider the vent stream 
composition, constituent concentrations, and flow rate. The design 
analysis shall also consider the requirements specified in 40 CFR 60.18.
    (E) For a condenser, the design analysis shall consider the vent 
stream composition, constituent concentration, flow rate, relative 
humidity, and temperature. The design analysis shall also establish the 
design outlet organic compound concentration level or the design outlet 
benzene concentration level, design average temperature of the condenser 
exhaust vent stream, and the design average temperatures of the coolant 
fluid at the condenser inlet and outlet.
    (F) For a carbon adsorption system that regenerates the carbon bed 
directly on-site in the control device such as a fixed-bed adsorber, the 
design analysis shall consider the vent stream composition, constituent 
concentration, flow rate, relative humidity, and temperature. The design 
analysis shall also establish the design exhaust vent stream organic 
compound concentration level or the design exhaust vent stream benzene 
concentration level, number and capacity of carbon beds, type and 
working capacity of activated carbon used for carbon beds, design total 
steam flow over the period of each complete carbon bed regeneration 
cycle, duration of the carbon bed

[[Page 208]]

steaming and cooling/drying cycles, design carbon bed temperature after 
regeneration, design carbon bed regeneration time, and design service 
life of carbon.
    (G) For a carbon adsorption system that does not regenerate the 
carbon bed directly on-site in the control device, such as a carbon 
canister, the design analysis shall consider the vent stream 
composition, constituent concentration, flow rate, relative humidity, 
and temperature. The design analysis shall also establish the design 
exhaust vent stream organic compound concentration level or the design 
exhaust vent stream benzene concentration level, capacity of carbon bed, 
type and working capacity of activated carbon used for carbon bed, and 
design carbon replacement interval based on the total carbon working 
capacity of the control device and source operating schedule.
    (H) For a control device subject to the requirements of 
Sec. 61.349(a)(2)(iv), the design analysis shall consider the vent 
stream composition, constituent concentration, and flow rate. The design 
analysis shall also include all of the information submitted under 
Sec. 61.349 (a)(2)(iv).
    (ii) [Reserved]
    (3) If performance tests are used to determine control device 
performance in accordance with Sec. 61.349(c) of this subpart:
    (i) A description of how it is determined that the test is conducted 
when the waste management unit or treatment process is operating at the 
highest load or capacity level. This description shall include the 
estimated or design flow rate and organic content of each vent stream 
and definition of the acceptable operating ranges of key process and 
control parameters during the test program.
    (ii) A description of the control device including the type of 
control device, control device manufacturer's name and model number, 
control device dimensions, capacity, and construction materials.
    (iii) A detailed description of sampling and monitoring procedures, 
including sampling and monitoring locations in the system, the equipment 
to be used, sampling and monitoring frequency, and planned analytical 
procedures for sample analysis.
    (iv) All test results.
    (g) An owner or operator shall maintain a record for each visual 
inspection required by Secs. 61.343 through 61.347 of this subpart that 
identifies a problem (such as a broken seal, gap or other problem) which 
could result in benzene emissions. The record shall include the date of 
the inspection, waste management unit and control equipment location 
where the problem is identified, a description of the problem, a 
description of the corrective action taken, and the date the corrective 
action was completed.
    (h) An owner or operator shall maintain a record for each test of no 
detectable emissions required by Secs. 61.343 through 61.347 and 
Sec. 61.349 of this subpart. The record shall include the following 
information: date the test is performed, background level measured 
during test, and maximum concentration indicated by the instrument 
reading measured for each potential leak interface. If detectable 
emissions are measured at a leak interface, then the record shall also 
include the waste management unit, control equipment, and leak interface 
location where detectable emissions were measured, a description of the 
problem, a description of the corrective action taken, and the date the 
corrective action was completed.
    (i) For each treatment process and wastewater treatment system unit 
operated to comply with Sec. 61.348, the owner or operator shall 
maintain documentation that includes the following information regarding 
the unit operation:
    (1) Dates of startup and shutdown of the unit.
    (2) If measurements of waste stream benzene concentration are 
performed in accordance with Sec. 61.354(a)(1) of this subpart, the 
owner or operator shall maintain records that include date each test is 
performed and all test results.
    (3) If a process parameter is continuously monitored in accordance 
with Sec. 61.354(a)(2) of this subpart, the owner or operator shall 
maintain records that include a description of the operating

[[Page 209]]

parameter (or parameters ) to be monitored to ensure that the unit will 
be operated in conformance with these standards and the unit's design 
specifications, and an explanation of the criteria used for selection of 
that parameter (or parameters). This documentation shall be kept for the 
life of the unit.
    (4) If measurements of waste stream benzene concentration are 
performed in accordance with Sec. 61.354(b), the owner or operator shall 
maintain records that include the date each test is performed and all 
test results.
    (5) Periods when the unit is not operated as designed.
    (j) For each control device, the owner or operator shall maintain 
documentation that includes the following information regarding the 
control device operation:
    (1) Dates of startup and shutdown of the closed-vent system and 
control device.
    (2) A description of the operating parameter (or parameters ) to be 
monitored to ensure that the control device will be operated in 
conformance with these standards and the control device's design 
specifications and an explanation of the criteria used for selection of 
that parameter (or parameters). This documentation shall be kept for the 
life of the control device.
    (3) Periods when the closed-vent system and control device are not 
operated as designed including all periods and the duration when:
    (i) Any valve car-seal or closure mechanism required under 
Sec. 61.349(a)(1)(ii) is broken or the by-pass line valve position has 
changed.
    (ii) The flow monitoring devices required under 
Sec. 61.349(a)(1)(ii) indicate that vapors are not routed to the control 
device as required.
    (4) If a thermal vapor incinerator is used, then the owner or 
operator shall maintain continuous records of the temperature of the gas 
stream in the combustion zone of the incinerator and records of all 3-
hour periods of operation during which the average temperature of the 
gas stream in the combustion zone is more than 28  deg.C (50  deg.F) 
below the design combustion zone temperature.
    (5) If a catalytic vapor incinerator is used, then the owner or 
operator shall maintain continuous records of the temperature of the gas 
stream both upstream and downstream of the catalyst bed of the 
incinerator, records of all 3-hour periods of operation during which the 
average temperature measured before the catalyst bed is more than 28 
deg.C (50  deg.F) below the design gas stream temperature, and records 
of all 3-hour periods of operation during which the average temperature 
difference across the catalyst bed is less than 80 percent of the design 
temperature difference.
    (6) If a boiler or process heater is used, then the owner or 
operator shall maintain records of each occurrence when there is a 
change in the location at which the vent stream is introduced into the 
flame zone as required by Sec. 61.349(a)(2)(i)(C). For a boiler or 
process heater having a design heat input capacity less than 44 MW (150 
x  106 BTU/hr), the owner or operator shall maintain continuous records 
of the temperature of the gas stream in the combustion zone of the 
boiler or process heater and records of all 3-hour periods of operation 
during which the average temperature of the gas stream in the combustion 
zone is more than 28  deg.C (50  deg.F) below the design combustion zone 
temperature. For a boiler or process heater having a design heat input 
capacity greater than or equal to 44 MW (150  x  106 BTU/hr), the owner 
or operator shall maintain continuous records of the parameter(s) 
monitored in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 61.354(c)(5).
    (7) If a flare is used, then the owner or operator shall maintain 
continuous records of the flare pilot flame monitoring and records of 
all periods during which the pilot flame is absent.
    (8) If a condenser is used, then the owner or operator shall 
maintain records from the monitoring device of the parameters selected 
to be monitored in accordance with Sec. 61.354(c)(6). If concentration 
of organics or concentration of benzene in the control device outlet gas 
stream is monitored, then the owner or operator shall record all 3-hour 
periods of operation during which the concentration of organics or the 
concentration of benzene in the exhaust stream is more than 20 percent

[[Page 210]]

greater than the design value. If the temperature of the condenser 
exhaust stream and coolant fluid is monitored, then the owner or 
operator shall record all 3-hour periods of operation during which the 
temperature of the condenser exhaust vent stream is more than 6  deg.C 
(11  deg.F) above the design average exhaust vent stream temperature, or 
the temperature of the coolant fluid exiting the condenser is more than 
6  deg.C (11  deg.F) above the design average coolant fluid temperature 
at the condenser outlet.
    (9) If a carbon adsorber is used, then the owner or operator shall 
maintain records from the monitoring device of the concentration of 
organics or the concentration of benzene in the control device outlet 
gas stream. If the concentration of organics or the concentration of 
benzene in the control device outlet gas stream is monitored, then the 
owner or operator shall record all 3-hour periods of operation during 
which the concentration of organics or the concentration of benzene in 
the exhaust stream is more than 20 percent greater than the design 
value. If the carbon bed regeneration interval is monitored, then the 
owner or operator shall record each occurrence when the vent stream 
continues to flow through the control device beyond the predetermined 
carbon bed regeneration time.
    (10) If a carbon adsorber that is not regenerated directly on site 
in the control device is used, then the owner or operator shall maintain 
records of dates and times when the control device is monitored, when 
breakthrough is measured, and shall record the date and time then the 
existing carbon in the control device is replaced with fresh carbon.
    (11) If an alternative operational or process parameter is monitored 
for a control device, as allowed in Sec. 61.354(e) of this subpart, then 
the owner or operator shall maintain records of the continuously 
monitored parameter, including periods when the device is not operated 
as designed.
    (12) If a control device subject to the requirements of 
Sec. 61.349(a)(2)(iv) is used, then the owner or operator shall maintain 
records of the parameters that are monitored and each occurrence when 
the parameters monitored are outside the range of values specified in 
Sec. 61.349(a)(2)(iv)(C), or other records as specified by the 
Administrator.
    (k) An owner or operator who elects to install and operate the 
control equipment in Sec. 61.351 of this subpart shall comply with the 
recordkeeping requirements in 40 CFR 60.115b.
    (l) An owner or operator who elects to install and operate the 
control equipment in Sec. 61.352 of this subpart shall maintain records 
of the following:
    (1) The date, location, and corrective action for each visual 
inspection required by 40 CFR 60.693-2(a)(5), during which a broken 
seal, gap, or other problem is identified that could result in benzene 
emissions.
    (2) Results of the seal gap measurements required by 40 CFR 60.693-
2(a).
    (m) If a system is used for emission control that is maintained at a 
pressure less than atmospheric pressure with openings to provide 
dilution air, then the owner or operator shall maintain records of the 
monitoring device and records of all periods during which the pressure 
in the unit is operated at a pressure that is equal to or greater than 
atmospheric pressure.

[55 FR 8346, Mar. 7, 1990; 55 FR 12444, Apr. 3, 1990; 55 FR 18331, May 
2, 1990, as amended at 58 FR 3103, Jan. 7, 1993; 65 FR 62161, Oct. 17, 
2000]



Sec. 61.357  Reporting requirements.

    (a) Each owner or operator of a chemical plant, petroleum refinery, 
coke by-product recovery plant, and any facility managing wastes from 
these industries shall submit to the Administrator within 90 days after 
January 7, 1993, or by the initial startup for a new source with an 
initial startup after the effective date, a report that summarizes the 
regulatory status of each waste stream subject to Sec. 61.342 and is 
determined by the procedures specified in Sec. 61.355(c) to contain 
benzene. Each owner or operator subject to this subpart who has no 
benzene onsite in wastes, products, by-products, or intermediates shall 
submit an initial report that is a statement to this effect. For all 
other owners or operators subject to this subpart, the report shall 
include the following information:

[[Page 211]]

    (1) Total annual benzene quantity from facility waste determined in 
accordance with Sec. 61.355(a) of this subpart.
    (2) A table identifying each waste stream and whether or not the 
waste stream will be controlled for benzene emissions in accordance with 
the requirements of this subpart.
    (3) For each waste stream identified as not being controlled for 
benzene emissions in accordance with the requirements of this subpart 
the following information shall be added to the table:
    (i) Whether or not the water content of the waste stream is greater 
than 10 percent;
    (ii) Whether or not the waste stream is a process wastewater stream, 
product tank drawdown, or landfill leachate;
    (iii) Annual waste quantity for the waste stream;
    (iv) Range of benzene concentrations for the waste stream;
    (v) Annual average flow-weighted benzene concentration for the waste 
stream; and
    (vi) Annual benzene quantity for the waste stream.
    (4) The information required in paragraphs (a) (1), (2), and (3) of 
this section should represent the waste stream characteristics based on 
current configuration and operating conditions. An owner or operator 
only needs to list in the report those waste streams that contact 
materials containing benzene. The report does not need to include a 
description of the controls to be installed to comply with the standard 
or other information required in Sec. 61.10(a).
    (b) If the total annual benzene quantity from facility waste is less 
than 1 Mg/yr (1.1 ton/yr), then the owner or operator shall submit to 
the Administrator a report that updates the information listed in 
paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) of this section whenever there is a 
change in the process generating the waste stream that could cause the 
total annual benzene quantity from facility waste to increase to 1 Mg/yr 
(1.1 ton/yr) or more.
    (c) If the total annual benzene quantity from facility waste is less 
than 10 Mg/yr (11 ton/yr) but is equal to or greater than 1 Mg/yr (1.1 
ton/yr), then the owner or operator shall submit to the Administrator a 
report that updates the information listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through 
(a)(3) of this section. The report shall be submitted annually and 
whenever there is a change in the process generating the waste stream 
that could cause the total annual benzene quantity from facility waste 
to increase to 10 Mg/yr (11 ton/yr) or more. If the information in the 
annual report required by paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) of this 
section is not changed in the following year, the owner or operator may 
submit a statement to that effect.
    (d) If the total annual benzene quantity from facility waste is 
equal to or greater than 10 Mg/yr (11 ton/yr), then the owner or 
operator shall submit to the Administrator the following reports:
    (1) Within 90 days after January 7, 1993, unless a waiver of 
compliance under Sec. 61.11 of this part is granted, or by the date of 
initial startup for a new source with an initial startup after the 
effective date, a certification that the equipment necessary to comply 
with these standards has been installed and that the required initial 
inspections or tests have been carried out in accordance with this 
subpart. If a waiver of compliance is granted under Sec. 61.11, the 
certification of equipment necessary to comply with these standards 
shall be submitted by the date the waiver of compliance expires.
    (2) Beginning on the date that the equipment necessary to comply 
with these standards has been certified in accordance with paragraph 
(d)(1) of this section, the owner or operator shall submit annually to 
the Administrator a report that updates the information listed in 
paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) of this section. If the information in 
the annual report required by paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) of this 
section is not changed in the following year, the owner or operator may 
submit a statement to that effect.
    (3) If an owner or operator elects to comply with the requirements 
of Sec. 61.342(c)(3)(ii), then the report required by paragraph (d)(2) 
of this section shall include a table identifying

[[Page 212]]

each waste stream chosen for exemption and the total annual benzene 
quantity in these exempted streams.
    (4) If an owner or operator elects to comply with the alternative 
requirements of Sec. 61.342(d) of this subpart, then he shall include in 
the report required by paragraph (d)(2) of this section a table 
presenting the following information for each process wastewater stream:
    (i) Whether or not the process wastewater stream is being controlled 
for benzene emissions in accordance with the requirements of this 
subpart;
    (ii) For each process wastewater stream identified as not being 
controlled for benzene emissions in accordance with the requirements of 
this subpart, the table shall report the following information for the 
process wastewater stream as determined at the point of waste 
generation: annual waste quantity, range of benzene concentrations, 
annual average flow-weighted benzene concentration, and annual benzene 
quantity;
    (iii) For each process wastewater stream identified as being 
controlled for benzene emissions in accordance with the requirements of 
this subpart, the table shall report the following information for the 
process wastewater stream as determined at the exit to the treatment 
process: Annual waste quantity, range of benzene concentrations, annual 
average flow-weighted benzene concentration, and annual benzene 
quantity.
    (5) If an owner or operator elects to comply with the alternative 
requirements of Sec. 61.342(e), then the report required by paragraph 
(d)(2) of this section shall include a table presenting the following 
information for each waste stream:
    (i) For each waste stream identified as not being controlled for 
benzene emissions in accordance with the requirements of this subpart; 
the table shall report the following information for the waste stream as 
determined at the point of waste generation: annual waste quantity, 
range of benzene concentrations, annual average flow-weighted benzene 
concentration, and annual benzene quantity;
    (ii) For each waste stream identified as being controlled for 
benzene emissions in accordance with the requirements of this subpart; 
the table shall report the following information for the waste stream as 
determined at the applicable location described in Sec. 61.355(k)(2): 
Annual waste quantity, range of benzene concentrations, annual average 
flow-weighted benzene concentration, and annual benzene quantity.
    (6) Beginning 3 months after the date that the equipment necessary 
to comply with these standards has been certified in accordance with 
paragraph (d)(1) of this section, the owner or operator shall submit 
quarterly to the Administrator a certification that all of the required 
inspections have been carried out in accordance with the requirements of 
this subpart.
    (7) Beginning 3 months after the date that the equipment necessary 
to comply with these standards has been certified in accordance with 
paragraph (d)(1) of this section, the owner or operator shall submit a 
report quarterly to the Administrator that includes:
    (i) If a treatment process or wastewater treatment system unit is 
monitored in accordance with Sec. 61.354(a)(1) of this subpart, then 
each period of operation during which the concentration of benzene in 
the monitored waste stream exiting the unit is equal to or greater than 
10 ppmw.
    (ii) If a treatment process or wastewater treatment system unit is 
monitored in accordance with Sec. 61.354(a)(2) of this subpart, then 
each 3-hour period of operation during which the average value of the 
monitored parameter is outside the range of acceptable values or during 
which the unit is not operating as designed.
    (iii) If a treatment process or wastewater treatment system unit is 
monitored in accordance with Sec. 61.354(b), then each period of 
operation during which the flow-weighted annual average concentration of 
benzene in the monitored waste stream entering the unit is equal to or 
greater than 10 ppmw and/or the total annual benzene quantity is equal 
to or greater than 1.0 mg/yr.
    (iv) For a control device monitored in accordance with 
Sec. 61.354(c) of this

[[Page 213]]

subpart, each period of operation monitored during which any of the 
following conditions occur, as applicable to the control device:
    (A) Each 3-hour period of operation during which the average 
temperature of the gas stream in the combustion zone of a thermal vapor 
incinerator, as measured by the temperature monitoring device, is more 
than 28  deg.C (50  deg.F) below the design combustion zone temperature.
    (B) Each 3-hour period of operation during which the average 
temperature of the gas stream immediately before the catalyst bed of a 
catalytic vapor incinerator, as measured by the temperature monitoring 
device, is more than 28  deg.C (50  deg.F) below the design gas stream 
temperature, and any 3-hour period during which the average temperature 
difference across the catalyst bed (i.e., the difference between the 
temperatures of the gas stream immediately before and after the catalyst 
bed), as measured by the temperature monitoring device, is less than 80 
percent of the design temperature difference.
    (C) Each 3-hour period of operation during which the average 
temperature of the gas stream in the combustion zone of a boiler or 
process heater having a design heat input capacity less than 44 MW (150 
x  106 BTU/hr), as mesured by the temperature monitoring device, is more 
than 28  deg.C (50  deg.F) below the design combustion zone temperature.
    (D) Each 3-hour period of operation during which the average 
concentration of organics or the average concentration of benzene in the 
exhaust gases from a carbon adsorber, condenser, or other vapor recovery 
system is more than 20 percent greater than the design concentration 
level of organics or benzene in the exhaust gas.
    (E) Each 3-hour period of operation during which the temperature of 
the condenser exhaust vent stream is more than 6  deg.C (11  deg.F) 
above the design average exhaust vent stream temperature, or the 
temperature of the coolant fluid exiting the condenser is more than 6 
deg.C (11  deg.F) above the design average coolant fluid temperature at 
the condenser outlet.
    (F) Each period in which the pilot flame of a flare is absent.
    (G) Each occurrence when there is a change in the location at which 
the vent stream is introduced into the flame zone of a boiler or process 
heater as required by Sec. 61.349(a)(2)(i)(C) of this subpart.
    (H) Each occurrence when the carbon in a carbon adsorber system that 
is regenerated directly on site in the control device is not regenerated 
at the predetermined carbon bed regeneration time.
    (I) Each occurrence when the carbon in a carbon adsorber system that 
is not regenerated directly on site in the control device is not 
replaced at the predetermined interval specified in Sec. 61.354(c) of 
this subpart.
    (J) Each 3-hour period of operation during which the parameters 
monitored are outside the range of values specified in 
Sec. 61.349(a)(2)(iv)(C), or any other periods specified by the 
Administrator for a control device subject to the requirements of 
Sec. 61.349(a)(2)(iv).
    (v) For a cover and closed-vent system monitored in accordance with 
Sec. 61.354(g), the owner or operator shall submit a report quarterly to 
the Administrator that identifies any period in which the pressure in 
the waste management unit is equal to or greater than atmospheric 
pressure.
    (8) Beginning one year after the date that the equipment necessary 
to comply with these standards has been certified in accordance with 
paragraph (d)(1) of this section, the owner or operator shall submit 
annually to the Administrator a report that summarizes all inspections 
required by Secs. 61.342 through 61.354 during which detectable 
emissions are measured or a problem (such as a broken seal, gap or other 
problem) that could result in benzone emissions is identified, including 
information about the repairs or corrective action taken.
    (e) An owner or operator electing to comply with the provisions of 
Secs. 61.351 or 61.352 of this subpart shall notify the Administrator of 
the alternative standard selected in the report required under 
Sec. 61.07 or Sec. 61.10 of this part.
    (f) An owner or operator who elects to install and operate the 
control equipment in Sec. 61.351 of this subpart

[[Page 214]]

shall comply with the reporting requirements in 40 CFR 60.115b.
    (g) An owner or operator who elects to install and operate the 
control equipment in Sec. 61.352 of this subpart shall submit initial 
and quarterly reports that identify all seal gap measurements, as 
required in 40 CFR 60.693-2(a), that are outside the prescribed limits.

[55 FR 8346, Mar. 7 1990; 55 FR 12444, Apr. 3, 1990, as amended at 55 FR 
37231, Sept. 10, 1990; 58 FR 3105, Jan. 7, 1993; 65 FR 62161, Oct. 17, 
2000]



Sec. 61.358  Delegation of authority.

    (a) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority to a 
State under section 112(d) of the Clean Air Act, the authorities 
contained in paragraph (b) of this section shall be retained by the 
Administrator and not transferred to a State.
    (b) Alternative means of emission limitation under Sec. 61.353 of 
this subpart will not be delegated to States.



Sec. 61.359  [Reserved]

                          Appendix A to Part 61

[[Page 215]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.015


[[Page 216]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.016


[[Page 217]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.017


[[Page 218]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.018


[[Page 219]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.019


[[Page 220]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.020

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.021

                           II. Waiver Requests

    A. Waiver of Compliance. Owners or operators of sources unable to 
operate in compliance with the National Emission Standards for Hazardous 
Air Pollutants prior to 90 days after the effective date of any 
standards or

[[Page 221]]

amendments which require the submission of such information may request 
a waiver of compliance from the Administrator of the U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency for the time period necessary to install appropriate 
control devices or make modifications to achieve compliance. The 
Administrator may grant a waiver of compliance with the standard for a 
period not exceeding two years from the effective date of the hazardous 
pollutant standards, if he finds that such period is necessary for the 
installation of controls and that steps will be taken during the period 
of the waiver to assure that the health of persons will be protected 
from imminent endangerment.

The report information provided in Section I must accompany this 
application. Applications should be sent to the appropriate EPA regional 
office.

    1. Processes Involved--Indicate the process or processes emitting 
hazardous pollutants to which emission controls are to be applied.
    2. Controls

    a. Describe the proposed type of control device to be added or 
modification to be made to the process to reduce the emission of 
hazardous pollutants to an acceptable level. (Use additional sheets if 
necessary.)
    b. Describe the measures that will be taken during the waiver period 
to assure that the health of persons will be protected from imminent 
endangerment. (Use additional sheets if necessary.)

    3. Increments of Progress--Specify the dates by which the following 
increments of progress will be met.

Date by which contracts for emission control systems or process 
modifications will be awarded; or date by which orders will be issued 
for the purchase of the component parts to accomplish emission control 
or process modification.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.022

    B. Waiver of Emission Tests. A waiver of emission testing may be 
granted to owners or operators of sources subject to emmission testing 
if, in the judgment of the Administrator of the Environmental Protection 
Agency the emissions from the source comply with the appropriate 
standard or if the owners or operators of the source have requested a 
waiver of compliance or have been granted a waiver of compliance.

This application should accompany the report information provided in 
Section I.

    1. Reason--State the reasons for requesting a waiver of emission 
testing. If the reason stated is that the emissions from the source are 
within the prescribed limits, documentation of this condition must be 
attached.
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
Date____________________________________________________________________
Signature of the owner or operator______________________________________

(Sec. 114, of the Clean Air Act as amended (42 U.S.C. 7414))

[40 FR 48303, Oct. 14, 1975, as amended at 43 FR 8800, Mar. 3, 1978; 50 
FR 46295, Sept. 9, 1985]

                   Appendix B to Part 61--Test Methods

Method 101--Determination of particulate and gaseous mercury emissions 
          from chlor-alkali plants (air streams)

[[Page 222]]

Method 101A--Determination of particulate and gaseous mercury emissions 
          from sewage sludge incinerators
Method 102--Determination of particulate and gaseous mercury emissions 
          from chlor-alkali plants (hydrogen streams)
Method 103--Beryllium screening method
Method 104--Determination of beryllium emissions from stationary sources
Method 105--Determination of mercury in wastewater treatment plant 
          sewage sludges
Method 106--Determination of vinyl chloride emissions from stationary 
          sources
Method 107--Determination of vinyl chloride content of in-process 
          wastewater samples, and vinyl chloride content of polyvinyl 
          chloride resin slurry, wet cake, and latex samples
Method 107A--Determination of vinyl chloride content of solvents, resin-
          solvent solution, polyvinyl chloride resin, resin slurry, wet 
          resin, and latex samples
Method 108--Determination of particulate and gaseous arsenic emissions
Method 108A--Determination of arsenic content in ore samples from 
          nonferrous smelters
Method 108B--Determination of arsenic content in ore samples from 
          nonferrous smelters
Method 108C--Determination of arsenic content in ore samples from 
          nonferrous smelters (molybdenum blue photometric procedure)
Method 111--Determination of Polonium--210 emissions from stationary 
          sources

 Method 101--Determination of Particulate and Gaseous Mercury Emissions 
                 From Chlor-Alkali Plants (Air Streams)

    Note: This method does not include all of the specifications (e.g., 
equipment and supplies) and procedures (e.g., sampling and analytical) 
essential to its performance. Some material is incorporated by reference 
from methods in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60. Therefore, to obtain 
reliable results, persons using this method should have a thorough 
knowledge of at least the following additional test methods: Method 1, 
Method 2, Method 3, and Method 5.

                       1.0  Scope and Application

    1.1  Analytes.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Analyte                   CAS No.          Sensitivity
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mercury (Hg)......................       7439-97-6  Dependent upon
                                                     recorder and
                                                     spectrophotometer.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1.2  Applicability. This method is applicable for the determination 
of Hg emissions, including both particulate and gaseous Hg, from chlor-
alkali plants and other sources (as specified in the regulations) where 
the carrier-gas stream in the duct or stack is principally air.
    1.3  Data Quality Objectives. Adherence to the requirements of this 
method will enhance the quality of the data obtained from air pollutant 
sampling methods.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    Particulate and gaseous Hg emissions are withdrawn isokinetically 
from the source and collected in acidic iodine monochloride (ICl) 
solution. The Hg collected (in the mercuric form) is reduced to 
elemental Hg, which is then aerated from the solution into an optical 
cell and measured by atomic absorption spectrophotometry.

                       3.0  Definitions [Reserved]

                           4.0  Interferences

    4.1  Sample Collection. Sulfur dioxide (SO2) reduces ICl 
and causes premature depletion of the ICl solution.
    4.2  Sample Analysis.
    4.2.1  ICl concentrations greater than 10-4 molar inhibit 
the reduction of the Hg (II) ion in the aeration cell.
    4.2.2  Condensation of water vapor on the optical cell windows 
causes a positive interference.

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, 
operations, and equipment. This test method does not purport to address 
all of the safety problems associated with its use. It is the 
responsibility of the user of this test method to establish appropriate 
safety and health practices and determine the applicability of 
regulatory limitations prior to performing this test method.
    5.2  Corrosive Reagents. The following reagents are hazardous. 
Personal protective equipment and safe procedures are useful in 
preventing chemical splashes. If contact occurs, immediately flush with 
copious amounts of water for at least 15 minutes. Remove clothing under 
shower and decontaminate. Treat residual chemical burn as thermal burn.
    5.2.1  Hydrochloric Acid (HCl). Highly toxic and corrosive. Causes 
severe damage to tissues. Vapors are highly irritating to eyes, skin, 
nose, and lungs, causing severe damage. May cause bronchitis, pneumonia, 
or

[[Page 223]]

edema of lungs. Exposure to concentrations of 0.13 to 0.2 percent can be 
lethal to humans in a few minutes. Provide ventilation to limit 
exposure. Reacts with metals, producing hydrogen gas.
    5.2.2  Nitric Acid (HNO3). Highly corrosive to eyes, 
skin, nose, and lungs. Vapors cause bronchitis, pneumonia, or edema of 
lungs. Reaction to inhalation may be delayed as long as 30 hours and 
still be fatal. Provide ventilation to limit exposure. Strong oxidizer. 
Hazardous reaction may occur with organic materials such as solvents.
    5.2.3  Sulfuric Acid (H2SO4). Rapidly 
destructive to body tissue. Will cause third degree burns. Eye damage 
may result in blindness. Inhalation may be fatal from spasm of the 
larynx, usually within 30 minutes. 3 mg/m3 will cause lung 
damage. 1 mg/m\3\ for 8 hours will cause lung damage or, in higher 
concentrations, death. Provide ventilation to limit inhalation. Reacts 
violently with metals and organics.

                      6.0  Equipment and Supplies.

    6.1  Sample Collection. A schematic of the sampling train used in 
performing this method is shown in Figure 101-1; it is similar to the 
Method 5 sampling train. The following items are required for sample 
collection:
    6.1.1  Probe Nozzle, Pitot Tube, Differential Pressure Gauge, 
Metering System, Barometer, and Gas Density Determination Equipment. 
Same as Method 5, Sections 6.1.1.1, 6.1.1.3, 6.1.1.4, 6.1.1.9, 6.1.2, 
and 6.1.3, respectively.
    6.1.2  Probe Liner. Borosilicate or quartz glass tubing. A heating 
system capable of maintaining a gas temperature of 120  14 
deg.C (248  25  deg.F) at the probe exit during sampling may 
be used to prevent water condensation.

    Note: Do not use metal probe liners.

    6.1.3  Impingers. Four Greenburg-Smith impingers connected in series 
with leak-free ground glass fittings or any similar leak-free 
noncontaminating fittings. For the first, third, and fourth impingers, 
impingers that are modified by replacing the tip with a 13-mm ID (0.5-
in.) glass tube extending to 13 mm (0.5 in.) from the bottom of the 
flask may be used.
    6.1.4  Acid Trap. Mine Safety Appliances air line filter, Catalog 
number 81857, with acid absorbing cartridge and suitable connections, or 
equivalent.
    6.2  Sample Recovery. The following items are needed for sample 
recovery:
    6.2.1  Glass Sample Bottles. Leakless, with Teflon-lined caps, 1000- 
and 100-ml.
    6.2.2  Graduated Cylinder. 250-ml.
    6.2.3  Funnel and Rubber Policeman. To aid in transfer of silica gel 
to container; not necessary if silica gel is weighed in the field.
    6.2.4  Funnel. Glass, to aid in sample recovery.
    6.3  Sample Preparation and Analysis. The following items are needed 
for sample preparation and analysis:
    6.3.1  Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer. Perkin-Elmer 303, or 
equivalent, containing a hollow-cathode mercury lamp and the optical 
cell described in Section 6.3.2.
    6.3.2  Optical Cell. Cylindrical shape with quartz end windows and 
having the dimensions shown in Figure 101-2. Wind the cell with 
approximately 2 meters (6 ft) of 24-gauge Nichrome wire, or equivalent, 
and wrap with fiberglass insulation tape, or equivalent; do not let the 
wires touch each other.
    6.3.3  Aeration Cell. Constructed according to the specifications in 
Figure 101-3. Do not use a glass frit as a substitute for the blown 
glass bubbler tip shown in Figure 101-3.
    6.3.4  Recorder. Matched to output of the spectrophotometer 
described in Section 6.3.1.
    6.3.5  Variable Transformer. To vary the voltage on the optical cell 
from 0 to 40 volts.
    6.3.6  Hood. For venting optical cell exhaust.
    6.3.7  Flow Metering Valve.
    6.3.8  Rate Meter. Rotameter, or equivalent, capable of measuring to 
within 2 percent a gas flow of 1.5 liters/min (0.053 cfm).
    6.3.9  Aeration Gas Cylinder. Nitrogen or dry, Hg-free air, equipped 
with a single-stage regulator.
    6.3.10  Tubing. For making connections. Use glass tubing (ungreased 
ball and socket connections are recommended) for all tubing connections 
between the solution cell and the optical cell; do not use Tygon tubing, 
other types of flexible tubing, or metal tubing as substitutes. Teflon, 
steel, or copper tubing may be used between the nitrogen tank and flow 
metering valve (Section 6.3.7), and Tygon, gum, or rubber tubing between 
the flow metering valve and the aeration cell.
    6.3.11  Flow Rate Calibration Equipment. Bubble flow meter or wet-
test meter for measuring a gas flow rate of 1.5  0.1 liters/
min (0.053  0.0035 cfm).
    6.3.12  Volumetric Flasks. Class A with penny head standard taper 
stoppers; 100-, 250-, 500-, and 1000-ml.
    6.3.13  Volumetric Pipets. Class A; 1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, and 5-ml.
    6.3.14  Graduated Cylinder. 50-ml.
    6.3.15  Magnetic Stirrer. General-purpose laboratory type.
    6.3.16  Magnetic Stirring Bar. Teflon-coated.
    6.3.17  Balance. Capable of weighing to  0.5 g.
    6.3.18  Alternative Analytical Apparatus. Alternative systems are 
allowable as long as they meet the following criteria:
    6.3.18.1  A linear calibration curve is generated and two 
consecutive samples of the same aliquot size and concentration agree 
within 3 percent of their average.

[[Page 224]]

    6.3.18.2  A minimum of 95 percent of the spike is recovered when an 
aliquot of a source sample is spiked with a known concentration of Hg 
(II) compound.
    6.3.18.3  The reducing agent should be added after the aeration cell 
is closed.
    6.3.18.4  The aeration bottle bubbler should not contain a frit.
    6.3.18.5  Any Tygon tubing used should be as short as possible and 
conditioned prior to use until blanks and standards yield linear and 
reproducible results.
    6.3.18.6  If manual stirring is done before aeration, it should be 
done with the aeration cell closed.
    6.3.18.7  A drying tube should not be used unless it is conditioned 
as the Tygon tubing above.

                       7.0  Reagents and Standards

    Unless otherwise indicated, all reagents must conform to the 
specifications established by the Committee on Analytical Reagents of 
the American Chemical Society; where such specifications are not 
available, use the best available grade.
    7.1  Sample Collection. The following reagents are required for 
sample collection:
    7.1.1  Water. Deionized distilled, to conform to ASTM D 1193-77 or 
91 (incorporated by reference--see Sec. 61.18), Type 1. If high 
concentrations of organic matter are not expected to be present, the 
analyst may eliminate the KMnO4 test for oxidizable organic 
matter. Use this water in all dilutions and solution preparations.
    7.1.2  Nitric Acid, 50 Percent (v/v). Mix equal volumes of 
concentrated HNO3 and water, being careful to add the acid to 
the water slowly.
    7.1.3  Silica Gel. Indicating type, 6- to 16-mesh. If previously 
used, dry at 175  deg.C (350  deg.F) for 2 hours. The tester may use new 
silica gel as received.
    7.1.4  Potassium Iodide (KI) Solution, 25 Percent. Dissolve 250 g of 
KI in water, and dilute to 1 liter.
    7.1.5  Iodine Monochloride Stock Solution, 1.0 M. To 800 ml of 25 
percent KI solution, add 800 ml of concentrated HCl. Cool to room 
temperature. With vigorous stirring, slowly add 135 g of potassium 
iodate (KIO3), and stir until all free iodine has dissolved. 
A clear orange-red solution occurs when all the KIO3 has been 
added. Cool to room temperature, and dilute to 1800 ml with water. Keep 
the solution in amber glass bottles to prevent degradation.
    7.1.6  Absorbing Solution, 0.1 M ICl. Dilute 100 ml of the 1.0 M ICl 
stock solution to 1 liter with water. Keep the solution in amber glass 
bottles and in darkness to prevent degradation. This reagent is stable 
for at least two months.
    7.2  Sample Preparation and Analysis. The following reagents and 
standards are required for sample preparation and analysis:
    7.2.1  Reagents.
    7.2.1.1  Tin (II) Solution. Prepare fresh daily, and keep sealed 
when not being used. Completely dissolve 20 g of tin (II) chloride (or 
25 g of tin (II) sulfate) crystals (Baker Analyzed reagent grade or any 
other brand that will give a clear solution) in 25 ml of concentrated 
HCl. Dilute to 250 ml with water. Do not substitute HNO3, 
H2SO4, or other strong acids for the HCl.
    7.2.1.2  Sulfuric Acid, 5 Percent (v/v). Dilute 25 ml of 
concentrated H2SO4 to 500 ml with water.
    7.2.2  Standards
    7.2.2.1  Hg Stock Solution, 1 mg Hg/ml. Prepare and store all Hg 
standard solutions in borosilicate glass containers. Completely dissolve 
0.1354 g of Hg (II) chloride in 75 ml of water in a 100-ml glass 
volumetric flask. Add 10 ml of concentrated HNO3, and adjust 
the volume to exactly 100 ml with water. Mix thoroughly. This solution 
is stable for at least one month.
    7.2.2.2  Intermediate Hg Standard Solution, 10 g Hg/ml. 
Prepare fresh weekly. Pipet 5.0 ml of the Hg stock solution (Section 
7.2.2.1) into a 500-ml glass volumetric flask, and add 20 ml of the 5 
percent H2SO4 solution. Dilute to exactly 500 ml 
with water. Thoroughly mix the solution.
    7.2.2.3  Working Hg Standard Solution, 200 ng Hg/ml. Prepare fresh 
daily. Pipet 5.0 ml of the intermediate Hg standard solution (Section 
7.2.2.2) into a 250-ml volumetric glass flask. Add 10 ml of the 5 
percent H2SO4 and 2 ml of the 0.1 M ICl absorbing 
solution taken as a blank (Section 8.7.4.3), and dilute to 250 ml with 
water. Mix thoroughly.

      8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation, Transport, and Storage

    Because of the complexity of this method, testers should be trained 
and experienced with the test procedures to ensure reliable results. 
Since the amount of Hg that is collected generally is small, the method 
must be carefully applied to prevent contamination or loss of sample.
    8.1  Pretest Preparation. Follow the general procedure outlined in 
Method 5, Section 8.1, except omit Sections 8.1.2 and 8.1.3.
    8.2  Preliminary Determinations. Follow the general procedure 
outlined in Method 5, Section 8.2, with the exception of the following:
    8.2.1  Select a nozzle size based on the range of velocity heads to 
assure that it is not necessary to change the nozzle size in order to 
maintain isokinetic sampling rates below 28 liters/min (1.0 cfm).
    8.2.2  Perform test runs such that samples are obtained over a 
period or periods that accurately determine the maximum emissions that 
occur in a 24-hour period. In the case of cyclic operations, run 
sufficient tests for the accurate determination of the emissions that

[[Page 225]]

occur over the duration of the cycle. A minimum sample time of 2 hours 
is recommended. In some instances, high Hg or high SO2 
concentrations make it impossible to sample for the desired minimum 
time. This is indicated by reddening (liberation of free iodine) in the 
first impinger. In these cases, the sample run may be divided into two 
or more subruns to ensure that the absorbing solution is not depleted.
    8.3  Preparation of Sampling Train.
    8.3.1  Clean all glassware (probe, impingers, and connectors) by 
rinsing with 50 percent HNO3, tap water, 0.1 M ICl, tap 
water, and finally deionized distilled water. Place 100 ml of 0.1 M ICl 
in each of the first three impingers. Take care to prevent the absorbing 
solution from contacting any greased surfaces. Place approximately 200 g 
of preweighed silica gel in the fourth impinger. More silica gel may be 
used, but care should be taken to ensure that it is not entrained and 
carried out from the impinger during sampling. Place the silica gel 
container in a clean place for later use in the sample recovery. 
Alternatively, determine and record the weight of the silica gel plus 
impinger to the nearest 0.5 g.
    8.3.2  Install the selected nozzle using a Viton A O-ring when stack 
temperatures are less than 260  deg.C (500  deg.F). Use a fiberglass 
string gasket if temperatures are higher. See APTD-0576 (Reference 3 in 
Method 5) for details. Other connecting systems using either 316 
stainless steel or Teflon ferrules may be used. Mark the probe with 
heat-resistant tape or by some other method to denote the proper 
distance into the stack or duct for each sampling point.
    8.3.3  Assemble the train as shown in Figure 101-1, using (if 
necessary) a very light coat of silicone grease on all ground glass 
joints. Grease only the outer portion (see APTD-0576) to avoid the 
possibility of contamination by the silicone grease.

    Note: An empty impinger may be inserted between the third impinger 
and the silica gel to remove excess moisture from the sample stream.
    8.3.4  After the sampling train has been assembled, turn on and set 
the probe heating system, if applicable, at the desired operating 
temperature. Allow time for the temperatures to stabilize. Place crushed 
ice around the impingers.
    8.4  Leak-Check Procedures. Follow the leak-check procedures 
outlined in Method 5, Section 8.4.
    8.5  Sampling Train Operation. Follow the general procedure outlined 
in Method 5, Section 8.5. For each run, record the data required on a 
data sheet such as the one shown in Figure 101-4.
    8.6  Calculation of Percent Isokinetic. Same as Method 5, Section 
8.6.
    8.7  Sample Recovery. Begin proper cleanup procedure as soon as the 
probe is removed from the stack at the end of the sampling period.
    8.7.1  Allow the probe to cool. When it can be safely handled, wipe 
off any external particulate matter near the tip of the probe nozzle, 
and place a cap over it. Do not cap off the probe tip tightly while the 
sampling train is cooling. Capping would create a vacuum and draw liquid 
out from the impingers.
    8.7.2  Before moving the sampling train to the cleanup site, remove 
the probe from the train, wipe off the silicone grease, and cap the open 
outlet of the probe. Be careful not to lose any condensate that might be 
present. Wipe off the silicone grease from the impinger. Use either 
ground-glass stoppers, plastic caps, or serum caps to close these 
openings.
    8.7.3  Transfer the probe and impinger assembly to a cleanup area 
that is clean, protected from the wind, and free of Hg contamination. 
The ambient air in laboratories located in the immediate vicinity of Hg-
using facilities is not normally free of Hg contamination.
    8.7.4  Inspect the train before and during disassembly, and note any 
abnormal conditions. Treat the samples as follows.
    8.7.4.1  Container No. 1 (Impingers and Probe).
    8.7.4.1.1  Using a graduated cylinder, measure the liquid in the 
first three impingers to within 1 ml. Record the volume of liquid 
present (e.g., see Figure 5-6 of Method 5). This information is needed 
to calculate the moisture content of the effluent gas. (Use only glass 
storage bottles and graduated cylinders that have been precleaned as in 
Section 8.3.1) Place the contents of the first three impingers into a 
1000-ml glass sample bottle.
    8.7.4.1.2  Taking care that dust on the outside of the probe or 
other exterior surfaces does not get into the sample, quantitatively 
recover the Hg (and any condensate) from the probe nozzle, probe 
fitting, and probe liner as follows: Rinse these components with two 50-
ml portions of 0.1 M ICl. Next, rinse the probe nozzle, fitting and 
liner, and each piece of connecting glassware between the probe liner 
and the back half of the third impinger with a maximum of 400 ml of 
water. Add all washings to the 1000-ml glass sample bottle containing 
the liquid from the first three impingers.
    8.7.4.1.3  After all washings have been collected in the sample 
container, tighten the lid on the container to prevent leakage during 
shipment to the laboratory. Mark the height of the liquid to determine 
later whether leakage occurred during transport. Label the container to 
identify clearly its contents.
    8.7.4.2  Container No. 2 (Silica Gel). Same as Method 5, Section 
8.7.6.3.

[[Page 226]]

    8.7.4.3  Container No. 3 (Absorbing Solution Blank). Place 50 ml of 
the 0.1 M ICl absorbing solution in a 100-ml sample bottle. Seal the 
container. Use this blank to prepare the working Hg standard solution 
(Section 7.2.2.3).

                          9.0  Quality Control

    9.1  Miscellaneous Quality Control Measures.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Quality control
            Section                  measure               Effect
------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.4 10.2......................  Sampling           Ensure accuracy and
                                 equipment leak-    precision of
                                 checks and         sampling
                                 calibration.       measurements.
10.5, 10.6....................  Spectrophotometer  Ensure linearity of
                                 calibration.       spectrophotometer
                                                    response to
                                                    standards.
11.3.3........................  Check for matrix   Eliminate matrix
                                 effects.           effects.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    9.2  Volume Metering System Checks. Same as Method 5, Section 9.2.

                 10.0  Calibration and Standardizations

    Note: Maintain a laboratory log of all calibrations.
    10.1  Before use, clean all glassware, both new and used, as 
follows: brush with soap and tap water, liberally rinse with tap water, 
soak for 1 hour in 50 percent HNO3, and then rinse with 
deionized distilled water.
    10.2  Sampling Equipment. Calibrate the sampling equipment according 
to the procedures outlined in the following sections of Method 5: 
Section 10.1 (Probe Nozzle), Section 10.2 (Pitot Tube Assembly), Section 
10.3 (Metering System), Section 10.5 (Temperature Sensors), Section 10.6 
(Barometer).
    10.3  Aeration System Flow Rate Meter. Assemble the aeration system 
as shown in Figure 101-5. Set the outlet pressure on the aeration gas 
cylinder regulator to a minimum pressure of 500 mm Hg (10 psi), and use 
the flow metering valve and a bubble flowmeter or wet-test meter to 
obtain a flow rate of 1.5  0.1 liters/min (0.053 
 0.0035 cfm) through the aeration cell. After the 
calibration of the aeration system flow rate meter is complete, remove 
the bubble flowmeter from the system.
    10.4  Optical Cell Heating System. Using a 50-ml graduated cylinder, 
add 50 ml of water to the bottle section of the aeration cell, and 
attach the bottle section to the bubbler section of the cell. Attach the 
aeration cell to the optical cell and while aerating at 1.5  
0.1 liters/min (0.053  0.0035 cfm), determine the minimum 
variable transformer setting necessary to prevent condensation of 
moisture in the optical cell and in the connecting tubing. (This setting 
should not exceed 20 volts.)
    10.5  Spectrophotometer and Recorder.
    10.5.1  The Hg response may be measured by either peak height or 
peak area.
    Note: The temperature of the solution affects the rate at which 
elemental Hg is released from a solution and, consequently, it affects 
the shape of the absorption curve (area) and the point of maximum 
absorbance (peak height). Therefore, to obtain reproducible results, 
bring all solutions to room temperature before use.

    10.5.2  Set the spectrophotometer wavelength at 253.7 nm, and make 
certain the optical cell is at the minimum temperature that will prevent 
water condensation. Then set the recorder scale as follows: Using a 50-
ml graduated cylinder, add 50 ml of water to the aeration cell bottle. 
Add three drops of Antifoam B to the bottle, and then pipet 5.0 ml of 
the working Hg standard solution into the aeration cell.

    Note: Always add the Hg-containing solution to the aeration cell 
after the 50 ml of water.
    10.5.3  Place a Teflon-coated stirring bar in the bottle. Before 
attaching the bottle section to the bubbler section of the aeration 
cell, make certain that (1) the aeration cell exit arm stopcock (Figure 
101-3) is closed (so that Hg will not prematurely enter the optical cell 
when the reducing agent is being added) and (2) there is no flow through 
the bubbler. If conditions (1) and (2) are met, attach the bottle 
section to the bubbler section of the aeration cell. Pipet 5 ml of tin 
(II) reducing solution into the aeration cell through the side arm, and 
immediately stopper the side arm. Stir the solution for 15 seconds, turn 
on the recorder, open the aeration cell exit arm stopcock, and 
immediately initiate aeration with continued stirring. Determine the 
maximum absorbance of the standard, and set this value to read 90 
percent of the recorder full scale.
    10.6  Calibration Curve.
    10.6.1  After setting the recorder scale, repeat the procedure in 
Section 10.5 using 0.0-, 1.0-, 2.0-, 3.0-, 4.0-, and 5.0-ml aliquots of 
the working standard solution (final amount of Hg in the aeration cell 
is 0, 200, 400, 600, 800, and 1000 ng, respectively). Repeat this 
procedure on each aliquot size until two consecutive peaks agree within 
3 percent of their average value.

    Note: To prevent Hg carryover from one sample to another, do not 
close the aeration cell from the optical cell until the recorder pen has 
returned to the baseline.)

    10.6.2  It should not be necessary to disconnect the aeration gas 
inlet line from the aeration cell when changing samples. After 
separating the bottle and bubbler sections of

[[Page 227]]

the aeration cell, place the bubbler section into a 600-ml beaker 
containing approximately 400 ml of water. Rinse the bottle section of 
the aeration cell with a stream of water to remove all traces of the tin 
(II) reducing agent. Also, to prevent the loss of Hg before aeration, 
remove all traces of the reducing agent between samples by washing with 
water. It will be necessary, however, to wash the aeration cell parts 
with concentrated HCl if any of the following conditions occur: (1) A 
white film appears on any inside surface of the aeration cell, (2) the 
calibration curve changes suddenly, or (3) the replicate samples do not 
yield reproducible results.
    10.6.3  Subtract the average peak height (or peak area) of the blank 
(0.0-ml aliquot)--which must be less than 2 percent of recorder full 
scale--from the averaged peak heights of the 1.0-, 2.0-, 3.0-, 4.0-, and 
5.0-ml aliquot standards. If the blank absorbance is greater than 2 
percent of full-scale, the probable cause is Hg contamination of a 
reagent or carry-over of Hg from a previous sample. Prepare the 
calibration curve by plotting the corrected peak height of each standard 
solution versus the corresponding final total Hg weight in the aeration 
cell (in ng), and draw the best fit straight line. This line should 
either pass through the origin or pass through a point no further from 
the origin than  2 percent of the recorder full scale. If 
the line does not pass through or very near to the origin, check for 
nonlinearity of the curve and for incorrectly prepared standards.

                       11.0  Analytical Procedure

    11.1  Sample Loss Check. Check the liquid level in each container to 
see whether liquid was lost during transport. If a noticeable amount of 
leakage occurred, either void the sample or use methods subject to the 
approval of the Administrator to account for the losses.
    11.2  Sample Preparation. Treat each sample as follows:
    11.2.1  Container No. 1 (Impingers and Probe). Carefully transfer 
the contents of Container No. 1 into a 1000-ml volumetric flask, and 
adjust the volume to exactly 1000 ml with water.
    11.2.2  Dilutions. Pipet a 2-ml aliquot from the diluted sample from 
Section 11.2.1 into a 250-ml volumetric flask. Add 10 ml of 5 percent 
H2SO4, and adjust the volume to exactly 250 ml 
with water. This solution is stable for at least 72 hours.

    Note: The dilution factor will be 250/2 for this solution.

    11.3  Analysis. Calibrate the analytical equipment and develop a 
calibration curve as outlined in Sections 10.3 through 10.6.
    11.3.1  Mercury Samples. Repeat the procedure used to establish the 
calibration curve with an appropriately sized aliquot (1 to 5 ml) of the 
diluted sample (from Section 11.2.2) until two consecutive peak heights 
agree within 3 percent of their average value. The peak maximum of an 
aliquot (except the 5-ml aliquot) must be greater than 10 percent of the 
recorder full scale. If the peak maximum of a 1.0-ml aliquot is off 
scale on the recorder, further dilute the original source sample to 
bring the Hg concentration into the calibration range of the 
spectrophotometer.
    11.3.2  Run a blank and standard at least after every five samples 
to check the spectrophotometer calibration. The peak height of the blank 
must pass through a point no further from the origin than 2 
percent of the recorder full scale. The difference between the measured 
concentration of the standard (the product of the corrected peak height 
and the reciprocal of the least squares slope) and the actual 
concentration of the standard must be less than 7 percent, or 
recalibration of the analyzer is required.
    11.3.3  Check for Matrix Effects (optional). Use the Method of 
Standard Additions as follows to check at least one sample from each 
source for matrix effects on the Hg results. The Method of Standard 
Additions procedures described on pages 9-4 and 9-5 of the section 
entitled ``General Information'' of the Perkin Elmer Corporation Atomic 
Absorption Spectrophotometry Manual, Number 303-0152 (Reference 16 in 
Section 16.0) are recommended. If the results of the Method of Standard 
Additions procedure used on the single source sample do not agree to 
within 5 percent of the value obtained by the routine atomic 
absorption analysis, then reanalyze all samples from the source using 
the Method of Standard Additions procedure.
    11.4  Container No. 2 (Silica Gel). Weigh the spent silica gel (or 
silica gel plus impinger) to the nearest 0.5 g using a balance. (This 
step may be conducted in the field.)

                  12.0  Data Analysis and Calculations

    Carry out calculations, retaining at least one extra decimal 
significant figure beyond that of the acquired data. Round off figures 
only after the final calculation. Other forms of the equations may be 
used as long as they give equivalent results.
    12.1  Average Dry Gas Meter Temperature and Average Orifice Pressure 
Drop, Dry Gas Volume, Volume of Water Vapor Condensed, Moisture Content, 
and Isokinetic Variation. Same as Method 5, Sections 12.2 through 12.5 
and 12.11, respectively.
    12.2  Stack Gas Velocity. Using the data from this test and Equation 
2-9 of Method 2, calculate the average stack gas velocity vs.
    12.3  Total Mercury.
    12.3.1  For each source sample, correct the average maximum 
absorbance of the two consecutive samples whose peak heights agree 
within 3 percent of their average for the contribution of the solution 
blank (see

[[Page 228]]

Section 10.6.3). Use the calibration curve and these corrected averages 
to determine the final total weight of Hg in ng in the aeration cell for 
each source sample.
    12.3.2  Correct for any dilutions made to bring the sample into the 
working range of the spectrophotometer. Then calculate the Hg in the 
original solution, mHg, as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.491

Where:

CHg(AC) = Total ng of Hg in aliquot analyzed (reagent blank 
          subtracted).
DF = Dilution factor for the Hg-containing solution (before adding to 
          the aeration cell; e.g., DF = 250/2 if the source samples were 
          diluted as described in Section 11.2.2).
Vf = Solution volume of original sample, 1000 ml for samples 
          diluted as described in Section 11.2.1.
10-\3\ = Conversion factor, g/ng.
S = Aliquot volume added to aeration cell, ml.

    12.4  Mercury Emission Rate. Calculate the daily Hg emission rate, 
R, using Equation 101-2. For continuous operations, the operating time 
is equal to 86,400 seconds per day. For cyclic operations, use only the 
time per day each stack is in operation. The total Hg emission rate from 
a source will be the summation of results from all stacks.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.492

Where:

K1 = 0.3858  deg.K/mm Hg for metric units.
K1 = 17.64  deg.R/in. Hg for English units.
K3 = 10-6 g/g for metric units.
     = 2.2046 ``  x  10-9 lb/g for English units.
Ps = Absolute stack gas pressure, mm Hg (in. Hg).
t = Daily operating time, sec/day.
Ts = Absolute average stack gas temperature,  deg.K ( deg.R).
Vm(std) = Dry gas sample volume at standard conditions, scm 
          (scf).
Vw(std) = Volume of water vapor at standard conditions, scm 
          (scf).

    12.5  Determination of Compliance. Each performance test consists of 
three repetitions of the applicable test method. For the purpose of 
determining compliance with an applicable national emission standard, 
use the average of the results of all repetitions.

                        13.0  Method Performance

    The following estimates are based on collaborative tests, wherein 13 
laboratories performed duplicate analyses on two Hg-containing samples 
from a chlor-alkali plant and on one laboratory-prepared sample of known 
Hg concentration. The sample concentrations ranged from 2 to 65 
g Hg/ml.
    13.1  Precision. The estimated intra-laboratory and inter-laboratory 
standard deviations are 1.6 and 1.8 g Hg/ml, respectively.
    13.2  Accuracy. The participating laboratories that analyzed a 64.3 
g Hg/ml (in 0.1 M ICl) standard obtained a mean of 63.7 
g Hg/ml.
    13.3  Analytical Range. After initial dilution, the range of this 
method is 0.5 to 120 g Hg/ml. The upper limit can be extended 
by further dilution of the sample.

                 14.0  Pollution Prevention. [Reserved]

                   15.0  Waste Management. [Reserved]

                            16.0  References

    Same as Method 5, Section 17.0, References 1-3, 5, and 6, with the 
addition of the following:

    1. Determining Dust Concentration in a Gas Stream. ASME Performance 
Test Code No. 27. New York, NY. 1957.
    2. DeVorkin, Howard, et al. Air Pollution Source Testing Manual. Air 
Pollution Control District. Los Angeles, CA. November 1963.
    3. Hatch, W.R., and W.I. Ott. Determination of Sub-Microgram 
Quantities of Mercury by Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry. Anal. 
Chem. 40:2085-87. 1968.
    4. Mark, L.S. Mechanical Engineers' Handbook. McGraw-Hill Book Co., 
Inc. New York, NY. 1951.

[[Page 229]]

    5. Western Precipitation Division of Joy Manufacturing Co. Methods 
for Determination of Velocity, Volume, Dust and Mist Content of Gases. 
Bulletin WP-50. Los Angeles, CA. 1968.
    6. Perry, J.H. Chemical Engineers' Handbook. McGraw-Hill Book Co., 
Inc. New York, NY. 1960.
    7. Shigehara, R.T., W.F. Todd, and W.S. Smith. Significance of 
Errors in Stack Sampling Measurements. Stack Sampling News. 1(3):6-18. 
September 1973.
    8. Smith, W.S., R.T. Shigehara, and W.F. Todd. A Method of 
Interpreting Stack Sampling Data. Stack Sampling News. 1(2):8-17. August 
1973.
    9. Standard Method for Sampling Stacks for Particulate Matter. In: 
1971 Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Part 23. ASTM Designation D 2928-71. 
Philadelphia, PA 1971.
    10. Vennard, J.K. Elementary Fluid Mechanics. John Wiley and Sons, 
Inc. New York. 1947.
    11. Mitchell, W.J. and M.R. Midgett. Improved Procedure for 
Determining Mercury Emissions from Mercury Cell Chlor-Alkali Plants. J. 
APCA. 26:674-677. July 1976.
    12. Shigehara, R.T. Adjustments in the EPA Nomograph for Different 
Pitot Tube Coefficients and Dry Molecular Weights. Stack Sampling News. 
2:4-11. October 1974.
    13. Vollaro, R.F. Recommended Procedure for Sample Traverses in 
Ducts Smaller than 12 Inches in Diameter. U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency, Emission Measurement Branch. Research Triangle Park, NC. 
November 1976.
    14. Klein, R. and C. Hach. Standard Additions: Uses and Limitation 
in Spectrophotometric Measurements. Amer. Lab. 9:21. 1977.
    15. Perkin Elmer Corporation. Analytical Methods for Atomic 
Absorption Spectrophotometry. Norwalk, Connecticut. September 1976.

[[Page 230]]

         17.0  Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.493


[[Page 231]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.494


[[Page 232]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.495


[[Page 233]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.496


[[Page 234]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.497

Method 101A--Determination of Particulate and Gaseous Mercury Emissions 
                     From Sewage Sludge Incinerators

    Note: This method does not include all of the specifications (e.g., 
equipment and supplies) and procedures (e.g., sampling and analytical) 
essential to its performance. Some material is incorporated by reference 
from methods in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60 and in this part. 
Therefore, to obtain reliable results, persons using this method should 
also have a thorough knowledge of at least the following additional test 
methods: Methods 1, Method 2, Method 3, and Method 5 of part 60 
(appendix A), and Method 101 part 61 (appendix B).

                       1.0  Scope and Application

    1.1  Analytes.

[[Page 235]]



------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Analyte                  CAS No.            Sensitivity
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mercury (Hg)...................       7439-97-6   Dependent upon
                                                   spectrophotometer and
                                                   recorder.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1.2  Applicability. This method is applicable for the determination 
of Hg emissions from sewage sludge incinerators and other sources as 
specified in an applicable subpart of the regulations.
    1.3  Data Quality Objectives. Adherence to the requirements of this 
method will enhance the quality of the data obtained from air pollutant 
sampling methods.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    2.1  Particulate and gaseous Hg emissions are withdrawn 
isokinetically from the source and are collected in acidic potassium 
permanganate (KMnO4) solution. The Hg collected (in the 
mercuric form) is reduced to elemental Hg, which is then aerated from 
the solution into an optical cell and measured by atomic absorption 
spectrophotometry.

                      3.0  Definitions. [Reserved]

                           4.0  Interferences

    4.1  Sample Collection. Excessive oxidizable organic matter in the 
stack gas prematurely depletes the KMnO4 solution and thereby 
prevents further collection of Hg.
    4.2  Analysis. Condensation of water vapor on the optical cell 
windows causes a positive interference.

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, 
operations, and equipment. This test method may not address all of the 
safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the 
user of this test method to establish appropriate safety and health 
practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations 
prior to performing this test method.
    5.2  Corrosive Reagents. The following reagents are hazardous. 
Personal protective equipment and safe procedures are useful in 
preventing chemical splashes. If contact occurs, immediately flush with 
copious amounts of water for at least 15 minutes. Remove clothing under 
shower and decontaminate. Treat residual chemical burns as thermal 
burns.
    5.2.1  Hydrochloric Acid (HCl). Highly toxic. Vapors are highly 
irritating to eyes, skin, nose, and lungs, causing severe damage. May 
cause bronchitis, pneumonia, or edema of lungs. Exposure to 
concentrations of 0.13 to 0.2 percent can be lethal to humans in a few 
minutes. Provide ventilation to limit exposure. Reacts with metals, 
producing hydrogen gas.
    5.2.2  Nitric Acid (HNO3). Highly corrosive to eyes, 
skin, nose, and lungs. Vapors cause bronchitis, pneumonia, or edema of 
lungs. Reaction to inhalation may be delayed as long as 30 hours and 
still be fatal. Provide ventilation to limit exposure. Strong oxidizer. 
Hazardous reaction may occur with organic materials such as solvents.
    5.2.3  Sulfuric acid (H2SO4). Rapidly 
destructive to body tissue. Will cause third degree burns. Eye damage 
may result in blindness. Inhalation may be fatal from spasm of the 
larynx, usually within 30 minutes. May cause lung tissue damage with 
edema. 3 mg/m\3\ will cause lung damage in uninitiated. 1 mg/m\3\ for 8 
hours will cause lung damage or, in higher concentrations, death. 
Provide ventilation to limit inhalation. Reacts violently with metals 
and organics.
    5.3  Chlorine Evolution. Hydrochloric acid reacts with 
KMnO4 to liberate chlorine gas. Although this is a minimal 
concern when small quantities of HCl (5-10 ml) are used in the impinger 
rinse, a potential safety hazard may still exist. At sources that emit 
higher concentrations of oxidizable materials (e.g., power plants), more 
HCl may be required to remove the larger amounts of brown deposit formed 
in the impingers. In such cases, the potential safety hazards due to 
sample container pressurization are greater, because of the larger 
volume of HCl rinse added to the recovered sample. These hazards are 
eliminated by storing and analyzing the HCl impinger wash separately 
from the permanganate impinger sample.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    6.1  Sample Collection and Sample Recovery. Same as Method 101, 
Sections 6.1 and 6.2, respectively, with the following exceptions:
    6.1.1  Probe Liner. Same as in Method 101, Section 6.1.2, except 
that if a filter is used ahead of the impingers, the probe heating 
system must be used to minimize the condensation of gaseous Hg.
    6.1.2  Filter Holder (Optional). Borosilicate glass with a rigid 
stainless-steel wire-screen filter support (do not use glass frit 
supports) and a silicone rubber or Teflon gasket, designed to provide a 
positive seal against leakage from outside or around the filter. The 
filter holder must be equipped with a filter heating system capable of 
maintaining a temperature around the filter holder of 120  
14  deg.C (248  25  deg.F) during sampling to minimize both 
water and gaseous Hg condensation. A filter may also be used in cases 
where the stream contains large quantities of particulate matter.
    6.2  Sample Analysis. Same as Method 101, Section 6.3, with the 
following additions and exceptions:

[[Page 236]]

    6.2.1  Volumetric Pipets. Class A; 1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 10-, and 20-
ml.
    6.2.2  Graduated Cylinder. 25-ml.
    6.2.3  Steam Bath.
    6.2.4  Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer or Equivalent. Any atomic 
absorption unit with an open sample presentation area in which to mount 
the optical cell is suitable. Instrument settings recommended by the 
particular manufacturer should be followed. Instruments designed 
specifically for the measurement of mercury using the cold-vapor 
technique are commercially available and may be substituted for the 
atomic absorption spectrophotometer.
    6.2.5  Optical Cell. Alternatively, a heat lamp mounted above the 
cell or a moisture trap installed upstream of the cell may be used.
    6.2.6  Aeration Cell. Alternatively, aeration cells available with 
commercial cold vapor instrumentation may be used.
    6.2.7  Aeration Gas Cylinder. Nitrogen, argon, or dry, Hg-free air, 
equipped with a single-stage regulator. Alternatively, aeration may be 
provided by a peristaltic metering pump. If a commercial cold vapor 
instrument is used, follow the manufacturer's recommendations.

                       7.0  Reagents and Standards

    Unless otherwise indicated, it is intended that all reagents conform 
to the specifications established by the Committee on Analytical 
Reagents of the American Chemical Society, where such specifications are 
available; otherwise, use the best available grade.
    7.1  Sample Collection and Recovery. The following reagents are 
required for sample collection and recovery:
    7.1.1  Water. Deionized distilled, to conform to ASTM D 1193-77 or 
91 Type 1. If high concentrations of organic matter are not expected to 
be present, the analyst may eliminate the KMnO4 test for 
oxidizable organic matter. Use this water in all dilutions and solution 
preparations.
    7.1.2  Nitric Acid, 50 Percent (V/V). Mix equal volumes of 
concentrated HNO3 and water, being careful to add the acid to 
the water slowly.
    7.1.3  Silica Gel. Indicating type, 6 to 16 mesh. If previously 
used, dry at 175  deg.C (350  deg.F) for 2 hours. New silica gel may be 
used as received.
    7.1.4  Filter (Optional). Glass fiber filter, without organic 
binder, exhibiting at least 99.95 percent efficiency on 0.3-m 
dioctyl phthalate smoke particles. The filter in cases where the gas 
stream contains large quantities of particulate matter, but blank 
filters should be analyzed for Hg content.
    7.1.5  Sulfuric Acid, 10 Percent (V/V). Carefully add and mix 100 ml 
of concentrated H2SO4 to 900 ml of water.
    7.1.6  Absorbing Solution, 4 Percent KMnO4 (W/V). Prepare 
fresh daily. Dissolve 40 g of KMnO4 in sufficient 10 percent 
H2SO4 to make 1 liter. Prepare and store in glass 
bottles to prevent degradation.
    7.1.7  Hydrochloric Acid, 8 N. Carefully add and mix 67 ml of 
concentrated HCl to 33 ml of water.
    7.2  Sample Analysis. The following reagents and standards are 
required for sample analysis:
    7.2.1  Water. Same as in Section 7.1.1.
    7.2.2  Tin (II) Solution. Prepare fresh daily, and keep sealed when 
not being used. Completely dissolve 20 g of tin (II) chloride (or 25 g 
of tin (II) sulfate) crystals (Baker Analyzed reagent grade or any other 
brand that will give a clear solution) in 25 ml of concentrated HCl. 
Dilute to 250 ml with water. Do not substitute HNO3, 
H2SO4, or other strong acids for the HCl.
    7.2.3  Sodium Chloride-Hydroxylamine Solution. Dissolve 12 g of 
sodium chloride and 12 g of hydroxylamine sulfate (or 12 g of 
hydroxylamine hydrochloride) in water and dilute to 100 ml.
    7.2.4  Hydrochloric Acid, 8 N. Same as Section 7.1.7.
    7.2.5  Nitric Acid, 15 Percent (V/V). Carefully add 15 ml 
HNO3 to 85 ml of water.
    7.2.6  Antifoam B Silicon Emulsion. J.T. Baker Company (or 
equivalent).
    7.2.7  Mercury Stock Solution, 1 mg Hg/ml. Prepare and store all Hg 
standard solutions in borosilicate glass containers. Completely dissolve 
0.1354 g of Hg (II) chloride in 75 ml of water. Add 10 ml of 
concentrated HNO3, and adjust the volume to exactly 100 ml 
with water. Mix thoroughly. This solution is stable for at least one 
month.
    7.2.8  Intermediate Hg Standard Solution, 10 g/ml. Prepare 
fresh weekly. Pipet 5.0 ml of the Hg stock solution (Section 7.2.7) into 
a 500 ml volumetric flask, and add 20 ml of 15 percent HNO3 
solution. Adjust the volume to exactly 500 ml with water. Thoroughly mix 
the solution.
    7.2.9  Working Hg Standard Solution, 200 ng Hg/ml. Prepare fresh 
daily. Pipet 5.0 ml from the ``Intermediate Hg Standard Solution'' 
(Section 7.2.8) into a 250-ml volumetric flask. Add 5 ml of 4 percent 
KMnO4 absorbing solution and 5 ml of 15 percent 
HNO3. Adjust the volume to exactly 250 ml with water. Mix 
thoroughly.
    7.2.10  Potassium Permanganate, 5 Percent (W/V). Dissolve 5 g of 
KMnO4 in water and dilute to 100 ml.
    7.2.11  Filter. Whatman No. 40, or equivalent.

      8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation, Transport, and Storage

    Same as Method 101, Section 8.0, with the exception of the 
following:
    8.1  Preliminary Determinations. Same as Method 101, Section 8.2, 
except that the liberation of free iodine in the first impinger

[[Page 237]]

due to high Hg or sulfur dioxide concentrations is not applicable. In 
this method, high oxidizable organic content may make it impossible to 
sample for the desired minimum time. This problem is indicated by the 
complete bleaching of the purple color of the KMnO4 solution. 
In cases where an excess of water condensation is encountered, collect 
two runs to make one sample, or add an extra impinger in front of the 
first impinger (also containing acidified KMnO4 solution).
    8.2  Preparation of Sampling Train. Same as Method 101, Section 8.3, 
with the exception of the following:
    8.2.1  In this method, clean all the glass components by rinsing 
with 50 percent HNO3, tap water, 8 N HCl, tap water, and 
finally with deionized distilled water. Then place 50 ml of absorbing 
solution in the first impinger and 100 ml in each of the second and 
third impingers.
    8.2.2  If a filter is used, use a pair of tweezers to place the 
filter in the filter holder. Be sure to center the filter, and place the 
gasket in the proper position to prevent the sample gas stream from 
bypassing the filter. Check the filter for tears after assembly is 
completed. Be sure also to set the filter heating system at the desired 
operating temperature after the sampling train has been assembled.
    8.3  Sampling Train Operation. In addition to the procedure outlined 
in Method 101, Section 8.5, maintain a temperature around the filter (if 
applicable) of 120  14  deg.C (248  25  deg.F).
    8.4  Sample Recovery. Same as Method 101, Section 8.7, with the 
exception of the following:
    8.4.1  Transfer the probe, impinger assembly, and (if applicable) 
filter assembly to the cleanup area.
    8.4.2  Treat the sample as follows:
    8.4.2.1  Container No. 1 (Impinger, Probe, and Filter Holder) and, 
if applicable, Container No. 1A (HCl rinse).
    8.4.2.1.1  Using a graduated cylinder, measure the liquid in the 
first three impingers to within 1 ml. Record the volume of liquid 
present (e.g., see Figure 5-6 of Method 5). This information is needed 
to calculate the moisture content of the effluent gas. (Use only 
graduated cylinder and glass storage bottles that have been precleaned 
as in Section 8.2.1.) Place the contents of the first three impingers 
(four if an extra impinger was added as described in Section 8.1) into a 
1000-ml glass sample bottle labeled Container No. 1.

    Note: If a filter is used, remove the filter from its holder as 
outlined under Section 8.4.3.

    8.4.2.1.2  Taking care that dust on the outside of the probe or 
other exterior surfaces does not get into the sample, quantitatively 
recover the Hg (and any condensate) from the probe nozzle, probe 
fitting, probe liner, front half of the filter holder (if applicable), 
and impingers as follows: Rinse these components with a total of 400 ml 
(350 ml if an extra impinger was added as described in Section 8.1) of 
fresh absorbing solution, carefully assuring removal of all loose 
particulate matter from the impingers; add all washings to the 1000 ml 
glass sample bottle. To remove any residual brown deposits on the 
glassware following the permanganate rinse, rinse with approximately 100 
ml of water, carefully assuring removal of all loose particulate matter 
from the impingers. Add this rinse to Container No. 1.
    8.4.2.1.3  If no visible deposits remain after this water rinse, do 
not rinse with 8 N HCl. If deposits do remain on the glassware after the 
water rinse, wash impinger walls and stems with 25 ml of 8 N HCl, and 
place the wash in a separate container labeled Container No. 1A as 
follows: Place 200 ml of water in a sample container labeled Container 
No. 1A. Wash the impinger walls and stem with the HCl by turning the 
impinger on its side and rotating it so that the HCl contacts all inside 
surfaces. Pour the HCl wash carefully with stirring into Container No. 
1A.
    8.4.2.1.4  After all washings have been collected in the appropriate 
sample container(s), tighten the lid(s) on the container(s) to prevent 
leakage during shipment to the laboratory. Mark the height of the fluid 
level to allow subsequent determination of whether leakage has occurred 
during transport. Label each container to identify its contents clearly.
    8.4.3  Container No. 2 (Silica Gel). Same as Method 5, Section 
8.7.6.3.
    8.4.4  Container No. 3 (Filter). If a filter was used, carefully 
remove it from the filter holder, place it in a 100-ml glass sample 
bottle, and add 20 to 40 ml of absorbing solution. If it is necessary to 
fold the filter, be sure that the particulate cake is inside the fold. 
Carefully transfer to the 100-ml sample bottle any particulate matter 
and filter fibers that adhere to the filter holder gasket by using a dry 
Nylon bristle brush and a sharp-edged blade. Seal the container. Label 
the container to identify its contents clearly. Mark the height of the 
fluid level to allow subsequent determination of whether leakage has 
occurred during transport.
    8.4.5  Container No. 4 (Filter Blank). If a filter was used, treat 
an unused filter from the same filter lot as that used for sampling 
according to the procedures outlined in Section 8.4.4.
    8.4.6  Container No. 5 (Absorbing Solution Blank). Place 650 ml of 4 
percent KMnO4 absorbing solution in a 1000-ml sample bottle. 
Seal the container.
    8.4.7  Container No. 6 (HCl Rinse Blank). Place 200 ml of water in a 
1000-ml sample bottle, and add 25 ml of 8 N HCl carefully

[[Page 238]]

with stirring. Seal the container. Only one blank sample per 3 runs is 
required.

                          9.0  Quality Control

    9.1  Miscellaneous Quality Control Measures.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Quality control
            Section                  measure               Effect
------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.0, 10.0.....................  Sampling           Ensure accuracy and
                                 equipment leak-    precision of
                                 checks and         sampling
                                 calibration.       measurements.
10.2..........................  Spectrophotometer  Ensure linearity of
                                 calibration.       spectrophotometer
                                                    response to
                                                    standards.
11.3.3........................  Check for matrix   Eliminate matrix
                                 effects.           effects.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    9.2  Volume Metering System Checks. Same as Method 5, Section 9.2.

                  10.0  Calibration and Standardization

    Same as Method 101, Section 10.0, with the following exceptions:
    10.1  Optical Cell Heating System Calibration. Same as in Method 
101, Section 10.4, except use a-25 ml graduated cylinder to add 25 ml of 
water to the bottle section of the aeration cell.
    10.2  Spectrophotometer and Recorder Calibration.
    10.2.1  The Hg response may be measured by either peak height or 
peak area.

    Note: The temperature of the solution affects the rate at which 
elemental Hg is released from a solution and, consequently, it affects 
the shape of the absorption curve (area) and the point of maximum 
absorbance (peak height). To obtain reproducible results, all solutions 
must be brought to room temperature before use.

    10.2.2  Set the spectrophotometer wave length at 253.7 nm, and make 
certain the optical cell is at the minimum temperature that will prevent 
water condensation. Then set the recorder scale as follows: Using a 25-
ml graduated cylinder, add 25 ml of water to the aeration cell bottle. 
Add three drops of Antifoam B to the bottle, and then pipet 5.0 ml of 
the working Hg standard solution into the aeration cell.

    Note: Always add the Hg-containing solution to the aeration cell 
after the 25 ml of water.
    10.2.3  Place a Teflon-coated stirring bar in the bottle. Add 5 ml 
of absorbing solution to the aeration bottle, and mix well. Before 
attaching the bottle section to the bubbler section of the aeration 
cell, make certain that (1) the aeration cell exit arm stopcock (Figure 
101-3 of Method 101) is closed (so that Hg will not prematurely enter 
the optical cell when the reducing agent is being added) and (2) there 
is no flow through the bubbler. If conditions (1) and (2) are met, 
attach the bottle section to the bubbler section of the aeration cell. 
Add sodium chloride-hydroxylamine in 1 ml increments until the solution 
is colorless. Now add 5 ml of tin (II) solution to the aeration bottle 
through the side arm, and immediately stopper the side arm. Stir the 
solution for 15 seconds, turn on the recorder, open the aeration cell 
exit arm stopcock, and immediately initiate aeration with continued 
stirring. Determine the maximum absorbance of the standard, and set this 
value to read 90 percent of the recorder full scale.

                       11.0  Analytical Procedure

    11.1  Sample Loss Check. Check the liquid level in each container to 
see if liquid was lost during transport. If a noticeable amount of 
leakage occurred, either void the sample or use methods subject to the 
approval of the Administrator to account for the losses.
    11.2  Sample Preparation. Treat sample containers as follows:
    11.2.1  Containers No. 3 and No. 4 (Filter and Filter Blank).
    11.2.1.1  If a filter is used, place the contents, including the 
filter, of Containers No. 3 and No. 4 in separate 250-ml beakers, and 
heat the beakers on a steam bath until most of the liquid has 
evaporated. Do not heat to dryness. Add 20 ml of concentrated 
HNO3 to the beakers, cover them with a watch glass, and heat 
on a hot plate at 70  deg.C (160  deg.F) for 2 hours. Remove from the 
hot plate.
    11.2.1.2  Filter the solution from digestion of the Container No. 3 
contents through Whatman No. 40 filter paper, and save the filtrate for 
addition to the Container No. 1 filtrate as described in Section 11.2.2. 
Discard the filter paper.
    11.2.1.3  Filter the solution from digestion of the Container No. 4 
contents through Whatman No. 40 filter paper, and save the filtrate for 
addition to Container No. 5 filtrate as described in Section 11.2.3 
below. Discard the filter paper.
    11.2.2  Container No. 1 (Impingers, Probe, and Filter Holder) and, 
if applicable, No. 1A (HCl rinse).
    11.2.2.1  Filter the contents of Container No. 1 through Whatman No. 
40 filter paper into a 1 liter volumetric flask to remove the brown 
manganese dioxide (MnO2) precipitate. Save the filter for 
digestion of the brown MnO2 precipitate. Add the sample 
filtrate from Container No. 3 to the 1-liter volumetric flask, and 
dilute to volume with water. If the combined filtrates are greater than 
1000 ml, determine the volume to the

[[Page 239]]

nearest ml and make the appropriate corrections for blank subtractions. 
Mix thoroughly. Mark the filtrate as analysis Sample No. A.1 and analyze 
for Hg within 48 hr of the filtration step. Place the saved filter, 
which was used to remove the brown MnO2 precipitate, into an 
appropriate sized container. In a laboratory hood, add 25 ml of 8 N HCl 
to the filter and allow to digest for a minimum of 24 hours at room 
temperature.
    11.2.2.2  Filter the contents of Container 1A through Whatman No. 40 
filter paper into a 500-ml volumetric flask. Then filter the digestate 
of the brown MnO2 precipitate from Container No. 1 through 
Whatman No. 40 filter paper into the same 500-ml volumetric flask, and 
dilute to volume with water. Mark this combined 500 ml dilute solution 
as analysis Sample No. A.2. Discard the filters.
    11.2.3  Container No. 5 (Absorbing Solution Blank) and No. 6 (HCl 
Rinse Blank).
    11.2.3.1  Treat Container No. 5 as Container No. 1 (as described in 
Section 11.2.2), except substitute the filter blank filtrate from 
Container No. 4 for the sample filtrate from Container No. 3, and mark 
as Sample A.1 Blank.
    11.2.3.2  Treat Container No. 6 as Container No. 1A, (as described 
in Section 11.2.2, except substitute the filtrate from the digested 
blank MnO2 precipitate for the filtrate from the digested 
sample MnO2 precipitate, and mark as Sample No. A.2 Blank.

    Note: When analyzing samples A.1 Blank and HCl A.2 Blank, always 
begin with 10 ml aliquots. This applies specifically to blank samples.

    11.3  Analysis. Calibrate the analytical equipment and develop a 
calibration curve as outlined in Section 10.0.
    11.3.1  Mercury Samples. Then repeat the procedure used to establish 
the calibration curve with appropriately sized aliquots (1 to 10 ml) of 
the samples (from Sections 11.2.2 and 11.2.3) until two consecutive peak 
heights agree within 3 percent of their average value. If the 10 ml 
sample is below the detectable limit, use a larger aliquot (up to 20 
ml), but decrease the volume of water added to the aeration cell 
accordingly to prevent the solution volume from exceeding the capacity 
of the aeration bottle. If the peak maximum of a 1.0 ml aliquot is off 
scale, further dilute the original sample to bring the Hg concentration 
into the calibration range of the spectrophotometer. If the Hg content 
of the absorbing solution and filter blank is below the working range of 
the analytical method, use zero for the blank.
    11.3.2  Run a blank and standard at least after every five samples 
to check the spectrophotometer calibration; recalibrate as necessary.
    11.3.3  Check for Matrix Effects (optional). Same as Method 101, 
Section 11.3.3.

                  12.0  Data Analysis and Calculations

    Note: Carry out calculations, retaining at least one extra decimal 
significant figure beyond that of the acquired data. Round off figures 
only after the final calculation. Other forms of the equations may be 
used as long as they give equivalent results.

    12.1  Nomenclature.

C(fltr)Hg = Total ng of Hg in aliquot of KMnO4 
          filtrate and HNO3 digestion of filter analyzed 
          (aliquot of analysis Sample No. A.1).
C(fltr blk)Hg = Total ng of Hg in aliquot of KMnO4 
          blank and HNO3 digestion of blank filter analyzed 
          (aliquot of analysis Sample No. A.1 blank).
C(HC1 blk)Hg = Total ng of Hg analyzed in aliquot of the 500-
          ml analysis Sample No. HCl A.2 blank.
C(HCl)Hg = Total ng of Hg analyzed in the aliquot from the 
          500-ml analysis Sample No. HCl A.2.
DF = Dilution factor for the HCl-digested Hg-containing solution, 
          Analysis Sample No. ``HCl A.2.''
DFblk = Dilution factor for the HCl-digested Hg containing 
          solution, Analysis Sample No. ``HCl A.2 blank.'' (Refer to 
          sample No. ``HCl A.2'' dilution factor above.)
m(fltr)Hg = Total blank corrected g of Hg in 
          KMnO4 filtrate and HNO3 digestion of 
          filter sample.
m(HCl)Hg = Total blank corrected g of Hg in HCl 
          rinse and HCl digestate of filter sample.
mHg = Total blank corrected Hg content in each sample, 
          g.
S = Aliquot volume of sample added to aeration cell, ml.
Sblk = Aliquot volume of blank added to aeration cell, ml.
Vf(blk) = Solution volume of blank sample, 1000 ml for 
          samples diluted as described in Section 11.2.2.
Vf(fltr) = Solution volume of original sample, normally 1000 
          ml for samples diluted as described in Section 11.2.2.
Vf(HCl) = Solution volume of original sample, 500 ml for 
          samples diluted as described in Section 11.2.1.
10-\3\ = Conversion factor, g/ng.

    12.2  Average Dry Gas Meter Temperature and Average Orifice Pressure 
Drop, Dry Gas Volume, Volume of Water Vapor Condensed, Moisture Content, 
Isokinetic Variation, and Stack Gas Velocity and Volumetric Flow Rate. 
Same as Method 5, Sections 12.2 through 12.5, 12.11, and 12.12, 
respectively.
    12.3  Total Mercury.
    12.3.1  For each source sample, correct the average maximum 
absorbance of the two consecutive samples whose peak heights agree 
within 3 percent of their average for the contribution of the blank. Use 
the calibration curve and these corrected averages to determine the 
final total weight of Hg in

[[Page 240]]

ng in the aeration cell for each source sample.
    12.3.2  Correct for any dilutions made to bring the sample into the 
working range of the spectrophotometer.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.498

    Note: This dilution factor applies only to the intermediate dilution 
steps, since the original sample volume [(Vf)HCL] 
of ``HCl A.2'' has been factored out in the equation along with the 
sample aliquot (S). In Eq. 101A-1, the sample aliquot, S, is introduced 
directly into the aeration cell for analysis according to the procedure 
outlined in Section 11.3.1. A dilution factor is required only if it is 
necessary to bring the sample into the analytical instrument's 
calibration range.
    Note: The maximum allowable blank subtraction for the HCl is the 
lesser of the two following values: (1) the actual blank measured value 
(analysis Sample No. HCl A.2 blank), or (2) 5% of the Hg content in the 
combined HCl rinse and digested sample (analysis Sample No. HCl A.2).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.499

    Note: The maximum allowable blank subtraction for the HCl is the 
lesser of the two following values: (1) the actual blank measured value 
(analysis Sample No. ``A.1 blank''), or (2) 5% of the Hg content in the 
filtrate (analysis Sample No. ``A.1'').
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.500

    12.3  Mercury Emission Rate. Same as Method 101, Section 12.3.
    12.4  Determination of Compliance. Same as Method 101, Section 12.4.

                        13.0  Method Performance

    13.1  Precision. Based on eight paired-train tests, the intra-
laboratory standard deviation was estimated to be 4.8 g/ml in 
the concentration range of 50 to 130 g/m3.
    13.2  Bias. [Reserved]
    13.3  Range. After initial dilution, the range of this method is 20 
to 800 ng Hg/ml. The upper limit can be extended by further dilution of 
the sample.

                  14.0  Pollution Prevention [Reserved]

                    15.0  Waste Management [Reserved]

                            16.0  References

    Same as Section 16.0 of Method 101, with the addition of the 
following:

    1. Mitchell, W.J., et al. Test Methods to Determine the Mercury 
Emissions from Sludge Incineration Plants. U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency. Research Triangle Park, NC. Publication No. EPA-600/4-79-058. 
September 1979.
    2. Wilshire, Frank W., et al. Reliability Study of the U.S. EPA's 
Method 101A--Determination of Particulate and Gaseous Mercury Emissions. 
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Research Triangle Park, NC. Report 
No. 600/D-31/219 AREAL 367, NTIS Acc No. PB91-233361.
    3. Memorandum from William J. Mitchell to Roger T. Shigehara 
discussing the potential safety hazard in Section 7.2 of Method 101A. 
February 28, 1990.


[[Page 241]]



   17.0  Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, And Validation Data [Reserved]

 Method 102--Determination of Particulate and Gaseous Mercury Emissions 
               From Chlor-Alkali Plants (Hydrogen Streams)

    Note: This method does not include all of the specifications (e.g., 
equipment and supplies) and procedures (e.g., sampling and analytical) 
essential to its performance. Some material is incorporated by reference 
from other methods in this part and in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60. 
Therefore, to obtain reliable results, persons using this method should 
have a thorough knowledge of at least the following additional test 
methods: Method 1, Method 2, Method 3, Method 5, and Method 101.

                       1.0  Scope and Application

    1.1  Analytes.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Analyte                  CAS No.           Sensitivity
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mercury (Hg)...................       7439-97-6  Dependent upon recorder
                                                  and spectrophotometer.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1.2  Applicability. This method is applicable for the determination 
of Hg emissions, including both particulate and gaseous Hg, from chlor-
alkali plants and other sources (as specified in the regulations) where 
the carrier-gas stream in the duct or stack is principally hydrogen.
    1.3  Data Quality Objectives. Adherence to the requirements of this 
method will enhance the quality of the data obtained from air pollutant 
sampling methods.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    2.1  Particulate and gaseous Hg emissions are withdrawn 
isokinetically from the source and collected in acidic iodine 
monochloride (ICl) solution. The Hg collected (in the mercuric form) is 
reduced to elemental Hg, which is then aerated from the solution into an 
optical cell and measured by atomic absorption spectrophotometry.

                       3.0  Definitions [Reserved]

                           4.0  Interferences

    Same as Method 101, Section 4.2.

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, 
operations, and equipment. This test method may not address all of the 
safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the 
user of this test method to establish appropriate safety and health 
practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations 
prior to performing this test method.
    5.2  Corrosive Reagents. Same as Method 101, Section 5.2.
    5.3  Explosive Mixtures. The sampler must conduct the source test 
under conditions of utmost safety because hydrogen and air mixtures are 
explosive. Since the sampling train essentially is leakless, attention 
to safe operation can be concentrated at the inlet and outlet. If a leak 
does occur, however, remove the meter box cover to avoid a possible 
explosive mixture. The following specific precautions are recommended:
    5.3.1  Operate only the vacuum pump during the test. The other 
electrical equipment, e.g., heaters, fans, and timers, normally are not 
essential to the success of a hydrogen stream test.
    5.3.2  Seal the sample port to minimize leakage of hydrogen from the 
stack.
    5.3.3  Vent sampled hydrogen at least 3 m (10 ft) away from the 
train. This can be accomplished by attaching a 13-mm (0.50-in.) ID Tygon 
tube to the exhaust from the orifice meter.

    Note: A smaller ID tubing may cause the orifice meter calibration to 
be erroneous. Take care to ensure that the exhaust line is not bent or 
pinched.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    Same as Method 101, Section 6.0, with the exception of the 
following:
    6.1  Probe Heating System. Do not use, unless otherwise specified.
    6.2  Glass Fiber Filter. Do not use, unless otherwise specified.

                       7.0  Reagents and Standards

    Same as Method 101, Section 7.0.

      8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation, Transport, and Storage

    Same as Method 101, Section 8.0, with the exception of the 
following:
    8.1  Setting of Isokinetic Rates.
    8.1.1  If a nomograph is used, take special care in the calculation 
of the molecular weight of the stack gas and in the setting of the 
nomograph to maintain isokinetic conditions during sampling (Sections 
8.1.1.1 through 8.1.1.3 below).
    8.1.1.1  Calibrate the meter box orifice. Use the techniques 
described in APTD-0576 (see Reference 9 in Section 17.0 of Method 5). 
Calibration of the orifice meter at flow conditions that simulate the 
conditions at the source is suggested. Calibration should either be done 
with hydrogen or with some other gas having similar Reynolds Number

[[Page 242]]

so that there is similarity between the Reynolds Numbers during 
calibration and during sampling.
    8.1.1.2  The nomograph described in APTD-0576 cannot be used to 
calculate the C factor because the nomograph is designed for use when 
the stack gas dry molecular weight is 29  4. Instead, the 
following calculation should be made to determine the proper C factor:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.501

Where:

Bws = Fraction by volume of water vapor in the stack gas.
Cp = Pitot tube calibration coefficient, dimensionless.
Md = Dry molecular weight of stack gas, lb/lb-mole.
Ps = Absolute pressure of stack gas, in. Hg.
Pm = Absolute pressure of gas at the meter, in. Hg.
Tm = Absolute temperature of gas at the orifice,  deg.R.
H@ = Meter box calibration factor obtained in 
          Section 8.1.1.1, in. H2O.
0.00154 = (in. H2O/ deg.R).

    Note: This calculation is left in English units, and is not 
converted to metric units because nomographs are based on English units.

    8.1.1.3  Set the calculated C factor on the operating nomograph, and 
select the proper nozzle diameter and K factor as specified in APTD-
0576. If the C factor obtained in Section 8.1.1.2 exceeds the values 
specified on the existing operating nomograph, expand the C scale 
logarithmically so that the values can be properly located.
    8.1.2  If a calculator is used to set isokinetic rates, it is 
suggested that the isokinetic equation presented in Reference 13 in 
Section 17.0 of Method 101 be consulted.
    8.2  Sampling in Small (12-in. Diameter) Stacks. When the stack 
diameter (or equivalent diameter) is less than 12 inches, conventional 
pitot tube-probe assemblies should not be used. For sampling guidelines, 
see Reference 14 in Section 17.0 of Method 101.

                          9.0  Quality Control

    Same as Method 101, Section 9.0.

                 10.0  Calibration and Standardizations

    Same as Method 101, Section 10.0.

                       11.0  Analytical Procedure

    Same as Method 101, Section 11.0.

                  12.0  Data Analysis and Calculations

    Same as Method 101, Section 12.0.

                        13.0  Method Performance

    Same as Method 101, Section 13.0.
    13.1  Analytical Range. After initial dilution, the range of this 
method is 0.5 to 120 g Hg/ml. The upper limit can be extended 
by further dilution of the sample.

                 14.0  Pollution Prevention. [Reserved]

                   15.0  Waste Management. [Reserved]

                            16.0  References

    Same as Method 101, Section 16.0.

   17.0  Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data. [Reserved]

                 Method 103--Beryllium Screening Method

                       1.0  Scope and Application

    1.1  Analytes.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Analyte                  CAS No.            Sensitivity
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Beryllium (Be).................       7440-41-7   Dependent upon
                                                   analytical procedure
                                                   used.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1.2  Applicability. This procedure details guidelines and 
requirements for methods acceptable for use in determining Be emissions 
in ducts or stacks at stationary sources.
    1.3  Data Quality Objectives. Adherence to the requirements of this 
method will enhance the quality of the data obtained from air pollutant 
sampling methods.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    2.1  Particulate Be emissions are withdrawn isokinetically from 
three points in a duct or stack and are collected on a filter. The 
collected sample is analyzed for Be using an appropriate technique.

[[Page 243]]

                      3.0  Definitions. [Reserved]

                     4.0  Interferences. [Reserved]

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, 
operations, and equipment. This test method may not address all of the 
safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the 
user of this test method to establish appropriate safety and health 
practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations 
prior to performing this test method.
    5.2  Hydrochloric Acid (HCl). Highly corrosive and toxic. Vapors are 
highly irritating to eyes, skin, nose, and lungs, causing severe damage. 
May cause bronchitis, pneumonia, or edema of lungs. Exposure to 
concentrations of 0.13 to 0.2 percent can be lethal to humans in a few 
minutes. Provide ventilation to limit exposure. Reacts with metals, 
producing hydrogen gas. Personal protective equipment and safe 
procedures are useful in preventing chemical splashes. If contact 
occurs, immediately flush with copious amounts of water at least 15 
minutes. Remove clothing under shower and decontaminate. Treat residual 
chemical burn as thermal burn.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    6.1  Sample Collection. A schematic of the required sampling train 
configuration is shown in Figure 103-1 in Section 17.0. The essential 
components of the train are as follows:
    6.1.1  Nozzle. Stainless steel, or equivalent, with sharp, tapered 
leading edge.
    6.1.2  Probe. Sheathed borosilicate or quartz glass tubing.
    6.1.3  Filter. Millipore AA, or equivalent, with appropriate filter 
holder that provides a positive seal against leakage from outside or 
around the filter. It is suggested that a Whatman 41, or equivalent, be 
placed immediately against the back side of the Millipore filter as a 
guard against breakage of the Millipore. Include the backup filter in 
the analysis. To be equivalent, other filters shall exhibit at least 
99.95 percent efficiency (0.05 percent penetration) on 0.3 micron 
dioctyl phthalate smoke particles, and be amenable to the Be analysis 
procedure. The filter efficiency tests shall be conducted in accordance 
with ASTM D 2986-71, 78, 95a (incorporated by reference--see 
Sec. 61.18). Test data from the supplier's quality control program are 
sufficient for this purpose.
    6.1.4  Meter-Pump System. Any system that will maintain isokinetic 
sampling rate, determine sample volume, and is capable of a sampling 
rate of greater than 14 lpm (0.5 cfm).
    6.2  Measurement of Stack Conditions. The following equipment is 
used to measure stack conditions:
    6.2.1  Pitot Tube. Type S, or equivalent, with a constant 
coefficient (5 percent) over the working range.
    6.2.2  Inclined Manometer, or Equivalent. To measure velocity head 
to 10 percent of the minimum value.
    6.2.3  Temperature Measuring Device. To measure stack temperature to 
1.5 percent of the minimum absolute stack temperature.
    6.2.4  Pressure Measuring Device. To measure stack pressure to 
2.5 mm Hg (0.1 in. Hg).
    6.2.5  Barometer. To measure atmospheric pressure to 2.5 
mm Hg (0.1 in. Hg).
    6.2.6  Wet and Dry Bulb Thermometers, Drying Tubes, Condensers, or 
Equivalent. To determine stack gas moisture content to 1 
percent.
    6.3  Sample Recovery.
    6.3.1  Probe Cleaning Equipment. Probe brush or cleaning rod at 
least as long as probe, or equivalent. Clean cotton balls, or 
equivalent, should be used with the rod.
    6.3.2  Leakless Glass Sample Bottles. To contain sample.
    6.4  Analysis. All equipment necessary to perform an atomic 
absorption, spectrographic, fluorometric, chromatographic, or equivalent 
analysis.

                       7.0  Reagents and Standards

    7.1  Sample Recovery.
    7.1.1  Water. Deionized distilled, to conform to ASTM D 1193-77, 91 
(incorporated by reference--see Sec. 61.18), Type 3.
    7.1.2  Acetone. Reagent grade.
    7.1.3  Wash Acid, 50 Percent (V/V) Hydrochloric Acid (HCl). Mix 
equal volumes of concentrated HCl and water, being careful to add the 
acid slowly to the water.
    7.2  Analysis. Reagents and standards as necessary for the selected 
analytical procedure.

      8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation, Transport, and Storage

    Guidelines for source testing are detailed in the following 
sections. These guidelines are generally applicable; however, most 
sample sites differ to some degree and temporary alterations such as 
stack extensions or expansions often are required to insure the best 
possible sample site. Further, since Be is hazardous, care should be 
taken to minimize exposure. Finally, since the total quantity of Be to 
be collected is quite small, the test must be carefully conducted to 
prevent contamination or loss of sample.
    8.1  Selection of a Sampling Site and Number of Sample Runs. Select 
a suitable sample site that is as close as practicable to the point of 
atmospheric emission. If possible, stacks smaller than one foot in 
diameter should not be sampled.

[[Page 244]]

    8.1.1  Ideal Sampling Site. The ideal sampling site is at least 
eight stack or duct diameters downstream and two diameters upstream from 
any flow disturbance such as a bend, expansion or contraction. For 
rectangular cross sections, use Equation 103-1 in Section 12.2 to 
determine an equivalent diameter, De.
    8.1.2  Alternate Sampling Site. Some sampling situations may render 
the above sampling site criteria impractical. In such cases, select an 
alternate site no less than two diameters downstream and one-half 
diameter upstream from any point of flow disturbance. Additional sample 
runs are recommended at any sample site not meeting the criteria of 
Section 8.1.1.
    8.1.3  Number of Sample Runs Per Test. Three sample runs constitute 
a test. Conduct each run at one of three different points. Select three 
points that proportionately divide the diameter, or are located at 25, 
50, and 75 percent of the diameter from the inside wall. For horizontal 
ducts, sample on a vertical line through the centroid. For rectangular 
ducts, sample on a line through the centroid and parallel to a side. If 
additional sample runs are performed per Section 8.1.2, proportionately 
divide the duct to accommodate the total number of runs.
    8.2  Measurement of Stack Conditions. Using the equipment described 
in Section 6.2, measure the stack gas pressure, moisture, and 
temperature to determine the molecular weight of the stack gas. Sound 
engineering estimates may be made in lieu of direct measurements. 
Describe the basis for such estimates in the test report.
    8.3  Preparation of Sampling Train.
    8.3.1  Assemble the sampling train as shown in Figure 103-1. It is 
recommended that all glassware be precleaned by soaking in wash acid for 
two hours.
    8.3.2  Leak check the sampling train at the sampling site. The 
leakage rate should not be in excess of 1 percent of the desired sample 
rate.
    8.4  Sampling Train Operation.
    8.4.1  For each run, measure the velocity at the selected sampling 
point. Determine the isokinetic sampling rate. Record the velocity head 
and the required sampling rate. Place the nozzle at the sampling point 
with the tip pointing directly into the gas stream. Immediately start 
the pump and adjust the flow to isokinetic conditions. At the conclusion 
of the test, record the sampling rate. Again measure the velocity head 
at the sampling point. The required isokinetic rate at the end of the 
period should not have deviated more than 20 percent from that 
originally calculated. Describe the reason for any deviation beyond 20 
percent in the test report.
    8.4.2  Sample at a minimum rate of 14 liters/min (0.5 cfm). Obtain 
samples over such a period or periods of time as are necessary to 
determine the maximum emissions which would occur in a 24-hour period. 
In the case of cyclic operations, perform sufficient sample runs so as 
to allow determination or calculation of the emissions that occur over 
the duration of the cycle. A minimum sampling time of two hours per run 
is recommended.
    8.5  Sample Recovery.
    8.5.1  It is recommended that all glassware be precleaned as in 
Section 8.3. Sample recovery should also be performed in an area free of 
possible Be contamination. When the sampling train is moved, exercise 
care to prevent breakage and contamination. Set aside a portion of the 
acetone used in the sample recovery as a blank for analysis. The total 
amount of acetone used should be measured for accurate blank correction. 
Blanks can be eliminated if prior analysis shows negligible amounts.
    8.5.2  Remove the filter (and backup filter, if used) and any loose 
particulate matter from filter holder, and place in a container.
    8.5.3  Clean the probe with acetone and a brush or long rod and 
cotton balls. Wash into the container with the filter. Wash out the 
filter holder with acetone, and add to the same container.

                    9.0  Quality Control. [Reserved]

                  10.0  Calibration and Standardization

    10.1  Sampling Train. As a procedural check, compare the sampling 
rate regulation with a dry gas meter, spirometer, rotameter (calibrated 
for prevailing atmospheric conditions), or equivalent, attached to the 
nozzle inlet of the complete sampling train.
    10.2  Analysis. Perform the analysis standardization as suggested by 
the manufacturer of the instrument, or the procedures for the analytical 
method in use.

                       11.0  Analytical Procedure

    Make the necessary preparation of samples and analyze for Be. Any 
currently acceptable method (e.g., atomic absorption, spectrographic, 
fluorometric, chromatographic) may be used.

                  12.0  Data Analysis and Calculations

    12.1  Nomenclature.

As(avg) = Stack area, m\2\ (ft\2\).
L = Length.
R = Be emission rate, g/day.
Vs(avg) = Average stack gas velocity, m/sec (ft/sec).
Vtotal = Total volume of gas sampled, m\3\ (ft\3\).
W = Width.
Wt = Total weight of Be collected, mg.
10-6 = Conversion factor, g/g.
86,400 = Conversion factor, sec/day.

    12.2  Calculate the equivalent diameter, De, for a rectangular cross 
section as follows:

[[Page 245]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.502

    12.3  Calculate the Be emission rate, R, in g/day for each stack 
using Equation 103-2. For cyclic operations, use only the time per day 
each stack is in operation. The total Be emission rate from a source is 
the summation of results from all stacks.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.503

12.4  Test Report. Prepare a test report that includes as a minimum: A 
detailed description of the sampling train used, results of the 
procedural check described in Section 10.1 with all data and 
calculations made, all pertinent data taken during the test, the basis 
for any estimates made, isokinetic sampling calculations, and emission 
results. Include a description of the test site, with a block diagram 
and brief description of the process, location of the sample points in 
the stack cross section, and stack dimensions and distances from any 
point of disturbance.

[[Page 246]]

                  13.0  Method Performance. [Reserved]

                 14.0  Pollution Prevention. [Reserved]

                   15.0  Waste Management. [Reserved]

                      16.0  References. [Reserved]

        17.0  Tables, Diagrams, Flow Charts, and Validation Data
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.504


[[Page 247]]



Method 104--Determination of Beryllium Emissions From Stationary Sources

    Note: This method does not include all of the specifications (e.g., 
equipment and supplies) and procedures (e.g., sampling and analytical) 
essential to its performance. Some material is incorporated by reference 
from methods in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60. Therefore, to obtain 
reliable results, persons using this method should have a thorough 
knowledge of at least the following additional test methods: Method 1, 
Method 2, Method 3, and Method 5 in appendix A, part 60.

                       1.0  Scope and Application

    1.1  Analytes.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Analyte                  CAS No.            Sensitivity
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Beryllium (Be).................       7440-41-7   Dependent upon
                                                   recorder and
                                                   spectrophotometer.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1.2  Applicability. This method is applicable for the determination 
of Be emissions in ducts or stacks at stationary sources. Unless 
otherwise specified, this method is not intended to apply to gas streams 
other than those emitted directly to the atmosphere without further 
processing.
    1.3  Data Quality Objectives. Adherences to the requirements of this 
method will enhance the quality of the data obtained from air pollutant 
sampling methods.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    2.1  Particulate and gaseous Be emissions are withdrawn 
isokinetically from the source and are collected on a glass fiber filter 
and in water. The collected sample is digested in an acid solution and 
is analyzed by atomic absorption spectrophotometry.

                       3.0  Definitions [Reserved]

                           4.0  Interferences

    4.1  Matrix Effects. Analysis for Be by flame atomic absorption 
spectrophotometry is sensitive to the chemical composition and to the 
physical properties (e.g., viscosity, pH) of the sample. Aluminum and 
silicon in particular are known to interfere when present in appreciable 
quantities. The analytical procedure includes (optionally) the use of 
the Method of Standard Additions to check for these matrix effects, and 
sample analysis using the Method of Standard Additions if significant 
matrix effects are found to be present (see Reference 2 in Section 
16.0).

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, 
operations, and equipment. This test method may not address all of the 
safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the 
user of this test method to establish appropriate safety and health 
practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations 
prior to performing this test method.
    5.2  Corrosive reagents. The following reagents are hazardous. 
Personal protective equipment and safe procedures are useful in 
preventing chemical splashes. If contact occurs, immediately flush with 
copious amounts of water at least 15 minutes. Remove clothing under 
shower and decontaminate. Treat residual chemical burn as thermal burn.
    5.2.1  Hydrochloric Acid (HCl). Highly toxic. Vapors are 
highly irritating to eyes, skin, nose, and lungs, causing severe damage. 
May cause bronchitis, pneumonia, or edema of lungs. Exposure to 
concentrations of 0.13 to 0.2 percent can be lethal to humans in a few 
minutes. Provide ventilation to limit exposure. Reacts with metals, 
producing hydrogen gas.
    5.2.2  Hydrogen Peroxide (H2O2). Irritating to 
eyes, skin, nose, and lungs.
    5.2.3  Nitric Acid (HNO3). Highly corrosive to eyes, 
skin, nose, and lungs. Vapors cause bronchitis, pneumonia, or edema of 
lungs. Reaction to inhalation may be delayed as long as 30 hours and 
still be fatal. Provide ventilation to limit exposure. Strong oxidizer. 
Hazardous reaction may occur with organic materials such as solvents.
    5.2.4  Sodium Hydroxide (NaOH). Causes severe damage to eyes and 
skin. Inhalation causes irritation to nose, throat, and lungs. Reacts 
exothermically with limited amounts of water.
    5.3  Beryllium is hazardous, and precautions should be taken to 
minimize exposure.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    6.1  Sample Collection. Same as Method 5, Section 6.1, with the 
exception of the following:
    6.1.1  Sampling Train. Same as Method 5, Section 6.1.1, with the 
exception of the following:
    6.1.2  Probe Liner. Borosilicate or quartz glass tubing. A heating 
system capable of maintaining a gas temperature of 120  14 
deg.C (248  25  deg.F) at the probe exit during sampling to 
prevent water condensation may be used.

    Note: Do not use metal probe liners.

    6.1.3  Filter Holder. Borosilicate glass, with a glass frit filter 
support and a silicone rubber gasket. Other materials of construction 
(e.g., stainless steel, Teflon, Viton) may

[[Page 248]]

be used, subject to the approval of the Administrator. The holder design 
shall provide a positive seal against leakage from the outside or around 
the filter. The holder shall be attached immediately at the outlet of 
the probe. A heating system capable of maintaining the filter at a 
minimum temperature in the range of the stack temperature may be used to 
prevent condensation from occurring.
    6.1.4  Impingers. Four Greenburg-Smith impingers connected in series 
with leak-free ground glass fittings or any similar leak-free 
noncontaminating fittings. For the first, third, and fourth impingers, 
use impingers that are modified by replacing the tip with a 13 mm-ID 
(0.5 in.) glass tube extending to 13 mm (0.5 in.) from the bottom of the 
flask may be used.
    6.2  Sample Recovery. The following items are needed for sample 
recovery:
    6.2.1  Probe Cleaning Rod. At least as long as probe.
    6.2.2  Glass Sample Bottles. Leakless, with Teflon-lined caps, 1000 
ml.
    6.2.3  Petri Dishes. For filter samples, glass or polyethylene, 
unless otherwise specified by the Administrator.
    6.2.4  Graduated Cylinder. 250 ml.
    6.2.5  Funnel and Rubber Policeman. To aid in transfer of silica gel 
to container; not necessary if silica gel is weighed in the field.
    6.2.6  Funnel. Glass, to aid in sample recovery.
    6.2.7  Plastic Jar. Approximately 300 ml.
    6.3  Analysis. The following items are needed for sample analysis:
    6.3.1  Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer. Perkin-Elmer 303, or 
equivalent, with nitrous oxide/acetylene burner.
    6.3.2  Hot Plate.
    6.3.3  Perchloric Acid Fume Hood.

                       7.0  Reagents and Standards

    Note: Unless otherwise indicated, it is intended that all reagents 
conform to the specifications established by the Committee on Analytical 
Reagents of the American Chemical Society, where such specifications are 
available; otherwise, use the best available grade.
    7.1  Sample Collection. Same as Method 5, Section 7.1, including 
deionized distilled water conforming to ASTM D 1193-77 or 91 
(incorporated by reference--see Sec. 61.18), Type 3. The Millipore AA 
filter is recommended.
    7.2  Sample Recovery. Same as Method 5 in appendix A, part 60, 
Section 7.2, with the addition of the following:
    7.2.1  Wash Acid, 50 Percent (V/V) Hydrochloric Acid (HCl). Mix 
equal volumes of concentrated HCl and water, being careful to add the 
acid slowly to the water.
    7.3  Sample Preparation and Analysis. The following reagents and 
standards and standards are needed for sample preparation and analysis:
    7.3.1  Water. Same as in Section 7.1.
    7.3.2.  Perchloric Acid (HClO4). Concentrated (70 percent 
V/V).
    7.3.3  Nitric Acid (HNO3). Concentrated.
    7.3.4  Beryllium Powder. Minimum purity 98 percent.
    7.3.5  Sulfuric Acid (H2SO4) Solution, 12 N. 
Dilute 33 ml of concentrated H2SO4 to 1 liter with 
water.
    7.3.6  Hydrochloric Acid Solution, 25 Percent HCl (V/V).
    7.3.7  Stock Beryllium Standard Solution, 10 g Be/ml. 
Dissolve 10.0 mg of Be in 80 ml of 12 N H2SO4 in a 
1000-ml volumetric flask. Dilute to volume with water. This solution is 
stable for at least one month. Equivalent strength Be stock solutions 
may be prepared from Be salts such as BeCl2 and 
Be(NO3)2 (98 percent minimum purity).
    7.3.8  Working Beryllium Standard Solution, 1 g Be/ml. 
Dilute a 10 ml aliquot of the stock beryllium standard solution to 100 
ml with 25 percent HCl solution to give a concentration of 1 mg/ml. 
Prepare this dilute stock solution fresh daily.

      8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation, Transport, and Storage

    The amount of Be that is collected is generally small, therefore, it 
is necessary to exercise particular care to prevent contamination or 
loss of sample.
    8.1  Pretest Preparation. Same as Method 5, Section 8.1, except omit 
Section 8.1.3.
    8.2  Preliminary Determinations. Same as Method 5, Section 8.2, with 
the exception of the following:
    8.2.1  Select a nozzle size based on the range of velocity heads to 
assure that it is not necessary to change the nozzle size in order to 
maintain isokinetic sampling rates below 28 liters/min (1.0 cfm).
    8.2.2  Obtain samples over a period or periods of time that 
accurately determine the maximum emissions that occur in a 24-hour 
period. In the case of cyclic operations, perform sufficient sample runs 
for the accurate determination of the emissions that occur over the 
duration of the cycle. A minimum sample time of 2 hours per run is 
recommended.
    8.3  Preparation of Sampling Train. Same as Method 5, Section 8.3, 
with the exception of the following:
    8.3.1  Prior to assembly, clean all glassware (probe, impingers, and 
connectors) by first soaking in wash acid for 2 hours, followed by 
rinsing with water.
    8.3.2  Save a portion of the water for a blank analysis.
    8.3.3  Procedures relating to the use of metal probe liners are not 
applicable.
    8.3.4  Probe and filter heating systems are needed only if water 
condensation is a problem. If this is the case, adjust the heaters to 
provide a temperature at or above the stack temperature. However, 
membrane filters

[[Page 249]]

such as the Millipore AA are limited to about 107  deg.C (225  deg.F). 
If the stack gas is in excess of about 93  deg.C (200  deg.F), 
consideration should be given to an alternate procedure such as moving 
the filter holder downstream of the first impinger to insure that the 
filter does not exceed its temperature limit. After the sampling train 
has been assembled, turn on and set the probe heating system, if 
applicable, at the desired operating temperature. Allow time for the 
temperatures to stabilize. Place crushed ice around the impingers.

    Note: An empty impinger may be inserted between the third impinger 
and the silica gel to remove excess moisture from the sample stream.

    8.4  Leak Check Procedures, Sampling Train Operation, and 
Calculation of Percent Isokinetic. Same as Method 5, Sections 8.4, 8.5, 
and 8.6, respectively.
    8.5  Sample Recovery. Same as Method 5, Section 8.7, except treat 
the sample as follows: Transfer the probe and impinger assembly to a 
cleanup area that is clean, protected from the wind, and free of Be 
contamination. Inspect the train before and during this assembly, and 
note any abnormal conditions. Treat the sample as follows: Disconnect 
the probe from the impinger train.
    8.5.1  Container No. 1. Same as Method 5, Section 8.7.6.1.
    8.5.2  Container No. 2. Place the contents (measured to 1 ml) of the 
first three impingers into a glass sample bottle. Use the procedures 
outlined in Section 8.7.6.2 of Method 5, where applicable, to rinse the 
probe nozzle, probe fitting, probe liner, filter holder, and all 
glassware between the filter holder and the back half of the third 
impinger with water. Repeat this procedure with acetone. Place both 
water and acetone rinse solutions in the sample bottle with the contents 
of the impingers.
    8.5.3  Container No. 3. Same as Method 5, Section 8.7.6.3.
    8.6  Blanks.
    8.6.1  Water Blank. Save a portion of the water as a blank. Take 200 
ml directly from the wash bottle being used and place it in a plastic 
sample container labeled ``H2O blank.''
    8.6.2  Filter. Save two filters from each lot of filters used in 
sampling. Place these filters in a container labeled ``filter blank.''
    8.7  Post-test Glassware Rinsing. If an additional test is desired, 
the glassware can be carefully double rinsed with water and reassembled. 
However, if the glassware is out of use more than 2 days, repeat the 
initial acid wash procedure.

                          9.0  Quality Control

    9.1  Miscellaneous Quality Control Measures.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Quality control
            Section                  measure               Effect
------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.4, 10.1.....................  Sampling           Ensure accuracy and
                                 equipment leak     precision of
                                 checks and         sampling
                                 calibration.       measurements.
10.2..........................  Spectrophotometer  Ensure linearity of
                                 calibration.       spectrophotometer
                                                    response to
                                                    standards.
11.5..........................  Check for matrix   Eliminate matrix
                                 effects.           effects.
11.6..........................  Audit sample       Evaluate analyst's
                                 analysis.          technique and
                                                    standards
                                                    preparation.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    9.2  Volume Metering System Checks. Same as Method 5, Section 9.2.

                  10.0  Calibration and Standardization

    Note: Maintain a laboratory log of all calibrations.
    10.1  Sampling Equipment. Same as Method 5, Section 10.0.
    10.2  Preparation of Standard Solutions. Pipet 1, 3, 5, 8, and 10 ml 
of the 1.0 g Be/ml working standard solution into separate 100 
ml volumetric flasks, and dilute to the mark with water. The total 
amounts of Be in these standards are 1, 3, 5, 8, and 10 g, 
respectively.
    10.3  Spectrophotometer and Recorder. The Be response may be 
measured by either peak height or peak area. Analyze an aliquot of the 
10-g standard at 234.8 nm using a nitrous oxide/acetylene 
flame. Determine the maximum absorbance of the standard, and set this 
value to read 90 percent of the recorder full scale.
    10.4  Calibration Curve.
    10.4.1  After setting the recorder scale, analyze an appropriately 
sized aliquot of each standard and the BLANK (see Section 11) until two 
consecutive peaks agree within 3 percent of their average value.
    10.4.3  Subtract the average peak height (or peak area) of the 
blank--which must be less than 2 percent of recorder full scale--from 
the averaged peak heights of the standards. If the blank absorbance is 
greater than 2 percent of full-scale, the probable cause is Be 
contamination of a reagent or carry-over of Be from a previous sample. 
Prepare the calibration curve by plotting the corrected peak height of 
each standard solution versus the corresponding total Be weight in the 
standard (in g).
    10.5  Spectrophotometer Calibration Quality Control. Calculate the 
least squares slope of the calibration curve. The line must pass through 
the origin or through a point no further from the origin than 
2 percent of the recorder full scale. Multiply the corrected

[[Page 250]]

peak height by the reciprocal of the least squares slope to determine 
the distance each calibration point lies from the theoretical 
calibration line. The difference between the calculated concentration 
values and the actual concentrations (i.e., 1, 3, 5, 8, and 10 
g Be) must be less than 7 percent for all standards.

                       11.0  Analytical Procedure

    11.1  Sample Loss Check. Prior to analysis, check the liquid level 
in Container No. 2. Note on the analytical data sheet whether leakage 
occurred during transport. If a noticeable amount of leakage occurred, 
either void the sample or take steps, subject to the approval of the 
Administrator, to adjust the final results.
    11.2  Glassware Cleaning. Before use, clean all glassware according 
to the procedure of Section 8.3.1.
    11.3  Sample Preparation. The digestion of Be samples is 
accomplished in part in concentrated HClO4.

    Note: The sample must be heated to light brown fumes after the 
initial HNO3 addition; otherwise, dangerous perchlorates may result from 
the subsequent HClO4 digestion. HClO4 should be 
used only under a hood.
    11.3.1  Container No. 1. Transfer the filter and any loose 
particulate matter from Container No. 1 to a 150-ml beaker. Add 35 ml 
concentrated HNO3. To oxidize all organic matter, heat on a 
hotplate until light brown fumes are evident. Cool to room temperature, 
and add 5 ml 12 N H2SO4 and 5 ml concentrated 
HClO4.
    11.3.2  Container No. 2. Place a portion of the water and acetone 
sample into a 150 ml beaker, and put on a hotplate. Add portions of the 
remainder as evaporation proceeds and evaporate to dryness. Cool the 
residue, and add 35 ml concentrated HNO3. To oxidize all 
organic matter, heat on a hotplate until light brown fumes are evident. 
Cool to room temperature, and add 5 ml 12 N H2SO4 
and 5 ml concentrated HClO4. Then proceed with step 11.3.4.
    11.3.3  Final Sample Preparation. Add the sample from Section 11.3.2 
to the 150-ml beaker from Section 11.3.1. Replace on a hotplate, and 
evaporate to dryness in a HClO4 hood. Cool the residue to 
room temperature, add 10.0 ml of 25 percent V/V HCl, and mix to dissolve 
the residue.
    11.3.4  Filter and Water Blanks. Cut each filter into strips, and 
treat each filter individually as directed in Section 11.3.1. Treat the 
200-ml water blank as directed in Section 11.3.2. Combine and treat 
these blanks as directed in Section 11.3.3.
    11.4  Spectrophotometer Preparation. Turn on the power; set the 
wavelength, slit width, and lamp current; and adjust the background 
corrector as instructed by the manufacturer's manual for the particular 
atomic absorption spectrophotometer. Adjust the burner and flame 
characteristics as necessary.
    11.5  Analysis. Calibrate the analytical equipment and develop a 
calibration curve as outlined in Sections 10.4 and 10.5.
    11.5.1  Beryllium Samples. Repeat the procedure used to establish 
the calibration curve with an appropriately sized aliquot of each sample 
(from Section 11.3.3) until two consecutive peak heights agree within 3 
percent of their average value. The peak height of each sample must be 
greater than 10 percent of the recorder full scale. If the peak height 
of the sample is off scale on the recorder, further dilute the original 
source sample to bring the Be concentration into the calibration range 
of the spectrophotometer.
    11.5.2  Run a blank and standard at least after every five samples 
to check the spectrophotometer calibration. The peak height of the blank 
must pass through a point no further from the origin than 2 
percent of the recorder full scale. The difference between the measured 
concentration of the standard (the product of the corrected peak height 
and the reciprocal of the least squares slope) and the actual 
concentration of the standard must be less than 7 percent, or 
recalibration of the analyzer is required.
    11.5.3  Check for Matrix Effects (optional). Use the Method of 
Standard Additions (see Reference 2 in Section 16.0) to check at least 
one sample from each source for matrix effects on the Be results. If the 
results of the Method of Standard Additions procedure used on the single 
source sample do not agree to within 5 percent of the value obtained by 
the routine atomic absorption analysis, then reanalyze all samples from 
the source using the Method of Standard Additions procedure.
    11.6  Container No. 2 (Silica Gel). Weigh the spent silica gel (or 
silica gel plus impinger) to the nearest 0.5 g using a balance. (This 
step may be conducted in the field.)

                  12.0  Data Analysis and Calculations

    Carry out calculations, retaining at least one extra decimal 
significant figure beyond that of the acquired data. Round off figures 
only after the final calculation. Other forms of the equations may be 
used as long as they give equivalent results.
    12.1  Nomenclature.

K1 = 0.3858  deg.K/mm Hg for metric units.
    = 17.64  deg.R/in. Hg for English units.
K3 = 10-\6\ g/g for metric units.
     = 2.2046  x  10-\9\ lb/g for English units.
mBe = Total weight of beryllium in the source sample.
Ps = Absolute stack gas pressure, mm Hg (in. Hg).
t = Daily operating time, sec/day.

[[Page 251]]

Ts = Absolute average stack gas temperature,  deg.K ( deg.R).
Vm(std) = Dry gas sample volume at standard conditions, scm 
          (scf).
Vw(std) = Volume of water vapor at standard conditions, scm 
          (scf).

    12.2  Average Dry Gas Meter Temperature and Average Orifice Pressure 
Drop, Dry Gas Volume, Volume of Water Vapor Condensed, Moisture Content, 
Isokinetic Variation, and Stack Gas Velocity and Volumetric Flow Rate. 
Same as Method 5, Sections 12.2 through 12.5, 12.11, and 12.12, 
respectively.
    12.3  Total Beryllium. For each source sample, correct the average 
maximum absorbance of the two consecutive samples whose peak heights 
agree within 3 percent of their average for the contribution of the 
solution blank (see Sections 11.3.4 and 11.5.2). Correcting for any 
dilutions if necessary, use the calibration curve and these corrected 
averages to determine the total weight of Be in each source sample.
    12.4  Beryllium Emission Rate. Calculate the daily Hg emission rate, 
R, using Equation 104-1. For continuous operations, the operating time 
is equal to 86,400 seconds per day. For cyclic operations, use only the 
time per day each stack is in operation. The total Hg emission rate from 
a source will be the summation of results from all stacks.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.505

    12.5  Determination of Compliance. Each performance test consists of 
three sample runs. For the purpose of determining compliance with an 
applicable national emission standard, use the average of the results of 
all sample runs.

                  13.0  Method Performance. [Reserved]

                 14.0  Pollution Prevention. [Reserved]

                   15.0  Waste Management. [Reserved]

                            16.0  References

    Same as References 1, 2, and 4-11 of Section 16.0 of Method 101 with 
the addition of the following:

    1. Amos, M.D., and J.B. Willis. Use of High-Temperature Pre-Mixed 
Flames in Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy. Spectrochim. Acta. 22:1325. 
1966.
    2. Fleet, B., K.V. Liberty, and T. S. West. A Study of Some Matrix 
Effects in the Determination of Beryllium by Atomic Absorption 
Spectroscopy in the Nitrous Oxide-Acetylene Flame. Talanta 17:203. 1970.

   17.0  Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, And Validation Data [Reserved]

   Method 105--Determination of Mercury in Wastewater Treatment Plant 
                             Sewage Sludges

    Note: This method does not include all of the specifications (e.g., 
equipment and supplies) and procedures (e.g., sampling and analytical) 
essential to its performance. Some material is incorporated by reference 
from other methods in this part. Therefore, to obtain reliable results, 
persons using this method should also have a thorough knowledge of at 
least the following additional test methods: Method 101 and Method 101A.

                       1.0  Scope and Application

    1.1  Analytes.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Analyte                  CAS No.            Sensitivity
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mercury (Hg)...................       7439-97-6   Dependent upon
                                                   spectrophotometer and
                                                   recorder.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1.2  Applicability. This method is applicable for the determination 
of total organic and inorganic Hg content in sewage sludges.
    1.3  Data Quality Objectives. Adherence to the requirements of this 
method will enhance the quality of the data obtained from air pollutant 
sampling methods.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    2.1  Time-composite sludge samples are withdrawn from the conveyor 
belt subsequent to dewatering and before incineration or drying. A 
weighed portion of the sludge is digested in aqua regia and is oxidized 
by potassium permanganate (KMnO4). Mercury in the digested 
sample is then measured by the conventional spectrophotometric cold-
vapor technique.

[[Page 252]]

                       3.0  Definitions [Reserved]

                      4.0  Interferences [Reserved]

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, 
operations, and equipment. This test method may not address all of the 
safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the 
user of this test method to establish appropriate safety and health 
practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations 
prior to performing this test method.
    5.2  Corrosive Reagents. The following reagents are hazardous. 
Personal protective equipment and safe procedures are useful in 
preventing chemical splashes. If contact occurs, immediately flush with 
copious amounts of water at least 15 minutes. Remove clothing under 
shower and decontaminate. Treat residual chemical burn as thermal burn.
    5.2.1  Hydrochloric Acid (HCl). Highly toxic. Vapors are highly 
irritating to eyes, skin, nose, and lungs, causing severe damage. May 
cause bronchitis, pneumonia, or edema of lungs. Exposure to 
concentrations of 0.13 to 0.2 percent can be lethal to humans in a few 
minutes. Provide ventilation to limit exposure. Reacts with metals, 
producing hydrogen gas.
    5.2.2  Nitric Acid (HNO3). Highly corrosive to eyes, 
skin, nose, and lungs. Vapors cause bronchitis, pneumonia, or edema of 
lungs. Reaction to inhalation may be delayed as long as 30 hours and 
still be fatal. Provide ventilation to limit exposure. Strong oxidizer. 
Hazardous reaction may occur with organic materials such as solvents.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    6.1  Sample Collection and Mixing. The following items are required 
for collection and mixing of the sludge samples:
    6.1.1  Container. Plastic, 50-liter.
    6.1.2  Scoop. To remove 950-ml (1 quart.) sludge sample.
    6.1.3  Mixer. Mortar mixer, wheelbarrow-type, 57-liter (or 
equivalent) with electricity-driven motor.
    6.1.4  Blender. Waring-type, 2-liter.
    6.1.5  Scoop. To remove 100-ml and 20-ml samples of blended sludge.
    6.1.6  Erlenmeyer Flasks. Four, 125-ml.
    6.1.7  Beakers. Glass beakers in the following sizes: 50 ml (1), 200 
ml (1), 400 ml (2).
    6.2  Sample Preparation and Analysis. Same as Method 101, Section 
6.3, with the addition of the following:
    6.2.1  Hot Plate.
    6.2.2  Desiccator.
    6.2.3  Filter Paper. S and S No. 588 (or equivalent).
    6.2.4  Beakers. Glass beakers, 200 ml and 400 ml (2 each).

                       7.0  Reagents and Standards

    Note: Unless otherwise indicated, it is intended that all reagents 
conform to the specifications established by the Committee on Analytical 
Reagents of the American Chemical Society, where such specifications are 
available; otherwise, use the best available grade.
    7.1  Sample Analysis. Same as Method 101A, Section 7.2, with the 
following additions and exceptions:
    7.1.1  Hydrochloric Acid. The concentrated HCl specified in Method 
101A, Section 7.2.4, is not required.
    7.1.2  Aqua Regia. Prepare immediately before use. Carefully add one 
volume of concentrated HNO3 to three volumes of concentrated 
HCl.

      8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation, Storage, and Transport

    8.1  Sludge Sampling. Withdraw equal volume increments of sludge 
[for a total of at least 15 liters (16 quarts)] at intervals of 30 min 
over an 8-hr period, and combine in a rigid plastic container.
    8.2  Sludge Mixing. Transfer the entire 15-liter sample to a mortar 
mixer. Mix the sample for a minimum of 30 min at 30 rpm. Take six 100-ml 
portions of sludge, and combine in a 2-liter blender. Blend sludge for 5 
min; add water as necessary to give a fluid consistency. Immediately 
after stopping the blender, withdraw four 20-ml portions of blended 
sludge, and place them in separate, tared 125-ml Erlenmeyer flasks. 
Reweigh each flask to determine the exact amount of sludge added.
    8.3  Sample Holding Time. Samples shall be analyzed within the time 
specified in the applicable subpart of the regulations.

                          9.0  Quality Control

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Quality control
            Section                  measure               Effect
------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.0..........................  Spectrophotometer  Ensure linearity of
                                 calibration.       spectrophotometer
                                                    response to
                                                    standards.
11.0..........................  Check for matrix   Eliminate matrix
                                 effects.           effects.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

                  10.0  Calibration and Standardization

    Same as Method 101A, Section 10.2.

                       11.0  Analytical Procedures

    11.1  Solids Content of Blended Sludge. Dry one of the 20-ml blended 
samples from Section 8.2 in an oven at 105  deg.C (221  deg.F) to

[[Page 253]]

constant weight. Cool in a desiccator, weigh and record the dry weight 
of the sample.
    11.2  Aqua Regia Digestion of Blended Samples.
    11.2.1  To each of the three remaining 20-ml samples from Section 
8.2 add 25 ml of aqua regia, and digest the on a hot plate at low heat 
(do not boil) for 30 min, or until samples are a pale yellow-brown color 
and are void of the dark brown color characteristic of organic matter. 
Remove from hotplate and allow to cool.
    11.2.2  Filter each digested sample separately through an S and S 
No. 588 filter or equivalent, and rinse the filter contents with 50 ml 
of water. Transfer the filtrate and filter washing to a 100-ml 
volumetric flask, and carefully dilute to volume with water.
    11.3  Solids Content of the Sludge Before Blending. Remove two 100-
ml portions of mixed sludge from the mortar mixer and place in separate, 
tared 400-ml beakers. Reweigh each beaker to determine the exact amount 
of sludge added. Dry in oven at 105  deg.C (221  deg.F) and cool in a 
desiccator to constant weight.
    11.4  Analysis for Mercury. Analyze the three aqua regia-digested 
samples using the procedures outlined in Method 101A, Section 11.0.

                  12.0  Data Analysis and Calculations

    12.1  Nomenclature.

Cm = Concentration of Hg in the digested sample, g/
          g.
Fsb = Weight fraction of solids in the blended sludge.
Fsm = Weight fraction of solids in the collected sludge after 
          mixing.
M = Hg content of the sewage sludge (on a dry basis), g/g.
m = Mass of Hg in the aliquot of digested sample analyzed, g.
n = number of digested samples (specified in Section 11.2 as three).
Va = Volume of digested sample analyzed, ml.
Vs = Volume of digested sample, ml.
Wb = Weight of empty sample beaker, g.
Wbs = Weight of sample beaker and sample, g.
Wbd = Weight of sample beaker and sample after drying, g.
Wf = Weight of empty sample flask, g.
Wfd = Weight of sample flask and sample after drying, g.
Wfs = Weight of sample flask and sample, g.

    12.2  Mercury Content of Digested Sample (Wet Basis).
    12.2.1  For each sample analyzed for Hg content, calculate the 
arithmetic mean maximum absorbance of the two consecutive samples whose 
peak heights agree 3 percent of their average. Correct this 
average value for the contribution of the blank. Use the calibration 
curve and these corrected averages to determine the final Hg 
concentration in the solution cell for each sludge sample.
    12.2.2  Calculate the average Hg concentration of the digested 
samples by correcting for any dilutions made to bring the sample into 
the working range of the spectrophotometer and for the weight of the 
sludge portion digested, using Equation 105-1.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.506

    12.3  Solids Content of Blended Sludge. Determine the solids content 
of the blended sludge using Equation 105-2.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.507

    12.4  Solids Content of Bulk Sample (before blending but, after 
mixing in mortar mixer). Determine the solids content of each 100 ml 
aliquot (Section 11.3), and average the results.

[[Page 254]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.508

    12.5  Mercury Content of Bulk Sample (Dry Basis). Average the 
results from the three samples from each 8-hr composite sample, and 
calculate the Hg concentration of the composite sample on a dry basis.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.509

                        13.0  Method Performance

    13.1  Range. The range of this method is 0.2 to 5 micrograms per 
gram; it may be extended by increasing or decreasing sample size.

                 14.0  Pollution Prevention. [Reserved]

                   15.0  Waste Management. [Reserved]

                            16.0  References

    1. Bishop, J.N. Mercury in Sediments. Ontario Water Resources 
Commission. Toronto, Ontario, Canada. 1971.
    2. Salma, M. Private Communication. EPA California/Nevada Basin 
Office. Alameda, California.
    3. Hatch, W.R. and W.L. Ott. Determination of Sub-Microgram 
Quantities of Mercury by Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry. Analytical 
Chemistry. 40:2085. 1968.
    4. Bradenberger, H., and H. Bader. The Determination of Nanogram 
Levels of Mercury in Solution by a Flameless Atomic Absorption 
Technique. Atomic Absorption Newsletter. 6:101. 1967.
    5. Analytical Quality Control Laboratory (AQCL). Mercury in Sediment 
(Cold Vapor Technique) (Provisional Method). U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency. Cincinnati, Ohio. April 1972.
    6. Kopp, J.F., M.C. Longbottom, and L.B. Lobring. ``Cold Vapor'' 
Method for Determining Mercury. Journal AWWA. 64(1):20-25. 1972.
    7. Manual of Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes. U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency. Cincinnati, Ohio. Publication No. EPA-
624/2-74-003. December 1974. pp. 118-138.
    8. Mitchell, W.J., M.R. Midgett, J. Suggs, R.J. Velton, and D. 
Albrink. Sampling and Homogenizing Sewage for Analysis. Environmental 
Monitoring and Support Laboratory, Office of Research and Development, 
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Research Triangle Park, N.C. March 
1979. p. 7.

   17.0  Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data. [Reserved]

 Method 106--Determination of Vinyl Chloride Emissions From Stationary 
                                 Sources

                       1.0  Scope and Application

    1.1  Analytes.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Analyte                  CAS No.            Sensitivity
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Vinyl Chloride (CH2:CHCl)......         75-01-4   Dependent upon
                                                   analytical equipment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1.2  Applicability. This method is applicable for the determination 
of vinyl chloride emissions from ethylene dichloride, vinyl chloride, 
and polyvinyl chloride manufacturing processes. This method does not 
measure vinyl chloride contained in particulate matter.
    1.3  Data Quality Objectives. Adherence to the requirements of this 
method will enhance the quality of the data obtained from air pollutant 
sampling methods.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    2.1  An integrated bag sample of stack gas containing vinyl chloride 
is subjected to GC analysis using a flame ionization detector (FID).

                      3.0  Definitions. [Reserved]

                           4.0  Interferences

    4.1  Resolution interferences of vinyl chloride may be encountered 
on some sources. Therefore, the chromatograph operator

[[Page 255]]

should select the column and operating parameters best suited to the 
particular analysis requirements. The selection made is subject to 
approval of the Administrator. Approval is automatic, provided that 
confirming data are produced through an adequate supplemental analytical 
technique, and that the data are available for review by the 
Administrator. An example of this would be analysis with a different 
column or GC/mass spectroscopy.

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, 
operations, and equipment. This test method may not address all of the 
safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the 
user of this test method to establish appropriate safety and health 
practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations 
prior to performing this test method.
    5.2  Toxic Analyte. Care must be exercised to prevent exposure of 
sampling personnel to vinyl chloride, which is a carcinogen.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    6.1  Sample Collection (see Figure 106-1). The sampling train 
consists of the following components:
    6.1.1  Probe. Stainless steel, borosilicate glass, Teflon tubing (as 
stack temperature permits), or equivalent, equipped with a glass wool 
plug to remove particulate matter.
    6.1.2  Sample Lines. Teflon, 6.4-mm outside diameter, of sufficient 
length to connect probe to bag. Use a new unused piece for each series 
of bag samples that constitutes an emission test, and discard upon 
completion of the test.
    6.1.3  Quick Connects. Stainless steel, male (2) and female (2), 
with ball checks (one pair without), located as shown in Figure 106-1.
    6.1.4  Tedlar Bags. 50- to 100-liter capacity, to contain sample. 
Aluminized Mylar bags may be used if the samples are analyzed within 24 
hours of collection.
    6.1.5  Bag Containers. Rigid leak-proof containers for sample bags, 
with covering to protect contents from sunlight.
    6.1.6  Needle Valve. To adjust sample flow rates.
    6.1.7  Pump. Leak-free, with minimum of 2-liter/min capacity.
    6.1.8  Charcoal Tube. To prevent admission of vinyl chloride and 
other organics to the atmosphere in the vicinity of samplers.
    6.1.9  Flowmeter. For observing sampling flow rate; capable of 
measuring a flow range from 0.10 to 1.00 liter/min.
    6.1.10  Connecting Tubing. Teflon, 6.4-mm outside diameter, to 
assemble sampling train (Figure 106-1).
    6.1.11  Tubing Fittings and Connectors. Teflon or stainless steel, 
to assemble sampling training.
    6.2  Sample Recovery. Teflon tubing, 6.4-mm outside diameter, to 
connect bag to GC sample loop. Use a new unused piece for each series of 
bag samples that constitutes an emission test, and discard upon 
conclusion of analysis of those bags.
    6.3  Analysis. The following equipment is required:
    6.3.1  Gas Chromatograph. With FID potentiometric strip chart 
recorder and 1.0 to 5.0-ml heated sampling loop in automatic sample 
valve. The chromatographic system shall be capable of producing a 
response to 0.1-ppmv vinyl chloride that is at least as great as the 
average noise level. (Response is measured from the average value of the 
base line to the maximum of the wave form, while standard operating 
conditions are in use.)
    6.3.2  Chromatographic Columns. Columns as listed below. Other 
columns may be used provided that the precision and accuracy of the 
analysis of vinyl chloride standards are not impaired and that 
information is available for review confirming that there is adequate 
resolution of vinyl chloride peak. (Adequate resolution is defined as an 
area overlap of not more than 10 percent of the vinyl chloride peak by 
an interferent peak. Calculation of area overlap is explained in 
Procedure 1 of appendix C to this part: ``Determination of Adequate 
Chromatographic Peak Resolution.'')
    6.3.2.1  Column A. Stainless steel, 2.0 m by 3.2 mm, containing 80/
100-mesh Chromasorb 102.
    6.3.2.2  Column B. Stainless steel, 2.0 m by 3.2 mm, containing 20 
percent GE SF-96 on 60/ip-mesh Chromasorb P AW; or stainless steel, 1.0 
m by 3.2 mm containing 80/100-mesh Porapak T. Column B is required as a 
secondary column if acetaldehyde is present. If used, column B is placed 
after column A. The combined columns should be operated at 120  deg.C 
(250  deg.F).
    6.3.3  Rate Meters (2). Rotameter , or equivalent, 100-ml/min 
capacity, with flow control valves.
    6.3.4  Gas Regulators. For required gas cylinders.
    6.3.5  Temperature Sensor. Accurate to 1  deg.C 
(2  deg.F), to measure temperature of heated sample loop at 
time of sample injection.
    6.3.6  Barometer. Accurate to 5 mm Hg, to measure 
atmospheric pressure around GC during sample analysis.
    6.3.7  Pump. Leak-free, with minimum of 100-ml/min capacity.
    6.3.8  Recorder. Strip chart type, optionally equipped with either 
disc or electronic integrator.
    6.3.9  Planimeter. Optional, in place of disc or electronic 
integrator on recorder, to measure chromatograph peak areas.
    6.4  Calibration and Standardization.

[[Page 256]]

    6.4.1  Tubing. Teflon, 6.4-mm outside diameter, separate pieces 
marked for each calibration concentration.
    Note: The following items are required only if the optional standard 
gas preparation procedures (Section 10.1) are followed.

    6.4.2  Tedlar Bags. Sixteen-inch-square size, with valve; separate 
bag marked for each calibration concentration.
    6.4.3  Syringes. 0.5-ml and 50-l, gas tight, individually 
calibrated to dispense gaseous vinyl chloride.
    6.4.4  Dry Gas Meter with Temperature and Pressure Gauges. Singer 
Model DTM-115 with 802 index, or equivalent, to meter nitrogen in 
preparation of standard gas mixtures, calibrated at the flow rate used 
to prepare standards.

                       7.0  Reagents and Standards

    7.1  Analysis. The following reagents are required for analysis.
    7.1.1  Helium or Nitrogen. Purity 99.9995 percent or greater, for 
chromatographic carrier gas.
    7.1.2  Hydrogen. Purity 99.9995 percent or greater.
    7.1.3  Oxygen or Air. Either oxygen (purity 99.99 percent or 
greater) or air (less than 0.1 ppmv total hydrocarbon content), as 
required by detector.
    7.2  Calibration. Use one of the following options: either Sections 
7.2.1 and 7.2.2, or Section 7.2.3.
    7.2.1  Vinyl Chloride. Pure vinyl chloride gas certified by the 
manufacturer to contain a minimum of 99.9 percent vinyl chloride. If the 
gas manufacturer maintains a bulk cylinder supply of 99.9+ percent vinyl 
chloride, the certification analysis may have been performed on this 
supply, rather than on each gas cylinder prepared from this bulk supply. 
The date of gas cylinder preparation and the certified analysis must 
have been affixed to the cylinder before shipment from the gas 
manufacturer to the buyer.
    7.2.2  Nitrogen. Same as described in Section 7.1.1.
    7.2.3  Cylinder Standards. Gas mixture standards (50-,10-, and 5 
ppmv vinyl chloride) in nitrogen cylinders may be used to directly 
prepare a chromatograph calibration curve as described in Section 10.3 
if the following conditions are met: (a) The manufacturer certifies the 
gas composition with an accuracy of 3 percent or better. (b) 
The manufacturer recommends a maximum shelf life over which the gas 
concentration does not change by greater than 5 percent from 
the certified value. (c) The manufacturer affixes the date of gas 
cylinder preparation, certified vinyl chloride concentration, and 
recommended maximum shelf to the cylinder before shipment to the buyer.
    7.2.3.1  Cylinder Standards Certification. The manufacturer shall 
certify the concentration of vinyl chloride in nitrogen in each cylinder 
by (a) directly analyzing each cylinder and (b) calibrating his 
analytical procedure on the day of cylinder analysis. To calibrate his 
analytical procedure, the manufacturer shall use as a minimum, a three 
point calibration curve. It is recommended that the manufacturer 
maintain (1) a high concentration calibration standard (between 50 and 
100 ppmv) to prepare his calibration curve by an appropriate dilution 
technique and (2) a low-concentration calibration standard (between 5 
and 10 ppmv) to verify the dilution technique used. If the difference 
between the apparent concentration read from the calibration curve and 
the true concentration assigned to the low-concentration calibration 
standard exceeds 5 percent of the true concentration, the manufacturer 
shall determine the source of error and correct it, then repeat the 
three-point calibration.
    7.2.3.2  Verification of Manufacturer's Calibration Standards. 
Before using a standard, the manufacturer shall verify each calibration 
standard (a) by comparing it to gas mixtures prepared (with 99 mole 
percent vinyl chloride) in accordance with the procedure described in 
Section 7.2.1 or (b) calibrating it against vinyl chloride cylinder 
Standard Reference Materials (SRM's) prepared by the National Institute 
of Standards and Technology, if such SRM's are available. The agreement 
between the initially determined concentration value and the 
verification concentration value must be 5 percent. The 
manufacturer must reverify all calibration standards on a time interval 
consistent with the shelf life of the cylinder standards sold.
    7.2.4  Audit Cylinder Standards.
    7.2.4.1  Gas mixture standards with concentrations known only to the 
person supervising the analysis of samples. The concentrations of the 
audit cylinders should be: one low-concentration cylinder in the range 
of 5 to 20 ppmv vinyl chloride and one high-concentration cylinder in 
the range of 20 to 50 ppmv. When available, obtain audit samples from 
the appropriate EPA Regional Office or from the responsible enforcement 
authority.

    Note: The responsible enforcement agency should be notified at least 
30 days prior to the test date to allow sufficient time for sample 
delivery.

    7.2.4.2  Alternatively, audit cylinders obtained from a commercial 
gas manufacturer may be used provided: (a) the gas meets the conditions 
described in Section 7.2.3, (b) the gas manufacturer certifies the audit 
cylinder as described in Section 7.2.3.1, and (c) the gas manufacturer 
obtains an independent analysis of the audit cylinders to verify this 
analysis. Independent analysis is defined

[[Page 257]]

here to mean analysis performed by an individual different than the 
individual who performs the gas manufacturer's analysis, while using 
calibration standards and analysis equipment different from those used 
for the gas manufacturer's analysis. Verification is complete and 
acceptable when the independent analysis concentration is within 5 
percent of the gas manufacturer's concentration.

      8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation, Storage, and Transport

    Note: Performance of this method should not be attempted by persons 
unfamiliar with the operation of a gas chromatograph (GC) nor by those 
who are unfamiliar with source sampling, because knowledge beyond the 
scope of this presentation is required.

    8.1  Bag Leak-Check. The following leak-check procedure is 
recommended, but not required, prior to sample collection. The post-test 
leak-check procedure is mandatory. Connect a water manometer and 
pressurize the bag to 5 to 10 cm H2O (2 to 4 in. 
H2O). Allow to stand for 10 min. Any displacement in the 
water manometer indicates a leak. Also, check the rigid container for 
leaks in this manner.

    Note: An alternative leak-check method is to pressurize the bag to 5 
to 10 cm H2O and allow it to stand overnight. A deflated bag indicates a 
leak. For each sample bag in its rigid container, place a rotameter in 
line between the bag and the pump inlet. Evacuate the bag. Failure of 
the rotameter to register zero flow when the bag appears to be empty 
indicates a leak.

    8.2  Sample Collection. Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure 
106-1. Join the quick connects as illustrated, and determine that all 
connection between the bag and the probe are tight. Place the end of the 
probe at the centroid of the stack and start the pump with the needle 
valve adjusted to yield a flow that will fill over 50 percent of bag 
volume in the specific sample period. After allowing sufficient time to 
purge the line several times, change the vacuum line from the container 
to the bag and evacuate the bag until the rotameter indicates no flow. 
Then reposition the sample and vacuum lines and begin the actual 
sampling, keeping the rate proportional to the stack velocity. At all 
times, direct the gas exiting the rotameter away from sampling 
personnel. At the end of the sample period, shut off the pump, 
disconnect the sample line from the bag, and disconnect the vacuum line 
from the bag container. Protect the bag container from sunlight.
    8.3  Sample Storage. Keep the sample bags out of direct sunlight. 
When at all possible, analysis is to be performed within 24 hours, but 
in no case in excess of 72 hours of sample collection. Aluminized Mylar 
bag samples must be analyzed within 24 hours.
    8.4  Post-test Bag Leak-Check. Subsequent to recovery and analysis 
of the sample, leak-check the sample bag according to the procedure 
outlined in Section 8.1.

                          9.0  Quality Control

    9.1  Miscellaneous Quality Control

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Quality control
            Section                  measure               Effect
------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.3..........................  Chromatograph      Ensure precision and
                                 calibration.       accuracy of
                                                    chromatograph.
11.1..........................  Audit sample       Evaluate analytical
                                 analysis.          technique and
                                                    standards
                                                    preparation.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    9.2  Immediately after the preparation of the calibration curve and 
prior to the sample analyses, perform the analysis audit described in 
appendix C, Procedure 2: ``Procedure for Field Auditing GC Analysis.''

                  10.0  Calibration and Standardization

    Note: Maintain a laboratory log of all calibrations.

    10.1  Preparation of Vinyl Chloride Standard Gas Mixtures. (Optional 
Procedure-delete if cylinder standards are used.) Evacuate a 16-inch 
square Tedlar bag that has passed a leak-check (described in Section 
8.1) and meter in 5.0 liters of nitrogen. While the bag is filling, use 
the 0.5-ml syringe to inject 250 l of 99.9+ percent vinyl 
chloride gas through the wall of the bag. Upon withdrawing the syringe, 
immediately cover the resulting hole with a piece of adhesive tape. The 
bag now contains a vinyl chloride concentration of 50 ppmv. In a like 
manner use the 50 l syringe to prepare gas mixtures having 10-
and 5-ppmv vinyl chloride concentrations. Place each bag on a smooth 
surface and alternately depress opposite sides of the bag 50 times to 
further mix the gases. These gas mixture standards may be used for 10 
days from the date of preparation, after which time new gas mixtures 
must be prepared. (Caution: Contamination may be a problem when a bag is 
reused if the new gas mixture standard is a lower concentration than the 
previous gas mixture standard.)
    10.2  Determination of Vinyl Chloride Retention Time. (This section 
can be performed simultaneously with Section 10.3.) Establish 
chromatograph conditions identical with those in Section 11.3. Determine 
proper attenuator position. Flush the sampling loop with helium or 
nitrogen and activate the sample valve. Record the injection time,

[[Page 258]]

sample loop temperature, column temperature, carrier gas flow rate, 
chart speed, and attenuator setting. Record peaks and detector responses 
that occur in the absence of vinyl chloride. Maintain conditions with 
the equipment plumbing arranged identically to Section 11.2, and flush 
the sample loop for 30 seconds at the rate of 100 ml/min with one of the 
vinyl chloride calibration mixtures. Then activate the sample valve. 
Record the injection time. Select the peak that corresponds to vinyl 
chloride. Measure the distance on the chart from the injection time to 
the time at which the peak maximum occurs. This quantity divided by the 
chart speed is defined as the retention time. Since other organics may 
be present in the sample, positive identification of the vinyl chloride 
peak must be made.
    10.3  Preparation of Chromatograph Calibration Curve. Make a GC 
measurement of each gas mixture standard (described in Section 7.2.3 or 
10.1) using conditions identical to those listed in Sections 11.2 and 
11.3. Flush the sampling loop for 30 seconds at the rate of 100 ml/min 
with one of the standard mixtures, and activate the sample valve. Record 
the concentration of vinyl chloride injected (Cc), attenuator 
setting, chart speed, peak area, sample loop temperature, column 
temperature, carrier gas flow rate, and retention time. Record the 
barometric pressure. Calculate Ac, the peak area multiplied 
by the attenuator setting. Repeat until two consecutive injection areas 
are within 5 percent, then plot the average of those two values versus 
Cc. When the other standard gas mixtures have been similarly 
analyzed and plotted, draw a straight line through the points derived by 
the least squares method. Perform calibration daily, or before and after 
the analysis of each emission test set of bag samples, whichever is more 
frequent. For each group of sample analyses, use the average of the two 
calibration curves which bracket that group to determine the respective 
sample concentrations. If the two calibration curves differ by more than 
5 percent from their mean value, then report the final results by both 
calibration curves.

                       11.0  Analytical Procedure

    11.1  Audit Sample Analysis. Immediately after the preparation of 
the calibration curve and prior to the sample analyses, perform the 
analysis audit described in Procedure 2 of appendix C to this part: 
``Procedure for Field Auditing GC Analysis.''
    11.2  Sample Recovery. With a new piece of Teflon tubing identified 
for that bag, connect a bag inlet valve to the gas chromatograph sample 
valve. Switch the valve to receive gas from the bag through the sample 
loop. Arrange the equipment so the sample gas passes from the sample 
valve to 100-ml/min rotameter with flow control valve followed by a 
charcoal tube and a 1-in. H2O pressure gauge. Maintain the 
sample flow either by a vacuum pump or container pressurization if the 
collection bag remains in the rigid container. After sample loop purging 
is ceased, allow the pressure gauge to return to zero before activating 
the gas sampling valve.
    11.3  Analysis.
    11.3.1  Set the column temperature to 100  deg.C (210  deg.F) and 
the detector temperature to 150  deg.C (300  deg.F). When optimum 
hydrogen and oxygen (or air) flow rates have been determined, verify and 
maintain these flow rates during all chromatography operations. Using 
helium or nitrogen as the carrier gas, establish a flow rate in the 
range consistent with the manufacturer's requirements for satisfactory 
detector operation. A flow rate of approximately 40 ml/min should 
produce adequate separations. Observe the base line periodically and 
determine that the noise level has stabilized and that base line drift 
has ceased. Purge the sample loop for 30 seconds at the rate of 100 ml/
min, shut off flow, allow the sample loop pressure to reach atmospheric 
pressure as indicated by the H2O manometer, then activate the 
sample valve. Record the injection time (the position of the pen on the 
chart at the time of sample injection), sample number, sample loop 
temperature, column temperature, carrier gas flow rate, chart speed, and 
attenuator setting. Record the barometric pressure. From the chart, note 
the peak having the retention time corresponding to vinyl chloride as 
determined in Section 10.2. Measure the vinyl chloride peak area, 
Am, by use of a disc integrator, electronic integrator, or a 
planimeter. Measure and record the peak heights, Hm. Record 
Am and retention time. Repeat the injection at least two 
times or until two consecutive values for the total area of the vinyl 
chloride peak agree within 5 percent of their average. Use the average 
value for these two total areas to compute the bag concentration.
    11.3.2  Compare the ratio of Hm to Am for the 
vinyl chloride sample with the same ratio for the standard peak that is 
closest in height. If these ratios differ by more than 10 percent, the 
vinyl chloride peak may not be pure (possibly acetaldehyde is present) 
and the secondary column should be employed (see Section 6.3.2.2).
    11.4  Determination of Bag Water Vapor Content. Measure the ambient 
temperature and barometric pressure near the bag. From a water 
saturation vapor pressure table, determine and record the water vapor 
content of the bag, Bwb, as a decimal figure. (Assume the 
relative humidity to be 100 percent unless a lesser value is known.)

                  12.0  Calculations and Data Analysis

    12.1  Nomenclature.


[[Page 259]]


Am = Measured peak area.
Af = Attenuation factor.
Bwb = Water vapor content of the bag sample, as analyzed, 
          volume fraction.
Cb = Concentration of vinyl chloride in the bag, ppmv.
Cc = Concentration of vinyl chloride in the standard sample, 
          ppmv.
Pi = Laboratory pressure at time of analysis, mm Hg.
Pr = Reference pressure, the laboratory pressure recorded 
          during calibration, mm Hg.
Ti = Absolute sample loop temperature at the time of 
          analysis,  deg.K ( deg.R).
Tr = Reference temperature, the sample loop temperature 
          recorded during calibration,  deg.K ( deg.R).

    12.2  Sample Peak Area. Determine the sample peak area, 
Ac, as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.510

    12.3  Vinyl Chloride Concentration. From the calibration curves 
prepared in Section 10.3, determine the average concentration value of 
vinyl chloride, Cc, that corresponds to Ac, the 
sample peak area. Calculate the concentration of vinyl chloride in the 
bag, Cb, as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.511

                        13.0  Method Performance

    13.1  Analytical Range. This method is designed for the 0.1 to 50 
parts per million by volume (ppmv) range. However, common gas 
chromatograph (GC) instruments are capable of detecting 0.02 ppmv vinyl 
chloride. With proper calibration, the upper limit may be extended as 
needed.

                 14.0  Pollution Prevention, [Reserved]

                   15.0  Waste Management, [Reserved]

                            16.0  References

    1. Brown D.W., E.W. Loy, and M.H. Stephenson. Vinyl Chloride 
Monitoring Near the B. F. Goodrich Chemical Company in Louisville, KY. 
Region IV, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Surveillance and 
Analysis Division, Athens, GA. June 24, 1974.
    2. G.D. Clayton and Associates. Evaluation of a Collection and 
Analytical Procedure for Vinyl Chloride in Air. U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, N.C. EPA Contract No. 68-02-
1408, Task Order No. 2, EPA Report No. 75-VCL-1. December 13, 1974.
    3. Midwest Research Institute. Standardization of Stationary Source 
Emission Method for Vinyl Chloride. U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency, Research Triangle Park, N.C. Publication No. EPA-600/4-77-026. 
May 1977.
    4. Scheil, G. and M.C. Sharp. Collaborative Testing of EPA Method 
106 (Vinyl Chloride) that Will Provide for a Standardized Stationary 
Source Emission Measurement Method. U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency, Research Triangle Park, N.C. Publication No. EPA 600/4-78-058. 
October 1978.

         17.0 Tables, Diagrams Flowcharts, and Validation Data.


[[Page 260]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.512

   Method 107--Determination of Vinyl Chloride Content of In-Process 
  Wastewater Samples, and Vinyl Chloride Content of Polyvinyl Chloride 
                Resin Slurry, Wet Cake, and Latex Samples

    Note: Performance of this method should not be attempted by persons 
unfamiliar with the operation of a gas chromatograph (GC) nor by those 
who are unfamiliar with source sampling, because knowledge beyond the 
scope of this presentation is required. This method does not include all 
of the specifications (e.g., equipment and supplies) and procedures 
(e.g., sampling and analytical) essential to its performance. Some 
material is incorporated by reference from other methods in this part. 
Therefore, to obtain reliable results, persons using this method should 
have

[[Page 261]]

a thorough knowledge of at least the following additional test methods: 
Method 106.

                       1.0  Scope and Application

    1.1  Analytes.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Analyte                  CAS No.            Sensitivity
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Vinyl Chloride (CH2:CHCl)......         75-01-4   Dependent upon
                                                   analytical equipment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1.2  Applicability. This method is applicable for the determination 
of the vinyl chloride monomer (VCM) content of in-process wastewater 
samples, and the residual vinyl chloride monomer (RCVM) content of 
polyvinyl chloride (PVC) resins, wet, cake, slurry, and latex samples. 
It cannot be used for polymer in fused forms, such as sheet or cubes. 
This method is not acceptable where methods from section 304(h) of the 
Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq. (the Federal Water Pollution 
Control Amendments of 1972 as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977) 
are required.
    1.3  Data Quality Objectives. Adherence to the requirements of this 
method will enhance the quality of the data obtained from air pollutant 
sampling methods.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    2.1  The basis for this method relates to the vapor equilibrium that 
is established at a constant known temperature in a closed system 
between RVCM, PVC resin, water, and air. The RVCM in a PVC resin will 
equilibrate rapidly in a closed vessel, provided that the temperature of 
the PVC resin is maintained above the glass transition temperature of 
that specific resin.
    2.2  A sample of PVC or in-process wastewater is collected in a vial 
or bottle and is conditioned. The headspace in the vial or bottle is 
then analyzed for vinyl chloride using gas chromatography with a flame 
ionization detector.

                       3.0  Definitions [Reserved]

                           4.0  Interferences

    4.1  The chromatograph columns and the corresponding operating 
parameters herein described normally provide an adequate resolution of 
vinyl chloride; however, resolution interferences may be encountered on 
some sources. Therefore, the chromatograph operator shall select the 
column and operating parameters best suited to his particular analysis 
requirements, subject to the approval of the Administrator. Approval is 
automatic provided that confirming data are produced through an adequate 
supplemental analytical technique, such as analysis with a different 
column or GC/mass spectroscopy, and that these data are made available 
for review by the Administrator.

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, 
operations, and equipment. This test method may not address all of the 
safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the 
user of this test method to establish appropriate safety and health 
practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations 
prior to performing this test method.
    5.2  Toxic Analyte. Care must be exercised to prevent exposure of 
sampling personnel to vinyl chloride, which is a carcinogen. Do not 
release vinyl chloride to the laboratory atmosphere during preparation 
of standards. Venting or purging with VCM/air mixtures must be held to a 
minimum. When they are required, the vapor must be routed to outside 
air. Vinyl chloride, even at low ppm levels, must never be vented inside 
the laboratory. After vials have been analyzed, the gas must be vented 
prior to removal of the vial from the instrument turntable. Vials must 
be vented through a hypodermic needle connected to an activated charcoal 
tube to prevent release of vinyl chloride into the laboratory 
atmosphere. The charcoal must be replaced prior to vinyl chloride 
breakthrough.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    6.1  Sample Collection. The following equipment is required:
    6.1.1  Glass bottles. 60-ml (2-oz) capacity, with wax-lined screw-on 
tops, for PVC samples.
    6.1.2  Glass Vials. Headspace vials, with Teflon-faced butyl rubber 
sealing discs, for water samples.
    6.1.3  Adhesive Tape. To prevent loosening of bottle tops.
    6.2  Sample Recovery. The following equipment is required:
    6.2.1  Glass Vials. Headspace vials, with butyl rubber septa and 
aluminum caps. Silicone rubber is not acceptable.
    6.2.2  Analytical Balance. Capable of determining sample weight 
within an accuracy of 1 percent.
    6.2.3  Vial Sealer. To seal headspace vials.
    6.2.4  Syringe. 100-ml capacity.
    6.3  Analysis. The following equipment is required:
    6.3.1  Headspace Sampler and Chromatograph. Capable of sampling and 
analyzing a constant amount of headspace gas from a sealed vial, while 
maintaining that

[[Page 262]]

vial at a temperature of 90  deg.C  0.5  deg.C (194  deg.F 
 0.9  deg.F). The chromatograph shall be equipped with a 
flame ionization detector (FID). Perkin-Elmer Corporation Models F-40, 
F-42, F-45, HS-6, and HS-100, and Hewlett-Packard Corporation Model 
19395A have been found satisfactory. Chromatograph backflush capability 
may be required.
    6.3.2  Chromatographic Columns. Stainless steel 1 m by 3.2 mm and 2 
m by 3.2 mm, both containing 50/80-mesh Porapak Q. Other columns may be 
used provided that the precision and accuracy of the analysis of vinyl 
chloride standards are not impaired and information confirming that 
there is adequate resolution of the vinyl chloride peak are available 
for review. (Adequate resolution is defined as an area overlap of not 
more than 10 percent of the vinyl chloride peak by an interferant peak. 
Calculation of area overlap is explained in Procedure 1 of appendix C to 
this part: ``Determination of Adequate Chromatographic Peak 
Resolution.'') Two 1.83 m columns, each containing 1 percent Carbowax 
1500 on Carbopak B, have been found satisfactory for samples containing 
acetaldehyde.
    6.3.3  Temperature Sensor. Range 0 to 100  deg.C (32 to 212  deg.F) 
accurate to 0.1  deg.C.
    6.3.4  Integrator-Recorder. To record chromatograms.
    6.3.5  Barometer. Accurate to 1 mm Hg.
    6.3.6  Regulators. For required gas cylinders.
    6.3.7  Headspace Vial Pre-Pressurizer. Nitrogen pressurized 
hypodermic needle inside protective shield.

                       7.0  Reagents and Standards

    7.1  Analysis. Same as Method 106, Section 7.1, with the addition of 
the following:
    7.1.1  Water. Interference-free.
    7.2  Calibration. The following items are required for calibration:
    7.2.1  Cylinder Standards (4). Gas mixture standards (50-, 500-, 
2000- and 4000-ppm vinyl chloride in nitrogen cylinders). Cylinder 
standards may be used directly to prepare a chromatograph calibration 
curve as described in Section 10.3, if the following conditions are met: 
(a) The manufacturer certifies the gas composition with an accuracy of 
3 percent or better (see Section 7.2.1.1). (b) The 
manufacturer recommends a maximum shelf life over which the gas 
concentration does not change by greater than 5 percent from 
the certified value. (c) The manufacturer affixes the date of gas 
cylinder preparation, certified vinyl chloride concentration, and 
recommended maximum shelf life to the cylinder before shipment to the 
buyer.
    7.2.1.1  Cylinder Standards Certification. The manufacturer shall 
certify the concentration of vinyl chloride in nitrogen in each cylinder 
by (a) directly analyzing each cylinder and (b) calibrating the 
analytical procedure on the day of cylinder analysis. To calibrate the 
analytical procedure, the manufacturer shall use, as a minimum, a 3-
point calibration curve. It is recommended that the manufacturer 
maintain (1) a high-concentration calibration standard (between 4000 and 
8000 ppm) to prepare the calibration curve by an appropriate dilution 
technique and (2) a low-concentration calibration standard (between 50 
and 500 ppm) to verify the dilution technique used. If the difference 
between the apparent concentration read from the calibration curve and 
the true concentration assigned to the low-concentration calibration 
standard exceeds 5 percent of the true concentration, the manufacturer 
shall determine the source of error and correct it, then repeat the 3-
point calibration.
    7.2.1.2  Verification of Manufacturer's Calibration Standards. 
Before using, the manufacturer shall verify each calibration standard by 
(a) comparing it to gas mixtures prepared (with 99 mole percent vinyl 
chloride) in accordance with the procedure described in Section 10.1 of 
Method 106 or by (b) calibrating it against vinyl chloride cylinder 
Standard Reference Materials (SRMs) prepared by the National Institute 
of Standards and Technology, if such SRMs are available. The agreement 
between the initially determined concentration value and the 
verification concentration value must be within 5 percent. The 
manufacturer must reverify all calibration standards on a time interval 
consistent with the shelf life of the cylinder standards sold.

      8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation, Storage, and Transport

    8.1  Sample Collection.
    8.1.1  PVC Sampling. Allow the resin or slurry to flow from a tap on 
the tank or silo until the tap line has been well purged. Extend and 
fill a 60-ml sample bottle under the tap, and immediately tighten a cap 
on the bottle. Wrap adhesive tape around the cap and bottle to prevent 
the cap from loosening. Place an identifying label on each bottle, and 
record the date, time, and sample location both on the bottles and in a 
log book.
    8.1.2  Water Sampling. At the sampling location fill the vials 
bubble-free to overflowing so that a convex meniscus forms at the top. 
The excess water is displaced as the sealing disc is carefully placed, 
with the Teflon side down, on the opening of the vial. Place the 
aluminum seal over the disc and the neck of the vial, and crimp into 
place. Affix an identifying label on the bottle, and record the date, 
time, and sample location both on the vials and in a log book.
    8.2  Sample Storage. All samples must be analyzed within 24 hours of 
collection, and must be refrigerated during this period.

                          9.0  Quality Control

[[Page 263]]



------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Quality control
            Section                  measure               Effect
------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.3..........................  Chromatograph      Ensure precision and
                                 calibration.       accuracy of
                                                    chromatograph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

                  10.0  Calibration and Standardization

    Note: Maintain a laboratory log of all calibrations.
    10.1  Preparation of Standards. Calibration standards are prepared 
as follows: Place 100 l or about two equal drops of distilled 
water in the sample vial, then fill the vial with the VCM/nitrogen 
standard, rapidly seat the septum, and seal with the aluminum cap. Use a 
\1/8\-in. stainless steel line from the cylinder to the vial. Do not use 
rubber or Tygon tubing. The sample line from the cylinder must be purged 
(into a properly vented hood) for several minutes prior to filling the 
vials. After purging, reduce the flow rate to between 500 and 1000 cc/
min. Place end of tubing into vial (near bottom). Position a septum on 
top of the vial, pressing it against the \1/8\-in. filling tube to 
minimize the size of the vent opening. This is necessary to minimize 
mixing air with the standard in the vial. Each vial is to be purged with 
standard for 90 seconds, during which time the filling tube is gradually 
slid to the top of the vial. After the 90 seconds, the tube is removed 
with the septum, simultaneously sealing the vial. Practice will be 
necessary to develop good technique. Rubber gloves should be worn during 
the above operations. The sealed vial must then be pressurized for 60 
seconds using the vial prepressurizer. Test the vial for leakage by 
placing a drop of water on the septum at the needle hole. 
Prepressurization of standards is not required unless samples have been 
prepressurized.
    10.2  Analyzer Calibration. Calibration is to be performed each 8-
hour period the chromatograph is used. Alternatively, calibration with 
duplicate 50-, 500-, 2,000-, and 4,000-ppm standards (hereafter 
described as a four-point calibration) may be performed on a monthly 
basis, provided that a calibration confirmation test consisting of 
duplicate analyses of an appropriate standard is performed once per 
plant shift, or once per chromatograph carrousel operation (if the 
chromatograph operation is less frequent than once per shift). The 
criterion for acceptance of each calibration confirmation test is that 
both analyses of 500-ppm standards [2,000-ppm standards if dispersion 
resin (excluding latex resin) samples are being analyzed] must be within 
5 percent of the most recent four-point calibration curve. If this 
criterion is not met, then a complete four-point calibration must be 
performed before sample analyses can proceed.
    10.3  Preparation of Chromatograph Calibration Curve. Prepare two 
vials each of 50-, 500-, 2,000-, and 4,000-ppm standards. Run the 
calibration samples in exactly the same manner as regular samples. Plot 
As, the integrator area counts for each standard sample, 
versus Cc, the concentration of vinyl chloride in each 
standard sample. Draw a straight line through the points derived by the 
least squares method.

                       11.0  Analytical Procedure

    11.1  Preparation of Equipment. Install the chromatographic column 
and condition overnight at 160  deg.C (320  deg.F). In the first 
operation, Porapak columns must be purged for 1 hour at 230  deg.C (450 
deg.F).
    Do not connect the exit end of the column to the detector while 
conditioning. Hydrogen and air to the detector must be turned off while 
the column is disconnected.
    11.2  Flow Rate Adjustments. Adjust flow rates as follows:
    11.2.1.  Nitrogen Carrier Gas. Set regulator on cylinder to read 50 
psig. Set regulator on chromatograph to produce a flow rate of 30.0 cc/
min. Accurately measure the flow rate at the exit end of the column 
using the soap film flowmeter and a stopwatch, with the oven and column 
at the analysis temperature. After the instrument program advances to 
the ``B'' (backflush) mode, adjust the nitrogen pressure regulator to 
exactly balance the nitrogen flow rate at the detector as was obtained 
in the ``A'' mode.
    11.2.2.  Vial Prepressurizer Nitrogen.
    11.2.2.1  After the nitrogen carrier is set, solve the following 
equation and adjust the pressure on the vial prepressurizer accordingly.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.599

Where:

T1 = Ambient temperature,  deg.K ( deg.R).
T2 = Conditioning bath temperature,  deg.K ( deg.R).
P1 = Gas chromatograph absolute dosing pressure (analysis 
          mode), k Pa.

[[Page 264]]

Pw1 = Water vapor pressure 525.8 mm Hg @ 90  deg.C.
Pw2 = Water vapor pressure 19.8 mm Hg @ 22  deg.C.
7.50 = mm Hg per k Pa.
10 kPa = Factor to adjust the prepressurized pressure to slightly less 
          than the dosing pressure.

    11.2.2.2  Because of gauge errors, the apparatus may over-pressurize 
the vial. If the vial pressure is at or higher than the dosing pressure, 
an audible double injection will occur. If the vial pressure is too low, 
errors will occur on resin samples because of inadequate time for head-
space gas equilibrium. This condition can be avoided by running several 
standard gas samples at various pressures around the calculated 
pressure, and then selecting the highest pressure that does not produce 
a double injection. All samples and standards must be pressurized for 60 
seconds using the vial prepressurizer. The vial is then placed into the 
90  deg.C conditioning bath and tested for leakage by placing a drop of 
water on the septum at the needle hole. A clean, burr-free needle is 
mandatory.
    11.2.3.  Burner Air Supply. Set regulator on cylinder to read 50 
psig. Set regulator on chromatograph to supply air to burner at a rate 
between 250 and 300 cc/min. Check with bubble flowmeter.
    11.2.4.  Hydrogen Supply. Set regulator on cylinder to read 30 psig. 
Set regulator on chromatograph to supply approximately 35  5 
cc/min. Optimize hydrogen flow to yield the most sensitive detector 
response without extinguishing the flame. Check flow with bubble meter 
and record this flow.
    11.3  Temperature Adjustments. Set temperatures as follows:
    11.3.1.  Oven (chromatograph column), 140  deg.C (280  deg.F).
    11.3.2.  Dosing Line, 150  deg.C (300  deg.F).
    11.3.3.  Injection Block, 170  deg.C (340  deg.F).
    11.3.4.  Sample Chamber, Water Temperature, 90  deg.C  
1.0  deg.C (194  deg.F  1.8  deg.F).
    11.4  Ignition of Flame Ionization Detector. Ignite the detector 
according to the manufacturer's instructions.
    11.5  Amplifier Balance. Balance the amplifier according to the 
manufacturer's instructions.
    11.6  Programming the Chromatograph. Program the chromatograph as 
follows:
    11.6.1.  I -- Dosing or Injection Time. The normal setting is 2 
seconds.
    11.6.2.  A -- Analysis Time. The normal setting is approximately 70 
percent of the VCM retention time. When this timer terminates, the 
programmer initiates backflushing of the first column.
    11.6.3.  B -- Backflushing Time. The normal setting is double the 
analysis time.
    11.6.4.  W -- Stabilization Time. The normal setting is 0.5 min to 
1.0 min.
    11.6.5.  X -- Number of Analyses Per Sample. The normal setting is 
one.
    11.7.  Sample Treatment. All samples must be recovered and analyzed 
within 24 hours after collection.
    11.7.1  Resin Samples. The weight of the resin used must be between 
0.1 and 4.5 grams. An exact weight must be obtained (within 
1 percent) for each sample. In the case of suspension 
resins, a volumetric cup can be prepared for holding the required amount 
of sample. When the cup is used, open the sample bottle, and add the cup 
volume of resin to the tared sample vial (tared, including septum and 
aluminum cap). Obtain the exact sample weight, add 100 ml or about two 
equal drops of water, and immediately seal the vial. Report this value 
on the data sheet; it is required for calculation of RVCM. In the case 
of dispersion resins, the cup cannot be used. Weigh the sample in an 
aluminum dish, transfer the sample to the tared vial, and accurately 
weigh it in the vial. After prepressurization of the samples, condition 
them for a minimum of 1 hour in the 90  deg.C (190  deg.F) bath. Do not 
exceed 5 hours. Prepressurization is not required if the sample weight, 
as analyzed, does not exceed 0.2 gram. It is also not required if 
solution of the prepressurization equation yields an absolute 
prepressurization value that is within 30 percent of the atmospheric 
pressure.

    Note: Some aluminum vial caps have a center section that must be 
removed prior to placing into sample tray. If the cap is not removed, 
the injection needle will be damaged.

    11.7.2  Suspension Resin Slurry and Wet Cake Samples. Decant the 
water from a wet cake sample, and turn the sample bottle upside down 
onto a paper towel. Wait for the water to drain, place approximately 0.2 
to 4.0 grams of the wet cake sample in a tared vial (tared, including 
septum and aluminum cap) and seal immediately. Then determine the sample 
weight (1 percent). All samples weighing over 0.2 gram, must be 
prepressurized prior to conditioning for 1 hour at 90  deg.C (190 
deg.F), except as noted in Section 11.7.1. A sample of wet cake is used 
to determine total solids (TS). This is required for calculating the 
RVCM.
    11.7.3  Dispersion Resin Slurry and Geon Latex Samples. The 
materials should not be filtered. Sample must be thoroughly mixed. Using 
a tared vial (tared, including septum and aluminum cap) add 
approximately eight drops (0.25 to 0.35 g) of slurry or latex using a 
medicine dropper. This should be done immediately after mixing. Seal the 
vial as soon as possible. Determine sample weight (1 percent). Condition 
the vial for 1 hour at 90  deg.C (190  deg.F) in the analyzer bath. 
Determine the TS on the slurry sample (Section 11.10).
    11.7.4  In-process Wastewater Samples. Using a tared vial (tared, 
including septum

[[Page 265]]

and aluminum cap) quickly add approximately 1 cc of water using a 
medicine dropper. Seal the vial as soon as possible. Determine sample 
weight (1 percent). Condition the vial for 1 hour at 90  deg.C (190 
deg.F) in the analyzer bath.
    11.8  Preparation of Sample Turntable.
    11.8.1  Before placing any sample into turntable, be certain that 
the center section of the aluminum cap has been removed. The numbered 
sample vials should be placed in the corresponding numbered positions in 
the turntable. Insert samples in the following order:
    11.8.1.1  Positions 1 and 2. Old 2000-ppm standards for 
conditioning. These are necessary only after the analyzer has not been 
used for 24 hours or longer.
    11.8.1.2  Position 3. 50-ppm standard, freshly prepared.
    11.8.1.3  Position 4. 500-ppm standard, freshly prepared.
    11.8.1.4  Position 5. 2000-ppm standard, freshly prepared.
    11.8.1.5  Position 6. 4000-ppm standard, freshly prepared.
    11.8.1.6  Position 7. Sample No. 7 (This is the first sample of the 
day, but is given as 7 to be consistent with the turntable and the 
integrator printout.)
    11.8.2  After all samples have been positioned, insert the second 
set of 50-, 500-, 2000-, and 4000-ppm standards. Samples, including 
standards, must be conditioned in the bath of 90  deg.C (190  deg.F) for 
a minimum of one hour and a maximum of five hours.
    11.9  Start Chromatograph Program. When all samples, including 
standards, have been conditioned at 90  deg.C (190  deg.F) for at least 
one hour, start the analysis program according to the manufacturer's 
instructions. These instructions must be carefully followed when 
starting and stopping a program to prevent damage to the dosing 
assembly.
    11.10  Determination of Total Solids. For wet cake, slurry, resin 
solution, and PVC latex samples, determine TS for each sample by 
accurately weighing approximately 3 to 4 grams of sample in an aluminum 
pan before and after placing in a draft oven (105 to 110  deg.C (221 to 
230  deg.F)). Samples must be dried to constant weight. After first 
weighing, return the pan to the oven for a short period of time, and 
then reweigh to verify complete dryness. The TS are then calculated as 
the final sample weight divided by initial sample weight.

                  12.0  Calculations and Data Analysis

    12.1  Nomenclature.

As = Chromatogram area counts of vinyl chloride for the 
          sample, area counts.
As = Chromatogram area counts of vinyl chloride for the 
          sample.
Cc = Concentration of vinyl chloride in the standard sample, 
          ppm.
Kp = Henry's Law Constant for VCM in PVC 90  deg.C, 6.52  x  
          10-\6\ g/g/mm Hg.
Kw = Henry's Law Constant for VCM in water 90  deg.C, 7  x  
          10-\7\ g/g/mm Hg.
Mv = Molecular weight of VCM, 62.5 g/mole.
m = Sample weight, g.
Pa = Ambient atmospheric pressure, mm Hg.
R = Gas constant, (62360 \3\ ml) (mm Hg)/(mole)( deg.K).
Rf = Response factor in area counts per ppm VCM.
Rs = Response factor, area counts/ppm.
Tl = Ambient laboratory temperature,  deg.K.
TS = Total solids expressed as a decimal fraction.
T2 = Equilibrium temperature,  deg.K.
Vg = Volume of vapor phase, ml.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.513

Vv = Vial volume,\3\ ml.
1.36 = Density of PVC at 90  deg.C, g/\3\ ml.
0.9653 = Density of water at 90  deg.C, g/\3\ ml.

    12.2  Response Factor. If the calibration curve described in Section 
10.3 passes through zero, an average response factor, Rf, may 
be used to facilitate computation of vinyl chloride sample 
concentrations.
    12.2.1  To compute Rf, first compute a response factor, 
Rs, for each sample as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.514

    12.2.2  Sum the individual response factors, and calculate 
Rf. If the calibration curve does not pass through zero, use 
the

[[Page 266]]

calibration curve to determine each sample concentration.
    12.3  Residual Vinyl Chloride Monomer Concentration, 
(Crvc) or Vinyl Chloride Monomer Concentration. Calculate 
Crvc in ppm or mg/kg as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.515

    Note: Results calculated using these equations represent 
concentration based on the total sample. To obtain results based on dry 
PVC content, divide by TS.

                        13.0  Method Performance

    13.1  Range and Sensitivity. The lower limit of detection of vinyl 
chloride will vary according to the sampling and chromatographic system. 
The system should be capable of producing a measurement for a 50-ppm 
vinyl chloride standard that is at least 10 times the standard deviation 
of the system background noise level.
    13.2  An interlaboratory comparison between seven laboratories of 
three resin samples, each split into three parts, yielded a standard 
deviation of 2.63 percent for a sample with a mean of 2.09 ppm, 4.16 
percent for a sample with a mean of 1.66 ppm, and 5.29 percent for a 
sample with a mean of 62.66 ppm.

                  14.0  Pollution Prevention [Reserved]

                    15.0  Waste Management [Reserved]

                            16.0  References

    1. B.F. Goodrich, Residual Vinyl Chloride Monomer Content of 
Polyvinyl Chloride Resins, Latex, Wet Cake, Slurry and Water Samples. 
B.F. Goodrich Chemical Group Standard Test Procedure No. 1005-E. B.F. 
Goodrich Technical Center, Avon Lake, Ohio. October 8, 1979.
    2. Berens, A.R. The Diffusion of Vinyl Chloride in Polyvinyl 
Chloride. ACS-Division of Polymer Chemistry, Polymer Preprints 15 
(2):197. 1974.
    3. Berens, A.R. The Diffusion of Vinyl Chloride in Polyvinyl 
Chloride. ACS-Division of Polymer Chemistry, Polymer Preprints 15 
(2):203. 1974.
    4. Berens, A.R., et. al. Analysis for Vinyl Chloride in PVC Powders 
by Head-Space Gas Chromatography. Journal of Applied Polymer Science. 
19:3169-3172. 1975.
    5. Mansfield, R.A. The Evaluation of Henry's Law Constant (Kp) and 
Water Enhancement in the Perkin-Elmer Multifract F-40 Gas Chromatograph. 
B.F. Goodrich. Avon Lake, Ohio. February 10, 1978.

   17.0  Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data [Reserved]

Method 107A--Determination of Vinyl Chloride Content of Solvents, Resin-
Solvent Solution, Polyvinyl Chloride Resin, Resin Slurry, Wet Resin, and 
                              Latex Samples

Introduction

    Performance of this method should not be attempted by persons 
unfamiliar with the operation of a gas chromatograph (GC) or by those 
who are unfamiliar with source sampling because knowledge beyond the 
scope of this presentation is required. Care must be exercised to 
prevent exposure of sampling personnel to vinyl chloride, a carcinogen.

1. Applicability and Principle

    1.1  Applicability. This is an alternative method and applies to the 
measurement of the vinyl chloride content of solvents, resin solvent 
solutions, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) resin, wet cake slurries, latex, and 
fabricated resin samples. This method is not acceptable where methods 
from Section 304(h) of the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq., (the 
Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972 as amended by the 
Clean Water Act of 1977) are required.
    1.2  Principle. The basis for this method lies in the direct 
injection of a liquid sample into a chromatograph and the subsequent 
evaporation of all volatile material into the carrier gas stream of the 
chromatograph, thus permitting analysis of all volatile material 
including vinyl chloride.

2. Range and Sensitivity

    The lower limit of detection of vinyl chloride in dry PVC resin is 
0.2 ppm. For resin solutions, latexes, and wet resin, this limit rises 
inversely as the nonvolatile (resin) content decreases.
    With proper calibration, the upper limit may be extended as needed.

3. Interferences

    The chromatograph columns and the corresponding operating parameters 
herein described normally provide an adequate resolution of vinyl 
chloride. In cases where resolution interferences are encountered, the 
chromatograph operator shall select the column and operating parameters 
best suited to his

[[Page 267]]

particular analysis problem, subject to the approval of the 
Administrator. Approval is automatic, provided that the tester produces 
confirming data through an adequate supplemental analytical technique, 
such as analysis with a different column or GC/mass spectroscopy, and 
has the data available for review by the Administrator.

4. Precision and Reproducibility

    A standard sample of latex containing 181.8 ppm vinyl chloride 
analyzed 10 times by the alternative method showed a standard deviation 
of 7.5 percent and a mean error of 0.21 percent.
    A sample of vinyl chloride copolymer resin solution was analyzed 10 
times by the alternative method and showed a standard deviation of 6.6 
percent at a level of 35 ppm.

5. Safety

    Do not release vinyl chloride to the laboratory atmosphere during 
preparation of standards. Venting or purging with vinyl chloride monomer 
(VCM) air mixtures must be held to minimum. When purging is required, 
the vapor must be routed to outside air. Vinyl chloride, even at low-ppm 
levels, must never be vented inside the laboratory.

6. Apparatus

    6.1  Sampling. The following equipment is required:
    6.1.1  Glass Bottles. 16-oz wide mouth wide polyethylene-lined, 
screw-on tops.
    6.1.2  Adhesive Tape. To prevent loosening of bottle tops.
    6.2  Sample Recovery. The following equipment is required:
    6.2.1  Glass Vials. 20-ml capacity with polycone screw caps.
    6.2.2  Analytical Balance. Capable of weighing to 
plus-minus0.01 gram.
    6.2.3  Syringe. 50-microliter size, with removable needle.
    6.2.4  Fritted Glass Sparger. Fine porosity.
    6.2.5  Aluminum Weighing Dishes.
    6.2.6  Sample Roller or Shaker. To help dissolve sample.
    6.3  Analysis. The following equipment is required:
    6.3.1  Gas Chromatograph. Hewlett Packard Model 5720A or equivalent.
    6.3.2  Chromatograph Column. Stainless steel, 6.1 m by 3.2 mm, 
packed with 20 percent Tergitol E-35 on Chromosorb W AW 60/80 mesh. The 
analyst may use other columns provided that the precision and accuracy 
of the analysis of vinyl chloride standards are not impaired and that he 
has available for review information confirming that there is adequate 
resolution of the vinyl chloride peak. (Adequate resolution is defined 
as an area overlap of not more than 10 percent of the vinyl chloride 
peak by an interfering peak. Calculation of area overlap is explained in 
Apendix C, Procedure 1: ``Determination of Adequate Chromatographic Peak 
Resolution.'')
    6.3.3  Valco Instrument Six-Port Rotary Valve. For column back 
flush.
    6.3.4  Septa. For chromatograph injection port.
    6.3.5  Injection Port Liners. For chromatograph used.
    6.3.6  Regulators. For required gas cylinders.
    6.3.7  Soap Film Flowmeter. Hewlett Packard No. 0101-0113 or 
equivalent.
    6.4  Calibration. The following equipment is required:
    6.4.1  Analytical Balance. Capable of weighing to 
plus-minus0.0001 g.
    6.4.2  Erlenmeyer Flask With Glass Stopper. 125 ml.
    6.4.3  Pipets. 0.1, 0.5, 1, 5, 10, and 50 ml.
    6.4.4  Volumetric Flasks. 10 and 100 ml.

7. Reagents

    Use only reagents that are of chromatograph grade.
    7.1  Analysis. The following items are required:
    7.1.1  Hydrogen Gas. Zero grade.
    7.1.2  Nitrogen Gas. Zero grade.
    7.1.3  Air. Zero grade.
    7.1.4  Tetrahydrofuran (THF). Reagent grade.
    Analyze the THF by injecting 10 microliters into the prepared gas 
chromatograph. Compare the THF chromatogram with that shown in Figure 
107A-1. If the chromatogram is comparable to A, the THF should be 
sparged with pure nitrogen for approximately 2 hours using the fritted 
glass sparger to attempt to remove the interfering peak. Reanalyze the 
sparged THF to determine whether the THF is acceptable for use. If the 
scan is comparable to B, the THF should be acceptable for use in the 
analysis.

[[Page 268]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.030

    7.1.5  N, N-Dimethylacetamide (DMAC). Spectrographic grade. For use 
in place of THF.
    7.2  Calibration. The following item is required:
    7.2.1  Vinyl Chloride 99.9 Percent. Ideal Gas Products lecture 
bottle, or equivalent. For preparation of standard solutions.

8. Procedure

    8.1  Sampling. Allow the liquid or dried resin to flow from a tap on 
the tank, silo, or pipeline until the tap has been purged. Fill a wide-
mouth pint bottle, and immediately tightly cap the bottle. Place an 
identifying label on each bottle and record the date, time, sample 
location, and material.
    8.2  Sample Treatment. Sample must be run within 24 hours.
    8.2.1  Resin Samples. Weigh 9.00 plus-minus 0.01 g of THF 
or DMAC in a tared 20-ml vial. Add 1.00 plus-minus 0.01 g of 
resin to the tared vial containing the THF or DMAC. Close the vial 
tightly with the screw cap, and shake or otherwise agitate the vial 
until complete solution of the resin is obtained. Shaking may require 
several minutes to several hours, depending on the nature of the resin.
    8.2.2  Suspension Resin Slurry and Wet Resin Sample. Slurry must be 
filtered using a small Buchner funnel with vacuum to yield a wet resin 
sample. The filtering process must be continued only as long as a steady 
stream of water is exiting from the funnel. Excessive filtration time 
could result in some loss of VCM. The wet resin sample is weighed into a 
tared 20-ml vial with THF or DMAC as described earlier for resin samples 
(8.2.1) and treated the same as the resin sample. A sample of the wet 
resin is used to determine total solids as required for calculating the 
residual VCM (Section 8.3.4).
    8.2.3  Latex and Resin Solvent Solutions. Samples must be thoroughly 
mixed. Weigh 1.00 plus-minus 0.01 g of the latex or resin-
solvent solution into a 20-ml vial containing 9.00 plus-minus 
0.01 g of THF or DMAC as for the resin samples (8.2.1). Cap and shake 
until complete solution is obtained. Determine the total solids of the 
latex or resin solution sample (Section 8.3.4).
    8.2.4  Solvents and Non-viscous Liquid Samples. No preparation of 
these samples is required. The neat samples are injected directly into 
the GC.
    8.3  Analysis.
    8.3.1  Preparation of GC. Install the chromatographic column, and 
condition overnight at 70  deg.C. Do not connect the exit end of the 
column to the detector while conditioning.
    8.3.1.1  Flow Rate Adjustments. Adjust the flow rate as follows:
    a. Nitrogen Carrier Gas. Set regulator on cylinder to read 60 psig. 
Set column flow controller on the chromatograph using the soap film 
flowmeter to yield a flow rate of 40 cc/min.
    b. Burner Air Supply. Set regulator on the cylinder at 40 psig. Set 
regulator on the chromatograph to supply air to the burner to yield a 
flow rate of 250 to 300 cc/min using the flowmeter.
    c. Hydrogen. Set regulator on cylinder to read 60 psig. Set 
regulator on the chromatograph to supply 30 to 40 cc/min using the 
flowmeter. Optimize hydrogen flow to yield the most sensitive detector 
response without extinguishing the flame. Check flow with flowmeter and 
record this flow.

[[Page 269]]

    d. Nitrogen Back Flush Gas. Set regulator on the chromatograph using 
the soap film flowmeter to yield a flow rate of 40 cc/min.
    8.3.1.2  Temperature Adjustments. Set temperature as follows:
    a. Oven (chromatographic column) at 70  deg.C.
    b. Injection Port at 100  deg.C.
    c. Detector at 300  deg.C.
    8.3.1.3  Ignition of Flame Ionization Detector. Ignite the detector 
according to the manufacturer's instructions. Allow system to stabilize 
approximately 1 hour.
    8.3.1.4  Recorder. Set pen at zero and start chart drive.
    8.3.1.5  Attenuation. Set attenuation to yield desired peak height 
depending on sample VCM content.
    8.3.2  Chromatographic Analyses.
    a. Sample Injection. Remove needle from 50-microliter syringe. Open 
sample vial and draw 50-microliters of THF or DMAC sample recovery 
solution into the syringe. Recap sample vial. Attach needle to the 
syringe and while holding the syringe vertically (needle uppermost), 
eject 40 microliters into an absorbent tissue. Wipe needle with tissue. 
Now inject 10 microliters into chromatograph system. Repeat the 
injection until two consecutive values for the height of the vinyl 
chloride peak do not vary more than 5 percent. Use the average value for 
these two peak heights to compute the sample concentration.
    b. Back Flush. After 4 minutes has elapsed after sample injection, 
actuate the back flush valve to purge the first 4 feet of the 
chromatographic column of solvent and other high boilers.
    c. Sample Data. Record on the chromatograph strip chart the data 
from the sample label.
    d. Elution Time. Vinyl chloride elutes at 2.8 minutes. Acetaldehyde 
elutes at 3.7 minutes. Analysis is considered complete when chart pen 
becomes stable. After 5 minutes, reset back flush valve and inject next 
sample.
    8.3.3  Chromatograph Servicing.
    a. Septum. Replace after five sample injections.
    b. Sample Port Liner. Replace the sample port liner with a clean 
spare after five sample injections.
    c. Chromatograph Shutdown. If the chromatograph has been shut down 
overnight, rerun one or more samples from the preceding day to test 
stability and precision prior to starting on the current day's work.
    8.3.4  Determination of Total Solids (TS). For wet resin, resin 
solution, and PVC latex samples, determine the TS for each sample by 
accurately weighing approximately 3 to 5 grams of sample into a tared 
aluminum pan. The initial procedure is as follows:
    a. Where water is the major volatile component: Tare the weighing 
dish, and add 3 to 5 grams of sample to the dish. Weigh to the nearest 
milligram.
    b. Where volatile solvent is the major volatile component: Transfer 
a portion of the sample to a 20-ml screw cap vial and cap immediately. 
Weigh the vial to the nearest milligram. Uncap the vial and transfer a 
3- to 5-gram portion of the sample to a tared aluminum weighing dish. 
Recap the vial and reweigh to the nearest milligram. The vial weight 
loss is the sample weight.
    To continue, place the weighing pan in a 130  deg.C oven for 1 hour. 
Remove the dish and allow to cool to room temperature in a desiccator. 
Weigh the pan to the nearest 0.1 mg. Total solids is the weight of 
material in the aluminum pan after heating divided by the net weight of 
sample added to the pan originally times 100.

9. Calibration of the Chromatograph

    9.1  Preparation of Standards. Prepare a 1 percent by weight 
(approximate) solution of vinyl chloride in THF or DMAC by bubbling 
vinyl chloride gas from a cylinder into a tared 125-ml glass-stoppered 
flask containing THF or DMAC. The weight of vinyl chloride to be added 
should be calculated prior to this operation, i.e., 1 percent of the 
weight of THF or DMAC contained in the tared flask. This must be carried 
out in a laboratory hood. Adjust the vinyl chloride flow from the 
cylinder so that the vinyl chloride dissolves essentially completely in 
the THF or DMAC and is not blown to the atmosphere. Take particular care 
not to volatize any of the solution. Stopper the flask and swirl the 
solution to effect complete mixing. Weigh the stoppered flask to nearest 
0.1 mg to determine the exact amount of vinyl chloride added.
    Pipet 10 ml of the approximately 1 percent solution into a 100-ml 
glass-stoppered volumetric flask, and add THF or DMAC to fill to the 
mark. Cap the flask and invert 10 to 20 times. This solution contains 
approximately 1,000 ppm by weight of vinyl chloride (note the exact 
concentration).
    Pipet 50-, 10-, 5-, 1-, 0.5-, and 0.1-ml aliquots of the 
approximately 1,000 ppm solution into 10 ml glass stoppered volumetric 
flasks. Dilute to the mark with THF or DMAC, cap the flasks and invert 
each 10 to 20 times. These solutions contain approximately 500, 100, 50, 
10, 5, and 1 ppm vinyl chloride. Note the exact concentration of each 
one. These standards are to be kept under refrigeration in stoppered 
bottles, and must be renewed every 3 months.
    9.2  Preparation of Chromatograph Calibration Curve.
    Obtain the GC for each of the six final solutions prepared in 
Section 9.1 by using the procedure in Section 8.3.2. Prepare a chart 
plotting peak height obtained from the chromatogram of each solution 
versus the known concentration. Draw a straight line through

[[Page 270]]

the points derived by the least squares method.

10. Calculations

    10.1  Response Factor. From the calibration curve described in 
Section 9.2, select the value of Cc that corresponds to 
Hc for each sample. Compute the response factor, 
Rf, for each sample as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.075

where:

Rf=Chromatograph response factor, ppm/mm.
Cc=Concentration of vinyl chloride in the standard sample, 
          ppm.
Hc=Peak height of the standard sample, mm.

    10.2  Residual vinyl chloride monomer concentration 
(Crvc) or vinyl chloride monomer concentration in resin:

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.076

Where:

Crvc=Concentration of residual vinyl chloride monomer, ppm.

Hs=Peak height of sample, mm.
Rf=Chromatograph response factor.

    10.3 Samples containing volatile material, i.e., resin solutions, 
wet resin, and latexes:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.077

where:

TS=Total solids in the sample, weight fraction.

    10.4  Samples of solvents and in process wastewater:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.078
    
Where:

0.888=Specific gravity of THF.

11. Bibliography

    1. Communication from R. N. Wheeler, Jr.; Union Carbide Corporation. 
Part 61 National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 
appendix B, Method 107--Alternate Method, September 19, 1977.

 Method 108--Determination of Particulate and Gaseous Arsenic Emissions

    Note: This method does not include all of the specifications (e.g., 
equipment and supplies) and procedures (e.g., sampling and analytical) 
essential to its performance. Some material is incorporated by reference 
from other methods in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60. Therefore, to obtain 
reliable results, persons using this method should have a thorough 
knowledge of at least the following additional test methods: Method 1, 
Method 2, Method 3, Method 5, and Method 12.

                       1.0  Scope and Application.

    1.1  Analytes.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Analyte                  CAS No.            Sensitivity
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arsenic compounds as arsenic          7440-38-2   Lower limit 10 g/ml or less.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1.2  Applicability. This method is applicable for the determination 
of inorganic As emissions from stationary sources as specified in an 
applicable subpart of the regulations.
    1.3  Data Quality Objectives. Adherence to the requirements of this 
method will enhance the quality of the data obtained from air pollutant 
sampling methods.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    Particulate and gaseous As emissions are withdrawn isokinetically 
from the source and are collected on a glass mat filter and in water. 
The collected arsenic is then analyzed by means of atomic absorption 
spectrophotometry (AAS).

                      3.0  Definitions. [Reserved]

                           4.0  Interferences

    Analysis for As by flame AAS is sensitive to the chemical 
composition and to the physical properties (e.g., viscosity, pH) of the 
sample. The analytical procedure includes a check for matrix effects 
(Section 11.5).

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  This method may involve hazardous materials, operations, and 
equipment. This test method may not address all of the safety problems 
associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user to 
establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the 
applicability of regulatory limitations prior to performing this test 
method.
    5.2  Corrosive reagents. The following reagents are hazardous. 
Personal protective equipment and safe procedures that prevent chemical 
splashes are recommended. If contact occurs, immediately flush with 
copious amounts of water for at least 15 minutes. Remove clothing under 
shower and decontaminate. Treat residual chemical burns as thermal 
burns.
    5.2.1  Hydrochloric Acid (HCl). Highly corrosive liquid with toxic 
vapors. Vapors are highly irritating to eyes, skin, nose, and

[[Page 271]]

lungs, causing severe damage. May cause bronchitis, pneumonia, or edema 
of lungs. Exposure to concentrations of 0.13 to 0.2 percent can be 
lethal to humans in a few minutes. Provide ventilation to limit 
exposure. Reacts with metals, producing hydrogen gas.
    5.2.2  Hydrogen Peroxide (H2O2). Very harmful 
to eyes. 30% H2O2 can burn skin, nose, and lungs.
    5.2.3  Nitric Acid (HNO3). Highly corrosive to eyes, 
skin, nose, and lungs. Vapors are highly toxic and can cause bronchitis, 
pneumonia, or edema of lungs. Reaction to inhalation may be delayed as 
long as 30 hours and still be fatal. Provide ventilation to limit 
exposure. Strong oxidizer. Hazardous reaction may occur with organic 
materials such as solvents.
    5.2.4  Sodium Hydroxide (NaOH). Causes severe damage to eyes and 
skin. Inhalation causes irritation to nose, throat, and lungs. Reacts 
exothermically with small amounts of water.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    6.1  Sample Collection. A schematic of the sampling train used in 
performing this method is shown in Figure 108-1; it is similar to the 
Method 5 sampling train of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. The following 
items are required for sample collection:
    6.1.1  Probe Nozzle, Probe Liner, Pitot Tube, Differential Pressure 
Gauge, Filter Holder, Filter Heating System, Temperature Sensor, 
Metering System, Barometer, and Gas Density Determination Equipment. 
Same as Method 5, Sections 6.1.1.1 to 6.1.1.7, 6.1.1.9, 6.1.2, and 
6.1.3, respectively.
    6.1.2  Impingers. Four impingers connected in series with leak-free 
ground-glass fittings or any similar leak-free noncontaminating 
fittings. For the first, third, and fourth impingers, use the Greenburg-
Smith design, modified by replacing the tip with a 1.3-cm ID (0.5-in.) 
glass tube extending to about 1.3 cm (0.5 in.) from the bottom of the 
flask. For the second impinger, use the Greenburg-Smith design with the 
standard tip. Modifications (e.g., flexible connections between the 
impingers, materials other than glass, or flexible vacuum lines to 
connect the filter holder to the condenser) are subject to the approval 
of the Administrator.
    6.1.3  Temperature Sensor. Place a temperature sensor, capable of 
measuring temperature to within 1  deg.C (2  deg.F), at the outlet of 
the fourth impinger for monitoring purposes.
    6.2  Sample Recovery. The following items are required for sample 
recovery:
    6.2.1  Probe-Liner and Probe-Nozzle Brushes, Petri Dishes, Graduated 
Cylinder and/or Balance, Plastic Storage Containers, and Funnel and 
Rubber Policeman. Same as Method 5, Sections 6.2.1 and 6.2.4 to 6.2.8, 
respectively.
    6.2.2  Wash Bottles. Polyethylene (2).
    6.2.3  Sample Storage Containers. Chemically resistant, polyethylene 
or polypropylene for glassware washes, 500- or 1000-ml.
    6.3  Analysis. The following items are required for analysis:
    6.3.1  Spectrophotometer. Equipped with an electrodeless discharge 
lamp and a background corrector to measure absorbance at 193.7 
nanometers (nm). For measuring samples having less than 10 g 
As/ml, use a vapor generator accessory or a graphite furnace.
    6.3.2  Recorder. To match the output of the spectrophotometer.
    6.3.3  Beakers. 150 ml.
    6.3.4  Volumetric Flasks. Glass 50-, 100-, 200-, 500-, and 1000-ml; 
and polypropylene, 50-ml.
    6.3.5  Balance. To measure within 0.5 g.
    6.3.6  Volumetric Pipets. 1-, 2-, 3-, 5-, 8-, and 10-ml.
    6.3.7  Oven.
    6.3.8  Hot Plate.

                       7.0  Reagents and Standards

    Unless otherwise indicated, it is intended that all reagents conform 
to the specifications established by the Committee on Analytical 
Reagents of the American Chemical Society, where such specifications are 
available; otherwise, use the best available grade.
    7.1  The following reagents are required for sample collection:
    7.1.1  Filters. Same as Method 5, Section 7.1.1, except that the 
filters need not be unreactive to SO2.
    7.1.2  Silica Gel, Crushed Ice, and Stopcock Grease. Same as Method 
5, Sections 7.1.2, 7.1.4, and 7.1.5, respectively.
    7.1.3  Water. Deionized distilled to meet ASTM D 1193-77 or 91 
(incorporated by reference-see Sec. 61.18), Type 3. When high 
concentrations of organic matter are not expected to be present, the 
KMnO4 test for oxidizable organic matter may be omitted.
    7.2  Sample Recovery.
    7.2.1  0.1 N NaOH. Dissolve 4.00 g of NaOH in about 500 ml of water 
in a 1-liter volumetric flask. Then, dilute to exactly 1.0 liter with 
water.
    7.3  Analysis. The following reagents and standards are required for 
analysis:
    7.3.1  Water. Same as Section 7.1.3.
    7.3.2  Sodium Hydroxide, 0.1 N. Same as in Section 7.2.1.
    7.3.3  Sodium Borohydride (NaBH4), 5 Percent Weight by 
Volume (W/V). Dissolve 50.0 g of NaBH4 in about 500 ml of 0.1 
N NaOH in a 1-liter volumetric flask. Then, dilute to exactly 1.0 liter 
with 0.1 N NaOH.
    7.3.4  Hydrochloric Acid, Concentrated.
    7.3.5  Potassium Iodide (KI), 30 Percent (W/V). Dissolve 300 g of KI 
in 500 ml of water in a 1 liter volumetric flask. Then, dilute to 
exactly 1.0 liter with water.
    7.3.6  Nitric Acid, Concentrated.

[[Page 272]]

    7.3.7  Nitric Acid, 0.8 N. Dilute 52 ml of concentrated 
HNO3 to exactly 1.0 liter with water.
    7.3.8  Nitric Acid, 50 Percent by Volume (V/V). Add 50 ml 
concentrated HNO3 to 50 ml water.
    7.3.9  Stock Arsenic Standard, 1 mg As/ml. Dissolve 1.3203 g of 
primary standard grade As2O3 in 20 ml of 0.1 N 
NaOH in a 150 ml beaker. Slowly add 30 ml of concentrated 
HNO3. Heat the resulting solution and evaporate just to 
dryness. Transfer the residue quantitatively to a 1-liter volumetric 
flask, and dilute to 1.0 liter with water.
    7.3.10  Arsenic Working Solution, 1.0 g As/ml. Pipet 
exactly 1.0 ml of stock arsenic standard into an acid-cleaned, 
appropriately labeled 1-liter volumetric flask containing about 500 ml 
of water and 5 ml of concentrated HNO3. Dilute to exactly 1.0 
liter with water.
    7.3.11  Air. Suitable quality for AAS analysis.
    7.3.12  Acetylene. Suitable quality for AAS analysis.
    7.3.13  Nickel Nitrate, 5 Percent Ni (W/V). Dissolve 24.780 g of 
nickel nitrate hexahydrate 
[Ni(NO3)26H2O] in water in a 100-ml 
volumetric flask, and dilute to 100 ml with water.
    7.3.14  Nickel Nitrate, 1 Percent Ni (W/V). Pipet 20 ml of 5 percent 
nickel nitrate solution into a 100-ml volumetric flask, and dilute to 
exactly 100 ml with water.
    7.3.15  Hydrogen Peroxide, 3 Percent by Volume. Pipet 50 ml of 30 
percent H2O2 into a 500-ml volumetric flask, and 
dilute to exactly 500 ml with water.
    7.3.16  Quality Assurance Audit Samples. When making compliance 
determinations, and upon availability, audit samples may be obtained 
from the appropriate EPA regional Office or from the responsible 
enforcement authority.

    Note: The responsible enforcement authority should be notified at 
least 30 days prior to the test date to allow sufficient time for sample 
delivery.

      8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation, Transport, and Storage

    8.1  Pretest Preparation. Follow the general procedure given in 
Method 5, Section 8.1, except the filter need not be weighed, and the 
200 ml of 0.1N NaOH and Container 4 should be tared to within 0.5 g.
    8.2  Preliminary Determinations. Follow the general procedure given 
in Method 5, Section 8.2, except select the nozzle size to maintain 
isokinetic sampling rates below 28 liters/min (1.0 cfm).
    8.3  Preparation of Sampling Train. Follow the general procedure 
given in Method 5, Section 8.3.
    8.4  Leak-Check Procedures. Same as Method 5, Section 8.4.
    8.5  Sampling Train Operation. Follow the general procedure given in 
Method 5, Section 8.5, except maintain isokinetic sampling flow rates 
below 28 liters/min (1.0 cfm). For each run, record the data required on 
a data sheet similar to the one shown in Figure 108-2.
    8.6  Calculation of Percent Isokinetic. Same as Method 5, Section 
8.6.
    8.7  Sample Recovery. Same as Method 5, Section 8.7, except that 0.1 
N NaOH is used as the cleanup solvent instead of acetone and that the 
impinger water is treated as follows:
    8.7.1  Container Number 4 (Impinger Water). Clean each of the first 
three impingers and connecting glassware in the following manner:
    8.7.1.1  Wipe the impinger ball joints free of silicone grease, and 
cap the joints.
    8.7.1.2  Rotate and agitate each of the first two impingers, using 
the impinger contents as a rinse solution.
    8.7.1.3  Transfer the liquid from the first three impingers to 
Container Number 4. Remove the outlet ball-joint cap, and drain the 
contents through this opening. Do not separate the impinger parts (inner 
and outer tubes) while transferring their contents to the container.
    8.7.1.4  Weigh the contents of Container No. 4 to within 0.5 g. 
Record in the log the weight of liquid along with a notation of any 
color or film observed in the impinger catch. The weight of liquid is 
needed along with the silica gel data to calculate the stack gas 
moisture content.
    Note: Measure and record the total amount of 0.1 N NaOH used for 
rinsing under Sections 8.7.1.5 and 8.7.1.6.
    8.7.1.5  Pour approximately 30 ml of 0.1 NaOH into each of the first 
two impingers, and agitate the impingers. Drain the 0.1 N NaOH through 
the outlet arm of each impinger into Container Number 4. Repeat this 
operation a second time; inspect the impingers for any abnormal 
conditions.
    8.7.1.6  Wipe the ball joints of the glassware connecting the 
impingers and the back half of the filter holder free of silicone 
grease, and rinse each piece of glassware twice with 0.1 N NaOH; 
transfer this rinse into Container Number 4. (DO NOT RINSE or brush the 
glass-fritted filter support.) Mark the height of the fluid level to 
determine whether leakage occurs during transport. Label the container 
to identify clearly its contents.
    8.8  Blanks.
    8.8.1  Sodium Hydroxide. Save a portion of the 0.1 N NaOH used for 
cleanup as a blank. Take 200 ml of this solution directly from the wash 
bottle being used and place it in a plastic sample container labeled 
``NaOH blank.''
    8.8.2  Water. Save a sample of the water, and place it in a 
container labeled ``H2O blank.''

[[Page 273]]

    8.8.3  Filter. Save two filters from each lot of filters used in 
sampling. Place these filters in a container labeled ``filter blank.''

                          9.0  Quality Control

    9.1  Miscellaneous Quality Control Measures.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Quality control
            Section                  measure               Effect
------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.4, 10.1.....................  Sampling           Ensures accuracy and
                                 equipment leak-    precision of
                                 checks and         sampling
                                 calibration.       measurements.
10.4..........................  Spectrophotometer  Ensures linearity of
                                 calibration.       spectrophotometer
                                                    response to
                                                    standards.
11.5..........................  Check for matrix   Eliminates matrix
                                 effects.           effects.
11.6..........................  Audit sample       Evaluates analyst's
                                 analysis.          technique and
                                                    standards
                                                    preparation.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    9.2  Volume Metering System Checks. Same as Method 5, Section 9.2.

                  10.0  Calibration and Standardization

    Note: Maintain a laboratory log of all calibrations.
    10.1  Sampling Equipment. Same as Method 5, Section 10.0.
    10.2  Preparation of Standard Solutions.
    10.2.1  For the high level procedure, pipet 1, 3, 5, 8, and 10 ml of 
the 1.0 mg As/ml stock solution into separate 100 ml volumetric flasks, 
each containing 5 ml of concentrated HNO3. Dilute to the mark 
with water.
    10.2.2  For the low level vapor generator procedure, pipet 1, 2, 3, 
and 5 ml of 1.0 g As/ml standard solution into separate 
reaction tubes. Dilute to the mark with water.
    10.2.3  For the low level graphite furnace procedure, pipet 1, 5, 10 
and 15 ml of 1.0 g As/ml standard solution into separate flasks 
along with 2 ml of the 5 percent nickel nitrate solution and 10 ml of 
the 3 percent H2O2 solution. Dilute to the mark 
with water.
    10.3  Calibration Curve. Analyze a 0.8 N HNO3 blank and 
each standard solution according to the procedures outlined in section 
11.4.1. Repeat this procedure on each standard solution until two 
consecutive peaks agree within 3 percent of their average value. 
Subtract the average peak height (or peak area) of the blank--which must 
be less than 2 percent of recorder full scale--from the averaged peak 
height of each standard solution. If the blank absorbance is greater 
than 2 percent of full-scale, the probable cause is As contamination of 
a reagent or carry-over of As from a previous sample. Prepare the 
calibration curve by plotting the corrected peak height of each standard 
solution versus the corresponding final total As weight in the solution.
    10.4  Spectrophotometer Calibration Quality Control. Calculate the 
least squares slope of the calibration curve. The line must pass through 
the origin or through a point no further from the origin than 
2 percent of the recorder full scale. Multiply the corrected 
peak height by the reciprocal of the least squares slope to determine 
the distance each calibration point lies from the theoretical 
calibration line. The difference between the calculated concentration 
values and the actual concentrations (e.g., 1, 3, 5, 8, and 10 mg As for 
the high-level procedure) must be less than 7 percent for all standards.
    Note: For instruments equipped with direct concentration readout 
devices, preparation of a standard curve will not be necessary. In all 
cases, follow calibration and operational procedures in the 
manufacturers' instruction manual.

                       11.0  Analytical Procedure

    11.1  Sample Loss Check. Prior to analysis, check the liquid level 
in Containers Number 2 and Number 4. Note on the analytical data sheet 
whether leakage occurred during transport. If a noticeable amount of 
leakage occurred, either void the sample or take steps, subject to the 
approval of the Administrator, to adjust the final results.
    11.2  Sample Preparation.
    11.2.1  Container Number 1 (Filter). Place the filter and loose 
particulate matter in a 150 ml beaker. Also, add the filtered solid 
material from Container Number 2 (see Section 11.2.2). Add 50 ml of 0.1 
N NaOH. Then stir and warm on a hot plate at low heat (do not boil) for 
about 15 minutes. Add 10 ml of concentrated HNO3, bring to a 
boil, then simmer for about 15 minutes. Filter the solution through a 
glass fiber filter. Wash with hot water, and catch the filtrate in a 
clean 150 ml beaker. Boil the filtrate, and evaporate to dryness. Cool, 
add 5 ml of 50 percent HNO3, and then warm and stir. Allow to 
cool. Transfer to a 50-ml volumetric flask, dilute to volume with water, 
and mix well.
    11.2.2  Container Number 2 (Probe Wash).
    11.2.2.1  Filter (using a glass fiber filter) the contents of 
Container Number 2 into a 200 ml volumetric flask. Combine the filtered 
(solid) material with the contents of Container Number 1 (Filter).
    11.2.2.2  Dilute the filtrate to exactly 200 ml with water. Then 
pipet 50 ml into a 150 ml beaker. Add 10 ml of concentrated 
HNO3, bring to a boil, and evaporate to dryness. Allow to 
cool, add 5 ml of 50 percent HNO3, and then warm and stir. 
Allow the solution to cool, transfer to a 50-ml volumetric flask, dilute 
to volume with water, and mix well.

[[Page 274]]

    11.2.3  Container Number 4 (Impinger Solution). Transfer the 
contents of Container Number 4 to a 500 ml volumetric flask, and dilute 
to exactly 500-ml with water. Pipet 50 ml of the solution into a 150-ml 
beaker. Add 10 ml of concentrated HNO3, bring to a boil, and 
evaporate to dryness. Allow to cool, add 5 ml of 50 percent 
HNO3, and then warm and stir. Allow the solution to cool, 
transfer to a 50-ml volumetric flask, dilute to volume with water, and 
mix well.
    11.2.4  Filter Blank. Cut each filter into strips, and treat each 
filter individually as directed in Section 11.2.1, beginning with the 
sentence, ``Add 50 ml of 0.1 N NaOH.''
    11.2.5  Sodium Hydroxide and Water Blanks. Treat separately 50 ml of 
0.1 N NaOH and 50 ml water, as directed under Section 11.2.3, beginning 
with the sentence, ``Pipet 50 ml of the solution into a 150-ml beaker.''
    11.3  Spectrophotometer Preparation. Turn on the power; set the 
wavelength, slit width, and lamp current. Adjust the background 
corrector as instructed by the manufacturer's manual for the particular 
atomic absorption spectrophotometer. Adjust the burner and flame 
characteristics as necessary.
    11.4  Analysis. Calibrate the analytical equipment and develop a 
calibration curve as outlined in Sections 10.2 through 10.4.
    11.4.1  Arsenic Samples. Analyze an appropriately sized aliquot of 
each diluted sample (from Sections 11.2.1 through 11.2.3) until two 
consecutive peak heights agree within 3 percent of their average value. 
If applicable, follow the procedures outlined in Section 11.4.1.1. If 
the sample concentration falls outside the range of the calibration 
curve, make an appropriate dilution with 0.8 N HNO3 so that 
the final concentration falls within the range of the curve. Using the 
calibration curve, determine the arsenic concentration in each sample 
fraction.

    Note: Because instruments vary between manufacturers, no detailed 
operating instructions will be given here. Instead, the instrument 
manufacturer's detailed operating instructions should be followed.

    11.4.1.1  Arsenic Determination at Low Concentration. The lower 
limit of flame AAS is 10 g As/ml. If the arsenic concentration 
of any sample is at a lower level, use the graphite furnace or vapor 
generator which is available as an accessory component. Flame, graphite 
furnace, or vapor generators may be used for samples whose 
concentrations are between 10 and 30 g/ml. Follow the 
manufacturer's instructions in the use of such equipment.
    11.4.1.1.1  Vapor Generator Procedure. Place a sample containing 
between 0 and 5 g of arsenic in the reaction tube, and dilute 
to 15 ml with water. Since there is some trial and error involved in 
this procedure, it may be necessary to screen the samples by 
conventional atomic absorption until an approximate concentration is 
determined. After determining the approximate concentration, adjust the 
volume of the sample accordingly. Pipet 15 ml of concentrated HCl into 
each tube. Add 1 ml of 30 percent KI solution. Place the reaction tube 
into a 50  deg.C (120  deg.F) water bath for 5 minutes. Cool to room 
temperature. Connect the reaction tube to the vapor generator assembly. 
When the instrument response has returned to baseline, inject 5.0 ml of 
5 percent NaBH4, and integrate the resulting 
spectrophotometer signal over a 30-second time period.
    11.4.1.1.2  Graphite Furnace Procedure. Dilute the digested sample 
so that a 5 ml aliquot contains less than 1.5 g of arsenic. 
Pipet 5 ml of this digested solution into a 10-ml volumetric flask. Add 
1 ml of the 1 percent nickel nitrate solution, 0.5 ml of 50 percent 
HNO3, and 1 ml of the 3 percent hydrogen peroxide and dilute 
to 10 ml with water. The sample is now ready for analysis.
    11.4.1.2  Run a blank (0.8 N HNO3) and standard at least 
after every five samples to check the spectrophotometer calibration. The 
peak height of the blank must pass through a point no further from the 
origin than 2 percent of the recorder full scale. The 
difference between the measured concentration of the standard (the 
product of the corrected average peak height and the reciprocal of the 
least squares slope) and the actual concentration of the standard must 
be less than 7 percent, or recalibration of the analyzer is required.
    11.4.1.3  Determine the arsenic concentration in the filter blank 
(i.e., the average of the two blank values from each lot).
    11.4.2  Container Number 3 (Silica Gel). This step may be conducted 
in the field. Weigh the spent silica gel (or silica gel plus impinger) 
to the nearest 0.5 g; record this weight.
    11.5  Check for matrix effects on the arsenic results. Same as 
Method 12, Section 11.5.
    11.6  Audit Sample Analysis.
    11.6.1  When the method is used to analyze samples to demonstrate 
compliance with a source emission regulation, a set of EPA audit samples 
must be analyzed, subject to availability.
    11.6.2  Concurrently analyze the audit samples and the compliance 
samples in the same manner to evaluate the technique of the analyst and 
the standards preparation.
    Note: It is recommended that known quality control samples be 
analyzed prior to the compliance and audit sample analyses to optimize 
the system accuracy and precision. These quality control samples may be 
obtained by contacting the appropriate EPA regional Office or the 
responsible enforcement authority.

    11.6.3  The same analyst, analytical reagents, and analytical system 
shall be used

[[Page 275]]

for the compliance samples and the EPA audit samples. If this condition 
is met, duplicate auditing of subsequent compliance analyses for the 
same enforcement agency within a 30-day period is waived. An audit 
sample set may not be used to validate different sets of compliance 
samples under the jurisdiction of separate enforcement agencies, unless 
prior arrangements have been made with both enforcement agencies.
    11.7  Audit Sample Results.
    11.7.1  Calculate the audit sample concentrations in g/m3 
and submit results using the instructions provided with the audit 
samples.
    11.7.2  Report the results of the audit samples and the compliance 
determination samples along with their identification numbers, and the 
analyst's name to the responsible enforcement authority. Include this 
information with reports of any subsequent compliance analyses for the 
same enforcement authority during the 30-day period.
    11.7.3  The concentrations of the audit samples obtained by the 
analyst shall agree within 10 percent of the actual concentrations. If 
the 10 percent specification is not met, reanalyze the compliance and 
audit samples, and include initial and reanalysis values in the test 
report.
    11.7.4  Failure to meet the 10 percent specification may require 
retests until the audit problems are resolved. However, if the audit 
results do not affect the compliance or noncompliance status of the 
affected facility, the Administrator may waive the reanalysis 
requirement, further audits, or retests and accept the results of the 
compliance test. While steps are being taken to resolve audit analysis 
problems, the Administrator may also choose to use the data to determine 
the compliance or noncompliance status of the affected facility.

                  12.0  Data Analysis and Calculations

12.1  Nomenclature.

Bws = Water in the gas stream, proportion by volume.
Ca = Concentration of arsenic as read from the standard 
          curve, g/ml.
Cc = Actual audit concentration, g/m3.
Cd, = Determined audit concentration, g/m3.
Cs = Arsenic concentration in stack gas, dry basis, converted 
          to standard conditions, g/dsm3 (gr/dscf).
Ea = Arsenic mass emission rate, g/hr (lb/hr).
Fd = Dilution factor (equals 1 if the sample has not been 
          diluted).
I = Percent of isokinetic sampling.
mbi = Total mass of all four impingers and contents before 
          sampling, g.
mfi = Total mass of all four impingers and contents after 
          sampling, g.
mn = Total mass of arsenic collected in a specific part of 
          the sampling train, g.
mt = Total mass of arsenic collected in the sampling train, 
          g.
Tm = Absolute average dry gas meter temperature (see Figure 
          108-2),  deg.K ( deg.R).
Vm = Volume of gas sample as measured by the dry gas meter, 
          dry basis, m3 (ft3).
Vm(std) = Volume of gas sample as measured by the dry gas 
          meter, corrected to standard conditions, m3 
          (ft3).
Vn = Volume of solution in which the arsenic is contained, 
          ml.
Vw(std) = Volume of water vapor collected in the sampling 
          train, corrected to standard conditions, m3 
          (ft3).
H = Average pressure differential across the orifice meter (see 
          Figure 108-2), mm H2O (in. H2O).

    12.2  Average Dry Gas Meter Temperatures (Tm) and Average 
Orifice Pressure Drop (H). See data sheet (Figure 108-2).
    12.3  Dry Gas Volume. Using data from this test, calculate 
Vm(std) according to the procedures outlined in Method 5, 
Section 12.3.
    12.4  Volume of Water Vapor.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.516
    
Where:

K2 = 0.001334 m\3\/g for metric units.
    = 0.047012 ft\3\/g for English units.

    12.5 Moisture Content.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.517
    

[[Page 276]]


    12.6  Amount of Arsenic Collected.
    12.6.1  Calculate the amount of arsenic collected in each part of 
the sampling train, as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.518

    12.6.2  Calculate the total amount of arsenic collected in the 
sampling train as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.519

    12.7  Calculate the arsenic concentration in the stack gas (dry 
basis, adjusted to standard conditions) as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.520

Where:

K3 = 10-\6\ g/g for metric units
= 1.54  x  10-\5\ gr/g for English units

    12.8  Stack Gas Velocity and Volumetric Flow Rate. Calculate the 
average stack gas velocity and volumetric flow rate using data obtained 
in this method and the equations in Sections 12.2 and 12.3 of Method 2.
    12.9  Pollutant Mass Rate. Calculate the arsenic mass emission rate 
as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.521

    12.10  Isokinetic Variation. Same as Method 5, Section 12.11.

                        13.0  Method Performance

    13.1  Sensitivity. The lower limit of flame AAS 10 g As/ml. 
The analytical procedure includes provisions for the use of a graphite 
furnace or vapor generator for samples with a lower arsenic 
concentration.

                 14.0  Pollution Prevention. [Reserved]

                   15.0  Waste Management. [Reserved]

                            16.0  References.

    Same as References 1 through 9 of Method 5, Section 17.0, with the 
addition of the following:

    1. Perkin Elmer Corporation. Analytical Methods for Atomic 
Absorption Spectrophotometry. 303-0152. Norwalk, Connecticut. September 
1976. pp. 5-6.
    2. Standard Specification for Reagent Water. In: Annual Book of 
American Society for Testing and Materials Standards. Part 31: Water, 
Atmospheric Analysis. American Society for Testing and Materials. 
Philadelphia, PA. 1974. pp. 40-42.
    3. Stack Sampling Safety Manual (Draft). U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standard, Research 
Triangle Park, NC. September 1978.

[[Page 277]]

         17.0  Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.522


[[Page 278]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.523

   Method 108A--Determination of Arsenic Content in Ore Samples From 
                           Nonferrous Smelters

    Note: This method does not include all of the specifications (e.g., 
equipment and supplies) and procedures (e.g., sampling and analytical) 
essential to its performance. Some material is incorporated by reference 
from other methods in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60. Therefore, to obtain 
reliable results, persons using this method should have a thorough 
knowledge of Method 12.

                       1.0  Scope and Application

    1.1  Analytes.

[[Page 279]]



------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Analyte                  CAS No.            Sensitivity
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arsenic compounds as arsenic    7440-38-2........  Lower limit 10 g/ml or less.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1.2  Applicability. This method applies to the determination of 
inorganic As content of process ore and reverberatory matte samples from 
nonferrous smelters and other sources as specified in an applicable 
subpart of the regulations.
    1.3  Data Quality Objectives. Adherence to the requirements of this 
method will enhance the quality of the data obtained from air pollutant 
sampling methods.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    Arsenic bound in ore samples is liberated by acid digestion and 
analyzed by flame atomic absorption spectrophotometry (AAS).

                       3.0  Definitions [Reserved]

                           4.0  Interferences

    Analysis for As by flame AAS is sensitive to the chemical 
composition and to the physical properties (e.g., viscosity, pH) of the 
sample. The analytical procedure includes a check for matrix effects 
(section 11.5).

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, 
operations, and equipment. This test method may not address all of the 
safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the 
user to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine 
the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to performing this 
test method.
    5.2  Corrosive Reagents. The following reagents are hazardous. 
Personal protective equipment and safe procedures that prevent chemical 
splashes are recommended. If contact occurs, immediately flush with 
copious amounts of water for at least 15 minutes. Remove clothing under 
shower and decontaminate. Treat residual chemical burns as thermal 
burns.
    5.2.1  Hydrochloric Acid (HCl). Highly corrosive liquid with toxic 
vapors. Vapors are highly irritating to eyes, skin, nose, and lungs, 
causing severe damage. May cause bronchitis, pneumonia, or edema of 
lungs. Exposure to concentrations of 0.13 to 0.2 percent can be lethal 
to humans in a few minutes. Provide ventilation to limit exposure. 
Reacts with metals, producing hydrogen gas.
    5.2.2  Hydrofluoric Acid (HF). Highly corrosive to eyes, skin, nose, 
throat, and lungs. Reaction to exposure may be delayed by 24 hours or 
more. Provide ventilation to limit exposure.
    5.2.3  Hydrogen Peroxide (H2O2). Very harmful 
to eyes. 30% H2O2 can burn skin, nose, and lungs.
    5.2.4  Nitric Acid (HNO3). Highly corrosive to eyes, 
skin, nose, and lungs. Vapors are highly toxic and can cause bronchitis, 
pneumonia, or edema of lungs. Reaction to inhalation may be delayed as 
long as 30 hours and still be fatal. Provide ventilation to limit 
exposure. Strong oxidizer. Hazardous reaction may occur with organic 
materials such as solvents.
    5.2.5  Sodium Hydroxide (NaOH). Causes severe damage to eyes and 
skin. Inhalation causes irritation to nose, throat, and lungs. Reacts 
exothermically with limited amounts of water.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    6.1  Sample Collection and Preparation. The following items are 
required for sample collection and preparation:
    6.1.1  Parr Acid Digestion Bomb. Stainless steel with vapor-tight 
Teflon cup and cover.
    6.1.2  Volumetric Pipets. 2- and 5-ml sizes.
    6.1.3  Volumetric Flask. 50-ml polypropylene with screw caps, (one 
needed per standard).
    6.1.4  Funnel. Polyethylene or polypropylene.
    6.1.5  Oven. Capable of maintaining a temperature of approximately 
105  deg.C (221  deg.F).
    6.1.6  Analytical Balance. To measure to within 0.1 mg.
    6.2  Analysis. The following items are required for analysis:
    6.2.1  Spectrophotometer and Recorder. Equipped with an 
electrodeless discharge lamp and a background corrector to measure 
absorbance at 193.7 nm. For measuring samples having less than 10 
g As/ml, use a graphite furnace or vapor generator accessory. 
The recorder shall match the output of the spectrophotometer.
    6.2.2  Volumetric Flasks. Class A, 50-ml (one needed per sample and 
blank), 500-ml, and 1-liter.
    6.2.3  Volumetric Pipets. Class A, 1-, 5-, 10-, and 25-ml sizes.

                      7.0  Reagents and Standards.

    Unless otherwise indicated, it is intended that all reagents conform 
to the specifications established by the Committee on Analytical 
Reagents of the American Chemical Society, where such specifications are 
available; otherwise, use the best available grade.
    7.1  Sample Collection and Preparation. The following reagents are 
required for sample collection and preparation:

[[Page 280]]

    7.1.1  Water. Deionized distilled to meet ASTM D 1193-77 or 91 Type 
3 (incorporated by reference--See Sec. 61.18). When high concentrations 
of organic matter are not expected to be present, the KMnO4 
test for oxidizable organic matter may be omitted. Use in all dilutions 
requiring water.
    7.1.2  Nitric Acid Concentrated.
    7.1.3  Nitric Acid, 0.5 N. In a 1-liter volumetric flask containing 
water, add 32 ml of concentrated HNO3 and dilute to volume 
with water.
    7.1.4  Hydrofluoric Acid, Concentrated.
    7.1.5  Potassium Chloride (KCl) Solution, 10 percent weight by 
volume (W/V). Dissolve 10 g KCl in water, add 3 ml concentrated 
HNO3, and dilute to 100 ml.
    7.1.6  Filter. Teflon filters, 3-micron porosity, 47-mm size. 
(Available from Millipore Co., type FS, Catalog Number FSLW04700.)
    7.1.7  Sodium Borohydride (NaBH4), 5 Percent (W/V). 
Dissolve 50.0 g of NaBH4 in about 500 ml of 0.1 N NaOH in a 
1-liter volumetric flask. Then, dilute to exactly 1.0 liter with 0.1 N 
NaOH.
    7.1.8  Nickel Nitrate, 5 Percent Ni (W/V). Dissolve 24.780 g of 
nickel nitrate hexahydrate [Ni(NO3)2 
6H2O] in water in a 100-ml volumetric flask, and dilute to 
100 ml with water.
    7.1.9  Nickel Nitrate, 1 Percent Ni (W/V). Pipet 20 ml of 5 percent 
nickel nitrate solution into a 100-ml volumetric flask, and dilute to 
100 ml with water.
    7.2  Analysis. The following reagents and standards are required for 
analysis:
    7.2.1  Water. Same as in Section 7.1.1.
    7.2.2  Sodium Hydroxide, 0.1 N. Dissolve 2.00 g of NaOH in water in 
a 500-ml volumetric flask. Dilute to volume with water.
    7.2.3  Nitric Acid, 0.5 N. Same as in Section 7.1.3.
    7.2.4  Potassium Chloride Solution, 10 percent. Same as in Section 
7.1.5.
    7.2.5  Hydrochloric Acid, Concentrated.
    7.2.6  Potassium Iodide (KI), 30 Percent (W/V). Dissolve 300 g of KI 
in about 500 ml of water in a 1-liter volumetric flask. Then, dilute to 
exactly 1.0 liter with water.
    7.2.7  Hydrogen Peroxide, 3 Percent by Volume. Pipet 50 ml of 30 
percent H2O2 into a 500-ml volumetric flask, and 
dilute to exactly 500 ml with water.
    7.2.8  Stock Arsenic Standard, 1 mg As/ml. Dissolve 1.3203 g of 
primary grade As2O3 in 20 ml of 0.1 N NaOH. Slowly 
add 30 ml of concentrated HNO3, and heat in an oven at 105 
deg.C (221  deg.F) for 2 hours. Allow to cool, and dilute to 1 liter 
with deionized distilled water.
    7.2.9  Nitrous Oxide. Suitable quality for AAS analysis.
    7.2.10  Acetylene. Suitable quality for AAS analysis.
    7.2.11  Quality Assurance Audit Samples. When making compliance 
determinations, and upon availability, audit samples may be obtained 
from the appropriate EPA regional Office or from the responsible 
enforcement authority.
    Note: The responsible enforcement authority should be notified at 
least 30 days prior to the test date to allow sufficient time for sample 
delivery.

      8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation, Transport, and Storage

    8.1  Sample Collection. A sample that is representative of the ore 
lot to be tested must be taken prior to analysis. (A portion of the 
samples routinely collected for metals analysis may be used provided the 
sample is representative of the ore being tested.)
    8.2  Sample Preparation. The sample must be ground into a finely 
pulverized state.

                          9.0  Quality Control

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Quality control
            Section                  measure               Effect
------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.2..........................  Spectrophotometer  Ensure linearity of
                                 calibration.       spectrophotometer
                                                    response to
                                                    standards.
11.5..........................  Check for matrix   Eliminate matrix
                                 effects.           effects
11.6..........................  Audit sample       Evaluate analyst's
                                 analysis.          technique and
                                                    standards
                                                    preparation.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

                 10.0  Calibration and Standardizations

    Note: Maintain a laboratory log of all calibrations.
    10.1  Preparation of Standard Solutions. Pipet 1, 5, 10, and 25 ml 
of the stock As solution into separate 100-ml volumetric flasks. Add 10 
ml KCl solution and dilute to the mark with 0.5 N HNO3. This 
will give standard concentrations of 10, 50, 100, and 250 g As/
ml. For low-level arsenic samples that require the use of a graphite 
furnace or vapor generator, follow the procedures in Section 11.3:1. 
Dilute 10 ml of KCl solution to 100 ml with 0.5 N HNO3 and 
use as a reagent blank.
    10.2  Calibration Curve. Analyze the reagent blank and each standard 
solution according to the procedures outlined in Section 11.3. Repeat 
this procedure on each standard solution until two consecutive peaks 
agree within 3 percent of their average value. Subtract the average peak 
height (or peak area) of the blank--which must be less than 2 percent of 
recorder full scale--from the averaged peak heights of each standard 
solution.

[[Page 281]]

If the blank absorbance is greater than 2 percent of full-scale, the 
probable cause is Hg contamination of a reagent or carry-over of As from 
a previous sample. Prepare the calibration curve by plotting the 
corrected peak height of each standard solution versus the corresponding 
final total As weight in the solution.
    10.3  Spectrophotometer Calibration Quality Control. Calculate the 
least squares slope of the calibration curve. The line must pass through 
the origin or through a point no further from the origin than 
2 percent of the recorder full scale. Multiply the corrected 
peak height by the reciprocal of the least squares slope to determine 
the distance each calibration point lies from the theoretical 
calibration line. The difference between the calculated concentration 
values and the actual concentrations must be less than 7 percent for all 
standards.
    Note: For instruments equipped with direct concentration readout 
devices, preparation of a standard curve will not be necessary. In all 
cases, follow calibration and operational procedures in the 
manufacturer's instruction manual.

                       11.0  Analytical Procedure

    11.1  Sample Preparation. Weigh 50 to 500 mg of finely pulverized 
sample to the nearest 0.1 mg. Transfer the sample into the Teflon cup of 
the digestion bomb, and add 2 ml each of concentrated HNO3 
and HF. Seal the bomb immediately to prevent the loss of any volatile 
arsenic compounds that may form. Heat in an oven at 105  deg.C (221 
deg.F) for 2 hours. Remove the bomb from the oven and allow to cool. 
Using a Teflon filter, quantitatively filter the digested sample into a 
50-ml polypropylene volumetric flask. Rinse the bomb three times with 
small portions of 0.5 N HNO3, and filter the rinses into the 
flask. Add 5 ml of KCl solution to the flask, and dilute to 50 ml with 
0.5 N HNO3.
    11.2  Spectrophotometer Preparation.
    11.2.1  Turn on the power; set the wavelength, slit width, and lamp 
current. Adjust the background corrector as instructed by the 
manufacturer's manual for the particular atomic absorption 
spectrophotometer. Adjust the burner and flame characteristics as 
necessary.
    11.2.2  Develop a spectrophotometer calibration curve as outlined in 
Sections 10.2 and 10.3.
    11.3  Arsenic Determination. Analyze an appropriately sized aliquot 
of each diluted sample (from Section 11.1) until two consecutive peak 
heights agree within 3 percent of their average value. If applicable, 
follow the procedures outlined in Section 11.3.1. If the sample 
concentration falls outside the range of the calibration curve, make an 
appropriate dilution with 0.5 N HNO3 so that the final 
concentration falls within the range of the curve. Using the calibration 
curve, determine the As concentration in each sample.
    Note: Because instruments vary between manufacturers, no detailed 
operating instructions will be given here. Instead, the instrument 
manufacturer's detailed operating instructions should be followed.
    11.3.1  Arsenic Determination at Low Concentration. The lower limit 
of flame AAS is 10 g As/ml. If the arsenic concentration of any 
sample is at a lower level, use the vapor generator or graphite furnace 
which is available as an accessory component. Flame, graphite furnace, 
or vapor generators may be used for samples whose concentrations are 
between 10 and 30 g/ml. Follow the manufacturer's instructions 
in the use of such equipment.
    11.3.1.1  Vapor Generator Procedure. Place a sample containing 
between 0 and 5 g of arsenic in the reaction tube, and dilute 
to 15 ml with water. Since there is some trial and error involved in 
this procedure, it may be necessary to screen the samples by 
conventional AAS until an approximate concentration is determined. After 
determining the approximate concentration, adjust the volume of the 
sample accordingly. Pipet 15 ml of concentrated HCl into each tube. Add 
1 ml of 30 percent KI solution. Place the reaction tube into a 50  deg.C 
(120  deg.F) water bath for 5 minutes. Cool to room temperature. Connect 
the reaction tube to the vapor generator assembly. When the instrument 
response has returned to baseline, inject 5.0 ml of 5 percent 
NaBH4 and integrate the resulting spectrophotometer signal 
over a 30-second time period.
    11.3.1.2  Graphite Furnace Procedure. Pipet 5 ml of the digested 
solution into a 10-ml volumetric flask. Add 1 ml of the 1 percent nickel 
nitrate solution, 0.5 ml of 50 percent HNO3, and 1 ml of the 
3 percent H2O2, and dilute to 10 ml with water. 
The sample is now ready to inject in the furnace for analysis.
    11.4  Run a blank and standard at least after every five samples to 
check the spectrophotometer calibration. The peak height of the blank 
must pass through a point no further from the origin than 2 
percent of the recorder full scale. The difference between the measured 
concentration of the standard (the product of the corrected average peak 
height and the reciprocal of the least squares slope) and the actual 
concentration of the standard must be less than 7 percent, or 
recalibration of the analyzer is required.
    11.5  Mandatory Check for Matrix Effects on the Arsenic Results. 
Same as Method 12, Section 11.5.
    11.6  Audit Sample Analysis.
    11.6.1  When the method is used to analyze samples to demonstrate 
compliance with a source emission regulation, a set of EPA

[[Page 282]]

audit samples must be analyzed, subject to availability.
    11.6.2  Concurrently analyze the audit samples and the compliance 
samples in the same manner to evaluate the technique of the analyst and 
the standards preparation.

    Note: It is recommended that known quality control samples be 
analyzed prior to the compliance and audit sample analyses to optimize 
the system accuracy and precision. These quality control samples may be 
obtained by contacting the appropriate EPA regional Office or the 
responsible enforcement authority.

    11.6.3  The same analyst, analytical reagents, and analytical system 
shall be used for the compliance samples and the EPA audit samples. If 
this condition is met, duplicate auditing of subsequent compliance 
analyses for the same enforcement agency within a 30-day period is 
waived. An audit sample set may not be used to validate different sets 
of compliance samples under the jurisdiction of separate enforcement 
agencies, unless prior arrangements have been made with both enforcement 
agencies.
    11.7  Audit Sample Results.
    11.7.1  Calculate the audit sample concentrations in g/m\3\ and 
submit results using the instructions provided with the audit samples.
    11.7.2  Report the results of the audit samples and the compliance 
determination samples along with their identification numbers, and the 
analyst's name to the responsible enforcement authority. Include this 
information with reports of any subsequent compliance analyses for the 
same enforcement authority during the 30-day period.
    11.7.3  The concentrations of the audit samples obtained by the 
analyst shall agree within 10 percent of the actual concentrations. If 
the 10 percent specification is not met, reanalyze the compliance and 
audit samples, and include initial and reanalysis values in the test 
report.
    11.7.4  Failure to meet the 10 percent specification may require 
retests until the audit problems are resolved. However, if the audit 
results do not affect the compliance or noncompliance status of the 
affected facility, the Administrator may waive the reanalysis 
requirement, further audits, or retests and accept the results of the 
compliance test. While steps are being taken to resolve audit analysis 
problems, the Administrator may also choose to use the data to determine 
the compliance or noncompliance status of the affected facility.

                  12.0  Data Analysis and Calculations

    12.1  Calculate the percent arsenic in the ore sample as follows:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.524
    
Where:

Ca = Concentration of As as read from the standard curve, 
          g/ml.
Fd = Dilution factor (equals to 1 if the sample has not been 
          diluted).
W = Weight of ore sample analyzed, mg.
5 = (50 ml sample `` 100)/(103 g/mg).

                        13.0  Method Performance

    13.1  Sensitivity. The lower limit of flame AAS is 10 g As/
ml. The analytical procedure includes provisions for the use of a 
graphite furnace or vapor generator for samples with a lower arsenic 
concentration.

                 14.0  Pollution Prevention. [Reserved]

                   15.0  Waste Management. [Reserved]

                            16.0  References

    Same as References 1 through 9 of Section 17.0 of Method 5, with the 
addition of the following:

    1. Perkin Elmer Corporation. Analytical Methods of Atomic Absorption 
Spectrophotometry. 303-0152. Norwalk, Connecticut. September 1976. pp 5-
6.
    2. Ringwald, D. Arsenic Determination on Process Materials from 
ASARCO's Copper Smelter in Tacoma, Washington. Unpublished Report. 
Prepared for Emission Measurement Branch, Emission Standards and 
Engineering Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research 
Triangle Park, North Carolina. August 1980. 35 pp.
    3. Stack Sampling Safety Manual (Draft). U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standard, Research 
Triangle Park, NC. September 1978.

   17.0  Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data. [Reserved]

   Method 108B--Determination of Arsenic Content in Ore Samples From 
                           Nonferrous Smelters

    Note: This method does not include all of the specifications (e.g., 
equipment and supplies) and procedures (e.g., sampling and analytical) 
essential to its performance. Some material is incorporated by reference 
from

[[Page 283]]

other methods in this appendix and in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60. 
Therefore, to obtain reliable results, persons using this method should 
have a thorough knowledge of at least the following additional test 
methods: Method 12 and Method 108A.

                       1.0  Scope and Application

    1.1  Analytes.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Analyte                  CAS No.            Sensitivity
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arsenic compounds as arsenic    7440-38-2........  Lower limit 10 g/ml.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1.2  Applicability. This method applies to the determination of 
inorganic As content of process ore and reverberatory matte samples from 
nonferrous smelters and other sources as specified in an applicable 
subpart of the regulations. Samples resulting in an analytical 
concentration greater than 10 g As/ml may be analyzed by this 
method. For lower level arsenic samples, Method 108C should be used.
    1.3  Data Quality Objectives. Adherence to the requirements of this 
method will enhance the quality of the data obtained from air pollutant 
sampling methods.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    Arsenic bound in ore samples is liberated by acid digestion and 
analyzed by flame atomic absorption spectrophotometry (AAS).

                       3.0  Definitions [Reserved]

                           4.0  Interferences

    Analysis for As by flame AAS is sensitive to the chemical 
composition and to the physical properties (e.g., viscosity, pH) of the 
sample. The analytical procedure includes a check for matrix effects 
(Section 11.4).

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, 
operations, and equipment. This test method may not address all of the 
safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the 
user to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine 
the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to performing this 
test method.
    5.2  Corrosive Reagents. The following reagents are hazardous. 
Personal protective equipment and safe procedures that prevent chemical 
splashes are recommended. If contact occurs, immediately flush with 
copious amounts of water for at least 15 minutes. Remove clothing under 
shower and decontaminate. Treat residual chemical burns as thermal 
burns.
    5.2.1  Hydrochloric acid (HCl). Highly corrosive liquid with toxic 
vapors. Vapors are highly irritating to eyes, skin, nose, and lungs, 
causing severe damage. May cause bronchitis, pneumonia, or edema of 
lungs. Exposure to concentrations of 0.13 to 0.2 percent can be lethal 
to humans in a few minutes. Provide ventilation to limit exposure. 
Reacts with metals, producing hydrogen gas.
    5.2.2  Hydrofluoric Acid (HF). Highly corrosive to eyes, skin, nose, 
throat, and lungs. Reaction to exposure may be delayed by 24 hours or 
more. Provide ventilation to limit exposure.
    5.2.3  Nitric Acid (HNO3). Highly corrosive to eyes, 
skin, nose, and lungs. Vapors are highly toxic and can cause bronchitis, 
pneumonia, or edema of lungs. Reaction to inhalation may be delayed as 
long as 30 hours and still be fatal. Provide ventilation to limit 
exposure. Strong oxidizer. Hazardous reaction may occur with organic 
materials such as solvents.
    5.2.4  Perchloric Acid (HClO4). Corrosive to eyes, skin, 
nose, and throat. Provide ventilation to limit exposure. Very strong 
oxidizer. Keep separate from water and oxidizable materials to prevent 
vigorous evolution of heat, spontaneous combustion, or explosion. Heat 
solutions containing HClO4 only in hoods specifically 
designed for HClO4.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    6.1  Sample Preparation. The following items are required for sample 
preparation:
    6.1.1  Teflon Beakers. 150-ml.
    6.1.2  Graduated Pipets. 5-ml disposable.
    6.1.3  Graduated Cylinder. 50-ml.
    6.1.4  Volumetric Flask. 100-ml.
    6.1.5  Analytical Balance. To measure within 0.1 mg.
    6.1.6  Hot Plate.
    6.1.7  Perchloric Acid Fume Hood.
    6.2  Analysis. The following items are required for analysis:
    6.2.1  Spectrophotometer. Equipped with an electrodeless discharge 
lamp and a background corrector to measure absorbance at 193.7 nm.
    6.2.2  Beaker and Watch Glass. 400-ml.
    6.2.3  Volumetric Flask. 1-liter.
    6.2.4  Volumetric Pipets. 1-, 5-, 10-, and 25-ml.

                       7.0  Reagents and Standards

    Unless otherwise indicated, it is intended that all reagents conform 
to the specifications established by the Committee on Analytical 
Reagents of the American Chemical

[[Page 284]]

Society, where such specifications are available; otherwise, use the 
best available grade.
    7.1  Sample Preparation. The following reagents are required for 
sample preparation:
    7.1.1  Water. Deionized distilled to meet ASTM D 1193-77 or 91 Type 
3 (incorporated by reference--see Sec. 61.18).
    7.1.2  Nitric Acid, Concentrated.
    7.1.3  Hydrofluoric Acid, Concentrated.
    7.1.4  Perchloric Acid, 70 Percent.
    7.1.5  Hydrochloric Acid, Concentrated.
    7.2  Analysis. The following reagents and standards are required for 
analysis:
    7.2.1  Water. Same as in Section 7.1.1.
    7.2.2  Stock Arsenic Standard, 1.0 mg As/ml. Dissolve 1.3203 g of 
primary grade As203 [dried at 105  deg.C (221 
deg.F)] in a 400-ml beaker with 10 ml of HNO3 and 5 ml of 
HCl. Cover with a watch glass, and heat gently until dissolution is 
complete. Add 10 ml of HNO3 and 25 ml of HClO4, 
evaporate to strong fumes of HClO4, and reduce to about 20 ml 
volume. Cool, add 100 ml of water and 100 ml of HCl, and transfer 
quantitatively to a 1-liter volumetric flask. Dilute to volume with 
water and mix.
    7.2.3  Acetylene. Suitable quality for AAS analysis.
    7.2.4  Air. Suitable quality for AAS analysis.
    7.2.5  Quality Assurance Audit Samples. Same as in Method 108A, 
Section 7.2.11.

      8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation, Transport, and Storage

    Same as in Method 108A, Sections 8.1 and 8.2.

                          9.0  Quality Control

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Quality control
            Section                  measure               Effect
------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.2..........................  Spectrophotometer  Ensure linearity of
                                 calibration.       spectrophotometer
                                                    response to
                                                    standards.
11.4..........................  Check for matrix   Eliminate matrix
                                 effects.           effects.
11.5..........................  Audit sample       Evaluate analyst's
                                 analysis.          technique and
                                                    standards
                                                    preparation.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

                  10.0  Calibration and Standardization

    Note: Maintain a laboratory log of all calibrations.
    10.1  Preparation of Standard Solutions. Pipet 1, 5, 10, and 25 ml 
of the stock As solution into separate 100-ml volumetric flasks. Add 2 
ml of HClO4, 10 ml of HCl, and dilute to the mark with water. 
This will provide standard concentrations of 10, 50, 100, and 250 
g As/ml.
    10.2  Calibration Curve and Spectrophotometer Calibration Quality 
Control. Same as Method 108A, Sections 10.2 and 10.3

                       11.0  Analytical Procedure

    11.1  Sample Preparation. Weigh 100 to 1000 mg of finely pulverized 
sample to the nearest 0.1 mg. Transfer the sample to a 150-ml Teflon 
beaker. Dissolve the sample by adding 15 ml of HNO3, 10 ml of 
HCl, 10 ml of HF, and 10 ml of HClO4 in the exact order as 
described, and let stand for 10 minutes. In a HClO4 fume 
hood, heat on a hot plate until 2-3 ml of HClO4 remain, then 
cool. Add 20 ml of water and 10 ml of HCl. Cover and warm until the 
soluble salts are in solution. Cool, and transfer quantitatively to a 
100-ml volumetric flask. Dilute to the mark with water.
    11.2  Spectrophotometer Preparation. Same as in Method 108A, Section 
11.2.
    11.3  Arsenic Determination. If the sample concentration falls 
outside the range of the calibration curve, make an appropriate dilution 
with 2 percent HClO4/10 percent HCl (prepared by diluting 2 
ml concentrated HClO4 and 10 ml concentrated HCl to 100 ml 
with water) so that the final concentration falls within the range of 
the curve. Using the calibration curve, determine the As concentration 
in each sample.
    Note: Because instruments vary between manufacturers, no detailed 
operating instructions will be given here. Instead, the instrument 
manufacturer's detailed operating instructions should be followed.
    Run a blank and standard at least after every five samples to check 
the spectrophotometer calibration. The peak height of the blank must 
pass through a point no further from the origin than 2 
percent of the recorder full scale. The difference between the measured 
concentration of the standard (the product of the corrected average peak 
height and the reciprocal of the least squares slope) and the actual 
concentration of the standard must be less than 7 percent, or 
recalibration of the analyzer is required.
    11.4  Mandatory Check for Matrix Effects on the Arsenic Results. 
Same as Method 12, Section 11.5.
    11.5  Audit Sample Analysis. Same as in Method 108A, Section 11.6.

                  12.0  Data Analysis and Calculations

    Same as in Method 108A, Section 12.0.

                        13.0  Method Performance

    13.1  Sensitivity. The lower limit of flame AAS is 10 g As/
ml.

[[Page 285]]

                  14.0  Pollution Prevention [Reserved]

                    15.0  Waste Management [Reserved]

                            16.0  References

    Same as in Method 108A, Section 16.0.

   17.0  Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data [Reserved]

   Method 108C--Determination of Arsenic Content in Ore Samples From 
       Nonferrous Smelters (Molybdenum Blue Photometric Procedure)

    Note: This method does not include all of the specifications (e.g., 
equipment and supplies) and procedures (e.g., sampling and analytical) 
essential to its performance. Some material is incorporated by reference 
from other methods in this part. Therefore, to obtain reliable results, 
persons using this method should have a thorough knowledge of at least 
Method 108A.

                       1.0  Scope and Application

    1.1  Analytes.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Analyte                  CAS No.            Sensitivity
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arsenic compounds as arsenic    7440-38-2........  Lower limit 0.0002
 (As).                                              percent As by
                                                    weight.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1.2  Applicability. This method applies to the determination of 
inorganic As content of process ore and reverberatory matte samples from 
nonferrous smelters and other sources as specified in an applicable 
subpart of the regulations.
    1.3  Data Quality Objectives. Adherence to the requirements of this 
method will enhance the quality of the data obtained from air pollutant 
sampling methods.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    Arsenic bound in ore samples is liberated by acid digestion and 
analyzed by the molybdenum blue photometric procedure.

                      3.0  Definitions. [Reserved]

                     4.0  Interferences. [Reserved]

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, 
operations, and equipment. This test method may not address all of the 
safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the 
user to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine 
the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to performing this 
test method.
    5.2  Corrosive Reagents. The following reagents are hazardous. 
Personal protective equipment and safe procedures that prevent chemical 
splashes are recommended. If contact occurs, immediately flush with 
copious amounts of water for at least 15 minutes. Remove clothing under 
shower and decontaminate. Treat residual chemical burns as thermal 
burns.
    5.2.1  Hydrochloric Acid (HCl). Highly corrosive liquid with toxic 
vapors. Vapors are highly irritating to eyes, skin, nose, and lungs, 
causing severe damage. May cause bronchitis, pneumonia, or edema of 
lungs. Exposure to concentrations of 0.13 to 0.2 percent can be lethal 
to humans in a few minutes. Provide ventilation to limit exposure. 
Reacts with metals, producing hydrogen gas.
    5.2.2  Hydrofluoric Acid (HF). Highly corrosive to eyes, skin, nose, 
throat, and lungs. Reaction to exposure may be delayed by 24 hours or 
more. Provide ventilation to limit exposure.
    5.2.3  Nitric Acid (HNO4). Highly corrosive to eyes, 
skin, nose, and lungs. Vapors are highly toxic and can cause bronchitis, 
pneumonia, or edema of lungs. Reaction to inhalation may be delayed as 
long as 30 hours and still be fatal. Provide ventilation to limit 
exposure. Strong oxidizer. Hazardous reaction may occur with organic 
materials such as solvents.
    5.2.4  Perchloric Acid (HClO4). Corrosive to eyes, skin, 
nose, and throat. Provide ventilation to limit exposure. Very strong 
oxidizer. Keep separate from water and oxidizable materials to prevent 
vigorous evolution of heat, spontaneous combustion, or explosion. Heat 
solutions containing HClO4 only in hoods specifically 
designed for HClO4.
    5.2.5  Sulfuric acid (H2SO4). Rapidly 
destructive to body tissue. Will cause third degree burns. Eye damage 
may result in blindness. Inhalation may be fatal from spasm of the 
larynx, usually within 30 minutes. May cause lung tissue damage with 
edema. 3 mg/m\3\ will cause lung damage in uninitiated. 1 mg/m\3\ for 8 
hours will cause lung damage or, in higher concentrations, death. 
Provide ventilation to limit inhalation. Reacts violently with metals 
and organics.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    6.1  Sample Preparation. The following items are required for sample 
preparation:
    6.1.1  Analytical Balance. To measure to within 0.1 mg.

[[Page 286]]

    6.1.2  Erlenmeyer Flask. 300-ml.
    6.1.3  Hot Plate.
    6.1.4  Distillation Apparatus. No. 6, in ASTM E 50-82, 86, or 90 
(Reapproved 1995)(incorporated by reference--see Sec. 61.18); detailed 
in Figure 108C-1.
    6.1.5  Graduated Cylinder. 50-ml.
    6.1.6  Perchloric Acid Fume Hood.
    6.2  Analysis. The following items are required for analysis:
    6.2.1  Spectrophotometer. Capable of measuring at 660 nm.

                6.2.2  Volumetric Flasks. 50- and 100-ml.

                       7.0  Reagents and Standards

    Unless otherwise indicated, it is intended that all reagents conform 
to the specifications established by the Committee on Analytical 
Reagents of the American Chemical Society, where such specifications are 
available; otherwise, use the best available grade.
    7.1  Sample Preparation. The following reagents are required for 
sample preparation:
    7.1.1  Water. Deionized distilled to meet ASTM D 1193-77 or 91 Type 
3 (incorporated by reference--see Sec. 61.18). When high concentrations 
of organic matter are not expected to be present, the KMnO4 
test for oxidizable organic matter may be omitted. Use in all dilutions 
requiring water.
    7.1.2  Nitric Acid, Concentrated.
    7.1.3  Hydrofluoric Acid, Concentrated.
    7.1.4  Sulfuric Acid, Concentrated.
    7.1.5  Perchloric Acid, 70 Percent.
    7.1.6  Hydrochloric Acid, Concentrated.
    7.1.7  Dilute Hydrochloric Acid. Add one part concentrated HCl to 
nine parts water.
    7.1.8  Hydrazine Sulfate 
((NH2)2H2SO4).
    7.1.9  Potassium Bromide (KBr).
    7.1.10  Bromine Water, Saturated.
    7.2  Analysis. The following reagents and standards are required for 
analysis:
    7.2.1  Water. Same as in Section 7.1.1.
    7.2.2  Methyl Orange Solution, 1 g/liter.
    7.2.3  Ammonium Molybdate Solution, 5 g/liter. Dissolve 0.5 g 
(NH4)Mo7O244H2O in 
water in a 100-ml volumetric flask, and dilute to the mark. This 
solution must be freshly prepared.
    7.2.4  Standard Arsenic Solution, 10 g As/ml. Dissolve 
0.13203 g of As2O3 in 100 ml HCl in a 1-liter 
volumetric flask. Add 200 ml of water, cool, dilute to the mark with 
water, and mix. Transfer 100 ml of this solution to a 1-liter volumetric 
flask, add 40 ml HCl, cool, dilute to the mark, and mix.
    7.2.5  Hydrazine Sulfate Solution, 1 g/liter. Dissolve 0.1 g of 
[(NH2)2H2SO4] in 
water, and dilute to 100 ml in a volumetric flask. This solution must be 
freshly prepared.
    7.2.6  Potassium Bromate (KBrO3) Solution, 0.03 Percent 
Weight by Volume (W/V). Dissolve 0.3 g KBrO3 in water, and 
dilute to 1 liter with water.
    7.2.7  Ammonium Hydroxide (NH4OH), Concentrated.
    7.2.8  Boiling Granules.
    7.2.9  Hydrochloric Acid, 50 percent by volume. Dilute equal parts 
concentrated HCl with water.
    7.2.10  Quality Assurance Audit Samples. Same as in Method 108A, 
Section 7.2.11.

      8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation, Transport, and Storage

    Same as in Method 108A, Sections 8.1 and 8.2.

                          9.0  Quality Control

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Quality control
            Section                  measure               Effect
------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.2..........................  Calibration curve  Ensure linearity of
                                 preparation.       spectrophotometric
                                                    analysis of
                                                    standards.
11.3..........................  Audit sample       Evaluate analyst's
                                 analysis.          technique and
                                                    standards
                                                    preparation.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

                 10.0  Calibration and Standardizations

    Note: Maintain a laboratory log of all calibrations.
    10.1  Preparation of Standard Solutions. Transfer 1.0, 2.0, 4.0, 
8.0, 12.0, 16.0, and 20.0 ml of standard arsenic solution (10 
g/ml) to each of seven 50-ml volumetric flasks. Dilute to 20 ml 
with dilute HCl. Add one drop of methyl orange solution and neutralize 
to the yellow color with dropwise addition of NH4OH. Just 
bring back to the red color by dropwise addition of dilute HCl, and add 
10 ml in excess. Proceed with the color development as described in 
Section 11.2.
    10.2  Calibration Curve. Plot the spectrophotometric readings of the 
calibration solutions against g As per 50 ml of solution. Use 
this curve to determine the As concentration of each sample.
    10.3  Spectrophotometer Calibration Quality Control. Calculate the 
least squares slope of the calibration curve. The line must pass through 
the origin or through a point no further from the origin than 
2 percent of the recorder full scale. Multiply the corrected 
peak height by the reciprocal of the least squares slope to determine 
the distance each calibration point lies from the theoretical 
calibration line. The difference between the calculated concentration 
values and the actual concentrations must be less than 7 percent for all 
standards.

[[Page 287]]

                       11.0  Analytical Procedure

    11.1  Sample Preparation.
    11.1.1  Weigh 1.0 g of finely pulverized sample to the nearest 0.1 
mg. Transfer the sample to a 300 ml Erlenmeyer flask and add 15 ml of 
HNO3, 4 ml HCl, 2 ml HF, 3 ml HClO4, and 15 ml 
H2SO4, in the order listed. In a HClO4 
fume hood, heat on a hot plate to decompose the sample. Then heat while 
swirling over an open flame until dense white fumes evolve. Cool, add 15 
ml of water, swirl to hydrate the H2SO4 
completely, and add several boiling granules. Cool to room temperature.
    11.1.2  Add 1 g of KBr, 1 g hydrazine sulfate, and 50 ml HCl. 
Immediately attach the distillation head with thermometer and dip the 
side arm into a 50-ml graduated cylinder containing 25 ml of water and 2 
ml of bromine water. Keep the graduated cylinder immersed in a beaker of 
cold water during distillation. Distill until the temperature of the 
vapor in the flask reaches 107  deg.C (225  deg.F). When distillation is 
complete, remove the flask from the hot plate, and simultaneously wash 
down the side arm with water as it is removed from the cylinder.
    11.1.3  If the expected arsenic content is in the range of 0.0020 to 
0.10 percent, dilute the distillate to the 50-ml mark of the cylinder 
with water, stopper, and mix. Transfer a 5.0-ml aliquot to a 50-ml 
volumetric flask. Add 10 ml of water and a boiling granule. Place the 
flask on a hot plate, and heat gently until the bromine is expelled and 
the color of methyl orange indicator persists upon the addition of 1 to 
2 drops. Cool the flask to room temperature. Neutralize just to the 
yellow color of the indicator with dropwise additions of 
NH4OH. Bring back to the red color by dropwise addition of 
dilute HCl, and add 10 ml excess. Proceed with the molybdenum blue color 
development as described in Section 11.2.
    11.1.4  If the expected arsenic content is in the range of 0.0002 to 
0.0010 percent As, transfer either the entire initial distillate or the 
measured remaining distillate from Section 11.1.2 to a 250-ml beaker. 
Wash the cylinder with two successive portions of concentrated 
HNO3, adding each portion to the distillate in the beaker. 
Add 4 ml of concentrated HClO4, a boiling granule, and cover 
with a flat watch glass placed slightly to one side. Boil gently on a 
hot plate until the volume is reduced to approximately 10 ml. Add 3 ml 
of HNO3, and continue the evaporation until HClO4 
is refluxing on the beaker cover. Cool briefly, rinse the underside of 
the watch glass and the inside of the beaker with about 3-5 ml of water, 
cover, and continue the evaporation to expel all but 2 ml of the 
HClO4.
    Note: If the solution appears cloudy due to a small amount of 
antimony distilling over, add 4 ml of 50 percent HCl and 5 ml of water, 
cover, and warm gently until clear. If cloudiness persists, add 5 ml of 
HNO3 and 2 ml H2SO4. Continue the 
evaporation of volatile acids to solubilize the antimony until dense 
white fumes of H2SO4 appear. Retain at least 1 ml 
of the H2SO4.
    11.1.5  To the 2 ml of HClO4 solution or 1 ml of 
H2SO4 solution, add 15 ml of water, boil gently 
for 2 minutes, and then cool. Proceed with the molybdenum blue color 
development by neutralizing the solution directly in the beaker just to 
the yellow indicator color by dropwise addition of NH4OH. 
Obtain the red color by dropwise addition of dilute HCl. Transfer the 
solution to a 50-ml volumetric flask. Rinse the beaker successively with 
10 ml of dilute HCl, followed by several small portions of water. At 
this point the volume of solution in the flask should be no more than 40 
ml. Continue with the color development as described in Section 11.2.
    11.2  Analysis.
    11.2.1  Add 1 ml of KBrO3 solution to the flask and heat 
on a low-temperature hot plate to about 50  deg.C (122  deg.F) to 
oxidize the arsenic and methyl orange. Add 5.0 ml of ammonium molybdate 
solution to the warm solution and mix. Add 2.0 ml of hydrazine sulfate 
solution, dilute until the solution comes within the neck of the flask, 
and mix. Place the flask in a 400 ml beaker, 80 percent full of boiling 
water, for 10 minutes. Enough heat must be supplied to prevent the water 
bath from cooling much below the boiling point upon inserting the 
volumetric flask. Remove the flask, cool to room temperature, dilute to 
the mark, and mix.
    11.2.2  Transfer a suitable portion of the reference solution to an 
absorption cell, and adjust the spectrophotometer to the initial setting 
using a light band centered at 660 nm. While maintaining this 
spectrophotometer adjustment, take the readings of the calibration 
solutions followed by the samples.
    11.3  Audit Sample Analysis. Same as in Method 108A, Section 11.6.

                  12.0  Data Analysis and Calculations

    Same as in Method 108A, Section 12.0.

                  13.0  Method Performance. [Reserved]

                 14.0   Pollution Prevention. [Reserved]

                   15.0 Waste  Management. [Reserved]

                            16.0  References

    1. Ringwald, D. Arsenic Determination on Process Materials from 
ASARCO's Copper Smelter in Tacoma, Washington. Unpublished Report. 
Prepared for the Emission Measurement Branch, Technical Support 
Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, 
North Carolina. August 1980. 35 pp.

[[Page 288]]

         17.0  Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.525

  Method 111--Determination of Polonium-210 Emissions From Stationary 
                                 Sources

Note: This method does not include all of the specifications (e.g., 
equipment and supplies) and procedures (e.g., sampling and analytical) 
essential to its performance. Some material is incorporated by reference 
from methods in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60. Therefore, to obtain 
reliable results, persons using this method should have a thorough 
knowledge of at least the following additional test methods: Method 1, 
Method 2, Method 3, and Method 5.

                       1.0  Scope and Application

1.1  Analytes.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Analyte                  CAS No.            Sensitivity
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Polonium......................  7440-08-6........  Not specified.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1.2  Applicability. This method is applicable for the determination 
of the polonium-210 content of particulate matter samples collected from 
stationary source exhaust stacks, and for the use of these data to 
calculate polonium-210 emissions from individual sources and from all 
affected sources at a facility.
    1.3  Data Quality Objectives. Adherence to the requirements of this 
method will enhance the quality of the data obtained from air pollutant 
sampling methods.

                         2.0  Summary of Method

    A particulate matter sample, collected according to Method 5, is 
analyzed for polonium-210 content: the polonium-210 in the sample is put 
in solution, deposited on a metal disc, and the radioactive 
disintegration rate measured. Polonium in acid solution spontaneously 
deposits on surfaces of metals that are more electropositive than 
polonium. This principle is routinely used in the radiochemical analysis 
of polonium-210.

[[Page 289]]

Data reduction procedures are provided, allowing the calculation of 
polonium-210 emissions from individual sources and from all affected 
sources at a facility, using data obtained from Methods 2 and 5 and from 
the analytical procedures herein.

                       3.0  Definitions [Reserved]

                      4.0  Interferences [Reserved]

                               5.0  Safety

    5.1  Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, 
operations, and equipment. This test method may not address all of the 
safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the 
user of this test method to establish appropriate safety and health 
practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations 
prior to performing this test method.
    5.2  Corrosive Reagents. The following reagents are hazardous. 
Personal protective equipment and safe procedures are useful in 
preventing chemical splashes. If contact occurs, immediately flush with 
copious amounts of water at least 15 minutes. Remove clothing under 
shower and decontaminate. Treat residual chemical burns as thermal 
burns.
    5.2.1  Hydrochloric Acid (HCl). Highly corrosive liquid with toxic 
vapors. Vapors are highly irritating to eyes, skin, nose, and lungs, 
causing severe damage. May cause bronchitis, pneumonia, or edema of 
lungs. Exposure to concentrations of 0.13 to 0.2 percent can be lethal 
to humans in a few minutes. Provide ventilation to limit exposure. 
Reacts with metals, producing hydrogen gas.
    5.2.2  Hydrofluoric Acid (HF). Highly corrosive to eyes, skin, nose, 
throat, and lungs. Reaction to exposure may be delayed by 24 hours or 
more. Provide ventilation to limit exposure.
    5.2.3  Nitric Acid (HNO3). Highly corrosive to eyes, 
skin, nose, and lungs. Vapors cause bronchitis, pneumonia, or edema of 
lungs. Reaction to inhalation may be delayed as long as 30 hours and 
still be fatal. Provide ventilation to limit exposure. Strong oxidizer. 
Hazardous reaction may occur with organic materials such as solvents.
    5.2.4  Perchloric Acid (HClO4). Corrosive to eyes, skin, 
nose, and throat. Provide ventilation to limit exposure. Keep separate 
from water and oxidizable materials to prevent vigorous evolution of 
heat, spontaneous combustion, or explosion. Heat solutions containing 
HClO4 only in hoods specifically designed for 
HClO4.

                       6.0  Equipment and Supplies

    6.1  Alpha Spectrometry System. Consisting of a multichannel 
analyzer, biasing electronics, silicon surface barrier detector, vacuum 
pump and chamber.
    6.2  Constant Temperature Bath at 85  deg.C (185  deg.F).
    6.3  Polished Silver Discs. 3.8 cm diameter, 0.4 mm thick with a 
small hole near the edge.
    6.4  Glass Beakers. 400 ml, 150 ml.
    6.5  Hot Plate, Electric.
    6.6  Fume Hood.
    6.7  Teflon Beakers, 150 ml.
    6.8  Magnetic Stirrer.
    6.9  Stirring Bar.
    6.10  Hooks. Plastic or glass, to suspend plating discs.
    6.11  Internal Proportional Counter. For measuring alpha particles.
    6.12  Nucleopore Filter Membranes. 25 mm diameter, 0.2 micrometer 
pore size or equivalent.
    6.13  Planchets. Stainless steel, 32 mm diameter with 1.5 mm lip.
    6.14  Transparent Plastic Tape. 2.5 cm wide with adhesive on both 
sides.
    6.15  Epoxy Spray Enamel.
    6.16  Suction Filter Apparatus. For 25 mm diameter filter.
    6.17  Wash Bottles, 250 ml capacity.
    6.18  Graduated Cylinder, plastic, 25 ml capacity.
    6.19  Volumetric Flasks, 100 ml, 250 ml.

                       7.0  Reagents and Standards

    Unless otherwise indicated, it is intended that all reagents conform 
to the specifications established by the Committee on Analytical 
Reagents of the American Chemical Society, where such specifications are 
available; otherwise, use the best available grade.
    7.1  Ascorbic Acid.
    7.2  Ammonium Hydroxide (NH4OH), 15 M.
    7.3  Water. Deionized distilled, to conform to ASTM D 1193-77 or 91 
(incorporated by reference--see Sec. 61.18), Type 3. Use in all 
dilutions requiring water.
    7.4  Ethanol (C2H5OH), 95 percent.
    7.5  Hydrochloric Acid, 12 M.
    7.6  Hydrochloric Acid, 1 M. Dilute 83 ml of the 12 M HCl to 1 liter 
with distilled water.
    7.7  Hydrofluoric Acid, 29 M.
    7.8  Hydrofluoric Acid, 3 M. Dilute 52 ml of the 29 M HF to 500 ml 
with distilled water. Use a plastic graduated cylinder and storage 
bottle.
    7.9  Lanthanum Carrier, 0.1 mg La+3/ml. Dissolve 0.078 
gram lanthanum nitrate, 
La(NO3)36H2O in 250 ml of 1 M 
HCl.
    7.10  Nitric Acid, 16 M.
    7.11  Perchloric Acid, 12 M.
    7.12  Polonium-209 Solution.
    7.13  Silver Cleaner. Any mild abrasive commercial silver cleaner.
    7.14  Degreaser.
    7.15  Standard Solution. Standardized solution of an alpha-emitting 
actinide element, such as plutonium-239 or americium-241.

[[Page 290]]

8.0  Sample Collection, Preservation, Transport, and Storage. [Reserved]

                          9.0  Quality Control

    9.1  General Requirement.
    9.1.1  All analysts using this method are required to demonstrate 
their ability to use the method and to define their respective accuracy 
and precision criteria.
    9.2  Miscellaneous Quality Control Measures.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Quality control
            Section                  measure               Effect
------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.1..........................  Standardization    Ensure precision of
                                 of alpha           sample analyses.
                                 spectrometry
                                 system.
10.3..........................  Standardization    Ensure precise sizing
                                 of internal        of sample aliquot.
                                 proportional
                                 counter.
11.1, 11.2....................  Determination of   Minimize background
                                 procedure          effects.
                                 background and
                                 instrument
                                 background.
11.3..........................  Audit sample       Evaluate analyst's
                                 analysis.          technique.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

                  10.0  Calibration and Standardization

    10.1  Standardization of Alpha Spectrometry System.
    10.1.1  Add a quantity of the actinide standard solution to a 100 ml 
volumetric flask so that the final concentration when diluted to a 
volume of 100 ml will be approximately 1 pCi/ml.
    10.1.2  Add 10 ml of 16 M HNO3 and dilute to 100 ml with 
water.
    10.1.3  Add 20 ml of 1 M HCl to each of six 150 ml beakers. Add 1.0 
ml of lanthanum carrier, 0.1 mg lanthanum per ml, to the acid solution 
in each beaker.
    10.1.4  Add 1.0 ml of the 1 pCi/ml working solution (from Section 
10.1.1) to each beaker. Add 5.0 ml of 3 M HF to each beaker.
    10.1.5  Cover beakers and allow solutions to stand for a minimum of 
30 minutes. Filter the contents of each beaker through a separate filter 
membrane using the suction filter apparatus. After each filtration, wash 
the filter membrane with 10 ml of distilled water and 5 ml of ethanol, 
and allow the filter membrane to air dry on the filter apparatus.
    10.1.6  Carefully remove the filter membrane and mount it, 
filtration side up, with double-side tape on the inner surface of a 
planchet. Place planchet in an alpha spectrometry system and count each 
planchet for 1000 minutes.
    10.1.7  Calculate the counting efficiency of the detector for each 
aliquot of the 1 pCi/ml actinide working solution using Eq. 111-1 in 
Section 12.2.
    10.1.8  Determine the average counting efficiency of the detector, 
Ec, by calculating the average of the six determinations.
    10.2  Preparation of Standardized Solution of Polonium-209.
    10.2.1  Add a quantity of the Po-209 solution to a 100 ml volumetric 
flask so that the final concentration when diluted to a 100 ml volume 
will be approximately 1 pCi/ml.
    10.2.2  Follow the procedures outlined in Sections 10.1.2 through 
10.1.6, except substitute 1.0 ml of polonium-209 tracer solution 
(Section 10.2.1) and 3.0 ml of 15 M ammonium hydroxide for the 1 pCi/ml 
actinide working solution and the 3 M HF, respectively.
    10.2.3  Calculate the activity of each aliquot of the polonium-209 
tracer solution using Eq. 111-2 in Section 12.3.
    10.2.4  Determine the average activity of the polonium-209 tracer 
solution, F, by averaging the results of the six determinations.
    10.3  Standardization of Internal Proportional Counter
    10.3.1  Add a quantity of the actinide standard solution to a 100 ml 
volumetric flask so that the final concentration when diluted to a 100 
ml volume will be approximately 100 pCi/ml.
    10.3.2  Follow the procedures outlined in Sections 10.1.2 through 
10.1.6, except substitute the 100 pCi/ml actinide working solution for 
the 1 pCi/ml solution, place the planchet in an internal proportional 
counter (instead of an alpha spectrometry system), and count for 100 
minutes (instead of 1000 minutes).
    10.3.3  Calculate the counting efficiency of the internal 
proportional counter for each aliquot of the 100 pCi/ml actinide working 
solution using Eq. 111-3 in 12.4.
    10.3.4  Determine the average counting efficiency of the internal 
proportional counter, EI, by averaging the results of the six 
determinations.

                       11.0  Analytical Procedure

    Note: Perform duplicate analyses of all samples, including 
background counts, quality assurance audit samples, and Method 5 
samples. Duplicate measurements are considered acceptable when the 
difference between them is less than two standard deviations as 
described in EPA 600/4-77-001 or subsequent revisions.
    11.1  Determination of Procedure Background. Background counts used 
in all equations are determined by performing the specific analysis 
required using the analytical reagents only. All procedure background 
counts and sample counts for the internal

[[Page 291]]

proportional counter should utilize a counting time of 100 minutes; for 
the alpha spectrometry system, 1000 minutes. These background counts 
should be performed no less frequently than once per 10 sample analyses.
    11.2  Determination of Instrument Background. Instrument backgrounds 
of the internal proportional counter and the alpha spectrometry system 
should be determined on a weekly basis. Instrument background should not 
exceed procedure background. If this occurs, it may be due to a 
malfunction or contamination, and should be corrected before use.
    11.3  Quality Assurance Audit Samples. An externally prepared 
performance evaluation sample shall be analyzed no less frequently than 
once per 10 sample analyses, and the results reported with the test 
results.
    11.4  Sample Preparation. Treat the Method 5 samples [i.e., the 
glass fiber filter (Container No. 1) and the acetone rinse (Container 
No. 2)] as follows:
    11.4.1  Container No. 1. Transfer the filter and any loose 
particulate matter from the sample container to a 150-ml Teflon beaker.
    11.4.2  Container No. 2. Note the level of liquid in the container, 
and confirm on the analysis sheet whether leakage occurred during 
transport. If a noticeable amount of leakage has occurred, either void 
the sample or use methods, subject to the approval of the Administrator, 
to correct the final results. Transfer the contents to a 400-ml glass 
beaker. Add polonium-209 tracer solution to the glass beaker in an 
amount approximately equal to the amount of polonium-210 expected in the 
total particulate sample. Record the activity of the tracer solution 
added. Add 16 M nitric acid to the beaker to digest and loosen the 
residue.
    11.4.3  Transfer the contents of the glass beaker to the Teflon 
beaker containing the glass fiber filter. Rinse the glass beaker with 16 
M HNO3. If necessary, reduce the volume in the beaker by 
evaporation until all of the nitric acid HNO3 from the glass 
beaker has been transferred to the Teflon beaker.
    11.4.4  Add 30 ml of 29 M HF to the Teflon beaker and evaporate to 
near dryness on a hot plate in a properly operating hood.

    Note: Do not allow the residue to go to dryness and overheat; this 
will result in loss of polonium.

    11.4.5  Repeat step 11.4.4 until the filter is dissolved.
    11.4.6  Add 100 ml of 16 M HNO3 to the residue in the 
Teflon beaker and evaporate to near dryness.

    Note: Do not allow the residue to go to dryness.

    11.4.7  Add 50 ml of 16 M HNO3 and 10 ml of 12 M 
perchloric acid to the Teflon beaker and heat until dense fumes of 
perchloric acid are evolved.
    11.4.8  Repeat steps 11.4.4 to 11.4.7 as necessary until sample is 
completely dissolved.
    11.4.9  Add 10 ml of 12 M HCl to the Teflon beaker and evaporate to 
dryness. Repeat additions and evaporations several times.
    11.4.10  Transfer the sample to a 250-ml volumetric flask and dilute 
to volume with 3 M HCl.
    11.5  Sample Screening. To avoid contamination of the alpha 
spectrometry system, check each sample as follows:
    11.5.1  Add 20 ml of 1 M HCl, 1 ml of the lanthanum carrier solution 
(0.1 mg La/ml), a 1 ml aliquot of the sample solution from Section 
11.4.10, and 3 ml of 15 M ammonium hydroxide to a 250-ml beaker in the 
order listed. Allow this solution to stand for a minimum of 30 minutes.
    11.5.2  Filter the solution through a filter membrane using the 
suction filter apparatus. Wash the filter membrane with 10 ml of water 
and 5 ml of ethanol, and allow the filter membrane to air dry on the 
filter apparatus.
    11.5.3  Carefully remove the filter membrane and mount it, 
filtration side up, with double-side tape on the inner surface of a 
planchet. Place the planchet in an internal proportional counter, and 
count for 100 minutes.
    11.5.4  Calculate the activity of the sample using Eq. 111-4 in 
Section 12.5.
    11.5.5  Determine the aliquot volume of the sample solution from 
Section 11.4.10 to be analyzed for polonium-210, such that the aliquot 
contains an activity between 1 and 4 picocuries. Use Eq. 111-5 in 
Section 12.6.
    11.6  Preparation of Silver Disc for Spontaneous Electrodeposition.
    11.6.1  Clean both sides of the polished silver disc with silver 
cleaner and with degreaser.
    11.6.2  Place disc on absorbent paper and spray one side with epoxy 
spray enamel. This should be carried out in a well-ventilated area, with 
the disc lying flat to keep paint on one side only. Allow paint to dry 
for 24 hours before using disc for deposition.
    11.7  Sample Analysis.
    11.7.1  Add the aliquot of sample solution from Section 11.4.10 to 
be analyzed for polonium-210, the volume of which was determined in 
Section 11.5.5, to a suitable 200-ml container to be placed in a 
constant temperature bath.

    Note: Aliquot volume may require a larger container.

    11.7.2  If necessary, bring the volume to 100 ml with 1 M HCl. If 
the aliquot volume exceeds 100 ml, use total aliquot.
    11.7.3  Add 200 mg of ascorbic acid and heat solution to 85  deg.C 
(185  deg.F) in a constant temperature bath.
    11.7.4  Suspend a silver disc in the heated solution using a glass 
or plastic rod with a hook inserted through the hole in the disc.

[[Page 292]]

The disc should be totally immersed in the solution, and the solution 
must be stirred constantly, at all times during the plating operation. 
Maintain the disc in solution for 3 hours.
    11.7.5  Remove the silver disc, rinse with deionized distilled 
water, and allow to air dry at room temperature.
    11.7.6  Place the disc, with deposition side (unpainted side) up, on 
a planchet and secure with double-side plastic tape. Place the planchet 
with disc in alpha spectrometry system and count for 1000 minutes.

                  12.0  Data Analysis and Calculations.

    12.1  Nomenclature.

A = Picocuries of polonium-210 in the Method 5 sample (from Section 
          12.8).
AA = Picocuries of actinide added.
AL = Volume of sample aliquot used, in ml (specified in 
          Section 11.5.1 as 1 ml).
AS = Aliquot to be analyzed, in ml.
BB = Procedure background counts measured in polonium-209 
          spectral region.
BT = Polonium-209 tracer counts in sample.
CT = Total counts in polonium-210 spectral region.
D = Decay correction for time ``t'' (in days) from sample collection to 
          sample counting, given by: D=e-0.005t
EC = Average counting efficiency of detector (from Section 
          10.1.8), as counts per disintegration.
ECi = Counting efficiency of the detector for aliquot i of 
          the actinide working solution, counts per disintegration.
EI = Average counting efficiency of the internal proportional 
          counter, as determined in Section 10.3.4, counts per 
          disintegration.
EIi = Counting efficiency of the internal proportional 
          counter for aliquot i of the 100 pCi/ml actinide working 
          solution, counts per disintegration.
EY = The fraction of polonium-209 recovered on the planchet 
          (from Section 12.7).
F= Average activity of polonium-209 in sample (from Section 10.2.4), in 
          pCi.
Fi = activity of aliquot i of the polonium-209 tracer 
          solution, in pCi.
L = Dilution factor (unitless). This is the volume of sample solution 
          prepared (specified as 250 ml in Section 11.1.10) divided by 
          the volume of the aliquot of sample solution analyzed for 
          polonium-210 (from Section 11.7.1).
Mi = Phosphorous rock processing rate of the source being 
          tested, during run i, Mg/hr.
Mk = Phosphate rock processed annually by source k, in Mg/yr.
n = Number of calciners at the elemental phosphorus plant.
P = Total activity of sample solution from Section 11.4.10, in pCi (see 
          Eq. 111-4).
Qsd = Volumetric flow rate of effluent stream, as determined 
          by Method 2, in dscm/hr.
S = Annual polonium-210 emissions from the entire facility, in curies/
          yr.
Vm(std) = Volume of air sample, as determined by Method 5, in 
          dscm.
Xk = Emission rate from source k, from Section 12.10, in 
          curies/Mg.
10-12 = Curies per picocurie.
2.22 = Disintegrations per minute per picocurie.
250 = Volume of solution from Section 11.4.10, in ml.

    12.2  Counting Efficiency. Calculate the counting efficiency of the 
detector for each aliquot of the 1 pCi/ml actinide working solution 
using Eq. 111-1.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.526

Where:

CB = Background counts in same peak area as CS.
CS = Gross counts in actinide peak.
T = Counting time in minutes, specified in Section 10.1.6 as 1000 
          minutes.

    12.3  Polonium-209 Tracer Solution Activity. Calculate the activity 
of each aliquot of the polonium-209 tracer solution using Eq. 111-2.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.527


[[Page 293]]


Where:

CB = Background counts in the 4.88 MeV region of spectrum the 
          in the counting time T.
CS = Gross counts of polonium-209 in the 4.88 MeV region of 
          the spectrum in the counting time T.
T = Counting time, specified in Section 10.1.6 as 1000 minutes.

    12.4 Control Efficiency of Internal Proportional Counter. Calculate 
the counting efficiency of the internal proportional counter for each 
aliquot of the 100 pCi/ml actinide working solution using Eq. 111-3.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.528

Where:

CB = Gross counts of procedure background.
CS = Gross counts of standard.
T = Counting time in minutes, specified in Section 10.3.2 as 100 
          minutes.

    12.5  Calculate the activity of the sample using Eq. 111-4.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.529
    
Where:

CB = Total counts of procedure background. (See Section 
          11.1).
CS = Total counts of screening sample.
T = Counting time for sample and background (which must be equal), in 
          minutes (specified in Section 11.5.3 as 100 minutes).

    12.6  Aliquot Volume. Determine the aliquot volume of the sample 
solution from Section 11.4.10 to be analyzed for polonium-210 , such 
that the aliquot contains an activity between 1 and 4 picocuries using 
Eq. 111-5.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.530

    12.7  Polonium-209 Recovery. Calculate the fraction of polonium-209 
recovered on the planchet, EY, using Eq. 111-6.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.531

Where:

T = Counting time, specified in Section 11.1 as 1000 minutes.

    12.8  Polonium-210 Activity. Calculate the activity of polonium-210 
in the Method 5 sample (including glass fiber filter and acetone rinse) 
using Eq. 111-7.

[[Page 294]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.532

Where:

CB = Procedure background counts in polonium-210 spectral 
          region.
T = Counting time, specified in Section 11.1 as 1000 minutes for all 
          alpha spectrometry sample and background counts.

    12.9  Emission Rate from Each Stack.
    12.9.1  For each test run, i, on a stack, calculate the measured 
polonium-210 emission rate, RSi, using Eq. 111-8.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.533

    12.9.2  Determine the average polonium-210 emission rate from the 
stack, RS, by taking the sum of the measured emission rates 
for all runs, and dividing by the number of runs performed.
    12.9.3  Repeat steps 12.9.1 and 12.9.2 for each stack of each 
calciner.
    12.10  Emission Rate from Each Source. Determine the total polonium-
210 emission rate, Xk, from each source, k, by taking the sum 
of the average emission rates from all stacks to which the source 
exhausts.
    12.11  Annual Polonium-210 Emission Rate from Entire Facility. 
Determine the annual elemental phosphorus plant emissions of polonium-
210, S, using Eq. 111-9.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC00.534

                  13.0  Method Performance. [Reserved]

                 14.0  Pollution Prevention. [Reserved]

                   15.0  Waste Management. [Reserved]

                            16.0  References

    1. Blanchard, R.L. ``Rapid Determination of Lead-210 and Polonium-
210 in Environmental Samples by Deposition on Nickel.'' Anal. Chem., 
38:189, pp. 189-192. February 1966.

   17.0  Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data [Reserved]

   Method 114--Test Methods for Measuring Radionuclide Emissions from 
                           Stationary Sources

1. Purpose and Background

    This method provides the requirements for: (1) Stack monitoring and 
sample collection methods appropriate for radionuclides; (2) 
radiochemical methods which are used in determining the amounts of 
radionuclides collected by the stack sampling and; (3) quality assurance 
methods which are conducted in conjunction with these measurements. 
These methods are appropriate for emissions for stationary sources. A 
list of references is provided.
    Many different types of facilities release radionuclides into air. 
These radionuclides differ in the chemical and physical forms, half-
lives and type of radiation emitted. The appropriate combination of 
sample extraction, collection and analysis for an individual 
radionuclide is dependent upon many interrelated factors including the 
mixture of other radionuclides present. Because of this wide range of 
conditions, no single method for monitoring or sample collection and 
analysis of a radionuclide is applicable to all types of facilities. 
Therefore, a series of methods based on ``principles of measurement'' 
are described for monitoring and sample collection and analysis which 
are applicable to the measurement of radionuclides

[[Page 295]]

found in effluent streams at stationary sources. This approach provides 
the user with the flexibility to choose the most appropriate combination 
of monitoring and sample collection and analysis methods which are 
applicable to the effluent stream to be measured.

2. Stack Monitoring and Sample Collection Methods

    Monitoring and sample collection methods are described based on 
``principles of monitoring and sample collection'' which are applicable 
to the measurement of radionuclides from effluent streams at stationary 
sources. Radionuclides of most elements will be in the particulate form 
in these effluent streams and can be readily collected using a suitable 
filter media. Radionuclides of hydrogen, oxygen, carbon, nitrogen, the 
noble gases and in some circumstances iodine will be in the gaseous 
form. Radionuclides of these elements will require either the use of an 
in-line or off-line monitor to directly measure the radionuclides, or 
suitable sorbers, condensers or bubblers to collect the radionuclides.
    2.1  Radionuclides as Particulates. The extracted effluent stream is 
passed through a filter media to remove the particulates. The filter 
must have a high efficiency for removal of sub-micron particles. The 
guidance in ANSI N13.1--1969 shall be followed in using filter media to 
collect particulates (incorporated by reference-see Sec. 61.18).
    2.2  Radionuclides as Gases.
    2.2.1  The Radionuclide Tritium (H-3). Tritium in the form of water 
vapor is collected from the extracted effluent sample by sorption, 
condensation or dissolution techniques. Appropriate collectors may 
include silica gel, molecular sieves, and ethylene glycol or water 
bubblers.
    Tritium in the gaseous form may be measured directly in the sample 
stream using Method B-1, collected as a gas sample or may be oxidized 
using a metal catalyst to tritiated water and collected as described 
above.
    2.2.2  Radionuclides of Iodine. Iodine is collected from an 
extracted sample by sorption or dissolution techniques. Appropriate 
collectors may include charcoal, impregnated charcoal, metal zeolite and 
caustic solutions.
    2.2.3  Radionuclides of Argon, Krypton and Xenon. Radionuclides of 
these elements are either measured directly by an in-line or off-line 
monitor, or are collected from the extracted sample by low temperature 
sorption techniques, Appropriate sorbers may include charcoal or metal 
zeolite.
    2.2.4  Radionuclides of Oxygen, Carbon, Nitrogen and Radon. 
Radionuclides of these elements are measured directly using an in-line 
or off-line monitor. Radionuclides of carbon in the form of carbon 
dioxide may be collected by dissolution in caustic solutions.
    2.3  Definition of Terms
    In-line monitor means a continuous measurement system in which the 
detector is placed directly in or adjacent to the effluent stream. This 
may involve either gross radioactivity measurements or specific 
radionuclide measurements. Gross measurements shall be made in 
conformance with the conditions specified in Methods A-4, B-2 and G-4.
    Off-line monitor means a measurement system in which the detector is 
used to continuously measure an extracted sample of the effluent stream. 
This may involve either gross radioactivity measurements or specific 
radionuclide measurements. Gross measurements shall be made in 
conformance with the conditions specified in Methods A-4, B-2 and G-4.
    Sample collection means a procedure in which the radionuclides are 
removed from an extracted sample of the effluent using a collection 
media. These collection media include filters, absorbers, bubblers and 
condensers. The collected sample is analyzed using the methods described 
in Section 3.

3. Radionuclide Analysis Methods

    A series of methods based on ``principles of measurement'' are 
described which are applicable to the analysis of radionuclides 
collected from airborne effluent streams at stationary sources. These 
methods are applicable only under the conditions stated and within the 
limitations described. Some methods specify that only a single 
radionuclide be present in the sample or the chemically separated 
sample. This condition should be interpreted to mean that no other 
radionuclides are present in quantities which would interfere with the 
measurement.
    Also identified (Table 1) are methods for a selected list of 
radionuclides. The listed radionuclides are those which are most 
commonly used and which have the greatest potential for causing dose to 
members of the public. Use of methods based on principles of measurement 
other than those described in this section must be approved in advance 
of use by the Administrator. For radionuclides not listed in Table 1, 
any of the described methods may be used provided the user can 
demonstrate that the applicability conditions of the method have been 
met.
    The type of method applicable to the analysis of a radionuclide is 
dependent upon the type of radiation emitted, i.e., alpha, beta or 
gamma. Therefore, the methods described below are grouped according to 
principles of measurements for the analysis of alpha, beta and gamma 
emitting radionuclides.
    3.1  Methods for Alpha Emitting Radionuclides
    3.1.1  Method A-1, Radiochemistry-Alpha Spectrometry.

[[Page 296]]

    Principle: The element of interest is separated from other elements, 
and from the sample matrix using radiochemical techniques. The procedure 
may involve precipitation, ion exchange, or solvent extraction. Carriers 
(elements chemically similar to the element of interest) may be used. 
The element is deposited on a planchet in a very thin film by 
electrodeposition or by coprecipitation on a very small amount of 
carrier, such as lanthanum fluoride. The deposited element is then 
counted with an alpha spectrometer. The activity of the nuclide of 
interest is measured by the number of alpha counts in the appropriate 
energy region. A correction for chemical yield and counting efficiency 
is made using a standardized radioactive nuclide (tracer) of the same 
element. If a radioactive tracer is not available for the element of 
interest, a predetermined chemical yield factor may be used.
    Applicability: This method is applicable for determining the 
activity of any alpha-emitting radionuclide, regardless of what other 
radionuclides are present in the sample provided the chemical separation 
step produces a very thin sample and removes all other radionuclides 
which could interfere in the spectral region of interest. APHA-605(2), 
ASTM-D-3972(13).
    3.1.2  Method A-2, Radiochemistry-Alpha Counting.
    Principle: The element of interest is separated from other elements, 
and from the sample matrix using radiochemistry. The procedure may 
involve precipitation, ion exchange, or solvent extraction. Carriers 
(elements chemically similar to the element of interest) may be used. 
The element is deposited on a planchet in a thin film and counted with a 
alpha counter. A correction for chemical yield (if necessary) is made. 
The alpha count rate measures the total activity of all emitting 
radionuclides of the separated element.
    Applicability: This method is applicable for the measurement of any 
alpha-emitting radionuclide, provided no other alpha emitting 
radionuclide is present in the separated sample. It may also be 
applicable for determining compliance, when other radionuclides of the 
separated element are present, provided that the calculated emission 
rate is assigned to the radionuclide which could be present in the 
sample that has the highest dose conversion factor. IDO-12096(18).
    3.1.3  Method A-3, Direct Alpha Spectrometry.
    Principle: The sample, collected on a suitable filter, is counted 
directly on an alpha spectrometer. The sample must be thin enough and 
collected on the surface of the filter so that any absorption of alpha 
particle energy in the sample or the filter, which would degrade the 
spectrum, is minimal.
    Applicability: This method is applicable to simple mixtures of alpha 
emitting radionuclides and only when the amount of particulates 
collected on the filter paper are relatively small and the alpha spectra 
is adequately resolved. Resolutions should be 50 keV (FWHM) or better, 
ASTM-D-3084(16).
    3.1.4  Method A-4, Direct Alpha Counting (Gross alpha 
determination).
    Principle: The sample, collected on a suitable filter, is counted 
with an alpha counter. The sample must be thin enough so that self-
absorption is not significant and the filter must be of such a nature 
that the particles are retained on the surface.
    Applicability: Gross alpha determinations may be used to measure 
emissions of specific radionuclides only (1) when it is known that the 
sample contains only a single radionuclide, or the identity and isotopic 
ratio of the radionuclides in the sample are well-known, and (2) 
measurements using either Method A-1, A-2 or A-5 have shown that this 
method provides a reasonably accurate measurement of the emission rate. 
Gross alpha measurements are applicable to unidentified mixtures of 
radionuclides only for the purposes and under the conditions described 
in section 3.7. APHA-601(3), ASTM-D-1943(10).
    3.1.5  Method A-5, Chemical Determination of Uranium.
    Principle: Uranium may be measured chemically by either colorimetry 
or fluorometry. In both procedures, the sample is dissolved, the uranium 
is oxidized to the hexavalent form and extracted into a suitable 
solvent. Impurities are removed from the solvent layer. For colorimetry, 
dibenzoylmethane is added, and the uranium is measured by the absorbance 
in a colorimeter. For fluorometry, a portion of the solution is fused 
with a sodium fluoride-lithium fluoride flux and the uranium is 
determined by the ultraviolet activated fluorescence of the fused disk 
in a fluorometer.
    Applicability: This method is applicable to the measurements of 
emission rates of uranium when the isotopic ratio of the uranium 
radionuclides is well known. ASTM-E-318(15), ASTM-D-2907(14).
    3.1.6  Method A-6, Radon-222--Continuous Gas Monitor.
    Principle: Radon-222 is measured directly in a continuously 
extracted sample stream by passing the air stream through a calibrated 
scintillation cell. Prior to the scintillation cell, the air stream is 
treated to remove particulates and excess moisture. The alpha particles 
from radon-222 and its decay products strike a zinc sulfide coating on 
the inside of the scintillation cell producing light pulses. The light 
pulses are detected by a photomultiplier tube which generates electrical 
pulses. These pulses are processed by the system electronics and the 
read out is in pCi/l of radon-222.

[[Page 297]]

    Applicability: This method is applicable to the measurement of 
radon-222 in effluent streams which do not contain significant 
quantities of radon-220. Users of this method should calibrate the 
monitor in a radon calibration chamber at least twice per year. The 
background of the monitor should also be checked periodically by 
operating the instrument in a low radon environment. EPA 520/1-89-
009(24).
    3.1.7  Method A-7, Radon-222-Alpha Track Detectors
    Principle: Radon-222 is measured directly in the effluent stream 
using alpha track detectors (ATD). The alpha particles emitted by radon-
222 and its decay products strike a small plastic strip and produce 
submicron damage tracks. The plastic strip is placed in a caustic 
solution that accentuates the damage tracks which are counted using a 
microscope or automatic counting system. The number of tracks per unit 
area is correlated to the radon concentration in air using a conversion 
factor derived from data generated in a radon calibration facility.
    Applicability: Prior approval from EPA is required for use of this 
method. This method is only applicable to effluent streams which do not 
contain significant quantities of radon-220, unless special detectors 
are used to discriminate against radon-220. This method may be used only 
when ATDs have been demonstrated to produce data comparable to data 
obtained with Method A-6. Such data should be submitted to EPA when 
requesting approval for the use of this method. EPA 520/1-89-009(24).
    3.2  Methods for Gaseous Beta Emitting Radionuclides.
    3.2.1  Method B-1, Direct Counting in Flow-Through Ionization 
Chambers.
    Principle: An ionization chamber containing a specific volume of gas 
which flows at a given flow rate through the chamber is used. The sample 
(effluent stream sample) acts as the counting gas for the chamber. The 
activity of the radionuclide is determined from the current measured in 
the ionization chamber.
    Applicability: This method is applicable for measuring the activity 
of a gaseous beta-emitting radionuclide in an effluent stream that is 
suitable as a counting gas, when no other beta-emitting nuclides are 
present. DOE/EP-0096(17), NCRP-58(23).
    3.2.2  Method B-2, Direct Counting With In-line or Off-line Beta 
Detectors.
    Principle: The beta detector is placed directly in the effluent 
stream (in-line) or an extracted sample of the effluent stream is passed 
through a chamber containing a beta detector (off-line). The activities 
of the radionuclides present in the effluent stream are determined from 
the beta count rate, and a knowledge of the radionuclides present and 
the relationship of the gross beta count rate and the specific 
radionuclide concentration.
    Applicability: This method is applicable only to radionuclides with 
maximum beta particle energies greater then 0.2 MeV. This method may be 
used to measure emissions of specific radionuclides only when it is 
known that the sample contains only a single radionuclide or the 
identity and isotopic ratio of the radionuclides in the effluent stream 
are well known. Specific radionuclide analysis of periodic grab samples 
may be used to identify the types and quantities of radionuclides 
present and to establish the relationship between specific radionuclide 
analyses and gross beta count rates.
    This method is applicable to unidentified mixtures of gaseous 
radionuclides only for the purposes and under the conditions described 
in section 3.7.
    3.3  Methods for Non-Gaseous Beta Emitting Radionuclides.
    3.3.1  Method B-3, Radiochemistry-Beta Counting.
    Principle: The element of interest is separated from other elements, 
and from the sample matrix by radiochemistry. This may involve 
precipitation, distillation, ion exchange, or solvent extraction. 
Carriers (elements chemically similar to the element of interest) may be 
used. The element is deposited on a planchet, and counted with a beta 
counter. Corrections for chemical yield, and decay (if necessary) are 
made. The beta count rate determines the total activity of all 
radionuclides of the separated element. This method may also involve the 
radiochemical separation and counting of a daughter element, after a 
suitable period of ingrowth, in which case it is specific for the parent 
nuclide.
    Applicability: This method is applicable for measuring the activity 
of any beta-emitting radionuclide, with a maximum energy greater than 
0.2 MeV, provided no other radionuclide is present in the separated 
sample. APHA-608(5).
    3.3.2  Method B-4, Direct Beta Counting (Gross beta determination).
    Principle: The sample, collected on a suitable filter, is counted 
with a beta counter. The sample must be thin enough so that self-
absorption corrections can be made.
    Applicability: Gross beta measurements are applicable only to 
radionuclides with maximum beta particle energies greater than 0.2 MeV. 
Gross beta measurements may be used to measure emissions of specific 
radionuclides only (1) when it is known that the sample contains only a 
single radionuclide, and (2) measurements made using Method B-3 show 
reasonable agreement with the gross beta measurement. Gross beta 
measurements are applicable to mixtures of radionuclides only for the 
purposes and under the conditions described in section 3.7. APHA-602(4), 
ASTM-D-1890(11).
    3.3.3  Method B-5, Liquid Scintillation Spectrometry.

[[Page 298]]

    Principle: An aliquot of a collected sample or the result of some 
other chemical separation or processing technique is added to a liquid 
scintillation ``cocktail'' which is viewed by photomultiplier tubes in a 
liquid scintillation spectrometer. The spectrometer is adjusted to 
establish a channel or ``window'' for the pulse energy appropriate to 
the nuclide of interest. The activity of the nuclide of interest is 
measured by the counting rate in the appropriate energy channel. 
Corrections are made for chemical yield where separations are made.
    Applicability: This method is applicable to any beta-emitting 
nuclide when no other radionuclide is present in the sample or the 
separated sample provided that it can be incorporated in the 
scintillation cocktail. This method is also applicable for samples which 
contain more than one radionuclide but only when the energies of the 
beta particles are sufficiently separated so that they can be resolved 
by the spectrometer. This method is most applicable to the measurement 
of low-energy beta emitters such as tritium and carbon-14. APHA-609(6), 
EML-LV-539-17(19).
    3.4  Gamma Emitting Radionuclides
    3.4.1  Method G-1, High Resolution Gamma Spectrometry.
    Principle: The sample is counted with a high resolution gamma 
detector, usually either a Ge(Li) or a high purity Ge detector, 
connected to a multichannel analyzer or computer. The gamma emitting 
radionuclides in the sample are measured from the gamma count rates in 
the energy regions characteristic of the individual radionuclide. 
Corrections are made for counts contributed by other radionuclides to 
the spectral regions of the radionuclides of interest. Radiochemical 
separations may be made prior to counting but are usually not necessary.
    Applicability: This method is applicable to the measurement of any 
gamma emitting radionuclide with gamma energies greater than 20 keV. It 
can be applied to complex mixtures of radionuclides. The samples counted 
may be in the form of particulate filters, absorbers, liquids or gases. 
The method may also be applied to the analysis of gaseous gamma emitting 
radionuclides directly in an effluent stream by passing the stream 
through a chamber or cell containing the detector. ASTM-3649(9), IDO-
12096(18).
    3.4.2  Method G-2, Low Resolution Gamma Spectrometry.
    Principle: The sample is counted with a low resolution gamma 
detector, a thallium activated sodium iodide crystal. The detector is 
coupled to a photomultiplier tube and connected to a multichannel 
analyzer. The gamma emitting radionuclides in the sample are measured 
from the gamma count rates in the energy regions characteristic of the 
individual radionuclides. Corrections are made for counts contributed by 
other radionuclides to the spectral regions of the radionuclides of 
interest. Radiochemical separation may be used prior to counting to 
obtain less complex gamma spectra if needed.
    Applicability: This method is applicable to the measurement of gamma 
emitting radionuclides with energies greater than 100 keV. It can be 
applied only to relatively simple mixtures of gamma emitting 
radionuclides. The samples counted may be in the form of particulate 
filters, absorbers, liquids or gas. The method can be applied to the 
analysis of gaseous radionuclides directly in an effluent stream by 
passing the gas stream through a chamber or cell containing the 
detector. ASTM-D-2459(12), EMSL-LV-0539-17(19).
    3.4.3  Method G-3, Single Channel Gamma Spectrometry.
    Principle: The sample is counted with a thallium activated sodium 
iodide crystal. The detector is coupled to a photomultiplier tube 
connected to a single channel analyzer. The activity of a gamma emitting 
radionuclide is determined from the gamma counts in the energy range for 
which the counter is set.
    Applicability: This method is applicable to the measurement of a 
single gamma emitting radionuclide. It is not applicable to mixtures of 
radionuclides. The samples counted may be in the form of particulate 
filters, absorbers, liquids or gas. The method can be applied to the 
analysis of gaseous radionuclides directly in an effluent stream by 
passing the gas stream through a chamber or cell containing the 
detector.
    3.4.4  Method G-4, Gross Gamma Counting.
    Principle: The sample is counted with a gamma detector usually a 
thallium activated sodium iodine crystal. The detector is coupled to a 
photomultiplier tube and gamma rays above a specific threshold energy 
level are counted.
    Applicability: Gross gamma measurements may be used to measure 
emissions of specific radionuclides only when it is known that the 
sample contains a single radionuclide or the identity and isotopic ratio 
of the radionuclides in the effluent stream are well known. When gross 
gamma measurements are used to determine emissions of specific 
radionuclides periodic measurements using Methods G-1 or G-2 should be 
made to demonstrate that the gross gamma measurements provide reliable 
emission data. This method may be applied to analysis of gaseous 
radionuclides directly in an effluent stream by placing the detector 
directly in or adjacent to the effluent stream or passing an extracted 
sample of the effluent stream through a chamber or cell containing the 
detector.
    3.5  Counting Methods. All of the above methods with the exception 
of Method A-5 involve counting the radiation emitted by the 
radionuclide. Counting methods applicable to the measurement of alpha, 
beta and

[[Page 299]]

gamma radiations are listed below. The equipment needed and the counting 
principles involved are described in detail in ASTM-3648(8).
    3.5.1  Alpha Counting:
     Gas Flow Proportional Counters. The alpha particles cause 
ionization in the counting gas and the resulting electrical pulses are 
counted. These counters may be windowless or have very thin windows.
     Scintillation Counters. The alpha particles transfer energy 
to a scintillator resulting in a production of light photons which 
strike a photomultiplier tube converting the light photons to electrical 
pulses which are counted. The counters may involve the use of solid 
scintillation materials such as zinc sulfide or liquid scintillation 
solutions.
     Solid-State Counters. Semiconductor materials, such as 
silicon surface-barrier p-n junctions, act as solid ionization chambers. 
The alpha particles interact which the detector producing electron hole 
pairs. The charged pair is collected by an applied electrical field and 
the resulting electrical pulses are counted.
     Alpha Spectrometers. Semiconductor detectors used in 
conjunction with multichannel analyzers for energy discrimination.
    3.5.2  Beta Counting:
     Ionization Chambers. These chambers contain the beta-
emitting nuclide in gaseous form. The ionization current produced is 
measured.
     Geiger-Muller (GM) Counters-or Gas Flow Proportional 
Counters. The beta particles cause ionization in the counting gas and 
the resulting electrical pulses are counted. Proportional gas flow 
counters which are heavily shielded by lead or other metal, and provided 
with an anti-coincidence shield to reject cosmic rays, are called low 
background beta counters.
     Scintillation Counters. The beta particles transfer energy 
to a scintillator resulting in a production of light photons, which 
strike a photomultiplier tube converting the light photon to electrical 
pulses which are counted. This may involve the use of anthracene 
crystals, plastic scintillator, or liquid scintillation solutions with 
organic phosphors.
     Liquid Scintillation Spectrometers. Liquid scintillation 
counters which use two photomultiplier tubes in coincidence to reduce 
background counts. This counter may also electronically discriminate 
among pulses of a given range of energy.
    3.5.3  Gamma Counting:
     Low-Resolution Gamma Spectrometers. The gamma rays interact 
with thallium activated sodium iodide or cesium iodide crystal resulting 
in the release of light photons which strike a photomultiplier tube 
converting the light pulses to electrical pulses proportional to the 
energy of the gamma ray. Multi-channel analyzers are used to separate 
and store the pulses according to the energy absorbed in the crystal.
     High-Resolution gamma Spectrometers. Gamma rays interact 
with a lithium-drifted (Ge(Li)) or high-purity germanium (HPGe) 
semiconductor detectors resulting in a production of electron-hole 
pairs. The charged pair is collected by an applied electrical field. A 
very stable low noise preamplifier amplifies the pulses of electrical 
charge resulting from the gamma photon interactions. Multichannel 
analyzers or computers are used to separate and store the pulses 
according to the energy absorbed in the crystal.
     Single Channel Analyzers. Thallium activated sodium iodide 
crystals used with a single window analyzer. Pulses from the 
photomultiplier tubes are separated in a single predetermined energy 
range.
    3.5.4  Calibration of Counters. Counters are calibrated for specific 
radionuclide measurements using a standard of the radionuclide under 
either identical or very similar conditions as the sample to be counted. 
For gamma spectrometers a series of standards covering the energy range 
of interest may be used to construct a calibration curve relating gamma 
energy to counting efficiency.
    In those cases where a standard is not available for a radionuclide, 
counters may be calibrated using a standard with energy characteristics 
as similar as possible to the radionuclide to be measured. For gross 
alpha and beta measurements of the unidentified mixtures of 
radionuclides, alpha counters are calibrated with a natural uranium 
standard and beta counters with a cesium-137 standard. The standard must 
contain the same weight and distribution of solids as the samples, and 
be mounted in an identical manner. If the samples contain variable 
amounts of solids, calibration curves relating weight of solids present 
to counting efficiency are prepared. Standards other than those 
prescribed may be used provided it can be shown that such standards are 
more applicable to the radionuclide mixture measured.
    3.6  Radiochemical Methods for Selected Radionuclides. Methods for a 
selected list of radionuclides are listed in Table 1. The radionuclides 
listed are those which are most commonly used and which have the 
greatest potential for causing doses to members of the public. For 
radionuclides not listed in Table 1, methods based on any of the 
applicable ``principles of measurement'' described in section 3.1 
through 3.4 may be used.
    3.7  Applicability of Gross Alpha and Beta Measurements to 
Unidentified Mixtures of Radionuclides. Gross alpha and beta 
measurements may be used as a screening measurement as a part of an 
emission measurement program to identify the need to do specific 
radionuclide analyses or to confirm or verify that unexpected 
radionuclides are not being released in significant quantities.

[[Page 300]]

    Gross alpha (Method A-4) or gross beta (Methods B-2 or B-4) 
measurements may also be used for the purpose of comparing the measured 
concentrations in the effluent stream with the limiting ``Concentration 
Levels for Environmental Compliance'' in table 2 of appendix E. For 
unidentified mixtures, the measured concentration value shall be 
compared with the lowest environmental concentration limit for any 
radionuclide which is not known to be absent from the effluent stream.

      Table 1--List of Approved Methods for Specific Radionuclides
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Radionuclide                 Approved methods of analysis
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Am-241....................................  A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4
Ar-41.....................................  B-1, B-2, G-1, G-2, G-3, G-4
Ba-140....................................  G-1, G-2, G-3, G-4
Br-82.....................................  G-1, G-2, G-3, G-4
C-11......................................  B-1, B-2, G-1, G-2, G-3, G-4
C-14......................................  B-5
Ca-45.....................................  B-3, B-4, B-5
Ce-144....................................  G-1, G-2, G-3, G-4
Cm-244....................................  A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4
Co-60.....................................  G-1, G-2, G-3, G-4
Cr-51.....................................  G-1, G-2, G-3, G-4
Cs-134....................................  G-1, G-2, G-3, G-4
Cs-137....................................  G-1, G-2, G-3, G-4
Fe-55.....................................  B-5, G-1
Fe-59.....................................  G-1, G-2, G-3, G-4
Ga-67.....................................  G-1, G-2, G-3, G-4
H-3 (H2O).................................  B-5
H-3 (gas).................................  B-1
I-123.....................................  G-1, G-2, G-3, G-4
I-125.....................................  G-1
I-131.....................................  G-1, G-2, G-3, G-4
In-113m...................................  G-1, G-2, G-3, G-4
Ir-192....................................  G-1, G-2, G-3, G-4
Kr-85.....................................  B-1, B-2, B-5, G-1, G-2, G-
                                             3, G-4
Kr-87.....................................  B-1, B-2, G-1, G-2, G-3, G-4
Kr-88.....................................  B-1, B-2, G-1, G-2, G-3, G-4
Mn-54.....................................  G-1, G-2, G-3, G-4
Mo-99.....................................  G-1, G-2, G-3, G-4
N-13......................................  B-1, B-2, G-1, G-2, G-3, G-4
O-15......................................  B-1, B-2, G-1, G-2, G-3, G-4
P-32......................................  B-3, B-4, B-5
Pm-147....................................  B-3, B-4, B-5
Po-210....................................  A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4
Pu-238....................................  A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4
Pu-239....................................  A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4
Pu-240....................................  A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4
Ra-226....................................  A-1, A-2, G-1, G-2
S-35......................................  B-5
Se-75.....................................  G-1, G-2, G-3, G-4
Sr-90.....................................  B-3, B-4, B-5
Tc-99.....................................  B-3, B-4, B-5
Te-201....................................  G-1, G-2, G-3, G-4
Uranium (total alpha).....................  A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4
Uranium (Isotopic)........................  A-1, A-3
Uranium (Natural).........................  A-5
Xe-133....................................  G-1
Yb-169....................................  G-1, G-2, G-3, G-4
Zn-65.....................................  G-1, G-2, G-3, G-4
------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. Quality Assurance Methods

    Each facility required to measure their radionuclide emissions shall 
conduct a quality assurance program in conjunction with the radionuclide 
emission measurements. This program shall assure that the emission 
measurements are representative, and are of known precision and accuracy 
and shall include administrative controls to assure prompt response when 
emission measurements indicate unexpectedly large emissions. The program 
shall consist of a system of policies, organizational responsibilities, 
written procedures, data quality specifications, audits, corrective 
actions and reports. This quality assurance program shall include the 
following program elements:
    4.1  The organizational structure, functional responsibilities, 
levels of authority and lines of communications for all activities 
related to the emissions measurement program shall be identified and 
documented.
    4.2  Administrative controls shall be prescribed to ensure prompt 
response in the event that emission levels increase due to unplanned 
operations.
    4.3  The sample collection and analysis procedures used in measuring 
the emissions shall be described including where applicable:
    4.3.1  Identification of sampling sites and number of sampling 
points, including the rationale for site selections.
    4.3.2  A description of sampling probes and representativeness of 
the samples.
    4.3.3  A description of any continuous monitoring system used to 
measure emissions, including the sensitivity of the system, calibration 
procedures and frequency of calibration.
    4.3.4  A description of the sample collection systems for each 
radionuclide measured, including frequency of collection, calibration 
procedures and frequency of calibration.
    4.3.5  A description of the laboratory analysis procedures used for 
each radionuclide measured, including frequency of analysis, calibration 
procedures and frequency of calibration.
    4.3.6  A description of the sample flow rate measurement systems or 
procedures, including calibration procedures and frequency of 
calibration.
    4.3.7  A description of the effluent flow rate measurement 
procedures, including frequency of measurements, calibration procedures 
and frequency of calibration.
    4.4  The objectives of the quality assurance program shall be 
documented and shall state the required precision, accuracy and 
completeness of the emission measurement data including a description of 
the procedures used to assess these parameters. Accuracy is the degree 
of agreement of a measurement with a true or known value. Precision is a 
measure of the agreement among individual measurements of the same 
parameters under similar conditions. Completeness is a measure of the 
amount of valid data obtained compared to the amount expected under 
normal conditions.

[[Page 301]]

    4.5  A quality control program shall be established to evaluate and 
track the quality of the emissions measurement data against preset 
criteria. The program should include where applicable a system of 
replicates, spiked samples, split samples, blanks and control charts. 
The number and frequency of such quality control checks shall be 
identified.
    4.6  A sample tracking system shall be established to provide for 
positive identification of samples and data through all phases of the 
sample collection, analysis and reporting system. Sample handling and 
preservation procedures shall be established to maintain the integrity 
of samples during collection, storage and analysis.
    4.7  Periodic internal and external audits shall be performed to 
monitor compliance with the quality assurance program. These audits 
shall be performed in accordance with written procedures and conducted 
by personnel who do not have responsibility for performing any of the 
operations being audited.
    4.8  A corrective action program shall be established including 
criteria for when corrective action is needed, what corrective actions 
will be taken and who is responsible for taking the corrective action.
    4.9  Periodic reports to responsible management shall be prepared on 
the performance of the emissions measurements program. These reports 
should include assessment of the quality of the data, results of audits 
and description of corrective actions.
    4.10  The quality assurance program should be documented in a 
quality assurance project plan which should address each of the above 
requirements.

5. References

    (1) American National Standards Institute, ``Guide to Sampling 
Airborne Radioactive Materials in Nuclear Facilities'', ANSI-N13.1-1969, 
American National Standards Institute, New York, New York (1969).
    (2) American Public Health Association, ``Methods of Air Sampling'', 
2nd Edition, Method 605, ``Tentative Method of Analysis for Plutonium 
Content of Atmospheric Particulate Matter''. American Public Health 
Association, New York, NY (1977).
    (3) Ibid, Method 601, ``Tentative Method of Analysis for Gross Alpha 
Radioactivity Content of the Atmosphere''.
    (4) Ibid, Method 602, ``Tentative Method of the Analysis for Gross 
Beta Radioactivity Content of the Atmosphere''.
    (5) Ibid, Method 608, ``Tentative Method of Analysis for Strontium-
90 Content of Atmospheric Particulate Matter''.
    (6) Ibid, Method 609, ``Tentative Method of Analysis for Tritium 
Content of the Atmosphere''.
    (7) Ibid, Method 603, ``Tentative Method of Analysis for Iodine-131 
Content of the Atmosphere''.
    (8) American Society for Testing and Materials, 1986 Annual Book 
ASTM Standards, Designation D-3648-78, ``Standard Practices for the 
Measurement of Radioactivity''. American Society for Testing and 
Materials, Philadelphia, PA (1986).
    (9) Ibid, Designation D-3649-85, ``Standard Practice for High 
Resolution Gamma Spectrometry''.
    (10) Ibid, Designation D-1943-81, ``Standard Test Method for Alpha 
Particle Radioactivity of Water''.
    (11) Ibid, Designation D-1890-81, ``Standard Test Method for Beta 
Particle Radioactivity of Water''.
    (12) Ibid, Designation D-2459-72, ``Standard Test Method for Gamma 
Spectrometry of Water''.
    (13) Ibid, Designation D-3972-82, ``Standard Test Method for 
Isotopic Uranium in Water by Radiochemistry''.
    (14) Ibid, Designation D-2907-83, ``Standard Test Methods for 
Microquantities of Uranium in Water by Fluorometry''.
    (15) Ibid, Designation E-318, ``Standard Test Method for Uranium in 
Aqueous Solutions by Colorimetry''.
    (16) Ibid, Designation D-3084-75, ``Standard Practice for Alpha 
Spectrometry of Water''.
    (17) Corley, J.P. and C.D. Corbit, ``A Guide for Effluent 
Radiological Measurements at DOE Installations'', DOE/EP-0096, Pacific 
Northwest Laboratories, Richland, Washington (1983).
    (18) Department of Energy, ``RESL Analytical Chemistry Branch 
Procedures Manual'', IDO-12096, U.S. Department of Energy, Idaho Falls, 
Idaho (1982).
    (19) Environmental Protection Agency, ``Radiochemical Analytical 
Procedures for Analysis of Environmental Samples'', EMSL-LV-0539-17, 
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Monitoring and 
Support Laboratory, Las Vegas, Nevada (1979).
    (20) Environmental Protection Agency, ``Radiochemistry Procedures 
Manual'', EPA 520/5-84-006, Eastern Environmental Radiation Facility, 
Montgomery, Alabama (1984).
    (21) National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements, NCRP 
Report No. 50, ``Environmental Radiation Measurements'', National 
Council on Radiation Protection and Measurement, Bethesda, Maryland 
(1976).
    (22) Ibid, Report No. 47, ``Tritium Measurement Techniques''. 
(1976).
    (23) Ibid, Report No. 58 ``A Handbook of Radioactivity Measurement 
Procedures'' (1985).
    (24) Environmental Protection Agency, ``Indoor Radon and Radon Decay 
Product Measurement Protocols'', EPA 520/1-89-009, U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency, Washington, DC (1989).

[[Page 302]]

             Method 115--Monitoring for Radon-222 Emissions

    This appendix describes the monitoring methods which must be used in 
determining the radon-222 emissions from underground uranium mines, 
uranium mill tailings piles, phosphogypsum stacks, and other piles of 
waste material emitting radon.

1. Radon-222 Emissions from Underground Uranium Mine Vents

    1.1  Sampling Frequency and Calculation of Emissions. Radon-222 
emissions from underground uranium mine vents shall be determined using 
one of the following methods:
    1.1.1  Continuous Measurement. These measurements shall be made and 
the emissions calculated as follows:
    (a) The radon-222 concentration shall be continuously measured at 
each mine vent whenever the mine ventilation system is operational.
    (b) Each mine vent exhaust flow rate shall be measured at least 4 
times per year.
    (c) A weekly radon-222 emission rate for the mine shall be 
calculated and recorded weekly as follows:

Aw= C1Q1T1 + 
C2Q2T2 + . . . 
CiQiTi

Where:
Aw=Total radon-222 emitted from the mine during week (Ci)
Ci=Average radon-222 concentration in mine vent i(Ci/m\3\)
Qi=Volumetric flow rate from mine vent i(m\3\/hr)
Ti=Hours of mine ventilation system operation during week for 
mine vent i(hr)

    (d) The annual radon-222 emission rate is the sum of the weekly 
emission rates during a calendar year.
    1.1.2  Periodic Measurement. This method is applicable only to mines 
that continuously operate their ventilation system except for extended 
shutdowns. Mines which start up and shut down their ventilation system 
frequently must use the continuous measurement method describe in 
Section 1.1.1 above. Emission rates determined using periodic 
measurements shall be measured and calculated as follows:
    (a) The radon-222 shall be continuously measured at each mine vent 
for at least one week every three months.
    (b) Each mine vent exhaust flow rate shall be measured at least once 
during each of the radon-222 measurement periods.
    (c) A weekly radon-222 emission rate shall be calculated for each 
weekly period according to the method described in Section 1.1.1. In 
this calculation T=168 hr.
    (d) The annual radon-222 emission rate from the mine should be 
calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.090

Where:
Ay=Annual radon-222 emission rate from the mine(Ci)
Awi=Weekly radon-222 emission rate during the measurement 
period i (Ci)
n=Number of weekly measurement periods per year
Ws=Number of weeks during the year that the mine ventilation 
system is shut down in excess of 7 consecutive days, i.e. the sum of the 
number of weeks each shut down exceeds 7 days

    1.2  Test Methods and Procedures
    Each underground mine required to test its emissions, unless an 
equivalent or alternative method has been approved by the Administrator, 
shall use the following test methods:
    1.2.1  Test Method 1 of appendix A to part 60 shall be used to 
determine velocity traverses. The sampling point in the duct shall be 
either the centroid of the cross section or the point of average 
velocity.
    1.2.2  Test Method 2 of appendix A to part 60 shall be used to 
determine velocity and volumetric flow rates.
    1.2.3  Test Methods A-6 or A-7 of appendix B, Method 114 to part 61 
shall be used for the analysis of radon-222. Use of Method A-7 requires 
prior approval of EPA based on conditions described in appendix B.
    1.2.4  A quality assurance program shall be conducted in conformance 
with the programs described for Continuous Radon Monitors and Alpha 
Track Detectors in EPA 520/1-89-009. (2)

2. Radon-222 Emissions from Uranium Mill Tailings Piles

    2.1  Measurement and Calculation of Radon Flux from Uranium Mill 
Tailings Piles.
    2.1.1  Frequency of Flux Measurement. A single set of radon flux 
measurements may be made, or if the owner or operator chooses, more 
frequent measurements may be made over a one year period. These 
measurements may involve quarterly, monthly or weekly intervals. All 
radon measurements shall be made as described in paragraphs 2.1.2 
through 2.1.6 except that for measurements made over a one year period, 
the requirement of paragraph 2.1.4(c) shall not apply. The mean radon 
flux from the pile shall be the arithmetic mean of the mean radon flux 
for each measurement period. The weather conditions, moisture content of 
the tailings and area of the pile covered by water existing at the time 
of the measurement shall be chosen so as to provide measurements 
representative of the long term radon flux from the pile and shall be 
subject to EPA review and approval.

[[Page 303]]

    2.1.2  Distribution of Flux Measurements. The distribution and 
number of radon flux measurements required on a pile will depend on 
clearly defined areas of the pile (called regions) that can have 
significantly different radon fluxes due to surface conditions. The mean 
radon flux shall be determined for each individual region of the pile. 
Regions that shall be considered for operating mill tailings piles are:

    (a) Water covered areas,
    (b) Water saturated areas (beaches),
    (c) Dry top surface areas, and
    (d) Sides, except where earthen material is used in dam 
construction.

    For mill tailings after disposal the pile shall be considered to 
consist of only one region.
    2.1.3  Number of Flux Measurements. Radon flux measurements shall be 
made within each region on the pile, except for those areas covered with 
water. Measurements shall be made at regularly spaced locations across 
the surface of the region, realizing that surface roughness will 
prohibit measurements in some areas of a region. The minimum number of 
flux measurements considered necessary to determine a representative 
mean radon flux value for each type of region on an operating pile is:

    (a) Water covered area--no measurements required as radon flux is 
assumed to be zero,
    (b) Water saturated beaches--100 radon flux measurements,
    (c) Loose and dry top surface--100 radon flux measurements,
    (d) Sides--100 radon flux measurements, except where earthern 
material is used in dam construction.

    For a mill tailings pile after disposal which consists of only one 
region a minimum of 100 measurements are required.
    2.1.4  Restrictions to Radon Flux Measurements. The following 
restrictions are placed on making radon flux measurements:

    (a) Measurements shall not be initiated within 24 hours of a 
rainfall.
    (b) If a rainfall occurs during the 24 hour measurements period, the 
measurement is invalid if the seal around the lip of the collector has 
washed away or if the collector is surrounded by water.
    (c) Measurements shall not be performed if the ambient temperature 
is below 35  deg.F or if the ground is frozen.

    2.1.5  Areas of Pile Regions. The approximate area of each region of 
the pile shall be determined in units of square meters.
    2.1.6  Radon Flux Measurement. Measuring radon flux involves the 
adsorption of radon on activated charcoal in a large-area collector. The 
radon collector is placed on the surface of the pile area to be measured 
and allowed to collect radon for a time period of 24 hours. The radon 
collected on the charcoal is measured by gamma-ray spectroscopy. The 
detailed measurement procedure provided in appendix A of EPA 520/5-85-
0029(1) shall be used to measure the radon flux on uranium mill 
tailings, except the surface of the tailings shall not be penetrated by 
the lip of the radon collector as directed in the procedure, rather the 
collector shall be carefully positioned on a flat surface with soil or 
tailings used to seal the edge.
    2.1.7  Calculations. The mean radon flux for each region of the pile 
and for the total pile shall be calculated and reported as follows:

    (a) The individual radon flux calculations shall be made as provided 
in appendix A EPA 86 (1). The mean radon flux for each region of the 
pile shall be calculated by summing all individual flux measurements for 
the region and dividing by the total number of flux measurements for the 
region.
    (b) The mean radon flux for the total uranium mill tailings pile 
shall be calculated as follows.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.091

Where:
Js=Mean flux for the total pile (pCi/m2-s)
Ji=Mean flux measured in region i (pCi/m2-s)
Ai=Area of region i (m2)
At=Total area of the pile (m2)

    2.1.8  Reporting. The results of individual flux measurements, the 
approximate locations on the pile, and the mean radon flux for each 
region and the mean radon flux for the total stack shall be included in 
the emission test report. Any condition or unusual event that occurred 
during the measurements that could significantly affect the results 
should be reported.
    3.0  Radon-222 Emissions from Phosphogypsum Stacks.
    3.1  Measurement and Calculation of the Mean Radon Flux. Radon flux 
measurements shall be made on phosphogypsum stacks as described below:
    3.1.1  Frequency of Measurements. A single set of radon flux 
measurements may be made after the phosphogypsum stack becomes inactive, 
or if the owner or operator chooses, more frequent measurements may be 
made over a one year period. These measurements may involve quarterly, 
monthly or weekly intervals. All radon measurements shall be made as 
described in paragraphs 3.1.2 through 3.1.6 except that for measurements 
made over a one year period, the requirement of paragraph 3.1.4(c) shall 
not apply. For measurements made over a one year period, the radon flux 
shall be the arithmetic mean of the mean radon flux for each measurement 
period.

[[Page 304]]

    3.1.2  Distribution and Number of Flux Measurements. The 
distribution and number of radon flux measurements required on a stack 
will depend on clearly defined areas of the stack (called regions) that 
can have significantly different radon fluxes due to surface conditions. 
The mean radon flux shall be determined for each individual region of 
the stack. Regions that shall be considered are:

    (a) Water covered areas,
    (b) Water saturated areas (beaches),
    (c) Loose and dry top surface areas,
    (d) Hard-packed roadways, and
    (e) Sides.

    3.1.3  Number of Flux Measurements. Radon flux measurements shall be 
made within each region on the phosphogypsum stack, except for those 
areas covered with water. Measurements shall be made at regularly spaced 
locations across the surface of the region, realizing that surface 
roughness will prohibit measurements in some areas of a region. The 
minimum number of flux measurements considered necessary to determine a 
representative mean radon flux value for each type of region is:

    (a) Water covered area--no measurements required as radon flux is 
assumed to be zero,
    (b) Water saturated beaches--50 radon flux measurements,
    (c) Loose and dry top surface--100 radon flux measurements,
    (d) Hard-packed roadways--50 radon flux measurements, and
    (e) Sides--100 radon flux measurements.

A minimum of 300 measurements are required. A stack that has no water 
cover can be considered to consist of two regions, top and sides, and 
will require a minimum of only 200 measurements.
    3.1.4  Restrictions to Radon Flux Measurements. The following 
restrictions are placed on making radon flux measurements:

    (a) Measurements shall not be initiated within 24 hours of a 
rainfall.
    (b) If a rainfall occurs during the 24 hour measurement period, the 
measurement is invalid if the seal around the lip of the collector has 
washed away or if the collector is surrounded by water.
    (c) Measurements shall not be performed if the ambient temperature 
is below 35  deg.F or if the ground is frozen.

    3.1.5  Areas of Stack Regions. The approximate area of each region 
of the stack shall be determined in units of square meters.
    3.1.6  Radon Flux Measurements. Measuring radon flux involves the 
adsorption of radon on activated charcoal in a large-area collector. The 
radon collector is placed on the surface of the stack area to be 
measured and allowed to collect radon for a time period of 24 hours. The 
radon collected on the charcoal is measured by gamma-ray spectroscopy. 
The detailed measurement procedure provided in appendix A of EPA 520/5-
85-0029(1) shall be used to measure the radon flux on phosphogypsum 
stacks, except the surface of the phosphogypsum shall not be penetrated 
by the lip of the radon collector as directed in the procedure, rather 
the collector shall be carefully positioned on a flat surface with soil 
or phosphogypsum used to seal the edge.
    3.1.7  Calculations. The mean radon flux for each region of the 
phosphogypsum stack and for the total stack shall be calculated and 
reported as follows:

    (a) The individual radon flux calculations shall be made as provided 
in appendix A EPA 86 (1). The mean radon flux for each region of the 
stack shall be calculated by summing all individual flux measurements 
for the region and dividing by the total number of flux measurements for 
the region.
    (b) The mean radon flux for the total phosphogypsum stack shall be 
calculated as follows.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15NO91.092

Where:
Js=Mean flux for the total stack (pCi/m2-s)
Ji=Mean flux measured in region i (pCi/m2-s)
Ai=Area of region i (m2)
At=Total area of the stack

    3.1.8  Reporting. The results of individual flux measurements, the 
approximate locations on the stack, and the mean radon flux for each 
region and the mean radon flux for the total stack shall be included in 
the emission test report. Any condition or unusual event that occurred 
during the measurements that could significantly affect the results 
should be reported.
    4.0  Quality Assurance Procedures for Measuring Rn-222 Flux

                         A. Sampling Procedures

    Records of field activities and laboratory measurements shall be 
maintained. The following information shall be recorded for each 
charcoal canister measurement:

(a) Site
(b) Name of pile
(c) Sample location
(d) Sample ID number
(e) Date and time on
(f) Date and time off
(g) Observations of meteorological conditions and comments

    Records shall include all applicable information associated with 
determining the sample measurement, calculations, observations, and 
comments.

[[Page 305]]

                            B. Sample Custody

    Custodial control of all charcoal samples exposed in the field shall 
be maintained in accordance with EPA chain-of-custody field procedures. 
A control record shall document all custody changes that occur between 
the field and laboratory personnel.

                 C. Calibration Procedures and Frequency

    The radioactivity of two standard charcoal sources, each containing 
a carefully determined quantity of radium-226 uniformly distributed 
through 180g of activated charcoal, shall be measured. An efficiency 
factor is computed by dividing the average measured radioactivity of the 
two standard charcoal sources, minus the background, in cpm by the known 
radioactivity of the charcoal sources in dpm. The same two standard 
charcoal sources shall be counted at the beginning and at the end of 
each day's counting as a check of the radioactivity counting equipment. 
A background count using unexposed charcoal should also be made at the 
beginning and at the end of each counting day to check for inadvertent 
contamination of the detector or other changes affecting the background. 
The unexposed charcoal comprising the blank is changed with each new 
batch of charcoal used.

            D. Internal Quality Control Checks and Frequency

    The charcoal from every tenth exposed canister shall be recounted. 
Five percent of the samples analyzed shall be either blanks (charcoal 
having no radioactivity added) or samples spiked with known quantities 
of radium-226.

              E. Data Precision, Accuracy, and Completeness

    The precision, accuracy, and completeness of measurements and 
analyses shall be within the following limits for samples measuring 
greater than 1.0 pCi/m\2\-s.
    (a) Precision: 10%
    (b) Accuracy: 10%
    (c) Completeness: at least 85% of the measurements must yield 
useable results.

                             5.0 References

    (1) Hartley, J.N. and Freeman, H.D., ``Radon Flux Measurements on 
Gardinier and Royster phosphogypsum Piles Near Tampa and Mulberry, 
Florida,'' U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Report, EPA 520/5-85-
029, January 1986.
    (2) Environmental Protection Agency, ``Indoor Radon and Radon Decay 
Product Measurement Protocols'', EPA 520/1-89-009, U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency, Washington, DC. (1989).

[38 FR 8826, Apr. 6, 1973]

    Editorial Notes: 1. For Federal Register citations to appendix B see 
the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids 
section of the printed volume and on GPO Access.

    2. At 65 FR 62161, Oct. 17, 2000, appendix B to part 61 was amended 
by revising Methods 101, 101A, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 107A, 108, 
108A, 108B, 108C, and 111. However, because the amendment contains no 
revised text for Method 107A, this part of the revision could not be 
incorporated.

           Appendix C to Part 61--Quality Assurance Procedures

 Procedure 1--Determination of Adequate Chromatographic Peak Resolution

    In this method of dealing with resolution, the extent to which one 
chromatographic peak overlaps another is determined.
    For convenience, consider the range of the elution curve of each 
compound as running from -2 to +2. This range is used 
in other resolution criteria, and it contains 95.45 percent of the area 
of a normal curve. If two peaks are separated by a known distance, b, 
one can determine the fraction of the area of one curve that lies within 
the range of the other. The extent to which the elution curve of a 
contaminant compound overlaps the curve of a compound that is under 
analysis is found by integrating the contaminant curve over the limits 
b-2s to b+2s, where s is the standard 
deviation of the sample curve.
    This calculation can be simplified in several ways. Overlap can be 
determined for curves of unit area; then actual areas can be introduced. 
Desired integration can be resolved into two integrals of the normal 
distribution function for which there are convenient calculation 
programs and tables. An example would be Program 15 in Texas Instruments 
Program Manual ST1, 1975, Texas Instruments, Inc., Dallas, Texas 75222.

[[Page 306]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MY92.034

    In judging the suitability of alternate GC columns or the effects of 
altering chromatographic conditions, one can employ the area overlap as 
the resolution parameter with a specific maximum permissible value.

[[Page 307]]

    The use of Gaussian functions to describe chromatographic elution 
curves is widespread. However, some elution curves are highly 
asymmetric. In cases where the sample peak is followed by a contaminant 
that has a leading edge that rises sharply but the curve then tails off, 
it may be possible to define an effective width for tc as 
``twice the distance from the leading edge to a perpendicular line 
through the maxim of the contaminant curve, measured along a 
perpendicular bisection of that line.''

          Procedure 2--Procedure for Field Auditing GC Analysis

    Responsibilities of audit supervisor and analyst at the source 
sampling site include the following:
    A. The audit supervisor verifies that audit cylinders are stored in 
a safe location both before and after the audit to prevent vandalism.
    B. At the beginning and conclusion of the audit, the analyst records 
each cylinder number and pressure. An audit cylinder is never analyzed 
when the pressure drops below 200 psi.
    C. During the audit, the analyst performs a minimum of two 
consecutive analyses of each audit cylinder gas. The audit must be 
conducted to coincide with the analysis of source test samples, normally 
immediately after GC calibration and prior to sample analyses.
    D. At the end of audit analyses, the audit supervisor requests the 
calculated concentrations from the analyst and compares the results with 
the actual audit concentrations. If each measured concentration agrees 
with the respective actual concentration within plus-minus10 
percent, he directs the analyst to begin analyzing source samples. Audit 
supervisor judgment and/or supervisory policy determine action when 
agreement is not within plus-minus10 percent. When a 
consistent bias in excess of 10 percent is found, it may be possible to 
proceed with the sample analysis, with a corrective factor to be applied 
to the results at a later time. However, every attempt should be made to 
locate the cause of the discrepancy, as it may be misleading. The audit 
supervisor records each cylinder number, cylinder pressure (at the end 
of the audit), and all calculated concentrations. The individual being 
audited must not under any circumstance be told actual audit 
concentrations until calculated concentrations have been submitted to 
the audit supervisor.

                           Field Audit Report

    Part A.-- To be filled out by organization supplying audit 
cylinders.
    1. Organization supplying audit sample(s) and shipping address
_______________________________________________________________________
    2. Audit supervisor, organization, and phone number
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
    3. Shipping instructions: Name, Address, Attention
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
4. Guaranteed arrival date for cylinders________________________________
5. Planned shipping date for cylinders__________________________________
    6. Details on audit cylinders from last analysis

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Low conc.  High conc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a. Date of last analysis........................  ..........  ..........
b. Cylinder number..............................  ..........  ..........
c. Cylinder pressure, psi.......................  ..........  ..........
d. Audit gas(es)/balance gas....................  ..........  ..........
e. Audit gas(es), ppm...........................  ..........  ..........
f. Cylinder construction........................  ..........  ..........
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Part B.--To be filled out by audit supervisor.
1. Process sampled______________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
2. Audit location_______________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
3. Name of individual audit_____________________________________________
4. Audit date___________________________________________________________
    5. Audit results:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Low      High
                                                        conc.     conc.
                                                      cylinder  cylinder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a. Cylinder number..................................  ........  ........
b. Cylinder pressure before audit, psi..............  ........  ........
c. Cylinder pressure after audit, psi...............  ........  ........
d. Measured concentration, ppm Injection 1*          ........  ........
 Injection 2* Average..............................
e. Actual audit concentration, ppm (Part A, 6e).....  ........  ........
f. Audit accuracy:\1\
  Low Conc. Cylinder................................  ........  ........
  High Conc. Cylinder...............................  ........  ........
Percent\1\ accuracy =
 
 Measured Conc.-Actual Conc.
________________________________  x 100
        Actual Conc.
 
g. Problems detected (if any).......................  ........  ........
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Results of two consecutive injections that meet the sample analysis
  criteria of the test method.


[47 FR 39178, Sept. 7, 1982]

  Appendix D to Part 61--Methods for Estimating Radionuclide Emissions

                        1. Purpose and Background

    Facility owners or operators may estimate radionuclide emissions to 
the atmosphere for dose calculations instead of measuring emissions. 
Particulate emissions from mill tailings piles should be estimated using 
the procedures listed in reference re num;2. All other emissions may be 
estimated by using

[[Page 308]]

the ``Procedures'' listed below, or using the method described in 
reference 1.

                              2. Procedure

    To estimate emissions to the atmosphere:
    (a) Determine the amount (in curies) used at facilities for the 
period under consideration. Radioactive materials in sealed packages 
that remain unopened, and have not leaked during the assessment period 
should not be included in the calculation.
    (b) Multiply the amount used by the following factors which depend 
on the physical state of the radionuclide. They are:
    (i) 1 for gases;
    (ii) 10-3 for liquids or particulate solids; and
    (iii) 10-6 for solids.
    If any nuclide is heated to a temperature of 100 degrees Celsius or 
more, boils at a temperature of 100 degrees Celsius or less, or is 
intentionally dispersed into the environment, it must be considered to 
be a gas.
    (c) If a control device is installed between the place of use and 
the point of release, multiply emissions from (b) by an adjustment 
factor. These are presented in Table 1.

                          Table 1--Adjustment to Emission Factors for Effluent Controls
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Types of radionuclides     Adjustment factor to
             Controls                      controlled                 emissions          Comments and conditions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HEPA filters.....................  Particulates.............  0.01....................  Not applicable to
                                                                                         gaseous radionuclides;
                                                                                         periodic testing is
                                                                                         prudent to ensure high
                                                                                         removal efficiency.
Fabric filter....................  Particulates.............  0.1.....................  Monitoring would be
                                                                                         prudent to guard
                                                                                         against tears in
                                                                                         filter.
Sintered metal...................  Particulates.............  1.......................  Insufficient data to
                                                                                         make recommendation.
Activated carbon filters.........  Iodine gas...............  0.1.....................  Efficiency is time
                                                                                         dependent; monitoring
                                                                                         is necessary to ensure
                                                                                         effectiveness.
Douglas bags: Held one week or     Xenon....................  0.5/wk..................  Based on xenon half-life
 longer for decay.                                                                       of 5.3 days;
Douglas bags: Released within one  Xenon....................  1.......................  Provides no reduction of
 week.                                                                                   exposure to general
                                                                                         public.
Venturi scrubbers................  Particulates.............  0.05....................  Although venturis may
                                   Gases....................  1.......................   remove gases,
                                                                                         variability in gaseous
                                                                                         removal efficiency
                                                                                         dictates adjustment
                                                                                         factor for particulates
                                                                                         only.
Packed bed scrubbers.............  Gases....................  0.1.....................  Not applicable to
                                                                                         particulates.
Electrostatic precipitators......  Particulates.............  0.05....................  Not applicable for
                                                                                         gaseous radionuclides
Xenon traps......................  Xenon....................  0.1.....................  Efficiency is time
                                                                                         dependent; monitoring
                                                                                         is necessary to ensure
                                                                                         effectiveness.
Fume hoods.......................  All......................  1.......................  Provides no reduction to
                                                                                         general public
                                                                                         exposures.
Vent stacks......................  All......................  1.......................  Generally provides no
                                                                                         reduction of exposure
                                                                                         to general public.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               References

    (1) Environmental Protection Agency, ``A Guide for Determining 
Compliance with the Clean Air Act Standards for Radionuclides Emissions 
from NRC-Licensed and Non-DOE Federal Facilities'', EPA 520/1-89-002, 
January 1989.
    (2) Nuclear Regulatory Commission, ``Methods for Estimating 
Radioactive and Toxic Airborne Source Terms for Uranium Milling 
Operations'', U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Regulatory Guide 3.59, 
March 1987.

[54 FR 51711, Dec. 15, 1989]

  Appendix E to Part 61--Compliance Procedures Methods for Determining 
                        Compliance With Subpart I

                        1. Purpose and Background

    This Appendix provides simplified procedures to reduce the burden on 
Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) licensees, and non-Department of 
Energy Federal facilities in determining compliance with 40 CFR part 61, 
subpart I. The procedures consist of a series of increasingly more 
stringent steps, depending on the facility's potential to exceed the 
standard.
    First, a facility can be found in compliance if the quantity of 
radioactive material possessed during the year is less than that listed 
in a table of annual possession quantities. A facility will also be in 
compliance if the average annual radionuclide emission concentration is 
less than that listed in a table of air concentration levels. If the 
facility is not in compliance by these tables, it can establish 
compliance by estimating a dose using screening procedure developed by 
the National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements with a 
radiological source term derived using EPA approved emission factors. 
These procedures are described in a ``Guide for Determining Compliance 
with the

[[Page 309]]

Clean Air Act Standards for Radionuclide Emissions From NRC-Licenced and 
Non-DOE Federal Facilities.''
    A user-friendly computer program called COMPLY has been developed to 
reduce the burden on the regulated community. The Agency has also 
prepared a ``User's Guide for the COMPLY Code'' to assist the regulated 
community in using the code, and in handling more complex situations 
such as multiple release points. The basis for these compliance 
procedures are provided in ``Background Information Document: Procedures 
Approved for Demonstrating Compliance with 40 CFR Part 61, Subpart I''. 
The compliance model is the highest level in the COMPLY computer code 
and provides for the most realistic assessment of dose by allowing the 
use of site-specific information.

                 2. Table of Annual Possession Quantity

    (a) Table 1 may be used for determining if facilities are in 
compliance with the standard. The possession table can only be used if 
the following conditions are met:
    (i) No person lives within 10 meters of any release point; and
    (ii) No milk, meat, or vegetables are produced within 100 meters of 
any release point.
    (b) Procedures described in Reference (1) shall be used to determine 
compliance or exemption from reporting by use of Table 2.

   Table 1--Annual Possession Quantities for Environmental Compliance
                 [Annual Possession Quantities (Ci/yr)]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Liquid/
            Radionuclide                Gaseous     powder       Solid
                                         form*       forms       form*
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ac-225..............................     9.6E-05     9.6E-02     9.6E+01
Ac-227..............................     1.6E-07     1.6E-04     1.6E-01
Ac-228..............................     3.4E-03     3.4E+00     3.4E+03
Ag-106..............................     1.6E+00     1.6E+03     1.6E+06
Ag-106m.............................     2.6E-03     2.6E+00     2.6E+03
Ag-108m.............................     6.5E-06     6.5E-03     6.5E+00
Ag-110m.............................     9.4E-05     9.4E-02     9.4E+01
Ag-111..............................     6.7E-02     6.7E+01     6.7E+04
Al-26...............................     4.0E-06     4.0E-03     4.0E+00
Am-241..............................     2.3E-06     2.3E-03     2.3E+00
Am-242..............................     1.8E-02     1.8E+01     1.8E+04
Am-242m.............................     2.5E-06     2.5E-03     2.5E+00
Am-243..............................     2.3E-06     2.3E-03     2.3E+00
Am-244..............................     4.6E-02     4.6E+01     4.6E+04
Am-245..............................     7.0E+00     7.0E+03     7.0E+06
Am-246..............................     9.8E-01     9.8E+02     9.8E+05
Ar-37...............................     1.4E+06  ..........  ..........
Ar-41...............................     1.4E+00  ..........  ..........
As-72...............................     2.9E-02     2.9E+01     2.9E+04
As-73...............................     6.0E-02     6.0E+01     6.0E+04
As-74...............................     4.3E-03     4.3E+00     4.3E+03
As-76...............................     8.8E-02     8.8E+01     8.8E+04
As-77...............................     7.9E-01     7.9E+02     7.9E+05
At-211..............................     1.0E-02     1.0E+01     1.0E+04
Au-193..............................     4.2E-01     4.2E+02     4.2E+05
Au-194..............................     3.5E-02     3.5E+01     3.5E+04
Au-195..............................     3.3E-03     3.3E+00     3.3E+03
Au-198..............................     4.6E-02     4.6E+01     4.6E+04
Au-199..............................     1.5E-01     1.5E+02     1.5E+05
Ba-131..............................     1.0E-02     1.0E+01     1.0E+04
Ba-133..............................     4.9E-05     4.9E-02     4.9E+01
Ba-133m.............................     9.3E-02     9.3E+01     9.3E+04
Ba-135m.............................     5.8E-01     5.8E+02     5.8E+05
Ba-139..............................     4.7E+00     4.7E+03     4.7E+06
Ba-140..............................     2.1E-03     2.1E+00     2.1E+03
Ba-141..............................     1.3E+00     1.3E+03     1.3E+06
Ba-142..............................     1.1E+00     1.1E+03     1.1E+06
Be-7................................     2.3E-02     2.3E+01     2.3E+04
Be-10...............................     3.0E-03     3.0E+00     3.0E+03
Bi-206..............................     3.1E-03     3.1E+00     3.1E+03
Bi-207..............................     8.4E-06     8.4E-03     8.4E+00
Bi-210..............................     4.2E-03     4.2E+00     4.2E+03
Bi-212..............................     4.7E-02     4.7E+01     4.7E+04
Bi-213..............................     6.0E-02     6.0E+01     6.0E+04
Bi-214..............................     1.4E-01     1.4E+02     1.4E+05
Bk-249..............................     7.0E-04     7.0E-01     7.0E+02
Bk-250..............................     1.0E-01     1.0E+02     1.0E+05
Br-77...............................     7.5E-02     7.5E+01     7.5E+04
Br-80...............................     1.2E+01     1.2E+04     1.2E+07
Br-80m..............................     1.5E+00     1.5E+03     1.5E+06
Br-82...............................     1.6E-02     1.6E+01     1.6E+04
Br-83...............................     9.9E+00     9.9E+03     9.9E+06
Br-84...............................     5.6E-01     5.6E+02     5.6E+05
C-11................................     1.3E+00     1.3E+03     1.3E+06
C-14................................     2.9E-01     2.9E+02     2.9E+05
Ca-41...............................     2.7E-02     2.7E+01     2.7E+04
Ca-45...............................     5.8E-02     5.8E+01     5.8E+04
Ca-47...............................     1.1E-02     1.1E+01     1.1E+04
Cd-109..............................     5.0E-03     5.0E+00     5.0E+03
Cd-113..............................     3.3E-04     3.3E-01     3.3E+02
Cd-113m.............................     4.4E-04     4.4E-01     4.4E+02
Cd-115..............................     5.4E-02     5.4E+01     5.4E+04
Cd-115m.............................     1.0E-02     1.0E+01     1.0E+04
Cd-117..............................     5.6E-02     5.6E+01     5.6E+04
Cd-117m.............................     1.3E-01     1.3E+02     1.3E+05
Ce-139..............................     2.6E-03     2.6E+00     2.6E+03
Ce-141..............................     1.8E-02     1.8E+01     1.8E+04
Ce-143..............................     1.0E-01     1.0E+02     1.0E+05
Ce-144..............................     1.7E-03     1.7E+00     1.7E+03
Cf-248..............................     2.0E-05     2.0E-02     2.0E+01
Cf-249..............................     1.7E-06     1.7E-03     1.7E+00
Cf-250..............................     4.0E-06     4.0E-03     4.0E+00
Cf-251..............................     1.7E-06     1.7E-03     1.7E+00
Cf-252..............................     6.4E-06     6.4E-03     6.4E+00
Cf-253..............................     3.3E-04     3.3E-01     3.3E+02
Cf-254..............................     3.6E-06     3.6E-03     3.6E+00
Cl-36...............................     1.9E-04     1.9E-01     1.9E+02
Cl-38...............................     6.5E-01     6.5E+02     6.5E+05
Cm-242..............................     6.0E-05     6.0E-02     6.0E+01
Cm-243..............................     3.3E-06     3.3E-03     3.3E+00
Cm-244..............................     4.2E-06     4.2E-03     4.2E+00
Cm-245..............................     2.3E-06     2.3E-03     2.3E+00
Cm-246..............................     2.3E-06     2.3E-03     2.3E+00
Cm-247..............................     2.3E-06     2.3E-03     2.3E+00
Cm-248..............................     6.4E-07     6.4E-04     6.4E-01
Cm-249..............................     4.6E+00     4.6E+03     4.6E+06
Cm-250..............................     1.1E-07     1.1E-04     1.1E-01
Co-56...............................     2.4E-04     2.4E-01     2.4E+02
Co-57...............................     1.6E-03     1.6E+00     1.6E+03
Co-58...............................     9.0E-04     9.0E-01     9.0E+02
Co-58m..............................     1.7E-01     1.7E+02     1.7E+05
Co-60...............................     1.6E-05     1.6E-02     1.6E+01
Co-60m..............................     4.0E+00     4.0E+03     4.0E+06
Co-61...............................     3.8E+00     3.8E+03     3.8E+06
Cr-49...............................     9.0E-01     9.0E+02     9.0E+05
Cr-51...............................     6.3E-02     6.3E+01     6.3E+04
Cs-129..............................     1.5E-01     1.5E+02     1.5E+05
Cs-131..............................     2.8E-01     2.8E+02     2.8E+05

[[Page 310]]

 
Cs-132..............................     1.3E-02     1.3E+01     1.3E+04
Cs-134..............................     5.2E-05     5.2E-02     5.2E+01
Cs-134m.............................     3.2E-01     3.2E+02     3.2E+05
Cs-135..............................     2.4E-02     2.4E+01     2.4E+04
Cs-136..............................     2.1E-03     2.1E+00     2.1E+03
Cs-137..............................     2.3E-05     2.3E-02     2.3E+01
Cs-138..............................     4.4E-01     4.4E+02     4.4E+05
Cu-61...............................     4.0E-01     4.0E+02     4.0E+05
Cu-64...............................     5.2E-01     5.2E+02     5.2E+05
Cu-67...............................     1.5E-01     1.5E+02     1.5E+05
Dy-157..............................     4.4E-01     4.4E+02     4.4E+05
Dy-165..............................     5.6E+00     5.6E+03     5.6E+06
Dy-166..............................     8.1E-02     8.1E+01     8.1E+04
Er-169..............................     4.0E-01     4.0E+02     4.0E+05
Er-171..............................     3.6E-01     3.6E+02     3.6E+05
Es-253..............................     2.6E-04     2.6E-01     2.6E+02
Es-254..............................     2.3E-05     2.3E-02     2.3E+01
Es-254m.............................     1.8E-03     1.8E+00     1.8E+03
Eu-152..............................     1.6E-05     1.6E-02     1.6E+01
Eu-152m.............................     3.5E-01     3.5E+02     3.5E+05
Eu-154..............................     2.0E-05     2.0E-02     2.0E+01
Eu-155..............................     5.2E-04     5.2E-01     5.2E+02
Eu-156..............................     3.2E-03     3.2E+00     3.2E+03
F-18................................     5.6E-01     5.6E+02     5.6E+05
Fe-52...............................     4.9E-02     4.9E+01     4.9E+04
Fe-55...............................     1.4E-01     1.4E+02     1.4E+05
Fe-59...............................     1.3E-03     1.3E+00     1.3E+03
Fm-254..............................     1.8E-02     1.8E+01     1.8E+04
Fm-255..............................     4.0E-03     4.0E+00     4.0E+03
Fr-223..............................     1.4E-01     1.4E+02     1.4E+05
Ga-66...............................     5.6E-02     5.6E+01     5.6E+04
Ga-67...............................     1.1E-01     1.1E+02     1.1E+05
Ga-68...............................     7.6E-01     7.6E+02     7.6E+05
Ga-72...............................     3.6E-02     3.6E+01     3.6E+04
Gd-152..............................     4.4E-06     4.4E-03     4.4E+00
Gd-153..............................     2.0E-03     2.0E+00     2.0E+03
Gd-159..............................     6.8E-01     6.8E+02     6.8E+05
Ge-68...............................     2.3E-04     2.3E-01     2.3E+02
Ge-71...............................     2.6E+00     2.6E+03     2.6E+06
Ge-77...............................     1.0E-01     1.0E+02     1.0E+05
H-3.................................     1.5E+01     1.5E+04     1.5E+07
Hf-181..............................     2.5E-03     2.5E+00     2.5E+03
Hg-193m.............................     9.5E-02     9.5E+01     9.5E+04
Hg-197..............................     2.4E-01     2.4E+02     2.4E+05
Hg-197m.............................     2.5E-01     2.5E+02     2.5E+05
Hg-203..............................     5.2E-03     5.2E+00     5.2E+03
Ho-166..............................     2.8E-01     2.8E+02     2.8E+05
Ho-166m.............................     6.0E-06     6.0E-03     6.0E+00
I-123...............................     4.9E-01     4.9E+02     4.9E+05
I-124...............................     9.3E-03     9.3E+00     9.3E+03
I-125...............................     6.2E-03     6.2E+00     6.2E+03
I-126...............................     3.7E-03     3.7E+00     3.7E+03
I-128...............................     9.3E+00     9.3E+03     9.3E+06
I-129...............................     2.6E-04     2.6E-01     2.6E+02
I-130...............................     4.6E-02     4.6E+01     4.6E+04
I-131...............................     6.7E-03     6.7E+00     6.7E+03
I-132...............................     2.0E-01     2.0E+02     2.0E+05
I-133...............................     6.7E-02     6.7E+01     6.7E+04
I-134...............................     3.2E-01     3.2E+02     3.2E+05
I-135...............................     1.2E-01     1.2E+02     1.2E+05
In-111..............................     4.9E-02     4.9E+01     4.9E+04
In-113m.............................     2.1E+00     2.1E+03     2.1E+06
In-114m.............................     4.9E-03     4.9E+00     4.9E+03
In-115..............................     2.7E-04     2.7E-01     2.7E+02
In-115m.............................     1.4E+00     1.4E+03     1.4E+06
In-116m.............................     3.5E-01     3.5E+02     3.5E+05
In-117..............................     1.3E+00     1.3E+03     1.3E+06
In-117m.............................     7.6E-02     7.6E+01     7.6E+04
Ir-190..............................     3.5E-03     3.5E+00     3.5E+03
Ir-192..............................     9.7E-04     9.7E-01     9.7E+02
Ir-194..............................     2.5E-01     2.5E+02     2.5E+05
Ir-194m.............................     1.5E-04     1.5E-01     1.5E+02
K-40................................     6.8E-05     6.8E-02     6.8E+01
K-42................................     2.9E-01     2.9E+02     2.9E+05
K-43................................     6.0E-02     6.0E+01     6.0E+04
K-44................................     4.9E-01     4.9E+02     4.9E+05
Kr-79...............................     7.0E+00  ..........  ..........
Kr-81...............................     1.8E+02  ..........  ..........
Kr-83m..............................     2.0E+04  ..........  ..........
Kr-85...............................     8.4E+02  ..........  ..........
Kr-85m..............................     1.1E+01  ..........  ..........
Kr-87...............................     2.0E+00  ..........  ..........
Kr-88...............................     4.2E-01  ..........  ..........
La-140..............................     1.6E-02     1.6E+01     1.6E+04
La-141..............................     1.1E+00     1.1E+03     1.1E+06
La-142..............................     2.3E-01     2.3E+02     2.3E+05
Lu-177..............................     1.4E-01     1.4E+02     1.4E+05
Lu-177m.............................     3.5E-04     3.5E-01     3.5E+02
Mg-28...............................     2.1E-02     2.1E+01     2.1E+04
Mn-52...............................     3.5E-03     3.5E+00     3.5E+03
Mn-52m..............................     5.2E-01     5.2E+02     5.2E+05
Mn-53...............................     5.7E-02     5.7E+01     5.7E+04
Mn-54...............................     2.5E-04     2.5E-01     2.5E+02
Mn-56...............................     2.5E-01     2.5E+02     2.5E+05
Mo-93...............................     1.5E-03     1.5E+00     1.5E+03
Mo-99**.............................     5.7E-02     5.7E+01     5.7E+04
Mo-101..............................     8.4E-01     8.4E+02     8.4E+05
Na-22...............................     3.2E-05     3.2E-02     3.2E+01
Na-24...............................     2.6E-02     2.6E+01     2.6E+04
Nb-90...............................     2.5E-02     2.5E+01     2.5E+04
Nb-93m..............................     1.2E-02     1.2E+01     1.2E+04
Nb-94...............................     6.0E-06     6.0E-03     6.0E+00
Nb-95...............................     2.3E-03     2.3E+00     2.3E+03
Nb-95m..............................     2.0E-02     2.0E+01     2.0E+04
Nb-96...............................     2.5E-02     2.5E+01     2.5E+04
Nb-97...............................     1.0E+00     1.0E+03     1.0E+06
Nd-147..............................     3.0E-02     3.0E+01     3.0E+04
Nd-149..............................     1.1E+00     1.1E+03     1.1E+06
Ni-56...............................     2.0E-03     2.0E+00     2.0E+03
Ni-57...............................     2.1E-02     2.1E+01     2.1E+04
Ni-59...............................     2.2E-02     2.2E+01     2.2E+04
Ni-63...............................     1.4E-01     1.4E+02     1.4E+05
Ni-65...............................     7.0E-01     7.0E+02     7.0E+05
Np-235..............................     3.0E-02     3.0E+01     3.0E+04
Np-237..............................     1.8E-06     1.8E-03     1.8E+00
Np-238..............................     1.9E-02     1.9E+01     1.9E+04
Np-239..............................     1.0E-01     1.0E+02     1.0E+05
Np-240..............................     6.5E-01     6.5E+02     6.5E+05
Np-240m.............................     4.7E+00     4.7E+03     4.7E+06
Os-185..............................     9.2E-04     9.2E-01     9.2E+02
Os-191m.............................     9.0E-01     9.0E+02     9.0E+05
Os-191..............................     3.8E-02     3.8E+01     3.8E+04
Os-193..............................     2.9E-01     2.9E+02     2.9E+05
P-32................................     1.7E-02     1.7E+01     1.7E+04
P-33................................     1.2E-01     1.2E+02     1.2E+05
Pa-230..............................     6.3E-04     6.3E-01     6.3E+02
Pa-231..............................     8.3E-07     8.3E-04     8.3E-01
Pa-233..............................     9.3E-03     9.3E+00     9.3E+03
Pa-234..............................     9.3E-02     9.3E+01     9.3E+04
Pb-203..............................     8.3E-02     8.3E+01     8.3E+04
Pb-205..............................     1.2E-02     1.2E+01     1.2E+04
Pb-209..............................     1.1E+01     1.1E+04     1.1E+07
Pb-210..............................     5.5E-05     5.5E-02     5.5E+01
Pb-211..............................     1.2E-01     1.2E+02     1.2E+05
Pb-212..............................     6.0E-03     6.0E+00     6.0E+03
Pb-214..............................     1.2E-01     1.2E+02     1.2E+05

[[Page 311]]

 
Pd-103..............................     2.1E-01     2.1E+02     2.1E+05
Pd-107..............................     8.2E-02     8.2E+01     8.2E+04
Pd-109..............................     9.4E-01     9.4E+02     9.4E+05
Pm-143..............................     7.6E-04     7.6E-01     7.6E+02
Pm-144..............................     1.1E-04     1.1E-01     1.1E+02
Pm-145..............................     5.2E-04     5.2E-01     5.2E+02
Pm-146..............................     4.4E-05     4.4E-02     4.4E+01
Pm-147..............................     2.6E-02     2.6E+01     2.6E+04
Pm-148..............................     1.7E-02     1.7E+01     1.7E+04
Pm-148m.............................     7.6E-04     7.6E-01     7.6E+02
Pm-149..............................     2.8E-01     2.8E+02     2.8E+05
Pm-151..............................     1.2E-01     1.2E+02     1.2E+05
Po-210..............................     9.3E-05     9.3E-02     9.3E+01
Pr-142..............................     2.8E-01     2.8E+02     2.8E+05
Pr-143..............................     1.0E-01     1.0E+02     1.0E+05
Pr-144..............................     1.5E+01     1.5E+04     1.5E+07
Pt-191..............................     6.4E-02     6.4E+01     6.4E+04
Pt-193..............................     2.1E-02     2.1E+01     2.1E+04
Pt-193m.............................     4.8E-01     4.8E+02     4.8E+05
Pt-195m.............................     1.4E-01     1.4E+02     1.4E+05
Pt-197..............................     1.1E+00     1.1E+03     1.1E+06
Pt-197m.............................     3.6E+00     3.6E+03     3.6E+06
Pu-236..............................     7.0E-06     7.0E-03     7.0E+00
Pu-237..............................     2.3E-02     2.3E+01     2.3E+04
Pu-238..............................     2.7E-06     2.7E-03     2.7E+00
Pu-239..............................     2.5E-06     2.5E-03     2.5E+00
Pu-240..............................     2.5E-06     2.5E-03     2.5E+00
Pu-241..............................     1.3E-04     1.3E-01     1.3E+02
Pu-242..............................     2.5E-06     2.5E-03     2.5E+00
Pu-243..............................     3.8E+00     3.8E+03     3.8E+06
Pu-244..............................     2.4E-06     2.4E-03     2.4E+00
Pu-245..............................     2.1E-01     2.1E+02     2.1E+05
Pu-246..............................     4.8E-03     4.8E+00     4.8E+03
Ra-223..............................     1.3E-04     1.3E-01     1.3E+02
Ra-224..............................     3.2E-04     3.2E-01     3.2E+02
Ra-225..............................     1.3E-04     1.3E-01     1.3E+02
Ra-226..............................     5.5E-06     5.5E-03     5.5E+00
Ra-228..............................     1.3E-05     1.3E-02     1.3E+01
Rb-81...............................     4.2E-01     4.2E+02     4.2E+05
Rb-83...............................     1.4E-03     1.4E+00     1.4E+03
Rb-84...............................     2.0E-03     2.0E+00     2.0E+03
Rb-86...............................     1.7E-02     1.7E+01     1.7E+04
Rb-87...............................     1.0E-02     1.0E+01     1.0E+04
Rb-88...............................     1.7E+00     1.7E+03     1.7E+06
Rb-89...............................     6.4E-01     6.4E+02     6.4E+05
Re-184..............................     1.8E-03     1.8E+00     1.8E+03
Re-184m.............................     3.6E-04     3.6E-01     3.6E+02
Re-186..............................     1.9E-01     1.9E+02     1.9E+05
Re-187..............................     9.3E+00     9.3E+03     9.3E+06
Re-188..............................     3.7E-01     3.7E+02     3.7E+05
Rh-103m.............................     1.7E+02     1.7E+05     1.7E+08
Rh-105..............................     3.4E-01     3.4E+02     3.4E+05
Ru-97...............................     8.3E-02     8.3E+01     8.3E+04
Ru-103..............................     3.1E-03     3.1E+00     3.1E+03
Ru-105..............................     2.9E-01     2.9E+02     2.9E+05
Ru-106..............................     5.9E-04     5.9E-01     5.9E+02
S-35................................     7.5E-02     7.5E+01     7.5E+04
Sb-117..............................     2.0E+00     2.0E+03     2.0E+06
Sb-122..............................     3.9E-02     3.9E+01     3.9E+04
Sb-124..............................     6.0E-04     6.0E-01     6.0E+02
Sb-125..............................     1.4E-04     1.4E-01     1.4E+02
Sb-126..............................     1.8E-03     1.8E+00     1.8E+03
Sb-126m.............................     7.6E-01     7.6E+02     7.6E+05
Sb-127..............................     2.0E-02     2.0E+01     2.0E+04
Sb-129..............................     1.8E-01     1.8E+02     1.8E+05
Sc-44...............................     1.4E-01     1.4E+02     1.4E+05
Sc-46...............................     4.0E-04     4.0E-01     4.0E+02
Sc-47...............................     1.1E-01     1.1E+02     1.1E+05
Sc-48...............................     1.1E-02     1.1E+01     1.1E+04
Sc-49...............................     1.0E+01     1.0E+04     1.0E+07
Se-73...............................     1.6E-01     1.6E+02     1.6E+05
Se-75...............................     1.1E-03     1.1E+00     1.1E+03
Se-79...............................     6.9E-03     6.9E+00     6.9E+03
Si-31...............................     4.7E+00     4.7E+03     4.7E+06
Si-32...............................     7.2E-04     7.2E-01     7.2E+02
Sm-147..............................     1.4E-05     1.4E-02     1.4E+01
Sm-151..............................     3.5E-02     3.5E+01     3.5E+04
Sm-153..............................     2.4E-01     2.4E+02     2.4E+05
Sn-113..............................     1.9E-03     1.9E+00     1.9E+03
Sn-117m.............................     2.3E-02     2.3E+01     2.3E+04
Sn-119m.............................     2.8E-02     2.8E+01     2.8E+04
Sn-123..............................     1.8E-02     1.8E+01     1.8E+04
Sn-125..............................     7.2E-03     7.2E+00     7.2E+03
Sn-126..............................     4.7E-06     4.7E-03     4.7E+00
Sr-82...............................     1.9E-03     1.9E+00     1.9E+03
Sr-85...............................     1.9E-03     1.9E+00     1.9E+03
Sr-85m..............................     1.5E+00     1.5E+03     1.5E+06
Sr-87m..............................     1.2E+00     1.2E+03     1.2E+06
Sr-89...............................     2.1E-02     2.1E+01     2.1E+04
Sr-90...............................     5.2E-04     5.2E-01     5.2E+02
Sr-91...............................     1.2E-01     1.2E+02     1.2E+05
Sr-92...............................     2.5E-01     2.5E+02     2.5E+05
Ta-182..............................     4.4E-04     4.4E-01     4.4E+02
Tb-157..............................     2.2E-03     2.2E+00     2.2E+03
Tb-160..............................     8.4E-04     8.4E-01     8.4E+02
Tc-95...............................     9.0E-02     9.0E+01     9.0E+04
Tc-95m..............................     1.4E-03     1.4E+00     1.4E+03
Tc-96...............................     5.6E-03     5.6E+00     5.6E+03
Tc-96m..............................     7.0E-01     7.0E+02     7.0E+05
Tc-97...............................     1.5E-03     1.5E+00     1.5E+03
Tc-97m..............................     7.2E-02     7.2E+01     7.2E+04
Tc-98...............................     6.4E-06     6.4E-03     6.4E+00
Tc-99...............................     9.0E-03     9.0E+00     9.0E+03
Tc-99m..............................     1.4E+00     1.4E+03     1.4E+06
Tc-101..............................     3.8E+00     3.8E+03     3.8E+06
Te-121..............................     6.0E-03     6.0E+00     6.0E+03
Te-121m.............................     5.3E-04     5.3E-01     5.3E+02
Te-123..............................     1.2E-03     1.2E+00     1.2E+03
Te-123m.............................     2.7E-03     2.7E+00     2.7E+03
Te-125m.............................     1.5E-02     1.5E+01     1.5E+04
Te-127..............................     2.9E+00     2.9E+03     2.9E+06
Te-127m.............................     7.3E-03     7.3E+00     7.3E+03
Te-129..............................     6.5E+00     6.5E+03     6.5E+06
Te-129m.............................     6.1E-03     6.1E+00     6.1E+03
Te-131..............................     9.4E-01     9.4E+02     9.4E+05
Te-131m.............................     1.8E-02     1.8E+01     1.8E+04
Te-132..............................     6.2E-03     6.2E+00     6.2E+03
Te-133..............................     1.2E+00     1.2E+03     1.2E+06
Te-133m.............................     2.9E-01     2.9E+02     2.9E+05
Te-134..............................     4.4E-01     4.4E+02     4.4E+05
Th-226..............................     3.0E-02     3.0E+01     3.0E+04
Th-227..............................     6.4E-05     6.4E-02     6.4E+01
Th-228..............................     2.9E-06     2.9E-03     2.9E+00
Th-229..............................     4.9E-07     4.9E-04     4.9E-01
Th-230..............................     3.2E-06     3.2E-03     3.2E+00
Th-231..............................     8.4E-01     8.4E+02     8.4E+05
Th-232..............................     6.0E-07     6.0E-04     6.0E-01
Th-234..............................     2.0E-02     2.0E+01     2.0E+04
Ti-44...............................     5.2E-06     5.2E-03     5.2E+00
Ti-45...............................     4.0E-01     4.0E+02     4.0E+05
Tl-200..............................     4.4E-02     4.4E+01     4.4E+04
Tl-201..............................     1.8E-01     1.8E+02     1.8E+05
Tl-202..............................     1.0E-02     1.0E+01     1.0E+04
Tl-204..............................     2.5E-02     2.5E+01     2.5E+04
Tm-170..............................     2.4E-02     2.4E+01     2.4E+04
Tm-171..............................     5.9E-02     5.9E+01     5.9E+04

[[Page 312]]

 
U-230...............................     5.0E-05     5.0E-02     5.0E+01
U-231...............................     1.4E-01     1.4E+02     1.4E+05
U-232...............................     1.3E-06     1.3E-03     1.3E+00
U-233...............................     7.6E-06     7.6E-03     7.6E+00
U-234...............................     7.6E-06     7.6E-03     7.6E+00
U-235...............................     7.0E-06     7.0E-03     7.0E+00
U-236...............................     8.4E-06     8.4E-03     8.4E+00
U-237...............................     4.7E-02     4.7E+01     4.7E+04
U-238...............................     8.6E-06     8.6E-03     8.6E+00
U-239...............................     8.3E+00     8.3E+03     8.3E+06
U-240...............................     1.8E-01     1.8E+02     1.8E+05
V-48................................     1.4E-03     1.4E+00     1.4E+03
V-49................................     1.3E+00     1.3E+03     1.3E+06
W-181...............................     1.1E-02     1.1E+01     1.1E+04
W-185...............................     1.6E-01     1.6E+02     1.6E+05
W-187...............................     1.1E-01     1.1E+02     1.1E+05
W-188...............................     1.0E-02     1.0E+01     1.0E+04
Xe-122..............................     7.6E-02     7.6E+01     7.6E+04
Xe-123..............................     1.6E+00     1.6E+03     1.6E+06
Xe-125..............................     6.0E-01  ..........  ..........
Xe-127..............................     7.0E+00  ..........  ..........
Xe-129m.............................     7.6E+01  ..........  ..........
Xe-131m.............................     2.2E+02  ..........  ..........
Xe-133..............................     5.2E+01  ..........  ..........
Xe-133m.............................     6.0E+01  ..........  ..........
Xe-135..............................     7.6E+00  ..........  ..........
Xe-135m.............................     4.2E+00  ..........  ..........
Xe-138..............................     9.9E-01  ..........  ..........
Y-86................................     2.8E-02     2.8E+01     2.8E+04
Y-87................................     2.3E-02     2.3E+01     2.3E+04
Y-88................................     2.5E-04     2.5E-01     2.5E+02
Y-90................................     1.1E-01     1.1E+02     1.1E+05
Y-90m...............................     4.3E-01     4.3E+02     4.3E+05
Y-91................................     1.8E-02     1.8E+01     1.8E+04
Y-91m...............................     1.6E+00     1.6E+03     1.6E+06
Y-92................................     7.0E-01     7.0E+02     7.0E+05
Y-93................................     3.8E-01     3.8E+02     3.8E+05
Yb-169..............................     5.5E-03     5.5E+00     5.5E+03
Yb-175..............................     2.1E-01     2.1E+02     2.1E+05
Zn-62...............................     8.6E-02     8.6E+01     8.6E+04
Zn-65...............................     4.4E-04     4.4E-01     4.4E+02
Zn-69...............................     2.7E+01     2.7E+04     2.7E+07
Zn-69m..............................     2.0E-01     2.0E+02     2.0E+05
Zr-86...............................     2.4E-02     2.4E+01     2.4E+04
Zr-88...............................     2.7E-04     2.7E-01     2.7E+02
Zr-89...............................     1.6E-02     1.6E+01     1.6E+04
Zr-93...............................     2.8E-03     2.8E+00     2.8E+03
Zr-95...............................     6.4E-04     6.4E-01     6.4E+02
Zr-97...............................     4.6E-02     4.6E+01     4.6E+04
------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Radionuclides boiling at 100  deg.C or less, or exposed to a
  temperature of 100  deg.C, must be considered a gas. Capsules
  containing radionuclides in liquid or powder form can be considered to
  be solids.
**Mo-99 contained in a generator to produce Technetium-99 can be assumed
  to be a solid.

                    3. Table of Concentration Levels

    (a) Table 2 may be used for determining if facilities are in 
compliance with the standard.
    1. The concentration table as applied to emission estimates can only 
be used if all releases are from point sources and concentrations have 
been measured at the stack or vent using EPA-approved methods, and the 
distance between each stack or vent and the nearest resident is greater 
than 3 times the diameter of the stack or vent. Procedures provided in 
Ref. (1) shall be used to determine compliance or exemption from 
reporting by use of Table 2.
    2. The concentration table may be used to determine compliance with 
the standard based on environmental measurements provided these 
measurements are made in conformance with the requirements of 
Sec. 61.107(b)(5).

                         4. NCRP Screening Model

    The procedures described in Reference (4) may be used to determine 
doses to members of the general public from emissions of radionuclides 
to the atmosphere. Both the total dose from all radionuclides emitted, 
and the dose caused by radioactive iodine must be considered in 
accordance with the procedures in Ref. (1).

                       5. The COMPLY Computer Code

    The COMPLY computer code may be used to determine compliance with 
subpart I. The compliance model in the COMPLY computer code may be used 
to determine the dose to members of the general public from emissions of 
radionuclides to the atmosphere. The EPA may add radionuclides to all or 
any part of COMPLY to cover radionuclides that may be used by the 
regulated community.

                           Table 2--Concentration Levels for Environmental Compliance
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 Concentration                                     Concentration
                  Radionuclide                     (Ci/m\3\)               Radionuclide              (Ci/m\3\)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ac-225.........................................      9.1E-14    Bi-207...........................      1.0E-14
Ac-227.........................................      1.6E-16    Bi-210...........................      2.9E-13
Ac-228.........................................      3.7E-12    Bi-212...........................      5.6E-11
Ag-106.........................................      1.9E-09    Bi-213...........................      7.1E-11
Ag-106m........................................      1.2E-12    Bi-214...........................      1.4E-10
Ag-108m........................................      7.1E-15    Bk-249...........................      5.6E-13
Ag-110m........................................      9.1E-14    Bk-250...........................      9.1E-11
Ag-111.........................................      2.5E-12    Br-77............................      4.2E-11
Al-26..........................................      4.8E-15    Br-80............................      1.4E-08

[[Page 313]]

 
Am-241.........................................      1.9E-15    Br-80m...........................      1.8E-09
Am-242.........................................      1.5E-11    Br-82............................      1.2E-11
Am-242m........................................      2.0E-15    Br-83............................      1.2E-08
Am-243.........................................      1.8E-15    Br-84............................      6.7E-10
Am-244.........................................      4.0E-11    C-11.............................      1.5E-09
Am-245.........................................      8.3E-09    C-14.............................      1.0E-11
Am-246.........................................      1.2E-09    Ca-41............................      4.2E-13
Ar-37..........................................      1.6E-03    Ca-45............................      1.3E-12
Ar-41..........................................      1.7E-09    Ca-47............................      2.4E-12
As-72..........................................      2.4E-11    Cd-109...........................      5.9E-13
As-73..........................................      1.1E-11    Cd-113...........................      9.1E-15
As-74..........................................      2.2E-12    Cd-113m..........................      1.7E-14
As-76..........................................      5.0E-11    Cd-115...........................      1.6E-11
As-77..........................................      1.6E-10    Cd-115m..........................      8.3E-13
At-211.........................................      1.1E-11    Cd-117...........................      6.7E-11
Au-193.........................................      3.8E-10    Cd-117m..........................      1.6E-10
Au-194.........................................      3.2E-11    Ce-139...........................      2.6E-12
Au-195.........................................      3.1E-12    Ce-141...........................      6.3E-12
Au-198.........................................      2.1E-11    Ce-143...........................      3.0E-11
Au-199.........................................      4.8E-11    Ce-144...........................      6.2E-13
Ba-131.........................................      7.1E-12    Cf-248...........................      1.8E-14
Ba-133.........................................      5.9E-14    Cf-249...........................      1.4E-15
Ba-133m........................................      5.9E-11    Cf-250...........................      3.2E-15
Ba-135m........................................      1.8E-10    Cf-251...........................      1.4E-15
Ba-139.........................................      5.6E-09    Cf-252...........................      5.6E-15
Ba-140.........................................      1.3E-12    Cf-253...........................      3.1E-13
Ba-141.........................................      1.4E-09    Cf-254...........................      3.0E-15
Ba-142.........................................      1.3E-09    Cl-36............................      2.7E-15
Be-7...........................................      2.3E-11    Cl-38............................      7.7E-10
Be-10..........................................      1.6E-12    Cm-242...........................      5.3E-14
Bi-206.........................................      2.3E-12    Cm-243...........................      2.6E-15
Cm-244.........................................      3.3E-15    Eu-156...........................      1.9E-12
Cm-245.........................................      1.8E-15    F-18.............................      6.7E-10
Cm-246.........................................      1.9E-15    Fe-52............................      5.6E-11
Cm-247.........................................      1.9E-15    Fe-55............................      9.1E-12
Cm-248.........................................      5.0E-16    Fe-59............................      6.7E-13
Cm-249.........................................      3.7E-09    Fm-254...........................      2.0E-11
Cm-250.........................................      9.1E-17    Fm-255...........................      4.3E-12
Co-56..........................................      1.8E-13    Fr-223...........................      3.3E-11
Co-57..........................................      1.3E-12    Ga-66............................      6.2E-11
Co-58..........................................      6.7E-13    Ga-67............................      7.1E-11
Co-58m.........................................      1.2E-10    Ga-68............................      9.1E-10
Co-60..........................................      1.7E-14    Ga-72............................      3.8E-11
Co-60m.........................................     .4.3E-09    Gd-152...........................      5.0E-15
Co-61..........................................      4.5E-09    Gd-153...........................      2.1E-12
Cr-49..........................................      1.1E-09    Gd-159...........................      2.9E-10
Cr-51..........................................      3.1E-11    Ge-68............................      2.0E-13
Cs-129.........................................      1.4E-10    Ge-71............................      2.4E-10
Cs-131.........................................      3.3E-11    Ge-77............................      1.0E-10
Cs-132.........................................      4.8E-12    H-3..............................      1.5E-09
Cs-134.........................................      2.7E-14    Hf-181...........................      1.9E-12
Cs-134m........................................      1.7E-10    Hg-193m..........................      1.0E-10
Cs-135.........................................      4.0E-13    Hg-197...........................      8.3E-11
Cs-136.........................................      5.3E-13    Hg-197m..........................      1.1E-10
Cs-137.........................................      1.9E-14    Hg-203...........................      1.0E-12
Cs-138.........................................      5.3E-10    Ho-166...........................      7.1E-11
Cu-61..........................................      4.8E-10    Ho-166m..........................      7.1E-15
Cu-64..........................................      5.3E-10    I-123............................      4.3E-10
Cu-67..........................................      5.0E-11    I-124............................      6.2E-13
Dy-157.........................................      5.0E-10    I-125............................      1.2E-13
Dy-165.........................................      6.7E-09    I-126............................      1.1E-13
Dy-166.........................................      1.1E-11    I-128............................      1.1E-08
Er-169.........................................      2.9E-11    I-129............................      9.1E-15
Er-171.........................................      4.0E-10    I-130............................      4.5E-11
Es-253.........................................      2.4E-13    I-131............................      2.1E-13
Es-254.........................................      2.0E-14    I-132............................      2.3E-10
Es-254m........................................      1.8E-12    I-133............................      2.0E-11
Eu-152.........................................      2.0E-14    I-134............................      3.8E-10
Eu-152m........................................      3.6E-10    I-135............................      1.2E-10
Eu-154.........................................      2.3E-14    In-111...........................      3.6E-11

[[Page 314]]

 
Eu-155.........................................      5.9E-13    In-113m..........................      2.5E-09
In-114m........................................      9.1E-13    Nb-95............................      2.2E-12
In-115.........................................      7.1E-14    Nb-95m...........................      1.4E-11
In-115m........................................      1.6E-09    Nb-96............................      2.4E-11
In-116m........................................      4.2E-10    Nb-97............................      1.2E-09
In-117.........................................      1.6E-09    Nd-147...........................      7.7E-12
In-117m........................................      9.1E-11    Nd-149...........................      7.1E-10
Ir-190.........................................      2.6E-12    Ni-56............................      1.7E-12
Ir-192.........................................      9.1E-13    Ni-57............................      1.8E-11
Ir-194.........................................      1.1E-10    Ni-59............................      1.5E-11
Ir-194m........................................      1.7E-13    Ni-63............................      1.4E-11
K-40...........................................      2.7E-14    Ni-65............................      8.3E-10
K-42...........................................      2.6E-10    Np-235...........................      2.5E-11
K-43...........................................      6.2E-11    Np-237...........................      1.2E-15
K-44...........................................      5.9E-10    Np-238...........................      1.4E-11
Kr-79..........................................      8.3E-09    Np-239...........................      3.8E-11
Kr-81..........................................      2.1E-07    Np-240...........................      7.7E-10
Kr-83m.........................................      2.3E-05    Np-240m..........................      5.6E-09
Kr-85..........................................      1.0E-06    Os-185...........................      1.0E-12
Kr-85m.........................................      1.3E-08    Os-191m..........................      2.9E-10
Kr-87..........................................      2.4E-09    Os-191...........................      1.1E-11
Kr-88..........................................      5.0E-10    Os-193...........................      9.1E-11
La-140.........................................      1.2E-11    P-32.............................      3.3E-13
La-141.........................................      7.7E-10    P-33.............................      2.4E-12
La-142.........................................      2.7E-10    Pa-230...........................      3.2E-13
Lu-177.........................................      2.4E-11    Pa-231...........................      5.9E-16
Lu-177m........................................      3.6E-13    Pa-233...........................      4.8E-12
Mg-28..........................................      1.5E-11    Pa-234...........................      1.1E-10
Mn-52..........................................      2.8E-12    Pb-203...........................      6.2E-11
Mn-52m.........................................      6.2E-10    Pb-205...........................      5.6E-12
Mn-53..........................................      1.5E-11    Pb-209...........................      1.3E-08
Mn-54..........................................      2.8E-13    Pb-2I0...........................      2.8E-15
Mn-56..........................................      2.9E-10    Pb-211...........................      1.4E-10
Mo-93..........................................      1.1E-12    Pb-212...........................      6.3E-12
Mo-99..........................................      1.4E-11    Pb-214...........................      1.2E-10
Mo-101.........................................      1.0E-09    Pd-103...........................      3.8E-11
Na-22..........................................      2.6E-14    Pd-107...........................      3.1E-11
Na-24..........................................      2.6E-11    Pd-109...........................      4.8E-10
Nb-90..........................................      2.6E-11    Pm-143...........................      9.1E-13
Nb-93m.........................................      1.0E-11    Pm-144...........................      1.3E-13
Nb-94..........................................      7.1E-15    Pm-145...........................      6.2E-13
Pm-146.........................................      5.3E-14    Re-184m..........................      3.7E-13
Pm-147.........................................      1.1E-11    Re-186...........................      1.8E-11
Pm-148.........................................      5.0E-12    Re-187...........................      2.6E-10
Pm-148m........................................      6.7E-13    Re-188...........................      1.7E-10
Pm-149.........................................      4.2E-11    Rh-103m..........................      2.1E-07
Pm-151.........................................      7.1E-11    Rh-105...........................      1.3E-10
Po-210.........................................      7.1E-15    Ru-97............................      6.7E-11
Pr-142.........................................      1.1E-10    Ru-103...........................      2.6E-12
Pr-143.........................................      7.1E-12    Ru-105...........................      2.8E-10
Pr-144.........................................      1.8E-08    Ru-106...........................      3.4E-13
Pt-191.........................................      4.3E-11    S-35.............................      1.3E-12
Pt-193.........................................      1.8E-11    Sb-117...........................      2.4E-09
Pt-193m........................................      4.8E-11    Sb-122...........................      1.4E-11
Pt-195m........................................      3.2E-11    Sb-124...........................      5.3E-13
Pt-197.........................................      4.0E-10    Sb-125...........................      1.6E-13
Pt-197m........................................      2.6E-09    Sb-126...........................      1.4E-12
Pu-236.........................................      5.9E-15    Sb-126m..........................      9.1E-10
Pu-237.........................................      1.9E-11    Sb-127...........................      7.1E-12
Pu-238.........................................      2.1E-15    Sb-129...........................      7.7E-11
Pu-239.........................................      2.0E-15    Sc-44............................      1.7E-10
Pu-240.........................................      2.0E-15    Sc-46............................      4.2E-13
Pu-241.........................................      1.0E-13    Sc-47............................      3.8E-11
Pu-242.........................................      2.0E-15    Sc-48............................      9.1E-12
Pu-243.........................................      4.2E-09    Sc-49............................      1.2E-08
Pu-244.........................................      2.0E-15    Se-73............................      1.7E-10
Pu-245.........................................      2.1E-10    Se-75............................      1.7E-13
Pu-246.........................................      2.2E-12    Se-79............................      1.1E-13
Ra-223.........................................      4.2E-14    Si-31............................      5.6E-09
Ra-224.........................................      1.5E-13    Si-32............................      3.4E-14

[[Page 315]]

 
Ra-225.........................................      5.0E-14    Sm-147...........................      1.4E-14
Ra-226.........................................      3.3E-15    Sm-151...........................      2.1E-11
Ra-228.........................................      5.9E-15    Sm-153...........................      5.9E-11
Rb-81..........................................      5.0E-10    Sn-113...........................      1.4E-12
Rb-83..........................................      3.4E-13    Sn-117m..........................      5.6E-12
Rb-84..........................................      3.6E-13    Sn-119m..........................      5.3E-12
Rb-86..........................................      5.6E-13    Sn-123...........................      1.1E-12
Rb-87..........................................      1.6E-13    Sn-125...........................      1.7E-12
Rb-88..........................................      2.1E-09    Sn-126...........................      5.3E-15
Rb-89..........................................      7.1E-10    Sr-82............................      6.2E-13
Re-184.........................................      1.5E-12    Sr-85............................      1.8E-12
Sr-85m.........................................      1.6E-09    Th-232...........................      6.2E-16
Sr-87m.........................................      1.4E-09    Th-234...........................      2.2E-12
Sr-89..........................................      1.8E-12    Ti-44............................      6.2E-15
Sr-90..........................................      1.9E-14    Ti-45............................      4.8E-10
Sr-91..........................................      9.1E-11    Tl-200...........................      4.5E-11
Sr-92..........................................      2.9E-10    Tl-201...........................      1.0E-10
Ta-182.........................................      4.5E-13    Tl-202...........................      5.0E-12
Tb-157.........................................      2.5E-12    Tl-204...........................      1.2E-12
Tb-160.........................................      7.7E-13    Tm-170...........................      3.3E-12
Tc-95..........................................      1.0E-10    Tm-171...........................      2.6E-11
Tc-95m.........................................      1.4E-12    U-230............................      1.5E-14
Tc-96..........................................      5.6E-12    U-231............................      4.2E-11
Tc-96m.........................................      6.7E-10    U-232............................      1.3E-15
Tc-97..........................................     .7.1E-13    U-233............................      7.1E-15
Tc-97m.........................................      7.1E-12    U-234............................      7.7E-15
Tc-98..........................................      6.7E-15    U-235............................      7.1E-15
Tc-99..........................................      1.4E-13    U-236............................      7.7E-15
Tc-99m.........................................      1.7E-09    U-237............................      1.0E-11
Tc-101.........................................      4.5E-09    U-238............................      8.3E-15
Te-121.........................................      1.0E-12    U-239............................      4.3E-09
Te-121m........................................      1.2E-13    U-240............................      1.3E-10
Te-123.........................................      1.4E-13    V-48.............................      1.0E-12
Te-123m........................................      2.0E-13    V-49.............................      1.6E-10
Te-125m........................................      3.6E-13    W-181............................      6.7E-12
Te-127.........................................      1.0E-09    W-185............................      2.6E-12
Te-127m........................................      1.5E-13    W-187............................      7.7E-11
Te-129.........................................      7.7E-09    W-188............................      5.3E-13
Te-129m........................................      1.4E-13    Xe-122...........................      9.1E-11
Te-131.........................................      9.1E-11    Xe-123...........................      1.6E-09
Te-131m........................................      1.0E-12    Xe-125...........................      1.1E-11
Te-132.........................................      7.1E-13    Xe-127...........................      8.3E-09
Te-133.........................................      9.1E-10    Xe-129m..........................      9.1E-08
Te-133m........................................      2.2E-10    Xe-131m..........................      2.6E-07
Te-134.........................................      5.3E-10    Xe-133...........................      6.2E-08
Th-226.........................................      3.4E-11    Xe-133m..........................      7.1E-08
Th-227.........................................      3.8E-14    Xe-135...........................      9.1E-09
Th-228.........................................      3.1E-15    Xe-135m..........................      5.0E-09
Th-229.........................................      5.3E-16    Xe-138...........................      1.2E-09
Th-230.........................................      3.4E-15    Y-86.............................      3.0E-11
Th-231.........................................      2.9E-10    Y-87.............................      1.7E-11
Y-88...........................................      2.7E-13    Zn-65............................      9.1E-14
Y-90...........................................      1.3E-11    Zn-69............................      3.2E-08
Y-90m..........................................      1.9E-10    Zn-69m...........................      1.7E-10
Y-91...........................................      2.1E-12    Zr-86............................      2.4E-11
Y-91m..........................................      1.3E-09    Zr-88............................      3.1E-13
Y-92...........................................      8.3E-10    Zr-89............................      1.3E-11
Y-93...........................................      2.9E-10    Zr-93............................      2.6E-12
Yb-169.........................................      3.7E-12    Zr-95............................      6.7E-13
Yb-175.........................................      4.3E-11    Zr-97............................      3.8E-11
Zn-62..........................................      9.1E-11
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              6. References

    (1) Environmental Protection Agency, ``A Guide for Determining 
Compliance with the Clean Air Act Standards for Radionuclides Emissions 
from NRC-Licensed and Non-DOE Federal Facilities'', EPA 520/1-89-002, 
October 1989.

[[Page 316]]

    (2) Environmental Protection Agency, ``User's Guide for the COMPLY 
Code'', EPA 520/1-89-003, October 1989.
    (3) Environmental Protection Agency, ``Background Information 
Document: Procedures Approved for Demonstrating Compliance with 40 CFR 
Part 61, Subpart I'', EPA 520/1-89-001, January 1989.
    (4) National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurement, 
``Screening Techniques for Determining Compliance with Environmental 
Standards'' NCRP Commentary No. 3, Revision of January 1989 with 
addendum of October, 1989.

[54 FR 51711, Dec. 15, 1989]



PART 62--APPROVAL AND PROMULGATION OF STATE PLANS FOR DESIGNATED FACILITIES AND POLLUTANTS--Table of Contents




                      Subpart A--General Provisions

Sec.
62.01  Definitions.
62.02  Introduction.
62.03  Extensions.
62.04  Approval status.
62.05  Legal authority.
62.06  Negative declarations.
62.07  Emissions standards, compliance schedules.
62.08  Emission inventories and source surveillance.
62.09  Revision of plans by Administrator.
62.10  Submission to Administrator.
62.11  Severability.
62.12  Availability of applicable plans.
62.13  Federal plans.

                           Subpart B--Alabama

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

62.100  Identification of plan.

          Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants

62.101  Identification of sources.

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.102  Identification of sources.

  Landfill Gas Emissions From existing Municipal solid Waste Landfills

62.103  Identification of sources.

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To Combust Greater 
             Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.104  Identification of sources.

    Air Emissions From Hospital/Medical/Infectious waste Incinerators

62.105  Identification of sources.

                            Subpart C--Alaska

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.350  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

                   Acid Mist From Sulfuric Acid Plants

62.351  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

          Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Kraft Pulp Mills

62.352  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

        Fluoride Emissions From Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants

62.353  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.354  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

                           Subpart D--Arizona

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

62.600  Identification of plan.
62.601  Identification of sources.
62.602  Effective date.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.620  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

 Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators

62.630  Identification of plan.
62.631  Identification of sources.
62.632  Effective date.

[[Page 317]]

                           Subpart E--Arkansas

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

62.850  Identification of plan.
62.852  [Reserved]

      Fluoride Emissions From Existing Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.854  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

     Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants

62.855  Identification of sources.

     Total Reduced Sulphur Emissions from Existing Kraft Pulp Mills

62.865  Identification of sources.
62.866  Compliance schedule.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.875  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

                          Subpart F--California

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

62.1100  Identification of plan.

      Fluoride Emissions From Existing Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.1101  Identification of sources.

  Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Existing Sulfuric Acid Production 
                                  Units

62.1102  Identification of sources.

        Fluoride Emissions From Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants

62.1103  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

     Total Reduced Sulphur Emissions from Existing Kraft Pulp Mills

62.1104  Identification of sources.

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

62.1115  Identification of sources.

                           Subpart G--Colorado

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

62.1350  Identification of plan.
62.1351  Identification of sources.
62.1352  Effective date.

    Air Emissions From Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators

62.1360  Identification of plan.
62.1361  Identification of sources.
62.1362  Effective date.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.1370  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

                         Subpart H--Connecticut

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

62.1500  Identification of Plan.

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
 Existing Municipal Waste Combustor Units With the Capacity To Combust 
         Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.1501  Identification of sources.

           Flouride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.1600  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Sulfuric Acid Production Units

62.1625  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills

62.1650  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

        Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Plants

62.1700  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

                           Subpart I--Delaware

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.1850  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

          Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants

62.1875  Identification of plan.

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions from Existing Kraft Pulp Mills

62.1900  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

[[Page 318]]

        Fluoride Emissions from Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants

62.1925  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

62.1950  Identification of plan.
62.1951  Identification of sources.
62.1952  Effective date.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.1960   Identification of plan--negative declaration.

 Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators 
                    (HMIWI)--Section 111(d)/129 Plan

62.1975  Identification of plan.
62.1976  Identification of sources.
62.1977  Effective date.

                     Subpart J--District of Columbia

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.2100  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

     Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants

62.2101  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills

62.2110  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

        Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Plants

62.2120  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.2130   Identification of plan--negative declaration.

                           Subpart K--Florida

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

62.2350  Identification of plan.

          Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants

62.2351  Identification of sources.

        Fluoride Emissions from Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants

62.2352  Identification of source--negative declaration.

Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Kraft Pulp Mills and Tall Oil Plants

62.2353  Identification of sources.
62.2354  Compliance schedules.

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To Combust Greater 
             Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.2355  Identification of sources.

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

62.2360  Identification of sources.

    Air Emissions From Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators

62.2370  Identification of sources.

                           Subpart L--Georgia

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

62.2600  Identification of plan.

          Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants

62.2601  Identification of sources.

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.2602  Identification of sources--negative declaration.

          Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Kraft Pulp Mills

62.2603  Identification of sources.
62.2604  [Reserved]

   Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants

62.2605  Identification of sources--negative declaration.

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity to Combust Greater 
             Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Soild Waste

62.2606  Identification of sources.

[[Page 319]]

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

62.2607  Identification of sources.

    Air Emissions From Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators

62.2608  Identification of sources.

Subpart M [Reserved]

                            Subpart N--Idaho

        Fluoride Emissions from Existing Primary Aluminum Plants

62.3100  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

 Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds, Particulates and Nitrogen Oxide 
 Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators

62.3110  Identification of plan.

    Control of Non-Methane Organic Compounds Emissions From Existing 
                     Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

62.3120  Identification of plan.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.3130   Identification of plan--negative declaration.

                           Subpart O--Illinois

  Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Existing Sulfuric Acid Production 
                                 Plants

62.3300  Identification of plan.

          Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Kraft Pulp Mills

62.3325  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

62.3330  Identification of plan.
62.3331  Identification of sources.
62.3332  Effective date.

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
        Existing Hospital / Medical Infectious Waste Incinerators

62.3340  Identification of plan.
62.3341  Identification of sources.
62.3342  Effective date.

 Metal, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
Existing Municipal Waste Combustors with the Capacity to Combust Greater 
             Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.3350  Identification of plan.

                           Subpart P--Indiana

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.3600  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

        Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Plants

62.3625  Identification of plan.

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

62.3630  Identification of plan.
62.3631  Identification of sources.
62.3632  Effective date.

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
         Existing Hospital/Medical Infectious Waste Incinerators

62.3640  Identification of plan.
62.3641  Identification of sources.
62.3642  Effective date.

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To Combust Greater 
             Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.3650  Identification of plan.
62.3651  Identification of sources.
62.3652  Effective date.

                             Subpart Q--Iowa

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

62.3850  Identification of plan.

    Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Production Plants

62.3851  Identification of sources.

      Fluoride Emissions From Existing Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.3852  Identification of sources.

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills

62.3853  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

[[Page 320]]

   Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants

62.3854  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills

62.3910  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.3911  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

Emissions from Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity to 
     Burn Greater than 35 Megagrams Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.3912  Identification of plan-negative declaration.

       Air Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

62.3913  Identification of plan.

     Air Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste 
                              Incinerators

62.3914  Identification of plan.

                            Subpart R--Kansas

      Flouride Emissions From Existing Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.4100  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills

62.4125  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

   Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants

62.4150  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Production Plants

62.4175  Identification of plan.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.4176  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
     Burn Greater than 35 Megagrams Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.4177  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

       Air Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

62.4178  Identification of plan.

     Air Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste 
                              Incinerators

62.4179  Identification of plan.

                           Subpart S--Kentucky

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

62.4350  Identification of plan.

          Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants

62.4351  Identification of sources.

           Total Reduced Sulfur From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills

62.4352  Identification of sources.

   Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants

62.4353  Identification of sources.

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.4354  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

62.4355  Identification of sources.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.4370   Identification of plan--negative declaration.

                          Subpart T--Louisiana

   Plan for Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

62.4620  Identification of plan.
62.4621  Emission standards and compliance schedules.
62.4622  Emission inventories, source surveillance, reports.
62.4623  Legal authority.

[[Page 321]]

          Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants

62.4624  Identification of sources.

      Fluoride Emissions From Existing Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.4625  Identification of sources.
62.4626  Effective date.

        Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Plants

62.4627  Identification of sources.
62.4628  Effective date.

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills

62.4629  Identification of sources.
62.4630  Effective date.

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

62.4631  Identification of Sources.
62.4632  Effective Date.

   Air Emissions From Hazardous/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators

62.4633  Identification of sources.

                             Effective Date

62.4634  Effective date.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.4650   Identification of plan--negative declaration.

                            Subpart U--Maine

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

62.4845  Identification of plan.

        Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Plants

62.4875  Identification of sources--negative declaration.

          Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants

62.4900  Identification of sources.

           Total Reduced Sulfur from Existing Kraft Pulp Mills

62.4925  Identification of sources.

           Flouride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.4950  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To Combust Greater 
             Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.4975  Identification of sources.

                           Subpart V--Maryland

   Plan for Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

62.5100  Identification of plan.

          Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants

62.5101  Identification of sources.

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills

62.5102  Identification of sources.

        Fluoride Emissions From Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants

62.5103  Identification of sources.

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
 Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With a Unit Capacity Greater Than 
                            250 Tons Per Day

62.5110  Identification of plan.
62.5111  Identification of sources.
62.5112  Effective date.

  Landfill Gas Emissions from Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

62.5150  Identification of plan.
62.5151  Identification of sources.
62.5152  Effective date.

 Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators 
                    (HMIWIs)--Section 111(d)/129 Plan

62.5160  Identification of plan.
62.5161  Identification of sources.
62.5162  Effective date.

                        Subpart W--Massachusetts

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.5350  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

     Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants

62.5351  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

[[Page 322]]

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mils

62.5375  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

        Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Plants

62.5400  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

                           Subpart X--Michigan

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.5600  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

                          Subpart Y--Minnesota

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.5850  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

62.5860  Identification of plan.
62.5861  Identification of sources.
62.5862  Effective date.

                Existing Large Municipal Waste Combustors

62.5870  Identification of plan.
62.5871  Identification of sources.
62.5872  Effective date.

                         Subpart Z--Mississippi

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

62.6100  Identification of plan.

          Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants

62.6110  Identification of sources.

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.6120  Identification of sources.

        Fluoride Emissions From Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants

62.6121  Identification of sources--negative declaration.

          Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Kraft Pulp Mills

62.6122  Identification of sources.

                       Municipal Waste Combustors

62.6123  Identification of sources--negative declaration.

    Air Emissions from Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators

62.6124  Identification of sources.
62.6125  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

                          Subpart AA--Missouri

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

62.6350  Identification of plan.

      Fluoride Emissions From Existing Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.6351  Identification of sources.

   Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants

62.6352  Identification of sources.

    Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Production Plants

62.6353  Identification of sources.

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills

62.6354  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.6355  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
     Burn Greater than 35 Megagrams Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.6356  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

       Air Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

62.6357  Identification of plan.

     Air Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste 
                              Incinerators

62.6358  Identification of plan.

                           Subpart BB--Montana

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

62.6600  Identification of plan.
62.6601  Identification of sources.
62.6602  Effective date.

    Air Emissions From Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators

62.6610  Identification of plan.
62.6611  Identification of sources.

[[Page 323]]

62.6612  Effective date.

      Fluoride Emissions From Existing Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.6613  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.6620  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

                          Subpart CC--Nebraska

      Fluoride Emissions From Existing Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.6850  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

     Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants

62.6875  Identification plan--negative declaration.

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills

62.6880  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

   Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants

62.6910  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.6911  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
     Burn Greater than 35 megagrams Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.6912  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

       Air Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

62.6913  Identification of plan.

     Air Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste 
                              Incinerators

62.6914  Identification of plan.

                           Subpart DD--Nevada

   Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfill

62.7100  Identification of plan.
62.7101  Identification of sources.
62.7102  Effective date.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.7120  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

                        Subpart EE--New Hampshire

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

62.7325  Identification of plan.

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.7350  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Sulfuric Acid Production Units

62.7375  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

        Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Plants

62.7400  Identification of sources--negative declaration.

           Total Reduced Sulfur From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills

62.7425  Identification of sources.

     Air Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste 
                              Incinerators

62.7450   Identification of sources.

                         Subpart FF--New Jersey

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.7600  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

          Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Kraft Pulp Mills

62.7601  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

        Fluoride Emissions From Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants

62.7602  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

                         Subpart GG--New Mexico

62.7850  Identification of plan.

         Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Sulfuric Acid Plants

62.7851  Identification of sources.

[[Page 324]]

             Fluoride Emissions From Primary Aluminum Plants

62.7852  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

          Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Kraft Pulp Mills

62.7853  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.7854  Identification of plan--negative declaration

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Soild Waste Landfills

62.7855  Identification of plan.
62.7856  Identification of sources.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.7857  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

                          Subpart HH--New York

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.8100  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

     Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants

62.8102  Identification of plan.

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity to Combust Greater 
             Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.8103  Identification of plan.

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

62.8104  Identification of plan.

 Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds, Particulates and Nitrogen Oxide 
 Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators

62.8105  Identification of plan.

                       Subpart II--North Carolina

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

62.8350  Identification of plan.

          Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants

62.8351  Identification of sources.

        Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Plants

62.8352  Identification of sources.

          Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Kraft Pulp Mills

62.8353  Identification of sources.

                        Subpart JJ--North Dakota

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

62.8600  Identification of plan.
62.8601  Identification of sources.
62.8602  Effective date.

    Air Emissions From Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators

62.8610  Identification of plan.
62.8611  Identification of sources.
62.8612  Effective date.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.8620  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

                            Subpart KK--Ohio

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.8850  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

          Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Kraft Pulp Mills

62.8860  Identification of plan--disapproval.

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

62.8870  Identification of plan.
62.8871  Identification of sources.
62.8872  Effective date.

                          Subpart LL--Oklahoma

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

62.9100  Identification of plan.

          Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants

62.9110  Identification of sources.

[[Page 325]]

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.9120  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

             Fluoride Emissions From Primary Aluminum Plants

62.9130  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

           Total Reduced Sulfur From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills

62.9140  Identification of source.

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
Existing Municipal Waste Combustors with the Capacity To Combust Greater 
             Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.9150  Identification of sources.

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

62.9160  Identification of sources.

   Air Emissions From Hazardous/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators

62.9170  Identification of sources.

                             Effective Date

62.9171  Effective date.

                           Subpart MM--Oregon

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                            (Section 111(d))

62.9350  Identification of plan.

        Fluoride Emissions From Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants

62.9360  Identification of sources.

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.9500  Identification of sources.

    Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Sulfuric Acid Production Units

62.9501  Identification of sources.

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity to Combust Greater 
            Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Wastes.

62.9505  Identification of sources.

 Control of Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste 
                                Landfills

62.9510  Identification of sources.

 Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds, Particulates and Nitrogen Oxide 
 Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators

62.9515  Identification of sources--Negative declaration.

                        Subpart NN--Pennsylvania

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.9600  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

     Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants

62.9601  Identification of plan.

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills

62.9610  Identification of plan--negative declaration.
62.9611  Identification of plan--Pennsylvania.

        Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Plants

62.9620  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

62.9630  Identification of plan.
62.9631  Identification of sources.
62.9632  Effective date.

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
 Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With a Unit Capacity Greater Than 
                            250 Tons per Day

62.9640  Identification of plan.
62.9641  Identification of sources.
62.9642  Effective date.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.9643  Identification of plan--negative declaration.
62.9644  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

 Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators 
                    (HMIWIs)--Section 111(d)/129 Plan

62.9660  Identification of plan.
62.9661  Identification of sources.
62.9662  Effective date.

                        Subpart OO--Rhode Island

62.9825  Identification of plan.

[[Page 326]]

           Flouride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.9850  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Sulfuric Acid Production Units

62.9875  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills

62.9900  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

        Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Plants

62.9950  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

   Municipal Waste Combustor Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste 
Combustors With the Capacity To Combust Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of 
                          Municipal Solid Waste

62.9975  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

     Air Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste 
                              Incinerators

62.9990  Identification of sources.

                       Subpart PP--South Carolina

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

62.10100  Identification of plan.

              Sulfuric Acid Mist From Sulfuric Acid Plants

62.10110  Identification of sources.

          Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Kraft Pulp Mills

62.10120  Identification of sources.

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.10130  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

   Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants

62.10140  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds And Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With The Capacity To Combust Greater 
             Than 250 Tons Per Day Of Municipal Solid Waste

62.10150  Identification of sources.

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

62.10160  Identification of sources.

    Air Emissions From Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators

62.10170  Identification of sources.

                        Subpart QQ--South Dakota

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

62.10350  Identification of plan.
62.10351  Identification of sources.
62.10352  Effective date.

    Air Emissions From Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators

62.10360  Identification of plan.
62.10361  Identification of sources.
62.10362  Effective date.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.10370  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

                          Subpart RR--Tennessee

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.10602  Identification of sources--negative declaration.

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills

62.10625  Identification of plan.

 Plan For The Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

62.10626  Identification of plan.

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds And Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With The Capacity To Combust Greater 
             Than 250 Tons Per Day Of Municipal Solid Waste

62.10627  Identification of sources.

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

62.10628  Identification of sources.

                            Subpart SS--Texas

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

62.10850  Identification of plan.

[[Page 327]]

          Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants

62.10860  Identification of sources.

           Total Reduced Sulfur From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills

62.10870  Identification of sources.

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

62.10880  Identification of sources.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.10890  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

                            Subpart TT--Utah

           Fluoride From Existing Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.11100  Identification of plan.

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

62.11110  Identification of plan.
62.11111  Identification of sources.
62.11112  Effective date.

    Air Emissions From Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators

62.11120  Identification of plan.
62.11121  Identification of sources.
62.11122  Effective date.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.11130  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

                           Subpart UU--Vermont

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.11350  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Sulfuric Acid Production Units

62.11375  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills

62.11400  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

        Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Plants

62.11425  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

   Municipal Waste Combustor Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste 
Combustors With the Capacity To Combust Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of 
                          Municipal Solid Waste

62.11450  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

     Air Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste 
                              Incinerators

62.11475  Identification of Plan--negative declaration.

                          Subpart VV--Virginia

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.11600  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

     Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants

62.11601  Identification of plan.

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills

62.11610  Identification of plan.
62.11611-62.11619   [Reserved--plan not submitted]

        Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Plants

62.11620  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

                         Subpart WW--Washington

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.11850  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

Plans for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

62.11860  Identification of plan.

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity to Combust Greater 
             Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.11870  Identification of sources.

[[Page 328]]

                        Subpart XX--West Virginia

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.12100  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.12110   Identification of plan--negative declaration.

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills 
                         (Section 111(d)) Plan)

62.12125  Identification of plan.
62.12126  Identification of sources.
62.12127  Effective date.

 Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators 
                    (HMIWIs)--SECTION 111(d)/129 Plan

62.12150  Identification of plan.
62.12151  Identification of sources.
62.12152  Effective date.

                          Subpart YY--Wisconsin

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.12350  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.12360  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

                           Subpart ZZ-Wyoming

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

62.12600  Identification of plan.
62.12601  Identification of sources.
62.12602  Effective date.

    Air Emissions From Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators

62.12610  Identification of plan.
62.12611  Identification of sources.
62.12612  Effective date.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.12620  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

Subpart AAA [Reserved]

                        Subpart BBB--Puerto Rico

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.13100  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Sulfuric Acid Production Plants

62.13101  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

        Fluoride Emissions From Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants

62.13102  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

               Total Reduced Sulfur From Kraft Pulp Mills

62.13103  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.13104  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

                       Subpart CCC--Virgin Islands

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants

62.13350  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Sulfuric Acid Production Plants

62.13351  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

          Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Kraft Pulp Mills

62.13352  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

        Fluoride Emissions From Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants

62.13353  Identification of plant--negative declaration.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

62.13354   Identification of plan--negative declaration.

Subparts DDD-EEE [Reserved]

[[Page 329]]

    Subpart FFF--Federal Plan Requirements For Large Municipal Waste 
         Combustors Constructed On Or Before September 20, 1994

62.14100  Scope and delegation of authority.
62.14101  Definitions.
62.14102  Affected facilities.
62.14103  Emission limits for municipal waste combustor metals, acid 
          gases, organics, and nitrogen oxides.
62.14104  Requirements for municipal waste combustor operating 
          practices.
62.14105  Requirements for municipal waste combustor operating training 
          and certification.
62.14106  Emission limits for municipal waste combustor fugitive ash 
          emissions.
62.14107  Emission limits for air curtain incinerators.
62.14108  Compliance schedules.
62.14109  Reporting and recordkeeping, and compliance and performance 
          testing.

Table 1 of Subpart FFF--Units Excluded From Subpart FFF
Table 2 of Subpart FFF--Nitrogen Oxides Requirements for Affected 
          Facilities
Table 3 of Subpart FFF--Municipal Waste Combustor Operating Requirements
Table 4 of Subpart FFF--Generic Compliance Schedule and Increments of 
          Progress (Pre-1987 MWCs)
Table 5 of Subpart FFF--Generic Compliance Schedules and Increments of 
          Progress (Post-1987 MWCs)
Table 6 of Subpart FFF--Site-specific Compliance Schedules and 
          Increments of Progress

    Subpart GGG--Federal Plan Requirements for Municipal Solid Waste 
Landfills That Commenced Construction Prior to May 30, 1991 and Have Not 
            Been Modified or Reconstructed Since May 30, 1991

62.14350  Scope and delegation of authority.
62.14351  Definitions.
62.14352  Designated facilities.
62.14353  Standards for municipal solid waste landfill emissions.
62.14354  Procedures, test methods, and monitoring.
62.14355  Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
62.14356  Compliance schedules and increments of progress.

Table 1 of Subpart GGG--States That Have an Approved and Effective State 
          Plan
Table 2 of Subpart GGG--States that Submitted a Negative Declaration 
          Letter
Table 3 of Subpart GGG--Generic Compliance Schedule and Increments of 
          Progress
Table 4 of Subpart GGG--Site-Specific Compliance Schedules and 
          Increments of Progress [Reserved]

Subpart HHH--Federal Plan Requirements for Hospital/ Medical/Infectious 
        Waste Incinerators Constructed on or Before June 20, 1996

                              Applicability

62.14400  Am I subject to this subpart?
62.14401  How do I determine if my HMIWI is covered by an approved and 
          effective State or Tribal plan?
62.14402  If my HMIWI is not listed on the Federal plan inventory, am I 
          exempt from this subpart?
62.14403  What happens if I modify an existing HMIWI?

                             Emission Limits

62.14410  Are there different emission limits for different locations 
          and sizes of HMIWI?
62.14411  What emission limits apply to my HMIWI?
62.14412  What stack opacity requirements apply?
62.14413  When do the emission limits and stack opacity requirements 
          apply?

                   Operator Training and Qualification

62.14420  Am I required to have a trained and qualified operator?
62.14421  How does an operator become trained and qualified?
62.14422  What are the requirements for a training course that is not 
          part of a State-approved program?
62.14423  What are the qualification requirements for operators who do 
          not participate in a State-approved program?
62.14424  What documentation must I maintain onsite?
62.14425  When must I review the documentation?

                          Waste Management Plan

62.14430  Must I prepare a waste management plan?
62.14431  What must my waste management plan include?
62.14432  When must my waste management plan be completed?

                         Inspection Requirements

62.14440  Which HMIWI are subject to inspection requirements?
62.14441  When must I inspect my small rural HMIWI?
62.14442  What must my inspection include?
62.14443  When must I do repairs?

[[Page 330]]

             Performance Testing and Monitoring Requirements

62.14450  What are the testing requirements for small rural HMIWI?
62.14451  What are the testing requirements for HMIWI that are not small 
          rural?
62.14452  What test methods and procedures must I use?
62.14453  What must I monitor?
62.14454  How must I monitor the required parameters?
62.14455  What if my HMIWI goes outside of a parameter limit?

                Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements

62.14460  What records must I maintain?
62.14461  For how long must I maintain records?
62.14462  Where must I keep the records?
62.14463  What reporting requirements must I satisfy?
62.14464  When must I submit reports?
62.14465  Who must sign all submitted reports?

                           Compliance Schedule

62.14470  When must I comply with this subpart if I plan to continue 
          operation of my HMIWI?
62.14471  When must I comply with this subpart if I plan to shut down?
62.14472  When must I comply with this subpart if I plan to shut down 
          and later restart?

                          Permitting Obligation

62.14480  Does this subpart require me to obtain an operating permit 
          under title V of the Clean Air Act and implementing 
          regulations?
62.14481  When must I submit a title V permit application for my HMIWI?

                               Definitions

62.14490  Definitions.

                         Delegation of Authority

62.14495  What authorities will be retained by the EPA Administrator?

Table 1 of Subpart HHH of Part 62--Emission Limits for Small Rural, 
          Small, Medium, and Large HMIWI
Table 2 of Subpart HHH of Part 62--Toxic Equivalency Factors
Table 3 of Subpart HHH of Part 62--Operating Parameters To Be Monitored 
          and Minimum Measurement and Recording Frequencies

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q.

    Source: 43 FR 51393, Nov. 3, 1978, unless otherwise noted.



                      Subpart A--General Provisions



Sec. 62.01  Definitions.

    As used in this part, all terms not defined herein shall have the 
meaning given to them in the Clean Air Act and in part 60 of this 
chapter.



Sec. 62.02  Introduction.

    (a) This part sets forth the Administrator's approval and 
disapproval of State plans for the control of pollutants and facilities 
under section 111(d), and section 129 as applicable, of the Act, and the 
Administrator's promulgation of such plans or portions of plans thereof. 
Approval of a plan or any portion of a plan is based on a determination 
by the Administrator that it meets the requirements of section 111(d), 
and section 129 as applicable, of the Act and provisions of part 60 of 
this chapter.
    (b) If a State does not submit a complete, approvable plan, the 
Administrator may then promulgate a substitute plan or part of a plan. 
The promulgated provision, plus the approved parts of the State plan, 
constitute the applicable plan for purposes of the act.
    (c) The Administrator will promulgate substitute provisions for the 
disapproved regulatory provisions only. If a nonregulatory provision is 
disapproved, however, it will be noted in this part and a detailed 
explanation will be sent to the State.
    (d) All approved regulatory provisions of each plan are incorporated 
by reference in this part. Section 62.12 provides information on 
availability of applicable plans. The Administrator and State and local 
agencies shall enforce (1) regulatory provisions of a plan approved or 
promulgated by the Administrator, and (2) all permit conditions or 
denials issued in carrying out the approved or promulgated regulations 
for the review of designated facilities.
    (e) Each State's plan is dealt with in a separate subpart, with 
separate headings for different pollutants and facilities. The plans 
shall include an introductory section identifying the plan by

[[Page 331]]

name and the date of its submittal. Additional sections are included as 
necessary to specifically identify disapproved provisions, to set forth 
reasons for disapproval, and to set forth provisions of the plan 
promulgated by the Administrator. Except as otherwise specified, all 
supplemental information submitted to the Administrator with respect to 
any plan has been submitted by the Governor of the State.
    (f) Revisions to applicable plans will be included in this part when 
approved or promulgated by the Administrator.
    (g) Substitute plans promulgated by the Administrator for States 
that do not have approved plans are contained in separate subparts that 
appear after the subparts for States. These Federal plans include 
sections identifying the applicability of the plan, emission limits, 
compliance schedules, recordkeeping and reporting, performance testing, 
and monitoring requirements.

[43 FR 51393, Nov. 3, 1978, as amended at 63 FR 63201, Nov. 12, 1998]



Sec. 62.03  Extensions.

    The Administrator may, whenever he determines necessary, extend the 
period for submission of any plan or plan revision or portion thereof.



Sec. 62.04  Approval status.

    The approval status of each State's plan or portions thereof, are 
set forth in each subpart. All plans are approved unless specifically 
disapproved in the appropriate subpart.



Sec. 62.05  Legal authority.

    (a) The Administrator's determination of the absence or inadequacy 
of legal authority required to be included in the plan is set forth in 
each subpart. This includes the legal authority of local agencies and 
State governmental agencies other than an air pollution control agency 
if such other agencies are assigned responsibility for carrying out a 
plan or portion thereof.
    (b) No legal authority as such is promulgated by the Administrator. 
Where required regulatory provisions are not included in the plan by the 
State because of inadequate authority, substitute provisions are 
promulgated by the Administrator.



Sec. 62.06  Negative declarations.

    A State may submit to the Administrator a letter certifying that no 
designated facilities exist in the State if such is the case. The 
negative declaration will be in lieu of a plan.



Sec. 62.07  Emission standards, compliance schedules.

    (a) In each subpart, emission standards and compliance schedules 
which have been disapproved by the Administrator are identified, and 
those promulgated by the Administrator are set forth.
    (b) The Administrator's approval or promulgation of any compliance 
schedule shall not affect the responsibility of the owner or operator to 
comply with any applicable emission limitation on or after the date for 
final compliance specified in the applicable schedule.



Sec. 62.08  Emission inventories and source surveillance.

    (a) Each subpart identifies the plan provisions for source 
surveillance which are disapproved, and sets forth the Administrator's 
promulgation of necessary provisions for requiring designated sources to 
maintain records, make reports, and submit information.
    (b) The Administrator will not promulgate provisions for disapproved 
State or local agency procedures for testing, inspection, investigation, 
or detection. However, detailed critiques of such portions will be 
provided to the State.



Sec. 62.09  Revision of plans by Administrator.

    After notice and opportunity for public hearing in each affected 
State, the Administrator may revise any provision of an applicable plan 
if:
    (a) The provision was promulgated by the Administrator and
    (b) The plan, as revised, will be consistent with the Act and with 
the requirements of part 60, subpart B of this chapter.



Sec. 62.10  Submission to Administrator.

    Except as otherwise provided in Sec. 60.23 of this chapter, all 
requests, reports, applications, submittals, and

[[Page 332]]

other communications to the Administrator pursuant to this part shall be 
submitted in duplicate and addressed to the appropriate Regional Office 
of the Environmental Protection Agency, to the attention of the 
Director, Air and Hazardous Materials Division (Environmental Programs 
Division in Region II). The Regional Offices are as follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Region and jurisdiction covered                  Address
------------------------------------------------------------------------
I--Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New   JFK Federal Building,
 Hampshire, Rhode Island, Vermont.           Boston, Mass. 02203.
II--New York, New Jersey, Puerto Rico,      Federal Office Building, 26
 Virgin Islands.                             Federal Plaza, New York,
                                             N.Y. 10007.
III--Delaware, District of Columbia,        Curtis Building, 6th and
 Pennsylvania, Maryland, Virginia, West      Walnut Sts., Philadelphia,
 Virginia.                                   Pa. 19106.
IV--Alabama, Florida, Georgia,              345 Courtland NE., Atlanta,
 Mississippi, Kentucky, North Carolina,      Ga. 30308.
 South Carolina, Tennessee.
V--Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Minnesota,  Mail Code A-17J, 77 West
 Ohio, Wisconsin.                            Jackson Blvd., Chicago, Il
                                             60604-3590.
VI--Arkansas, Louisiana, New Mexico,        1st International Building,
 Olkahoma, Texas.                            1201 Elm St., Dallas, Tex.
                                             75270.
VII--Iowa, Kansas, Missouri, Nebraska.....  1735 Baltimore St., Kansas
                                             City, Mo. 64108.
VIII--Colorado, Montana, North Dakota,      916 Lincoln Towers, 1860
 South Dakota, Utah, Wyoming.                Lincoln St., Denver, Colo.
                                             80203.
IX--Arizona, California, Hawaii, Nevada,    215 Fremont St., San
 Guam, American Samoa.                       Francisco, Calif. 94105.
X--Washington, Oregon, Idaho, Alaska......  1200 6th Ave., Seattle,
                                             Wash. 98101.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[43 FR 51393, Nov. 3, 1978, as amended at 62 FR 1834, Jan. 14, 1997]



Sec. 62.11  Severability.

    The provisions promulgated in this part and the various applications 
thereof are distinct and severable. If any provision of this part or the 
application thereof to any person or circumstances is held invalid, such 
invalidity shall not affect other provisions or application of such 
provision to other persons or circumstances which can be given effect 
without the invalid provision or application.



Sec. 62.12  Availability of applicable plans.

    Copies of the applicable plans will be available for public 
inspection at the following locations:
    (a) The offices of the Directors, Air and Hazardous Materials 
Divisions at EPA Regional Offices I, III-X, and the Director, 
Environmental Programs Division at EPA Regional Office II. The addresses 
and jurisdictions covered by these appear in Sec. 62.10.
    (b) Public Information Reference Unit, Library Systems Branch, EPA 
(PM 213), 401 M St., SW., Washington, DC 20460.



Sec. 62.13   Federal plans.

    The Federal plans apply to owners and operators of affected 
facilities that are not covered by an EPA approved and currently 
effective State or Tribal plan. This Federal plan, or portions thereof, 
also applies to each affected facility located in any State or portion 
of Indian country whose approved State or Tribal plan for that area is 
subsequently vacated in whole or in part. Affected facilities are 
defined in each Federal plan.
    (a) The substantive requirements of the municipal waste combustor 
Federal plan are contained in subpart FFF of this part. These 
requirements include emission limits, compliance schedules, testing, 
monitoring, and reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
    (b) The substantive requirements of the municipal solid waste 
landfills Federal plan are contained in subpart GGG of this part. These 
requirements include emission limits, compliance schedules, testing, 
monitoring, and reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
    (c) The substantive requirements of the hospital/ medical/infectious 
waste incinerator Federal plan are contained in subpart HHH of this 
part. These requirements include emission limits, compliance schedules, 
testing, monitoring and reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

[63 FR 63201, Nov. 12, 1998, as amended at 65 FR 49881, Aug. 15, 2000]



                           Subpart B--Alabama

    Authority: Sec. 110(a) and 111(d), Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7410(a) 
and 7411(d)).

    Source: 48 FR 31402, July 8, 1983, unless otherwise noted.

[[Page 333]]

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)



Sec. 62.100  Identification of plan.

    (a) Identification of plan. Alabama Designated Facility Plan 
(Section (d) Plan).
    (b) The plan was officially submitted as follows. (1) Control of 
sulfuric acid mist emissions from existing sulfuric acid production 
units, submitted on May 18, 1980;
    (2) Control of fluoride emissions from existing phosphate fertilizer 
plants, submitted on April 10, 1978.
    (3) Alabama Department of Environmental Management Plan For the 
Control of Landfill Gas Emissions at Existing Municipal Solid Waste 
Landfills, submitted on January 6, 1998, by the Alabama Department of 
Environmental Management.
    (4) State of Alabama Plan for Implementation of 40 CFR part 60, 
Subpart Cb, For Existing Municipal Waste Combustors, submitted on 
September 11, 1998, by the Alabama Department of Environmental 
Management.
    (5) Alabama Department of Environmental Management Plan for the 
Control of Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators, submitted on 
April 20, 1999, by the Alabama Department of Environmental Management.
    (c) Designated facilities. The plan applies to existing facilities 
in the following categories of sources:
    (1) Sulfuric acid plants;
    (2) Phosphate fertilizer plants.
    (3) Existing municipal solid waste landfills.
    (4) Existing municipal waste combustors.
    (5) Existing hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators.

[48 FR 31402, July 8, 1983, as amended at 63 FR 54058, Oct. 8, 1998; 63 
FR 63990, Nov. 18, 1998; 65 FR 18911, Apr. 10, 2000]

          Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants



Sec. 62.101  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities at the following sulfuric 
acid plants:
    (a) Acid plants operated by
    (1) Reichhold Chemical Company in Tuscaloosa,
    (2) Stauffer Chemical Company in Mobile, and
    (3) Estech Chemical in Dothan.
    (b) There are no oleum plants.
    (c) There are not sulfur-burning plants.
    (d) There are no bound sulfur feedstock plants.

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.102  Identification of sources.

    The plan currently does not identify any sources subject to its 
fluoride emission limits.

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills



Sec. 62.103  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing municipal solid waste landfills for 
which construction, reconstruction, or modification was commenced before 
May 30, 1991, that accepted waste at any time since November 8, 1987, or 
that have additional capacity available for future waste deposition, as 
described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc.

[63 FR 54058, Oct. 8, 1998]

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To Combust Greater 
             Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.104  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities with a municipal waste 
combustor (MWC) unit capacity greater than 250 tons per day of municipal 
solid waste (MSW) at the following MWC sites:
    (a) Solid Waste Disposal Authority of the City of Huntsville MWC, 
Huntsville, Alabama.
    (b) [Reserved]

[63 FR 63990, Nov. 18, 1998]

    Air Emissions From Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators



Sec. 62.105  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing hospital/medical/infectious waste 
incinerators

[[Page 334]]

for which construction, reconstruction, or modification was commenced 
before June 20, 1996, as described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Ce.

[65 FR 18911, Apr. 10, 2000]



                            Subpart C--Alaska

    Source: 44 FR 76281, Dec. 26, 1979, unless otherwise noted.

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.350  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation submitted on 
June 9, 1977, certification that there are no existing phosphate 
fertilizer plants in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of this 
chapter.

                   Acid Mist From Sulfuric Acid Plants



Sec. 62.351  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation submitted on 
June 9, 1977, certification that there are no existing sulfuric acid 
plants in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.

          Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.352  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation submitted on 
June 9, 1977, certification that there are no existing kraft pulp mills 
in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.

        Fluoride Emissions From Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants



Sec. 62.353  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation submitted on 
June 9, 1977, certification that there are no existing primary aluminum 
reduction plants in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of this 
chapter.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.354  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Department of Environmental Conservation submitted 
June 30, 1997 certifying that there are no existing municipal waste 
combustor units in the State of Alaska that are subject to part 60, 
subpart Cb, of this chapter.

[65 FR 33466, May 24, 2000]



                           Subpart D--Arizona

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

    Source: Sections 62.600 through 62.602 appear at 64 FR 50771, Sept. 
20, 1999, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 62.600  Identification of plan.

    The Arizona Department of Environmental Quality submitted on June 
17, 1997 and June 29, 1999 the State of Arizona's Section 111(d) Plan 
for Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills.



Sec. 62.601  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all existing municipal solid waste landfills for 
which construction, reconstruction, or modification was commenced before 
May 30, 1991, as described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc.



Sec. 62.602  Effective date.

    The effective date of EPA approval of the plan is November 19, 1999.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.620  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Department of Environmental Quality submitted June 
7, 1996 certifying that there are no existing municipal waste combustor 
units

[[Page 335]]

in the State of Arizona that are subject to part 60, subpart Cb, of this 
chapter.

[65 FR 33466, May 24, 2000]

 Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators

    Source: Sections 62.630 through 62.632 appear at 65 FR 38744, June 
22, 2000, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 62.630  Identification of plan.

    The Arizona Department of Environmental Quality submitted on 
November 16, 1999 the State of Arizona's section 111(d)/129 Plan for 
Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators (HMIWI). The 
submitted plan does not apply to sources located in Pima and Pinal 
counties.



Sec. 62.631  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing HMIWI for which construction was 
commenced on or before June 20, 1996, as described in 40 CFR part 60, 
subpart Ce.



Sec. 62.632  Effective date.

    The effective date of EPA approval of the plan is August 21, 2000.



                           Subpart E--Arkansas

    Source: 47 FR 20491, May 12, 1982, unless otherwise noted.

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)



Sec. 62.850  Identification of plan.

    (a) Identification of plan: Arkansas Plan for the Control of 
Designated Pollutants from Existing Plants (Section 111(d) Plan).
    (b) The plan was officially submitted as follows:
    (1) Control of sulfuric acid mist from sulfuric acid plants, and 
fluoride emissions from phosphate fertilizer plants, submitted on July 
11, 1979, having been adopted by the State on May 25, 1979, and letter 
dated August 6, 1981.
    (2) Control of total reduced sulfur (TRS) emissions from existing 
kraft pulp mills submitted by the Governor on February 28, 1983, and 
adopted by the State on January 28, 1983.
    (3) Revisions to the Plan adopted by the Arkansas Commission on 
Pollution Control and Ecology on July 24, 1992, effective August 30, 
1992, and a negative declaration for phosphate fertilizer plants dated 
September 2, 1992, submitted by the Governor on September 14, 1992.
    (4) Revisions to the Plan adopted by the Arkansas Commission on 
Pollution Control and Ecology on May 30, 1997, effective July 1, 1997, 
and submitted by the Governor on August 18, 1997.
    (c) Designated facilities: The plan applies to existing facilities 
in the following categories of sources:
    (1) Sulfuric acid plants.
    (2) Kraft pulp mills.

[47 FR 20491, May 12, 1982, as amended at 49 FR 35773, Sept. 12, 1984; 
63 FR 11608, Mar. 10, 1998]



Sec. 62.852  [Reserved]

      Fluoride Emissions From Existing Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.854  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    On September 24, 1992, the Arkansas Department of Pollution Control 
and Ecology submitted a negative declaration, signed by the Chief of the 
Air Division on September 2, 1992, certifying that there are no existing 
phosphate fertilizer plants in the State of Arkansas subject to part 60, 
subpart B, of this chapter.

[63 FR 11608, Mar. 10, 1998]

     Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants



Sec. 62.855  Identification of sources.

    (a) The plan applies to existing facilities at the following 
existing sulfuric acid plant:
    (1) El Dorado Chemical Company in El Dorado, Arkansas.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (b) [Reserved]

[63 FR 11608, Mar. 10, 1998]

[[Page 336]]

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.865  Identification of sources.

    (a) The plan applies to existing facilities at the following kraft 
pulp mill plants:
    (1) International Paper Company in Camden, Arkansas.
    (2) International Paper Company in Pine Bluff, Arkansas.
    (3) Green Bay Packaging, Arkansas Kraft Division in Morrilton, 
Arkansas.
    (4) Gaylord Container Corporation in Pine Bluff, Arkansas.
    (5) Georgia-Pacific Corporation in Crossett, Arkansas.
    (6) Georgia-Pacific Corporation in Ashdown, Arkansas.
    (7) Potlatch Corporation of McGehee, Arkansas.
    (b) [Reserved]

[49 FR 35773, Sept. 12, 1984, as amended at 63 FR 11608, Mar. 10, 1998]



Sec. 62.866  Compliance schedule.

    The Compliance Schedules were submitted on December 16, 1985, by the 
Governor to control total reduced Sulfur emissions from the seven kraft 
pulp mills identified in Sec. 62.865(a). The schedules specify final 
compliance dates and enforceable increments to be as expeditiously as 
practicable but not more than six years from approval of the state 
regulations; i.e., October 12, 1990.

[51 FR 40803, Nov. 10, 1986]

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.875  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Department of Pollution Control and Ecology 
submitted July 1, 1997 certifying that there are no existing municipal 
waste combustor units in the State of Arkansas that are subject to part 
60, subpart Cb, of this chapter.

[65 FR 33466, May 24, 2000]



                          Subpart F--California

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

    Authority: Sec. 111 of the Clean Air Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 
7411).

    Source: 47 FR 28100, June 29, 1982, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 62.1100  Identification of plan.

    (a) State of California Designated Facility Plan (Section 111(d) 
Plan).
    (b) The plan was officially submitted as follows:
    (1) Control of fluoride emissions from existing facilities at 
phosphate fertilizer plants, submitted on February 26 and July 16, 1979 
and April 7, 1980 having been adopted by the Districts on December 1 and 
6, 1979 and January 9, 1979. A letter clarifying the plan was submitted 
on March 27, 1979. Revisions to the plan were submitted on September 23, 
1980 and February 5 and July 6, 1981.
    (2) Control of sulfuric acid mist from existing facilities at 
sulfuric acid production units, submitted on February 26, July 16, and 
September 7, 1979 and April 7, 1980, having been adopted by the 
Districts on December 1 and 6, 1978 and January 9, 1979. Revisions to 
the plan were submitted on October 31, 1980, February 18, and May 1, 
1981.
    (3) Control of total reduced sulfur (TRS) emissions from existing 
kraft pulping mills submitted as follows:
    (i) 9-25-79; submittal of existing rules; (a) Bay Area Air Quality 
Management District (AQMD) Rule 1, Regulation 12--Kraft Pulp Mills.
    (b) Humboldt County Air Pollution Control District Regulation 1; 
Rule 130--Definitions, Rule 240--Permit to Operate, Rule 450--Sulfide 
Emissions from Kraft Pulp Mills.
    (c) Shasta County Air Pollution Control District Rule 3:2--Specific 
Air Contaminants.
    (ii) 3-21-80; Clarification of Bay Area Rule 1, Regulation 12--Kraft 
Pulp Mills.
    (iii) 4-7-80; Summary of district rules and State laws that meet the 
requirements of 40 CFR, parts 60.23-60.26 for Designated Facilities in 
general.

[[Page 337]]

    (iv) 5-29-80; revision of Bay Area AQMD Rule 1, Regulation 12--Kraft 
Pulp Mills.
    (v) 9-5-80; Evidence of public hearing and annual report schedule 
defined for Bay Area Rule 1, Regulation 12--Kraft Pulp Mills.
    (vi) 11-4-81; (a) Humboldt County APCD Rules 130--Definitions; 240--
Permit to Operate; and 450--Kraft Pulp Mills amended (7-28-81).
    (b) Shasta County APCD Rule 3:2--Specific Contaminants amended (8-4-
81).
    (c) A summary of compliance of all districts with the requirements 
set forth in 40 CFR 60.23 through 60.26.
    (d) A list of witnesses appearing at Humboldt and Shasta Counties 
public hearings and a summary of testimonies Statewide emissions 
inventory of all TRS sources in the State.
    (4) [Reserved]
    (5) State of California's Section 111(d) Plan For Existing Municipal 
Solid Waste Landfills, submitted on September 26, 1997, June 26, 1998, 
November 9, 1998, and July 14, 1999 by the California Air Resources 
Board.
    (c) Designated facilities: The plans apply to existing facilities in 
the following categories of sources:
    (1) Existing phosphate fertilizer plants.
    (2) Existing sulfuric acid production units.
    (3) Existing kraft pulp mills.
    (4) [Reserved]
    (5) Existing municipal solid waste landfills.

[47 FR 28100, June 29, 1982, as amended at 47 FR 47384, Oct. 26, 1982; 
64 FR 51451, Sept. 23, 1999]

      Fluoride Emissions From Existing Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.1101  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities at the following phosphate 
fertilizer plants:
    (a) Occidental Chemical Company in San Joaquin County.
    (b) Simplot Company in Kings County.
    (c) Valley Nitrogen Products, Inc., in Fresno County.

  Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Existing Sulfuric Acid Production 
                                  Units



Sec. 62.1102  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities at the following sulfuric 
acid production units:
    (a) Allied Chemical Corporation in Alameda County.
    (b) Monsanto Company in Alameda County.
    (c) Occidental Chemical Company in Fresno County.
    (d) Stauffer Chemical Company in Alameda County.
    (e) Valley Nitrogen Products, Inc. in Kern County.

        Fluoride Emissions From Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants



Sec. 62.1103  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

     Total Reduced Sulphur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.1104  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities at the following kraft pulp 
mills:
    (a) Louisiana Pacific, Antioch, Contra Costa County Pulp Mill.
    (b) Louisiana Pacific Corp., Samoa Complex.
    (c) Crown Simpson Pulp Company, Fairhaven.
    (d) Simpson Paper Company, Shasta County Pulp Mill.

[47 FR 47385, Oct. 26, 1982]

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills



Sec. 62.1115  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing municipal solid waste landfills for 
which construction, reconstruction, or modification was commenced before 
May 30, 1991, as described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc.

[64 FR 51451, Sept. 23, 1999]

[[Page 338]]



                           Subpart G--Colorado

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills



Sec. 62.1350  Identification of plan.

    ``111(d) Plan for Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills Existing 
in Colorado'' and the associated State regulations in Part A of Colorado 
Regulation No. 6, submitted by the State on April 13, 1998.

[63 FR 40373, July 29, 1998]



Sec. 62.1351  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all existing municipal solid waste landfills for 
which construction, reconstruction, or modification was commenced before 
May 30, 1991 that accepted waste at any time since November 8, 1987 or 
that have additional capacity available for future waste deposition, as 
described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc.

[63 FR 40373, July 29, 1998]



Sec. 62.1352  Effective date.

    The effective date of the plan for municipal solid waste landfills 
is September 28, 1998.

[63 FR 40373, July 29, 1998]

    Air Emissions From Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators

    Source: Sections 62.1360 through 62.1362 appear at 65 FR 38740, June 
22, 2000, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 62.1360  Identification of plan.

    Section 111(d) Plan for Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste 
Incinerators and the associated State regulation in part A of Colorado 
Regulation No. 6, submitted by the State on December 22, 1998 and 
October 4, 1999.



Sec. 62.1361  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all existing hospital/medical/infectious waste 
incinerators for which construction was commenced on or before June 20, 
1996, as described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Ce.



Sec. 62.1362  Effective date.

    The effective date for the portion of the plan applicable to 
existing hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators is August 21, 
2000.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.1370  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Department of Public Health and Environment 
submitted July 30, 1996 certifying that there are no existing municipal 
waste combustor units in the State of Colorado that are subject to part 
60, subpart Cb, of this chapter.

[65 FR 33466, May 24, 2000]



                         Subpart H--Connecticut

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)



Sec. 62.1500  Identification of Plan.

    (a) Identification of Plan. Connecticut Plan for the Control of 
Designated Pollutants from Existing Plants (section 111(d) Plan).
    (b) The plan was officially submitted as follows:
    (1) Plan for Implementing the Municipal Waste Combustor Guidelines 
and New Source Performance Standards, submitted on October 1, 1999.
    (c) Designated facilities. The plan applies to existing sources, 
constructed on or before September 20, 1994, in the following categories 
of sources:
    (1) Existing municipal waste combustor units greater than 250 tons 
per day.

[65 FR 21358, Apr. 21, 2000]

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
 Existing Municipal Waste Combustor Units With the Capacity To Combust 
         Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.1501  Identification of sources.

    (a) The plan applies to the following existing municipal waste 
combustor facilities:
    (1) Bridgeport RESCO in Bridgeport.
    (2) Ogden Martin Systems of Bristol.

[[Page 339]]

    (3) Resource Recovery Systems of Mid-Connecticut in Hartford.
    (4) Riley Energy Systems of Lisbon.
    (5) American Ref-Fuel Company of Southeastern Connecticut in 
Preston.
    (b) [Reserved]

[65 FR 21358, Apr. 21, 2000]

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.1600  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The State Department of Environmental Protection submitted on 
November 30, 1977, a letter certifying that there are no existing 
phosphate fertilizer plants in the state subject to part 60, subpart B 
of this chapter.

[44 FR 54052, Sept. 18, 1979]

    Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Sulfuric Acid Production Units



Sec. 62.1625  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The State Department of Environmental Protection submitted on 
November 30, 1977, a letter certifying that there are no existing 
sulfuric acid plants in the state subject to part 60, subpart B of this 
chapter.

[44 FR 54052, Sept. 18, 1979]

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.1650  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The State Department of Environmental Protection submitted on 
December 28, 1988, a letter certifying that there are no existing kraft 
pulp mills in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.

[54 FR 9046 Mar. 3, 1989]

        Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Plants



Sec. 62.1700  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The State Department of Environmental Protection submitted on 
December 28, 1988, a letter certifying that there are no existing 
primary aluminum reduction plants in the State subject to part 60, 
subpart B of this chapter.

[54 FR 9046 Mar. 3, 1989]



                           Subpart I--Delaware

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.1850  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The Delaware Department of Natural Resources and Environmental 
Control submitted on November 7, 1977, a letter certifying that there 
are no existing phosphate fertilizer plants in the State subject to part 
60, subpart B of this chapter.

[45 FR 43412, June 27, 1980]

          Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants



Sec. 62.1875  Identification of plan.

    (a) Title of plan: State implementation plan for control of sulfuric 
acid mist from existing sulfuric acid plants.
    (b) The plan was officially submitted on September 8, 1978 with 
amendments submitted on December 29, 1980.
    (c) Identification of Sources: The plan includes the following 
sulfuric acid plants:
    (1) Allied Chemical Company, Claymont (New Castle County).

[47 FR 10536, Mar. 11, 1982]

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.1900  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The Delaware Department of Natural Resources and Environmental 
Control submitted on September 8, 1982, a letter certifying that there 
are no kraft pulp mills in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of 
this chapter.

[48 FR 10652, Mar. 14, 1983]

        Fluoride Emissions From Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants



Sec. 62.1925  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The Delaware Department of Natural Resources and Environmental 
Control

[[Page 340]]

submitted on September 8, 1982, a letter certifying that there are no 
primary aluminum reduction plants in the State subject to part 60, 
subpart B of this chapter.

[48 FR 10652, Mar. 14, 1983]

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

    Source: Sections 62.1950 through 62.1952 appear at 64 FR 50457, 
Sept. 17, 1999, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 62.1950  Identification of plan.

    Section 111(d) plan for municipal solid waste landfills and the 
associated Delaware Department of Natural Resources, Division of Air and 
Waste Management, Regulation No. 20, Section 28, as submitted on April 
23, 1998.



Sec. 62.1951  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all Delaware existing municipal solid waste 
landfills for which construction, reconstruction, or modification was 
commenced before May 30, 1991 and that accepted waste at any time since 
November 8, 1987, or that have additional capacity available for future 
waste deposition, as described in 40 CFR part 60, Subpart Cc.



Sec. 62.1952  Effective date.

    The effective date of the plan for municipal solid waste landfills 
is November 16, 1999.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.1960  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Department of Natural Resources and Environmental 
Control submitted March 26, 1996 certifying that there are no existing 
municipal waste combustor units in the State of Delaware that are 
subject to part 60, subpart Cb, of this chapter.

[65 FR 33466, May 24, 2000]

 Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators 
                    (HMIWI)--Section 111(d)/129 Plan

    Source: Sections 62.1975 through 62.1977 appear at 65 FR 20090, Apr. 
14, 2000, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 62.1975  Identification of plan.

    Section 111(d)/129 plan for HMIWI and the associated Delaware 
Department of Natural Resources, Division of Air and Waste Management, 
Regulation No. 20, section 29, as submitted on September 17, 1998.



Sec. 62.1976  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all Delaware existing HMIWI for which 
construction was commenced on or before June 20, 1996.



Sec. 62.1977  Effective date.

    The effective date of the plan for hospital/medical/infectious waste 
incinerators is June 13, 2000.



                     Subpart J--District of Columbia

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.2100  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The Department of Environmental Services submitted on December 12, 
1977 a letter certifying that there are no existing phosphate fertilizer 
plants in the District subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.

[45 FR 43412, June 27, 1980]

     Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants



Sec. 62.2101  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The Director, Department of Environmental Services submitted on 
March 7, 1978 a letter certifying there are no existing sulfuric acid 
production units in the District subject to part 60, subpart B of this 
chapter.

[46 FR 41783, Aug. 18, 1981]

[[Page 341]]

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.2110  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The Mayor of the District of Columbia submitted on July 16, 1980 a 
letter certifying there are no existing primary kraft pulp mills in the 
District subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.

[46 FR 41783, Aug. 18, 1981]

        Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Plants



Sec. 62.2120  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The Mayor of the District of Columbia submitted on May 29, 1980 a 
letter certifying there are no existing primary aluminum plants in the 
District subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.

[46 FR 41783, Aug. 18, 1981]

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.2130  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Department of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs 
submitted July 6, 1992 certifying that there are no existing municipal 
waste combustor units in the District of Columbia that are subject to 
part 60, subpart Cb, of this chapter.

[65 FR 33466, May 24, 2000]



                           Subpart K--Florida

    Authority: Secs. 110(a) and 111(d), Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7410(a) 
and 7411(d)).

    Source: 48 FR 31402, July 8, 1983, unless otherwise noted.

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)



Sec. 62.2350  Identification of plan.

    (a) Identification of plan. Florida Designated Facility Plan 
(Section 111(d) Plan).
    (b) The plan was officially submitted as follows. (1) Control of 
sulfuric acid mist emissions from existing sulfuric acid production 
units, submitted on December 14, 1978.
    (2) Control of total reduced sulfur (TRS) emissions from existing 
kraft pulp mills and tall oil plants (both new and existing) submitted 
on May 24, 1985, and revision submitted on June 10, 1986, by the Florida 
Department of Environmental Regulation (FDER). No action is taken on 
sections 17-2.600(4)(c)7 and 8.
    (3) The final compliance date to achieve the TRS emission limits for 
the black liquor evaporation system, the batch digester system and the 
continuous digester system for St. Joe Paper Company in Port St. Joe is 
September 14, 1989.
    (4) The final compliance date to achieve TRS emission limits for the 
No. 5 Multiple Effect Evaporation System, batch digester system and 
Kamyr digester system for Container Corporation of America in Fernandina 
Beach, Florida is June 1, 1990.
    (5) Control of metals, acid gases, organic compounds and nitrogen 
oxide emissions from existing municipal waste combustors was submitted 
by the Florida Department of Environmental Protection on November 18, 
1996.
    (6) State of Florida Department of Environmental Protection Section 
111(d) State Plan For Municipal Solid Waste Landfills, submitted on 
October 28, 1998, by the Florida Department of Environmental Protection.
    (7) State of Florida Department of Environmental Protection Section 
111(d) State Plan for Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators, 
submitted on September 16, 1999, by the Florida Department of 
Environmental Protection.
    (c) Designated facilities. The plan applies to existing facilities 
in the following categories of sources:
    (1) Sulfuric acid plants.
    (2) Kraft pulp mills.
    (3) Existing municipal waste combusters.
    (4) Existing municipal solid waste landfills.

[[Page 342]]

    (5) Existing hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators.

[48 FR 31402, July 8, 1983, as amended at 53 FR 30053, Aug. 10, 1988; 54 
FR 40003, Sept. 29, 1989; 54 FR 48102, Nov. 21, 1989; 62 FR 60787, Nov. 
13, 1997; 64 FR 29964, June 4, 1999; 65 FR 68908, Nov. 15, 2000]

          Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants



Sec. 62.2351  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities at the following sulfuric 
acid plants:
    (a) Acid plants operated by:
    (1) Occidental Petroleum Company in Hamilton County,
    (2) AMAX Phosphate Inc. in Manatee County,
    (3) Conserv Chemical in Nichols,
    (4) Farmland Industry in Bartow County,
    (5) W. R. Grace Company in Polk County,
    (6) Royster Fertilizer in Polk County,
    (7) USS Agrichemicals in Polk County,
    (8) Central Farmers Co-Op in Polk County,
    (9) Agrico Chemical Company in Polk County,
    (10) Gardinier, Inc. in Hillsborough County, and
    (11) ESTECH in Polk County.
    (b) There are no oleum plants.
    (c) There are no sulfur-burning plants.
    (d) There are no bound sulfur feedstock plants.

        Fluoride Emissions From Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants



Sec. 62.2352  Identification of source--negative declaration.

    The Florida Department of Environmental Regulation submitted on 
April 22, 1985, a letter certifying that there are no existing primary 
aluminum reduction plants in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of 
this chapter.

[50 FR 26204, June 25, 1985]

Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Kraft Pulp Mills and Tall Oil Plants



Sec. 62.2353  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities at the following existing 
kraft pulp plants and tall oil plants:
    (a) Alton Packaging Corporation in Jacksonville
    (b) Buckeye Cellulose Corporation in Perry
    (c) Champion International Corporation (Formerly St. Regis Paper 
Company) in Cantonment
    (d) Container Corporation of America in Fernandina Beach
    (e) Georgia-Pacific Corporation in Palatka
    (f) Jacksonville Kraft Paper Company in Jacksonville
    (g) St. Joe Paper Company in Port St. Joe
    (h) Southwest Forest Industries in Panama City
    (i) Arizona Chemical Company (Tall Oil Plant) in Panama City
    (j) Sylvachem Corporation (Tall Oil Plant) in Port St. Joe

[53 FR 30053, Aug. 10, 1988]



Sec. 62.2354  Compliance schedules.

    The State of Florida has provided that the individual source 
compliance schedules would be developed and submitted by the affected 
sources to the State following plan adoption; and that the increments of 
progress pursuant to 40 CFR 60.21(h) would be specified at that time; 
this is an acceptable procedure pursuant to 40 CFR 60.24(e)(2). However, 
the State must submit these schedules to EPA for approval; and these 
schedules must meet the public hearing requirements of 40 CFR 60.23 or 
ones deemed equivalent by the Administrator pursuant to 40 CFR 60.23(g).

[53 FR 30053, Aug. 10, 1988]

[[Page 343]]

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To Combust Greater 
             Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.2355  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities with a municipal waste 
combustor (MWC) unit capacity greater than 250 tons per day of municipal 
solid waste (MSW).

[62 FR 60787, Nov. 13, 1997]

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills



Sec. 62.2360  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing municipal solid waste landfills for 
which construction, reconstruction, or modification was commenced before 
May 30, 1991, that accepted waste at any time since November 8, 1987, or 
that have additional capacity available for future waste deposition, as 
described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc.

[64 FR 29964, June 4, 1999]

    Air Emissions From Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators



Sec. 62.2370  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing hospital/medical/infectious waste 
incinerators for which construction, reconstruction, or modification was 
commenced before June 20, 1996, as described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart 
Ce.

[65 FR 68908, Nov. 15, 2000]



                           Subpart L--Georgia

    Authority: Secs. 110(a) and 111(d), Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7410(a) 
and 7411(d)).

    Source: 48 FR 31402, July 8, 1983, unless otherwise noted.

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)



Sec. 62.2600  Identification of plan.

    (a) Identification of plan. Georgia Designated Facility Plan 
(Section 111(d) Plan).
    (b) The plan was officially submitted as follows. (1) Control of 
sulfuric acid mist emissions from existing sulfuric acid production 
units, submitted on January 31, 1978;
    (2) Control of total reduced sulfur emissions from existing 
facilities at kraft pulp mills, submitted on January 8, 1982.
    (3) A compliance schedule for sources subject to the plan for the 
control of total reduced sulfur emissions from existing kraft pulp mills 
and a starting date for such rule, submitted on June 3, 1988.
    (4) State of Georgia Plan for Implementation of 40 CFR Part 60, 
Subpart Cb, For Existing Municipal Waste Combustors, submitted on 
November 13, 1997, by the Georgia Department of Natural Resources.
    (5) State of Georgia Plan for Implementation of 40 CFR Part 60, 
Subpart Cc, For Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills, submitted on 
January 20, 1998, by the Georgia Department of Natural Resources.
    (6) State of Georgia Plan for Implementation of 40 CFR Part 60, 
Subpart Ce, for Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators 
Constructed on or Before June 20, 1996, submitted on September 15, 1998, 
by the Georgia Department of Natural Resources.
    (c) Designated facilities. The plan applies to existing facilities 
in the following categories of sources:
    (1) Sulfuric acid plants;
    (2) Kraft pulp mills.
    (3) Existing municipal waste combustors.
    (4) Existing municipal solid waste landfills.
    (5) Existing hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators.

[48 FR 31402, July 9, 1983, as amended at 63 FR 27496, May 19, 1998; 63 
FR 63416, Nov. 13, 1998; 65 FR 10024, Feb. 25, 2000]

[[Page 344]]

          Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants



Sec. 62.2601  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities at the following sulfuric 
acid plants:
    (a) Sulfur-burning plants operated by:
    (1) American Cyanamid Company in Savannah, and
    (2) Cities Service Company in Augusta.
    (b) Oleum plant of Cities Service Company in Augusta.
    (c) There are no bound sulfur feedstock plants.

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.2602  Identification of     sources--negative declaration.

    The Georgia Environmental Protection Division submitted on July 14, 
1977, a letter certifying that there are no existing phosphate 
fertilizer plants in the State subject to part 60, subpart B, of this 
chapter.

          Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.2603  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities at the following kraft pulp 
mills:
    (a) Continental Can in Augusta,
    (b) Continental Can in Port Wentworth,
    (c) Brunswick in Brunswick,
    (d) Georgia Kraft in Rome,
    (e) Georgia Kraft in Macon,
    (f) Gilman in St. Marys,
    (g) Great Southern in Cedar Springs,
    (h) Interstate in Riceboro,
    (i) ITT Rayonier in Jesup,
    (j) Owens-Illinois in Valdosta, and
    (k) Union Camp in Savannah.



Sec. 62.2604  [Reserved]

   Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants



Sec. 62.2605  Identification of sources--negative declaration.

    The Georgia Environmental Protection Division submitted a letter on 
October 19, 1983, certifying that there are no existing primary aluminum 
reduction plants in the State of Georgia subject to 40 CFR part 60, 
subpart B, of this chapter.

[49 FR 3855, Jan. 31, 1984]

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity to Combust Greater 
             Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.2606  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities with a municipal waste 
combustor (MWC) unit capacity greater than 250 tons per day of municipal 
solid waste (MSW) at the following MWC sites:
    (1) Savannah Energy Systems Company, Savannah, Georgia.
    (2) [Reserved]

[63 FR 27496, May 19, 1998]

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills



Sec. 62.2607  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing municipal solid waste landfills for 
which construction, reconstruction, or modification was commenced before 
May 30, 1991, that accepted waste at any time since November 8, 1987, or 
that have additional capacity available for future waste deposition, as 
described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc.

[63 FR 63416, Nov. 13, 1998]

    Air Emissions From Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators



Sec. 62.2608  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing hospital/medical/infectious waste 
incinerators for which construction, reconstruction, or modification was 
commenced before June 20, 1996, as described in 40 CFR Part 60, Subpart 
Ce.

[65 FR 10024, Feb. 25, 2000]

Subpart M [Reserved]

[[Page 345]]



                            Subpart N--Idaho

        Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Plants



Sec. 62.3100  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The State of Idaho Department of Health and Welfare submitted on 
February 23, 1981, certification that there are no existing primary 
aluminum plants in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of this 
chapter.

[47 FR 47250, Oct. 25, 1982]

 Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds, Particulates and Nitrogen Oxide 
 Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators



Sec. 62.3110  Identification of plan.

    (a) The Idaho Division of Environmental Quality submitted to the 
Environmental Protection Agency a State Plan for the control of air 
emissions from Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators on 
December 16, 1999.
    (b) Identification of Sources: The Idaho State Plan applies to all 
existing HMIWI facilities for which construction was commenced on or 
before June 20, 1996, as described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Ce. (This 
plan does not apply to facilities on tribal lands).
    (c) The effective date for the portion of the plan applicable to 
existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators is June 20, 
2000.

[65 FR 21361, Apr. 21, 2000]

    Control of Non-Methane Organic Compounds Emissions From Existing 
                     Municipal Solid Waste Landfills



Sec. 62.3120  Identification of plan.

    (a) The Idaho Division of Environmental Quality submitted to the 
Environmental Protection Agency a State Plan for the control of air 
emissions from Municipal Solid Waste Landfills on December 16, 1999.
    (b) Identification of Sources: The Idaho State Plan applies to all 
existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills which commenced construction, 
reconstruction, or modification before May 30, 1991, as described in 40 
CFR part 60, subpart Cc. (This plan does not apply to facilities on 
tribal lands).
    (c) The effective date for the portion of the plan applicable to 
existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills is May 30, 2000.

[65 FR 16323, Mar. 28, 2000]

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.3130  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Department of Health and Welfare submitted October 
28, 1996 certifying that there are no existing municipal waste combustor 
units in the State of Idaho that are subject to part 60, subpart Cb, of 
this chapter.

[65 FR 33466, May 24, 2000]



                           Subpart O--Illinois

  Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Existing Sulfuric Acid Production 
                                 Plants



Sec. 62.3300  Identification of plan.

    (a) Title of Plan: ``Illinois Plan for the Control of Sulfuric Acid 
Mist from Existing Contract Process Sulfuric Acid Plants.''
    (b) The plan was officially submitted on August 10, 1978.
    (c) Identification of sources: The plan includes the following 
sulfuric acid production plants:
    (1) Beker Industries in LaSalle County.
    (2) U.S.I. Chemical Company in Douglas County.
    (3) Mobil Chemical Company in Bureau County.
    (4) Swift Chemical Company in Cook County.
    (5) American Cyanamid Company in Will County.
    (6) Amax Zinc Company in St. Clair County.
    (7) Monsanto Company in St. Clair County.
    (8) Smith Douglas--Division of Border Chemical in Livingston County.

[46 FR 57896, Nov. 27, 1981]

[[Page 346]]

          Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.3325  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The Illinois Environmental Protection Agency submitted on July 23, 
1979, a letter certifying that there are no existing kraft pulp mills in 
the State subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.

[46 FR 57896 Nov. 27, 1981]

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills



Sec. 62.3330  Identification of plan.

    The Illinois Plan for implementing the Federal Municipal Solid Waste 
Landfill Emission Guidelines to control air emissions from existing 
landfills in the State was submitted on July 21, 1998. The Illinois 
rules for Municipal Solid Waste Landfills are primarily found in Title 
35: Environmental Protection; Subtitle B: Air Pollution; Chapter I: 
Pollution Control Board; Subchapter C: Emission Standards and 
Limitations for Stationary Sources; Part 220: Nonmethane Organic 
Compounds of the Illinois Administrative Code (35 IAC). Part 220 was 
adopted by the IPCB on June 17, 1998 and filed in the principal office 
on that day. Part 220 was published in the Illinois Register on July 10, 
1998 at 22 Ill. Reg. 11790 and became effective on July 31, 1998. As 
part of the same rulemaking action, the IPCB amended 35 IAC Part 201: 
Permits and General Provisions; Subpart A: Definitions; Section 201.103 
(a) by adding the following abbreviations: Mg = megagrams, M(3) = cubic 
meters, NMOC = nonmethane organic compounds, and yr = year. In Section 
201.103 (b) the conversion factor for 1000 gal was changed from 3.785 
cubic meters to 3.785 M(3). In Subpart C: Prohibitions, Section 201.146 
was amended by adding paragraph (ggg) which states that municipal solid 
waste landfills with a maximum total design capacity of less than 2.5 
million Mg or 2.5 million M(3) are not required to install a gas 
collection and control system pursuant to 35 Ill. Adm. Code 220 or 800 
through 849 or Section 9.1 of the [Illinois Environmental Protection] 
Act. These amendments were published in the Illinois Register on July 
10, 1998 at 22 Ill. Reg. 11824 and became effective on July 31, 1998.

[63 FR 64632, Nov. 23, 1998]



Sec. 62.3331  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all existing municipal solid waste landfills for 
which construction, reconstruction or modification was commenced before 
May 30, 1991 that accepted waste at any time since November 8, 1987 or 
that have additional capacity available for future waste deposition, as 
consistent with 40 CFR part 60.

[63 FR 64632, Nov. 23, 1998]



Sec. 62.3332  Effective date.

    The effective date of the plan for municipal solid waste landfills 
is January 22, 1999.

[63 FR 64632, Nov. 23, 1998]

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
        Existing Hospital / Medical Infectious Waste Incinerators

    Source: Sections 62.3340 through 62.3342 appear at 64 FR 36605, July 
7, 1999, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 62.3340  Identification of plan.

    Illinois submitted, on May 28, 1999, a State Plan for implementing 
the Emission Guidelines affecting Hospital/Medical Infectious Waste 
Incinerators (HMIWI). The enforceable mechanism for this plan is 35 Ill. 
Adm. Code 229. The rule was adopted by the Illinois Pollution Control 
Board on May 6, 1999. The rule became effective on May 15, 1999, and was 
published in the Illinois Register on May 28, 1999 at 23 Ill. Reg. 6477



Sec. 62.3341  Identification of sources.

    The Illinois State Plan for existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious 
Waste Incinerators (HMIWI) applies to all HMIWIs for which construction 
commenced either on or before June 20, 1996.

[[Page 347]]



Sec. 62.3342  Effective Date.

    The effective date of the Illinois State Plan for existing Hospital/
Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators is September 7, 1999.

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
Existing Municipal Waste Combustors with the Capacity to Combust Greater 
             Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.3350  Identification of plan.

    Illinois submitted ``State Plan to Implement Emission Guidelines for 
Large Municipal Waste Combustors'' on June 23, 1997. The plan applies 
specifically to Robbins Resource Recovery Center (RRRC), located in 
Robbins, Illinois. The enforceable mechanism for this source is special 
condition 18(c) of operating permit number 88120055, issued to RRRC by 
Illinois on June 2, 1997.

[62 FR 67572, Dec. 29, 1997]



                           Subpart P--Indiana

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.3600  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The State Board of Health submitted on April 18, 1977, a letter 
certifying that there are no existing phosphate fertilizer plants in the 
State subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.

        Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Plants



Sec. 62.3625  Identification of plan.

    (a) Title of plan. ``Fluoride Emission Limitations for Existing 
Primary Aluminum Plants.''
    (b) The plan was officially submitted on January 7, 1981 by the 
Technical Secretary of the Indiana Air Pollution Control Board.
    (c) The State on July 17, 1981, submitted Alcoa methods 4075A, 
4076A, 913A, 914E and 914F as alternate test methods.

[46 FR 57896, Nov. 27, 1981, as amended at 46 FR 57897, Nov. 27, 1981]

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills

    Source: Sections 62.3630 through 62.3631 appear at 65 FR 16327, Mar. 
28, 2000, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 62.3630  Identification of plan.

    ``Section 111(d) Plan for Municipal Solid Waste Landfills'' and the 
associated State regulations found in Title 326: Air Pollution Control 
Board of the Indiana Administrative Code (IAC), Article 8. Volatile 
Organic Compound Rules, Rule 8. Municipal Solid Waste Landfills Located 
in Clark, Floyd, Lake and Porter Counties and Rule 8.1. Municipal Solid 
Waste Landfills Not Located in Clark, Floyd, Lake and Porter Counties 
added at 21 Indiana Register 31, filed with the Secretary of State 
September 8, 1997, effective October 8, 1997, submitted by the State to 
EPA on September 30, 1999. Also included in this plan are rules 
submitted to EPA on November 21, 1995 and February 14, 1996: Title 326 
IAC Article 8. Volatile Organic Compound Rules, Rule 8. Municipal Solid 
Waste Landfills adopted at 19 Indiana Register 1050, filed with the 
Secretary of State December 19, 1995, effective January 18, 1996.



Sec. 62.3631  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all existing municipal solid waste landfills for 
which construction, reconstruction, or modification was commenced before 
May 30, 1991 that accepted waste at any time since November 8, 1987 or 
that have additional capacity available for future waste deposition, as 
described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc.



Sec. 62.3632  Effective date.

    The effective date of the plan for municipal solid waste landfills 
is May 30, 2000.

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
         Existing Hospital/Medical Infectious Waste Incinerators

    Source: Sections 62.3640 through 62.3642 appear at 64 FR 70599, Dec. 
17, 1999, unless otherwise noted.

[[Page 348]]



Sec. 62.3640  Identification of plan.

    Indiana submitted, September 30, 1999, a State Plan for implementing 
the Emission Guidelines affecting Hospital/Medical Infectious Waste 
Incinerators (HMIWI). The enforceable mechanism for this plan is 326 
Indiana Administrative Code 11-6. The rule was adopted by the Indiana 
Pollution Control Board on September 2, 1998. The rule was published in 
the Indiana Register on March 1, 1999, and became effective on March 11, 
1999.



Sec. 62.3641  Identification of sources.

    The Indiana State Plan for existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious 
Waste Incinerators (HMIWI) applies to all HMIWIs for which construction 
commenced either on or before June 20, 1996.



Sec. 62.3642  Effective Date.

    The Federal effective date of the Indiana State Plan for existing 
Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators is February 15, 2000.

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To Combust Greater 
             Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

    Source: Sections 62.3650-62.3652 appear at 64 FR 62982, Nov. 18, 
1999, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 62.3650  Identification of plan.

    On September 30, 1999, Indiana submitted the State Plan for 
implementing the Federal Large Municipal Waste Combustor (MWC) Emission 
Guidelines to control emissions from existing MWCs with the capacity to 
combust greater than 250 tons per day of municipal solid waste. The 
enforceable mechanism for this plan is a State rule codified in 326 
Indiana Administrative Code (IAC) 11-7. The rule was adopted on 
September 2, 1998, filed with the Secretary of State on January 18, 
1999, and became effective on February 17, 1999. The rule was published 
in the Indiana State Register on March 1, 1999 (22 IR 1967).



Sec. 62.3651  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all existing municipal waste combustors with the 
capacity to combust greater than 250 tons per day of municipal solid 
waste, and for which construction, reconstruction, or modification was 
commenced on or before September 20, 1994, as consistent with 40 CFR 
part 60, subpart Cb. Subject facilities include the Indianapolis 
Resource Recovery Facility in Indianapolis, Indiana.



Sec. 62.3652  Effective Date.

    The effective date of the approval of the Indiana State Plan for 
municipal waste combustors with the capacity to combust greater than 250 
tons per day of municipal solid waste is January 18, 2000.



                             Subpart Q--Iowa

    Source: 50 FR 52921, Dec. 27, 1985, unless otherwise noted.

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)



Sec. 62.3850  Identification of plan.

    (a) Identification of plan. Iowa Plan for Control of Designated 
Pollutants from Existing Facilities (Section 111(d) Plan).
    (b) The plan was officially submitted as follows:
    (1) Control of sulfuric acid mist from existing facilities at 
sulfuric acid production plants, effective on June 16, 1971, having been 
submitted by the State on February 23, 1978. Additional information was 
provided in letters of February 7, 1983; May 13, 1985; and June 12, 
1985.
    (2) Control of fluoride emissions from existing facilities at 
phosphate fertilizer plants, effective on August 29, 1979, having been 
submitted by the State on October 19, 1979. Additional information was 
provided in letters of February 7, 1983; May 13, 1985; and June 12, 
1985.
    (3) Control of sulfur dioxide and sulfuric acid mist from sulfuric 
acid manufacturing plants in Polk County were adopted on October 26, 
1993, and submitted on March 23, 1994.

[[Page 349]]

    (c) Designated facilities. The plan applies to existing facilities 
in the following categories of sources:
    (1) Sulfuric acid production plants.
    (2) Phosphate fertilizer plants.

[50 FR 52921, Dec. 27, 1985, as amended at 60 FR 31092, June 13, 1995]

    Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Production Plants



Sec. 62.3851  Identification of sources.

    (a) The plan applies to existing facilities at the following 
sulfuric acid production plants:
    (1) Agrico Chemical Company, Fort Madison, Iowa
    (2) Koch Sulfur Products Company, Dubuque, Iowa

      Fluoride Emissions From Existing Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.3852  Identification of sources.

    (a) The plan applies to existing facilities at the following 
phosphate fertilizer plants:
    (1) Agrico Chemical Company, Fort Madison, Iowa.
    (2) Chevron Chemical Company, Fort Madison, Iowa.
    (3) Occidental Chemical Company, Buffalo, Iowa.

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.3853  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from Executive Director of Iowa Department of Environmental 
Quality submitted on February 7, 1983, certifying that there are no 
kraft pulp mills in the State of Iowa subject to part 60, subpart B of 
this chapter.

   Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants



Sec. 62.3854  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Iowa Department of Water, Air and Waste Management 
submitted on May 13, 1985, certifying that there are no primary aluminum 
reduction plants in the State of Iowa subject to part 60, subpart B of 
this chapter.

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.3910  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from Executive Director of Iowa Department of Environmental 
Quality submitted on February 7, 1983, certifying that there are no 
kraft pulp mills in the State of Iowa, subject to part 60, subpart B of 
this chapter.

[49 FR 43058, Oct. 26, 1984]

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.3911  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Administrator of the Environmental Protection 
Division of the Department of Natural Resources submitted June 4, 1991, 
certifying that there are no existing municipal waste combustors in the 
state of Iowa subject to this 111(d) requirement.

[56 FR 56321, Nov. 4, 1991]

Emissions from Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity to 
     Burn Greater than 35 Megagrams Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.3912  Identification of plan-negative declaration.

    Letter from the Iowa Department of Natural Resources submitted 
December 27, 1996, certifying that there are no municipal waste 
combustors in the state of Iowa subject to part 60, subpart Cb of this 
chapter.

[62 FR 41873, Aug. 4, 1997]

       Air Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills



Sec. 62.3913  Identification of plan.

    (a) Identification of plan. Iowa plan for control of landfill gas 
emissions from existing municipal solid waste landfills and associated 
state regulations submitted on December 22, 1997.
    (b) Identification of sources. The plan applies to all existing 
municipal solid waste landfills for which construction, reconstruction, 
or modification was

[[Page 350]]

commenced before May 30, 1991, that accepted waste at any time since 
November 8, 1987, or that have additional capacity available for future 
waste deposition, and have design capacities greater than 2.5 million 
megagrams and nonmethane organic emissions greater than 50 megagrams per 
year, as described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc.
    (c) Effective date. The effective date of the plan for municipal 
solid waste landfills is June 22, 1998.

[63 FR 20103, Apr. 23, 1998]

     Air Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste 
                              Incinerators



Sec. 62.3914  Identification of plan.

    (a) Identification of plan. Iowa plan for the control of air 
emissions from hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators submitted 
by the Iowa Department of Natural Resources on January 29, 1999.
    (b) Identification of sources. The plan applies to existing 
hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators constructed on or before 
June 20, 1996.
    (c) Effective date. The effective date of the plan is August 16, 
1999.

[64 FR 32427, June 17, 1999]



                            Subpart R--Kansas

    Source: 49 FR 7234, Feb. 28, 1984, unless otherwise noted.

      Fluoride Emissions From Existing Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.4100  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Director of the Department of Health and Environment 
submitted on August 2, 1978, certifying that there are no phosphate 
fertilizer manufacturing facilities in the State of Kansas.

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.4125  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Director of the Department of Health and Environment 
submitted on July 17, 1979, certifying that there are no kraft pulp 
mills in the State of Kansas.

   Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants



Sec. 62.4150  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Director, Division of Environment, Kansas Department 
of Health and Environments submitted on May 23, 1984, certifying that 
there are no primary aluminum reduction plants on the State of Kansas, 
subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.

[49 FR 43058, Oct. 26, 1984]

    Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Production Plants



Sec. 62.4175  Identification of plan.

    (a) Identification of plan. State of Kansas Implementation Plan for 
Control of Sulfuric Acid Mist from Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants.
    (b) The Plan was officially submitted on February 6, 1986.
    (c) Identification of sources. The Plan applies to existing 
facilities at the following existing sulfuric acid plant:
    (1) Koch Sulfur Products, DeSoto, Kansas.

[51 FR 37275, Oct. 21, 1986]

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.4176  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Director of the Bureau of Air and Waste Management 
of the Department of Health and Environment submitted July 3, 1991, 
certifying that there are no existing municipal

[[Page 351]]

waste combustors in the state of Kansas subject to this 111(d) 
requirement.

[56 FR 56321, Nov. 4, 1991]

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
     Burn Greater than 35 Megagrams Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.4177  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Kansas Department of Health submitted April 26, 
1996, certifying that there are no municipal waste combustors in the 
state of Kansas subject to part 60, subpart Cb of this chapter.

[62 FR 41874, Aug. 4, 1997]

       Air Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills



Sec. 62.4178  Identification of plan.

    (a) Identification of plan. Kansas plan for control of landfill gas 
emissions from existing municipal solid waste landfills and associated 
state regulations submitted on December 1, 1997.
    (b) Identification of sources. The plan applies to all existing 
municipal solid waste landfills for which construction, reconstruction, 
or modification was commenced before May 30, 1991, that accepted waste 
at any time since November 8, 1987, or that have additional capacity 
available for future waste deposition, and have design capacities 
greater than 2.5 million megagrams and nonmethane organic emissions 
greater than 50 megagrams per year, as described in 40 CFR part 60, 
subpart Cc.
    (c) Effective date. The effective date of the plan for municipal 
solid waste landfills is May 19, 1998.

[63 FR 13532, Mar. 20, 1998]

     Air Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste 
                              Incinerators



Sec. 62.4179  Identification of plan.

    (a) Identification of plan. Kansas plan for the control of air 
emissions from hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators submitted 
by the Kansas Department of Health and Environment on May 4, 2000.
    (b) Identification of sources. The plan applies to existing 
hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators constructed on or before 
June 20, 1996.
    (c) Effective date. The effective date of the plan is September 12, 
2000.

[65 FR 43704, July 14, 2000]



                           Subpart S--Kentucky

    Source: 47 FR 22956, May 26, 1982, unless otherwise noted.

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)



Sec. 62.4350  Identification of plan.

    (a) Identification of plan. Kentucky Designated Facility Plan 
(Section 111(d) Plan).
    (b) The plan was officially submitted as follows:
    (1) Control of sulfuric acid mist emissions from existing facilities 
at sulfuric acid plants, total reduced sulfur emissions from existing 
facilities at kraft pulp mills, fluoride emissions from existing 
facilities at primary aluminum reduction plants, officially submitted on 
December 15, 1981.
    (2) Commonwealth of Kentucky's Section 111(d) Plan For Existing 
Municipal Solid Waste Landfills, submitted on December 3, 1998, by the 
Kentucky Division for Air Quality.
    (c) Designated facilities. The plan applies to existing facilities 
in the following categories of sources:
    (1) Sulfuric acid plants.
    (2) Kraft pulp mills.
    (3) Primary aluminum reduction plants.
    (4) Existing municipal solid waste landfills.

[47 FR 22956, May 26, 1982, as amended at 64 FR 19293, Apr. 20, 1999]

          Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants



Sec. 62.4351  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities at the following sulfuric 
acid plant: E.I. du Pont sulfuric acid plant in Wurtland, Ky.

[[Page 352]]

           Total Reduced Sulfur From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.4352  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities at the following kraft pulp 
mills:
    (a) Westvaco Corp., Fine Papers Division, Wickliffe, Ky.
    (b) Willamette Industries, Corrugated Medium Mill and Bleached Pulp 
Mill, Hawesville, Kentucky.

   Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants



Sec. 62.4353  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities at the following primary 
aluminum reduction plants:
    (a) National Southwire Aluminum, Hawesville, Ky.
    (b) Anaconda Company, Aluminum Division, Henderson, Ky.

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.4354  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The Kentucky Department for Natural Resources and Environmental 
Protection certified in a letter dated August 25, 1978, that Kentucky 
has no designated facilities in this source category.

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills



Sec. 62.4355  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing municipal solid waste landfills for 
which construction, reconstruction, or modification was commenced before 
May 30, 1991, that accepted waste at any time since November 8, 1987, or 
that have additional capacity available for future waste deposition, as 
described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc.

[64 FR 19293, Apr. 20, 1999]

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.4370  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Department for Environmental Protection submitted 
December 18, 1996 certifying that there are no existing municipal waste 
combustor units in the State of Kentucky that are subject to part 60, 
subpart Cb, of this chapter.

[65 FR 33466, May 24, 2000]



                          Subpart T--Louisiana

    Source: 44 FR 54053, Sept. 18, 1979, unless otherwise noted.

   Plan for Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)



Sec. 62.4620  Identification of plan.

    (a) Identification of plan. Louisiana Plan for Control of Designated 
Pollutants from Existing Facilities (111(d) Plan).
    (b) The plan was officially submitted as follows:
    (1) Control of sulfuric acid mist from sulfuric acid plants, and 
fluoride emissions from existing facilities at phosphate fertilizer 
plants, submitted on July 18, 1978, having been adopted by the State 
November 30, 1977, and letter dated February 16, 1982.
    (2) Control of fluoride emissions from existing facilities at 
primary aluminum plants, submitted on January 12, 1981, having been 
adopted by the State on December 11, 1980.
    (3) Control of total reduced sulfur from existing facilities at 
kraft pulp mill plants, submitted in December 1979, having been adopted 
November 27, 1979, and letter dated February 16, 1982.
    (4) Control of landfill gas emissions from existing municipal solid 
waste landfills, submitted on December 9, 1996 (LAC 33.III.3003.B, Table 
2), and revised on December 20, 1998 (LAC 33.III.3003.C.4).
    (5) Control of air emissions from designated hazardous/medical/
infectious waste incinerators, submitted by the

[[Page 353]]

Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality on December 30, 1998 (LAC 
33.III.3003.C.5).
    (c) Designated facilities. The plan applies to existing facilities 
in the following categories of sources:
    (1) Sulfuric acid plants.
    (2) Phosphate fertilizer plants.
    (3) Primary aluminum plants.
    (4) Kraft pulp mills.
    (5) Municipal solid waste landfills.
    (6) Hazardous/medical/infectious waste incinerators.

[47 FR 20491--20493, May 12, 1982, as amended at 62 FR 45732, Aug. 29, 
1997; 64 FR 32433, June 17, 1999]



Sec. 62.4621  Emission standards and compliance schedules.

    (a) The requirements of Sec. 60.24(b)(2) of this chapter are not met 
since the test methods and procedures for determining compliance with 
the sulfuric acid mist emission standards are not specified.
    (b) Emissions from sulfuric acid plants must be measured by the 
methods in appendix A to part 60, or by equivalent or alternative 
methods as defined in Sec. 60.2 (t) and (u) respectively.



Sec. 62.4622  Emission inventories, source surveillance, reports.

    (a) The requirements of Sec. 60.25(a) of this chapter are not met 
since the emission inventories do not provide information as specified 
in appendix D to part 60.
    (b) The requirements of Sec. 60.25(c) of this chapter are not met 
since the plan does not provide for the disclosure of emission data, as 
correlated with applicable emission standards, to the general public.
    (c) Regulation for public availability of emission data. (1) Any 
person who cannot obtain emission data from the agency responsible for 
making emission data available to the public, as specified in the 
applicable plan, concerning emissions from any source subject to 
emission limitations which are part of the approved plan may request 
that the appropriate Regional Administrator obtain and make public such 
data. Within 30 days after receipt of any such written request, the 
Regional Administrator shall require the owner or operator of any such 
source to submit information within 30 days on the nature and amounts of 
emissions from such source and any other information as may be deemed 
necessary by the Regional Administrator to determine whether such source 
is in compliance with applicable emission limitations or other control 
measures that are part of the applicable plan.
    (2) Commencing after the initial notification by the Regional 
Administrator pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the owner or 
operator of the source shall maintain records of the nature and amounts 
of emissions from such source and any other information as may be deemed 
necessary by the Regional Administrator to determine whether such source 
is in compliance with applicable emission limitations or other control 
measures that are part of the plan. The information recorded shall be 
summarized and reported to the Regional Administrator, on forms 
furnished by the Regional Administrator, and shall be submitted within 
45 days after the end of the reporting period. Reporting periods are 
January 1-June 30 and July 1-December 31.
    (3) Information recorded by the owner or operator and copies of this 
summarizing report submitted to the Regional Administrator shall be 
retained by the owner or operator for 2 years after the date on which 
the pertinent report is submitted.
    (4) Emission data obtained from owners or operators of stationary 
sources will be correlated with applicable emission limitations and 
other control measures that are part of the applicable plan and will be 
available at the appropriate regional office and at other locations in 
the State designated by the Regional Administrator.



Sec. 62.4623  Legal authority.

    (a) The requirements of Sec. 60.26(a) of this chapter are not met 
since the plan does not provide adequate legal authority for the State 
to make emission data, as correlated with applicable emissions 
standards, available to the general public.

[[Page 354]]

          Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants



Sec. 62.4624  Identification of sources.

    Identification of sources: The plan includes the following sulfuric 
acid plants:
    (1) Agrico Chemical Company in St. James Parish.
    (2) Allied Chemical Corporation in Ascension and Iberville Parishes.
    (3) Beker Industries in St. Charles Parish.
    (4) Cities Services Oil Company in Calcasieu Parish.
    (5) E. I. du Pont de Nemours & Company, Inc. in Ascension Parish.
    (6) Freeport Chemical Company in St. James Parish.
    (7) Freeport Chemical Company in Plaquemines Parish.
    (8) Olin Corporation in Caddo Parish.
    (9) Stauffer Chemical Company in East Baton Rouge Parish.

[44 FR 54053, Sept. 18, 1979. Redesignated at 47 FR 20491, May 12, 1982]

      Fluoride Emissions From Existing Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.4625  Identification of sources.

    (a) The Plan applies to existing facilities at the following 
phosphate fertilizer plants:
    (1) Agrico Chemical Company at Donaldsville, Louisiana.
    (2) Allied Chemical Corporation at Geismar, Louisiana.
    (3) Beker Industries at Taft, Louisiana.
    (4) Freeport Chemical at Uncle Sam, Louisiana.
    (5) Monsanto at Luling, Louisiana.

[47 FR 20491, May 12, 1982]



Sec. 62.4626  Effective date.

    (a) The effective date of the portion of the plan applicable to 
phosphate fertilizer plants is July 12, 1982.

[47 FR 20491, May 12, 1982]

        Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Plants



Sec. 62.4627  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities at the following primary 
aluminum plants:
    (1) The Kaiser Plant at Chalmette, Louisiana.
    (2) The CONALCO Plant at Lake Charles, Louisiana.

[47 FR 20492, May 12, 1982]



Sec. 62.4628  Effective date.

    The effective date of this portion of the State's plan is July 12, 
1982.

[47 FR 20492, May 12, 1982]

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.4629  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities at the following kraft pulp 
mill plants:
    (1) Boise at DeRidder, La.
    (2) Boise at Elizabeth, La.
    (3) Continental at Hodge, La.
    (4) Crown-Zellerbach at Bogalusa, La.
    (5) Crown-Zellerbach at St. Francisville, La.
    (6) Georgia-Pacific at Port Hudson, La.
    (7) International Paper at Bastrop, La.
    (8) Olinkraft at West Monroe, La.
    (9) Pineville Kraft at Pineville, La.
    (10) Western Kraft at Compte, La.

[47 FR 20493, May 12, 1982]



Sec. 62.4630  Effective date.

    The effective date of the portion of the plan applicable to kraft 
pulp mills is July 12, 1982.

[47 FR 20493, May 12, 1982]

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills



62.4631  Identification of Sources.

    The plan applies to all existing municipal solid waste landfills 
with design capacities greater than 2.5 million megagrams and non-
methane organic emissions greater than 50 megagrams

[[Page 355]]

per year as described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc.

[62 FR 54591, Oct. 21, 1997]



62.4632  Effective Date.

    The effective date of the portion of the plan applicable to existing 
municipal solid waste landfills is October 28, 1997.

[62 FR 54591, Oct. 21, 1997]

   Air Emissions From Hazardous/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators



Sec. 62.4633  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing hazardous/medical/infectious waste 
incinerators for which construction, reconstruction, or modification was 
commenced before June 20, 1996, as described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart 
Ce.

[64 FR 32433, June 17, 1999]

                             Effective Date



Sec. 62.4634  Effective date.

    The effective date for the portion of the plan applicable to 
existing hazardous/medical/infectious waste incinerators is August 16, 
1999.

[64 FR 32433, June 17, 1999]

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.4650  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter From the Department of Environmental Quality submitted May 
21, 1996 certifying that there are no existing municipal waste combustor 
units in the State of Louisiana that are subject to part 60, subpart Cb, 
of this chapter.

[65 FR 33466, May 24, 2000]



                            Subpart U--Maine

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)



Sec. 62.4845  Identification of plan.

    (a) Identification of plan. Maine Plan for the Control of Designated 
Pollutants from Existing Plants (Section 111(d) Plan).
    (b) The plan was officially submitted as follows:
    (1) Control of sulfuric acid mist emissions from existing sulfuric 
acid production units, submitted on November 10, 1988.
    (2) Control of total reduced sulfur (TRS) emissions from existing 
kraft pulp mills, submitted on February 15, 1990.
    (3) A revision to the plan to control TRS from existing kraft pulp 
mills, which extends the final compliance date for brown stock washers 
to January 1, 1997, was submitted on April 27, 1994.
    (4) Control of metals, acid gases, organic compounds and nitrogen 
oxide emissions from existing municipal waste combustors, submitted on 
April 15, 1998.
    (c) Designated facilities. The plan applies to existing facilities 
in the following categories of sources:
    (1) Sulfuric acid plants.
    (2) Kraft pulp mills.
    (3) Existing municipal waste combustors.

[54 FR 22896, May 30, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 38548, Sept. 19, 1990; 
59 FR 50507, Oct. 4, 1994; 63 FR 68397, Dec. 11, 1998]

        Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Plants



Sec. 62.4875  Identification of     sources--negative declaration.

    The State Department of Environmental Protection submitted on 
October 3, 1988, a letter certifying that there are no existing primary 
aluminum reduction plants in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of 
this chapter.

[54 FR 9046 Mar. 3, 1989]

          Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants



Sec. 62.4900  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to the following existing sulfuric acid plants:
    (a) Delta Chemical in Searsport, Maine.

[54 FR 22896, May 30, 1989]

[[Page 356]]

           Total Reduced Sulfur from Existing Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.4925  Identification of sources.

    (a) The plan applies to the following existing kraft pulp mills:
    (1) International Paper Company in Jay.
    (2) S.D. Warren Company in Westbrook.
    (3) Boise Cascade in Rumford.
    (4) James River Corporation in Old Town.
    (5) Georgia-Pacific Corporation in Woodland.
    (6) Lincoln Pulp and Paper Company in Lincoln.

[55 FR 38548, Sept. 19, 1990]

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.4950  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The State Department of Environmental Protection submitted on April 
19, 1978, a letter certifying that there are no existing phosphate 
fertilizer plants in the state subject to part 60, subpart B of this 
chapter.

[44 FR 54052, Sept 18, 1979. Redesignated at 54 FR 22896, May 30, 1989]

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To Combust Greater 
             Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.4975  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to the following existing municipal waste combustor 
facilities:
    (a) Penobscot Energy Recovery Company, Orrington, Maine.
    (b) Maine Energy Recovery Company, Biddeford, Maine.
    (c) Regional Waste Systems, Inc., Portland, Maine.

[63 FR 68397, Dec. 11, 1998]



                           Subpart V--Maryland

    Authority: Clean Air Act, sec. 111(d).

    Source: 49 FR 8613, Mar. 8, 1984, unless otherwise noted.

   Plan for Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)



Sec. 62.5100  Identification of plan.

    (a) Identification of plan. Maryland Plan for Control Designated 
Pollutants from Existing Facilities (Section 111(d) plan).
    (b) The plan was officially submitted as follows:
    (1) Control of sulfuric acid mist from sulfuric acid plants, 
submitted by the Secretary of Health and Mental Hygiene, State of 
Maryland on August 30, 1978.
    (2) Control of TRS emissions from kraft pulp mills, submitted by the 
Governor of Maryland on May 18, 1981, and approval of a compliance 
schedule, submitted by the State of Maryland on September 24, 1982.
    (3) Control of fluoride emissions from primary aluminum reduction 
plants, submitted by the Secretary of Health and Mental Hygiene, State 
of Maryland on January 26, 1984.
    (c) Designated facilities. The plan applies to existing facilities 
in the following categories of sources:
    (1) Sulfuric acid plants;
    (2) Kraft pulp mills.
    (3) Primary aluminum reduction plants.
    (d) Submittal of plan revisions--On April 2, 1992, Maryland 
submitted revisions to COMAR 26.11.14.05A. and .05B. governing the 
testing, monitoring, and reporting of total reduced sulfur (TRS) 
emissions from kraft pulp mills.

[49 FR 8613, Mar. 8, 1984, as amended at 50 FR 9628, Mar. 11, 1985; 64 
FR 59650, Nov. 3, 1999]

          Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants



Sec. 62.5101  Identification of sources.

    (a) The plan applies to the following existing sulfuric acid plants:
    (1) Olin Corporation, Baltimore City, Maryland.

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.5102  Identification of sources.

    (a) The plan applies to existing facilities at the following kraft 
pulp mills:

[[Page 357]]

    (1) Westvaco Fine Papers Divisions, Luke, Maryland.

        Fluoride Emissions From Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants



Sec. 62.5103  Identification of sources.

    (a) The plan applies to the following existing primary aluminum 
reduction plants:
    (1) Eastalco Aluminum Plant, Frederick, Maryland.

[50 FR 9628, Mar. 11, 1985]

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
 Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With a Unit Capacity Greater Than 
                            250 Tons Per Day



Sec. 62.5110  Identification of plan.

    111(d)/129 plan for municipal waste combustors (MWCs) with a unit 
capacity greater than 250 tons per day (TPD) and the associated Code of 
Maryland Regulation (COMAR 26.11.08), as submitted by the Air and 
Radiation Management Administration, Maryland Department of the 
Environment, on December 4, 1997, and as amended on October 7, 1998.

[64 FR 19922, Apr. 23, 1999]



Sec. 62.5111  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all existing MWC facilities with a MWC unit 
capacity greater than 250 TPD of municipal solid waste.

[64 FR 19922, Apr. 23, 1999]



Sec. 62.5112  Effective date.

    The effective date of the 111(d)/129 plan is June 22, 1999.

[64 FR 19922, Apr. 23, 1999]

  Landfill Gas Emissions from Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

    Source: Sections 62.5150 through 62.5152 appear at 64 FR 48717, 
Sept. 8, 1999, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 62.5150  Identification of plan.

    On March 23, 1999, the Maryland Department of the Environment 
submitted to the Environmental Protection Agency a 111(d) Plan to 
implement and enforce the requirements of 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc, 
Emissions Guidelines for Municipal Solid Waste Landfills.



Sec. 62.5151  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all Maryland existing municipal solid waste 
landfills for which construction, reconstruction, or modification was 
commenced before May 30, 1991 and that accepted waste at any time since 
November 8, 1987, or that have additional capacity available for future 
waste deposition, as described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc.



Sec. 62.5152  Effective date.

    The effective date of the plan for municipal solid waste landfills 
is November 8, 1999.

 Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators 
                    (HMIWIs)--Section 111(d)/129 Plan

    Source: Sections 62.5160 through 62.5162 appear at 65 FR 53608, 
Sept. 5, 2000, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 62.5160  Identification of plan.

    Section 111(d)/129 plan for HMIWIs and the associated Code of 
Maryland (COMAR) 26.11.08 regulations, as submitted on April 14, 2000.



Sec. 62.5161  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all existing HMIWIs located in Maryland for 
which construction was commenced on or before June 20, 1996.



Sec. 62.5162  Effective date.

    The effective date of the plan is October 20, 2000.



                        Subpart W--Massachusetts

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.5350  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The State Department of Environmental Quality Engineering submitted 
on April 12, 1978, a letter certifying that there are no existing 
phosphate

[[Page 358]]

fertilizer plants in the state subject to part 60, subpart B of this 
chapter.

[44 FR 54052, Sept 18, 1979]

     Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants



Sec. 62.5351  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    On February 18, 1986, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts submitted a 
letter certifying that there are no existing sulfuric acid plants in the 
Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

[51 FR 40801, Nov. 10, 1986]

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.5375  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The State Department of Environmental Quality Engineering submitted 
on July 31, 1979, a letter certifying that there are no existing kraft 
pulp mills in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.

[54 FR 9047, Mar. 3, 1989]

        Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Plants



Sec. 62.5400  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The State Department of Environmental Quality Engineering submitted 
on January 18, 1989, a letter certifying that there are no existing 
primary aluminum reduction plants in the State subject to part 60, 
subpart B of this chapter.

[54 FR 9047, Mar. 3, 1989]



                           Subpart X--Michigan

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.5600  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The State Department of Resources submitted on April 18, 1977, a 
letter certifying that there are no existing phosphate fertilizer plants 
in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.



                          Subpart Y--Minnesota

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.5850  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The State Pollution Control Agency submitted on April 7, 1977, a 
letter certifying that there are no existing phosphate fertilizer plants 
in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills



Sec. 62.5860  Identification of plan.

    ``Section 111(d) Plan for Municipal Solid Waste Landfills,'' 
submitted by the State on March 4, 1997.

[63 FR 40052, July 27, 1998]



Sec. 62.5861  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all existing municipal solid waste landfills for 
which construction, reconstruction, or modification was commenced before 
May 30, 1991 that accepted waste at any time since November 8, 1987 or 
that have additional capacity available for future waste deposition, as 
described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc.

[63 FR 40052, July 27, 1998]



Sec. 62.5862  Effective date.

    The effective date of the plan for municipal solid waste landfills 
is September 25, 1998.

[63 FR 40053, July 27, 1998]

                Existing Large Municipal Waste Combustors



Sec. 62.5870  Identification of plan.

    ``Section 111(d) Plan for Implementing the Large Municipal Waste 
Combustor Emission Guidelines,'' submitted by the State on April 28, 
1998. The rules being approved as part of this plan are being approved 
for their applicability to large municipal waste combustors in Minnesota 
and should apply only to these sources.

[63 FR 43083, Aug. 12, 1998]

[[Page 359]]



Sec. 62.5871  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all existing municipal waste combustor units 
with the design capacity of 93.75*10 \6\ Btu/hr or more. This is the 
same as having an applicability threshold of the capacity to process 250 
tons per day or more of municipal solid waste.

[63 FR 43083, Aug. 12, 1998]



Sec. 62.5872  Effective date.

    The effective date of the plan for existing large waste combustors 
is October 13, 1998.

[63 FR 43083, Aug. 12, 1998]



                         Subpart Z--Mississippi

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

    Source: 47 FR 29235, July 6, 1982, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 62.6100  Identification of plan.

    (a) Identification of plan. Untitled (Section 111(d) Plan).
    (b) The plan was officially submitted as follows:
    (1) Control of sulfuric acid mist emissions from existing facilities 
at sulfuric acid plants, submitted on September 17, 1981.
    (2) Control of total reduced sulfur emissions from existing kraft 
pulp mills, submitted on October 30, 1987.
    (3) Adopted State Plan for Control of Air Emissions from Existing 
Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators, submitted on May 5, 
1999, by the Mississippi Department of Environmental Quality.
    (c) Designated facilities. The plan applies to existing facilities 
in the following categories of sources:
    (1) Sulfuric acid plants.
    (2) Phosphate fertilizer plants.
    (3) Kraft pulp mills.
    (4) Existing hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators.

[47 FR 29235, July 6, 1982, as amended at 54 FR 7771, Feb. 23, 1989; 65 
FR 18255, Apr. 7, 2000]

          Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants



Sec. 62.6110  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing plants at the following locations: 
Sulfur burning plant and oleum plant of Mississippi Chemical Corporation 
in Pascagoula.

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.6120  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities at the following phosphate 
fertilizer plants.
    (1) Mississippi Chemical Corporation in Pascagoula.

        Fluoride Emissions From Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants



Sec. 62.6121  Identification of     sources--negative declaration.

    The Mississippi Bureau of Pollution Control submitted on March 6, 
1985, a letter certifying that there are no existing primary aluminum 
reduction plants in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of this 
chapter.

[50 FR 26204, June 25, 1985]

          Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.6122  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities at the following kraft pulp 
mills:
    (a) Georgia-Pacific Corporation, Monticello.
    (b) International Paper Company, Moss Point.
    (c) International Paper Company, Natchez.
    (d) International Paper Company, Vicksburg.

[54 FR 7771, Feb. 23, 1989]

                       Municipal Waste Combustors



Sec. 62.6123  Identification of     sources--negative declaration.

    The Mississippi Bureau of Pollution Control submitted on August 6, 
1991, a letter certifying that there are no municipal waste combustors 
in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.

[57 FR 43405, Sept. 21, 1992]

[[Page 360]]

    Air Emissions from Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators



Sec. 62.6124  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing hospital/medical/infectious waste 
incinerators for which construction, reconstruction, or modification was 
commenced before June 20, 1996, as described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart 
Ce.

[65 FR 18255, Apr. 7, 2000]



Sec. 62.6125  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Department of Environmental Quality submitted 
September 24, 1997 certifying that there are no existing municipal waste 
combustor units in the State of Mississippi that are subject to part 60, 
subpart Cb, of this chapter.

[65 FR 33466, May 24, 2000]



                          Subpart AA--Missouri

    Source: 51 FR 8828, Mar. 14, 1986, unless otherwise noted.

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)



Sec. 62.6350  Identification of plan.

    (a) Identification of plan. Missouri Plan for Control of Designated 
Pollutants from Existing Facilities (Section 111(d) Plan).
    (b) The plan was officially submitted as follows:
    (1) Control of fluoride emissions from existing facilities at 
phosphate fertilizer plants, and fluoride emissions from existing 
facilities at primary aluminum reduction plants, submitted on September 
22, 1981, having been adopted by the State on June 17 and June 21, 1981. 
A letter conveying additional information regarding this plan was 
submitted on January 3, 1985.
    (2) Control of sulfuric acid mist from existing facilities at 
sulfuric acid production plants, submitted on March 12, 1979, having 
been adopted by the State in 1967 and 1971. A letter providing 
additional information regarding this plan was submitted on January 3, 
1985.
    (3) A revision to Missouri's 111(d) plan for Sulfuric Acid Mist from 
Existing Sulfuric Acid Production Plants which was effective on August 
30, 1996. This revision incorporates the 111(d) requirements from two 
existing regulations into a new consolidated regulation.
    (c) Designated facilities. The plan applies to existing facilities 
in the following categories of sources:
    (1) Phosphate fertilizer plants.
    (2) Primary aluminum reduction plants.
    (3) Sulfuric acid production plants.

[51 FR 8828, Mar. 14, 1986, as amended at 63 FR 45729, Aug. 27, 1998]

      Fluoride Emissions From Existing Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.6351  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities at the following phosphate 
fertilizer plant:
    Farmers Chemical Company, Joplin, Missouri

   Flouride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants



Sec. 62.6352  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities at the following primary 
aluminum reduction plant:
    Noranda Aluminum, Inc., New Madrid, Missouri

    Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Production Plants



Sec. 62.6353  Idenification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities at the following sulfuric 
acid production plant:
    W.R. Grace and Company, Joplin, Missouri

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.6354  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Director of the Missouri Department of Natural 
Resources submitted on May 14, 1982, certifying that there are no kraft 
pulp mills in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.

[[Page 361]]

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.6355  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Director of the Air Pollution Control Program of the 
Department of Natural Resources submitted May 23, 1991, certifying that 
there are no existing municipal waste combustors in the state of 
Missouri subject to this 111(d) requirement.

[56 FR 56321, Nov. 4, 1991]

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
     Burn Greater than 35 Megagrams Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.6356  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Air Pollution Control Program of the Department of 
Natural Resources submitted June 3, 1996, certifying that there are no 
municipal waste combustors in the state of Missouri subject to part 60, 
subpart Cb of this chapter.

[62 FR 41874, Aug. 4, 1997]

       Air Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills



Sec. 62.6357  Identification of plan.

    (a) Identification of plan. Missouri plan for control of landfill 
gas emissions from existing municipal solid waste landfills and 
associated state regulations submitted on January 26, 1998.
    (b) Identification of sources. The plan applies to all existing 
municipal solid waste landfills for which construction, reconstruction, 
or modification was commenced before May 30, 1991, that accepted waste 
at any time since November 8, 1987, or that have additional capacity 
available for future waste deposition, and have design capacities 
greater than 2.5 million megagrams and nonmethane organic emissions 
greater than 50 megagrams per year, as described in 40 CFR part 60, 
subpart Cc.
    (c) Effective date. The effective date of the plan for municipal 
solid waste landfills is June 23, 1998.
    (d) Amended plan for the control of air emissions from Municipal 
Solid Waste Landfills submitted by the Missouri Department of Natural 
Resources on September 8, 2000. The effective date of the amended plan 
is January 16, 2001.

[63 FR 20321, Apr. 24, 1998, as amended at 65 FR 68905, Nov. 15, 2000]

     Air Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste 
                              Incinerators



Sec. 62.6358  Identification of plan.

    (a) Identification of plan. Missouri plan for the control of air 
emissions from hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators submitted 
by the Missouri Department of Natural Resources on June 15, 1999.
    (b) Identification of sources. The plan applies to existing 
hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators constructed on or before 
June 20, 1996.
    (c) Effective date. The effective date of the plan is October 18, 
1999.

[64 FR 45187, Aug. 19, 1999]



                           Subpart BB--Montana

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills



Sec. 62.6600  Identification of plan.

    ``Section 111(d) Plan for Municipal Solid Waste Landfills'' and the 
associated State regulations in sections 17.8.302(1)(j) and 17.8.340 of 
the Administrative Rules of Montana, submitted by the State on July 2, 
1997.

[63 FR 36861, July 8, 1998]



Sec. 62.6601  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all existing municipal solid waste landfills for 
which construction, reconstruction, or modification was commenced before 
May 30, 1991 that accepted waste at any time since November 8, 1987 or 
that have additional capacity available for future waste deposition, as 
described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc.

[63 FR 36861, July 8, 1998]

[[Page 362]]



Sec. 62.6602  Effective date.

    The effective date of the plan for municipal solid waste landfills 
is September 8, 1998.

[63 FR 36861, July 8, 1998]

    Air Emissions From Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators

    Source: Sections 62.6610 through 62.6612 appear at 65 FR 38740, June 
22, 2000, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 62.6610  Identification of plan.

    Section 111(d) Plan for Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste 
Incinerators and the associated State regulation in sections 
17.8.302(1)(k) and 17.8.340 of the Administrative Rules of Montana, 
submitted by the State on January 19, 1999.



Sec. 62.6611  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all existing hospital/medical/infectious waste 
incinerators for which construction was commenced on or before June 20, 
1996, as described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Ce.



Sec. 62.6612  Effective date.

    The effective date for the portion of the plan applicable to 
existing hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators is August 21, 
2000.

      Fluoride Emissions From Existing Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.6613  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The Montana Department of Environmental Quality certified in a 
letter dated February 14, 2001, that there are no phosphate fertilizer 
plants in Montana that meet the definition of affected facility under 
any of the subparts T, U, V, W or X. Additionally, there are no 
phosphate fertilizer plants in Montana that meet the definition of 
affected facility under any of the subparts T, U, V, W, or X, 
constructed before October 22, 1974, and that have not reconstructed or 
modified since 1974.

[66 FR 32556, June 15, 2001]

    Effective Date Note: At 66 FR 32556, June 15, 2001, Sec. 62.6613 was 
added, effective Aug. 14, 2001.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.6620  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Department of Environmental Quality submitted June 
3, 1997 certifying that there are no existing municipal waste combustor 
units in the State of Montana that are subject to part 60, subpart Cb, 
of this chapter.

[65 FR 33467, May 24, 2000]



                          Subpart CC--Nebraska

    Source: 49 FR 7234, Feb. 28, 1984, unless otherwise noted.

      Fluoride Emissions From Existing Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.6850  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Director of the Department of Environmental Control 
submitted on May 4, 1977, certifying that there are no phosphate 
fertilizer plants in the State of Nebraska.

     Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants



Sec. 62.6875  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Chief of the Air Pollution Control Division of the 
Department of Environmental Control submitted on December 9, 1977, 
certifying that there are no existing sulfuric acid plants in the State 
of Nebraska.

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.6880  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Chief of the Air Pollution Control Division of the 
Department of Environmental Control submitted on March 16, 1984, 
certifying that there are no existing kraft pulp mills in the State of 
Nebraska, subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.

[49 FR 43058, Oct. 26, 1984]

[[Page 363]]

   Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants



Sec. 62.6910  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Chief of the Air Pollution Control Division of the 
Department of Environmental Control submitted on March 16, 1984, 
certifying that there are no existing primary aluminum reduction plants 
in the State of Nebraska, subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.

[49 FR 43058, Oct. 26, 1984]

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.6911  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Chief of the Air Quality Division of the Department 
of Environmental Control submitted April 1, 1991, certifying that there 
are no existing municipal waste combustors in the state of Nebraska 
subject to this 111(d) requirement.

[56 FR 56321, Nov. 4, 1991]

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
     Burn Greater than 35 Megagrams Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.6912  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Air Quality Section of the Nebraska Department of 
Environmental Quality submitted May 13, 1996, certifying that there are 
no municipal waste combustors in the state of Nebraska subject to part 
60, subpart Cb of this chapter.

[62 FR 41874, Aug. 4, 1997]

       Air Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills



Sec. 62.6913  Identification of plan.

    (a) Identification of plan. Nebraska plan for control of landfill 
gas emissions from existing municipal solid waste landfills and 
associated state regulations submitted on January 6, 1998.
    (b) Identification of sources. The plan applies to all existing 
municipal solid waste landfills for which construction, reconstruction, 
or modification was commenced before May 30, 1991, that accepted waste 
at any time since November 8, 1987, or that have additional capacity 
available for future waste deposition, and have design capacities 
greater than 2.5 million megagrams and nonmethane organic emissions 
greater than 50 megagrams per year, as described in 40 CFR part 60, 
subpart Cc.
    (c) Effective date. The effective date of the plan for municipal 
solid waste landfills is June 22, 1998.

[63 FR 20101, Apr. 23, 1998]

     Air Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste 
                              Incinerators



Sec. 62.6914  Identification of plan.

    (a) Identification of plan. Nebraska plan for the control of air 
emissions from hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators submitted 
by the Nebraska Department of Environmental Quality on July 30, 1999.
    (b) Identification of sources. The plan applies to existing 
hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators constructed on or before 
June 20, 1996.
    (c) Effective date. The effective date of the plan is January 18, 
2000.

[64 FR 62117, Nov. 16, 1999]



                           Subpart DD--Nevada

    Source: 64 FR 50768, Sept. 20, 1999, unless otherwise noted.

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills



Sec. 62.7100  Identification of plan.

    (a) The Washoe County Department of Health submitted on May 7, 1997 
a letter certifying that there are no existing municipal solid waste 
landfills in Washoe County subject to 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc.
    (b) The Nevada Division of Environmental Protection submitted on 
June 3, 1998 and May 21, 1999 the State of Nevada's Section 111(d) Plan 
for Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills.

[[Page 364]]



Sec. 62.7101  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all existing municipal solid waste landfills for 
which construction, reconstruction, or modification was commenced before 
May 30, 1991, as described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc.



Sec. 62.7102  Effective date.

    The effective date of EPA approval of the plan is November 19, 1999.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.7120  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Nevada Division of Environmental Protection 
submitted March 26, 1997 certifying that there are no existing municipal 
waste combustor units in the State of Nevada that are subject to part 
60, subpart Cb, of this chapter.

[65 FR 33467, May 24, 2000]



                        Subpart EE--New Hampshire

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)



Sec. 62.7325  Identification of plan.

    (a) Identification of plan. New Hampshire Plan for the Control of 
Designated Pollutants from Existing Plants (Section 111(d) Plan).
    (b) The plan was officially submitted as follows:
    (1) Control of total reduced sulfur (TRS) emissions from existing 
kraft pulp mills, submitted on January 3, 1992.
    (2) Control of air emissions from existing hospital/medical/
infectious waste incinerators, submitted on June 2, 1999.
    (c) Designated facilities. The plan applies to existing facilities 
in the following categories of sources:
    (1) Kraft pulp mills.
    (2) Hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators.

[57 FR 56858, Dec. 1, 1992, as amended at 65 FR 6012, Feb. 8, 2000]

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.7350  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The State Air Pollution Control Agency submitted on November 29, 
1978, a letter certifying that there are no existing phosphate 
fertilizer plants in the state subject to part 60, subpart B of this 
chapter.

[44 FR 54052, Sept 18, 1979]

    Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Sulfuric Acid Production Units



Sec. 62.7375  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The State Air Pollution Control Agency submitted on November 29, 
1978, a letter certifying that there are no existing sulfuric acid 
plants in the state subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.

[44 FR 54052, Sept 18, 1979]

        Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Plants



Sec. 62.7400  Identification of     sources--negative declaration.

    The State Air Pollution Control Agency submitted on January 3, 1989, 
a letter certifying that there are no existing primary aluminum 
reduction plants in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of this 
chapter.

[54 FR 9047, Mar. 3, 1989]

           Total Reduced Sulfur From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.7425  Identification of sources.

    (a) The plan applies to the following existing kraft pulp mill:
    (1) James River Corporation in Berlin.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (b) [Reserved]

[57 FR 56858, Dec. 1, 1992]

[[Page 365]]

     Air Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste 
                              Incinerators



Sec. 62.7450  Identification of sources.

    (a) The plan applies to existing hospital/medical/infectious waste 
incinerators for which construction commenced on or before June 20, 
1996.
    (b) [Reserved]

[65 FR 6012, Feb. 8, 2000]



                         Subpart FF--New Jersey

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.7600  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection submitted, on 
May 20, 1977, a letter certifying that there are no existing phosphate 
fertilizer plants in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of this 
chapter.

[44 FR 41180, July 16, 1979]

          Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.7601  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection submitted, on 
October 18, 1979, a letter certifying that there are no existing kraft 
pulp mills in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.

[45 FR 80826, Dec. 8, 1980; 46 FR 27342, May 19, 1981]

        Fluoride Emissions From Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants



Sec. 62.7602  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection submitted, on 
September 29, 1980, a letter certifying that there are no existing 
primary aluminum plants in the State subject to part 60 subpart B of 
this chapter.

[46 FR 30479, June 9, 1981]



                         Subpart GG--New Mexico

    Source: 47 FR 10005, Mar. 9, 1982, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 62.7850  Identification of plan.

    (a) Title of plan. ``State of New Mexico Designated Facility Plan'' 
(Sec. 111(d)).
    (b) The plan was officially submitted as follows:
    (1) Sulfuric acid plants on May 15, 1981.
    (c) Affected facilities: The plan includes the following facilities:
    (1) Sulfuric acid plants.

         Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Sulfuric Acid Plants



Sec. 62.7851  Identification of sources.

    (a) The plan includes the following sources:
    (1) Kerr-McGee Nuclear Corporation in McKinley County.
    (2) Climax Chemical Corporation in Lea County.

             Fluoride Emissions From Primary Aluminum Plants



Sec. 62.7852  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The New Mexico Environmental Improvement Division and the 
Albuquerque Air Pollution Control Division submitted letters of July 8, 
1980 and September 23, 1980, respectively, certifying that there are no 
existing primary aluminum plants in the State subject to part 60, 
subpart B of this chapter.

          Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.7853  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The New Mexico Environmental Improvement Division and the 
Albuquerque Air Pollution Control Division submitted letters of November 
5, 1979 and July 8, 1980, respectively, certifying that there are no 
existing kraft pulp mills in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of 
this chapter.

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.7854  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The State Department of Health and Social Services submitted on 
October 31, 1977, a letter certifying that there are no existing 
phosphate fertilizer

[[Page 366]]

plants in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.

[43 FR 51393, Nov. 3, 1978. Redesignated at 47 FR 10005, Mar. 9, 1982]

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills



Sec. 62.7855  Identification of Plan.

    Control of landfill gas emissions from existing municipal solid 
waste landfills, submitted on January 7, 1997.

[62 FR 54591, Oct. 21, 1997]



Sec. 62.7856  Identification of Sources.

    The plan applies to all existing municipal solid waste landfills 
with design capacities greater than or equal to 2.5 million megagrams 
and non-methane organic emissions greater than or equal to 50 megagrams 
per year as described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc.

[62 FR 54591, Oct. 21, 1997]

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.7857  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Environment Department submitted January 10, 1997 
certifying that there are no existing municipal waste combustor units in 
the State of New Mexico that are subject to part 60, subpart Cb, of this 
chapter.

[65 FR 33467, May 24, 2000]



                          Subpart HH--New York

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.8100  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The New York State Department of Environmental Conservation 
submitted, on May 12, 1977, a letter certifying that there are no 
existing phosphate fertilizer plants in the State subject to part 60, 
subpart B of this chapter.

[44 FR 41180, July 16, 1979]

     Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants



Sec. 62.8102  Identification of plan.

    (a) [Reserved]
    (b) The plan was officially submitted and approved as follows:
    (1) Part 224--``Sulfuric Acid and Nitric Acid Plants'' of Title 6 of 
the New York Code of Rules and Regulations effective May 10, 1984.
    (2) Supplemental information submitted on March 29, 1985.
    (c) Identification of sources. The plan includes the following 
plants:
    (1) PVS Chemicals, Inc., Buffalo.
    (2) Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester.
    (d) The plan is approved with the provision that for existing 
sources any variance or compliance date extension from the provisions of 
part 224, ``Sulfuric Acid and Nitric Acid Plants,'' or any text method 
other than specified in 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, approved by the 
Commissioner of Environmental Conservation must be submitted and 
approved as a plan revision.

[50 FR 41137, Oct. 9, 1985]

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity to Combust Greater 
             Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.8103  Identification of plan.

    (a) The New York State Department of Environmental Conservation 
submitted to the Environmental Protection Agency a ``State Plan for 
implementation and enforcement of 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cb, Emissions 
Guidelines for Large Municipal Waste Combustors'' on December 15, 1997 
and supplemented on June 22, 1998.
    (b) Identification of sources: The plan applies to existing 
facilities with a municipal waste combustor unit capacity greater than 
250 tons per day of municipal solid waste.
    (c) On October 7, 1998 and supplemented on November 5, 1998, the New 
York State Department of Environmental Conservation submitted revisions 
to the State Plan which incorporates emission limits and compliance

[[Page 367]]

schedules as amended by EPA on August 25, 1997 (65 FR 45116).

[63 FR 41429, Aug. 4, 1998, as amended at 64 FR 6237, Feb. 9, 1999]

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills



Sec. 62.8104  Identification of plan.

    (a) The New York State Department of Environmental Conservation 
submitted to the Environmental Protection Agency a ``State Plan for 
implementation and enforcement of 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc, Emissions 
Guidelines for Municipal Solid Waste Landfills' on October 8, 1998.
    (b) Identification of sources: The plan applies to all existing 
municipal solid waste landfills for which construction, reconstruction 
or modification was commenced before May 30, 1991 that accepted waste at 
any time since November 8, 1987 or that have additional capacity 
available for future waste deposition, as described in 40 CFR part 60, 
subpart Cc.

[64 FR 38586, July 19, 1999]

 Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds, Particulates and Nitrogen Oxide 
 Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators



Sec. 62.8105  Identification of plan.

    (a) The New York State Department of Environmental Conservation 
submitted to the Environmental Protection Agency a ``State Plan for 
implementation and enforcement of 40 CFR part 60, subpart CE, Emissions 
Guidelines for Hospitals/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators'' on 
September 9, 1998 and supplemented on March 11, May 12, and May 15, 
1999.
    (b) Identification of sources: The plan applies to all existing 
HMIWI facilities for which construction was commenced on or before June 
20, 1996, as described in 40 CFR Part 60, Subpart Ce.
    (c) The effective date for the portion of the plan applicable to 
existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators is October 8, 
1999.

[64 FR 43094, Aug. 9, 1999]



                       Subpart II--North Carolina

    Authority: Secs. 110(a) and 111(d), Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7410(a) 
and 7411(d)).

    Source: 48 FR 31403, July 8, 1983, unless otherwise noted.

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)



Sec. 62.8350  Identification of plan.

    (a) Identification of plan. North Carolina Designated Facility Plan 
(Section 111(d) Plan).
    (b) The plan was officially submitted as follows:
    (1) Control of sulfuric acid mist emissions from existing sulfuric 
acid production units, submitted on October 27, 1978, and November 14, 
1979.
    (2) Control of fluoride emissions from existing primary aluminum 
plants, submitted on April 16, and August 24, 1981.
    (3) Control of total reduced sulfur emissions from existing 
facilities at kraft pulp mills, submitted on May 2, 1980, and September 
24, 1982.
    (4) The following revisions to Title 15 of the North Carolina 
Administrative Code (15 NCAC) were submitted to EPA on July 18, 1986, 
following adoption by the North Carolina Environmental Management 
Commission on November 8, 1984: Revised regulations 2D.0517--Emissions 
From Plants Producing Sulfuric Acid, 2D.0528--Total Reduced Sulfur From 
Kraft Pulp Mills, and 2D.0529--Fluoride Emissions From Primary Aluminum 
Reduction Plants.
    (5) A change to regulation 15 NCAC 2D.0528, Total Reduced Sulfur 
from Kraft Pulp Mills, was submitted to EPA April 14, 1987, following 
adoption by the North Carolina Environmental Management Commission on 
April 9, 1987.
    (6) Revisions to regulations 15 NCAC 2D.0528(c), (f), (g), and (h)--
Total Reduced Sulfur from Kraft Pulp Mills, and 2D.0529 (a) and (c)--
Flouride Emissions from Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants, were 
submitted by the North Carolina Department of Natural

[[Page 368]]

Resources and Community Development on May 2, 1988, following adoption 
by the North Carolina Environmental Management Commission on April 14, 
1988.
    (7) Regulation 1-144, Particulate Matter and Reduced Sulfur 
Emissions from Pulp and Paper Mills, except 1-144(f) and (g) for the 
Western North Carolina portion of the North Carolina SIP submitted on 
June 14, 1990.
    (c) Designated facilities. The plan applies to existing facilities 
in the following categories of sources:
    (1) Sulfuric acid plants.
    (2) Primary aluminum plants.
    (3) Kraft pulp mills.

[48 FR 31403, July 8, 1983, as amended at 51 FR 41788, Nov. 19, 1986; 53 
FR 31863, Aug. 22, 1988; 53 FR 49882, Dec. 12, 1988; 57 FR 4738, Feb. 7, 
1992]

          Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants



Sec. 62.8351  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities at the following sulfuric 
acid plants:
    (a) Sulfur-burning plants operated by:
    (1) Texasgulf Inc. in Beaufort County,
    (2) Swift Agricultural Chemical Company in Brunswick County,
    (3) USS Agri-Chemicals in Brunswick County,
    (4) Wright Chemical Corporation in Columbus County, and
    (5) Northeast Chemical Company in New Hanover County.
    (b) There are no oleum plants.
    (c) There are no bound sulfur feedstock plants.

        Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Plants



Sec. 62.8352  Identification of sources.

    (a) The plan applies to the following existing primary aluminum 
plant facilities.
    (1) Two potlines of prebake cells at the Badin (Stanly County) plant 
of the Aluminum Corporation of America.

          Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.8353  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities at the following kraft pulp 
mills:
    (a) Federal Paper Board in Riegelwood,
    (b) Hoerner-Waldorf in Roanoke Rapids,
    (c) Champion International in Canton,
    (d) Weyerhaeuser in New Bern, and
    (e) Weyerhaeuser in Plymouth.

[43 FR 51393, Nov. 3, 1978, as amended at 57 FR 4738, Feb. 7, 1992]



                        Subpart JJ--North Dakota

    Source: 62 FR 65619, Dec. 15, 1997, unless otherwise noted.

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills



Sec. 62.8600  Identification of plan.

    ``Section 111(d) Plan for Municipal Solid Waste Landfills'' and the 
associated State regulation in section 33-15-12-02 of the North Dakota 
Administrative Code, submitted by the State on September 11, 1997.



Sec. 62.8601  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all existing municipal solid waste landfills for 
which construction, reconstruction, or modification was commenced before 
May 30, 1991 that accepted waste at any time since November 8, 1987 or 
that have additional capacity available for future waste deposition, as 
described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc.



Sec. 62.8602  Effective date.

    The effective date of the plan for municipal solid waste landfills 
is February 13, 1998.

    Air Emissions From Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators

    Source: Sections 62.8610 through 62.8612 appear at 64 FR 44421, Aug. 
16, 1999, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 62.8610  Identification of Plan.

    Section 111(d) Plan for Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste 
Incinerators and the associated State regulation in section 33-15-12-02 
of the North Dakota Administrative Code submitted by the State on 
October 6, 1998.

[[Page 369]]



Sec. 62.8611  Identification of Sources.

    The plan applies to all existing hospital/medical/infectious waste 
incinerators for which construction was commenced on or before June 20, 
1996, as described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Ce.



Sec. 62.8612  Effective Date.

    The effective date for the portion of the plan applicable to 
existing hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators is July 12, 
1999.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.8620  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Department of Health submitted May 1, 1996 
certifying that there are no existing municipal waste combustor units in 
the State of North Dakota that are subject to part 60, subpart Cb, of 
this chapter.

[65 FR 33467, May 24, 2000]



                            Subpart KK--Ohio

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.8850  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The Ohio Environmental Protection Agency submitted on December 1, 
1977, (resubmitted on April 1, 1985, and April 25, 1985) a letter 
certifying that there are no existing phosphate fertilizer plants in the 
State subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.

[50 FR 41137, Oct. 9, 1985]

          Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.8860  Identification of plan--disapproval.

    On December 7, 1984, and April 23, 1986, Ohio submitted its plan for 
controlling total reduced sulfur from existing kraft pulp mills, 
including Rules 3745-73-01, 02, 03, and 04. The plan is being 
disapproved because:
    (a) The requirements of Sec. 60.24(f) of this chapter are not met 
because the State failed to justify the application of emission 
standards less stringent than the Federal emission standards. 
Additionally, USEPA does not have a bubble policy applicable to 111(d) 
plans.
    (b) The plan does not contain monitoring requirements to ensure 
proper operation and maintenance of the affected facility as required by 
Sec. 60.25(b) of this chapter.

[55 FR 19884, May 14, 1990]

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills



Sec. 62.8870  Identification of plan.

    The Ohio State Implementation Plan for implementing the Federal 
Municipal Solid Waste Landfill Emission Guidelines including Ohio 
Administrative Code (OAC) Rules 3745-76-01 through 3745-76-15 was 
submitted on March 30, 1998.

[63 FR 42238, Aug. 7, 1998]



Sec. 62.8871  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all existing municipal solid waste landfills for 
which construction, reconstruction or modification was commenced before 
May 30, 1991 that accepted waste at any time since November 8, 1987 or 
that have additional capacity available for future waste deposition, as 
described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc.

[63 FR 42238, Aug. 7, 1998]



Sec. 62.8872  Effective date.

    The effective date of the plan for municipal solid waste landfills 
is October 6, 1998.

[63 FR 42238, Aug. 7, 1998]



                          Subpart LL--Oklahoma

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)



Sec. 62.9100  Identification of plan.

    (a) Identification of plan. Oklahoma Plan for Control of Designated 
Pollutants from Existing Facilities (Section 111(d) Plan).
    (b) The plan was officially submitted as follows:

[[Page 370]]

    (1) Control of sulfuric acid mist from existing sulfuric acid 
production plants submitted on December 5, 1985, with the corresponding 
regulation submitted by the Governor of Oklahoma on March 31, 1986.
    (2) Control of total reduced sulfur from existing kraft pulp mills 
was submitted on November 17, 1987, and supplemented on June 1, 1988.
    (3) Oklahoma State Plan for Existing Large Municipal Waste 
Combustors, submitted on July 10, 1998, by the Oklahoma Department of 
Environmental Quality.
    (4) Control of landfill gas emissions from existing municipal solid 
waste landfills, submitted by the Oklahoma Department of Environmental 
Quality on December 18, 1998.
    (5) Control of air emissions from designated hazardous/medical/
infectious waste incinerators, submitted by the Oklahoma Department of 
Environmental Quality on November 17, 1999 (OAC 252:100-17, Part 7).
    (c) Designated facilities. The plan applies to existing facilities 
in the following categories of sources.
    (1) Sulfuric acid production plants.
    (2) Kraft pulp mills.
    (3) Existing municipal waste combustors.
    (4) Municipal solid waste landfills.
    (5) Hazardous/medical/infectious waste incinerators.

[52 FR 3229, Feb. 3, 1987, as amended at 54 FR 24905, June 12, 1989; 63 
FR 59890, Nov. 6, 1998; 64 FR 13519, Mar. 19, 1999; 65 FR 25449, May 2, 
2000]

          Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants



Sec. 62.9110  Identification of sources.

    (a) Identification of sources. The plan includes the following 
sulfuric acid production plants.
    (1) National Zinc Co. in Bartlesville, Oklahoma.
    (2) Tulsa Chemical Co. in Tulsa, Oklahoma.

[52 FR 3230, Feb. 3, 1987]

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.9120  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The State Department of Health submitted on October 25, 1977, a 
letter certifying that there are no existing phosphate fertilizer plants 
in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.

[43 FR 51393, Nov. 3, 1978. Redesignated at 52 FR 3229, Feb. 3, 1987]

             Fluoride Emissions From Primary Aluminum Plants



Sec. 62.9130  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The Oklahoma State Department of Health submitted a letter on March 
3, 1983, certifying that there are no existing primary aluminum 
reduction plants in the State of Oklahoma subject to 40 CFR part 60, 
subpart B, of this chapter.

[48 FR 29854, June 29, 1983. Redesignated at 52 FR 3229, Feb. 3, 1987]

           Total Reduced Sulfur From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.9140  Identification of source.

    The plan includes the following kraft pulp mill:
    (a) Weyerhaeuser Paper Company in Valliant, Oklahoma.

[54 FR 24905, June 12, 1989]

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
Existing Municipal Waste Combustors with the Capacity To Combust Greater 
             Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.9150  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities with a municipal waste 
combustor (MWC) unit capacity greater than 250 tons per day of municipal 
solid waste (MSW) at the following MWC site:

[[Page 371]]

Ogden-Martin Systems of Tulsa, Incorporated, 2122 South Yukon Avenue, 
Tulsa, OK 74107.

[63 FR 59890, Nov. 6, 1998]

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills



Sec. 62.9160  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing municipal solid waste landfills for 
which construction, reconstruction, or modification was commenced before 
May 30, 1991, that accepted waste at any time since November 8, 1987, or 
that have additional capacity available for future waste deposition, as 
described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc.

[64 FR 13519, Mar. 19, 1999]

   Air Emissions From Hazardous/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators



Sec. 62.9170  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing hazardous/medical/infectious waste 
incinerators for which construction, reconstruction, or modification was 
commenced before June 20, 1996, as described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart 
Ce.

[65 FR 25449, May 2, 2000]

                             Effective Date.



Sec. 62.9171  Effective date.

    The effective date for the portion of the plan applicable to 
existing hazardous/medical/infectious waste incinerators is July 3, 
2000.

[65 FR 25449, May 2, 2000]



                           Subpart MM--Oregon

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)



Sec. 62.9350  Identification of plan.

    (a) Identification of plan. Oregon Designated Facility Plan (Section 
111(d) Plan).
    (b) The plan was officially submitted as follows:
    (1) Control of fluoride emissions from phosphate fertilizer plants, 
submitted by the Oregon State Department of Environmental Quality on 
June 1, 1977.
    (2) Control of sulfuric acid mist emissions from sulfuric acid 
production units, submitted by the Oregon State Department of 
Environmental Quality on January 27, 1978.
    (3) Control of fluoride emissions from primary aluminum reduction 
plants, submitted by the Oregon State Department of Environmental 
Quality on January 13, 1981 and August 9, 1982.
    (4) Control of metals, acid gases, organic compounds and nitrogen 
oxide emissions from existing municipal waste combustors was submitted 
by Oregon Department of Environmental Quality on December 31, 1996.
    (5) Control of landfill gas emission from existing Municipal Solid 
Waste Landfill plan was submitted by Oregon Department of Environmental 
Quality on May 14, 1997.
    (6) Control of metals, acid gases, organic compounds, particulates 
and nitrogen oxide emissions from existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious 
Waste Incinerators was submitted by the Oregon Department of 
Environmental Quality on October 20, 1998, and November 6, 1998.
    (c) Designated facilities. The plan applies to existing facilities 
in the following categories of sources:
    (1) Phosphate fertilizer plants.
    (2) Sulfuric acid production units.
    (3) Primary aluminum reduction plants.
    (4) Existing municipal waste combustors.
    (5) Existing municipal solid waste landfills.
    (6) Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators.

[48 FR 11118, Mar. 16, 1983, as amended at 62 FR 36997, July 10, 1997; 
63 FR 34818, June 26, 1998; 65 FR 21362, Apr. 21, 2000]

        Fluoride Emissions From Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants



Sec. 62.9360  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities at the following primary 
aluminum reduction plants:
    (a) Reynolds Metals Company in Troutdale, Oregon
    (b) Martin-Marietta in The Dalles, Oregon.

[48 FR 11118, Mar. 16, 1983]

[[Page 372]]

           Flouride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.9500  Identification of sources.

    The Oregon State Department of Environmental Quality submitted on 
June 1, 1977, certification that there are no existing phosphate 
fertilizer plants in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of this 
chapter.

[44 FR 76281, Dec. 26, 1979. Redesignated and amended at 48 FR 11118, 
Mar. 16, 1983]

    Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Sulfuric Acid Production Units



Sec. 62.9501  Identification of sources.

    The Oregon State Deparetment of Environmental Quality submitted on 
January 27, 1978, certification that there are no existing sulfuric acid 
plants in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.

[44 FR 76281, Dec. 26, 1979. Redesignated and amended at 48 FR 11118, 
Mar. 16, 1983]

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity to Combust Greater 
             Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.9505  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities at the following municipal 
waste combustor sites:
    (a) Ogden Martin Systems, Marion County, Oregon.
    (b) [Reserved]

[62 FR 36997, July 10, 1997; 62 FR 48950, Sept. 18, 1997]

 Control of Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste 
                                Landfills



Sec. 62.9510  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all existing MSW landfill facilities in Oregon 
meeting the requirements as stated in their State regulations.

[63 FR 34818, June 26, 1998]

 Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds, Particulates and Nitrogen Oxide 
 Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators



Sec. 62.9515  Identification of sources--Negative declaration.

    On October 20, 1998, and November 6, 1998, the Oregon Department of 
Environmental Quality submitted a letter certifying that there are no 
existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators in the State 
subject to the Emission Guidelines under part 60, subpart B, of this 
chapter.

[65 FR 21363, Apr. 21, 2000]



                        Subpart NN--Pennsylvania

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.9600  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    (a) The Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Resources submitted 
on December 1, 1977, a letter certifying that there are no existing 
phosphate fertilizer plants in the State subject to part 60, subpart B 
of this chapter.
    (b) The Allegheny County Bureau of Air Pollution Control submitted a 
letter on August 18, 1978 certifying that there are no phosphate 
fertilizer plants in the County subject to part 60, subpart B of this 
chapter.
    (c) The City of Philadelphia Air Management Services submitted on 
February 22, 1985, a letter certifying that there are no existing 
phosphate fertilizer plants in the City subject to part 60, subpart B of 
this chapter.

[47 FR 5900, Feb. 9, 1982, as amended at 50 FR 47734, Nov. 20, 1985]

     Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants



Sec. 62.9601  Identification of plan.

    (a) The Allegheny County Bureau of Air Pollution Control submitted a 
letter on August 18, 1978 certifying that there are no sulfuric acid 
plants in the County subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.
    (b) A plan for the control of sulfuric acid mist emissions from 
existing sulfuric acid plants in the Commonwealth

[[Page 373]]

of Pennsylvania, submitted on May 30, 1978 and supplemented on August 
17, 1981.
    (c) The City of Philadelphia Air Management Services submitted on 
February 22, 1985, a letter certifying that there are no existing 
sulfuric acid plants in the City subject to part 60, subpart B of this 
chapter.

[47 FR 5900, Feb. 9, 1982, as amended at 50 FR 47735, Nov. 20, 1985]

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.9610  Identification of plan--negative declaration

    (a) The Allegheny County Bureau of Air Pollution Control submitted a 
letter on February 14, 1985, certifying that there are no kraft pulp 
mills in the County subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.
    (b) The City of Philadelphia Air Management Services submitted on 
February 22, 1985, a letter certifying that there are no existing kraft 
pulp mills in the City subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.

[50 FR 47735, Nov. 20, 1985]



Sec. 62.9611  Identification of plan--Pennsylvania.

    (a) Title of Plan. Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Plan under section 
111(d) for Designated Pollutants from Existing Facilities--Kraft Pulp 
Mills.
    (b) The plan was officially submitted by the Pennsylvania Department 
of Environmental Resources on July 19, 1988, with revisions submitted on 
January 11, 1991, and August 15, 1991.
    (c) Identification of sources. The Plan includes the following kraft 
pulp mills:

(1) Appleton Papers--Roaring Spring, Blair County
(2) P.H. Gladfelter--Spring Grove, York County
(3) Penntech Papers--Johnsonburg, Elk County

[64 FR 57784, Oct. 27, 1999]

        Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Plants



Sec. 62.9620  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The Secretary, Department of Environmental Resources submitted on 
November 3, 1980, a letter certifying there are no primary aluminum 
plants in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania subject to part 60, subpart B 
of this chapter.

[46 FR 41783, Aug. 18, 1981]

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)



Sec. 62.9630  Identification of plan.

    Section 111(d) plan for municipal solid waste landfills and the 
associated Allegheny County Health Department Regulation in Article XXI, 
Sec. 2105.73, as submitted on October 23, 1997, by the Commonwealth of 
Pennsylvania.

[64 FR 13077, Mar. 17, 1999]



Sec. 62.9631  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all Allegheny County, Pennsylvania, existing 
municipal solid waste landfills for which construction, reconstruction, 
or modification was commenced before May 30, 1991 and that has accepted 
waste at any time since November 8, 1987 or that has additional capacity 
available for future waste deposition, as described in 40 CFR part 60, 
subpart Cc.

[64 FR 13077, Mar. 17, 1999]



Sec. 62.9632  Effective date.

    The effective date of the plan for municipal solid waste landfills 
is April 16, 1999.

[64 FR 13078, Mar. 17, 1999]

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
 Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With a Unit Capacity Greater Than 
                            250 Tons per Day

    Source: Sections 62.9640 through 62.9642 appear at 64 FR 45884, Aug. 
23, 1999, unless otherwise noted.

[[Page 374]]



Sec. 62.9640  Identification of plan.

    The 111(d)/129 plan for municipal waste combustors (MWC) with a unit 
capacity greater than 250 tons per day (TPD) and the associated 
Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection five (5) MWC 
federally enforceable state operating permits (FESOPs) and one (1) MWC 
plan approval (i.e., construction permit) that were submitted to EPA on 
April 27, 1998 and as amended on September 8, 1998. The 111(d)/129 plan 
is conditionally approved pending receipt, within one year of EPA plan 
approval, of an enforceable mechanism that requires affected facilities 
to be in compliance no later than December 19, 2000, with the 1997 MWC 
emissions guidelines' supplemental emissions limits.



Sec. 62.9641  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all existing MWC facilities with a MWC unit 
capacity greater than 250 TPD of municipal solid waste.



Sec. 62.9642  Effective date.

    The effective date of the 111(d)/129 plan is October 22, 1999.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste

    Source: Sections 62.9643 and 62.9644 appear at 65 FR 33467, May 24, 
2000, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 62.9643  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Allegheny County Health Department submitted March 
14, 1996 certifying that there are no existing municipal waste combustor 
units in Allegheny County that are subject to part 60, subpart Cb, of 
this chapter.



Sec. 62.9644  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the City of Philadelphia Department of Public Health 
submitted February 14, 1997 certifying that there are no existing 
municipal waste combustor units in the City of Philadelphia that are 
subject to part 60, subpart Cb, of this chapter.

 Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators 
                    (HMIWIs)--Section 111(d)/129 Plan

    Source: Sections 62.9660 through 62.9662 appear at 65 FR 18252, Apr. 
7, 2000, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 62.9660  Identification of plan.

    Section 111(d)/129 plan for HMIWIs and the associated Allegheny 
County Health Department (ACHD) regulations, as submitted on June 24, 
1999.



Sec. 62.9661  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all Allegheny County, Pennsylvania existing 
HMIWI for which construction was commenced on or before June 20, 1996.



Sec. 62.9662  Effective date.

    The effective date of the plan is June 6, 2000.

[65 FR 18252, Apr. 7, 2000; 65 FR 34104, May 26, 2000]



                        Subpart OO--Rhode Island



Sec. 62.9825  Identification of plan.

    (a) Identification of Plan. Rhode Island Plan for the Control of 
Designated Pollutants from Existing Plants (Section 111(d) Plan).
    (b) The plan was officially submitted as follows:
    (1) Control of air emissions from existing hospital/medical/
infectious waste incinerators, submitted on August 2, 2000.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (c) Designated facilities. The plan applies to existing facilities 
in the following categories of sources:
    (1) Hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators.
    (2) [Reserved]

[66 FR 21096, Apr. 27, 2001]

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.9850  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The State Department of Environmental Management submitted on 
November 14, 1977, a letter certifying that

[[Page 375]]

there are no existing phosphate fertilizer plants in the state subject 
to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.

[44 FR 54052, Sept. 18, 1979]

    Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Sulfuric Acid Production Units



Sec. 62.9875  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The State Department of Environmental Management submitted on 
November 14, 1977, a letter certifying that there are no existing 
sulfuric acid plants in the state subject to part 60, subpart B of this 
chapter.

[44 FR 54052, Sept. 18, 1979]

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.9900  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The State Department of Environmental Management submitted on July 
26, 1979, a letter certifying that there are no existing kraft pulp 
mills in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.

[54 FR 9047, Mar. 3, 1989]

        Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Plants



Sec. 62.9950  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The State Department of Environmental Management submitted on 
December 8, 1989, a letter certifying that there are no existing primary 
aluminum reduction plants in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of 
this chapter.

[54 FR 9047, Mar. 3, 1989]

   Municipal Waste Combustor Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste 
Combustors With the Capacity To Combust Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of 
                          Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.9975  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    On February 5, 1992, the Rhode Island Department of Environmental 
Management submitted a letter certifying that there are no existing 
municipal waste combustors in the State subject to the emission 
guidelines published on February 11, 1991 (56 FR 5514) pursuant to part 
60, subpart B of this chapter.

[57 FR 44692, Sept. 29, 1992]

     Air Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectiours Waste 
                              Incinerators



Sec. 62.9990  Identification of sources.

    (a) The plan applies to the following existing hospital/medical/
infectious waste incinerators that were still operating as of the date 
of publication, and to any other unit for which construction commenced 
on or before June 20, 1996:
    (1) Eleanor Slater Hospital/Zambarano Unit, Pascoag.
    (2) Our Lady of Fatima Hospital, North Providence.
    (3) Rhode Island Hospital, Providence.
    (4) Roger Williams Hospital, Providence.
    (b) [Reserved]

[66 FR 21096, Apr. 27, 2001]



                       Subpart PP--South Carolina

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)

    Source: 47 FR 29236, July 6, 1982, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 62.10100  Identification of plan.

    (a) Identification of plan. South Carolina Designated Facility Plan 
(Section 111(d) Plan).
    (b) The plan was officially submitted as follows:
    (1) Implementation Plan for Control of Designated Pollutants, 
including sulfuric acid mist from sulfuric acid plants and total reduced 
sulfur from kraft pulp mills, submitted on December 22, 1981.
    (2) A revision to South Carolina's 111(d) plan for total reduced 
sulfur which was submitted on December 13, 1984. This revision approved 
an alternate emission limit for the digesters and an extended compliance 
schedule for the evaporators at Stone Container Corporation.

[[Page 376]]

    (3) South Carolina Implementation Plan for Existing Large Municipal 
Waste Combustors, submitted on January 14, 1998, by the South Carolina 
Department of Health and Environmental Control.
    (4) South Carolina Implementation Plan for Existing Municipal Solid 
Waste Landfills, submitted on April 12, 1999, by the South Carolina 
Department of Health and Environmental Control.
    (c) Designated facilities. The plan applies to existing facilities 
in the following categories sources:
    (1) Sulfuric acid plants.
    (2) Kraft pulp mills.
    (3) Existing municipal waste combustors.
    (4) Existing municipal solid waste landfills.

[47 FR 29236, July 6, 1982, as amended at 50 FR 33037, Aug. 16, 1985; 63 
FR 40048, July 27, 1998; 64 FR 46151, Aug. 24, 1999]

    Effective Date Note: At 66 FR 22929, May 7, 2001, Sec. 62.10100 was 
amended by adding paragraphs (b)(5) and (c)(5), effective July 6, 2001. 
For the convenience of the user, the added text is set forth as follows:

Sec. 62.10100  Identification of plan.

                                * * * * *

    (b) * * *
    (5) South Carolina Designated Facility Plan (Section 111(d)/129) for 
Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators, submitted on September 
19, 2000, by the South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental 
Control.
    (c) * * *
    (5) Existing hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators.

              Sulfuric Acid Mist From Sulfuric Acid Plants



Sec. 62.10110  Identification of     sources.

    The plan applies to existing plants at the following locations:
    (1) Sulfur-burning plants of W. R. Grace and Company's plant in 
Charleston.
    (2) There are no bound sulfur or oleum plants.

          Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.10120  Identification of     sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities at the following kraft pulp 
mills:
    (1) Westvaco in North Charleston.
    (2) International Paper Company in Georgetown.
    (3) Bowater Carolina Company in Catawba.
    (4) Stone Container Corporation in Florence.

[47 FR 29236, July 6, 1982, as amended at 50 FR 33037, Aug. 16, 1985]

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.10130  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control 
submitted on November 2, 1977, a letter certifying that there are no 
existing phosphate fertilizer plants in the State subject to part 60, 
subpart B, of this chapter.

   Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants



Sec. 62.10140  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control 
submitted on May 3, 1983, a letter certifying that there are no existing 
primary aluminum plants in the State which are subject to part 60 
subpart B of this chapter.

[50 FR 33037, Aug. 16, 1985]

Metals, Acid gases, Organic Compounds And Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With The Capacity To Combust Greater 
             Than 250 Tons Per Day Of Municipal Solid Waste.



Sec. 62.10150  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities with a municipal waste 
combustor (MWC) unit capacity greater than 250 tons per day of municipal 
solid waste (MSW) at the following MWC sites:

[[Page 377]]

    (a) Foster Wheeler Charleston Resource Recovery Facility, 
Charleston, South Carolina.
    (b) [Reserved]

[63 FR 40049, July 27, 1998]

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills



Sec. 62.10160  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing municipal solid waste landfills for 
which construction, reconstruction, or modification was commenced before 
May 30, 1991, that accepted waste at any time since November 8, 1987, or 
that have additional capacity available for future waste deposition, as 
described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc.

[64 FR 46151, Aug. 24, 1999]

    Air Emissions From Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators



Sec. 62.10170  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing hospital/medical/infectious waste 
incinerators for which construction, reconstruction, or modification was 
commenced before June 20, 1996, as described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart 
Ce.

[66 FR 22929, May 7, 2001]

    Effective Date Note: At 66 FR 22929, May 7, 2001, Sec. 62.10170 was 
added, effective July 6, 2001.



                        Subpart QQ--South Dakota

    Source:  64 FR 29799, June 3, 1999, unless otherwise noted.

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills



Sec. 62.10350  Identification of plan.

    ``Section 111(d) State Plan for Municipal Solid Waste Landfills'' 
and the State's implementing regulations in Sections 74:36:07:34 through 
74:36:07:42 of the Administrative Rules of South Dakota (ARSD), 
submitted by the State on May 2, 1997 with amendments to the plan 
submitted on May 6, 1999.



Sec. 62.10351  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all existing municipal solid waste landfills for 
which construction, reconstruction, or modification was commenced before 
May 30, 1991 that accepted waste at any time since November 8, 1987 or 
that have additional capacity available for future waste deposition, as 
described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc.



Sec. 62.10352  Effective date.

    The effective date of the plan for municipal solid waste landfills 
is August 2, 1999.

    Air Emissions From Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators

    Source: Sections 62.10360 through 62.10362 appear at 65 FR 38740, 
June 22, 2000, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 62.10360  Identification of plan.

    Section 111(d) Plan for Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste 
Incinerators and the associated State regulation, chapter 74:36:07 
section 74:36:07:06.01 of the Administrative Rules of South Dakota, 
submitted by the State on February 7, 2000.



Sec. 62.10361  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all existing hospital/medical/infectious waste 
incinerators for which construction was commenced on or before June 20, 
1996, as described in 40 CFR part 60, Subpart Ce.



Sec. 62.10362  Effective date.

    The effective date for the portion of the plan applicable to 
existing hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators is August 21, 
2000.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.10370  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Department of Environment and Natural Resources 
submitted June 20, 1997 certifying that there are no existing municipal 
waste combustor units in the State of South

[[Page 378]]

Dakota that are subject to part 60, subpart Cb, of this chapter.

[65 FR 33467, May 24, 2000]



                          Subpart RR--Tennessee

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.10602  Identification of     sources--negative declaration.

    The Tennessee Department of Health and Environment on April 4, 1985, 
submitted a letter certifying that there are no existing phosphate 
fertilizer plants in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of this 
chapter.

[50 FR 26204, June 25, 1985]

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.10625  Identification of plan.

    On June 25, 1993, the State submitted revisions to the Tennessee 
State Implementation Plan (SIP). These were revisions to the process 
gaseous emission standards. These revisions incorporate changes to Rule 
1200-3-7-.07, subparagraphs (4)(a) and (4)(b) of the Tennessee SIP which 
bring this into conformance with the requirements of 40 CFR part 62, 
subpart I.

[61 FR 29667, June 12, 1996]

 Plan For The Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)



Sec. 62.10626  Identification of plan.

    (a) Identification of plan. Tennessee Designated Facility Plan 
(Section 111(d) plan).
    (b) The plan was officially submitted as follows:
    (1) Metropolitan Nashville and Davidson County Tennessee's 
Implementation Plan For Municipal Waste Combustors, submitted on 
December 24, 1996, by the State of Tennessee Department of Environment 
and Conservation.
    (2) Metropolitan Nashville and Davidson County Tennessee's Plan For 
Implementing the Municipal Solid Waste Landfill Emission Guidelines, 
submitted on December 24, 1996, by the State of Tennessee Department of 
Environment and Conservation.
    (3) State of Tennessee Plan for Implementing the Municipal Solid 
Waste Landfill Emission Guideline Requirements of 40 CFR part 60, 
subpart Cc, submitted on January 8, 1999, by the Tennessee Department of 
Environment and Conservation.
    (4) Knox County Department of Air Quality Management Implementation 
Plan: Federal Emission Guidelines Municipal Solid Waste Landfills, 
submitted on July 29, 1999, by the State of Tennessee Department of 
Environment and Conservation.
    (5) Chattanooga-Hamilton County Air Pollution Control Bureau Clean 
Air Act Section 111(d) Plan for Municipal Solid Waste Landfills, 
submitted on April 26, 1999, by the State of Tennessee Department of 
Environment and Conservation.
    (c) Designated facilities. The plan applies to existing facilities 
in the following categories of sources:
    (1) Existing municipal waste combustors.
    (2) Existing municipal solid waste landfills.

[63 FR 70026, Dec. 18, 1998, as amended at 64 FR 52663, Sept. 30, 1999; 
65 FR 8857, 8859, Feb. 23, 2000]

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To combust Greater 
             Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.10627  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities with a municipal waste 
combustor (MWC) unit capacity greater than 250 tons per day of municipal 
solid waste (MSW) at the following MWC sites:
    (a) Nashville Thermal Transfer Corporation, Nashville, Tennessee.

[63 FR 70026, Dec. 18, 1998]

[[Page 379]]

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills



Sec. 62.10628  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing municipal solid waste landfills for 
which construction, reconstruction, or modification was commenced before 
May 30, 1991, that accepted waste at any time since November 8, 1987, or 
that have additional capacity available for future waste deposition, as 
described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc.

[63 FR 70027, Dec. 18, 1998]



                            Subpart SS--Texas

    Source: 61 FR 55576, Oct. 28, 1996, unless otherwise noted.

 Plan for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)



Sec. 62.10850  Identification of Plan.

    (a) Identification of plan. Texas Plan for Control of Designated 
Pollutants from Existing Facilities (111(d)Plan).
    (b) The plan was officially submitted as follows:
    (1) Control of sulfuric acid mist from existing sulfuric acid 
production plants as adopted by the Texas Air Control Board (TACB) on 
May 12, 1989, and submitted by the Governor in a letter dated August 21, 
1989.
    (2) Control of total reduced sulfur from existing kraft pulp mills 
as adopted by the Texas Air Control Board (TACB) on May 12, 1989, and 
submitted by the Governor in a letter dated August 21, 1989.
    (3) Control of landfill gas emissions from existing municipal solid 
waste landfills, submitted by the Governor on November 3, 1998.
    (c) Designated facilities. The plan applies to existing facilities 
in the following categories of sources:
    (1) Sulfuric acid production plants.
    (2) Kraft Pulp Mills.

[61 FR 55576, Oct. 28, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 32430, June 17, 1999]

          Sulfuric Acid Mist From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants



Sec. 62.10860  Identification of sources.

    (a) Identification of sources. The plan includes the following 
sulfuric acid production plants:
    (1) Diamond-Shamrock Corporation in Sunray, Texas.
    (2) Amoco Oil Company in Texas City, Texas.
    (3) E.I. duPont de Nemours & Company, Inc. in La Porte, Texas.
    (4) Mobil Mining and Minerals in Pasadena, Texas.
    (5) Rohm and Haas, Texas Inc. in Deer Park, Texas.
    (6) Stauffer Chemical Company in Baytown, Texas.
    (7) Stauffer Chemical Company in Houston, Texas.
    (8) Olin Corporation in Beaumont, Texas.
    (9) Stauffer Chemical Company in Pasadena, Texas.
    (10) Stauffer Chemical Company in Fort Worth, Texas.

           Total Reduced Sulfur From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.10870  Identification of source.

    (a) Identification of sources. The plan includes the following kraft 
pulp mills:
    (1) Simpson Paper Company in Pasadena, Texas.
    (2) Champion International in Sheldon, Texas.
    (3) Temple-Eastex, Inc. in Evadale, Texas.
    (4) Champion International in Lufkin, Texas.
    (5) International Paper Company in Domino, Texas.
    (6) Inland-Orange, Inc. in Orange, Texas.

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills



Sec. 62.10880  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing municipal solid waste landfills for 
which construction, reconstruction, or modification was commenced before 
May 30, 1991, that accepted waste at any time since October 8, 1993, or 
that have additional capacity available for future

[[Page 380]]

waste deposition, as described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc.

[64 FR 32430, June 17, 1999]

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.10890  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission 
submitted May 13, 1997 certifying that there are no existing municipal 
waste combustor units in the State of Texas that are subject to part 60, 
subpart Cb, of this chapter.

[65 FR 33467, May 24, 2000]



                            Subpart TT--Utah

           Fluorides From Existing Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.11100  Identification of plan.

    (a) Title of plan.``Control of Fluorides from Existing Phosphate 
Plants''.
    (b) The plan was officially submitted on March 1, 1982.
    (c) Identification of source. The plan includes the Chevron Chemical 
Company's phosphate fertilizer plant in Magna, Utah.

[47 FR 25336, June 11, 1982; 48 FR 10316, Mar. 11, 1983]

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills



Sec. 62.11110  Identification of plan.

    ``Utah State Plan for Implementation of Emission Controls for 
Existing Designated Facilities, Section I. Municipal Solid Waste 
Landfills'' and the associated State regulations in R307-20-2 and R307-
21 of the Utah Air Conservation Regulations, submitted by the State on 
April 2, 1997 with amendments to the plan submitted on October 31, 1997.

[63 FR 2156, Jan. 14, 1998]



Sec. 62.11111  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all existing municipal solid waste landfills for 
which construction, reconstruction, or modification was commenced before 
May 30, 1991 that accepted waste at any time since November 8, 1987 or 
that have additional capacity available for future waste deposition, as 
described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc.

[63 FR 2156, Jan. 14, 1998]



Sec. 62.11112  Effective date.

    The effective date of the plan for municipal solid waste landfills 
is March 16, 1998.

[63 FR 2156, Jan. 14, 1998]

    Air Emissions From Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators

    Source: Sections 62.11120 through 62.11122 appear at 65 FR 38740, 
June 22, 2000, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 62.11120  Identification of plan.

    Section 111(d) Plan for Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste 
Incinerators and the associated State regulation R307-220-3 and R307-222 
of the Utah Air Conservation Regulations, submitted by the State on 
March 2, 1999 and October 25, 1999.



Sec. 62.11121  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all existing hospital/medical/infectious waste 
incinerators for which construction was commenced on or before June 20, 
1996, as described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Ce.



Sec. 62.11122  Effective date.

    The effective date for the portion of the plan applicable to 
existing hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators is August 21, 
2000.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.11130  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Department of Environmental Quality submitted June 
16, 1997 certifying that there are no existing municipal waste combustor 
units in the State of Utah that are subject to part 60, subpart Cb, of 
this chapter.

[65 FR 33467, May 24, 2000]

[[Page 381]]



                           Subpart UU--Vermont

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.11350  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The State Agency of Environmental Conservation submitted on April 
11, 1978, a letter certifying that there are no existing phosphate 
fertilizer plants in the state subject to part 60, subpart B of this 
chapter.

[44 FR 54052, Sept. 18, 1979]

    Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Sulfuric Acid Production Units



Sec. 62.11375  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The State Agency of Environmental Conservation submitted on April 
11, 1978, a letter certifying that there are no existing sulfuric acid 
plants in the state subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.

[44 FR 54053, Sept. 18, 1979]

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.11400  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The State Agency of Environmental Conservation submitted on August 
2, 1979, a letter certifying that there are no existing kraft pulp mills 
in the State subject to part 60, subject B of this chapter.

[54 FR 9047, Mar. 3, 1989]

        Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Plants



Sec. 62.11425  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The State Agency of Environmental Conservation submitted on January 
4, 1989, a letter certifying that there are no existing primary aluminum 
reduction plants in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of this 
chapter.

[54 FR 9047, Mar. 3, 1989]

   Municipal Waste Combustor Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste 
Combustors With the Capacity To Combust Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of 
                          Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.11450  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    On September 18, 1992, the Vermont Agency of Natural Resources 
submitted a letter certifying that there are no existing municipal waste 
combustors in the State subject to the emission guidelines published on 
February 11, 1991 (56 FR 5514) pursuant to part 60, subpart B of this 
chapter.

[57 FR 44692, Sept. 29, 1992]

     Air Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste 
                              Incinerators



Sec. 62.11475  Identification of Plan--negative declaration.

    On April 16, 1999, the Vermont Agency of Natural Resources submitted 
a letter certifying that there are no existing hospital/medical/
infectious waste incinerators in the state subject to the emission 
guidelines under Part 60, Subpart B of this chapter.

[64 FR 62119, Nov. 16, 1999]



                          Subpart VV--Virginia

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.11600  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The Secretary of Commerce and Resources, Office of the Governor 
submitted on May 13, 1977, a letter certifying that there are no 
existing phosphate fertilizer plants in the State subject to part 60, 
subpart B of this chapter.

[45 FR 43412, June 27, 1980]

     Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Existing Sulfuric Acid Plants



Sec. 62.11601  Identification of plan.

    (a) Title of plan. Commonwealth of Virginia State Implementation 
Plan under section 111(d) of the Clean Air

[[Page 382]]

Act for the Designated Facility--Sulfuric Acid Plants.
    (b) The plan was officially submitted by the Secretary of Commerce 
and Resources, Commonwealth of Virginia, on September 29, 1978.
    (c) [Reserved]
    (d) Identification of sources. The plan includes the following 
sulfuric acid plants:

Allied Chemical, Hopewell
Allied Chemical, Front Royal
Du Pont, James River
Smith Douglas, Chesapeake
U.S. Army Ammo Plant, Radford
Weaver Fertilizer, Norfolk

    (e) A variance issued to the E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company 
James River Sulfuric Acid Plant located in Chesterfield County, Virginia 
exempting the plant from section 4.51(c)(2) until December 15, 1981, 
submitted on October 21, 1980 by the Virginia Secretary of Commerce and 
Resources.
    (f) [Reserved]
    (g) Section 4.51(c)(2) is replaced with Rule 4-21 (Emission 
Standards from Sulfuric Acid Production Units), section 120-04-2104 
(Standard for Sulfuric Acid Mist), effective February 1, 1985. This 
revision was submitted on February 14, 1985 by the Commonwealth of 
Virginia.

[46 FR 55973, Nov. 13, 1981, as amended at 46 FR 55975, Nov. 13, 1981; 
60 FR 50105, Sept. 28, 1995]

      Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Existing Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.11610  Identification of plan.

    (a) Title of Plan. Commonwealth of Virginia State Implementation 
Plan under section 111(d) plan for the Designated Facility--Kraft Pulp 
Mills.
    (b) The plan was officially submitted by the Executive Director of 
the Department of Virginia Department of Air Pollution Control, on May 
15, 1990.
    (c) Identification of sources. The Plan includes the following Kraft 
Pulp Mills:
    (1) Chesapeake Corporation, West Point;
    (2) Stone Container Corporation, Hopewell;
    (3) Union Camp Corporation, Franklin; and
    (4) Westvaco Corporation, Covington.

[63 FR 47437, Sept. 8, 1998; 63 FR 54058, Oct. 8, 1998]



Secs. 62.11611--62.11619  [Reserved--plan not submitted]

        Fluoride Emissions From Existing Primary Aluminum Plants



Sec. 62.11620  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The Commonwealth of Virginia, Office of the Governor, submitted on 
July 9, 1980, a letter certifying that there are no designated 
facilities in the Commonwealth subject to the emission guidelines set 
forth in the Final Guideline Document for the Control of Fluoride 
Emissions from Existing Primary Aluminum Plants.

[46 FR 41783, Aug. 18, 1981]



                         Subpart WW--Washington

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.11850  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The Washington State Department of Ecology submitted on August 29, 
1979, certification that there are no existing phosphate fertilizer 
plants in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.

[44 FR 76281, Dec. 26, 1979]

Plans for the Control of Designated Pollutants From Existing Facilities 
                          (Section 111(d) Plan)



Sec. 62.11860  Identification of Plan.

    (a) Identification of Plan. Washington State Designated Facility 
Plan (Section 111(d) Plan).
    (b) The plan was officially submitted as follows:
    (1) Control of metals, acid gases, organic compounds and nitrogen 
oxide emissions from existing municipal waste combustors was submitted 
by State of Washington Department of Ecology on January 4, 1999.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (c) Designated Facilities. The plan applies to existing facilities 
in the following category of sources:

[[Page 383]]

    (1) Existing municipal waste combustors.
    (2) [Reserved]

[64 FR 41294, July 30, 1999]

Metals, Acid Gases, Organic Compounds and Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From 
Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity to Combust Greater 
             Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.11870  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to existing facilities at the following municipal 
waste combustor sites:
    (1) Spokane Regional Solid Waste System, Spokane, WA.
    (2) [RESERVED]

[64 FR 41294, July 30, 1999]



                        Subpart XX--West Virginia

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.12100  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The West Virginia Air Pollution Control Commission submitted on 
October 25, 1977, a letter certifying that there are no existing 
phosphate fertilizer plants in the State subject to part 60, subpart B 
of this chapter.

[45 FR 43412, June 27, 1980]

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.12110  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Division of Environmental Protection submitted March 
11, 1996 certifying that there are no existing municipal waste combustor 
units in the State of West Virginia that are subject to part 60, subpart 
Cb, of this chapter.

[65 FR 33467, May 24, 2000]

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills 
                         (Section 111(d)) Plan)

    Source: 66 FR 28379, May 23, 2001, unless otherwise noted.

    Effective Date Note: At 66 FR 28379, May 23, 2001, a new center 
heading and Secs. 62.12125, 62.12126, 62.12127 were added, effective 
July 23, 2001.



Sec. 62.12125  Identification of plan.

    West Virginia 111(d) plan for municipal solid waste landfills, 
including delegation of Federal plan (64 FR 60689) compliance schedule 
and reporting requirements, as submitted to the Environmental Protection 
Agency on May 29, 1998, and as amended on May 15, 2000, and December 20, 
2000.



Sec. 62.12126  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all existing West Virginia municipal solid waste 
landfills for which construction, reconstruction, or modification was 
commenced before May 30, 1991 and that accepted waste at any time since 
November 8, 1987, or that have additional capacity available for future 
waste deposition, as described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc.



Sec. 62.12127  Effective date.

    The effective date of the plan for municipal solid waste landfills 
is July 23, 2001.

 Emissions From Existing Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators 
                    (HMIWIs)--SECTION 111(d)/129 Plan

    Source: Sections 62.12150 through 62.12152 appear at 65 FR 37049, 
June 13, 2000, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 62.12150  Identification of plan.

    Section 111(d)/129 plan for HMIWIs and the associated West Virginia 
(WV) Department of Environmental Protection regulations, as submitted on 
August 18, 1999, and as amended on April 19, 2000.



Sec. 62.12151  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all existing WV HMIWI for which construction was 
commenced on or before June 20, 1996.

[[Page 384]]



Sec. 62.12152  Effective date.

    The effective date of the plan is July 28, 2000.



                          Subpart YY--Wisconsin

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.12350  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The State Department of Natural Resources submitted on May 24, 1977, 
a letter certifying that there are no existing phosphate fertilizer 
plants in the State subject to part 60, subpart B of this chapter.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.12360  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Department of Natural Resources submitted September 
26, 1997 certifying that there are no existing municipal waste combustor 
units in the State of Wisconsin that are subject to part 60, subpart Cb, 
of this chapter.

[65 FR 33467, May 24, 2000]



                           Subpart ZZ--Wyoming

    Source: 63 FR 29646, June 1, 1998, unless otherwise noted.

  Landfill Gas Emissions From Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills



Sec. 62.12600  Identification of plan.

    Section 35, ``Municipal Solid Waste Landfills,'' of the Wyoming Air 
Quality Standards and Regulations and associated documentation submitted 
by the State on February 13, 1998.



Sec. 62.12601  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all existing municipal solid waste landfills for 
which construction, reconstruction, or modification was commenced before 
May 30, 1991 that accepted waste at any time since November 8, 1987 or 
that have additional capacity available for future waste deposition, as 
described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart CC.



Sec. 62.12602  Effective date.

    The effective date of the plan for municipal solid waste landfills 
is July 31, 1998.

    Air Emissions From Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators

    Source: Sections 62.12610 through 62.12612 appear at 65 FR 38740, 
June 22, 2000, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 62.12610  Identification of plan.

    Section 111(d) Plan for Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste 
Incinerators and the associated State regulation, Chapter 4, section 5, 
of the Wyoming Air Quality Standards and Regulations, submitted by the 
State on September 7, 1999 and November 9, 1999.



Sec. 62.12611  Identification of sources.

    The plan applies to all existing hospital/medical/infectious waste 
incinerators for which construction was commenced on or before June 20, 
1996, as described in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Ce.



Sec. 62.12612  Effective date.

    The effective date for the portion of the plan applicable to 
existing hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerators is August 21, 
2000.

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.12620  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Department of Environmental Quality submitted 
October 29, 1996 certifying that there are no existing municipal waste 
combustor units in the State of Wyoming that are subject to part 60, 
subpart Cb, of this chapter.

[65 FR 33468, May 24, 2000]

Subpart AAA [Reserved]

[[Page 385]]



                        Subpart BBB--Puerto Rico

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.13100  Identification of plan--negative declaration

    The Commonwealth Environmental Quality Board submitted, on January 
31, 1978, a letter certifying that there are no existing phosphate 
fertilizer plants in Commonwealth subject to part 60, subpart B of this 
chapter.

[44 FR 41180, July 16, 1979]

    Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Sulfuric Acid Production Plants



Sec. 62.13101  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The Commonwealth Environmental Quality Board submitted, on January 
31, 1978, a letter certifying that there are no existing sulfuric acid 
plants in the Commonwealth subject to part 60, subpart B of this 
chapter.

[45 FR 37432, June 3, 1980; 46 FR 27342, May 19, 1981]

        Fluoride Emissions From Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants



Sec. 62.13102  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The Commonwealth of Puerto Rico submitted on April 28, 1981, a 
letter certifying that there are no existing primary aluminum plants in 
the Commonwealth subject to part 60 subpart B of this chapter.

[46 FR 43834, Sept. 1, 1981]

               Total Reduced Sulfur From Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.13103  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The Commonwealth of Puerto Rico submitted on April 28, 1981, a 
letter certifying that there are no existing kraft pulp mills in the 
Commonwealth subject to part 60 subpart B of this chapter.

[46 FR 43834, Sept. 1, 1981]

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.13104  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Office of the Governor submitted December 12, 1996 
certifying that there are no existing municipal waste combustor units in 
the Territory of Puerto Rico that are subject to part 60, subpart Cb, of 
this chapter.

[65 FR 33468, May 24, 2000]



                       Subpart CCC--Virgin Islands

           Fluoride Emissions From Phosphate Fertilizer Plants



Sec. 62.13350  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The Territory Department of Conservation and Cultural Affairs 
submitted, on November 3, 1977, a letter certifying that there are no 
existing phosphate fertilizer plants in the Territory subject to part 
60, subpart B of this chapter.

[44 FR 41181, July 16, 1979]

         Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions From Sulfuric Acid Plants



Sec. 62.13351  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The Territory Department of Conservation and Cultural Affairs 
submitted, on November 8, 1977, a letter certifying that there are no 
existing sulfuric acid plants in the Territory subject to part 60, 
subpart B of this chapter.

[45 FR 37432, June 3, 1980; 46 FR 27342, May 19, 1981]

          Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Kraft Pulp Mills



Sec. 62.13352  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The Virgin Islands Department of Conservation and Cultural Affairs 
submitted, on July 31, 1979, a letter certifying that there are no 
existing kraft

[[Page 386]]

pulp mills in the Territory subject to part 60, subpart B of this 
chapter.

[45 FR 80826, Dec. 8, 1980; 46 FR 27342, May 19, 1981]

        Fluoride Emissions From Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants



Sec. 62.13353  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    The Virgin Islands Department of Conservation and Cultural Affairs 
submitted, on July 21, 1980, a letter certifying that there are no 
primary aluminum plants in the Territory subject to part 60, subpart B 
of this chapter.

[46 FR 30497, June 9, 1981]

Emissions From Existing Municipal Waste Combustors With the Capacity To 
       Burn Greater Than 250 Tons Per Day of Municipal Solid Waste



Sec. 62.13354  Identification of plan--negative declaration.

    Letter from the Department of Planning and Natural Resources 
submitted September 29, 1997 certifying that there are no existing 
municipal waste combustor units in the Territory of Virgin Islands that 
are subject to part 60, subpart Cb, of this chapter.

[65 FR 33468, May 24, 2000]

Subparts DDD--EEE [Reserved]



    Subpart FFF--Federal Plan Requirements for Large Municipal Waste 
         Combustors Constructed on or Before September 20, 1994

    Source:  63 FR 63202, Nov. 12, 1998, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 62.14100  Scope and delegation of authority.

    (a) This subpart contains emission requirements and compliance 
schedules for the control of pollutants from certain municipal waste 
combustors in accordance with section 111(d) and section 129 of the 
Clean Air Act and 40 CFR part 60, subparts B and Cb. This municipal 
waste combustor Federal plan applies to each affected facility as 
defined in Sec. 62.14102 that is not covered by an EPA approved and 
currently effective State or Tribal plan. This Federal plan, or portions 
thereof, also applies to each affected facility in any State whose 
approved State plan is subsequently vacated in whole or in part. This 
Federal plan, or portions thereof, also applies to each affected 
facility located in Indian country if the approved Tribal plan for that 
area is subsequently vacated in whole or in part.
    (b) The following authorities shall be retained by the EPA 
Administrator and not transferred to the State upon delegation of 
authority to the State to implement and enforce the Federal plan:
    (1) An alternative emission standard;
    (2) Major alternatives to test methods;
    (3) Major alternatives to monitoring;
    (4) Waiver of recordkeeping; and
    (5) Waiver of training requirement for chief facility operators, 
shift supervisors, and control room operators who have obtained 
provisional certification on or before the effective date of this 
subpart, as provided in Sec. 62.14105(d)(2) of this subpart.



Sec. 62.14101  Definitions.

    Terms used but not defined in this subpart have the meaning given to 
them in the Clean Air Act and 40 CFR part 60, subparts A, B, and Eb.
    Contract means a legally binding agreement or obligation that cannot 
be canceled or modified without substantial financial loss.
    De-rate means to make a permanent physical change to the municipal 
waste combustor unit that reduces the maximum combustion capacity of the 
unit to less than or equal to 250 tons per day of municipal solid waste. 
A permit restriction or a change in the method of operation does not 
qualify as de-rating. (See the procedures specified in 40 CFR 60.58b(j) 
of subpart Eb for calculating municipal waste combustor unit capacity.)
    EPA approved State plan means a State plan that EPA has reviewed and 
approved based on the requirements in 40 CFR part 60, subpart B to 
implement and enforce 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cb. An approved State plan 
becomes effective on the date specified in the notice

[[Page 387]]

published in the Federal Register announcing EPA's approval.
    Municipal waste combustor plant means one or more affected 
facilities (as defined in Sec. 62.14102) at the same location.
    Protectorate means American Samoa, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, 
the District of Columbia, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, and the 
Virgin Islands.
    State means any of the 50 United States and the protectorates of the 
United States.
    State plan means a plan submitted pursuant to section 111(d) and 
section 129(b)(2) of the Clean Air Act and 40 CFR part 60, subpart B 
that implements and enforces 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cb.
    Tribal plan means a plan submitted by a Tribal Authority pursuant to 
40 CFR parts 9, 35, 49, 50, and 81 that implements and enforces 40 CFR 
part 60, subpart Cb.



Sec. 62.14102  Affected facilities.

    (a) The affected facility to which this subpart applies is each 
municipal waste combustor unit with a capacity to combust greater than 
250 tons per day of municipal solid waste for which construction was 
commenced on or before September 20, 1994 that is not regulated by an 
EPA approved and currently effective State or Tribal plan. Table 1 of 
this subpart lists those units regulated by an EPA approved State plan. 
Notwithstanding the exclusions in table 1 of this subpart, this subpart 
applies to affected facilities not regulated by an EPA approved and 
currently effective State or Tribal plan.
    (b) A municipal waste combustor unit regulated by an EPA approved 
and currently effective State or Tribal plan is not regulated by this 
subpart.
    (c) Any municipal waste combustor unit that has the capacity to 
combust more than 250 tons per day of municipal solid waste and is 
subject to a Federally enforceable permit limiting the maximum amount of 
municipal solid waste that may be combusted in the unit to less than 11 
tons per day is not subject to this subpart if the owner or operator:
    (1) Notifies the EPA Administrator of an exemption claim;
    (2) Provides a copy of the Federally enforceable permit that limits 
the firing of municipal solid waste to less than 11 tons per day; and
    (3) Keeps records of the amount of municipal solid waste fired on a 
daily basis.
    (d) Physical or operational changes made to an existing municipal 
waste combustor unit primarily for the purpose of complying with the 
emission requirements of this subpart are not considered in determining 
whether the unit is a modified or reconstructed facility under 40 CFR 
part 60, subpart Ea or subpart Eb.
    (e) A qualifying small power production facility, as defined in 
section 3(17)(C) of the Federal Power Act (16 U.S.C. 796(17)(C)), that 
burns homogeneous waste (such as automotive tires or used oil, but not 
including refuse-derived fuel) for the production of electric energy is 
not subject to this subpart if the owner or operator of the facility 
notifies the EPA Administrator of this exemption and provides data 
documenting that the facility qualifies for this exemption.
    (f) A qualifying cogeneration facility, as defined in section 
3(18)(B) of the Federal Power Act (16 U.S.C. 796(18)(B)), that burns 
homogeneous waste (such as automotive tires or used oil, but not 
including refuse-derived fuel) for the production of electric energy and 
steam or forms of useful energy (such as heat) that are used for 
industrial, commercial, heating, or cooling purposes, is not subject to 
this subpart if the owner or operator of the facility notifies the EPA 
Administrator of this exemption and provides data documenting that the 
facility qualifies for this exemption.
    (g) Any unit combusting a single-item waste stream of tires is not 
subject to this subpart if the owner or operator of the unit:
    (1) Notifies the EPA Administrator of an exemption claim; and
    (2) Provides data documenting that the unit qualifies for this 
exemption.
    (h) Any unit required to have a permit under section 3005 of the 
Solid Waste Disposal Act is not subject to this subpart.

[[Page 388]]

    (i) Any materials recovery facility (including primary or secondary 
smelters) that combusts waste for the primary purpose of recovering 
metals is not subject to this subpart.
    (j) Any cofired combustor, as defined under 40 CFR 60.51b of subpart 
Eb that meets the capacity specifications in paragraph (a) of this 
section is not subject to this subpart if the owner or operator of the 
cofired combustor:
    (1) Notifies the EPA Administrator of an exemption claim;
    (2) Provides a copy of the Federally enforceable permit (specified 
in the definition of cofired combustor in this section); and
    (3) Keeps a record on a calendar quarter basis of the weight of 
municipal solid waste combusted at the cofired combustor and the weight 
of all other fuels combusted at the cofired combustor.
    (k) Air curtain incinerators, as defined under 40 CFR 60.51b, that 
meet the capacity specifications in paragraph (a) of this section, and 
that combust a fuel stream composed of 100 percent yard waste are exempt 
from all provisions of this subpart except the opacity standard under 
Sec. 62.14107, and the testing procedures and the reporting and 
recordkeeping provisions under Sec. 62.14109.
    (l) Air curtain incinerators that meet the capacity specifications 
in paragraph (a) of this section and that combust municipal solid waste 
other than yard waste are subject to all provisions of this subpart.
    (m) Pyrolysis/combustion units that are an integrated part of a 
plastics/rubber recycling unit (as defined in 40 CFR 60.51b) are not 
subject to this subpart if the owner or operator of the plastics/rubber 
recycling unit keeps records of the weight of plastics, rubber, and/or 
rubber tires processed on a calendar quarter basis; the weight of 
chemical plant feedstocks and petroleum refinery feedstocks produced and 
marketed on a calendar quarter basis; and the name and address of the 
purchaser of the feedstocks. The combustion of gasoline, diesel fuel, 
jet fuel, fuel oils, residual oil, refinery gas, petroleum coke, 
liquefied petroleum gas, propane, or butane produced by chemical plants 
or petroleum refineries that use feestocks produced by plastics/rubber 
recycling units are not subject to this subpart.
    (n) Cement kilns firing municipal solid waste are not subject to 
this subpart.

[63 FR 63202, Nov. 12, 1998; 64 FR 17219, Apr. 8, 1999]



Sec. 62.14103  Emission limits for municipal waste combustor metals, acid gases, organics, and nitrogen oxides.

    (a) The emission limits for municipal waste combustor metals are 
specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) of this section.
    (1) The owner or operator of an affected facility must not cause to 
be discharged into the atmosphere from that affected facility any gases 
that contain: particulate matter in excess of 27 milligrams per dry 
standard cubic meter, corrected to 7 percent oxygen; and opacity in 
excess of 10 percent (6-minute average).
    (2) The owner or operator of an affected facility must not cause to 
be discharged into the atmosphere from that affected facility any gases 
that contain: cadmium in excess of 0.040 milligrams per dry standard 
cubic meter, corrected to 7 percent oxygen; and lead in excess of 0.44 
milligrams per dry standard cubic meter, corrected to 7 percent oxygen.
    (3) The owner or operator of an affected facility must not cause to 
be discharged into the atmosphere from that affected facility any gases 
that contain mercury in excess of 0.080 milligrams per dry standard 
cubic meter or 15 percent of the potential mercury emission 
concentration (85-percent reduction by weight), corrected to 7 percent 
oxygen, whichever is less stringent.
    (b) The emission limits for municipal waste combustor acid gases, 
expressed as sulfur dioxide and hydrogen chloride, are specified in 
paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section.
    (1) The owner or operator of an affected facility must not cause to 
be discharged into the atmosphere from that affected facility any gases 
that contain sulfur dioxide in excess of 29 parts per million by volume 
or 25 percent of the potential sulfur dioxide emission concentration 
(75-percent reduction by

[[Page 389]]

weight or volume), corrected to 7 percent oxygen (dry basis), whichever 
is less stringent. Compliance with this emission limit is based on a 24-
hour daily geometric mean.
    (2) The owner or operator of an affected facility must not cause to 
be discharged into the atmosphere from that affected facility any gases 
that contain hydrogen chloride in excess of 29 parts per million by 
volume or 5 percent of the potential hydrogen chloride emission 
concentration (95-percent reduction by weight or volume), corrected to 7 
percent oxygen (dry basis), whichever is less stringent.
    (c) The owner or operator of an affected facility must not cause to 
be discharged into the atmosphere from that affected facility any gases 
that contain municipal waste combustor organics, expressed as total mass 
dioxins/furans, in excess of the emission limits specified in either 
paragraph (c)(1) or (c)(2) of this section, as applicable.
    (1) The emission limit for affected facilities that employ an 
electrostatic precipitator-based emission control system is 60 nanograms 
per dry standard cubic meter (total mass), corrected to 7 percent 
oxygen.
    (2) The emission limit for affected facilities that do not employ an 
electrostatic precipitator-based emission control system is 30 nanograms 
per dry standard cubic meter (total mass), corrected to 7 percent 
oxygen.
    (d) The owner or operator of an affected facility must not cause to 
be discharged into the atmosphere from that affected facility any gases 
that contain nitrogen oxides in excess of the emission limits listed in 
table 2 of this subpart for affected facilities. Table 2 of this subpart 
provides emission limits for the nitrogen oxides concentration level for 
each type of affected facility.



Sec. 62.14104  Requirements for municipal waste combustor operating practices.

    (a) The owner or operator of an affected facility must not cause to 
be discharged into the atmosphere from that affected facility any gases 
that contain carbon monoxide in excess of the emission limits listed in 
table 3 of this subpart. Table 3 provides emission limits for the carbon 
monoxide concentration level for each type of affected facility.
    (b) The owner or operator of an affected facility must comply with 
the municipal waste combustor operating practice requirements listed in 
40 CFR 60.53b(b) and (c) of subpart Eb. For calculating the steam (or 
feedwater) flow required under 40 CFR 60.58(i)(6)(i), proceed in 
accordance with ASME PTC 4.1-1964 (Reaffirmed 1991), Power Test Codes: 
Test Code for Steam Generating Units (with 1968 and 1969 Addenda). For 
design, construction, installation, calibration, and use of nozzles and 
orifices required in 40 CFR 60.58(i)(6)(ii), proceed in accordance with 
the recommendations in ASME Interim Supplement 19.5 on Instruments and 
Apparatus: Application, Part II of Fluid Meters, 6th Edition (1971). The 
Director of the Federal Register approves these incorporations by 
reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may 
obtain a copy from the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Service 
Center, 22 Law Drive, Post Office Box 2900, Fairfield, NJ 07007. You may 
inspect a copy at the Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards Air 
Docket, EPA, Mutual Building, Room 540, 411 West Chapel Hill Street, 
Durham, NC 27701, or at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North 
Capitol Street, NW., Suite 700, Washington, D.C.



Sec. 62.14105  Requirements for municipal waste combustor operator training and certification.

    The owner or operator of an affected facility must comply with the 
municipal waste combustor operator training and certification 
requirements listed in paragraphs (a) through (g) of this section. For 
affected facilities, compliance with the municipal waste combustor 
operator training and certification requirements specified under 
paragraphs (a), (b), (d), and (g) of this section must be no later than 
12 months after the effective date of this subpart.
    (a) Each chief facility operator and shift supervisor must obtain 
and maintain a current provisional operator certification from either 
the American Society of Mechanical Engineers QRO-1-1994 or a State 
certification program

[[Page 390]]

in Connecticut and Maryland (if the affected facility is located in 
either of the respective States). If ASME certification is chosen, 
proceed in accordance with ASME QRO-1-1994, Standard for the 
Qualification and Certification of Resource Recovery Facility Operators. 
The Director of the Federal Register approves this incorporation by 
reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may 
obtain a copy from the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Service 
Center, 22 Law Drive, Post Office Box 2900, Fairfield, NJ 07007. You may 
inspect a copy at the Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards Air 
Docket, EPA, Mutual Building, Room 540, 411 West Chapel Hill Street, 
Durham, NC 27701 or at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North 
Capitol Street, NW., Suite 700, Washington, DC.
    (b) Each chief facility operator and shift supervisor must have 
completed full certification or must have scheduled a full certification 
exam with either the American Society of Mechanical Engineers QRO-1-1994 
or a State certification program in Connecticut and Maryland (if the 
affected facility is located in either of the respective States). If 
ASME certification is chosen, proceed in accordance with ASME QRO-1-
1994, Standard for the Qualification and Certification of Resource 
Recovery Facility Operators. The Director of the Federal Register 
approves this incorporation by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may obtain a copy from the American 
Society of Mechanical Engineers, Service Center, 22 Law Drive, Post 
Office Box 2900, Fairfield, NJ 07007. You may inspect a copy at the 
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards Air Docket, EPA, Mutual 
Building, Room 540, 411 West Chapel Hill Street, Durham, NC 27701 or at 
the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., Suite 
700, Washington, DC.
    (c) The owner or operator of an affected facility must not allow the 
facility to be operated at any time unless one of the following persons 
is on duty at the affected facility: a fully certified chief facility 
operator; a provisionally certified chief facility operator who is 
scheduled to take the full certification exam no later than 12 months 
after the effective date of this subpart; a fully certified shift 
supervisor; or a provisionally certified shift supervisor who is 
scheduled to take the full certification exam no later than 12 months 
after the effective date of this subpart. If one of the persons listed 
in this paragraph must leave the affected facility during their 
operating shift, a provisionally certified control room operator who is 
onsite at the affected facility may fulfill the requirement in this 
paragraph.
    (d)(1) Each chief facility operator, shift supervisor, and control 
room operator at an affected facility must complete the EPA municipal 
waste combustor operator training course or the State municipal waste 
combustor operator training course in Connecticut (if the affected 
facility is located in Connecticut).
    (2) The requirement specified in this paragraph does not apply to 
chief facility operators, shift supervisors, and control room operators 
who have obtained full certification from the American Society of 
Mechanical Engineers on or before the effective date of this subpart. 
The owner or operator of an affected facility may request that the EPA 
Administrator waive the requirement specified in this paragraph for 
chief facility operators, shift supervisors, and control room operators 
who have obtained provisional certification from the American Society of 
Mechanical Engineers on or before the effective date of this subpart.
    (e) The owner or operator of an affected facility must develop and 
update on a yearly basis a site-specific operating manual that must, at 
a minimum, address the elements of municipal waste combustor unit 
operation specified in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(11) of this 
section.
    (1) A summary of the applicable standards under this subpart;
    (2) A description of basic combustion theory applicable to a 
municipal waste combustor unit;
    (3) Procedures for receiving, handling, and feeding municipal solid 
waste;
    (4) Procedures for municipal waste combustor unit startup, shutdown, 
and malfunction;

[[Page 391]]

    (5) Procedures for maintaining proper combustion air supply levels;
    (6) Procedures for operating the municipal waste combustor unit 
within the standards established under this subpart;
    (7) Procedures for responding to periodic upset or off-specification 
conditions;
    (8) Procedures for minimizing particulate matter carryover;
    (9) Procedures for handling ash;
    (10) Procedures for monitoring municipal waste combustor unit 
emissions; and
    (11) Reporting and recordkeeping procedures.
    (f) The owner or operator of an affected facility must establish a 
training program to review the operating manual according to the 
schedule specified in paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2) of this section with 
each person who has responsibilities affecting the operation of an 
affected facility including, but not limited to, chief facility 
operators, shift supervisors, control room operators, ash handlers, 
maintenance personnel, and crane/load handlers.
    (1) Each person specified in paragraph (f) of this section must 
undergo initial training no later than the date specified in paragraph 
(f)(1)(i) or (f)(1)(ii) of this section, whichever is later.
    (i) The date prior to the day the person assumes responsibilities 
affecting municipal waste combustor unit operation; or
    (ii) The date 12 months after the effective date of this subpart.
    (2) Annually, following the initial review required by paragraph 
(f)(1) of this section.
    (g) The operating manual required by paragraph (e) of this section 
must be kept in a location readily accessible to each person required to 
undergo training under paragraph (f) of this section. The operating 
manual and records of training must be available for inspection by the 
EPA or its delegated enforcement agency upon request.



Sec. 62.14106  Emission limits for municipal waste combustor fugitive ash emissions.

    (a) The owner or operator of an affected facility must not cause to 
be discharged to the atmosphere from that affected facility visible 
emissions of combustion ash from an ash conveying system (including 
conveyor transfer points) in excess of 5 percent of the observation 
period (i.e., 9 minutes per 3-hour period), as determined by EPA 
Reference Method 22 observations as specified in 40 CFR 60.58b(k) of 
subpart Eb, except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this 
section.
    (b) The emission limit specified in paragraph (a) of this section 
does not cover visible emissions discharged inside buildings or 
enclosures of ash conveying systems; however, the emission limit 
specified in paragraph (a) of this section does cover visible emissions 
discharged to the atmosphere from buildings or enclosures of ash 
conveying systems.
    (c) The provisions specified in paragraph (a) of this section do not 
apply during maintenance and repair of ash conveying systems.



Sec. 62.14107  Emission limits for air curtain incinerators.

    The owner or operator of an air curtain incinerator with the 
capacity to combust greater than 250 tons per day of municipal solid 
waste and that combusts a fuel feed stream composed of 100 percent yard 
waste and no other municipal solid waste materials must not (at any 
time) cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from that incinerator 
any gases that exhibit greater than 10-percent opacity (6-minute 
average), except that an opacity level of up to 35 percent (6-minute 
average) is permitted during startup periods during the first 30 minutes 
of operation of the unit.



Sec. 62.14108  Compliance schedules.

    (a) The owner or operator of an affected facility must achieve the 
increments of progress specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(5) to 
retrofit air pollution control devices to meet the emission limits of 
this subpart. As specified in 40 CFR part 60, subpart B, the compliance 
schedules and increments of progress apply to each owner or operator of 
an affected facility who is taking longer than 1 year after the date of 
publication of this subpart FFF

[[Page 392]]

final rule to comply with the emission limits specified in this subpart.
    (1) Submit a final control plan according to the requirements of 
Sec. 62.14109(g).
    (2) Award contract(s): Award contract(s) to initiate on-site 
construction, initiate on-site installation of emission control 
equipment, or incorporate process changes. The owner or operator must 
submit a signed copy of the contract(s) awarded according to the 
requirements of Sec. 62.14109(h).
    (3) Initiate on-site construction: Initiate on-site construction, 
initiate on-site installation of emission control equipment, or initiate 
process changes needed to meet the emission limits as outlined in the 
final control plan.
    (4) Complete on-site construction: Complete on-site construction and 
installation of emission control equipment or complete process changes.
    (5) Achieve final compliance: Incorporate all process changes or 
complete retrofit construction as designed in the final control plan and 
connect the air pollution control equipment or process changes with the 
affected facility identified in the final control plan such that if the 
affected facility is brought on line, all necessary process changes or 
air pollution control equipment are operating fully. Within 180 days 
after the date the affected facility is required to achieve final 
compliance, the initial performance test must be conducted.
    (b) The owner or operator of an affected facility must achieve the 
increments of progress specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(5) of 
this section according to the schedule specified in paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (b)(4) of this section, except as provided in paragraphs (c), 
(d), and (e) of this section.
    (1) The owner or operator of an affected facility that commenced 
construction, modification, or reconstruction on or before June 26, 1987 
and will take longer than 1 year after the date of publication of this 
subpart FFF (or 1 year after a revised construction permit or a revised 
operating permit is issued, if a permit modification is required) to 
comply with the emission limits of this subpart must achieve the 
increments of progress according to the schedule in table 4 of this 
subpart, except for those affected facilities specified in paragraphs 
(b)(3) and (b)(4) of this section.
    (2) The owner or operator of an affected facility that began 
construction, modification, or reconstruction after June 26, 1987 must 
achieve the increments of progress according to the schedule in table 5 
of this subpart to comply with the emission limits of this subpart, 
except for those affected facilities specified in paragraphs (b)(3) and 
(b)(4) of this section.
    (3) The owner or operator of each specified affected facility in 
table 6 of this subpart must achieve the increments of progress 
according to the schedule in table 6 of this subpart.
    (4) For affected facilities that are subject to the schedule 
requirements of paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section, the owner or 
operator (or the State air pollution control authority) may submit for 
approval alternative dates for achieving increments 2, 3, and 4. The 
owner or operator (or the State air pollution control authority) that is 
submitting these alternative dates must meet the reporting requirements 
of Sec. 62.14109(m).
    (c) The owner or operator of an affected facility that has ceased 
operation but will reopen prior to the applicable final compliance date 
specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(4) of this section must meet 
the same compliance dates and increments of progress specified in 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(4) of this section.
    (d) The owner or operator of an affected facility that has ceased or 
ceases operation of an affected facility and restarts the affected 
facility after the compliance dates specified in paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (b)(4) of this section must comply with the emission limits, 
requirements for combustor operating practices, and operator training 
and certification requirements of this subpart upon the date the 
affected facility restarts. The initial performance tests required by 
Sec. 62.14109(c) must be conducted within 180 days after the date the 
unit restarts.
    (e) The owner or operator of an affected facility that will be de-
rated prior to the applicable final compliance date instead of complying 
with the

[[Page 393]]

emission limits of this subpart must meet the same increments of 
progress and achieve the de-rating by the final compliance date 
(specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(4) of this section) that 
would be applicable to the affected facility if it did not de-rate. The 
owner or operator of an affected facility that will be de-rated must 
meet the reporting requirements of Sec. 62.14109k. After de-rating is 
accomplished, the municipal waste combustor affected facility is no 
longer subject to this subpart.



Sec. 62.14109  Reporting and recordkeeping and compliance and performance testing.

    (a) The owner or operator of an affected facility must comply with 
the reporting and recordkeeping provisions listed in 40 CFR 60.59b of 
subpart Eb, except as provided in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) of 
this section.
    (1) The siting requirements under 40 CFR 60.59b(a), (b)(5), and 
(d)(11) of subpart Eb and the notification of construction requirements 
under 40 CFR 60.59b(b) and (c) of subpart Eb do not apply.
    (2) 40 CFR 60.54b, 60.56b, and 60.58b(g)(5)(iii) of subpart Eb do 
not apply to this subpart (see Secs. 62.14105 and 62.14107 of this 
subpart).
    (b) The owner or operator of an affected facility must comply with 
the compliance and performance testing methods and procedures listed in 
40 CFR 60.58b of subpart Eb, except as provided in paragraphs (c) and 
(d) of this section.
    (c) The initial performance test must be completed within 180 days 
after the date of final compliance specified in Sec. 62.14108, rather 
than the date for the initial performance test specified in 40 CFR 
60.58b of subpart Eb.
    (d) The owner or operator of an affected facility may follow the 
alternative performance testing schedule for dioxin/furan emissions 
specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
    (1) If all performance tests for all affected facilities at the MWC 
plant over a 2-year period indicate that dioxin/furan emissions are less 
than or equal to 15 nanograms per dry standard cubic meter total mass, 
corrected to 7 percent oxygen for all affected facilities located within 
a municipal waste combustor plant, the owner or operator of the 
municipal waste combustor plant may elect to conduct annual performance 
tests for one affected facility (i.e., unit) per year at the municipal 
waste combustor plant. At a minimum, a performance test for dioxin/furan 
emissions shall be conducted annually (no more than 12 months following 
the previous performance test) for one affected facility at the 
municipal waste combustor plant. Each year a different affected facility 
at the municipal waste combustor plant shall be tested, and the affected 
facilities at the plant shall be tested in sequence (e.g., unit 1, unit 
2, unit 3, as applicable). If each annual performance test continues to 
indicate a dioxin/furan emission level less than or equal to 15 
nanograms per dry standard cubic meter (total mass), the owner or 
operator may continue conducting a performance test on only one affected 
facility per year. If any annual performance test indicates a dioxin/
furan emission level greater than 15 nanograms per dry standrd cubic 
meter (total mass), performance tests thereafter shall be conducted 
annually on all affected facilities at the plant until and unless all 
annual performance tests for all affected facilities at the plant over a 
2-year period indicate a dioxin/furan emission level less than or equal 
to 15 nanograms per dry standard cubic meter (total mass).
    (2) The owner or operator who is following the alternative 
performance testing schedule for dioxin/furan emissions specified in 
paragraph (d)(1) of this section may choose an alternative testing 
sequence (e.g., unit 1, 3, 2, 4) for affected facilities at the 
municipal waste combustor plant. The owner or operator must submit a 
request to EPA for approval of the alternative testing sequence. After 
approval, the alternative testing sequence is effective until a 
different testing sequence is received and approved by EPA.
    (e) The owner or operator of an affected facility that is taking 
longer than 1 year after the date of publication of this subpart FFF 
final rule to comply with the emission limits of this subpart must 
submit notification to

[[Page 394]]

the EPA Regional Office within 10 business days of completing each 
increment. Each notification must indicate which increment of progress 
specified in Sec. 62.14108(a)(1) through (a)(5) has been achieved. The 
notification must be signed by the owner or operator of the affected 
facility.
    (f) The owner or operator of an affected facility that is taking 
longer than 1 year after the date of publication of this subpart FFF to 
comply with the emission limits of this subpart who fails to meet any 
increment of progress specified in Sec. 62.14108(a)(1) through (a)(5) 
according to the applicable schedule in Sec. 62.14108 must submit 
notification to the EPA Regional Office within 10 business days of the 
applicable date in Sec. 62.14108 that the owner or operator failed to 
meet the increment.
    (g) The owner or operator of an affected facility that is taking 
longer than 1 year after the date of publication of this subpart FFF to 
comply with the emission limits of this subpart must submit a final 
control plan by the date specified in Sec. 62.14108(b) with the 
notification required by Sec. 62.14109(e). The final control plan must, 
at a minimum, include a description of the air pollution control devices 
or process changes that will be employed for each unit to comply with 
the emission limits and other requirements of this subpart.
    (h) The owner or operator of an affected facility that is taking 
longer than 1 year after the date of publication of this subpart FFF to 
comply with the emission limits of this subpart must submit a signed 
copy of the contract or contracts awarded according to the requirements 
of Sec. 62.14108(a)(2) with the notification required by 
Sec. 62.14109(e).
    (i) The owner or operator of an affected facility that is taking 
longer than 1 year after the date of publication of this subpart FFF to 
comply with the emission limits of this subpart must keep on site a copy 
of the final control plan required by Sec. 62.14109(g).
    (j) The owner or operator of an affected facility that plans to 
cease operation of the affected facility on or before December 19, 2000 
rather than comply with the emission limits of this subpart by the 
applicable compliance date specified in Sec. 62.14108 must submit a 
notification by the date specified for the final control plan according 
to the schedule specified in paragraphs Sec. 62.14108(b)(1) through 
(b)(4), as applicable. (Affected facilities that cease operation on or 
before December 19, 2000 rather than comply with the emission limits of 
this subpart by the compliance date specified in Sec. 62.14108 are not 
required to submit a final control plan.) The notification must state 
the date by which the affected facility will cease operation. If the 
cease operation date is later than 1 year after the date of publication 
of this subpart FFF, the owner or operator must enter into a legally 
binding closure agreement with EPA by the date the final control plan is 
due. The agreement must specify the date by which operation will cease.
    (k) The owner or operator of an affected facility that plans to de-
rate the affected facility on or before December 19, 2000 rather than 
comply with the emission limits of this subpart by the compliance date 
specified in Sec. 62.14108 must submit a final control plan as required 
by paragraph (g) of this section and submit notification of increments 
of progress as required by paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section and 
Sec. 62.14108(e) of this subpart.
    (1) The final control plan must, at a minimum, include the 
information in paragraphs (k)(1)(i) and (k)(1)(ii) of this section 
rather than the information in paragraph (g) of this section.
    (i) A description of the physical changes that will be made to 
accomplish the de-rating.
    (ii) Calculations of the current maximum combustion capacity and the 
planned maximum combustion capacity after the de-rating. (See the 
procedures specified in 40 CFR 60.58b(j) of subpart Eb for calculating 
municipal waste combustor unit capacity.)
    (2) The owner or operator must submit a signed copy of the contract 
or contracts awarded to initiate the de-rating with the notification 
required by paragraph (e) of this section.
    (l) The owner or operator of an affected facility that is ceasing 
operation more than 1 year following the date of publication of this 
subpart FFF must

[[Page 395]]

submit performance test results for dioxin/furan emissions conducted 
during or after 1990 for each affected facility by the date 1 year after 
the date of publication of this subpart FFF. The performance test shall 
be conducted according to the procedure in paragraph (b) of this 
section.
    (m) The owner or operator (or the State air pollution control 
authority) that is submitting alternative dates for increments 2, 3, and 
4 according to Sec. 62.14108(b)(4) must submit the alternative dates by 
the date specified for the final control plan according to the schedule 
specified in paragraphs Sec. 62.14108 (b)(1) and (b)(2), as applicable. 
The owner or operator (or the State air pollution control authority) 
must submit a justification if any of the alternative dates are later 
than the increment dates in tables 4 or 5 of this subpart. The owner or 
operator must also submit the alternative dates and justification to the 
State.

[63 FR 63202, Nov. 12, 1998; 64 FR 17219, Apr. 8, 1999]
      Table 1 of Subpart FFF--Municipal Waste Combustor Units (MWC 
                 Units) Excluded from Subpart FFF \1\

------------------------------------------------------------------------
            State                              MWC units
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alabama......................  Existing facilities with an MWC unit
                                capacity greater than 250 tons per day
                                of municipal solid waste at the
                                following MWC sites:
                               (a) Solid Waste Disposal Authority of the
                                City of Huntsville, Alabama.
Florida......................  Existing MWC units with capacity to
                                combust more than 250 tons per day of
                                municipal solid waste.
Georgia......................  Existing facilities with a MWC unit
                                capacity greater than 250 tons per day
                                of municipal solid waste at the
                                following MWC sites:
                                 (a) Savannah Energy Systems Company,
                                Savannah, Georgia.
Illinois.....................  Existing MWC units located at Robbins
                                Resource Recovery Center, Robbins,
                                Illinois.
Maine........................  Existing facilities with an MWC unit
                                capacity greater than 250 tons per day
                                of municipal solid waste at the
                                following MWC sites:
                               (a) Penobscot Energy Recovery Company,
                                Orrington, Maine.
                               (b) Maine Energy Recovery Company,
                                Biddeford, Maine.
                               (c) Regional Waste Systems, Inc.,
                                Portland, Maine.
Maryland.....................  Existing MWC facilities with an MWC unit
                                capacity greater than 250 tons per day
                                of municipal solid waste.
Minnesota....................  All MWC units with unit capacities
                                greater than 93.75 million British
                                thermal units per hour on a heat input
                                basis (250 tons per day) located in
                                Minnesota.
New York.....................  Existing MWC units with capacity to
                                combust more than 250 tons per day of
                                municipal solid waste.
Oklahoma.....................  Existing MWC facilities with an MWC unit
                                capacity greater than 250 tons per day
                                of municipal solid waste at the
                                following MWC site:
                               Ogden-Martin Systems of Tulsa,
                                Incorporated, 2122 South Yukon Avenue,
                                Tulsa, Oklahoma.
Oregon.......................  Existing facilities at the following MWC
                                sites:
                                 (a) Ogden Martin Systems, Marion
                                County, Oregon.
                                 (b) Coos County, Coos Bay, Oregon.
Pennsylvania.................  Existing MWC facilities with an MWC unit
                                capacity greater than 250 tons per day
                                of municipal solid waste at the
                                following MWC site:
                               (a) American Ref-fuel of Delaware Valley,
                                LP (formerly Delaware County Resource
                                Recovery facility), City of Chester, PA.
                               (b) Harrisburg Materials, Energy,
                                Recycling and Recovery Facility, City of
                                Harrisburg, PA.
                               (c) Lancaster County Solid Waste
                                Management Authority, Conoy Township,
                                Lancaster County, PA.
                               (d) Montenay Montgomery Limited
                                Partnership, Plymouth Township,
                                Montgomery County, PA.
                               (e) Wheelabrator Falls, Inc., Falls
                                Township, Bucks County, PA.
                               (f) York County Solid Waste and Refuse
                                Authority, York, PA.
South Carolina...............  Existing facilities with a MWC unit
                                capacity greater than 250 tons per day
                                of municipal solid waste at the
                                following MWC sites:
                                 (a) Foster Wheeler Charleston Resource
                                Recovery Facility, Charleston, South
                                Carolina.
Tennessee....................  Existing MWC units with capacity to
                                combust more than 250 tons per day of
                                municipal solid waste.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Notwithstanding the exclusions in table 1 of this subpart, this
  subpart applies to affected facilities not regulated by an EPA
  approved and currently effective State or Tribal plan.

[63 FR 63202, Nov. 12, 1998, as amended at 65 FR 33468, May 24, 2000]

[[Page 396]]

        Table 2 of Subpart FFF--Nitrogen Oxides Requirements for 
                          Affected Facilities

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Nitrogen oxides
                                                   emission limit (parts
       Municipal waste combustor technology            per million by
                                                         volume) a
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mass burn waterwall..............................  205.
Mass burn rotary waterwall.......................  250.
Refuse-derived fuel combustor....................  250.
Fluidized bed combustor..........................  180.
Mass burn refractory combustors..................  No limit.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Corrected to 7 percent oxygen, dry basis.

      Table 3 of Subpart FFF--Municipal Waste Combustor Operating 
                             Requirements

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Carbon
                                             monoxide
                                             emissions    Averaging time
  Municipal waste combustor technology     level (parts       (hrs) b
                                          per million by
                                             volume) a
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mass burn waterwall.....................             100               4
Mass burn refractory....................             100               4
Mass burn rotary refractory.............             100              24
Mass burn rotary waterwall..............             250              24
Modular starved air.....................              50               4
Modular excess air......................              50               4
Refuse-derived fuel stoker..............             200              24
Bubbling fluidized bed combustor........             100               4
Circulating fluidized bed combustor.....             100               4
Pulverized coal/refuse-derived fuel                  150               4
 mixed fuel-fired combustor.............
Spreader stoker coal/refuse-derived fuel             200              24
 mixed fuel-fired combustor.............
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Measured at the combustor outlet in conjunction with a measurement of
  oxygen concentration, corrected to 7 percent oxygen, dry basis.
  Calculated as an arithmetic average.
b Averaging times are 4-hour or 24-hour block averages.

        Table 4 of Subpart FFF--Generic Compliance Schedule and 
         Increments of Progress (Pre-1987 MWCs) a 
                             b

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                    Increment 4
                                  Increment 1       Increment 2     Increment 3    Complete on-     Increment 5
     Affected facilities          Submit final         Award       Begin on-site       site            Final
                                  control plan       contracts     construction    construction     compliance
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Affected facilities that       January 11, 1999.        05/18/99        11/16/99        11/19/00        12/19/00
 commenced construction,
 modification, or
 reconstruction on or before
 June 26, 1987 (All
 pollutants).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Table 4 or 5 of this subpart applies to MWC units subject to the Federal plan except those with site-specific
  compliance schedules shown in Table 6 of this subpart.
b As an alternative to this schedule, the owner or operator may close the affected facility by December 19,
  2000, complete the retrofit while the affected facility is closed, and achieve final compliance upon
  restarting. See Secs.  62.14108(c), 62.14108(d), and 62.14109(i) of this subpart.


[[Page 397]]

        Table 5 of Subpart FFF--Generic Compliance Schedules and 
                        Increments of Progress

                                              [Post-1987 MWCs] a, b
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Increment 3   Increment 4
                                  Increment 1     Increment 2    Begin on-   Complete on-    Increment 5  Final
     Affected facilities          Submit final        Award        site          site            compliance
                                  control plan     contracts   construction  construction
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Affected facilities that
 commenced construction
 modification, or
 reconstruction after June
 26, 1987:
    1. Emission limits for     NAc..............          NAc           NAc           NAc  11/12/99 or 1 year
     Hg, dioxin/furan.                                                                      after permit
                                                                                            issuance d, e
    2. Emission limits for     January 11, 1999.     05/18/99      11/16/99      11/19/00  12/19/00.
     SO2, HCl, PM, Pb, Cd,
     opacity CO, NOX.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Table 4 or 5 of this subpart applies to MWC units subject to the Federal plan except those with site-specific
  compliance schedules shown in table 6 of this subpart.
b As an alternative to this schedule, the unit may close by December 19, 2000, complete retrofit while closed,
  and achieve final compliance upon restarting. See Secs.  62.14108(c), 62.14108(d), and 62.14109(i) of this
  subpart.
c Because final compliance is achieved in 1 year, no increments of progress are required.
d Permit issuance is issuance of a revised construction permit or revised operating permit, if a permit
  modification is required to retrofit controls.
e Final compliance must be achieved no later than December 19, 2000, even if the date ``1 year after permit
  issuance'' exceeds December 19, 2000.


[63 FR 63202, Nov. 12, 1998, as amended at 65 FR 33468, May 24, 2000]

[[Page 398]]

     Table 6 of Subpart FFF--Site-Specific Compliance Schedules and 
                   Increments of Progress a

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                               Increment 4
    Affected facilities at the                               Increment 1 Submit     Increment 2 Award   Increment 3 Begin on- Complete on-   Increment 5
        following MWC sites              City, State         final control plan         contracts         site construction       site          Final
                                                                                                                              construction  compliance c
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stanislaus Resource Recovery        Crows Landing,         January 11, 1999.....  01/19/00............  05/19/00............      11/19/00      12/19/00
 Facility.                           California.
Southeast Resource Recovery         Long Beach,            January 11, 1999.....  04/30/99............  10/31/99............      04/30/00      12/19/00
 Facility.                           California.
All large MWC units...............  Maine................  January 11, 1999.....  01/01/99............  07/01/99............      09/01/00      12/19/00
Baltimore Resco...................  Baltimore, Maryland..  January 11, 1999.....  January 11, 1999....  January 11, 1999....      09/01/00      12/19/00
All large MWC units...............  New Jersey b.........  January 11, 1999.....  05/18/99............  11/14/99............      11/19/00      12/19/00
American Ref-Fuel.................  Delaware County,       11/01/98.............  05/18/99............  11/14/99............      11/19/00      12/19/00
                                     Pennsylvania.
Montenay Energy Resource..........  Montgomery County,     11/01/98.............  05/18/99............  11/14/99............      11/19/00      12/19/00
                                     Pennsylvania.
I-95 Energy/Resource Recovery       Lorton, Virginia.....  January 11, 1999.....  10/15/99............  03/01/00............      11/19/00      12/19/00
 Facility.
New Hanover County, Unit 3A.......  Wilmington, North      09/15/99.............  03/01/00............  07/01/00............      11/19/00     12/19/00
                                     Carolina.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a These schedules have been reviewed and determined to be acceptable by EPA.
b This schedule applies to HC1 SO2, PM, Pb, Cd, CO, and NOX. However, owners and operators of large MWC units in New Jersey have the option of reserving
  the portion of their control plan that addresses NOX. Owners and operators must submit the reserved portion to EPA by December 15, 1999.
c The owner or operator of an affected facility that began construction, modification, or reconstruction after June 26, 1987 must achieve final
  compliance with the mercury and dioxins/furans limits within 1 year after promulgation of subpart FFF (i.e., by 11/12/99) or 1 year after permit
  issuance. Permit issuance is issuance of a revised construction permit or revised operating permit if a permit modification is required to retrofit
  controls. Final compliance must be achieved no later than December 19, 2000, even if the date ``1 year after permit issuance'' exceeds December 19,
  2000.


[63 FR 63202, Nov. 12, 1998; 64 FR 17219, Apr. 8, 1999, as amended at 65 
FR 33469, May 24, 2000]

[[Page 399]]



    Subpart GGG--Federal Plan Requirements for Municipal Solid Waste 
Landfills That Commenced Construction Prior to May 30, 1991 and Have Not 
            Been Modified or Reconstructed Since May 30, 1991

    Source: 64 FR 60703, Nov. 8, 1999, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 62.14350  Scope and delegation of authority.

    (a) This subpart contains emission requirements and compliance 
schedules for the control of designated pollutants from certain 
municipal solid waste landfills in accordance with section 111(d) of the 
Clean Air Act and 40 CFR part 60, subpart B. This municipal solid waste 
landfills Federal plan applies to each designated facility as defined in 
Sec. 62.14352 of this subpart that is not covered by an EPA approved and 
currently effective State or Tribal plan.
    (b) The following authorities shall be retained by the Administrator 
and not transferred to the State or Tribe upon delegation of authority 
to the State or Tribe to implement and enforce the Federal plan pursuant 
to sections 101(a)(3) and 111 of the Clean Air Act:
    (1) Approval of alternative methods to determine site-specific NMOC 
concentration (C NMOC) or site-specific methane generation 
rate constant (k) used in calculating the annual NMOC emission rate (as 
provided in 40 CFR 60.754(a)(5) of subpart WWW),
    (2) Alternative emission standards,
    (3) Major alternatives 1 to test methods,
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ Major changes to test methods or to monitoring are modifications 
made to a federally enforceable test method or to a federal monitoring 
requirement. These changes would involve the use of unproven technology 
or procedures or an entirely new method (which is sometimes necessary 
when the required test method or monitoring requirement is unsuitable).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (4) Major alternatives to monitoring, or
    (5) Waivers of recordkeeping.



Sec. 62.14351  Definitions.

    Terms used but not defined in this subpart have the meaning given 
them in the Clean Air Act and 40 CFR part 60, subparts A, B, and WWW.
    Achieve final compliance means to connect and operate the collection 
and control system as specified in the final control plan. Within 180 
days after the date the landfill is required to achieve final 
compliance, the initial performance test must be conducted.
    Award contract means the MSW landfill owner or operator enters into 
legally binding agreements or contractual obligations that cannot be 
canceled or modified without substantial financial loss to the MSW 
landfill owner or operator. The MSW landfill owner or operator may award 
a number of contracts to install the collection and control system. To 
meet this increment of progress, the MSW landfill owner or operator must 
award a contract or contracts to initiate on-site construction or 
installation of the collection and control system.
    Complete on-site construction means that all necessary collection 
system components and air pollution control devices identified in the 
final control plan are on site, in place, and ready for operation.
    Design capacity means the maximum amount of solid waste a landfill 
can accept, as indicated in terms of volume or mass in the most recent 
permit issued by the State, local, or Tribal agency responsible for 
regulating the landfill, plus any in-place waste not accounted for in 
the most recent permit. If the owner or operator chooses to convert the 
design capacity from volume to mass or from mass to volume to 
demonstrate its design capacity is less than 2.5 million megagrams or 
2.5 million cubic meters, the calculation must include a site-specific 
density, which must be recalculated annually.
    EPA approved State plan means a State plan that EPA has approved 
based on the requirements in 40 CFR part 60, subpart B to implement and 
enforce 40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc. An approved State plan becomes 
effective on the date specified in the notice published in the Federal 
Register announcing EPA's approval.
    Federal Indian Reservation means for purposes of the Clean Air Act, 
all land within the limits of any Indian reservation under the 
jurisdiction of the

[[Page 400]]

United States government, notwithstanding the issuance of any patent, 
and including rights-of-way running through the reservation.
    Final control plan (Collection and control system design plan) means 
a plan that describes the collection and control system that will 
capture the gas generated within an MSW landfill. The collection and 
control system design plan must be prepared by a professional engineer 
and must describe a collection and control system that meets the 
requirements of 40 CFR 60.752(b)(2)(ii). The final control plan must 
contain engineering specifications and drawings of the collection and 
control system. The final control plan must include any alternatives to 
the operational standards, test methods, procedures, compliance 
measures, monitoring, recordkeeping or reporting provisions of 40 CFR 
60.753 through 60.758 proposed by the owner or operator. The final 
control plan must either conform with the specifications for active 
collection systems in 40 CFR 60.759 or include a demonstration that 
shows that based on the size of the landfill and the amount of waste 
expected to be accepted, the system is sized properly to collect the 
gas, control emissions of NMOC to the required level and meet the 
operational standards for a landfill.
    Indian Country means all land within the limits of any Indian 
reservation under the jurisdiction of the United States government, 
notwithstanding the issuance of any patent, and including rights-of-way 
running through the reservation; all dependent Indian communities within 
the borders of the United States whether within the original or 
subsequently acquired territory thereof, and whether within or without 
the limits of a State; and all Indian allotments, the Indian titles to 
which have not been extinguished, including rights-of-way running 
through the same.
    Initiate on-site construction means to begin any of the following: 
installation of the collection and control system to be used to comply 
with the emission limits as outlined in the final control plan; physical 
preparation necessary for the installation of the collection and control 
system to be used to comply with the final emission limits as outlined 
in the final control plan; or, alteration of an existing collection and 
control system to be used to comply with the final emission limits as 
outlined in the final control plan.
    Modification means an increase in the permitted volume design 
capacity of the landfill by either horizontal or vertical expansion 
based on its permitted design capacity as of May 30, 1991. Modification 
does not occur until the owner or operator commences construction on the 
horizontal or vertical expansion.
    Municipal solid waste landfill or MSW landfill means an entire 
disposal facility in a contiguous geographical space where household 
waste is placed in or on land. A municipal solid waste landfill may also 
receive other types of RCRA Subtitle D wastes such as commercial solid 
waste, nonhazardous sludge, conditionally exempt small quantity 
generator waste, and industrial solid waste. Portions of a municipal 
solid waste landfill may be separated by access roads. A municipal solid 
waste landfill may be publicly or privately owned.
    Negative declaration letter means a letter to EPA declaring that 
there are no existing MSW landfills in the State or that there are no 
existing MSW landfills in the State that must install collection and 
control systems according to the requirements of 40 CFR part 60, subpart 
Cc. The negative declaration letter must include the design capacities 
of any existing MSW landfills with a design capacity less than 2.5 
million megagrams or 2.5 million cubic meters.
    Protectorate means American Samoa, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, 
the District of Columbia, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, and the 
Virgin Islands.
    State means any of the 50 United States and the protectorates of the 
United States.
    State plan means a plan submitted pursuant to section 111(d) of the 
Clean Air Act and 40 CFR part 60, subpart B that implements and enforces 
40 CFR part 60, subpart Cc. State plans include plans developed by 
States, local agencies, and protectorates.
    Tribal plan means a plan submitted by a Tribal Authority pursuant to 
40

[[Page 401]]

CFR parts 9, 35, 49, 50, and 81 that implements and enforces 40 CFR part 
60, subpart Cc.



Sec. 62.14352  Designated facilities.

    (a) The designated facility to which this subpart applies is each 
municipal solid waste landfill in all States, protectorates, and Indian 
Country that meets the conditions of paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of 
this section, except for landfills exempted by paragraphs (b) and (c) of 
this section.
    (1) The municipal solid waste landfill commenced construction, 
reconstruction, or modification before May 30, 1991 (landfills that 
commence construction, modification, or reconstruction on or after May 
30, 1991 are subject to 40 CFR part 60, subpart WWW), and
    (2) The municipal solid waste landfill has accepted waste at any 
time since November 8, 1987 or the landfill has additional capacity for 
future waste deposition.
    (b) A municipal solid waste landfill regulated by an EPA approved 
and currently effective State or Tribal plan is not subject to the 
requirements of this subpart. States that have an approved and effective 
State plan are listed in table 1 of this subpart. Notwithstanding the 
exclusions in table 1 of this subpart, any MSW landfill located in a 
State or portion of Indian country that does not have an EPA approved 
and currently effective State or Tribal plan is subject to the 
requirements of this subpart.
    (c) A municipal solid waste landfill located in a State, locality, 
or portion of Indian country that submitted a negative declaration 
letter is not subject to the requirements of this subpart other than the 
requirements in the definition of design capacity to recalculate the 
site-specific density annually and in Sec. 62.14355 to submit an amended 
design capacity report in the event that the recalculated design 
capacity is equal to or greater than 2.5 million megagrams and 2.5 
million cubic meters. However, if the existing municipal solid waste 
landfill already has a design capacity equal to or greater than 2.5 
million megagrams and 2.5 million cubic meters, then it is subject to 
the requirements of the Federal plan. States, localities, or portions of 
Indian country that submitted negative declaration letters are listed in 
table 2 of this subpart.
    (d) Physical or operational changes made to an existing municipal 
solid waste landfill solely to comply with an emission guideline are not 
considered a modification or reconstruction and would not subject an 
existing municipal solid waste landfill to the requirements of 40 CFR 
part 60, subpart WWW.
    (e) For purposes of obtaining an operating permit under title V of 
the Clean Air Act, the owner or operator of a municipal solid waste 
landfill subject to this subpart with a design capacity less than 2.5 
million megagrams or 2.5 million cubic meters is not subject to the 
requirement to obtain an operating permit for the landfill under part 70 
or 71 of this chapter, unless the landfill is otherwise subject to 
either part 70 or 71. For purposes of submitting a timely application 
for an operating permit under part 70 or 71, the owner or operator of a 
municipal solid waste landfill subject to this subpart with a design 
capacity greater than or equal to 2.5 million megagrams and 2.5 million 
cubic meters on January 7, 2,000 and not otherwise subject to either 
part 70 or 71, becomes subject to the requirements of Sec. 70.5(a)(1)(i) 
or Sec. 71.5(a)(1)(i) of this chapter April 6, 2000, even if the initial 
design capacity report is submitted earlier. In addition, the owner or 
operator of a municipal solid waste landfill subject to this subpart 
with a design capacity less than 2.5 million megagrams or 2.5 million 
cubic meters on January 7, 2000, and not otherwise subject to either 
part 70 or 71, but whose design capacity subsequently increases to equal 
or exceed 2.5 million megagrams and 2.5 million cubic meters by a change 
that is not a modification or reconstruction becomes subject to the 
requirements of Sec. 70.5(a)(1)(i) or Sec. 71.5(a)(1)(i) of this chapter 
upon the date the amended design capacity report is due.
    (f) When a municipal solid waste landfill subject to this subpart is 
closed, the owner or operator is no longer subject to the requirement to 
maintain an operating permit under part 70 or 71 of this chapter for the 
landfill if the landfill is not otherwise subject to the requirements of 
either

[[Page 402]]

part 70 or 71 and if either of the following conditions are met:
    (1) The landfill was never subject to the requirement for a control 
system under Sec. 62.14353 of this subpart; or
    (2) The owner or operator meets the conditions for control system 
removal specified in 40 CFR 60.752(b)(2)(v).



Sec. 62.14353  Standards for municipal solid waste landfill emissions.

    (a) The owner or operator of a designated facility having a design 
capacity less than 2.5 million megagrams or 2.5 million cubic meters 
must comply with the requirements of 40 CFR 60.752(a) in addition to the 
applicable reporting and recordkeeping requirements specified in this 
subpart.
    (b) The owner or operator of a designated facility having a design 
capacity equal to or greater than 2.5 million megagrams and 2.5 million 
cubic meters must comply with the requirements of 40 CFR 60.752(b) in 
addition to the applicable reporting and recordkeeping requirements 
specified in this subpart.



Sec. 62.14354  Procedures, test methods, and monitoring.

    (a) The owner or operator of a designated facility having a design 
capacity equal to or greater than 2.5 million megagrams and 2.5 million 
cubic meters must calculate the landfill nonmethane organic compounds 
emission rate using the procedures listed in 40 CFR 60.754, as 
applicable, to determine whether the landfill nonmethane organic 
compounds emission rate equals or exceeds 50 megagrams per year.
    (b) The owner or operator of a designated facility with a gas 
collection and control system used to comply with Sec. 62.14353(b) must 
comply with the operational standards in 40 CFR 60.753; the test 
procedures in 40 CFR 60.754(b) and (d); the compliance provisions in 40 
CFR 60.755; and the monitoring provisions in 40 CFR 60.756, unless 
alternative procedures have been approved.



Sec. 62.14355  Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

    (a) The owner or operator of a designated facility must comply with 
the recordkeeping and reporting provisions listed in 40 CFR 60.757 and 
60.758, except as provided for under paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of 
this section.
    (1) The initial design capacity report for a designated facility is 
due within 90 days of the effective date of this subpart. Existing MSW 
landfills with a design capacity less than 2.5 million megagrams or 2.5 
million cubic meters that are located in States that submitted a 
negative declaration letter are not required to submit an initial design 
capacity report provided that the MSW landfill's design capacity was 
included in the negative declaration letter.
    (2) The initial nonmethane organic compounds emission rate report 
for a designated facility is due within 90 days of the effective date of 
this subpart.
    (b) The owner or operator of a designated facility must submit 
notification to the EPA Regional Office within 10 business days of 
completing each increment of progress. Each notification must indicate 
which increment of progress specified in Sec. 62.14356(a)(1) through 
(a)(5) of this subpart has been achieved. The notification must be 
signed by the owner or operator of the landfill.
    (1) For the first increment of progress, the final control plan 
(collection and control system design plan) must be submitted in 
addition to the notification. A copy of the design plan must also be 
kept on site at the landfill.
    (2) For the second increment of progress, a signed copy of the 
contract(s) awarded must be submitted in addition to the notification.
    (c) The owner or operator of a designated facility who fails to meet 
any increment of progress specified in Sec. 62.14356(a)(1) through 
(a)(5) of this subpart according to the applicable schedule in 
Sec. 62.14356 of this subpart must submit notification that the owner or 
operator failed to meet the increment to the EPA Regional Office within 
10 business days of the applicable date in Sec. 62.14356.
    (d) The owner or operator (or the State or Tribal air pollution 
control authority) that is submitting alternative dates for increments 2 
and 3 according to Sec. 62.14356(d) of this subpart must do so by the 
date specified for

[[Page 403]]

submitting the final control plan. The date for submitting the final 
control plan is specified in Sec. 62.14356(c)(1) and (c)(2) of this 
subpart, as applicable. The owner or operator (or the State or Tribal 
air pollution control authority) must submit a justification if any of 
the alternative dates are later than the increment dates in table 3 of 
this subpart. In addition to submitting the alternative dates to the 
appropriate EPA Regional Office, the owner or operator must also submit 
the alternative dates to the State.



Sec. 62.14356  Compliance schedules and increments of progress.

    (a) Increments of progress. The owner or operator of a designated 
facility that has a design capacity equal to or greater than 2.5 million 
megagrams and 2.5 million cubic meters and a nonmethane organic compound 
emission rate greater than or equal to 50 megagrams per year must 
achieve the increments of progress specified in paragraphs (a)(1) 
through (a)(5) of this section to install air pollution control devices 
to meet the emission standards specified in Sec. 62.14353(b) of this 
subpart. (Refer to Sec. 62.14351 for a definition of each increment of 
progress.)
    (1) Submit control plan: Submit a final control plan (collection and 
control system design plan) according to the requirements of 
Sec. 62.14353(b) of this subpart and 40 CFR 60.752(b)(2).
    (2) Award contract(s): Award contract(s) to initiate on-site 
construction or initiate on-site installation of emission collection 
and/or control equipment.
    (3) Initiate on-site construction: Initiate on-site construction or 
initiate on-site installation of emission collection and/or control 
equipment as described in the EPA-approved final control plan.
    (4) Complete on-site construction: Complete on-site construction and 
installation of emission collection and/or control equipment.
    (5) Achieve final compliance: Complete construction in accordance 
with the design specified in the EPA-approved final control plan and 
connect the landfill gas collection system and air pollution control 
equipment such that they are fully operating. The initial performance 
test must be conducted within 180 days after the date the facility is 
required to achieve final compliance.
    (b) Compliance date. For each designated facility that has a design 
capacity equal to or greater than 2.5 million megagrams and 2.5 million 
cubic meters and a nonmethane organic compound emission rate greater 
than or equal to 50 Mg per year, planning, awarding of contracts, and 
installation of municipal solid waste landfill air emission collection 
and control equipment capable of meeting the standards in 
Sec. 62.14353(b) must be accomplished within 30 months after the date 
the initial emission rate report (or the annual emission rate report) 
first shows that the nonmethane organic compounds emission rate equals 
or exceeds 50 megagrams per year.
    (c) Compliance schedules. The owner or operator of a designated 
facility that has a design capacity equal to or greater than 2.5 million 
megagrams and 2.5 million cubic meters and a nonmethane organic compound 
emission rate greater than or equal to 50 megagrams per year must 
achieve the increments of progress specified in paragraphs (a)(1) 
through (a)(5) of this section according to the schedule specified in 
paragraph (c)(1) or (c)(2) of this section, unless a site-specific 
schedule is approved by EPA.
    (1) The owner or operator of a designated facility must achieve the 
increments of progress according to the schedule in table 3 of this 
subpart, except for those affected facilities specified in paragraph 
(c)(2) of this section. Once this subpart becomes effective on January 
7, 2000, any designated facility to which this subpart applies will 
remain subject to the schedule in table 3 if a subsequently approved 
State or Tribal plan contains a less stringent schedule, (i.e., a 
schedule that provides more time to comply with increments 1, 4 and/or 5 
than does this Federal plan).
    (2) The owner or operator of the specified designated facility in 
table 4 of this subpart must achieve the increments of progress 
according to the schedule in table 4 of this subpart.
    (d) For designated facilities that are subject to the schedule 
requirements of

[[Page 404]]

paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the owner or operator (or the State or 
Tribal air pollution control authority) may submit to the appropriate 
EPA Regional Office for approval alternative dates for achieving 
increments 2 and 3.

Table 1 of Subpart GGG--States That Have an Approved and Effective State 
                            Plan a

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          Effective date
                       State plan                          of state plan
                                                                 b
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alabama.................................................        12/07/98
Allegheny County, Pennsylvania..........................        04/16/99
Arizona.................................................        11/19/99
California..............................................        11/22/99
Colorado................................................        09/28/98
Delaware................................................        11/16/99
Florida.................................................        08/03/99
Georgia.................................................        01/12/99
Illinois................................................        01/22/99
Iowa....................................................        06/22/98
Kansas..................................................        05/19/98
Kentucky................................................        06/21/99
Louisiana...............................................        10/28/97
Maryland................................................         11/8/99
Minnesota...............................................        09/25/98
Missouri................................................        06/23/98
Montana.................................................        09/08/98
Nashville, Tennessee....................................        02/16/99
Nebraska................................................        06/23/98
Nevada..................................................        11/19/99
New Mexico..............................................        02/10/98
New York................................................        09/17/99
North Dakota............................................        02/13/98
Ohio....................................................        10/06/98
Oklahoma................................................        05/18/99
Oregon..................................................        08/25/98
South Carolina..........................................        10/25/99
South Dakota............................................        08/02/99
Tennessee...............................................        11/29/99
Texas...................................................        08/16/99
Utah....................................................        03/16/98
Wyoming.................................................        07/31/98
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a This table is provided as a matter of convenience and is not
  controlling in determining whether a MSW landfill is subject to the
  Federal plan. A MSW landfill is subject to this Federal plan if it
  commenced construction before May 30, 1991 and has not been modified
  or reconstructed on or after that date and is not covered by an
  approved and currently effective State or Tribal plan.
b The State plan is expected to become effective on the date indicated.
  However, if the State plan does not become effective on the date
  indicated, the Federal plan applies until the State plan becomes
  effective.

  Table 2 of Subpart GGG--States That Submitted a Negative Declaration 
                           Letter a

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Date of
      State, locality, or portion of Indian country          negative
                                                            declaration
------------------------------------------------------------------------
District of Columbia....................................        09/11/97
New Hampshire...........................................        07/22/98
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania..............................        02/27/96
Rhode Island............................................        05/27/98
Vermont.................................................        08/20/96
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a A MSW landfill with a design capacity equal to or greater than 2.5
  million megagrams and 2.5 million cubic meters located in an area for
  which a negative declaration letter was submitted is subject to the
  Federal plan, notwithstanding the negative declaration letter and this
  table 2.

        Table 3 of Subpart GGG--Generic Compliance Schedule and 
                  Increments of Progress a

------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Increment                               Date
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Increment 1--Submit final control plan.  1 year after initial NMOC
                                          emission rate report or the
                                          first annual emission rate
                                          report showing NMOC emissions
                                           50 Mg/yr.b
Increment 2--Award Contracts...........  20 months after initial NMOC
                                          emission rate report or the
                                          first annual emission rate
                                          report showing NMOC emissions
                                           50 Mg/yr.b
Increment 3--Begin on-site construction  24 months after initial NMOC
                                          emission rate report or the
                                          first annual emission rate
                                          report showing NMOC emissions
                                           50 Mg/yr.b
Increment 4--Complete on-site            30 months after initial NMOC
 construction.                            emission rate report or the
                                          first annual emission rate
                                          report showing NMOC emissions
                                           50 Mg/yr.b
Increment 5--Final compliance..........  30 months after initial NMOC
                                          emission rate report or the
                                          first annual emission rate
                                          report showing NMOC emissions
                                           50 Mg/yr.b
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Table 3 of subpart GGG applies to landfills with design capacities 2.5 million megagrams and 2.5 million cubic meters that are
  subject to this subpart except those with site-specific compliance
  schedules shown in table 4 of subpart GGG.
b NMOC = nonmethane organic compounds Mg/yr = megagrams per year


[[Page 405]]

     Table 4 of Subpart GGG--Site-Specific Compliance Schedules and 
                    Increments of Progress [Reserved]



 Subpart HHH--Federal Plan Requirements for Hospital/Medical/Infectious 
        Waste Incinerators Constructed on or Before June 20, 1996

    Source: 65 FR 49881, Aug. 15, 2000, unless otherwise noted.

                              Applicability



Sec. 62.14400  Am I subject to this subpart?

    (a) You are subject to this subpart if paragraphs (a)(1), (2), and 
(3) of this section are all true:
    (1) You own or operate an HMIWI that is not covered by an EPA 
approved and effective State or Tribal plan;
    (2) Construction of the HMIWI commenced on or before June 20, 1996; 
and
    (3) You do not meet any of the exemptions in paragraph (b) of this 
section.
    (b) The following exemptions apply:

[[Page 406]]



----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           If you . . .                  And you . . .              And you . . .            Then you . . .
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Own or operate an HMIWI that   Notify the EPA             Keep records on a         Are not subject to the
 combusts only pathological         Administrator (or          calendar quarter basis    other sections of this
 waste, low-level radioactive       delegated enforcement      of the periods of time    subpart during periods
 waste, and/or chemothera-peutic    authority) of an           when only pathological    when only pathological,
 waste (all defined in 40 CFR       exemption claim.           waste, low-level radio    low-level radioactive,
 62.14490).                                                    active waste, and/or      and/or chemotherapeutic
                                                               chemo therapeutic waste   wastes are combusted.
                                                               is combusted, and you
                                                               submit such records to
                                                               the EPA Administrator
                                                               (or delegated
                                                               enforcement authority)
                                                               upon request,.
(2) Own or operate a co-fired      Notify the EPA             Keep records on a         Are not subject to the
 combustor (defined in 40 CFR       Administrator (or          calendar quarter basis    other sections of this
 62.14490).                         delegated enforcement      of the weight of          subpart.
                                    authority) of an           hospital waste and
                                    exemption claim and you    medical/infectious
                                    provide an estimate of     waste combusted as well
                                    the relative weight of     as the weight of all
                                    hospital waste, medical/   other fuels and wastes
                                    infectious waste, and      combusted at the co-
                                    other fuels and/or         fired combustor, and
                                    wastes to be combusted.    these records reflect
                                                               that the source
                                                               continues to meet the
                                                               definition of co-fired
                                                               combustor in 40 CFR
                                                               62.14490, and you
                                                               submit such records to
                                                               the EPA Administrator
                                                               (or delegated
                                                               enforcement authority)
                                                               upon request.
(3) Own or operate a combustor     .........................  ........................  Are not subject to this
 that must have a permit under                                                           subpart.
 Section 3005 of the Solid Waste
 Disposal Act.
(4) Own or operate a combustor     .........................  ........................  Are not subject to this
 which meets the applicability                                                           subpart.
 requirements of 40 CFR part 60
 subpart Cb, Ea, or Eb (standards
 or guidelines for certain
 municipal waste combustors).
(5) Own or operate a pyrolysis     .........................  ........................  Are not subject to this
 unit (defined in 40 CFR                                                                 subpart.
 62.14490) processing hospital
 waste and/or medical/infectious
 waste.
(6) Own or operate a cement kiln   .........................  ........................  Are not subject to this
 firing hospital waste and/or                                                            subpart.
 medical/infectious waste.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 407]]

    (c) Owners or operators of sources that qualify for the exemptions 
in paragraphs (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section must submit records 
required to support their claims of exemption to the EPA Administrator 
(or delegated enforcement authority) upon request. Upon request by any 
person under the regulation at part 2 of this chapter (or a comparable 
law or regulation governing a delegated enforcement authority), the EPA 
Administrator (or delegated enforcement authority) must request the 
records in (b)(1) or (b)(2) from an owner or operator and make such 
records available to the requestor to the extent required by part 2 of 
this chapter (or a comparable law governing a delegated enforcement 
authority). Records required under paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this 
section must be maintained by the source for a period of at least 5 
years. Notifications of exemption claims required under paragraphs 
(b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section must be maintained by the EPA or 
delegated enforcement authority for a period of at least 5 years. Any 
information obtained from an owner or operator of a source accompanied 
by a claim of confidentiality will be treated in accordance with the 
regulations in part 2 of this chapter (or a comparable law governing a 
delegated enforcement authority).



Sec. 62.14401  How do I determine if my HMIWI is covered by an approved and effective State or Tribal plan?

    This part (40 CFR part 62) contains a list of all States and Tribal 
areas with approved Clean Air Act section 111(d)/129 plans in effect. 
However, this part is only updated once a year. Thus, if this part does 
not indicate that your State or Tribal area has an approved and 
effective plan, you should contact your State environmental agency's air 
director or your EPA Regional Office to determine if approval occurred 
since publication of the most recent version of this part.



Sec. 62.14402  If my HMIWI is not listed on the Federal plan inventory, am I exempt from this subpart?

    Not necessarily. Sources subject to this subpart include, but are 
not limited to, the inventory of sources listed in Docket A-98-24 for 
the Federal plan.



Sec. 62.14403  What happens if I modify an existing HMIWI?

    (a) If you commenced modification (defined in 40 CFR 62.14490) of an 
existing HMIWI after March 16, 1998, you are subject to 40 CFR part 60, 
subpart Ec (40 CFR 60.50c through 60.58c) and you are not subject to 
this subpart, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (b) If you made physical or operational changes to your existing 
HMIWI solely for the purpose of complying with this subpart, these 
changes are not considered a modification, and you are not subject to 40 
CFR part 60, subpart Ec (40 CFR 60.50c through 60.58c). You remain 
subject to this subpart.

                             Emission Limits



Sec. 62.14410  Are there different emission limits for different locations and sizes of HMIWI?

    Yes, there are different emission limits for small rural, small, 
medium, and large HMIWI. To determine the size category of your HMIWI, 
consult the definitions in 40 CFR 62.14490.



Sec. 62.14411  What emission limits apply to my HMIWI?

    You must operate your HMIWI in compliance with the emission limit 
requirements for your HMIWI size category listed in table 1 of this 
subpart.



Sec. 62.14412  What stack opacity requirements apply?

    Your HMIWI (regardless of size category) must not discharge into the 
atmosphere from the stack any gases that exhibit greater than 10 percent 
opacity (6-minute block average).



Sec. 62.14413  When do the emission limits and stack opacity requirements apply?

    The emission limits and stack opacity requirements of this subpart 
apply at all times except during periods of startup, shutdown, or 
malfunction, provided that no hospital waste or medical/infectious waste 
is charged to your HMIWI during periods of startup, shutdown, or 
malfunction.

[[Page 408]]

                   Operator Training and Qualification



Sec. 62.14420  Am I required to have a trained and qualified operator?

    You must have a fully trained and qualified HMIWI operator, either 
at your facility or able to be at your facility within 1 hour. The 
trained and qualified HMIWI operator may operate the HMIWI directly or 
be the direct supervisor of one or more HMIWI operators.



Sec. 62.14421  How does an operator become trained and qualified?

    (a) The HMIWI operator can obtain training and qualification through 
a State-approved program or as provided in paragraph (b) of this 
section.
    (b) If there are no State-approved training and qualification 
programs available or if your operator does not want to participate in a 
State-approved program, then your operator must complete a training 
course that includes the requirements in Sec. 62.14422 and satisfy the 
qualification requirements in Sec. 62.14423.



Sec. 62.14422  What are the requirements for a training course that is not part of a State-approved program?

    A training course must include:
    (a) Twenty-four hours of training that includes all of the following 
subjects:
    (1) Environmental concerns, including pathogen destruction and types 
of emissions;
    (2) Basic combustion principles, including products of combustion;
    (3) Operation of the type of incinerator to be used by the operator, 
including proper startup, waste charging, and shutdown procedures;
    (4) Combustion controls and monitoring;
    (5) Operation of air pollution control equipment and factors 
affecting performance (if applicable);
    (6) Methods to monitor pollutants (continuous emission monitoring 
systems and monitoring of HMIWI and air pollution control device 
operating parameters) and equipment calibration procedures (where 
applicable);
    (7) Inspection and maintenance of the HMIWI, air pollution control 
devices, and continuous emission monitoring systems;
    (8) Actions to correct malfunctions and conditions that may lead to 
malfunction;
    (9) Bottom and fly ash characteristics and handling procedures;
    (10) Applicable Federal, State, and local regulations;
    (11) Work safety procedures;
    (12) Prestartup inspections; and
    (13) Recordkeeping requirements.
    (b) An examination designed and administered by the instructor; and
    (c) Reference material distributed to the attendees covering the 
course topics.



Sec. 62.14423  What are the qualification requirements for operators who do not participate in a State-approved program?

    (a) Operators who do not participate in a State-approved program 
must satisfy paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section:
    (1) The operator must complete a training course that satisfies the 
requirements in Sec. 62.14422; and
    (2) The operator must have either 6 months experience as an HMIWI 
operator, 6 months experience as a direct supervisor of an HMIWI 
operator, or completion of at least two burn cycles under the 
observation and supervision of two qualified HMIWI operators.
    (b) The operator's qualification is valid after paragraphs (a)(1) 
and (2) of this section are completed.
    (c) To remain qualified, the operator must complete and pass an 
annual review or refresher course of at least 4 hours covering, at a 
minimum, the following:
    (1) Update of regulations;
    (2) Incinerator operation, including startup and shutdown 
procedures;
    (3) Inspection and maintenance;
    (4) Responses to malfunctions or conditions that may lead to 
malfunction; and
    (5) Discussion of operating problems encountered by attendees.
    (d) If the operator's qualification lapses, he or she must renew it 
by one of the following methods:
    (1) For a lapse of less than 3 years, complete and pass a standard 
annual refresher course described in paragraph (c) of this section;

[[Page 409]]

    (2) For a lapse of 3 years or more, complete and pass a training 
course with the minimum criteria described in Sec. 62.14422.



Sec. 62.14424  What documentation must I maintain onsite?

    (a) You must maintain the following at the facility:
    (1) Summary of the applicable standards under this subpart;
    (2) Description of basic combustion theory applicable to an HMIWI;
    (3) Procedures for receiving, handling, and charging waste;
    (4) Procedures for startup, shutdown, and malfunction;
    (5) Procedures for maintaining proper combustion air supply levels;
    (6) Procedures for operating the HMIWI and associated air pollution 
control systems within the standards established under this subpart;
    (7) Procedures for responding to malfunction or conditions that may 
lead to malfunction;
    (8) Procedures for monitoring HMIWI emissions;
    (9) Reporting and recordkeeping procedures; and
    (10) Procedures for handling ash.
    (b) You must keep the information listed in paragraph (a) of this 
section in a readily accessible location for all HMIWI operators. This 
information, along with records of training, must be available for 
inspection by the EPA or its delegated enforcement agent upon request.



Sec. 62.14425  When must I review the documentation?

    (a) You must establish a program for reviewing the information 
listed in Sec. 62.14424 annually with each HMIWI operator (defined in 
Sec. 62.14490).
    (b) You must conduct your initial review of the information listed 
in Sec. 62.14424 by February 15, 2001, or prior to assumption of 
responsibilities affecting HMIWI operation, whichever is later.
    (c) You must conduct subsequent reviews of the information listed in 
Sec. 62.14424 annually.

                          Waste Management Plan



Sec. 62.14430  Must I prepare a waste management plan?

    Yes. All HMIWI owners or operators must have a waste management 
plan.



Sec. 62.14431  What must my waste management plan include?

    Your waste management plan must identify both the feasibility of, 
and the approach for, separating certain components of solid waste from 
the health care waste stream in order to reduce the amount of toxic 
emissions from incinerated waste. The waste management plan you develop 
may address, but is not limited to, paper, cardboard, plastics, glass, 
battery, or metal recycling, or purchasing recycled or recyclable 
products. Your waste management plan may include different goals or 
approaches for different areas or departments of the facility and need 
not include new waste management goals for every waste stream. When you 
develop your waste management plan it should identify, where possible, 
reasonably available additional waste management measures, taking into 
account the effectiveness of waste management measures already in place, 
the costs of additional measures, the emission reductions expected to be 
achieved, and any other potential environmental or energy impacts they 
might have. In developing your waste management plan, you must consider 
the American Hospital Association publication entitled ``Ounce of 
Prevention: Waste Reduction Strategies for Health Care Facilities.'' 
This publication (AHA Catalog No. 057007) is available for purchase from 
the American Hospital Association (AHA) Service, Inc., Post Office Box 
92683, Chicago, Illinois 60675-2683.



Sec. 62.14432  When must my waste management plan be completed?

    As specified in Secs. 62.14463 and 62.14464, you must submit your 
waste management plan with your initial report, which is due 60 days 
after your initial performance test.

[[Page 410]]

                         Inspection Requirements



Sec. 62.14440  Which HMIWI are subject to inspection requirements?

    Only small rural HMIWI (defined in Sec. 62.14490) are subject to 
inspection requirements.



Sec. 62.14441  When must I inspect my small rural HMIWI?

    (a) You must inspect your small rural HMIWI by August 15, 2001.
    (b) You must conduct inspections as outlined in Sec. 62.14442 
annually (no more than 12 months following the previous annual equipment 
inspection).



Sec. 62.14442  What must my inspection include?

    At a minimum, you must do the following during your inspection:
    (a) Inspect all burners, pilot assemblies, and pilot sensing devices 
for proper operation, and clean pilot flame sensor as necessary;
    (b) Check for proper adjustment of primary and secondary chamber 
combustion air, and adjust as necessary;
    (c) Inspect hinges and door latches, and lubricate as necessary;
    (d) Inspect dampers, fans, and blowers for proper operation;
    (e) Inspect HMIWI door and door gaskets for proper sealing;
    (f) Inspect motors for proper operation;
    (g) Inspect primary chamber refractory lining, and clean and repair/
replace lining as necessary;
    (h) Inspect incinerator shell for corrosion and/or hot spots;
    (i) Inspect secondary/tertiary chamber and stack, and clean as 
necessary;
    (j) Inspect mechanical loader, including limit switches, for proper 
operation, if applicable;
    (k) Visually inspect waste bed (grates), and repair/ seal, as 
necessary;
    (l) For the burn cycle that follows the inspection, document that 
the incinerator is operating properly and make any necessary 
adjustments;
    (m) Inspect air pollution control device(s) for proper operation, if 
applicable;
    (n) Inspect waste heat boiler systems to ensure proper operation, if 
applicable;
    (o) Inspect bypass stack components;
    (p) Ensure proper calibration of thermocouples, sorbent feed systems 
and any other monitoring equipment; and
    (q) Generally observe that the equipment is maintained in good 
operating condition.



Sec. 62.14443  When must I do repairs?

    You must complete any necessary repairs within 10 operating days of 
the inspection unless you obtain written approval from the EPA 
Administrator (or delegated enforcement authority) establishing a 
different date when all necessary repairs of your HMIWI must be 
completed.

             Performance Testing and Monitoring Requirements



Sec. 62.14450  What are the testing requirements for small rural HMIWI?

    (a) If you operate a small rural HMIWI (defined in Sec. 62.14490), 
you must conduct an initial performance test for PM, opacity, CO, 
dioxin/furan, and Hg using the test methods and procedures outlined in 
Sec. 62.14452.
    (b) After the initial performance test is completed or is required 
to be completed under Sec. 62.14470, whichever date comes first, if you 
operate a small rural HMIWI you must determine compliance with the 
opacity limit by conducting an annual performance test (no more than 12 
months following the previous performance test) using the applicable 
procedures and test methods listed in Sec. 62.14452.
    (c) The 2,000 lb/wk limitation for small rural HMIWI does not apply 
during performance tests.
    (d) The EPA Administrator may request a repeat performance test at 
any time.



Sec. 62.14451  What are the testing requirements for HMIWI that are not small rural?

    (a) If you operate an HMIWI that is not a small rural HMIWI, you 
must conduct an initial performance test for PM, opacity, CO, dioxin/
furan, HCl, Pb, Cd, and Hg using the test methods and procedures 
outlined in Sec. 62.14452.

[[Page 411]]

    (b) After the initial performance test is completed or is required 
to be completed under Sec. 62.14470, whichever date comes first, you 
must:
    (1) Determine compliance with the opacity limit by conducting an 
annual performance test (no more than 12 months following the previous 
performance test) using the applicable procedures and test methods 
listed in Sec. 62.14452.
    (2) Determine compliance with the PM, CO, and HCl emission limits by 
conducting an annual performance test (no more than 12 months following 
the previous performance test) using the applicable procedures and test 
methods listed in Sec. 62.14452. If all three performance tests over a 
3-year period indicate compliance with the emission limit for a 
pollutant (PM, CO, or HCl), you may forego a performance test for that 
pollutant for the next 2 years. At a minimum, you must conduct a 
performance test for PM, CO, and HCl every third year (no more than 36 
months following the previous performance test). If a performance test 
conducted every third year indicates compliance with the emission limit 
for a pollutant (PM, CO, or HCl), you may forego a performance test for 
that pollutant for an additional 2 years. If any performance test 
indicates noncompliance with the respective emission limit, you must 
conduct a performance test for that pollutant annually until all annual 
performance tests over a 3-year period indicate compliance with the 
emission limit.
    (c) The EPA Administrator may request a repeat performance test at 
any time.



Sec. 62.14452  What test methods and procedures must I use?

    You must use the following test methods and procedures to conduct 
performance tests to determine compliance with the emission limits:
    (a) All performance tests must consist of a minimum of three test 
runs conducted under representative operating conditions;
    (b) The minimum sample time must be 1 hour per test run unless 
otherwise indicated in this section;
    (c) You must use EPA Reference Method 1 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix 
A to select the sampling location and number of traverse points;
    (d) You must use EPA Reference Method 3, 3A, or 3B of 40 CFR part 
60, appendix A for gas composition analysis, including measurement of 
oxygen concentration. You must use EPA Reference Method 3, 3A, or 3B of 
40 CFR part 60, appendix A simultaneously with each reference method;
    (e) You must adjust pollutant concentrations to 7 percent oxygen 
using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR15AU00.000

Where:

Cadj = pollutant concentration adjusted to 7 percent oxygen;
Cmeas = pollutant concentration measured on a dry basis at 
standard conditions
(20.9-7) = 20.9 percent oxygen--7 percent oxygen (defined oxygen 
correction basis);
20.9 = oxygen concentration in air, percent; and
%O2 = oxygen concentration measured on a dry basis at 
standard conditions, percent.

    (f) Except as provided in paragraph (l) of this section, you must 
use EPA Reference Method 5 or 29 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A to 
measure particulate matter emissions;
    (g) Except as provided in paragraph (l) of this section, you must 
use EPA Reference Method 9 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A to measure 
stack opacity;
    (h) Except as provided in paragraph (l) of this section, you must 
use EPA Reference Method 10 or 10B of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A to 
measure the CO emissions;
    (i) Except as provided in paragraph (l) of this section, you must 
use EPA Reference Method 23 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A to measure 
total dioxin/furan emissions. The minimum sample time must be 4 hours 
per test run. If you have selected the toxic equivalency standards for 
dioxin/furans under Sec. 62.14411, you must use the following procedures 
to determine compliance:

[[Page 412]]

    (1) Measure the concentration of each dioxin/furan tetra-through 
octa-congener emitted using EPA Reference Method 23;
    (2) For each dioxin/furan congener measured in accordance with 
paragraph (i)(1) of this section, multiply the congener concentration by 
its corresponding toxic equivalency factor specified in Table 2 of this 
subpart;
    (3) Sum the products calculated in accordance with paragraph (i)(2) 
of this section to obtain the total concentration of dioxins/furans 
emitted in terms of toxic equivalency.
    (j) Except as provided in paragraph (l) of this section, you must 
use EPA Reference Method 26 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A to measure HCl 
emissions. If you have selected the percentage reduction standards for 
HCl under Sec. 62.14411, compute the percentage reduction in HCl 
emissions (%RHCl) using the following formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR15AU00.001

Where:

%RHCl = percentage reduction of HCl emissions achieved;
Ei = HCl emission concentration measured at the control 
device inlet, corrected to 7 percent oxygen (dry basis at standard 
conditions); and
Eo = HCl emission concentration measured at the control 
device outlet, corrected to 7 percent oxygen (dry basis at standard 
conditions).

    (k) Except as provided in paragraph (l) of this section, you must 
use EPA Reference Method 29 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A to measure Pb, 
Cd, and Hg emissions. If you have selected the percentage reduction 
standards for metals under Sec. 62.14411, compute the percentage 
reduction in emissions (%Rmetal) using the following formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR15AU00.002

Where:

%Rmetal = percentage reduction of metal emission (Pb, Cd, or 
Hg) achieved;
Ei = metal emission concentration (Pb, Cd, or Hg) measured at 
the control device inlet, corrected to 7 percent oxygen (dry basis at 
standard conditions); and
Eo = metal emission concentration (Pb, Cd, or Hg) measured at 
the control device outlet, corrected to 7 percent oxygen (dry basis at 
standard conditions).

    (l) If you are using a continuous emission monitoring system (CEMS) 
to demonstrate compliance with any of the emission limits under 
Secs. 62.14411 or 62.14412, you must:
    (1) Determine compliance with the appropriate emission limit(s) 
using a 12-hour rolling average, calculated each hour as the average of 
the previous 12 operating hours (not including startup, shutdown, or 
malfunction). Performance tests using EPA Reference Methods are not 
required for pollutants monitored with CEMS.
    (2) Operate a CEMS to measure oxygen concentration, adjusting 
pollutant concentrations to 7 percent oxygen as specified in paragraph 
(e) of this section.
    (3) Operate all CEMS in accordance with the applicable procedures 
under appendices B and F of 40 CFR part 60.
    (m) Use of the bypass stack during a performance test will 
invalidate the performance test.



Sec. 62.14453  What must I monitor?

    (a) If your HMIWI is a small rural HMIWI, or your HMIWI is equipped 
with a dry scrubber followed by a fabric filter, a wet scrubber, or a 
dry

[[Page 413]]

scrubber followed by a fabric filter and wet scrubber:
    (1) You must establish the appropriate maximum and minimum operating 
parameters, indicated in Table 3, as site-specific operating parameters 
during the initial performance test to determine compliance with the 
emission limits; and
    (2) After the date on which the initial performance test is 
completed or is required to be completed under Sec. 62.14470, whichever 
comes first, your HMIWI must not operate above any of the applicable 
maximum operating parameters or below any of the applicable minimum 
operating parameters listed in Table 3 and measured as 3-hour rolling 
averages (calculated each hour as the average of the previous 3 
operating hours), at all times except during startup, shutdown, 
malfunction, and performance tests.
    (b) If your HMIWI is not a small rural HMIWI, and you are using an 
air pollution control device other than a dry scrubber followed by a 
fabric filter, a wet scrubber, or a dry scrubber followed by a fabric 
filter and a wet scrubber to comply with the emission limits under 
Sec. 62.14411, you must petition the EPA Administrator for site-specific 
operating parameters to be established during the initial performance 
test and you must continuously monitor those parameters thereafter. You 
may not conduct the initial performance test until the EPA Administrator 
has approved the petition.



Sec. 62.14454  How must I monitor the required parameters?

    (a) You must install, calibrate (to manufacturers' specifications), 
maintain, and operate devices (or establish methods) for monitoring the 
applicable maximum and minimum operating parameters listed in Table 3 of 
this subpart such that these devices (or methods) measure and record 
values for the operating parameters at the frequencies indicated in 
Table 3 of this subpart at all times except during periods of startup 
and shutdown. For charge rate, the device must measure and record the 
date, time, and weight of each charge fed to the HMIWI. This must be 
done automatically, meaning that the only intervention from an operator 
during the process would be to load the charge onto the weighing device. 
For batch HMIWI, the maximum charge rate is measured on a daily basis 
(the amount of waste charged to the unit each day).
    (b) For all HMIWI except small rural HMIWI, you must install, 
calibrate (to manufacturers' specifications), maintain, and operate a 
device or method for measuring the use of the bypass stack, including 
the date, time, and duration of such use.
    (c) For all HMIWI except small rural HMIWI, if you are using 
controls other than a dry scrubber followed by a fabric filter, a wet 
scrubber, or a dry scrubber followed by a fabric filter and a wet 
scrubber to comply with the emission limits under Sec. 62.14411, you 
must install, calibrate (to manufacturers' specifications), maintain, 
and operate the equipment necessary to monitor the site-specific 
operating parameters developed pursuant to Sec. 62.14453(b).
    (d) You must obtain monitoring data at all times during HMIWI 
operation except during periods of monitoring equipment malfunction, 
calibration, or repair. At a minimum, valid monitoring data must be 
obtained for 75 percent of the operating hours per day for 90 percent of 
the operating days per calendar quarter that your HMIWI is combusting 
hospital waste and/or medical/infectious waste.



Sec. 62.14455  What if my HMIWI goes outside of a parameter limit?

    (a) Operation above the established maximum or below the established 
minimum operating parameter(s) constitutes a violation of established 
operating parameter(s). Operating parameter limits do not apply during 
startup, shutdown, malfunction, and performance tests.
    (b) Except as provided in paragraph (f) or (g) of this section, if 
your HMIWI is a small rural HMIWI,

[[Page 414]]



------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Then you are in violation
            And your HMIWI . . .                       of . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operates above the maximum charge rate (3-   The PM, CO, and dioxin/
 hour rolling average for continuous and      furan emission limits.
 intermittent HMIWI, daily average for
 batch HMIWI) and below the minimum
 secondary chamber temperature (3-hour
 rolling average) simultaneously.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (c) Except as provided in paragraph (f) or (g) of this section, if 
your HMIWI is equipped with a dry scrubber followed by a fabric filter:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Then you are in violation
            And your HMIWI . . .                       of . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Operates above the maximum charge rate   The CO emission limit.
 (3-hour rolling average for continuous and
 intermittent HMIWI, daily average for
 batch HMIWI) and below the minimum
 secondary chamber temperature (3-hour
 rolling average) simultaneously.
(2) Operates above the maximum fabric        The dioxin/furan emission
 filter inlet temperature (3-hour rolling     limit.
 average), above the maximum charge rate (3-
 hour rolling average for continuous and
 intermittent HMIWI, daily average for
 batch HMIWI), and below the minimum dioxin/
 furan sorbent flow rate (3-hour rolling
 average) simultaneously.
(3) Operates above the maximum charge rate   The HCl emission limit.
 (3-hour rolling average for continuous and
 intermittent HMIWI, daily average for
 batch HMIWI) and below the minimum HCl
 sorbent flow rate (3-hour rolling average)
 simultaneously.
(4) Operates above the maximum charge rate   The Hg emission limit.
 (3-hour rolling average for continuous and
 intermittent HMIWI, daily average for
 batch HMIWI) and below the minimum Hg
 sorbent flow rate (3-hour rolling average)
 simultaneously.
(5) Uses the bypass stack (except during     The PM, dioxin/furan, HCl,
 startup, shutdown, or malfunction).          Pb, Cd, and Hg emission
                                              limits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (d) Except as provided in paragraph (f) or (g) of this section, if 
your HMIWI is equipped with a wet scrubber:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Then you are in violation
            And your HMIWI . . .                       of . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Operates above the maximum charge rate   The CO emission limit.
 (3-hour rolling average for continuous and
 intermittent HMIWI, daily average for
 batch HMIWI) and below the minimum
 secondary chamber temperature (3-hour
 rolling average) simultaneously.
(2) Operates above the maximum charge rate   The PM emission limit.
 (3-hour rolling average for continuous and
 intermittent HMIWI, daily average for
 batch HMIWI) and below the minimum
 pressure drop across the wet scrubber (3-
 hour rolling average) or below the minimum
 horsepower or amperage to the system (3-
 hour rolling average) simultaneously.
(3) Operates above the maximum charge rate   The dioxin/furan emission
 (3-hour rolling average for continuous and   limit.
 intermittent HMIWI, daily average for
 batch HMIWI), below the minimum secondary
 chamber temperature (3-hour rolling
 average), and below the minimum scrubber
 liquor flow rate (3-hour rolling average)
 simultaneously.
(4) Operates above the maximum charge rate   The HCl emission limit.
 (3-hour rolling average for continuous and
 intermittent HMIWI, daily average for
 batch HMIWI) and below the minimum
 scrubber liquor pH (3-hour rolling
 average) simultaneously.
(5) Operates above the maximum flue gas      The Hg emission limit.
 temperature (3-hour rolling average) and
 above the maximum charge rate (3-hour
 rolling average for continuous and
 intermittent HMIWI, daily average for
 batch HMIWI) simultaneously.
(6) Uses the bypass stack (except during     The PM, dioxin/furan, HCl,
 startup, shutdown, or malfunction).          Pb, Cd, and Hg emission
                                              limits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (e) Except as provided in paragraph (f) or (g) of this section, if 
your HMIWI is equipped with a dry scrubber followed by a fabric filter 
and a wet scrubber:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Then you are in violation
            And your HMIWI . . .                       of . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Operates above the maximum charge rate   The CO emission limit.
 (3-hour rolling average for continuous and
 intermittent HMIWI, daily average for
 batch HMIWI) and below the minimum
 secondary chamber temperature (3-hour
 rolling average) simultaneously.

[[Page 415]]

 
(2) Operates above the maximum fabric        The dioxin/furan emission
 filter inlet temperature (3-hour rolling     limit.
 average), above the maximum charge rate (3-
 hour rolling average for continuous and
 intermittent HMIWI, daily average for
 batch HMIWI), and below the minimum dioxin/
 furan sorbent flow rate (3-hour rolling
 average) simultaneously.
(3) Operates above the maximum charge rate   The HCl emission limit.
 (3-hour rolling average for continuous and
 intermittent HMIWI, daily average for
 batch HMIWI) and below the minimum
 scrubber liquor pH (3-hour rolling
 average) simultaneously.
(4) Operates above the maximum charge rate   The Hg emission limit.
 (3-hour rolling average for continuous and
 intermittent HMIWI, daily average for
 batch HMIWI) and below the minimum Hg
 sorbent flow rate (3-hour rolling average)
 simultaneously.
(5) Uses the bypass stack (except during     The PM, dioxin/furan, HCl,
 startup, shutdown, or malfunction).          Pb, Cd, and Hg emission
                                              limits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (f) You may conduct a repeat performance test within 30 days of 
violation of applicable operating parameter(s) to demonstrate that your 
HMIWI is not in violation of the applicable emission limit(s). You must 
conduct repeat performance tests pursuant to this paragraph using the 
identical operating parameters that indicated a violation under 
paragraph (b), (c), (d) or (e) of this section.
    (g) If you are using a CEMS to demonstrate compliance with any of 
the emission limits in table 1 of this subpart or Sec. 62.14412, and 
your CEMS indicates compliance with an emission limit during periods 
when operating parameters indicate a violation of an emission limit 
under paragraphs (b), (c), (d), or (e) of this section, then you are 
considered to be in compliance with the emission limit. You need not 
conduct a repeat performance test to demonstrate compliance.
    (h) You may conduct a repeat performance test in accordance with 
Sec. 62.14452 at any time to establish new values for the operating 
parameters.

                Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements



Sec. 62.14460  What records must I maintain?

    You must maintain the following:
    (a) Calendar date of each record;
    (b) Records of the following data:
    (1) Concentrations of any pollutant listed in table 1 and/or 
measurements of opacity;
    (2) The HMIWI charge dates, times, and weights and hourly charge 
rates;
    (3) Fabric filter inlet temperatures during each minute of 
operation, as applicable;
    (4) Amount and type of dioxin/furan sorbent used during each hour of 
operation, as applicable;
    (5) Amount and type of Hg sorbent used during each hour of 
operation, as applicable;
    (6) Amount and type of HCl sorbent used during each hour of 
operation, as applicable;
    (7) Secondary chamber temperatures recorded during each minute of 
operation;
    (8) Liquor flow rate to the wet scrubber inlet during each minute of 
operation, as applicable,
    (9) Horsepower or amperage to the wet scrubber during each minute of 
operation, as applicable;
    (10) Pressure drop across the wet scrubber system during each minute 
of operation, as applicable;
    (11) Temperature at the outlet from the wet scrubber during each 
minute of operation, as applicable;
    (12) The pH at the inlet to the wet scrubber during each minute of 
operation, as applicable;
    (13) Records of the annual equipment inspections, any required 
maintenance, and any repairs not completed within 10 operating days of 
an inspection or the time frame established by the EPA Administrator or 
delegated enforcement authority, as applicable;
    (14) Records indicating use of the bypass stack, including dates, 
times, and durations; and
    (15) If you are complying by monitoring site-specific operating 
parameters under Sec. 62.14453(b), you must monitor all operating data 
collected.
    (c) Identification of calendar days for which data on emission rates 
or operating parameters specified under paragraph (b)(1) through (15) of 
this section

[[Page 416]]

were not obtained, with an identification of the emission rates or 
operating parameters not measured, reasons for not obtaining the data, 
and a description of corrective actions taken;
    (d) Identification of calendar days, times and durations of 
malfunctions, and a description of the malfunction and the corrective 
action taken.
    (e) Identification of calendar days for which data on emission rates 
or operating parameters specified under paragraphs (b)(1) through (15) 
of this section exceeded the applicable limits, with a description of 
the exceedances, reasons for such exceedances, and a description of 
corrective actions taken.
    (f) The results of the initial, annual, and any subsequent 
performance tests conducted to determine compliance with the emission 
limits and/or to establish operating parameters, as applicable.
    (g) Records showing the names of HMIWI operators who have completed 
review of the documentation in Sec. 62.14424 as required by 
Sec. 62.14425, including the date of the initial review and all 
subsequent annual reviews;
    (h) Records showing the names of the HMIWI operators who have 
completed the operator training requirements, including documentation of 
training and the dates of the training;
    (i) Records showing the names of the HMIWI operators who have met 
the criteria for qualification under Sec. 62.14423 and the dates of 
their qualification; and
    (j) Records of calibration of any monitoring devices as required 
under Sec. 62.14454.



Sec. 62.14461  For how long must I maintain records?

    You must maintain the records specified under Sec. 62.14460 for a 
period of at least 5 years.



Sec. 62.14462  Where must I keep the records?

    You must maintain all records specified under Sec. 62.14460 onsite 
in either paper copy or computer-readable format, unless an alternative 
format is approved by the EPA Administrator.



Sec. 62.14463  What reporting requirements must I satisfy?

    You must report the following to the EPA Administrator (or delegated 
enforcement authority):
    (a) The initial performance test data as recorded under 
Sec. 62.14450(a) or Sec. 62.14451(a) (whichever applies);
    (b) The values for the site-specific operating parameters 
established pursuant to Sec. 62.14453, as applicable;
    (c) The waste management plan as specified in Sec. 62.14431;
    (d) The highest maximum operating parameter and the lowest minimum 
operating parameter for each operating parameter recorded for the 
calendar year being reported, pursuant to Sec. 62.14453, as applicable;
    (e) The highest maximum operating parameter and the lowest minimum 
operating parameter, as applicable, for each operating parameter 
recorded pursuant to Sec. 62.14453 for the calendar year preceding the 
year being reported, in order to provide a summary of the performance of 
the HMIWI over a 2-year period;
    (f) Any information recorded under Sec. 62.14460(c) through (e) for 
the calendar year being reported;
    (g) Any information recorded under Sec. 62.14460(c) through (e) for 
the calendar year preceding the year being reported, in order to provide 
a summary of the performance of the HMIWI over a 2-year period;
    (h) The results of any performance test conducted during the 
reporting period;
    (i) If no exceedances or malfunctions occurred during the calendar 
year being reported, a statement that no exceedances occurred during the 
reporting period;
    (j) Any use of the bypass stack, duration of such use, reason for 
malfunction, and corrective action taken; and
    (k) Records of the annual equipment inspections, any required 
maintenance, and any repairs not completed within 10 days of an 
inspection or the time frame established by the EPA Administrator (or 
delegated enforcement authority).

[[Page 417]]



Sec. 62.14464  When must I submit reports?

    (a) You must submit the information specified in Sec. 62.14463(a) 
through (c) no later than 60 days following the initial performance 
test.
    (b) You must submit an annual report to the EPA Administrator (or 
delegated enforcement authority) no more than 1 year following the 
submission of the information in paragraph (a) of this section and you 
must submit subsequent reports no more than 1 year following the 
previous report (once the unit is subject to permitting requirements 
under title V of the Clean Air Act, you must submit these reports 
semiannually). The annual report must include the information specified 
in Sec. 62.14463(d) through (k), as applicable.
    (c) You must submit semiannual reports containing any information 
recorded under Sec. 62.14460(c) through (e) no later than 60 days 
following the end of the semiannual reporting period. The first 
semiannual reporting period ends 6 months following the submission of 
information in paragraph (a) of this section. Subsequent reports must be 
submitted no later than 6 calendar months following the previous report.



Sec. 62.14465  Who must sign all submitted reports?

    All reports must be signed by the facilities manager (defined in 
Sec. 62.14490).

                           Compliance Schedule



Sec. 62.14470  When must I comply with this subpart if I plan to continue operation of my HMIWI?

    If you plan to continue operation of your HMIWI, then you must 
follow the requirements in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section 
depending on when you plan to come into compliance with the requirements 
of this subpart.
    (a) If you plan to continue operation and come into compliance with 
the requirements of this subpart by August 15, 2001, then you must 
complete the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(4) of this 
section.
    (1) You must comply with the operator training and qualification 
requirements and inspection requirements (if applicable) of this subpart 
by August 15, 2001.
    (2) You must achieve final compliance by August 15, 2001. This 
includes incorporating all process changes and/or completing retrofit 
construction, connecting the air pollution control equipment or process 
changes such that the HMIWI is brought on line, and ensuring that all 
necessary process changes and air pollution control equipment are 
operating properly.
    (3) You must conduct the initial performance test required by 
Sec. 62.14450(a) (for small rural HMIWI) or Sec. 62.14451(a) (for HMIWI 
that are not small rural HMIWI) within 180 days after the date when you 
are required to achieve final compliance under paragraph (a)(2) of this 
section.
    (4) You must submit an initial report including the results of the 
initial performance test and the waste management plan no later than 60 
days following the initial performance test (see Secs. 62.14463 and 
62.14464 for complete reporting and recordkeeping requirements).
    (b) If you plan to continue operation and come into compliance with 
the requirements of this subpart after August 15, 2001, but before 
September 15, 2002, then you must complete the requirements of 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(4) of this section.
    (1) You must comply with the operator training and qualification 
requirements and inspection requirements (if applicable) of this subpart 
by August 15, 2001.
    (2) You must demonstrate that you are taking steps towards 
compliance with the emission limits in the subpart by completing the 
increments of progress in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (b)(2)(v) of this 
section. You must submit notification to the EPA Administrator (or 
delegated enforcement authority) within 10 business days of completing 
(or failing to complete by the applicable date) each of the increments 
of progress listed in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (b)(2)(v) of this 
section. Your notification must be signed by your facilities manager 
(defined in Sec. 62.14490).
    (i) You must submit a final control plan by September 15, 2000. Your 
final control plan must, at a minimum, include a description of the air 
pollution control device(s) or process changes

[[Page 418]]

that will be employed for each unit to comply with the emission limits 
and other requirements of this subpart.
    (ii) You must award contract(s) for onsite construction, onsite 
installation of emission control equipment, or incorporation of process 
changes by April 15, 2001. You must submit a signed copy of the 
contract(s) awarded.
    (iii) You must begin onsite construction, begin onsite installation 
of emission control equipment, or begin process changes needed to meet 
the emission limits as outlined in the final control plan by December 
15, 2001.
    (iv) You must complete onsite construction, installation of emission 
control equipment, or process changes by July 15, 2002.
    (v) You must achieve final compliance by September 15, 2002. This 
includes incorporating all process changes and/or completing retrofit 
construction as described in the final control plan, connecting the air 
pollution control equipment or process changes such that the HMIWI is 
brought on line, and ensuring that all necessary process changes and air 
pollution control equipment are operating properly.
    (3) You must conduct the initial performance test required by 
Sec. 62.14450(a) (for small rural HMIWI) or Sec. 62.14451(a) (for HMIWI 
that are not small rural HMIWI) within 180 days after the date when you 
are required to achieve final compliance under paragraph (b)(2)(v) of 
this section.
    (4) You must submit an initial report including the result of the 
initial performance test and the waste management plan no later than 60 
days following the initial performance test (see Secs. 62.14463 and 
62.14464 for complete reporting and recordkeeping requirements).



Sec. 62.14471  When must I comply with this subpart if I plan to shut down?

    If you plan to shut down, then you must follow the requirements in 
either paragraph (a) or (b) of this section depending on when you plan 
to shut down.
    (a) If you plan to shut down by August 15, 2001, rather that come 
into compliance with the requirements of this subpart, then you must 
shut down by August 15, 2001, to avoid coverage under any of the 
requirements of this subpart.
    (b) If you plan to shut down rather than come into compliance with 
the requirements of this subpart, but are unable to shut down by August 
15, 2001, then you may petition EPA for an extension by following the 
procedures outlined in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(3) of this section.
    (1) You must submit your request for an extension to the EPA 
Administrator (or delegated enforcement authority) by November 13, 2000. 
Your request must include:
    (i) Documentation of the analyses undertaken to support your need 
for an extension, including an explanation of why your requested 
extension date is sufficient time for you to shut down while August 15, 
2001, does not provide sufficient time for shut down. Your documentation 
must include an evaluation of the option to transport your waste offsite 
to a commercial medical waste treatment and disposal facility on a 
temporary or permanent basis; and
    (ii) Documentation of incremental steps of progress, including dates 
for completing the increments of progress, that you will take towards 
shutting down. Some suggested incremental steps of progress towards shut 
down are provided as follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Then your increments of
               If you . . .                    progress could be . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Need an extension so you can install an     Date when you will enter
 onsite alternative waste treatment          into a contract with an
 technology before you shut down your        alternative treatment
 HMIWI,.                                     technology vendor,
                                            Date for initiating onsite
                                             construction or
                                             installation of the
                                             alternative technology, and
                                            Date for completing onsite
                                             construction or
                                             installation of the
                                             alternative technology, and
                                            Date for shutting down the
                                             HMIWI.
Need an extension so you can acquire the
 services of a commercial medical/
 infectious waste disposal company before
 you shut down your HMIWI,.
                                            Date when price quotes will
                                             be obtained from commercial
                                             disposal companies,
                                            Date when you will enter
                                             into a contract with a
                                             commercial disposal
                                             company, and

[[Page 419]]

 
                                            Date for shutting down the
                                             HMIWI.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) You must shut down no later than September 15, 2002.
    (3) You must comply with the operator training and qualification 
requirements and inspection requirements (if applicable) of this subpart 
by August 15, 2001.



Sec. 62.14472  When must I comply with this subpart if I plan to shut down and later restart?

    If you wish to shut down and later restart, then you must follow the 
compliance times in paragraph (a), (b), or (c) of this section depending 
on when you shut down and restart.
    (a) If you plan to shut down and restart prior to September 15, 
2002, then you must:
    (1) Meet the compliance schedule outlined in Sec. 63.14470(a) if you 
restart prior to August 15, 2001; or
    (2) Meet the compliance schedule outlined in Sec. 62.14470(b) if you 
restart after August 15, 2001. Any missed increments of progress need to 
be completed prior to or upon the date of restart.
    (b) If you plan to shut down by August 15, 2001, and restart after 
September 15, 2002, then you must complete the requirements of 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(5) of this section.
    (1) You must shut down by August 15, 2001.
    (2) You must comply with the operator training and qualification 
requirements and inspection requirements (if applicable) of this subpart 
before restarting your HMIWI.
    (3) You must achieve final compliance upon restarting your HMIWI. 
This includes incorporating all process changes and/or completing 
retrofit construction, connecting the air pollution control equipment or 
process changes such that the HMIWI is brought on line, and ensuring 
that all necessary process changes and air pollution control equipment 
are operating properly.
    (4) You must conduct the initial performance test required by 
Sec. 62.14450(a) (for small rural HMIWI) or Sec. 62.14451(a) (for HMIWI 
that are not small rural HMIWI) within 180 days after the date when you 
restart.
    (5) You must submit an initial report including the results of the 
initial performance test and the waste management plan no later than 60 
days following the initial performance test (see Secs. 62.14463 and 
62.14464 for complete reporting and recordkeeping requirements).
    (c) If you plan to shut down after August 15, 2001, and restart 
after September 15, 2002, then you must complete the requirements of 
paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section.
    (1) You must petition EPA for an extension by following the 
procedures outlined in Sec. 63.14471 paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(3).
    (2) You must comply with the requirements of paragraphs (b)(2) 
through (b)(5) of this section.

                          Permitting Obligation



Sec. 62.14480  Does this subpart require me to obtain an operating permit under title V of the Clean Air Act and implementing regulations?

    This subpart requires you to obtain an operating permit under title 
V of the Clean Air Act and implementing regulations (``title V permit'') 
unless you are only subject to the recordkeeping and reporting 
requirements listed at Sec. 62.14400(b)(1) or (b)(2), and 
Sec. 62.14400(c), of this subpart. Also, if you own or operate a unit 
described in Sec. 62.14400(b)(3), (b)(4), (b)(5) or (b)(6), you are not 
subject to any requirements of this subpart; therefore, this subpart 
does not require you to obtain a title V permit.



Sec. 62.14481  When must I submit a title V permit application for my HMIWI?

    You must submit a title V permit application in time for it to be 
determined or deemed complete by no later than September 15, 2000 or by 
the effective date of a title V permits program in the jurisdiction in 
which the unit is located, whichever is later. (An earlier deadline may 
apply if your HMIWI is also subject to title V permitting requirements 
because of some other triggering requirement.) A ``complete'' title V 
permit application is one that has been approved by the appropriate 
permitting authority as complete

[[Page 420]]

under Section 503 of the Clean Air Act and 40 CFR parts 70 and 71. It is 
not enough to have submitted a title V permit application by September 
15, 2000 because the application must be determined or deemed complete 
by the permitting authority by that date for your HMIWI to operate after 
that date in compliance with Federal law.

                               Definitions



Sec. 62.14490  Definitions.

    Batch HMIWI means an HMIWI that is designed such that neither waste 
charging nor ash removal can occur during combustion.
    Biologicals means preparations made from living organisms and their 
products, including vaccines, cultures, etc., intended for use in 
diagnosing, immunizing, or treating humans or animals or in research 
pertaining thereto.
    Blood products means any product derived from human blood, including 
but not limited to blood plasma, platelets, red or white blood 
corpuscles, and other derived licensed products, such as interferon, 
etc.
    Body fluids means liquid emanating or derived from humans and 
limited to blood; dialysate; amniotic, cerebrospinal, synovial, pleural, 
peritoneal and pericardial fluids; and semen and vaginal secretions.
    Bypass stack means a device used for discharging combustion gases to 
avoid severe damage to the air pollution control device or other 
equipment.
    Chemotherapeutic waste means waste material resulting from the 
production or use of antineoplastic agents used for the purpose of 
stopping or reversing the growth of malignant cells.
    Co-fired combustor means a unit combusting hospital waste and/or 
medical/infectious waste with other fuels or wastes (e.g., coal, 
municipal solid waste) and subject to an enforceable requirement 
limiting the unit to combusting a fuel feed stream, 10 percent or less 
of the weight of which is comprised, in aggregate, of hospital waste and 
medical/infectious waste as measured on a calendar quarter basis. For 
purposes of this definition, pathological waste, chemotherapeutic waste, 
and low-level radioactive waste are considered ``other'' wastes when 
calculating the percentage of hospital waste and medical/infectious 
waste combusted.
    Continuous emission monitoring system or CEMS means a monitoring 
system for continuously measuring and recording the emissions of a 
pollutant.
    Continuous HMIWI means an HMIWI that is designed to allow waste 
charging and ash removal during combustion.
    Dioxins/furans means the combined emissions of tetra-through octa-
chlorinated dibenzo-para-dioxins and dibenzofurans, as measured by EPA 
Reference Method 23.
    Dry scrubber means an add-on air pollution control system that 
injects dry alkaline sorbent (dry injection) or sprays an alkaline 
sorbent (spray dryer) to react with and neutralize acid gases in the 
HMIWI exhaust stream forming a dry powder material.
    Fabric filter or baghouse means an add-on air pollution control 
system that removes particulate matter (PM) and nonvaporous metals 
emissions by passing flue gas through filter bags.
    Facilities manager means the individual in charge of purchasing, 
maintaining, and operating the HMIWI or the owner's or operator's 
representative responsible for the management of the HMIWI. Alternative 
titles may include director of facilities or vice president of support 
services.
    High-air phase means the stage of the batch operating cycle when the 
primary chamber reaches and maintains maximum operating temperatures.
    Hospital means any facility which has an organized medical staff, 
maintains at least six inpatient beds, and where the primary function of 
the institution is to provide diagnostic and therapeutic patient 
services and continuous nursing care primarily to human inpatients who 
are not related and who stay on average in excess of 24 hours per 
admission. This definition does not include facilities maintained for 
the sole purpose of providing nursing or convalescent care to human 
patients who generally are not acutely ill but who require continuing 
medical supervision.
    Hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerator or HMIWI or HMIWI unit 
means any device that combusts any amount

[[Page 421]]

of hospital waste and/or medical/infectious waste.
    Hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerator operator or HMIWI 
operator means any person who operates, controls or supervises the day-
to-day operation of an HMIWI.
    Hospital waste means discards generated at a hospital, except unused 
items returned to the manufacturer. The definition of hospital waste 
does not include human corpses, remains, and anatomical parts that are 
intended for interment or cremation.
    Infectious agent means any organism (such as a virus or bacteria) 
that is capable of being communicated by invasion and multiplication in 
body tissues and capable of causing disease or adverse health impacts in 
humans.
    Intermittent HMIWI means an HMIWI that is designed to allow waste 
charging, but not ash removal, during combustion.
    Large HMIWI means:
    (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this definition;
    (i) An HMIWI whose maximum design waste burning capacity is more 
than 500 pounds per hour; or
    (ii) A continuous or intermittent HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is 
more than 500 pounds per hour; or
    (iii) A batch HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is more than 4,000 
pounds per day.
    (2) The following are not large HMIWI:
    (i) A continuous or intermittent HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is 
less than or equal to 500 pounds per hour; or
    (ii) A batch HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is less than or equal 
to 4,000 pounds per day.
    Low-level radioactive waste means waste material which contains 
radioactive nuclides emitting primarily beta or gamma radiation, or 
both, in concentrations or quantities that exceed applicable federal or 
State standards for unrestricted release. Low-level radioactive waste is 
not high-level radioactive waste, spent nuclear fuel, or by-product 
material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 U.S.C. 
2014(e)(2)).
    Malfunction means any sudden, infrequent, and not reasonably 
preventable failure of air pollution control equipment, process 
equipment, or a process to operate in a normal or usual manner. Failures 
that are caused, in part, by poor maintenance or careless operation are 
not malfunctions. During periods of malfunction the operator must 
operate within established parameters as much as possible, and 
monitoring of all applicable operating parameters must continue until 
all waste has been combusted or until the malfunction ceases, whichever 
comes first.
    Maximum charge rate means:
    (1) For continuous and intermittent HMIWI, 110 percent of the lowest 
3-hour average charge rate measured during the most recent performance 
test demonstrating compliance with all applicable emission limits.
    (2) For batch HMIWI, 110 percent of the lowest daily charge rate 
measured during the most recent performance test demonstrating 
compliance with all applicable emission limits.
    Maximum design waste burning capacity means:
    (1) For intermittent and continuous HMIWI,
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR15AU00.003
    
Where:

C = HMIWI capacity, lb/hr
PV = primary chamber volume, ft\3\
15,000 = primary chamber heat release rate factor, Btu/ft\3\/hr
8,500 = standard waste heating value, Btu/lb;

    (2) For batch HMIWI,

[[Page 422]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR15AU00.004

Where:

C = HMIWI capacity, lb/hr
PV = primary chamber volume, ft\3\
4.5 = waste density, lb/ft\3\
8 = typical hours of operation of a batch HMIWI, hours.

    Maximum fabric filter inlet temperature means 110 percent of the 
lowest 3-hour average temperature at the inlet to the fabric filter 
(taken, at a minimum, once every minute) measured during the most recent 
performance test demonstrating compliance with the dioxin/furan emission 
limit.
    Maximum flue gas temperature means 110 percent of the lowest 3-hour 
average temperature at the outlet from the wet scrubber (taken, at a 
minimum, once every minute) measured during the most recent performance 
test demonstrating compliance with the mercury (Hg) emission limit.
    Medical/infectious waste means any waste generated in the diagnosis, 
treatment, or immunization of human beings or animals, in research 
pertaining thereto, or in the production or testing of biologicals that 
is listed in paragraphs (1) through (7) of this definition. The 
definition of medical/infectious waste does not include hazardous waste 
identified or listed under the regulations in part 261 of this chapter; 
household waste, as defined in Sec. 261.4(b)(1) of this chapter; ash 
from incineration of medical/infectious waste, once the incineration 
process has been completed; human corpses, remains, and anatomical parts 
that are intended for interment or cremation; and domestic sewage 
materials identified in Sec. 261.4(a)(1) of this chapter.
    (1) Cultures and stocks of infectious agents and associated 
biologicals, including: Cultures from medical and pathological 
laboratories; cultures and stocks of infectious agents from research and 
industrial laboratories; wastes from the production of biologicals; 
discarded live and attenuated vaccines; and culture dishes and devices 
used to transfer, inoculate, and mix cultures.
    (2) Human pathological waste, including tissues, organs, and body 
parts and body fluids that are removed during surgery or autopsy, or 
other medical procedures, and specimens of body fluids and their 
containers.
    (3) Human blood and blood products including:
    (i) Liquid waste human blood;
    (ii) Products of blood;
    (iii) Items saturated and/or dripping with human blood; or
    (iv) Items that were saturated and/or dripping with human blood that 
are now caked with dried human blood; including serum, plasma, and other 
blood components, and their containers, which were used or intended for 
use in either patient care, testing and laboratory analysis or the 
development of pharmaceuticals. Intravenous bags are also include in 
this category.
    (4) Sharps that have been used in animal or human patient care or 
treatment or in medical, research, or industrial laboratories, including 
hypodermic needles, syringes (with or without the attached needle), 
Pasteur pipettes, scalpel blades, blood vials, needles with attached 
tubing, and culture dishes (regardless of presence of infectious 
agents). Also included are other types of broken or unbroken glassware 
that were in contact with infectious agents, such as used slides and 
cover slips.
    (5) Animal waste including contaminated animal carcasses, body 
parts, and bedding of animals that were known to have been exposed to 
infectious agents during research (including research in veterinary 
hospitals), production of biologicals or testing of pharmaceuticals.
    (6) Isolation wastes including biological waste and discarded 
materials contaminated with blood, excretions, exudates, or secretions 
from humans who are isolated to protect others from certain highly 
communicable diseases, or isolated animals known to be infected with 
highly communicable diseases.
    (7) Unused sharps including the following unused, discarded sharps: 
hypodermic needles, suture needles, syringes, and scalpel blades.

[[Page 423]]

    Medium HMIWI means:
    (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this definition;
    (i) An HMIWI whose maximum design waste burning capacity is more 
than 200 pounds per hour but less than or equal to 500 pounds per hour; 
or
    (ii) A continuous or intermittent HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is 
more than 200 pounds per hour but less than or equal to 500 pounds per 
hour; or
    (iii) A batch HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is more than 1,600 
pounds per day but less than or equal to 4,000 pounds per day.
    (2) The following are not medium HMIWI:
    (i) A continuous or intermittent HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is 
less than or equal to 200 pounds per hour or more than 500 pounds per 
hour; or
    (ii) A batch HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is more than 4,000 
pounds per day or less than or equal to 1,600 pounds per day.
    Minimum dioxin/furan sorbent flow rate means 90 percent of the 
highest 3-hour average dioxin/furan sorbent flow rate (taken, at a 
minimum, once every hour) measured during the most recent performance 
test demonstrating compliance with the dioxin/furan emission limit.
    Minimum Hg sorbent flow rate means 90 percent of the highest 3-hour 
average Hg sorbent flow rate (taken, at a minimum, once every hour) 
measured during the most recent performance test demonstrating 
compliance with the Hg emission limit.
    Minimum horsepower or amperage means 90 percent of the highest 3-
hour average horsepower or amperage to the wet scrubber (taken, at a 
minimum, once every minute) measured during the most recent performance 
test demonstrating compliance with the applicable emission limits.
    Minimum hydrogen chloride (HCl) sorbent flow rate means 90 percent 
of the highest 3-hour average HCl sorbent flow rate (taken, at a 
minimum, once every hour) measured during the most recent performance 
test demonstrating compliance with the HCl emission limit.
    Minimum pressure drop across the wet scrubber means 90 percent of 
the highest 3-hour average pressure drop across the wet scrubber PM 
control device (taken, at a minimum, once every minute) measured during 
the most recent performance test demonstrating compliance with the PM 
emission limit.
    Minimum scrubber liquor flow rate means 90 percent of the highest 3-
hour average liquor flow rate at the inlet to the wet scrubber (taken, 
at a minimum, once every minute) measured during the most recent 
performance test demonstrating compliance with all applicable emission 
limits.
    Minimum scrubber liquor pH means 90 percent of the highest 3-hour 
average liquor pH at the inlet to the wet scrubber (taken, at a minimum, 
once every minute) measured during the most recent performance test 
demonstrating compliance with the HCl emission limit.
    Minimum secondary chamber temperature means 90 percent of the 
highest 3-hour average secondary chamber temperature (taken, at a 
minimum, once every minute) measured during the most recent performance 
test demonstrating compliance with the PM, CO, or dioxin/furan emission 
limits.
    Modification or Modified HMIWI means any change to an HMIWI unit 
after March 16, 1998, such that:
    (1) The cumulative costs of the modifications, over the life of the 
unit, exceed 50 per centum of the original cost of the construction and 
installation of the unit (not including the cost of any land purchased 
in connection with such construction or installation) updated to current 
costs, or
    (2) The change involves a physical change in or change in the method 
of operation of the unit which increases the amount of any air pollutant 
emitted by the unit for which standards have been established under 
section 129 or section 111.
    Operating day means a 24-hour period between 12:00 midnight and the 
following midnight during which any amount of hospital waste or medical/
infectious waste is combusted at any time in the HMIWI.
    Operation means the period during which waste is combusted in the 
incinerator excluding periods of startup or shutdown.

[[Page 424]]

    Particulate matter or PM means the total particulate matter emitted 
from an HMIWI as measured by EPA Reference Method 5 or EPA Reference 
Method 29.
    Pathological waste means waste material consisting of only human or 
animal remains, anatomical parts, and/or tissue, the bags/containers 
used to collect and transport the waste material, and animal bedding (if 
applicable).
    Primary chamber means the chamber in an HMIWI that receives waste 
material, in which the waste is ignited, and from which ash is removed.
    Pyrolysis means the endothermic gasification of hospital waste and/
or medical/infectious waste using external energy.
    Secondary chamber means a component of the HMIWI that receives 
combustion gases from the primary chamber and in which the combustion 
process is completed.
    Shutdown means the period of time after all waste has been combusted 
in the primary chamber. For continuous HMIWI, shutdown must commence no 
less than 2 hours after the last charge to the incinerator. For 
intermittent HMIWI, shutdown must commence no less than 4 hours after 
the last charge to the incinerator. For batch HMIWI, shutdown must 
commence no less than 5 hours after the high-air phase of combustion has 
been completed.
    Small HMIWI means:
    (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this definition;
    (i) An HMIWI whose maximum design waste burning capacity is less 
than or equal to 200 pounds per hour; or
    (ii) A continuous or intermittent HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is 
less than or equal to 200 pounds per hour; or
    (iii) A batch HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is less than or equal 
to 1,600 pounds per day.
    (2) The following are not small HMIWI:
    (i) A continuous or intermittent HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is 
more than 200 pounds per hour;
    (ii) A batch HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is more than 1,600 
pounds per day.
    Small rural HMIWI means a small HMIWI which is located more than 50 
miles from the boundary of the nearest Standard Metropolitan Statistical 
Area and which burns less than 2,000 pounds per week of hospital waste 
and medical/ infectious waste.
    Standard conditions means a temperature of 20  deg.C and a pressure 
of 101.3 kilopascals.
    Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area or SMSA means any areas 
listed in OMB Bulletin No. 93-17 entitled ``Revised Statistical 
Definitions for Metropolitan Areas'' dated June 30, 1993. This 
information can also be obtained from the nearest Metropolitan Planning 
Organization.
    Startup means the period of time between the activation of the 
system and the first charge to the unit. For batch HMIWI, startup means 
the period of time between activation of the system and ignition of the 
waste.
    Wet scrubber means an add-on air pollution control device that 
utilizes an alkaline scrubbing liquor to collect particulate matter 
(including nonvaporous metals and condensed organics) and/or to absorb 
and neutralize acid gases.

                         Delegation of Authority



Sec. 62.14495  What authorities will be retained by the EPA Administrator?

    The following authorities will be retained by the EPA Administrator 
and not transferred to the State or Tribe:
    (a) The requirements of Sec. 62.14453(b) establishing operating 
parameters when using controls other than a dry scrubber followed by a 
fabric filter, a wet scrubber, or a dry scrubber followed by a fabric 
filter and a wet scrubber.
    (b) Alternative methods of demonstrating compliance under 40 CFR 
60.8.

[[Page 425]]



                           Table 1 of Subpart HHH of Part 62--Emission Limits for Small Rural, Small, Medium, and Large HMIWI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                    Emission limits
                                    Units (7 percent oxygen, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Pollutant                dry basis at standard                                            HMIWI size
                                          conditions)        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Small rural               Small                  Medium                 Large
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Particulate matter...............  Milligrams per dry         197 (0.086)            115 (0.05)             69 (0.03)              34 (0.015)
                                    standard cubic meter
                                    (grains per dry standard
                                    cubic foot).
Carbon monoxide..................  Parts per million by       40                     40                     40                     40
                                    volume.
Dioxins/furans...................  Nanograms per dry          800 (350) or           125 (55) or            125 (55) or            125 (55) or
                                    standard cubic meter      15 (6.6)               2.3 (1.0)              2.3 (1.0)              2.3 (1.0)
                                    total dioxins/furans
                                    (grains per billion dry
                                    standard cubic feet) or
                                    nanograms per dry
                                    standard cubic meter TEQ
                                    (grains per billion dry
                                    standard cubic feet).
Hydrogen chloride................  Parts per million by       3,100                  100 or 93%             100 or 93%             100 or 93%
                                    volume or percent
                                    reduction.
Sulfur dioxide...................  Parts per million by       55                     55                     55                     55
                                    volume.
Nitrogen oxides..................  Parts per million by       250                    250                    250                    250
                                    volume.
Lead.............................  Milligrams per dry         10 (4.4)               1.2 (0.52) or 70%      1.2 (0.52) or 70%      1.2 (0.52) or 70%
                                    standard cubic meter
                                    (grains per thousand dry
                                    standard cubic feet) or
                                    percent reduction.
Cadmium..........................  Milligrams per dry         4 (1.7)                0.16 (0.07) or 65%     0.16 (0.07) or 65%     0.16 (0.07) or 65%
                                    standard cubic meter
                                    (grains per thousand dry
                                    standard cubic feet) or
                                    percent reduction.
Mercury..........................  Milligrams per dry         7.5 (3.3)              0.55 (0.24) or 85%     0.55 (0.24) or 85%     0.55 (0.24) or 85%
                                    standard cubic meter
                                    (grains per thousand dry
                                    standard cubic feet) or
                                    percent reduction.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 426]]


      Table 2 of Subpart HHH of Part 62--Toxic Equivalency Factors
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Toxic
                   Dioxin/furan congener                     equivalency
                                                                factor
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2,3,7,8-tetrachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin..................         1
1,2,3,7,8-pentachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin................       0.5
1,2,3,4,7,8-hexachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin...............       0.1
1,2,3,7,8,9-hexachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin...............       0.1
1,2,3,6,7,8-hexachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin...............       0.1
1,2,3,4,6,7,8-heptachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin............      0.01
Octachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin...........................     0.001
2,3,7,8-tetrachlorinated dibenzofuran......................       0.1
2,3,4,7,8-pentachlorinated dibenzofuran....................       0.5
1,2,3,7,8-pentachlorinated dibenzofuran....................      0.05
1,2,3,4,7,8-hexachlorinated dibenzofuran...................       0.1
1,2,3,6,7,8-hexachlorinated dibenzofuran...................       0.1
1,2,3,7,8,9-hexachlorinated dibenzofuran...................       0.1
2,3,4,6,7,8-hexachlorinated dibenzofuran...................       0.1
1,2,3,4,6,7,8-heptachlorinated dibenzofuran................      0.01
1,2,3,4,7,8,9-heptachlorinated dibenzofuran................      0.01
Octachlorinated dibenzofuran...............................     0.001
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 427]]


  Table 3 of Subpart HHH of Part 62--Operating Parameters To Be Monitored and Minimum Measurement and Recording
                                                   Frequencies
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Minimum frequency                             HMIWI
                                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                       HMIWI \a\
                                                                                 HMIWI \a\              with dry
   Operating parameters to be                                                     with dry              scrubber
           monitored                                                     Small    scrubber  HMIWI \a\   followed
                                  Data measurement    Data recording     rural    followed   with wet  by fabric
                                                                         HMIWI   by fabric   scrubber    filter
                                                                                   filter               and wet
                                                                                                        scrubber
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum operating parameters:
    Maximum charge rate........  Once per charge..  Once per charge..              
    Maximum fabric filter inlet  Continuous.......  Once per minute..                            
     temperature.
    Maximum flue gas             Continuous.......  Once per minute..                            
     temperature.
Minimum operating parameters:
    Minimum secondary chamber    Continuous.......  Once per minute..              
     temperature.
    Minimum dioxin/furan         Hourly...........  Once per hour....                            
     sorbent flow rate.
    Minimum HCl sorbent flow     Hourly...........  Once per hour....                            
     rate.
    Minimum mercury (Hg)         Hourly...........  Once per hour....                            
     sorbent flow rate.
    Minimum pressure drop        Continuous.......  Once per minute..                            
     across the wet scrubber or
     minimum horsepower or
     amperage to wet scrubber.
    Minimum scrubber liquor      Continuous.......  Once per minute..                            
     flow rate.
    Minimum scrubber liquor pH.  Continuous.......  Once per minute..                           
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Does not include small rural HMIWI.



[[Page 429]]



                              FINDING AIDS




  --------------------------------------------------------------------

  A list of CFR titles, subtitles, chapters, subchapters and parts and 
an alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are included in 
the CFR Index and Finding Aids volume to the Code of Federal Regulations 
which is published separately and revised annually.

  Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference
  Table of CFR Titles and Chapters
  Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR
  List of CFR Sections Affected

[[Page 431]]

            Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference

                      (Revised as of July 1, 2001)

  The Director of the Federal Register has approved under 5 U.S.C. 
552(a) and 1 CFR Part 51 the incorporation by reference of the following 
publications. This list contains only those incorporations by reference 
effective as of the revision date of this volume. Incorporations by 
reference found within a regulation are effective upon the effective 
date of that regulation. For more information on incorporation by 
reference, see the preliminary pages of this volume.


40 CFR (PARTS 61 TO 62):

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                                                                  40 CFR


American National Standards Institute

  11 West 42nd Street, New York, NY 10036; 
  Telephone: (212) 642-4900
ANSI N13.1-1969 Guide to Sampling Airborne                    61.18(c); 
  Radioactive Materials in Nuclear Facilities.         61.93(b)(2)(ii); 
                                                      61.107(b)(2)(ii); 
                                                   Method 114, paragraph 
                                                   2.1 to Appendix B of 
                                                                 Part 61


American Petroleum Institute

  1220 L Street, NW, Washington DC 20005-4070; 
  Telephone: (202) 682-8000
API Publication 2517, Evaporative Loss from          61.18(e)(1); 61.241
  External Floating-Roof Tanks, Third Edition, 
  February 1989.


American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)

  Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990; 
  Telephone: (800) THE-ASME
ASME QRO-1-1994, Standard for the Qualification      62.14105(a) and (b)
  and Certification of Resource Recovery Facility 
  Operators.
ASME PTC 4.1-1964 (Reaffirmed 1991), Power Test              62.14104(b)
  Codes: Test Code for Steam Generating Units 
  (with 1968 and 1969 Addenda).
ASME Interim Supplement 19.5 on Instruments and              62.14104(b)
  Apparatus: Application, Part II of Fluid Meters, 
  6th Edition (1971).


American Society for Testing and Materials

  100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 
  19428-2959; Telephone: (610) 832-9585, FAX: 
  (610) 832-9555
ASTM D 737-75, Standard Test Method for Air                     61.23(a)
  Permeability of Textile Fabrics.
ASTM D 835-85, Standard Specification for Refined    61.18(a); 61.270(a)
  Benzene-485.
ASTM D 836-80, Standard Specification for                      61.120(a)
  Industrial Grade Benzene.
ASTM D 836-84, Standard Specification for            61.18(a); 61.270(a)
Industrial Grade Benzene.
[[Page 432]]

ASTM D 1193-77, 91 Standard Specification for      61.18; Appendix B of 
  Reagent Water.                                   Part 61: Method 101, 
                                                   Section 7.1.1; Method 
                                                   101A, Section 7.1.1; 
                                                    Method 104, Section 
                                                       7.1; Method 108, 
                                                   Section 7.1.3; Method 
                                                   108A, Section 7.1.1; 
                                                   Method 108B, Section 
                                                    7.1.1; Method 108C, 
                                                   Section 7.1.1; Method 
                                                        111, Section 7.3
ASTM D 2267-68 (Reapproved 1978),88, Standard Test            61.18(a); 
  Method for Aromatics in Light Naphthas and               61.67(h)(1); 
  Aviation Gasoline by Gas Chromatography.                  61.115(d)(1)
ASTM D 2359-85a, 93, Standard Specification for      61.18(a); 61.270(a)
  Refined Benzene-535.
ASTM D 2382-76, Standard Test Method for Heat of          61.103(e)(3); 
  Combustion of Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb                 61.115(e)(3); 
  Calorimeter (High-Precision Method).                    61.122(d)(3); 
                                                            61.245(e)(3)
ASTM D 2504-67, 77, (Reapproved 1993), Standard    61.103(b); 61.115(e); 
  Test Method for Noncondensable Gases in C3 and             61.122(d); 
  Lighter Hydrocarbon Products by Gas                       61.245(e)(3)
  Chromatography.
ASTM D 2879-83, Standard Test Method for Vapor          61.18(a); 61.241
  Pressure-Temperature Relationship and Initial 
  Decomposition Temperature of Liquids by 
  Isoteniscope.
ASTM D 2986-71 (Reapproved 1978), 95a, Standard      Appendix B to Part 
  Method for Evaluation of Air, Assay Media by the 61, Method 103, par. 
  Monodisperse DOP (Dioctyl Phthalate) Smoke Test.   2.1.3; Method 103, 
                                                   Section 6.1.3; Method 
                                                       104, par. 3.1.1; 
                                                             61.18(a)(3)
ASTM D 4734-87, 96, Standard Specification for       61.18(a); 61.270(a)
  Refined Benzene-545.
ASTM E 50-82 (Reapproved 1986), 90, 95, Standard   61.18(a)(11); Method 
  Practice for Apparatus Reagents, and Safety      108C, Section 6.1.4, 
  Precautions for Chemical Analysis of Metals.     Appendix B to Part 61


Environmental Protection Agency

    Copies available at: First International Bldg., 1201 Elm St., 
    Dallas, TX 75270
Approved State Plans for designated facilities and              62.02(d)
  pollutants.


Approved Plan for Louisiana

  Copies available at: Environmental Monitoring 
  and Support Laboratory, Cincinnati, OH 45268
Method 601, Test Method for Purgeable Halocarbons,           61.67(g)(2)
July 1982.
[[Page 433]]

U.S. Government Printing Office

  Washington, DC 20402-9371; Telephone: (202) 512-
  1800; Telefacsimile: (202) 275-0019
Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/     61.18(c); 61.355 
  Chemical Methods, November 1986, as amended by              (c)(2)(iv)
  Revision I, December 1987, order no. 955-001-
  00000-1; Method 8020, Aromatic Volatile 
  Organics; Method 8021, Volatile Organic 
  Compounds in Water by Purge and Trap Capillary 
  Column Gas Chromatography with Photoionization 
  and Electrolytic Conductivity Detectors in 
  Series; Method 8240, Gas Chromatography/Mass 
  Spectrometry for Volatile Organics; Method 8260, 
  Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry for 
  Volatile Organics: Capillary Column Technique.



[[Page 435]]



                    Table of CFR Titles and Chapters




                      (Revised as of July 1, 2001)

                      Title 1--General Provisions

         I  Administrative Committee of the Federal Register 
                (Parts 1--49)
        II  Office of the Federal Register (Parts 50--299)
        IV  Miscellaneous Agencies (Parts 400--500)

                          Title 2--[Reserved]

                        Title 3--The President

         I  Executive Office of the President (Parts 100--199)

                           Title 4--Accounts

         I  General Accounting Office (Parts 1--99)

                   Title 5--Administrative Personnel

         I  Office of Personnel Management (Parts 1--1199)
        II  Merit Systems Protection Board (Parts 1200--1299)
       III  Office of Management and Budget (Parts 1300--1399)
         V  The International Organizations Employees Loyalty 
                Board (Parts 1500--1599)
        VI  Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board (Parts 
                1600--1699)
       VII  Advisory Commission on Intergovernmental Relations 
                (Parts 1700--1799)
      VIII  Office of Special Counsel (Parts 1800--1899)
        IX  Appalachian Regional Commission (Parts 1900--1999)
        XI  Armed Forces Retirement Home (Part 2100)
       XIV  Federal Labor Relations Authority, General Counsel of 
                the Federal Labor Relations Authority and Federal 
                Service Impasses Panel (Parts 2400--2499)
        XV  Office of Administration, Executive Office of the 
                President (Parts 2500--2599)
       XVI  Office of Government Ethics (Parts 2600--2699)
       XXI  Department of the Treasury (Parts 3100--3199)
      XXII  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (Part 3201)
     XXIII  Department of Energy (Part 3301)
      XXIV  Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Part 3401)

[[Page 436]]

       XXV  Department of the Interior (Part 3501)
      XXVI  Department of Defense (Part 3601)
    XXVIII  Department of Justice (Part 3801)
      XXIX  Federal Communications Commission (Parts 3900--3999)
       XXX  Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation (Parts 4000--
                4099)
      XXXI  Farm Credit Administration (Parts 4100--4199)
    XXXIII  Overseas Private Investment Corporation (Part 4301)
      XXXV  Office of Personnel Management (Part 4501)
        XL  Interstate Commerce Commission (Part 5001)
       XLI  Commodity Futures Trading Commission (Part 5101)
      XLII  Department of Labor (Part 5201)
     XLIII  National Science Foundation (Part 5301)
       XLV  Department of Health and Human Services (Part 5501)
      XLVI  Postal Rate Commission (Part 5601)
     XLVII  Federal Trade Commission (Part 5701)
    XLVIII  Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Part 5801)
         L  Department of Transportation (Part 6001)
       LII  Export-Import Bank of the United States (Part 6201)
      LIII  Department of Education (Parts 6300--6399)
       LIV  Environmental Protection Agency (Part 6401)
      LVII  General Services Administration (Part 6701)
     LVIII  Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Part 
                6801)
       LIX  National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Part 
                6901)
        LX  United States Postal Service (Part 7001)
       LXI  National Labor Relations Board (Part 7101)
      LXII  Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (Part 7201)
     LXIII  Inter-American Foundation (Part 7301)
       LXV  Department of Housing and Urban Development (Part 
                7501)
      LXVI  National Archives and Records Administration (Part 
                7601)
      LXIX  Tennessee Valley Authority (Part 7901)
      LXXI  Consumer Product Safety Commission (Part 8101)
    LXXIII  Department of Agriculture (Part 8301)
     LXXIV  Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission (Part 
                8401)
     LXXVI  Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board (Part 8601)
    LXXVII  Office of Management and Budget (Part 8701)

                          Title 6--[Reserved]

              

                         Title 7--Agriculture

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Agriculture 
                (Parts 0--26)
            Subtitle B--Regulations of the Department of 
                Agriculture

[[Page 437]]

         I  Agricultural Marketing Service (Standards, 
                Inspections, Marketing Practices), Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 27--209)
        II  Food and Nutrition Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 210--299)
       III  Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Federal Crop Insurance Corporation, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 400--499)
         V  Agricultural Research Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Natural Resources Conservation Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Farm Service Agency, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                700--799)
      VIII  Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards 
                Administration (Federal Grain Inspection Service), 
                Department of Agriculture (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements 
                and Orders; Fruits, Vegetables, Nuts), Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 900--999)
         X  Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements 
                and Orders; Milk), Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 1000--1199)
        XI  Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements 
                and Orders; Miscellaneous Commodities), Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 1200--1299)
      XIII  Northeast Dairy Compact Commission (Parts 1300--1399)
       XIV  Commodity Credit Corporation, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 1400--1499)
        XV  Foreign Agricultural Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 1500--1599)
       XVI  Rural Telephone Bank, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                1600--1699)
      XVII  Rural Utilities Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 1700--1799)
     XVIII  Rural Housing Service, Rural Business-Cooperative 
                Service, Rural Utilities Service, and Farm Service 
                Agency, Department of Agriculture (Parts 1800--
                2099)
      XXVI  Office of Inspector General, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 2600--2699)
     XXVII  Office of Information Resources Management, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 2700--2799)
    XXVIII  Office of Operations, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                2800--2899)
      XXIX  Office of Energy, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                2900--2999)
       XXX  Office of the Chief Financial Officer, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 3000--3099)
      XXXI  Office of Environmental Quality, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 3100--3199)
     XXXII  Office of Procurement and Property Management, 
                Department of Agriculture (Parts 3200--3299)

[[Page 438]]

    XXXIII  Office of Transportation, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 3300--3399)
     XXXIV  Cooperative State Research, Education, and Extension 
                Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 3400--
                3499)
      XXXV  Rural Housing Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 3500--3599)
     XXXVI  National Agricultural Statistics Service, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 3600--3699)
    XXXVII  Economic Research Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 3700--3799)
   XXXVIII  World Agricultural Outlook Board, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 3800--3899)
       XLI  [Reserved]
      XLII  Rural Business-Cooperative Service and Rural Utilities 
                Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 4200--
                4299)

                    Title 8--Aliens and Nationality

         I  Immigration and Naturalization Service, Department of 
                Justice (Parts 1--599)

                 Title 9--Animals and Animal Products

         I  Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 1--199)
        II  Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards 
                Administration (Packers and Stockyards Programs), 
                Department of Agriculture (Parts 200--299)
       III  Food Safety and Inspection Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 300--599)

                           Title 10--Energy

         I  Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 0--199)
        II  Department of Energy (Parts 200--699)
       III  Department of Energy (Parts 700--999)
         X  Department of Energy (General Provisions) (Parts 
                1000--1099)
      XVII  Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board (Parts 1700--
                1799)
     XVIII  Northeast Interstate Low-Level Radioactive Waste 
                Commission (Part 1800)

                      Title 11--Federal Elections

         I  Federal Election Commission (Parts 1--9099)

                      Title 12--Banks and Banking

         I  Comptroller of the Currency, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 1--199)

[[Page 439]]

        II  Federal Reserve System (Parts 200--299)
       III  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Export-Import Bank of the United States (Parts 400--
                499)
         V  Office of Thrift Supervision, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Farm Credit Administration (Parts 600--699)
       VII  National Credit Union Administration (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Federal Financing Bank (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Federal Housing Finance Board (Parts 900--999)
        XI  Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council 
                (Parts 1100--1199)
       XIV  Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation (Parts 1400--
                1499)
        XV  Department of the Treasury (Parts 1500--1599)
      XVII  Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight, 
                Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                1700--1799)
     XVIII  Community Development Financial Institutions Fund, 
                Department of the Treasury (Parts 1800--1899)

               Title 13--Business Credit and Assistance

         I  Small Business Administration (Parts 1--199)
       III  Economic Development Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Emergency Steel Guarantee Loan Board (Parts 400--499)
         V  Emergency Oil and Gas Guaranteed Loan Board (Parts 
                500--599)

                    Title 14--Aeronautics and Space

         I  Federal Aviation Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1--199)
        II  Office of the Secretary, Department of Transportation 
                (Aviation Proceedings) (Parts 200--399)
       III  Commercial Space Transportation, Federal Aviation 
                Administration, Department of Transportation 
                (Parts 400--499)
         V  National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 
                1200--1299)

                 Title 15--Commerce and Foreign Trade

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Commerce (Parts 
                0--29)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Commerce and 
                Foreign Trade
         I  Bureau of the Census, Department of Commerce (Parts 
                30--199)
        II  National Institute of Standards and Technology, 
                Department of Commerce (Parts 200--299)
       III  International Trade Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 300--399)

[[Page 440]]

        IV  Foreign-Trade Zones Board, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 400--499)
       VII  Bureau of Export Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Bureau of Economic Analysis, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 800--899)
        IX  National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, 
                Department of Commerce (Parts 900--999)
        XI  Technology Administration, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 1100--1199)
      XIII  East-West Foreign Trade Board (Parts 1300--1399)
       XIV  Minority Business Development Agency (Parts 1400--
                1499)
            Subtitle C--Regulations Relating to Foreign Trade 
                Agreements
        XX  Office of the United States Trade Representative 
                (Parts 2000--2099)
            Subtitle D--Regulations Relating to Telecommunications 
                and Information
     XXIII  National Telecommunications and Information 
                Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts 
                2300--2399)

                    Title 16--Commercial Practices

         I  Federal Trade Commission (Parts 0--999)
        II  Consumer Product Safety Commission (Parts 1000--1799)

             Title 17--Commodity and Securities Exchanges

         I  Commodity Futures Trading Commission (Parts 1--199)
        II  Securities and Exchange Commission (Parts 200--399)
        IV  Department of the Treasury (Parts 400--499)

          Title 18--Conservation of Power and Water Resources

         I  Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, Department of 
                Energy (Parts 1--399)
       III  Delaware River Basin Commission (Parts 400--499)
        VI  Water Resources Council (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Susquehanna River Basin Commission (Parts 800--899)
      XIII  Tennessee Valley Authority (Parts 1300--1399)

                       Title 19--Customs Duties

         I  United States Customs Service, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 1--199)
        II  United States International Trade Commission (Parts 
                200--299)
       III  International Trade Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 300--399)

[[Page 441]]

                     Title 20--Employees' Benefits

         I  Office of Workers' Compensation Programs, Department 
                of Labor (Parts 1--199)
        II  Railroad Retirement Board (Parts 200--399)
       III  Social Security Administration (Parts 400--499)
        IV  Employees' Compensation Appeals Board, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 500--599)
         V  Employment and Training Administration, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 600--699)
        VI  Employment Standards Administration, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 700--799)
       VII  Benefits Review Board, Department of Labor (Parts 
                800--899)
      VIII  Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries (Parts 
                900--999)
        IX  Office of the Assistant Secretary for Veterans' 
                Employment and Training, Department of Labor 
                (Parts 1000--1099)

                       Title 21--Food and Drugs

         I  Food and Drug Administration, Department of Health and 
                Human Services (Parts 1--1299)
        II  Drug Enforcement Administration, Department of Justice 
                (Parts 1300--1399)
       III  Office of National Drug Control Policy (Parts 1400--
                1499)

                      Title 22--Foreign Relations

         I  Department of State (Parts 1--199)
        II  Agency for International Development (Parts 200--299)
       III  Peace Corps (Parts 300--399)
        IV  International Joint Commission, United States and 
                Canada (Parts 400--499)
         V  Broadcasting Board of Governors (Parts 500--599)
       VII  Overseas Private Investment Corporation (Parts 700--
                799)
        IX  Foreign Service Grievance Board Regulations (Parts 
                900--999)
         X  Inter-American Foundation (Parts 1000--1099)
        XI  International Boundary and Water Commission, United 
                States and Mexico, United States Section (Parts 
                1100--1199)
       XII  United States International Development Cooperation 
                Agency (Parts 1200--1299)
      XIII  Board for International Broadcasting (Parts 1300--
                1399)
       XIV  Foreign Service Labor Relations Board; Federal Labor 
                Relations Authority; General Counsel of the 
                Federal Labor Relations Authority; and the Foreign 
                Service Impasse Disputes Panel (Parts 1400--1499)
        XV  African Development Foundation (Parts 1500--1599)
       XVI  Japan-United States Friendship Commission (Parts 
                1600--1699)
      XVII  United States Institute of Peace (Parts 1700--1799)

[[Page 442]]

                          Title 23--Highways

         I  Federal Highway Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1--999)
        II  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and 
                Federal Highway Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1200--1299)
       III  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 1300--1399)

                Title 24--Housing and Urban Development

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary, Department of 
                Housing and Urban Development (Parts 0--99)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Housing and Urban 
                Development
         I  Office of Assistant Secretary for Equal Opportunity, 
                Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                100--199)
        II  Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing-Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Parts 200--299)
       III  Government National Mortgage Association, Department 
                of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Housing and Office of Multifamily Housing 
                Assistance Restructuring, Department of Housing 
                and Urban Development (Parts 400--499)
         V  Office of Assistant Secretary for Community Planning 
                and Development, Department of Housing and Urban 
                Development (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Office of Assistant Secretary for Community Planning 
                and Development, Department of Housing and Urban 
                Development (Parts 600--699) [Reserved]
       VII  Office of the Secretary, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Housing Assistance Programs and 
                Public and Indian Housing Programs) (Parts 700--
                799)
      VIII  Office of the Assistant Secretary for Housing--Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Section 8 Housing Assistance 
                Programs, Section 202 Direct Loan Program, Section 
                202 Supportive Housing for the Elderly Program and 
                Section 811 Supportive Housing for Persons With 
                Disabilities Program) (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Office of Assistant Secretary for Public and Indian 
                Housing, Department of Housing and Urban 
                Development (Parts 900--999)
         X  Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing--Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Interstate Land Sales 
                Registration Program) (Parts 1700--1799)
       XII  Office of Inspector General, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Parts 2000--2099)
        XX  Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing--Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Parts 3200--3899)
       XXV  Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation (Parts 4100--
                4199)

[[Page 443]]

                           Title 25--Indians

         I  Bureau of Indian Affairs, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 1--299)
        II  Indian Arts and Crafts Board, Department of the 
                Interior (Parts 300--399)
       III  National Indian Gaming Commission, Department of the 
                Interior (Parts 500--599)
        IV  Office of Navajo and Hopi Indian Relocation (Parts 
                700--799)
         V  Bureau of Indian Affairs, Department of the Interior, 
                and Indian Health Service, Department of Health 
                and Human Services (Part 900)
        VI  Office of the Assistant Secretary-Indian Affairs, 
                Department of the Interior (Parts 1000--1199)
       VII  Office of the Special Trustee for American Indians, 
                Department of the Interior (Part 1200)

                      Title 26--Internal Revenue

         I  Internal Revenue Service, Department of the Treasury 
                (Parts 1--799)

           Title 27--Alcohol, Tobacco Products and Firearms

         I  Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Department of 
                the Treasury (Parts 1--299)

                   Title 28--Judicial Administration

         I  Department of Justice (Parts 0--199)
       III  Federal Prison Industries, Inc., Department of Justice 
                (Parts 300--399)
         V  Bureau of Prisons, Department of Justice (Parts 500--
                599)
        VI  Offices of Independent Counsel, Department of Justice 
                (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Office of Independent Counsel (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Court Services and Offender Supervision Agency for the 
                District of Columbia (Parts 800--899)
        IX  National Crime Prevention and Privacy Compact Council 
                (Parts 900--999)

                            Title 29--Labor

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Labor (Parts 
                0--99)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Labor
         I  National Labor Relations Board (Parts 100--199)
        II  Office of Labor-Management Standards, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 200--299)
       III  National Railroad Adjustment Board (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Labor-Management Standards, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 400--499)

[[Page 444]]

         V  Wage and Hour Division, Department of Labor (Parts 
                500--899)
        IX  Construction Industry Collective Bargaining Commission 
                (Parts 900--999)
         X  National Mediation Board (Parts 1200--1299)
       XII  Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service (Parts 
                1400--1499)
       XIV  Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (Parts 1600--
                1699)
      XVII  Occupational Safety and Health Administration, 
                Department of Labor (Parts 1900--1999)
        XX  Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission 
                (Parts 2200--2499)
       XXV  Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration, 
                Department of Labor (Parts 2500--2599)
     XXVII  Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission 
                (Parts 2700--2799)
        XL  Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (Parts 4000--
                4999)

                      Title 30--Mineral Resources

         I  Mine Safety and Health Administration, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 1--199)
        II  Minerals Management Service, Department of the 
                Interior (Parts 200--299)
       III  Board of Surface Mining and Reclamation Appeals, 
                Department of the Interior (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Geological Survey, Department of the Interior (Parts 
                400--499)
        VI  Bureau of Mines, Department of the Interior (Parts 
                600--699)
       VII  Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, 
                Department of the Interior (Parts 700--999)

                 Title 31--Money and Finance: Treasury

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of the Treasury 
                (Parts 0--50)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Money and Finance
         I  Monetary Offices, Department of the Treasury (Parts 
                51--199)
        II  Fiscal Service, Department of the Treasury (Parts 
                200--399)
        IV  Secret Service, Department of the Treasury (Parts 
                400--499)
         V  Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Bureau of Engraving and Printing, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Federal Law Enforcement Training Center, Department of 
                the Treasury (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Office of International Investment, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Federal Claims Collection Standards (Department of the 
                Treasury--Department of Justice) (Parts 900--999)

[[Page 445]]

                      Title 32--National Defense

            Subtitle A--Department of Defense
         I  Office of the Secretary of Defense (Parts 1--399)
         V  Department of the Army (Parts 400--699)
        VI  Department of the Navy (Parts 700--799)
       VII  Department of the Air Force (Parts 800--1099)
            Subtitle B--Other Regulations Relating to National 
                Defense
       XII  Defense Logistics Agency (Parts 1200--1299)
       XVI  Selective Service System (Parts 1600--1699)
     XVIII  National Counterintelligence Center (Parts 1800--1899)
       XIX  Central Intelligence Agency (Parts 1900--1999)
        XX  Information Security Oversight Office, National 
                Archives and Records Administration (Parts 2000--
                2099)
       XXI  National Security Council (Parts 2100--2199)
      XXIV  Office of Science and Technology Policy (Parts 2400--
                2499)
     XXVII  Office for Micronesian Status Negotiations (Parts 
                2700--2799)
    XXVIII  Office of the Vice President of the United States 
                (Parts 2800--2899)

               Title 33--Navigation and Navigable Waters

         I  Coast Guard, Department of Transportation (Parts 1--
                199)
        II  Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army (Parts 
                200--399)
        IV  Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 400--499)

                          Title 34--Education

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary, Department of 
                Education (Parts 1--99)
            Subtitle B--Regulations of the Offices of the 
                Department of Education
         I  Office for Civil Rights, Department of Education 
                (Parts 100--199)
        II  Office of Elementary and Secondary Education, 
                Department of Education (Parts 200--299)
       III  Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative 
                Services, Department of Education (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Vocational and Adult Education, Department 
                of Education (Parts 400--499)
         V  Office of Bilingual Education and Minority Languages 
                Affairs, Department of Education (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Office of Postsecondary Education, Department of 
                Education (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Office of Educational Research and Improvement, 
                Department of Education (Parts 700--799)
        XI  National Institute for Literacy (Parts 1100--1199)
            Subtitle C--Regulations Relating to Education
       XII  National Council on Disability (Parts 1200--1299)

[[Page 446]]

                        Title 35--Panama Canal

         I  Panama Canal Regulations (Parts 1--299)

             Title 36--Parks, Forests, and Public Property

         I  National Park Service, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 1--199)
        II  Forest Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 200--
                299)
       III  Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army (Parts 
                300--399)
        IV  American Battle Monuments Commission (Parts 400--499)
         V  Smithsonian Institution (Parts 500--599)
       VII  Library of Congress (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (Parts 800--
                899)
        IX  Pennsylvania Avenue Development Corporation (Parts 
                900--999)
         X  Presidio Trust (Parts 1000--1099)
        XI  Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance 
                Board (Parts 1100--1199)
       XII  National Archives and Records Administration (Parts 
                1200--1299)
        XV  Oklahoma City National Memorial Trust (Part 1501)
       XVI  Morris K. Udall Scholarship and Excellence in National 
                Environmental Policy Foundation (Parts 1600--1699)

             Title 37--Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights

         I  United States Patent and Trademark Office, Department 
                of Commerce (Parts 1--199)
        II  Copyright Office, Library of Congress (Parts 200--299)
        IV  Assistant Secretary for Technology Policy, Department 
                of Commerce (Parts 400--499)
         V  Under Secretary for Technology, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 500--599)

           Title 38--Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans' Relief

         I  Department of Veterans Affairs (Parts 0--99)

                       Title 39--Postal Service

         I  United States Postal Service (Parts 1--999)
       III  Postal Rate Commission (Parts 3000--3099)

                  Title 40--Protection of Environment

         I  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 1--799)
        IV  Environmental Protection Agency and Department of 
                Justice (Parts 1400--1499)
         V  Council on Environmental Quality (Parts 1500--1599)
        VI  Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board (Parts 
                1600--1699)

[[Page 447]]

       VII  Environmental Protection Agency and Department of 
                Defense; Uniform National Discharge Standards for 
                Vessels of the Armed Forces (Parts 1700--1799)

          Title 41--Public Contracts and Property Management

            Subtitle B--Other Provisions Relating to Public 
                Contracts
        50  Public Contracts, Department of Labor (Parts 50-1--50-
                999)
        51  Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or 
                Severely Disabled (Parts 51-1--51-99)
        60  Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal 
                Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor (Parts 
                60-1--60-999)
        61  Office of the Assistant Secretary for Veterans 
                Employment and Training, Department of Labor 
                (Parts 61-1--61-999)
            Subtitle C--Federal Property Management Regulations 
                System
       101  Federal Property Management Regulations (Parts 101-1--
                101-99)
       102  Federal Management Regulation (Parts 102-1--102-299)
       105  General Services Administration (Parts 105-1--105-999)
       109  Department of Energy Property Management Regulations 
                (Parts 109-1--109-99)
       114  Department of the Interior (Parts 114-1--114-99)
       115  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 115-1--115-99)
       128  Department of Justice (Parts 128-1--128-99)
            Subtitle D--Other Provisions Relating to Property 
                Management [Reserved]
            Subtitle E--Federal Information Resources Management 
                Regulations System
       201  Federal Information Resources Management Regulation 
                (Parts 201-1--201-99) [Reserved]
            Subtitle F--Federal Travel Regulation System
       300  General (Parts 300-1--300.99)
       301  Temporary Duty (TDY) Travel Allowances (Parts 301-1--
                301-99)
       302  Relocation Allowances (Parts 302-1--302-99)
       303  Payment of Expenses Connected with the Death of 
                Certain Employees (Part 303-70)
       304  Payment from a Non-Federal Source for Travel Expenses 
                (Parts 304-1--304-99)

                        Title 42--Public Health

         I  Public Health Service, Department of Health and Human 
                Services (Parts 1--199)
        IV  Health Care Financing Administration, Department of 
                Health and Human Services (Parts 400--499)
         V  Office of Inspector General-Health Care, Department of 
                Health and Human Services (Parts 1000--1999)

[[Page 448]]

                   Title 43--Public Lands: Interior

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of the Interior 
                (Parts 1--199)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Public Lands
         I  Bureau of Reclamation, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 200--499)
        II  Bureau of Land Management, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 1000--9999)
       III  Utah Reclamation Mitigation and Conservation 
                Commission (Parts 10000--10005)

             Title 44--Emergency Management and Assistance

         I  Federal Emergency Management Agency (Parts 0--399)
        IV  Department of Commerce and Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 400--499)

                       Title 45--Public Welfare

            Subtitle A--Department of Health and Human Services 
                (Parts 1--199)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Public Welfare
        II  Office of Family Assistance (Assistance Programs), 
                Administration for Children and Families, 
                Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 
                200--299)
       III  Office of Child Support Enforcement (Child Support 
                Enforcement Program), Administration for Children 
                and Families, Department of Health and Human 
                Services (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Refugee Resettlement, Administration for 
                Children and Families Department of Health and 
                Human Services (Parts 400--499)
         V  Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United 
                States, Department of Justice (Parts 500--599)
        VI  National Science Foundation (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Commission on Civil Rights (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Office of Personnel Management (Parts 800--899)
         X  Office of Community Services, Administration for 
                Children and Families, Department of Health and 
                Human Services (Parts 1000--1099)
        XI  National Foundation on the Arts and the Humanities 
                (Parts 1100--1199)
       XII  Corporation for National and Community Service (Parts 
                1200--1299)
      XIII  Office of Human Development Services, Department of 
                Health and Human Services (Parts 1300--1399)
       XVI  Legal Services Corporation (Parts 1600--1699)
      XVII  National Commission on Libraries and Information 
                Science (Parts 1700--1799)
     XVIII  Harry S. Truman Scholarship Foundation (Parts 1800--
                1899)
       XXI  Commission on Fine Arts (Parts 2100--2199)

[[Page 449]]

     XXIII  Arctic Research Commission (Part 2301)
      XXIV  James Madison Memorial Fellowship Foundation (Parts 
                2400--2499)
       XXV  Corporation for National and Community Service (Parts 
                2500--2599)

                          Title 46--Shipping

         I  Coast Guard, Department of Transportation (Parts 1--
                199)
        II  Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation 
                (Parts 200--399)
       III  Coast Guard (Great Lakes Pilotage), Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 400--499)
        IV  Federal Maritime Commission (Parts 500--599)

                      Title 47--Telecommunication

         I  Federal Communications Commission (Parts 0--199)
        II  Office of Science and Technology Policy and National 
                Security Council (Parts 200--299)
       III  National Telecommunications and Information 
                Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts 
                300--399)

           Title 48--Federal Acquisition Regulations System

         1  Federal Acquisition Regulation (Parts 1--99)
         2  Department of Defense (Parts 200--299)
         3  Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 300--
                399)
         4  Department of Agriculture (Parts 400--499)
         5  General Services Administration (Parts 500--599)
         6  Department of State (Parts 600--699)
         7  United States Agency for International Development 
                (Parts 700--799)
         8  Department of Veterans Affairs (Parts 800--899)
         9  Department of Energy (Parts 900--999)
        10  Department of the Treasury (Parts 1000--1099)
        12  Department of Transportation (Parts 1200--1299)
        13  Department of Commerce (Parts 1300--1399)
        14  Department of the Interior (Parts 1400--1499)
        15  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 1500--1599)
        16  Office of Personnel Management Federal Employees 
                Health Benefits Acquisition Regulation (Parts 
                1600--1699)
        17  Office of Personnel Management (Parts 1700--1799)
        18  National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 
                1800--1899)
        19  Broadcasting Board of Governors (Parts 1900--1999)
        20  Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 2000--2099)

[[Page 450]]

        21  Office of Personnel Management, Federal Employees 
                Group Life Insurance Federal Acquisition 
                Regulation (Parts 2100--2199)
        23  Social Security Administration (Parts 2300--2399)
        24  Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                2400--2499)
        25  National Science Foundation (Parts 2500--2599)
        28  Department of Justice (Parts 2800--2899)
        29  Department of Labor (Parts 2900--2999)
        34  Department of Education Acquisition Regulation (Parts 
                3400--3499)
        35  Panama Canal Commission (Parts 3500--3599)
        44  Federal Emergency Management Agency (Parts 4400--4499)
        51  Department of the Army Acquisition Regulations (Parts 
                5100--5199)
        52  Department of the Navy Acquisition Regulations (Parts 
                5200--5299)
        53  Department of the Air Force Federal Acquisition 
                Regulation Supplement (Parts 5300--5399)
        54  Defense Logistics Agency, Department of Defense (Part 
                5452)
        57  African Development Foundation (Parts 5700--5799)
        61  General Services Administration Board of Contract 
                Appeals (Parts 6100--6199)
        63  Department of Transportation Board of Contract Appeals 
                (Parts 6300--6399)
        99  Cost Accounting Standards Board, Office of Federal 
                Procurement Policy, Office of Management and 
                Budget (Parts 9900--9999)

                       Title 49--Transportation

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Transportation 
                (Parts 1--99)
            Subtitle B--Other Regulations Relating to 
                Transportation
         I  Research and Special Programs Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 100--199)
        II  Federal Railroad Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 200--299)
       III  Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Coast Guard, Department of Transportation (Parts 400--
                499)
         V  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Federal Transit Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 600--699)
       VII  National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK) 
                (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  National Transportation Safety Board (Parts 800--999)
         X  Surface Transportation Board, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1000--1399)

[[Page 451]]

        XI  Bureau of Transportation Statistics, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1400--1499)

                   Title 50--Wildlife and Fisheries

         I  United States Fish and Wildlife Service, Department of 
                the Interior (Parts 1--199)
        II  National Marine Fisheries Service, National Oceanic 
                and Atmospheric Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 200--299)
       III  International Fishing and Related Activities (Parts 
                300--399)
        IV  Joint Regulations (United States Fish and Wildlife 
                Service, Department of the Interior and National 
                Marine Fisheries Service, National Oceanic and 
                Atmospheric Administration, Department of 
                Commerce); Endangered Species Committee 
                Regulations (Parts 400--499)
         V  Marine Mammal Commission (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Fishery Conservation and Management, National Oceanic 
                and Atmospheric Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 600--699)

                      CFR Index and Finding Aids

            Subject/Agency Index
            List of Agency Prepared Indexes
            Parallel Tables of Statutory Authorities and Rules
            List of CFR Titles, Chapters, Subchapters, and Parts
            Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR



[[Page 453]]





           Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR




                      (Revised as of July 1, 2001)

                                                  CFR Title, Subtitle or 
                     Agency                               Chapter

Administrative Committee of the Federal Register  1, I
Advanced Research Projects Agency                 32, I
Advisory Commission on Intergovernmental          5, VII
     Relations
Advisory Council on Historic Preservation         36, VIII
African Development Foundation                    22, XV
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 57
Agency for International Development, United      22, II
     States
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 7
Agricultural Marketing Service                    7, I, IX, X, XI
Agricultural Research Service                     7, V
Agriculture Department                            5, LXXIII
  Agricultural Marketing Service                  7, I, IX, X, XI
  Agricultural Research Service                   7, V
  Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service      7, III; 9, I
  Chief Financial Officer, Office of              7, XXX
  Commodity Credit Corporation                    7, XIV
  Cooperative State Research, Education, and      7, XXXIV
       Extension Service
  Economic Research Service                       7, XXXVII
  Energy, Office of                               7, XXIX
  Environmental Quality, Office of                7, XXXI
  Farm Service Agency                             7, VII, XVIII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 4
  Federal Crop Insurance Corporation              7, IV
  Food and Nutrition Service                      7, II
  Food Safety and Inspection Service              9, III
  Foreign Agricultural Service                    7, XV
  Forest Service                                  36, II
  Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards        7, VIII; 9, II
       Administration
  Information Resources Management, Office of     7, XXVII
  Inspector General, Office of                    7, XXVI
  National Agricultural Library                   7, XLI
  National Agricultural Statistics Service        7, XXXVI
  Natural Resources Conservation Service          7, VI
  Operations, Office of                           7, XXVIII
  Procurement and Property Management, Office of  7, XXXII
  Rural Business-Cooperative Service              7, XVIII, XLII
  Rural Development Administration                7, XLII
  Rural Housing Service                           7, XVIII, XXXV
  Rural Telephone Bank                            7, XVI
  Rural Utilities Service                         7, XVII, XVIII, XLII
  Secretary of Agriculture, Office of             7, Subtitle A
  Transportation, Office of                       7, XXXIII
  World Agricultural Outlook Board                7, XXXVIII
Air Force Department                              32, VII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement       48, 53
Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Bureau of          27, I
AMTRAK                                            49, VII
American Battle Monuments Commission              36, IV
American Indians, Office of the Special Trustee   25, VII
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service        7, III; 9, I
Appalachian Regional Commission                   5, IX
Architectural and Transportation Barriers         36, XI
   Compliance Board
[[Page 454]]

Arctic Research Commission                        45, XXIII
Armed Forces Retirement Home                      5, XI
Army Department                                   32, V
  Engineers, Corps of                             33, II; 36, III
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 51
Benefits Review Board                             20, VII
Bilingual Education and Minority Languages        34, V
     Affairs, Office of
Blind or Severely Disabled, Committee for         41, 51
     Purchase From People Who Are
Board for International Broadcasting              22, XIII
Broadcasting Board of Governors                   22, V
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 19
Census Bureau                                     15, I
Central Intelligence Agency                       32, XIX
Chief Financial Officer, Office of                7, XXX
Child Support Enforcement, Office of              45, III
Children and Families, Administration for         45, II, III, IV, X
Civil Rights, Commission on                       45, VII
Civil Rights, Office for                          34, I
Coast Guard                                       33, I; 46, I; 49, IV
Coast Guard (Great Lakes Pilotage)                46, III
Commerce Department                               44, IV
  Census Bureau                                   15, I
  Economic Affairs, Under Secretary               37, V
  Economic Analysis, Bureau of                    15, VIII
  Economic Development Administration             13, III
  Emergency Management and Assistance             44, IV
  Export Administration, Bureau of                15, VII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 13
  Fishery Conservation and Management             50, VI
  Foreign-Trade Zones Board                       15, IV
  International Trade Administration              15, III; 19, III
  National Institute of Standards and Technology  15, II
  National Marine Fisheries Service               50, II, IV, VI
  National Oceanic and Atmospheric                15, IX; 50, II, III, IV, 
       Administration                             VI
  National Telecommunications and Information     15, XXIII; 47, III
       Administration
  National Weather Service                        15, IX
  Patent and Trademark Office, United States      37, I
  Productivity, Technology and Innovation,        37, IV
       Assistant Secretary for
  Secretary of Commerce, Office of                15, Subtitle A
  Technology, Under Secretary for                 37, V
  Technology Administration                       15, XI
  Technology Policy, Assistant Secretary for      37, IV
Commercial Space Transportation                   14, III
Commodity Credit Corporation                      7, XIV
Commodity Futures Trading Commission              5, XLI; 17, I
Community Planning and Development, Office of     24, V, VI
     Assistant Secretary for
Community Services, Office of                     45, X
Comptroller of the Currency                       12, I
Construction Industry Collective Bargaining       29, IX
     Commission
Consumer Product Safety Commission                5, LXXI; 16, II
Cooperative State Research, Education, and        7, XXXIV
     Extension Service
Copyright Office                                  37, II
Corporation for National and Community Service    45, XII, XXV
Cost Accounting Standards Board                   48, 99
Council on Environmental Quality                  40, V
Court Services and Offender Supervision Agency    28, VIII
     for the District of Columbia
Customs Service, United States                    19, I
Defense Contract Audit Agency                     32, I
Defense Department                                5, XXVI; 32, Subtitle A; 
                                                  40, VII
  Advanced Research Projects Agency               32, I

[[Page 455]]

  Air Force Department                            32, VII
  Army Department                                 32, V; 33, II; 36, III, 
                                                  48, 51
  Defense Intelligence Agency                     32, I
  Defense Logistics Agency                        32, I, XII; 48, 54
  Engineers, Corps of                             33, II; 36, III
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 2
  National Imagery and Mapping Agency             32, I
  Navy Department                                 32, VI; 48, 52
  Secretary of Defense, Office of                 32, I
Defense Contract Audit Agency                     32, I
Defense Intelligence Agency                       32, I
Defense Logistics Agency                          32, XII; 48, 54
Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board           10, XVII
Delaware River Basin Commission                   18, III
District of Columbia, Court Services and          28, VIII
     Offender Supervision Agency for the
Drug Enforcement Administration                   21, II
East-West Foreign Trade Board                     15, XIII
Economic Affairs, Under Secretary                 37, V
Economic Analysis, Bureau of                      15, VIII
Economic Development Administration               13, III
Economic Research Service                         7, XXXVII
Education, Department of                          5, LIII
  Bilingual Education and Minority Languages      34, V
       Affairs, Office of
  Civil Rights, Office for                        34, I
  Educational Research and Improvement, Office    34, VII
       of
  Elementary and Secondary Education, Office of   34, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 34
  Postsecondary Education, Office of              34, VI
  Secretary of Education, Office of               34, Subtitle A
  Special Education and Rehabilitative Services,  34, III
       Office of
  Vocational and Adult Education, Office of       34, IV
Educational Research and Improvement, Office of   34, VII
Elementary and Secondary Education, Office of     34, II
Emergency Oil and Gas Guaranteed Loan Board       13, V
Emergency Steel Guarantee Loan Board              13, IV
Employees' Compensation Appeals Board             20, IV
Employees Loyalty Board                           5, V
Employment and Training Administration            20, V
Employment Standards Administration               20, VI
Endangered Species Committee                      50, IV
Energy, Department of                             5, XXIII; 10, II, III, X
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 9
  Federal Energy Regulatory Commission            5, XXIV; 18, I
  Property Management Regulations                 41, 109
Energy, Office of                                 7, XXIX
Engineers, Corps of                               33, II; 36, III
Engraving and Printing, Bureau of                 31, VI
Environmental Protection Agency                   5, LIV; 40, I, IV, VII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 15
  Property Management Regulations                 41, 115
Environmental Quality, Office of                  7, XXXI
Equal Employment Opportunity Commission           5, LXII; 29, XIV
Equal Opportunity, Office of Assistant Secretary  24, I
     for
Executive Office of the President                 3, I
  Administration, Office of                       5, XV
  Environmental Quality, Council on               40, V
  Management and Budget, Office of                25, III, LXXVII; 48, 99
  National Drug Control Policy, Office of         21, III
  National Security Council                       32, XXI; 47, 2
  Presidential Documents                          3
  Science and Technology Policy, Office of        32, XXIV; 47, II
  Trade Representative, Office of the United      15, XX
       States
Export Administration, Bureau of                  15, VII
Export-Import Bank of the United States           5, LII; 12, IV

[[Page 456]]

Family Assistance, Office of                      45, II
Farm Credit Administration                        5, XXXI; 12, VI
Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation          5, XXX; 12, XIV
Farm Service Agency                               7, VII, XVIII
Federal Acquisition Regulation                    48, 1
Federal Aviation Administration                   14, I
  Commercial Space Transportation                 14, III
Federal Claims Collection Standards               31, IX
Federal Communications Commission                 5, XXIX; 47, I
Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Office of   41, 60
Federal Crop Insurance Corporation                7, IV
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation             5, XXII; 12, III
Federal Election Commission                       11, I
Federal Emergency Management Agency               44, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 44
Federal Employees Group Life Insurance Federal    48, 21
     Acquisition Regulation
Federal Employees Health Benefits Acquisition     48, 16
     Regulation
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission              5, XXIV; 18, I
Federal Financial Institutions Examination        12, XI
     Council
Federal Financing Bank                            12, VIII
Federal Highway Administration                    23, I, II
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation            1, IV
Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight Office       12, XVII
Federal Housing Finance Board                     12, IX
Federal Labor Relations Authority, and General    5, XIV; 22, XIV
     Counsel of the Federal Labor Relations 
     Authority
Federal Law Enforcement Training Center           31, VII
Federal Management Regulation                     41, 102
Federal Maritime Commission                       46, IV
Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service        29, XII
Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission  5, LXXIV; 29, XXVII
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration       49, III
Federal Prison Industries, Inc.                   28, III
Federal Procurement Policy Office                 48, 99
Federal Property Management Regulations           41, 101
Federal Railroad Administration                   49, II
Federal Register, Administrative Committee of     1, I
Federal Register, Office of                       1, II
Federal Reserve System                            12, II
  Board of Governors                              5, LVIII
Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board        5, VI, LXXVI
Federal Service Impasses Panel                    5, XIV
Federal Trade Commission                          5, XLVII; 16, I
Federal Transit Administration                    49, VI
Federal Travel Regulation System                  41, Subtitle F
Fine Arts, Commission on                          45, XXI
Fiscal Service                                    31, II
Fish and Wildlife Service, United States          50, I, IV
Fishery Conservation and Management               50, VI
Food and Drug Administration                      21, I
Food and Nutrition Service                        7, II
Food Safety and Inspection Service                9, III
Foreign Agricultural Service                      7, XV
Foreign Assets Control, Office of                 31, V
Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the       45, V
     United States
Foreign Service Grievance Board                   22, IX
Foreign Service Impasse Disputes Panel            22, XIV
Foreign Service Labor Relations Board             22, XIV
Foreign-Trade Zones Board                         15, IV
Forest Service                                    36, II
General Accounting Office                         4, I
General Services Administration                   5, LVII; 41, 105
  Contract Appeals, Board of                      48, 61
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 5
  Federal Management Regulation                   41, 102
  Federal Property Management Regulations         41, 101

[[Page 457]]

  Federal Travel Regulation System                41, Subtitle F
  General                                         41, 300
  Payment From a Non-Federal Source for Travel    41, 304
       Expenses
  Payment of Expenses Connected With the Death    41, 303
       of Certain Employees
  Relocation Allowances                           41, 302
  Temporary Duty (TDY) Travel Allowances          41, 301
Geological Survey                                 30, IV
Government Ethics, Office of                      5, XVI
Government National Mortgage Association          24, III
Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards          7, VIII; 9, II
     Administration
Harry S. Truman Scholarship Foundation            45, XVIII
Health and Human Services, Department of          5, XLV; 45, Subtitle A
  Child Support Enforcement, Office of            45, III
  Children and Families, Administration for       45, II, III, IV, X
  Community Services, Office of                   45, X
  Family Assistance, Office of                    45, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 3
  Food and Drug Administration                    21, I
  Health Care Financing Administration            42, IV
  Human Development Services, Office of           45, XIII
  Indian Health Service                           25, V
  Inspector General (Health Care), Office of      42, V
  Public Health Service                           42, I
  Refugee Resettlement, Office of                 45, IV
Health Care Financing Administration              42, IV
Housing and Urban Development, Department of      5, LXV; 24, Subtitle B
  Community Planning and Development, Office of   24, V, VI
       Assistant Secretary for
  Equal Opportunity, Office of Assistant          24, I
       Secretary for
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 24
  Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight, Office    12, XVII
       of
  Government National Mortgage Association        24, III
  Housing--Federal Housing Commissioner, Office   24, II, VIII, X, XX
       of Assistant Secretary for
  Housing, Office of, and Multifamily Housing     24, IV
       Assistance Restructuring, Office of
  Inspector General, Office of                    24, XII
  Public and Indian Housing, Office of Assistant  24, IX
       Secretary for
  Secretary, Office of                            24, Subtitle A, VII
Housing--Federal Housing Commissioner, Office of  24, II, VIII, X, XX
     Assistant Secretary for
Housing, Office of, and Multifamily Housing       24, IV
     Assistance Restructuring, Office of
Human Development Services, Office of             45, XIII
Immigration and Naturalization Service            8, I
Independent Counsel, Office of                    28, VII
Indian Affairs, Bureau of                         25, I, V
Indian Affairs, Office of the Assistant           25, VI
     Secretary
Indian Arts and Crafts Board                      25, II
Indian Health Service                             25, V
Information Resources Management, Office of       7, XXVII
Information Security Oversight Office, National   32, XX
     Archives and Records Administration
Inspector General
  Agriculture Department                          7, XXVI
  Health and Human Services Department            42, V
  Housing and Urban Development Department        24, XII
Institute of Peace, United States                 22, XVII
Inter-American Foundation                         5, LXIII; 22, X
Intergovernmental Relations, Advisory Commission  5, VII
     on
Interior Department
  American Indians, Office of the Special         25, VII
       Trustee
  Endangered Species Committee                    50, IV
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 14
  Federal Property Management Regulations System  41, 114
  Fish and Wildlife Service, United States        50, I, IV

[[Page 458]]

  Geological Survey                               30, IV
  Indian Affairs, Bureau of                       25, I, V
  Indian Affairs, Office of the Assistant         25, VI
       Secretary
  Indian Arts and Crafts Board                    25, II
  Land Management, Bureau of                      43, II
  Minerals Management Service                     30, II
  Mines, Bureau of                                30, VI
  National Indian Gaming Commission               25, III
  National Park Service                           36, I
  Reclamation, Bureau of                          43, I
  Secretary of the Interior, Office of            43, Subtitle A
  Surface Mining and Reclamation Appeals, Board   30, III
       of
  Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement,     30, VII
       Office of
Internal Revenue Service                          26, I
International Boundary and Water Commission,      22, XI
     United States and Mexico, United States 
     Section
International Development, United States Agency   22, II
     for
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 7
International Development Cooperation Agency,     22, XII
     United States
International Fishing and Related Activities      50, III
International Investment, Office of               31, VIII
International Joint Commission, United States     22, IV
     and Canada
International Organizations Employees Loyalty     5, V
     Board
International Trade Administration                15, III; 19, III
International Trade Commission, United States     19, II
Interstate Commerce Commission                    5, XL
James Madison Memorial Fellowship Foundation      45, XXIV
Japan-United States Friendship Commission         22, XVI
Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries       20, VIII
Justice Department                                5, XXVIII; 28, I; 40, IV
  Drug Enforcement Administration                 21, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 28
  Federal Claims Collection Standards             31, IX
  Federal Prison Industries, Inc.                 28, III
  Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the     45, V
       United States
  Immigration and Naturalization Service          8, I
  Offices of Independent Counsel                  28, VI
  Prisons, Bureau of                              28, V
  Property Management Regulations                 41, 128
Labor Department                                  5, XLII
  Benefits Review Board                           20, VII
  Employees' Compensation Appeals Board           20, IV
  Employment and Training Administration          20, V
  Employment Standards Administration             20, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 29
  Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Office    41, 60
       of
  Federal Procurement Regulations System          41, 50
  Labor-Management Standards, Office of           29, II, IV
  Mine Safety and Health Administration           30, I
  Occupational Safety and Health Administration   29, XVII
  Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration     29, XXV
  Public Contracts                                41, 50
  Secretary of Labor, Office of                   29, Subtitle A
  Veterans' Employment and Training, Office of    41, 61; 20, IX
       the Assistant Secretary for
  Wage and Hour Division                          29, V
  Workers' Compensation Programs, Office of       20, I
Labor-Management Standards, Office of             29, II, IV
Land Management, Bureau of                        43, II
Legal Services Corporation                        45, XVI
Library of Congress                               36, VII
  Copyright Office                                37, II
Management and Budget, Office of                  5, III, LXXVII; 48, 99
Marine Mammal Commission                          50, V
Maritime Administration                           46, II

[[Page 459]]

Merit Systems Protection Board                    5, II
Micronesian Status Negotiations, Office for       32, XXVII
Mine Safety and Health Administration             30, I
Minerals Management Service                       30, II
Mines, Bureau of                                  30, VI
Minority Business Development Agency              15, XIV
Miscellaneous Agencies                            1, IV
Monetary Offices                                  31, I
Morris K. Udall Scholarship and Excellence in     36, XVI
     National Environmental Policy Foundation
National Aeronautics and Space Administration     5, LIX; 14, V
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 18
National Agricultural Library                     7, XLI
National Agricultural Statistics Service          7, XXXVI
National and Community Service, Corporation for   45, XII, XXV
National Archives and Records Administration      5, LXVI; 36, XII
  Information Security Oversight Office           32, XX
National Bureau of Standards                      15, II
National Capital Planning Commission              1, IV
National Commission for Employment Policy         1, IV
National Commission on Libraries and Information  45, XVII
     Science
National Council on Disability                    34, XII
National Counterintelligence Center               32, XVIII
National Credit Union Administration              12, VII
National Crime Prevention and Privacy Compact     28, IX
     Council
National Drug Control Policy, Office of           21, III
National Foundation on the Arts and the           45, XI
     Humanities
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration    23, II, III; 49, V
National Imagery and Mapping Agency               32, I
National Indian Gaming Commission                 25, III
National Institute for Literacy                   34, XI
National Institute of Standards and Technology    15, II
National Labor Relations Board                    5, LXI; 29, I
National Marine Fisheries Service                 50, II, IV, VI
National Mediation Board                          29, X
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration   15, IX; 50, II, III, IV, 
                                                  VI
National Park Service                             36, I
National Railroad Adjustment Board                29, III
National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK)  49, VII
National Science Foundation                       5, XLIII; 45, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 25
National Security Council                         32, XXI
National Security Council and Office of Science   47, II
     and Technology Policy
National Telecommunications and Information       15, XXIII; 47, III
     Administration
National Transportation Safety Board              49, VIII
National Weather Service                          15, IX
Natural Resources Conservation Service            7, VI
Navajo and Hopi Indian Relocation, Office of      25, IV
Navy Department                                   32, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 52
Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation             24, XXV
Northeast Dairy Compact Commission                7, XIII
Northeast Interstate Low-Level Radioactive Waste  10, XVIII
     Commission
Nuclear Regulatory Commission                     5, XLVIII; 10, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 20
Occupational Safety and Health Administration     29, XVII
Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission  29, XX
Offices of Independent Counsel                    28, VI
Oklahoma City National Memorial Trust             36, XV
Operations Office                                 7, XXVIII
Overseas Private Investment Corporation           5, XXXIII; 22, VII
Panama Canal Commission                           48, 35
Panama Canal Regulations                          35, I
Patent and Trademark Office, United States        37, I

[[Page 460]]

Payment From a Non-Federal Source for Travel      41, 304
     Expenses
Payment of Expenses Connected With the Death of   41, 303
     Certain Employees
Peace Corps                                       22, III
Pennsylvania Avenue Development Corporation       36, IX
Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration       29, XXV
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation              29, XL
Personnel Management, Office of                   5, I, XXXV; 45, VIII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 17
  Federal Employees Group Life Insurance Federal  48, 21
       Acquisition Regulation
  Federal Employees Health Benefits Acquisition   48, 16
       Regulation
Postal Rate Commission                            5, XLVI; 39, III
Postal Service, United States                     5, LX; 39, I
Postsecondary Education, Office of                34, VI
President's Commission on White House             1, IV
     Fellowships
Presidential Documents                            3
Presidio Trust                                    36, X
Prisons, Bureau of                                28, V
Procurement and Property Management, Office of    7, XXXII
Productivity, Technology and Innovation,          37, IV
     Assistant Secretary
Public Contracts, Department of Labor             41, 50
Public and Indian Housing, Office of Assistant    24, IX
     Secretary for
Public Health Service                             42, I
Railroad Retirement Board                         20, II
Reclamation, Bureau of                            43, I
Refugee Resettlement, Office of                   45, IV
Regional Action Planning Commissions              13, V
Relocation Allowances                             41, 302
Research and Special Programs Administration      49, I
Rural Business-Cooperative Service                7, XVIII, XLII
Rural Development Administration                  7, XLII
Rural Housing Service                             7, XVIII, XXXV
Rural Telephone Bank                              7, XVI
Rural Utilities Service                           7, XVII, XVIII, XLII
Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation     33, IV
Science and Technology Policy, Office of          32, XXIV
Science and Technology Policy, Office of, and     47, II
     National Security Council
Secret Service                                    31, IV
Securities and Exchange Commission                17, II
Selective Service System                          32, XVI
Small Business Administration                     13, I
Smithsonian Institution                           36, V
Social Security Administration                    20, III; 48, 23
Soldiers' and Airmen's Home, United States        5, XI
Special Counsel, Office of                        5, VIII
Special Education and Rehabilitative Services,    34, III
     Office of
State Department                                  22, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 6
Surface Mining and Reclamation Appeals, Board of  30, III
Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement,       30, VII
     Office of
Surface Transportation Board                      49, X
Susquehanna River Basin Commission                18, VIII
Technology Administration                         15, XI
Technology Policy, Assistant Secretary for        37, IV
Technology, Under Secretary for                   37, V
Tennessee Valley Authority                        5, LXIX; 18, XIII
Thrift Supervision Office, Department of the      12, V
     Treasury
Trade Representative, United States, Office of    15, XX
Transportation, Department of                     5, L
  Coast Guard                                     33, I; 46, I; 49, IV
  Coast Guard (Great Lakes Pilotage)              46, III
  Commercial Space Transportation                 14, III
  Contract Appeals, Board of                      48, 63
  Emergency Management and Assistance             44, IV

[[Page 461]]

  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 12
  Federal Aviation Administration                 14, I
  Federal Highway Administration                  23, I, II
  Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration     49, III
  Federal Railroad Administration                 49, II
  Federal Transit Administration                  49, VI
  Maritime Administration                         46, II
  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration  23, II, III; 49, V
  Research and Special Programs Administration    49, I
  Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation   33, IV
  Secretary of Transportation, Office of          14, II; 49, Subtitle A
  Surface Transportation Board                    49, X
  Transportation Statistics Bureau                49, XI
Transportation, Office of                         7, XXXIII
Transportation Statistics Brureau                 49, XI
Travel Allowances, Temporary Duty (TDY)           41, 301
Treasury Department                               5, XXI; 12, XV; 17, IV; 
                                                  31, IX
  Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Bureau of        27, I
  Community Development Financial Institutions    12, XVIII
       Fund
  Comptroller of the Currency                     12, I
  Customs Service, United States                  19, I
  Engraving and Printing, Bureau of               31, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 10
  Federal Law Enforcement Training Center         31, VII
  Fiscal Service                                  31, II
  Foreign Assets Control, Office of               31, V
  Internal Revenue Service                        26, I
  International Investment, Office of             31, VIII
  Monetary Offices                                31, I
  Secret Service                                  31, IV
  Secretary of the Treasury, Office of            31, Subtitle A
  Thrift Supervision, Office of                   12, V
Truman, Harry S. Scholarship Foundation           45, XVIII
United States and Canada, International Joint     22, IV
     Commission
United States and Mexico, International Boundary  22, XI
     and Water Commission, United States Section
Utah Reclamation Mitigation and Conservation      43, III
     Commission
Veterans Affairs Department                       38, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 8
Veterans' Employment and Training, Office of the  41, 61; 20, IX
     Assistant Secretary for
Vice President of the United States, Office of    32, XXVIII
Vocational and Adult Education, Office of         34, IV
Wage and Hour Division                            29, V
Water Resources Council                           18, VI
Workers' Compensation Programs, Office of         20, I
World Agricultural Outlook Board                  7, XXXVIII

[[Page 463]]



List of CFR Sections Affected




All changes in this volume of the Code of Federal Regulations which were 
made by documents published in the Federal Register since January 1, 
1986, are enumerated in the following list. Entries indicate the nature 
of the changes effected. Page numbers refer to Federal Register pages. 
The user should consult the entries for chapters and parts as well as 
sections for revisions.
Title 40 was established at 36 FR 12213, June 29, 1971. For the period 
before January 1, 1986, see the ``List of CFR Sections Affected, 1964-
1972, 1964-1972, and 1973-1985,'' published in seven separate volumes.

                                  1986

40 CFR
                                                                   51 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
61  Authority delegations     notices..............................3172,
3173, 8673, 9190, 11021, 12144, 15886, 20648 27036, 27037, 27407, 32642, 
33041-33046, 44984, 46856
61.01  (b) amended.....................................7715, 7719, 11022
61.04  (b)(T) revised...............................................1511
    (b)(RR) amended.................................................4344
    (b)(MM) introductory text and (viii) revised...................23420
    (b)(Q) and (AA) revised........................................37911
61.18  (a)(4) revised; introductory paragraph (b) and (1) added....34914
61.61  (j), (l), (o), and (p) revised; (v) through (z) added.......34908
61.62  Revised.....................................................34909
61.63  Revised.....................................................34909
61.64  Introductory text, (a) through (d), (e) introductory text 
        and (3), and (f) revised...................................34909
61.65  Introductory text, (a), and (b)(1)(ii), (2) through (8), 
        and (9)(ii), and (c) revised...............................34910
61.66  Revised.....................................................34912
61.67  (f), (g)(1)(i), (2), (3) introductory text, (i), and (iii), 
        and (5) introductory text and (ii) revised; (g)(6) and (h) 
        added......................................................34912
61.68  (d), (e), and (f) added.....................................34913
61.70  Heading, (a), (c)(1), (2) introductory text, (iii), (iv), 
        (v), and (vi) introductory text, and (3) revised; (c)(4) 
        added......................................................34913
61.71  (a) introductory text revised...............................34914
61.152  Introductory text      corrected............................8199
61.154  (a) introductory text corrected.............................8199
61.160--61.165 (Subpart N)      Added..............................28025
61.161  Corrected..................................................35355
61.164  (b)(1) and (d)(4) corrected................................35355
61.170--61.177 (Subpart O)      Added..............................28029
61.180--61.186 (Subpart P)      Added..............................28033
61.181  Corrected..................................................35355
61.241  Amended....................................................34915
61.242-11  (d) revised..............................................2702
61.250--61.252 (Subpart W)      Added..............................34066
61  Appendix B amended......................................28035, 28040
    Appendix B corrected...........................................35355
62  Construction plan change........................................8674
62.866  Added......................................................40803
62.4175  Undesignated center     heading and section added.........37275
62.5351  Undesignated center     heading and section added.........40801
    Technical correction....................................43120, 44408
62.6350-62.6354 (Subpart AA)  Revised...............................8828
62.8350  (b)(4) added..............................................41788

[[Page 464]]

                                  1987

40 CFR
                                                                   52 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
61  Authority delegation notices..............................8586-8589,
9164, 18357, 23178, 28255, 30920, 35084, 35085, 35087, 35088, 35090-
35092, 36417, 36418
61.01  (b) amended.................................................37617
61.04  (b)(R) added................................................18358
    (b)(WW)(viii) added............................................43197
61.53  (a)(4), (b)(4), (c)(4) and (d)(5) revised....................8726
61.54  (f) revised..................................................8727
61.55  Revised......................................................8727
61.56  Added........................................................8728
61.123  OMB number.................................................28141
61.124  OMB number.................................................28141
61.125  OMB number.................................................28141
61.126  OMB number.................................................28141
61  Appendix B amended.............................................20398
65  Administrative order...........................................41711
62.9100  Undesignated center      heading and section redesignated 
        as 62.9120; new 62.9100 and undesignated center heading 
        added.......................................................3229
62.9110  Undesignated center      heading and section redesignated 
        as 62.9130..................................................3229
    Undesignated center heading and section added...................3230
62.9120  Undesignated center      heading and section redesignated 
        from 62.9100................................................3229
62.9130  Undesignated center      heading and section redesignated 
        from 62.9110................................................3229

                                  1988

40 CFR
                                                                   53 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
61  Authority delegation   notices.................................3891,
8182, 12517, 17038, 24698
61  Authority delegation   notices................................27685,
45764, 46614, 52170, 52171
61.04  (b)(C) added..................................................778
    (b)(G), (BB), (JJ) revised; (b) (QQ) and (TT) and (c) added; 
(b) Region VIII table removed......................................12521
    (b) (P), (Y), and (KK) revised.................................18986
    (b)(WW)(iii) revised...........................................24449
61.04  (c) table revised...........................................50528
61.54  (d) corrected...............................................36972
61.60  (c) corrected...............................................36972
61.64  (a)(2) corrected............................................36972
61.65  (c) corrected...............................................36972
61.70  (c)(2)(v) and (4)(iv) corrected.............................36972
    (c)(2)(v) corrected............................................46976
61.153  (b)(1) corrected...........................................36972
61.245  (b)(1) correctly revised;    (e)(1) corrected..............36972
61  Appendix B corrected....................................36972, 46976
62.2350  (b)(2) and (c)(2) added...................................30053
62.2353--62.2354  Undesignated center heading added................30053
62.2353  Added.....................................................30053
62.2354  Added.....................................................30053
62.2600  (b)(3) added..............................................38291
62.2604  Removed...................................................38291
62.8350  (b)(5) added..............................................31863
    (b)(6) added...................................................49882

                                  1989

40 CFR
                                                                   54 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
61  Authority delegation     notices...............................3595,
5078, 12627, 12910, 18498, 26041
61.03  (a) and (b) amended.........................................51704
61.04  (c) table corrected..........................................3901
    (c) table revised..............................................10986
    (a) amended; (b)(E), (T), (GG) and (LL)(i) revised.............32445
    (b)(I) amended.................................................40664
    (b)(GG)(i) added...............................................52032
61.18  (a) (7), (8), (9), and (10) added...........................38073
    (c) added......................................................51704
61.20--61.26 (Subpart B)    Revised................................51694
61.90--61.97 (Subpart H)    Revised................................51695
61.100--61.108 (Subpart I)  Effective date stayed to 7-13-90.......51697
61.120--61.127 (Subpart K)    Revised..............................51699
61.130--61.139 (Subpart L)    Added................................38073
61.190--61.193 (Subpart Q)    Added................................51701
61.200--61.205 (Subpart R)    Added................................51701
61.220--61.225 (Subpart T)  Added..................................51702
61.241  Amended....................................................38076

[[Page 465]]

61.245  (b) introductory text and (c) introductory text revised....38076
61.246  (b) introductory text, (c) introductory text, (e) 
        introductory text, (2), (4)(i), and (h)(1) revised.........38077
61.247  (b)(5) revised.............................................38077
61.250--61.256 (Subpart W)    Revised..............................51703
61.270--61.277 (Subpart Y)    Added................................38077
61.271  (d)(1) corrected...........................................50887
61  Appendix B amended; Appendixes D and E added...................51704
62.1650  Undesignated center      heading and section added.........9046
62.1700  Undesignated center      heading and section added.........9046
62.2350  (b)(3) added..............................................40003
    (b)(4) added...................................................48102
62.4845  Undesignated center      heading and section added; eff. 
        7-31-89....................................................22896
62.4850  Undesignated center      heading and section redesignated 
        as 62.4950 undesignated center heading and section; eff. 
        7-31-89....................................................22896
62.4875  Undesignated center      heading and section added.........9046
62.4900  Undesignated center      heading and section added; eff. 
        7-31-89....................................................22896
62.4950  Undesignated center      heading and section redesignated 
        from 62.4850 undesignated center heading and section; eff. 
        7-31-89....................................................22896
62.5375  Undesignated center      heading and section added.........9047
62.5400  Undesignated center heading and section added..............9047
62.6100  (b)(2) and (c)(3) added....................................7771
62.6122  Undesignated center      heading and section added.........7771
62.7400  Undesignated center      heading and section added.........9047
62.9100  (b)(2) and (c)(2) added...................................24905
62.9140  Undesignated center      heading and section added........24905
62.9900  Undesignated center      heading and section added.........9047
62.9950  Undesignated center      heading and section added.........9047
62.11400  Undesignated center      heading and section added........9047
62.11425  Undesignated center      heading and section added........9047

                                  1990

40 CFR
                                                                   55 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
61  Authority delegation   notices...................................28,
5990, 19882, 28393, 31593, 32077, 48233
    Compliance waiver.......................................13480, 40834
61.18  (c) added....................................................8341
    Correctly designated...........................................12444
    (d) correctly designated.......................................18331
    (a)(7) added...................................................22027
    (a)(7) removed; (a)(11) added..................................32914
61.61  (o) and (w) through (z) revised.............................28348
61.65  (a) and (b)(6) introductory text revised; (d) added.........28348
61.68  (b) amended.................................................28349
61.100--61.108 (Subpart I)    Corrected...............................78
    Effective date stayed to 7-13-90...............................10455
    Effective date stayed to 9-11-90...............................29205
    Effective date stayed to 3-10-91...............................38057
61.138  Corrected (OMB number).....................................14037
61.140--61.156 (Subpart M)  Authority citation revised.............48414
61.140  Revised....................................................48414
61.141  Amended....................................................48415
61.142  Revised....................................................48416
61.143  Revised....................................................48419
61.144  (a)(9), (b)(1) and (2) revised; (b)(3) through (8) added 
                                                                   48419
61.145  Revised....................................................48419
61.146  Removed....................................................48419
    Redesignated from 61.148; (a), (b) introductory text, (2) and 
(d) revised........................................................48424
61.147  Removed....................................................48419
    Redesignated from 61.149; (b)(1) and (2) revised; (b)(3) 
through (8) added..................................................48424
61.148  Redesignated as 61.146; (a), (b) introductory text, (2) 
        and (d) revised; new 61.148 redesignated from 61.150 and 
        revised....................................................48424

[[Page 466]]

61.149  Redesignated as 61.147; (b)(1) and (2) revised; (b)(3) 
        through (8) added; new 61.149 redesignated from 61.151; 
        (a), (b), (c) introductory text, (1)(ii), (iii) and (2) 
        revised; (d) through (f) added.............................48424
61.150  Redesignated as 61.148 and revised.........................48424
    Redesignated from 61.152 and revised...........................48429
61.151  Redesignated as 61.149; (a), (b), (c) introductory text, 
        (1)(ii), (iii) and (2) revised; (d) through (f) added......48424
    Redesignated from 61.153; introductory text, (a)(2), (4) and 
(b)(3) revised; (d) and (e) added..................................48429
61.152  Redesignated as 61.150 and revised.........................48429
    Redesignated from 61.154; (a)(1)(i) removed; (a)(1)(ii) 
through (iv) and (b)(2) redesignated as (a)(1)(i) through (iii) 
and (b)(3); (a) introductory text, (b)(1) and (3) revised; (a)(3) 
and (b)(2) added...................................................48430
61.153  Redesignated as 61.151; introductory text, (a)(2), (4) and 
        (b)(3) revised; (d) and (e) added..........................48429
    Redesignated from 61.155; (a)(3) and (4) redesignated (a)(4) 
and (5); (a) introductory text, (2), (4) introductory text, (ii), 
(iii), (5) introductory text and (b) revised; (a)(3) added.........48430
61.154  Redesignated as 61.152; (a)(1)(i) removed; (a)(1)(ii) 
        through (iv) and (b)(2) redesignated as (a)(1)(i) through 
        (iii) and (b)(3); (a) introductory text, (b)(1) and (3) 
        revised; (a)(3) and (b)(2) added...........................48430
    Redesignated from 61.156; introductory text, (c) and (d) 
revised; (e) through (j) added.....................................48431
61.155  Redesignated as 61.153; (a)(3) and (4) redesignated (a)(4) 
        and (5); (a) introductory text, (2), (4) introductory 
        text, (ii), (iii), (5) introductory text and (b) revised; 
        (a)(3) added...............................................48430
    Added..........................................................48431
61.156  Redesignated as 61.154; introductory text, (c) and (d) 
        revised; (e) through (j) added.............................48431
    Added..........................................................48432
61.157  Added......................................................48433
61.164  (d)(2) amended.............................................22027
61.174  (f)(2) introductory text   and (3) amended.................22027
61.242-2  (d) introductory text, (5), and (6) revised; (d)(4)(i)   
        through (iii) added........................................28349
61.300--61.306 (Subpart BB)      Added..............................8341
61.300  (a) and (e) revised........................................45804
61.304  (a) introductory text and (5) corrected....................12444
61.340--61.358 (Subpart FF)      Added..............................8346
61.340  (b) revised................................................37231
61.341  Corrected..................................................12444
61.342  (b) corrected..............................................18331
61.346  (b)(2)(ii)(A) amended......................................37231
61.348  (b)(2)(ii)(B) amended......................................37231
61.349  (a)(1)(ii) corrected.......................................12444
    (a)(2)(i)(B) amended...........................................37231
61.351  (a)(2) amended.............................................37231
61.355  (a)(1)(i) correctly designated; (4)(ii), (d), and 
        (f)(4)(iv) corrected.......................................12444
    (a)(1) amended.................................................37231
61.356  (g) and (j)(8) corrected; (j)(1) correctly designated......12444
    (j)(9) corrected...............................................18331
61.357  (d)(4) corrected...........................................12444
    (a)(4) added; (b) amended......................................37231
61  Appendix B amended.............................................22027
    Appendix IX amended............................................29359
62.4845  (b)(2) and (c)(2) added...................................38548
62.4925  Undesignated heading    and section added.................38548
62.8850  Undesignated center     heading and section added.........19884
    Appendixes D amended; eff. 8-25-90.............................25835
    Appendix E amended; eff. 8-24-90........................25835, 25836

                                  1991

40 CFR
                                                                   56 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
61  Authority delegation notices...................................8280,
13079, 13589, 29182, 50518, 55826, 63875, 65994
    Waiver.........................................................23519

[[Page 467]]

    Guidance.......................................................46380
61.100--61.108 (Subpart I)  Effective date stayed in part to 4-15-
        91.........................................................10514
    Effective date stayed in part to 11-15-92......................18735
    Effective date stayed in part indefinitely.....................37158
61.109  Added......................................................18738
    Existing text designated as (a); (b) added.....................37160
61.122  Revised....................................................65943
61.126  Revised....................................................65943
61.130  Heading revised; (c) and (d) added.........................47406
61.131  Amended....................................................47407
61.139  Revised....................................................47407
61.141  Corrected...................................................1669
61.143  (b) corrected...............................................1669
61.144  (b)(3) corrected............................................1669
61.145  (a)(2)(i) corrected.........................................1669
61.149  (c)(1)(ii) corrected........................................1669
61.150  (b) introductory text corrected.............................1669
61.153  (a) corrected...............................................1669
61.154  (e)(1)(iv) corrected........................................1669
61.220  Text designated as (a); (b) added..........................67542
62.3911  Undesignated heading    and section added.................56321
62.4176  Undesignated heading    and section added.................56321
62.6355  Undesignated heading    and section added.................56321
62.6911  Undesignated heading    and section added.................56321

                                  1992

40 CFR
                                                                   57 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
61  Authority delegation notices.......5388, 11686, 19262, 22176, 29649, 
                                                            48563, 55113
61.4  (b)(H), (U), (W), (EE), (OO) and (UU) revised.................1226
61.60  (c) amended.................................................60999
61.200--61.210 (Subpart R)    Revised..............................23317
61.359  Added.......................................................8016
61  Appendix B amended.............................................23320
62  Authority citation revised......................................4738
62.6123  Undesignated heading    and section added.................43405
62.7325  Undesignated center    heading and section added..........56858
62.7425  Undesignated center    heading and section added..........56858
62.8350  (b)(7) added...............................................4738
62.8353  (c) revised................................................4738
62.9975  Undesignated center    heading and section added..........44692
62.11450  Undesignated center    heading and section added.........44692

                                  1993

40 CFR
                                                                   58 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
61  Authority delegation notices...............................21, 33025
    OMB number.....................................................34370
    Clarification..................................................51784
61.04  (c) table revised............................................5299
61.35  Added (OMB number)..........................................18016
    Removed........................................................34375
61.70  OMB number..................................................18016
61.71  OMB number..................................................18016
61.145  OMB number.................................................18016
61.146  OMB number.................................................18016
61.153  OMB number.................................................18016
61.176  OMB number.................................................18016
61.177  OMB number.................................................18016
61.185  OMB number.................................................18016
61.186  OMB number.................................................18016
61.247  OMB number.................................................18016
61.340  (c)(3) removed..............................................3095
61.341  Amended.....................................................3095
61.342  (a), (b), (c)(1) introductory text, (iii), (2), (3), and 
        (d) introductory text revised; (e), (f) and (g) 
        redesignated as (f), (g) and (h); new (e) added.............3095
61.343  (a) introductory text amended; (b) and (c) redesignated as 
        (c) and (d); (a)(1)(i)(C) and new (b) added; new (c) 
        revised.....................................................3096
61.344  (a)(1)(i)(C) redesignated as (a)(1)(i)(D); new 
        (a)(1)(i)(C) added..........................................3097
61.345  (a)(1)(ii), (2) and (3) introductory text revised; (a)(4) 
        added.......................................................3097
61.346  (a)(1)(i)(C) added..........................................3097
61.347  (a)(1)(i)(C) Added..........................................3098
61.348  (a)(5) amended; (b) introductory text and (e) introductory 
        text revised; (f), (g), (h), and (i) redesignated as 
        (e)(1), (2), (f), and (g); (e)(3) added.....................3098

[[Page 468]]

61.349  (a)(1)(ii), (2)(i)(B), (ii), and (e) revised; (a)(1)(iv) 
        and (2)(iv) added...........................................3098
61.353  (a) revised.................................................3099
61.354  (a)(1), (b), (c)(6)(i), (7)(i), (8), and (d) revised; 
        (c)(9), (f) and (g) added...................................3099
61.355  (a)(1) introductory text, (1)(i), (ii), (2), (3), (b), (c) 
        introductory text, (e)(3), (4), (f)(3), (i) introductory 
        text, (3) introductory text, (ii)(C), (iii), (iv), and (4) 
        revised; (c)(1) and (2) redesignated as (c)(2) and (3); 
        (a)(6), new (c)(1), (j), and (k) added; new (c)(2), (d) 
        and (g) amended.............................................3099
61.356  (f)(2)(i) removed; (b)(4), (f)(2)(ii) and (i)(4) 
        redesignated as (b)(6), (f)(2)(i), and (i)(5); (b)(2), new 
        (b)(6), (c), (d), (e)(2), (f)(2) introductory text, new 
        (f)(2)(i) introductory text, (E), (F), (G), (j)(3), (6), 
        (8), (9), and (11) revised; new (b)(4), (5), (f)(2)(i)(H), 
        new (i)(4), (j)(12), and (m) added..........................3103
61.357  (d)(4) removed; (d)(3), (5), (6), and (7) redesignated as 
        (d)(4), (6), (7), and (8); new (d)(7)(iii) redesignated as 
        (d)(7)(iv); (a) introductory text, (4), (d)(1), and new 
        (d)(4)(iii), (7)(iv)(D), and (8) revised; (c) and (d)(2) 
        amended; new (d)(3), new (5), new (7)(iii), (iv)(J), and 
        (v) added...................................................3105
61.359  Removed.....................................................3105

                                  1994

40 CFR
                                                                   59 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
61  Clarification....................................................542
    Petition  for reconsideration..................................14040
    Authority citation revised.....................................36301
61.01  (d) added...................................................12429
61.02  Amended.....................................................12429
61.04  (c) table revised...........................................11555
61.10  (e) through (j) added.......................................12430
61.140--61.157 (Subpart M)  appendix A added.......................31158
61.220  (a) revised; (b) removed...................................36301
61.221  Introductory text, (a) and (c) revised; (d) and (e) added 
                                                                   36301
61.222  (b) revised................................................36301
61.223  (b)(5) revised.............................................36302
61.226  Added......................................................36302
62.4845  (b)(3) added..............................................50507

                                  1995

40 CFR
                                                                   60 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
61  Clarification...........................................38725, 65243
    Authority delegation notices.....................39264, 52329, 52331
61.04  (c) revised.................................................13913
    (c) table revised..............................................43401
    Corrected......................................................50244
61.100  Revised....................................................46212
61.107  (c)(1) removed; (c)(2) and (3) redesignated as (c)(1) and 
        (2)........................................................46212
61.109  Removed....................................................46212
61.141  Amended....................................................31920
61.146  (a) and (b) amended........................................31920
61.156  Table 1 amended............................................31920
61.140--61.157 (Subpart M)  Appendix A amended.....................31920
62.3850  (b)(3) added; eff. 8-14-95................................31092
62.11601  (c) removed; (g) added...................................50105
62.11602  Removed..................................................50105

                                  1996

40 CFR
                                                                   61 FR
                                                                    Page
61.100--61.108 (Subpart I)  Heading revised........................68981
61.100  Revised....................................................68981
61.101  (a) and (e) removed; (b), (c), (d) and (f) redesignated as 
        (a) through (d)............................................68981
61.107  (c)(1) removed.............................................68981
61  Appendix B amended......................................18278, 18280
62  Authority citation revised.....................................55576
62.10625  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 8-
        12-96......................................................29667
62.10850--62.10870 (Subpart SS)  Added.............................55576

                                  1997

40 CFR
                                                                   62 FR
                                                                    Page
61  Authority citation revised......................................8328
    Authority delagation notices.....................19679, 32033, 53245

[[Page 469]]

61.04  (a) amended; (b)(O), (P), (X), (KK)(ii), (iii), (iv), (vi), 
        (ix), (xii) and (xiii) revised..............................1834
61.12  (a) revised; (e) added.......................................8328
62.10  Table amended................................................1834
62.2350  (b)(5) and (c)(3) added...................................60787
62.2355  Undesignated center heading and section added.............60787
62.3350  Undesignated center heading and section added.............67572
62.3912  Undesignated center heading and section added.............41873
62.4177  Undesignated center heading and section added.............41874
62.4620  (b)(4) added..............................................45732
62.4631--62.4632  Undesignated center heading and sections added 
                                                                   54591
62.4931--62.4932  Undesignated center heading and sections added 
                                                                   45732
62.6356  Undesignated center heading and section added.............41874
62.6912  Undesignated center heading and section added.............41874
62.7855--62.7856  Undesignated center heading and sections added 
                                                                   54591
62.8600--62.8602 (Subpart JJ)  Added...............................65619
62.9350  (b)(4) and (c)(4) added...................................36997
62.9505  Undesignated center heading and section added.............36997
    (b) correctly removed..........................................48950

                                  1998

40 CFR
                                                                   63 FR
                                                                    Page
61  Authority delegation notices................1746, 5891, 27854, 70675
    Technical correction............................................7199
61.04  (a) amended; (b)(WW)(ii), (iii) and (vii) revised; 
        (b)(WW)(viii) removed; (c) redesignated as (c)(8); (c) 
        introductory text and (10) added...........................66059
61.12  Regulation at 62 FR 8328 eff. date corrected to 12-30-97......414
61  Regulations at 61 FR 18278 and 18280 eff. date corrected to 2-
        9-98........................................................6493
62  Authority citation revised.....................................11608
62.02  (a) revised; (g) added......................................63201
62.13  Added.......................................................63201
62.100  (b)(3) and (c)(3) added....................................54058
    (b)(4) and (c)(4) added........................................63990
62.103  Undesignated center heading and section added..............54058
62.104  Undesignated center heading and section added..............63990
62.850  (b)(3) and (4) added; (c) revised..........................11608
62.852  Removed....................................................11608
62.854  Revised....................................................11608
62.855  Revised....................................................11608
62.865  (a)(3), (4) and (6) revised................................11608
62.1350--62.1352  Undesignated center heading and sections added 
                                                                   40373
62.2600  (b)(4) and (c)(3) added; eff. 7-20-98.....................27496
    (b)(5) and (c)(4) added........................................63416
62.2606  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 7-20-
        98.........................................................27496
62.2607  Undesignated center heading and section added.............63416
62.3330--62.3332  Undesignated center heading and sections added 
                                                                   64632
62.3913  Undesignated center heading and section added.............20103
62.4178  Undesignated center heading and section added.............13532
62.4631--62.4632  Regulation at 62 FR 54591 eff. date corrected to 
        2-10-98.....................................................6664
62.4845  (b)(4) and (c)(3) added...................................68397
62.4975  Undesignated center heading and section added.............68397
62.5860--62.5862  Undesignated center heading and sections added 
                                                                   40052
62.5870--62.5872  Undesignated center heading and sections added 
                                                                   43083
62.6350  (b)(3) added..............................................45727
62.6357  Undesignated center heading and section added.............20321
62.6600--62.6602 (Subpart BB)  Added...............................36861
62.6913  Undesignated center heading and section added.............20101
62.7855--62.7856  Regulation at 62 FR 54591 eff. date corrected to 
        2-10-98.....................................................6664
62.8103  Undesignated center heading and section added.............41429
62.8870--62.8872  Undesignated center heading and sections added 
                                                                   42238
62.9100  (b)(3) and (c)(3) added...................................59890

[[Page 470]]

62.9150  Undesignated center heading and section added.............59890
62.9350  (b)(5) and (c)(5) added; eff. 8-25-98.....................34818
62.9505  Undesignated center heading corrected.....................24843
62.9510  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 8-25-
        98.........................................................34818
62.9630--62.9632  Undesignated center heading and sections added 
                                                                   17686
    Undesignated center heading and sections removed...............33251
62.10100  (b)(3) and (c)(3) amended................................40048
62.10150  Undesignated center heading and section added............40049
62.10626  Undesignated center heading and section added............70026
62.10627  Undesignated center heading and section added............70026
62.10628  Undesignated center heading and section added............70027
62.11110--62.11112  Undesignated center heading and sections added
                                                                    2156
62.11610  Added....................................................47437
    (d) correctly removed..........................................54058
62.12600--62.12602 (Subpart ZZ)  Added.............................29646
62.14100--62.14109 (Subpart FFF)  Added............................63202

                                  1999

40 CFR
                                                                   64 FR
                                                                    Page
61  Technical correction............................................7793
61.04  (b) introductory text revised................................7467
    (b)(C), (c)(10) table and note revised.........................24291
61.139  (i)(1)(ii) and (j)(3) removed; (i)(1)(iv) and (v) 
        redesignated as (i)(1)(ii) and (iv); new (i)(1)(ii), 
        (j)(2) introductory text and (iv) revised...................7467
61.142  (b)(6) revised..............................................7467
61.144  (b)(8) revised..............................................7467
61.147  (b)(8) revised..............................................7467
61.163  (c)(3) revised..............................................7467
61.204  Heading, introductory text, (c) and (d) revised; (e) added
                                                                    5579
61.205  Heading, (a) and (b) added..................................5579
    (a) amended....................................................53213
61.207  Revised.....................................................5579
62  Technical correction...........................................52577
    Authority citation corrected; CFR correction...................55141
62.600--602 (Subpart D)  Added.....................................50771
62.1100--62.1104 (Subpart F)  Heading revised......................51451
62.1100  Undesignated center heading added; (b)(5) and (c)(5) 
        added......................................................51451
62.1115  Undesignated center heading and section added.............51451
62.1950--62.1952  Undesignated center heading and sections added 
                                                                   50457
62.2350  (b)(6) and (c)(4) added; eff. 8-3-99......................29964
62.2360  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 8-3-
        99.........................................................29964
62.3340--62.3342  Undesignated center heading and sections added 
                                                                   36605
62.3640--62.3642  Undesignated center heading and sections added 
                                                                   70599
62.3650--62.3652  Undesignated center heading and sections added 
                                                                   62982
62.3914  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 8-16-
        99.........................................................32427
62.4350  (b)(2) and (c)(4) added...................................19293
62.4355  Undesignated center heading and section added.............19293
62.4620  (b)(4) revised; (b)(5), (c)(5) and (6) added; eff. 8-16-
        99.........................................................32433
62.4633  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 8-16-
        99.........................................................32433
62.4634  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 8-16-
        99.........................................................32433
62.5100  (d) added.................................................59650
62.5150--62.5152 (Subpart V)  Undesignated center heading and 
        sections added.............................................48717
62.5110--62.5112  Undesignated center heading and sections added 
                                                                   19922
62.5340  Undesignated center heading and section added.............37855
    Regulation at 64 FR 37855 withdrawn............................47680
62.5425  Undesignated center heading and section added.............37855

[[Page 471]]

    Regulation at 64 FR 37855 withdrawn............................47680
62.6358  Undesignated center heading and section added.............45187
62.6914  Undesignated center heading and section added.............62117
62.7100--62.7102 (Subpart DD)  Added...............................50768
62.8103  (c) added..................................................6237
62.8104  Undesignated center heading and section added.............38586
62.8105  Section and undesignated heading added....................43094
62.8610--62.8612  Undesignated center heading and sections added; 
        eff. 7-12-99...............................................25834
    Undesignated center heading and sections revised...............44421
62.9100  (b)(4) added..............................................13519
62.9160  Undesignated center heading and section added.............13519
62.9611  Added.....................................................57784
62.9630--62.9632  Undesignated center heading and sections added 
                                                                   13077
62.9640--62.9642  Undesignated center heading and sections added 
                                                                   45884
62.10100  (b)(4) and (c)(4) added..................................46151
62.10160  Undesignated heading and section added...................46151
62.10350--62.10352 (Subpart QQ)  Added; eff. 8-2-99................29799
62.10626  (b)(3) added.............................................52663
62.10850  (b)(3) added; eff. 8-16-99...............................32430
62.10880  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 8-
        16-99......................................................32430
62.11475  Undesignated center heading and section added............62119
62.11860  Undesignated center heading and section added............41294
62.11870  Undesignated center heading and section added............41294
62.14102  (a) corrected............................................17219
62.14109  (j) corrected............................................17219
62.14100--62.14109 (Subpart FFF)  Table 6 corrected................17219
62.14350--62.14356 (Subpart GGG)  Added............................60703

                                  2000

40 CFR
                                                                   65 FR
                                                                    Page
61  Authority delegation notice....................................20754
    Authority citation revised.....................................78280
61.04  (b)(WW)(iii) and (c)(10) table revised......................10393
61.18  (a) revised.................................................62150
    (a)(5) and (8) amended; (a)(9) through (13) redesignated as 
(a)(10) through (14); new (a)(9) and (e) added.....................78280
61.20  (a) and (b) amended.........................................62151
61.21  (b) amended.................................................62151
61.23  (a) amended.................................................62151
61.24  (a) amended.................................................62151
61.30  (a) amended.................................................62151
61.32  (a), (b) introductory text and (1)(i) amended...............62151
61.42  (a) and (b) amended.........................................62151
61.52  (a) and (b) amended.........................................62151
61.53  (c) amended.................................................62151
61.55  (a), (b)(1) and (c)(4) amended..............................62151
61.61  (c), (l) and (w)(3) amended.................................62151
61.62  (b) amended.................................................62151
61.64  (a)(2), (e)(2)(i), (ii), (f)(2)(i) and (ii) amended.........62151
61.65  (a), (b)(8)(i)(D)(1), (2) and (c) amended...................62151
61.67  (g) revised; (h)(1) amended.................................62152
61.68  (c)(1) and (2) amended......................................62155
61.70  (c) revised.................................................62155
61.93  (b)(1)(i), (ii) and (2)(i) amended..........................62156
61.107  (b)(1)(i), (ii), (2)(i), (iv), (5)(iv) and (v) amended.....62156
61.110  (c)(2) amended.............................................62156
    (a) revised....................................................78280
61.123  (d) amended................................................62156
61.125  (a)(1) through (5) amended.................................62156
61.132  (b) introductory text and (1) amended......................62157
61.133  (c) introductory text and (1) amended......................62157
61.139  (c)(1), (d)(2)(ii), (g)(1)(vi) introductory text, (A), (B) 
        (h)(3) introductory text, (ii) and (4)(ii) amended.........62157
61.155  Heading amended............................................62157
61.162  (a)(1) and (b)(1) amended..................................62157
61.164  (c) introductory text, (2), (d) introductory text, (2)(i), 
        (ii)(D), (4), (5) and (e)(1)(ii)(D) amended; (c)(1) and 
        (d)(3) revised.............................................62157
61.165  (a)(7) amended.............................................62158
61.172  (a) amended................................................62158
61.174  (f)(3) amended.............................................62158

[[Page 472]]

61.192  Amended....................................................62158
61.202  Amended....................................................62158
61.204  (b) amended................................................62158
61.205  (b)(2) amended.............................................62158
61.208  (a)(1)(iii) and (vi) amended...............................62158
61.222  (a) amended................................................62158
61.240  (a) revised; (d) added.....................................78280
61.241  Amended.............................................62158, 78280
61.242-2  (g) redesignated as (h); (a)(1), (d)(1)(ii), (f) and new 
        (h) revised; new (g) added.................................78281
61.242-3  (b)(2) and (h) revised...................................78281
61.242-4  (c) revised; (d) added...................................78281
61.242-5  Revised..................................................78281
61.242-6  (d) and (e) added........................................78282
61.242-8  Heading and (a) revised..................................78282
61.242-9  Revised..................................................78282
61.242-10  (a) revised.............................................78282
61.242-11  (c) amended.............................................62158
    (b), (c) and (f) through (m) revised...........................78282
61.243-2  (b)(2) and (3) amended...................................62158
61.244  (b)(1) amended; (b)(3) redesignated as (b)(2)..............62158
61.245  (b)(2), (3), (5), (c)(2), (3), (e)(3), (4) and (5) amended
                                                                   62159
61.246  (f) introductory text and (1) revised......................78283
61.247  (a)(3) and (e)(3) revised; (a)(4) redesignated as (a)(5); 
        new (a)(4) and (f) added...................................78283
61.240--61.247 (Subpart V)  Tables 1 and 2 added...................78283
61.252  (a) amended................................................62159
61.270  (a) revised; (e) amended...................................62159
    (g) added......................................................78283
61.271  (d) introductory text and (2) revised......................78283
61.272  (c)(1)(i) and (d) amended..................................62159
61.274  (a) revised................................................78284
61.300  (c) revised; (f) added.....................................78284
61.301  Amended....................................................62159
61.302  (d)(1), (e)(2) introductory text, (ii)(B) and (h) amended 
                                                                   62159
61.303  (c) introductory text, (1) and (2) amended.................62159
61.304  (a)(4)(iii), (iv) and (b) amended..........................62159
61.305  (a), (b)(1), (2), (3) and (d) amended; (a)(3)(iii) revised
                                                                   62159
61.342  (a) introductory text, (3), (b), (c) introductory text, 
        (3)(i), (ii)(B), (d) and (e) amended.......................62159
    (d)(2)(1) redesignated as (d)(2)(i); new (d)(2)(i) and 
(e)(2)(i) amended..................................................62160
61.348  (b)(2)(ii) introductory text amended; (b)(2)(ii)(B) 
        revised....................................................62160
61.349  (a)(2)(i)(C) amended.......................................62160
61.354  (c)(4) and (5) amended.....................................62160
61.355  (a)(3), (4) introductory text, (ii), (5) introductory 
        text, (ii), (c)(3)(ii)(F), (H), (v), (e)(3), (4), (f)(3), 
        (4)(ii)(B), (C), (iii), (iv), (5), (h)(1), (2), (3), (5), 
        (6), (i)(2), (3)(ii)(B), (C), (iii), (iv), (4) and (k)(7) 
        amended....................................................62160
61.356  (b)(2)(i), (ii), (4), (j)(4), (5), (6) and (8) amended.....62161
61.357  (b), (c), (d) introductory text, (7)(iv)(A), (B), (C) and 
        (E) amended................................................62161
61  Appendix B amended.............................................62161
62.13  (c) added...................................................49881
62.100  (b)(5) and (c)(5) added....................................18911
62.105  Undesignated center heading and section added..............18911
    Correctly designated...........................................36067
62.354  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 7-24-
        00.........................................................33466
62.620  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 7-24-
        00.........................................................33466
62.630--62.632  Undesignated center heading and sections added; 
        eff. 8-21-00...............................................38744
62.875  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 7-24-
        00.........................................................33466
62.1350--62.1370 (Subpart G)  Heading added........................33466
62.1360--62.1362  Undesignated center heading and sections added; 
        eff. 8-21-00...............................................38740
62.1370  Heading, undesignated center heading and section added; 
        eff. 7-24-00...............................................33466
62.1500  Undesignated center heading and section added.............21358
62.1501  Undesignated center heading and section added.............21358
62.1960  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 7-24-
        00.........................................................33466
62.1975--62.1977  Undesignated center heading and sections added 
                                                                   20090

[[Page 473]]

62.2130  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 7-24-
        00.........................................................33466
62.2350  (b)(7) and (c)(5) added...................................68908
62.2370  Undesignated center heading and section added.............68908
62.2600  (b)(6) and (c)(5) added...................................10024
62.2608  Undesignated center heading and section added.............10024
62.3110  Undesignated center heading and section added.............21361
62.3120  Undesignated center heading and section added.............16323
62.3130  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 7-24-
        00.........................................................33466
62.3630--62.3632  Undesignated center heading and sections added 
                                                                   16327
62.4179  Undesignated center heading and section added.............43704
62.4370  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 7-24-
        00.........................................................33466
62.4650  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 7-24-
        00.........................................................33466
62.5160--62.5161  Undesignated center heading and sections added 
                                                                   53608
62.6100  (b)(3) and (c)(4) added...................................18255
62.6124  Undesignated center heading and section added.............18255
62.6125  Added; eff. 7-24-00.......................................33466
62.6357  (d) added.................................................68905
62.6610--62.6612  Undesignated center heading and sections added; 
        eff. 8-21-00...............................................38740
62.6620  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 7-24-
        00.........................................................33467
62.7120  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 7-24-
        00.........................................................33467
62.7325  (b)(2) and (c)(2) added....................................6012
62.7450  Undesignated center heading and section added..............6012
62.7857  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 7-24-
        00.........................................................33467
62.8620  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 7-24-
        00.........................................................33467
62.9100  (b)(5), (c)(4) and (5) added; eff. 7-3-00.................25449
62.9170  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 7-3-
        00.........................................................25449
62.9171  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 7-3-
        00.........................................................25449
62.9350  (b)(6) and (c)(6) added...................................21362
62.9515  Undesignated center heading and section added.............21362
62.9643--62.9644  Undesignated center heading and sections added; 
        eff. 7-24-00...............................................33467
62.9660--62.9662  Undesignated center heading and sections added 
                                                                   18252
62.9662  Corrected.................................................34104
62.10360--62.10362  Undesignated center heading and sections 
        added; eff. 8-21-00........................................38740
62.10370  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 7-
        24-00......................................................33467
62.10626  (b)(4) added..............................................8857
    (b)(5) added....................................................8859
62.10890  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 7-
        24-00......................................................33467
62.11120--62.11122  Undesignated center heading and sections 
        added; eff. 8-21-00........................................38740
62.11130  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 7-
        24-00......................................................33467
62.12110  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 7-
        24-00......................................................33467
62.12150--62.12152  Heading and sections added; eff. 7-28-00.......37049
62.12610--62.12612  Undesignated center heading and sections 
        added; eff. 8-21-00........................................38740
62.12360  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 7-
        24-00......................................................33467
62.12620  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 7-
        24-00......................................................33468
62.13104  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 7-
        24-00......................................................33468
62.13354  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 7-
        24-00......................................................33468
62.14100--62.14109 (Subpart FFF)   Table 1 and 5 amended; eff. 7-
        24-00......................................................33468

[[Page 474]]

62.14100--62.14109 (Subpart FFF)   Table 6 amended; eff. 7-24-00 
                                                                   33469
62.14400--62.14495 (Subpart HHH)  Added............................49881

                                  2001

   (Regulations published from January 1, 2001, through July 1, 2001)

40 CFR
                                                                   66 FR
                                                                    Page
61.04  (a), (b) and (c) table amended; eff. 8-14-01................32555
62  State plan approval............................................23851
62.6613  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 8-14-
        01.........................................................32556
62.9825  Added.....................................................21096
62.9990  Added.....................................................21096
62.10100  (b)(5) and (c)(5) added; eff. 7-6-01.....................22929
62.10170  Undesignated center heading and section added; eff. 7-6-
        01.........................................................22926
62.12125--62.12127  Undesignated center heading and sections 
        added; eff. 7-23-01........................................28379
62.14400--62.14495 (Subpart HHH)  Table 2 amended..................34558